A Grammatical Sketch of the Akra- Or Gã-language

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at |http: //books .google .com/I

f '■/' of

Rev. L. A. Good

y^^Si^J^^

A

\\

1

1

"^ 11

\

f

....,„

k

4

A Grammatical Sketch

of the

Akra- or Oa- Language

with some Specimens of it from the month of

the natives.

And

a Vocahulary of the same,

?

w •

with an appendix on the Adanme-Dialeci.

By Rev. J. Zimmermann.

Two Volumes.

Vol. II. 6^ - Vocabulary y with an Adanme Appendix.

-oOO^OOO-

Stuttgart^ 1858.

Printed for the Basel Missionary Society
by J. F. Steinkopf.

N\\IQ

Vocabulary

of the

Akra- or Ga-Language,

with an Adanme Appendix.

By Rev. J. Zimmermann.

-000^§000-

^tttttgart^ 1858.

Printed for the Basel Missionary Society
by J. F, Steinjcopf.

^.2-

Contents.

Pag.

6&*Tocabiilarj 1—384

AddAme-Appendiz.

a. Grammatical Sketch of the DSAme-

Dialect

§ 1. Introdaction 385

§ 2. Sounds 386

§ 3. Roots . 387

§ 4. Forms and pnre Formwords .... 389

§ 5. Combination and Syntax ..... 396

§ 6. Yerb and its forms in partic 398

§ 7. Prononns, noniDS and adjectives, or snbj.

and object and their definitions . . . 406

§ 8. Numerals 410

§ 9. Adverbs and Coi^'onctions 412

§ 10. Interjections etc 413

b. Specimen of the DSnme-Dialect . . . 414

c. Adanme-Vocabulary 426

VI

Explanation of the Abbreviations.

Ad. Adn., Addnme.

adj., adjective.

adv., adverb.

ace. accord., according.

aor., aorist tense.

art., article.

augm., augment.

aux., auxiliary.

Akwp.DiaL, Akwapim Dialect (of

the Otyi-Language).
Ay., Ayigbe (language),
b., body; s. b., some body.
C. Dial., Coast Dialect,
coll. collect., collective noun,
com., common noun,
comp., compare,
coig., conjunction,
dan. Dan., danish.
dem. demonstr., demonstrative.
Dial. D., Dialect; Kr. D., Krobo

Dialect,
dim., diminutive,
engl. Engl., english.
eur. Eur. europ., european.
etc., et cetera.
Fab., fables,
f. i., for instance,
f. fem., feminine gender,
fig., figuratively,
frequent, frequentative mood,
fut, future tense.
Germ., German,
gen., generally.

gr. Gr ; greek.

Hebr., Hebrew.

imperf., imperfect tense.

i. e., id est, that is. ,.

impers., impersonal.

imperat. import. , ^ imperative

mood.

ind., indicative mood.

ind. indefinit, indefinite.

inf., infinitive mood or form.

init., initial.

int. interj., interjection

interr., interrogative.

irr. irreg., irregular.

iterat, iterative mood.

lat Lat, latin.

m. masc, masculine gender.

m. k., moko (some body).

n., noun.

neg., negative (voice).

neutr., neuter.

n. pr., proper noun.

n. V. i ' .

i neuter v.
V. n. '

n. k., noko (some thing).

nom., nominative, nominal.

num., numeral.

Ot, Otyi (language).

obj. object, objective.

pi., plural number.

pi. f., plural form.

perf., perfect tense.

pers. prs., person, personal.

Explanation of the Abbreviations.

vn

pes. posit, positive (voice).

poss., possessive.

pot, potential mood.

pres., present tense.

prs., personal, person.

prob., probably.

pr. n. and n. pr., proper noun.

pron., pronoun.

pr. prov., proverb.

red., reduplication, reduplicated.

rel., relative.

refl., reflexive.

s., d"c.

s. b., some body (moko).
s. th., some thing (noko).

sc, scilicet, n&mltd^; namely.

sec, second.

sec. prs., second person.

sing., singular number.

subj., subject, subjective.

Tab., Table.

th. s., the same.

v., verb.

V. n. and n. v., neuter verb.

V. a., a. v., active verb.

V. imprs., imp. v., impersonal verb.

voc, vocat, vocative (case). .

verb., verbal.

=>, like, the same as.

(?), not sure.

A.

(Words beginning with A and not found under A must
be sought, after separating the initial „&** or the pronoun
^ame^ under the next following consonant.)

a-, first letter of the Alphabet, initial augment of many
nouns, especially of inspersonal individual character; in-
definite pronominal augment = they; their (man;
i^r); or init. augment of the pot. mood and fut. tense
posit, contracted from „ba'' to come. Comp. Gram. § 13.

I (or ha, he) adv. yes.

aa-, init. augm. of the indefinite 3. prs. pi. of the fut. tense,
= aba-, ameba-, they will or shall-.

abaflo, n. a fragrant kind of wood used by women to wash
themselves.

abalS, abla. n. sail. Adanme th. s.

abaDtoli, n. an eatable yellow fruit.

abas^ (Olyi), n. the length of both outstretched arms; a
fathom; ta abasa, v. to bet.

abasata, n. betting.

abenfia, n. grave-yard; redoubt (the Government-grave-yard
and a small redoubt are in one and the same place in
Osu, wherefore the one name for both).

abe (Ad. and Ot. th. s.) n. proverb; bu abe, to use a
proverb.

abebu, n. use of proverbs.

ab^bulg, n. speaker of proverbs.

abei, n. butter-fly.

abedei, amedei, n. a kind of shalls.

ab^ku, n. the left (side or hand). Ad. th. 8. Ot. benknm.

ab^kulo, n. a left handed person.

abgle, n. a pair of tongs, snufifers or pincers. From be>
to pinch.

ab^te, n. a kind of food.
' tbibribi, n. a kind of necklace.

dd&M>, pi. -febii, n. a little child. Ad. th. s. comp. fufQo
and too and gbekg.

abisa, n. a kind of lot; fdto cast lots. ^d. Wi.^.
ZimmermaBBf Akra-Vocab, V

2 abisafd — ablotsiri-abla.

abisafd, n. casting of lots.

abla, n. falsehood.

abla, n. (Ot. abrowa) european Avoman; lady, also used of

mulattoes.
ablabutu, n. a large kind of beautiful coloured straw-baskets,
ablade, n. a nobleman,
ablana (Ot. abrana, Ad. ablana), n. gallery,
abl^nano, n. place on the gallery,
abl^ (Ad. blefo, Ot. abro), n. corn, maize; kO able, to

break corn, gble-, to grind it roughly; wyie-, to grind

it (welly for bread),
ableba, n. corn-leaf.

ablebiitu, n. ablabutu, a straw-basket of various colours,
ablefo, n. half- ripe com; when roasted a favorite food of

the natives; s, fg, v. and fgo, adj.
ablekpamg, n. maize-harvest; fr. kpa able, v. =-• able kuomo.
ablekpd, n. the peeling of the corn-ears; s. kpa able, v.
ablekplanoQ, n. the same,
ablekuli, n. eeL Ot. aberekuri.
abl^kuli, n. single grain of corn; s. kuli, n.
ablekuomo or ablekumo, n. corn-breaking, corn-harvest,
ablekulo, n. corn-breaker,
ablekuomgbe, n. time of the cornharvest.
ablenmdn, and
ablenmdsi, n. com-fleld.
able-obutu, n. a load of corn,
abletsi (Ot. aberikyi), n. goat, male or female; comp. U>

and to kpakpo, n.; and to gwanten, n.
abletso, pi. -tsei, n. corn-stick; corn-ear.
ablo, n. hardness; fe m. k. — , v. to be hard against s.b.;

== wa yi, V. and tfa m. k. §!s!, or fe m. k. Sisitfa, v.
ablofelo, n. hard person.
ablofemQ, n. hardness, cruelty.
abl6gwa (Ot. abrogwa. Ad. ablogba), n. european chair (9«

bro and bio == european).
ablogwaf^lo, and
ablogwakp^lg, n. chair-maker.
abi6gwatSei n. cfiair-man.

abl6no, Ad. th. s. n. a kind of pudding of the natives,
ablohwd. Ad. th. s. n. white oil; tallow.
Ablotsiri, Abrotsiri and AblotSili, Ad. th. s.; Ot. AbroUfi

D. pr. Europe, in general: country of the white peopbb

also sometimes used of Amerika, and even of SieniilfeMie.
ablotSiri-abla, n. a european womari, lady..

ablotSiii-wienM) — abglse. 8

abIot8iri-^iemo, n. any enropean language =: blofdifvieniQ, n.

abo, n. refuge ; ba abo, v. to take refuge.

abo (and ayo), n. (s. bo) field, garden. Ad. th. a.

^bo> n. suspension, s. ye abg, pry. 65.

abo, n. number; s. bo.

abo^, n. a kind of swelling in the body; abu^, th. s.

abobs, n. refuge.

abobalo, n. person to whom refuge is taken.

aboboi. n. (fr. bo, to multiply), ground-beans and other
beans (comp. akwei), when boiled, a favorite break-fast.
Ot. and At. th. s.

abodiamo (Ot. and Ad. th. s.) bottle, esp. common round
green bottle; comp. atuAkpS.

abok^, n. a kind of cloth brought from the East (bokft).

Abokobi, pr. n. of a village.

abol6, Ad. th. s., n. bread baked of maize (Ot. abod6):
comp. komi.

aboloba, n. leaf in which bread is baked.

abolobatSo, pi. -, n. the tree from which this leaf is takeD«

abolobatso-nU, n. male-bread-leaf-tree.

abolobat§o-yd, n. female dto.

abolosglo, n. baker.

abolosubo, n. loaf of bread, s. akw^bo.

abomp^, n. precocious person; efe abomp^, he is preco-
cious; especially used of children. .

abomp^femo, n. precociousness.

abdno, n. barn, to preserve the corn till it is used. It
stands generally in the middle of the „i&mdn^ or plan-
tation, and as this is every other year removed must
often be rebuilt again.

abonoSi, n. place under and round about the barn.

abonsdm, pi. -sanH (Ad. abuSam, Ot. obonsam and abon-
sam), the devil; a bad person.

abonsam-d§e, or -dSen^ n. hell.

abons^m-la, n. hell-fire.

abdnua, n. lemon, lime; lime-colour; adj. lime-coloured.

abonnanu, n. lemonade.

abonuatSo, pi. -tsei; lemon-tree.

aboti^, n. goat; she goat. Ad. th. s.

abotiri, abotri, n. wrestle; fo-, to-. Ad. th. s.

abgtrjfd, n. wrestling.

abgtrifdlOt n. wrestler.

abotSe, n. planter, plantation-possessor; comp. AmdtSe and
' kosenyo.

4 aboyeli — ade ikpa.

«

aboyeli, n. sivinging in the air; suspension; fn ye abo, v.

abro-, s. ablo-.

abui, n. needle (Ot. and At. difiT. comp. bue, Ad. v. to
open; bu, n. hole; gbu, v. to make a hole etc.)

abui-hlnmei, n. eye of a needle.

abul6, s. abol6.

adaban, s. adeban.

adade, 'd^de, 'ade-, Ol. and At. th. s. n. iron.

Ad^de, n. pr. of a Fetish in Qsu.

adadekrama, n. (Ad. and Ay.) comp. adope and asamSnu-
kpa, chimpanse.

adadenkwa, adenkwa, n. sununerset.

Adadentam, n. pr. (Ot. := iron-middle) of a GS-Yillage.

adafl, n. (perhaps from the Otyi: ade, thing and fi, to come
forth) ne^s ; only used in the phrase tfa adafi, ?. to an-
nounce some news.

adafitfa, n. annunciation.

adafitf^lQ, n. annunciator.

adaka, n. Ad. and Ayigbe and Ot. = adeka, box.

Ad§nme, D^me, n. pr. Sister or mother-language and tribe
of Gd, from Tema till Add, at the mouth of the river
Yolta and from this seacoast to the Akwapim-mountains,
with the Agotim-branch beyond the river Yolta, contain-
ing the people of Tema, KpoA (Pony), GbugbrS (Pram-
pram), Ningo (Nu^o, more properly) and Ad8 at the
coast; and the AsadSale- or Asidsale-, Osudoku-, Sai-
(or Siai)-, Krobo- and Agotim- people in the Interior,
together about 50 — 60,000 souls. About the language
(lit. Adft-gbe, voice or language of the Adft-people) see
Appendix.

adSnme, n. Adft-nut; tiger-nut.

Adtose, n. pr. (Ot. witness) of a Gfi-Yillage.

adawroma! (Otyi expression, s. daw, dao) your gracel

adawtSo, pi. -tSei, n. = kada, jaw-bone.

ade, n. (Otyi, = n5 in Gft, thing and dSe, world, s. these).
Used in many Gfi-phrases, f. i. bo ade, v. to begin exi-
stence, to come into the world, to live somewhere, Gl-
Hist. 2.

ade, n. a kind of corall.

adebg, n. beginning (s. dSenbo), existence.

ad$, adei, n. or adv. only used in the phrase: wq i^dfiy
wg adei, wo dei, to sleep sweetly, espec. used of cUldr^i-

adeiwOy n. sweet sleep.

ade-ttpa, n. good, precious corall.

adeb^ — adobe. 5

adeMA (= adadebaA), y. iron-bar.
adeb^nka, n. iron-clowy crow,
ad^da, n. bill-hook,
adedenkruma, n. castof-oil-shnib.
ad^ka, n. (s. ad^ka), box.

adekSi! adekan! n. (lit. ^tbe thing in advance, ac. how is
it?**) Salutation of people who come later thou others.
The answer is: „Ya, adSol" „It is quiet 1** The salu-
tation answering to this in G9 is: f,UlimQ K?** which see.
ademaftkS (s. mankS), adv. (Ot. ahimadaki) earljr before

sunrise.
addLiy n. time, muse, s. dekfi.
ad^i^ku, n. a kind of callabashes with a narrow pointed

mouth; s. fao, n.
adeafi, n. a human being, coll. mankind. It is more defi-
nite than gbomo, mo, man, person and therefore often
pat in apposition to this: gbomo adesd, a human person,
gbomei adesal, men. The origin seems to be Otjri,
though the word is not used in it with this signification.
Ad. th. s.
adesS, n. (Ot. = evening), an evening or a touched (Ot.
si, 6. ti and sa, to touch) tale, fable (in Ot^: ananse-
a^n, spider-tale, because the spider plavs a principal roll
in them). Tft adesS, to make or give out such a tale
(which is mostly done in the evening by moon -light,
when the people are assembled around the central fires
of their yards). See Gd-Specimen N. IV. Ad. nydsS.
adeaitdmg, n. tale-telling.
adesStalQ, n. tale-teller,
adfam^n, n. (Ot. agwaman); whoring, fornication; pi. -mani

or -maf; whore, whoremonger; bo-, to whore. ,
adfamiuobi, n. bastard,
adfam^nbg, n. whore-dom; fornication,
adbmilnbolo, n. whore-monger, v^hore.
adfoman-yO or yO-adfamaA, n. whore,
ad!, n. dolphin; s. also atl, n.
adiatsiri, n. (Ot. Fanti dial. comp. di ekyiri, to be the next

after s. b.)» store-keeper, steward, s. semo, n.
ad6a, n. (pleasure?). Ad. th. s. a kind of dance and music.
^ (Ot.), the smallest kind of antelopes {^rttxgf)ix\6), dwarf-
I^J hart), only about one foot high and long.

adttbe» n. a kind of palm-trees with very large, leaves or
branches.

6 adod6n — adufiid^.

adod6n, n. a yellow fruit of a tree, similar to a plum, but
egg-shaped.

adod6n, pi. -dddsi, n. fly; fleshfly.

adodongbdne, n. large fleshfly.

adoku, n.

adope, n. chimpanse, see: asamanukpa.

adro, h. anripe coconut.

adsanali, n. a kind of wasps; s. asagba, n.

adsahmalate, n. apple of the eye.

adsato (or adsoto from the Ot. gyato), n. yaws; a kind
of pox which many natives get and with which lom
purposely infect their children, hecause they cowider
themselves afterwards safe against the infeotion; 'Th'ey
are not or seldbin mortal, but very lingering, and 6t
weakening effecl. They seem to be the result of ini-
maiculae in the skin, as the itch, and are considered so
as well as the latter by the natives themselves; ye — ,
inf. adsatoyeii, to have yaws.

adSatofo, n. (Ot.) a person infected by this sickness.

adsatoyelg, n. th. s. ' '

adsatoyeii, n. yaw-sickness. '

adsendsen or adsehtsen (0. denkyem), n*. a smaller and
more slender kind of crocodiles then the ^bd^, .with
pointed heads and long. tails and of. a reddish eoldur,
living together with the others in .the same waters (Comp.
also: dseii).

adsensu, n. (Ot. agyensu, n.) received water from flatt
housetops.

adsi (sometimes ayi?), perh. an old fut. tense of „dSU% ttw
to be; = it will or maybe; added ta sentences statiag
something doubtful; =^. perhaps, may be etc.

adSinS, n. (Ot. agyina, lit. standing) j private counsel (comp.
gwabo); ya-, to go to counsel. .' :

ad§indfo, adsintfonyo, pi. -foiy adsindlQ, adsinSyalo» A
counsellor. : ;

adsindyd, n. going to counsel, consultation.

Adu, n. pr. of men.

adu, n. monkey; a kind t)f monkeys.

aduatsQ, n. confirmation, in the phrase: mH wiemg*. no
aduatsQ, to confirm a word; inf. aduatsomd.

aduawa, n. Otyi = the Ga = tSoyibii; n. fruit of trees.

adud6n, s. adodoA, n. fly. .. • . r.'

adufud^, n. (Ot. adefude; comp. ade, n. and fn, y.)jnteinh
perateness excess; ye-, to be intemperate. !

adufud^nii — afiQ. 7

adufud^nii, n. pi. intemperate doings or things.

adufudeyeti, n. intemperateness.

adufudejelQ, or -yelilg, n. intemperate person.

adukpei, n. (Danish); dagger.

adyenkuma, n. a kind of seafish.

af^, n. half; part; side; adj. half; adv. apart, aside; shor-
tened: 'fa (comp. fff, V. to fake ouf).

afa, n. a small kind of bellows; s. s5nme, n. (Ot. =3
bellows).

ftMban, n. fence; wisill; enclosure.

af&8ew» afiSso, aftou (Ot. th. s), n. an inferior kind of
yams (s. yere); sometimes white, bnt mostly of a blue
reddish colour; therefore adjectively used; violetblue or
-red; compare above „ab6ma*'.

afei, afi, n. a kind of itches in the skin.

afiy *fi, li. (Ot. afi, afe, afrihia), year; nye se-, last-; wo
se-, next year; ye afi 10, to be 10 years old; ye afl,
to keep aniversary. Ad. dSeha.

afi, n. a kind of partridges.

afibe, D. an other kind of partridges.

-afiy^U, n. age (of a person) ; aniversary, festivity.

afiyelo, -yelilo, n. guest of a feast.

afla, n. sliog; to-, to make a sling.

aflang^, n. flag (from the Portbguese, Danish or English
language); si-, v. to hoist up a-;

iiflang§si, n. hoisting up of a flag.

aflangasilg, n. person doing it.

diflanme^ n. a kind of berries, like bilberries.

Manm^tso, pi. -tSei, n. the shrub of them.

aflata, n. a kind of pap made ^ of corn.

aflato, n. slinging; see: to afla, v.

laflllnata, n. the spari*ow; a kind of itchi

aflukpongQ or afQkpongo (Ot. afOnOkpongo), n. back -or

.- bumpthorse or belly-horse; either the mule or the camel
(both not much known here)^, but probable the former.

afofro, n. blossom; gba-, to blossom.

afofrogba, n. blossoming; -mo, n. th. s.

;1afole or afore (Ot. afore), offering, sacrifice; §3-, to bum a-.

afolesd, n. offering; sacrifice,

afglesShe, n. place for sacrifices.

afolesSnd, afQlesalate> n. altar.

,ifOle£9lo, n. sacrifices

afoto (Ot. af^), n. bellows; s. afa and sonme, n.

afOy n. back, hiimp (Ot. ofu).

8 afua — agd.

afua, n. mist, fog; large mass, f. i. trema-, a large mass
of cowries; nu afua, a large mass of nvater, flood.

afui, n. foam; kw§ — , to foam.

afuIkwS, n. foaming.

afukpgAgo, s. aflukpgngo.

afutse» n. humpback.

afutufata, old Gd: aputupata, n. bat, flittermouse.

afutuQko, n. an animal like the rabbit or hare; see kpefi-
kplen, n.

afal, n. miracle; wicked art performed by felish-priests (s.
okomfo); fe — , and ye — , to perform such a miracle.
Comp. also nkony^.

afaiyeli, n. performance of miracles.

afalyelg, afaiyelilo, n. performer of such miracles.

afene, conj. and adv. then; now; s. agbene.

afife (Ot. afyefye or afife from fyt or fe, to look), n.
looking-glass; glass-pane; glasswindow.

agS, n. a kind of grasshoppers or locusts (comp. balabii
and gogonigog6); a very small fly, animalcule; a small
particle of any thing; nothing, not a bit; adv. with ne-
gative voice, not at all; ehdimi ag9, he gave me nothing
or not at all.

agba, n. a small scaffolding to dey things on.

agbadSa, n. a kind of dance.

agbaku, n. honey-comp. ; s. wo, n.

agbSmi (= agbSibi, s. § 25, 3.) or agbomi, n. fig (of which
there are different kinds, but scarcely any eatable);

agbdmilso, pi. -tsei; n. fig-tree; wild fig-tree, generally
used as shadow-trees in the street; therefore also called
„dsanotso^S market- tree; and mambrobitso (Otyi.)

agbamu, n. eatable fruit of cactus.

agbeena, or agbiena, n. the large rainy season from about
May till July (s. gbo).

agbene or agbene (comp. the verb gbe and the pron. ne»
Ot. afeyi), adv. now; conj. then.

agblama, n. lime; chalk.

agbo Cgbo), n. door, gate; agbo na, before the gate.

agbo, adj. strong, powerful, might;^; n. a powerful person;
to -agbo; ram.

agbomi aw5rpke, n. anise-shrub.

agbroke, n. a kind of vegetables.

ag^gSnu, n. a kind of pap or thick beverage made of water,
bread and honey.

ago! interj. ho! hoa! -giving notice of approach.

agolo — ahubo- 9

agolo?, n. wheel.

agorgo, agolgOy dan. d. cucumber, (vulgar: pSnis).

Agotim, pr. n. of a land and tribe beyond the river Volta,
speaking Adanme.

ag\?asen, n. politeness; polite society; an assembly of re-
spectable people; society; ©efeUfcf^aft; ya — , logo into
society.

agwaseh-gbomoy n. a polite person.

agwaseh-wiemo, n. a polite word or language; language
of conversation.

ahabia, n. a plant bearing a beautiful red flower and red
seeds. Sometimes arrowroot is called so from its simi-
lar leaves. The seeds, it is said, are used to weigh
gold-dust.

abarabata (a foreign word), or ahalabata, n. the harmatan,
harmatan- season, frorn about January till about March
or April. A dry cold wind from the North or East is
blowing at this season, so that things and even the skin
cracks.

aharabat^be, n. harmatan-season.

ahi, n. (comp. hi, to abhor and ah! in Otyi), only used
in tbe phrase: ye m. k. ahi, to mock s. b. to boast
against, to instigate envy (comp. ye he feo; gbe he guo;
U th. s.); inf.

ahl^eli, n. mocking, boasting against.

ahiyelo, n. a person doing so.

ahimd (Ot. fr. ahyen-ba, small vessel), n. fisbingcanoe.

ahiminka (europ. word), n. hammock.

ahim^nkatso, pi. -tsei, n. hammock-stick.

abihkese (Otyi); n. canoe, s. anlese.

Ah6dome (Ot.), n. pr. of a GS-village.

abofi (or awofi, Ot. ahofi), debauch, debauchery, lavishness,
prodigality; bg — , v. to live debauchedly.

abofibo, n. debauchery.

aboGbolo, n. debauchee.

abora, n. reproach, blame; bo — , to blame.

aborabo, n. blaming.

abu, n. treasure, concealed treasure; tu — , v. to find such;
inf. ahutu.

abu, adv. (the „Sl*^ can be lengthened at pleasure) a long
time, very long; continually; very much. Comp. da,
dane; tdtu, tso, naakpa, pam, tarn etc.

abDaha (Ot.), n. fear; wo ahuahu = wo gbeyei, to frighten.

abubo, n. pr. 68; wonder , astonishment; Ot. bo ahu.

10 ,abtlim — akeit

ahilm, n. storm.

ahQntO or ahdntO, n. (Ot.) urgency; trouble; fe — , to be

urgent, trouble^some.
ahuruti^ (Ot. = spring-short), n. a short kind of springing

snakes, very poisonous,
ahdta, n. discovery of a treasure; s. tu ahCI, r.
ahQtulo, n. person finding a treasure,
ahwdnyd, n. blossom; leaf; sproul, shoot; gba — , v. to

blossom; to sprout; to shoot. *
ahwdnySgbamo , n. blossoming; sprouting, shooting,
aiko! (or eiko!) pi. anyeko! Salutation to working- people

or people comming in work. Answ. Yft e€\ Yfl, ata!

Owura! etc. Signif. unkwon. Comp. Daholo! and mo!
aka — , initiating form of the pot. mood, neg. voice,
akadsinam (Ot. akagyinam), n. surety; ye — , to „stand''

(for a debt, „kayi** as) surety,
akaka, n. crust of bread.

akan, n. struggle; Si -r-, to struggle = §i mple and pie he, v.
akane, n. a fruit of a tree.
akaAetSo, pi. -tsei, n. the tree of it.
akanma, n. a bird of prey; the carcion kite; s. akpdna, th. s.
akatisT, n. struggling; vyiiig.
aka6§ilo» n. struggler, yier.
akasS, n. a kind of pap made of corn, s. aflata.
akase, n. a kind of Indigo; s. amati.
akataiwyia (Ot. fr.) kata, v. to cower, and awyia, n. sun;

sun-cover, n. umbrella,
akatamanso (Ot. = „people" or „ towns-cover"), n. a very

large umbrella, sudi as the chiefs of this country use,

when settling a great palaver in the free air or when

appearing in state.
,akei conj. (from the verb ke, to say, = people say; saying,

lOX^) that; often only used like a colon or notes of

quotation; for; because; as how; whether; than (se^

also take and tamo). Ot. se, se; Ad. k€, kd (Cbrop.

also edsake).
ake aleeno, that perhaps, with neg., lest,
ake beni, that when; sometimes: as, how.
ake bgni, as, how (commonly take boni).
ake-lo; whether; whether -or.
ake noni, that what; as, how.
akesi, conj. that; for; because.

•ake hewo, and

akesi — — bewg; that -because ...

akekre — £kpa. 11

akekre, n. a ring or wreath of cloth, flowers etc., crown

(aTeyceifog) f comp. kakra, tako, maAtSefai, n.
akitafo, akitawifo, n. cactusplant, s. akiati.

aklabatSa, n. s. akrabatSa; fence.

akiati, akrati (Ot. akrati), n. cactus -plant; blofd- akiati,

euphorbia,
aklonta, n. fork of a tree; fork.

aklonfia and akontia, n. piu.

aklonto, n. horn. Comp. koA; akionto seems to indicate
more the curved form of horns (as those of rams);
for which are to be compared words like: koklo, kutru-
ku; kokrolonto etc. and roots of other languages, as:
np (TO, horn); 1D> hy^ x€(fag; cornu, genu; circus;

career; circle, ^erfcr; corner; horn; Jluflel, itcflct etc. etc.
akluku, akuku, n. a kind of braid of hair,
akd, n. parrot (the blue one),
ako or ako, n. a swelling of the eyelid,
akoble, europ. word, n. copper.
Akoi, n. pr. of males,
akoklo, n. a small kind of shells,
akoko, n. Guinea-corn. Ad. th., s.
akgkgbesS, n. (Ot.) a kind of spiced bark; Pr. t63.
akokos, europ. word, n. cocoa-nut.
akokos-tso, pi. -tsei, n. cocoanut-tree.
akokosu, n. Ot. =: wonu, n. fowl-soup; used in proverbs,
akomfode (Ot. lit. soothsayers property), n. a company of

a quarter of Osu (comp. asafo and akutSo).
akgno, (Ot.) tlesire-, adj. or adv. ye akgno, to be desirable;

comp. ba tsine.
akonta (Ot. th. s.) perhaps europ. word; n. account (but
comp. nta and ko) ; bu — , v. to make an account, reckon,
akontabu, n. account; reckoning,
akontabulo, n. reckoner; cassier.
akotiS, n. short person, dwarf; (Ot.) adj. short.
Akoti^, pf. n. of a fetish in Osu.
akotoa, n. keg, powder-keg. Ot. th. s.
akQlQklo, n. a wooden fork to bear up the thatch,
akoloku, n. fist?
akolonlsin, n. prepared crab.
I aKp^, n. a trap for beasts ; a small scaffolding before houses
to dry things on (comp. agba and Ot. ap^ th. s.) ; a bridge,
ttpa, adj. (shortened from ekpakpa, kpakpa, Ot. papa);
good; f. i. gbomo ^kpa, a good person; commoa^ t u

12 akpS — akpldn6.

abolo ikpa, common bread of the natires, not european

(s. akpano); lele ^kpa, a common vessel, not a steamer

etc.; real; genaine etc. adv. == naakpa or pam, very much,
akpft or ap9, n. block, on virhich prisoners are fastened hy

an iron cramp about the wrist; bo m. k. akpS, to fasten

s. b. on the block.
akp9bQ or apdbo, n. fastening on the block.
akpSQ)olQ or apSbolo, n. stock-master; jailor,
akpagal or akpakal, n. (Ot. apakan) travelling basket; a long

basket in which travellers are carried,
akpake (Ot. apakye), n. lameness (s. kpa), infirmity ; a lame

person; s. next word.
akpaketSe, pK tSemei, n. a lame, mamed or crippled person,
akpaki (Ot. apaki), n. a larger callabash for measuring things,
akpakpa, n. the papaw-fruit.
akpakpalso, pi. -t§ei, n. the papaw-tree.
akpaku, n. honey-comb,
akpale, n. rafter (of a thatch),
akpand (Ot. pdno) , probably a portug. word, from the lat.

panis, n. european bread; biscuit.
akpSna = akSnma and opete, n. the carrion kite, Sa^geier.
akpSinma, n. == adufud^; excess; ye — , s. to eat to excess

without paying for.
akpanmayeli, n. excess; spunging.
akpdiimayelQ, n. spunger.
akpatramo , n. a large kind of spinning beans ; comp. yo, n.

abgboit n.
akpatSa, n. an eatable root.
akpatu6, n. foolish person, see bulu, kolo, kwaSi^.
akp^, pi. akpei (numeral), n. thousand (Ot. apim); conop.

kpe, to meet; mei akp^, 1000 men.
akpei ^nyOy two thousands, etc. etc.
akpetse, pi. -tSemei, n. possessor or leader of thousand,
akpetekplebi, n. a curious fruit of a tree or shrub growing

in the plain or savanna only, used for fetish-business.
akpetekplebitSo, pi. -tSei, n. the tree or shrub of it.
akpiti (Ot. apiti), n. unleavened bread,
akpitikpiti, n.
akplo (Ot. peaw), n. spear; lance; dii — , v. to spear; wo

m. k. akplo, v. lit. to lift up the spear to one, to threa-
ten him; wo akpoi, v. th. s.
akplodOmo, n. spearing.
akplowO, n. threatening.
fikp\6n6, n. s. akpanO.

akploto — ' Akwfanimyo. 13

akplQto, n. a large kind of apes (conip. kploto, pig?)
akpOy n. order command, degree; wo — , to give an order;

"WO akpoi, y. to threaten,
akpdnd, n. a. akpand.
akpowo, n. order; ordering, commanding,
akpowolo, n. commander; lawgiver.
akpoiwOy n. threat.

akpokplontOy n. the land-tortoise; see hala.
akproke^ n. a kind of vegetable.

(What is not found under akr- s. under akl.)
akrabatSa, n. a fence or grove holy to a fetish,
akrati (Ot. akarfite), n. cactus,
akrata, n. a kind of beans,
akromi^, n. sling, swing; fd — , v. to sling,
akromiiifd, n. slinging.
akromiafSlo, n. slinger.
akronti, n. a seafish.

Akron (Ot. nine, the ninth) pr. n. of the ninth son.
akrowa (Ot. th. s. from korow, town and ba, iittle, dim.

termination) village, plantation-village,
ako (Ot. eku) == adu, n. a kind of monkeys.
Akoetfif pr. n. of the second of male twins; of a hill near

the Sai-mountain; see Akwete.
akuku = akluku, n. a kind of hair-braiding of the women,
akunt^, n. s. akont^.
akotSo (comp. ku, kuku, weko and tSo), pi. -tSei, n. tribe

(@tamm); quarter of a town; s. akwaSofi, maii, asafo,

weku etc.
akut§onbii, n. pliir. the members of an ^akutSo^.
akntiSo^-onukpa, n. and

akutSonukpa, n. the elder of a tribe or quarter.
akotSont§e» pi. -tSemei, n. th. s.
akntJSoAtSemei, n. pi. = akotSoAbii.
ak6tu, n. (Ot. th. s.) orange; a^j. orangecoloured.
akututSo, pi. -tSei, n. orange-tree.
akwabo» n. loaf (of bread),
akwadu, n. Ot. th. s. banana.
akwadutSo, pi. -tSei, n. banana-tree.
no akwamfonyo, -fo, pi. -foi, n. canoeman, rower; sailor.
>!-. akwamfoiatSe, n. canoe-leader; captain.
I Akuvlmu, pr. n. of a tribe speaking the Otyi-language, their
1 land, situated at the river Volta about 50 miles from its
mouth, and their dialect.

Akwftmunyot pL -mumei, pr. n. AkwSii«i-insu\ •^^^^%

14 akwaSoA — al6.

akwaSoft» n. assemble of the Mhole (o\vd, tribe or nation,

s. mfiA and ta, n.
akwel, collect, n. ground -bean; a kind of beans growing

under ground in a husk, like the groundnuts. Comp.

kw^, to grow (Otyi: atwy6). Cooked they are called

„aboboi", n.
Akwele, pr. n. of the first of female twins; s. Akwgkg or

Akuoko.
Akwete, pr. n. of the first of male twins, and of one of

two similar hills near the Sai-mountain. See Akuete.
AkwQkg, pr. n. of the second of female twins, s. Akwele.
al^gba, or

alakpa, n. jest, joke; ke m. k. dSe alakpa, to jest with s. b.
alakpadSe, n. jesting, joking,
alakpadselo, n. jester.

alali, n. interruption; wo alali, v. to interrupt, s. ^dSedSe**.
alaliwO, n. interruption,
alali wolo, n. person interrupting.
alanmSli, n. small lobster,
^lant^, Mamt^, &Iomt£, Atontd, (Ad. th. s.) cat; comp. iya,

slagbolo, dSramoa, dSanta, dSata; etc., epithets of the cat.
alatS, n. hook; s. kpofi; the latter more us,ed in Osu, the

former in Gfi.
Al^ta, pr. n. of a quarter of Osu, where the people of the

king live; s. KiAkfiwe, ASinteblohQ.
aladSa, n. a long stick with a prick at the end, to move

canoes; ma — , v. to move canoes with such a slick; inf.
aladsamS, n. moving a canoe by a long stick.

aleeno (s. le, to know) lit. „it is not known", adv. per-
haps; especially used to. make a whole sentence doubtful,
f. i. aleend nl mei le fS baa, perhaps that not all the
people will come. (Comp. ekole, kule); ake aleen5 with
follow, neg. voice, lest, lest perhaps, haply.

Alema, n. pr. of males born after a brother or sister who
died, see gbobalo. Own, Ogbo etc.

alemle, n. name of the season between the second rainy
season (s. gbo, n.) and the harmatan (s. aharabata).

alenmle, n. a kind of thick honey.

alenmlebi, n. the bee-like insect producing it.

alenenmg, n. trying to stand (of children), fr. nm^ aleftet ▼.

alo (fr. lo, to take up) and lo (Ot. ana, ana se), conj. or;
„alo" is only used when initiating a sentence » else al-
waj8 „lo^ Ekolfi-alo, either-or; f. i. Ekolfi midienttfi

.alokpU -^ Amliiwslo. 15

maba alo matSu mibofo, either 1 ceme or send 1115

messenger. S. also d^io — , and dSio-dsio.
alokpli, n. ^0 alokpli, inf. alokpliwo.
'alomt6, s. alant^ etc. cat.

Td^ |:n. hypocritfe? see opasafo, osalofo.

alnguntugun, and

alugontugu^ n. an eatable fruit, called soursap by the Euro-
peans at the Coast, as large as a childs-head.

aluguntiigutSo, pi. -tsei, n. the soursap-tree.

alole, n. unripe corn-ear (?).

alului, n. a bird.

Ama, and

Ama, D. pr. of males and females.

amg, n. pitch; lime; glue.

amate, n; asphalt („pitch-stoiie'^).

amadd, D. plantains.

amadStsa, pi. -tSei, n. plantain-tree.

amade, n.?

amaga, perh. of europ. origin, n.. image, idol (Ot. th.s.).

amagfitumu, n. idol-heap b-efore ' towns, to take duty ^mu*
su"*, s. this.

amale, n. lie (fr. male, to lie).

amalemQ, n. lying, irreg. Infin. form of male; s. also malemo:
amalelo, malelo, n. liar.

amane, old. amande (Ot. amane), n. trouble, suffering;

na — , y. to gel into troubles,
amanehulu, amanehuru, amanehunu (Ot. th. s. from hu

amane = Gd: na amane), n. trouble; suffering; affliction.
amaDehunufo, n. (Ot. th. s.) sufferer, afflicted person.

amanya, n. lint, pledget of lint.

amanye aba! or: h3 'manye aba! Let peace come! Salu-
tation, especially used by Fetish-priests, speakers in public
etc. Answ. manye ba! or: amanye ba! peace has come!
See „omanye" and Gd-Speeches.

amaiifo and amamfo/n« (Ot. th. s.) ruins, ruined houses
or town. Etso araamfo, y. it has become a ruin.

amantaka, n. interruption; wo — , v. to interrupt, inf.

amantakawd, n. interruption; comp. matan, n.

amSiti, n. indigo, indigo-colour. See also akasi. Wo — ,
to colour with indigo.

aiuStiwo, n.^ colouring with indigp.

amiltiwolQ, n. dier (with indigo).

16 ftmktse — amamaiSo.

Amdtso, n. pitch-tree; tree of which bird-lime is extracted;

a kind of shadow-or umbrella-tree.
amSte, n. pitch-stone, i. e. asphalt.

amb^, n. a kind of childrens play or dance similar to a

cock-fight; ampe, amme, th. s.; tu — , v. to play it.
ambetumg, n. the playing of it.

ame, pron. def. 3. pers. pi. they; them; their; see § 34

(Ad. subj. and possess, a. obj. me),
amedei, n. s. abedei, n. a kind of shells.

amflao or anflao, n. a beautiful bird of the size of a dove;

said to indicate the hours with its call, therefore here

called clock-bird.
ametSrobi, amitsrobi, pi. -bii, date; SDattcI.

ametSrobiitso, n. S)atttlpalme; date-palm.

amim (comp. the Ot. anim, face), n. unrighteousness,
wrong; only used in the phrase: ye m. k. amim, v. to
over-reach, to defraud, to cheat; ye hie, v. th. s.

amimyeli, n. over-reaching; cheat, fraud.

amimyelo, amimyelilQ, n. cheater, defrauder.

amlakuQiro, amlekunyo, pi. -kui, n. probl. europ. word;
sailor.

amlebo, n. a water -frog.

ampa, adv. (Ot.) well ; s. odSogbS, dsogba. ampa, adv. ^=
lelen, truly.

amralo, amrado, amlalo (Ot.amrado), prob. a europ. word, n.
Governor (but comp. also: mra, mla; law).

Amrahia (Meeting-place, Ot.) n. pr. of a G5- Village be-
longing to La.

amramo, n. cave.

amrd, adv. soon, quickly;
amrd nl, conj. as soon as.
amrd pe n), just as soon as.
amrd noA, adv. immediately (Ot. amonomara).

amrdmrd, reduplication of the former, expressing the same,
but with more emphasis.

imugtii, n. a kind of berries, growing on a tree, of red
colour and shape like the rasberry, but in taste like a
cherry and with stones or seed like them, therefore here
called „cherry".

amugAitso, pi. -tSei, n. the amugui-tree.

amuma (about the diminutive term, ma s. Ot. ba^ young
one; GS: hi, mi), n. a kind of blackberries.

amumatSo, n. amuma-tree.

ai^i — aniin« 17

Shi, pi. anfimei, n. wife; only used with the ioit. augm.
^a"* in an address (vocat. case), if without possess, pro-
DOUD. Comp. n3; see also awu, anyemi; ata, awo.

anai, n. west; comp. yitengbe; th. s., bokS or nSdsiaSi,
• east; nsongbe, south; koyigbe, kogbe> north.

anaigbe, n. west-waj^; west-ward.

anaiwyei, n. lit. western pepper; a kind of black pepper
used for medicine,, s. wyei, n.

Anan (Ot. four, the fourth), n. pr. of the fourth son.

ananansabi or collectively -bii, n. a kind of berries.

anaoansabitso, n. their tree or shrub.

anani. Ad. n.

Anankannroeona, n. pr. of a Village.

aoans^, anananse, n. a kind of flax prepared from a wild
kind of the pine-apple-or ananas-plant.

ananu (Ot. ananse), n. spider. This animal is the subject
of many superstitions; f. i. that it has a bad influence
upon children sleeping in the same room; it plays more-
over a principal roll in their fables in which the acting
personages are mostly animals, whence these fables are
called in Otyi spiderstories (anansesem). It is repre-
sented as speaking through the nose (as also the devil
and other demons are) and its hoppling walk etc. is cor-
rectly imitaded by voice and gestures of the relator.

ananukp9, n. spider-thread; cobweb; s. also: laSinyanyelfl, n.

ananukomi, n. spider-bread; a blue berry growing at a low
shrub and resembh'ng in taste, shape and colour the black-
berry (of brambles).

ananukomitso, n. the shrub of it.

anawyei, n. a kind of blackpepper, s. wyei and gbowyei.
It is used for medicine; s. anaiwyai, n.

anawyeitSo, n. shrub of it.

ani, interr. part, at the head of questions (not); lat. ne;
8. § 43.

aninanse, s. ananse, n.

andtle, n. a fine flat seafish.

Ang, n. epithet of God (from hS, Adi^. v. to be).

anflao, s. amflao.

ani, interrog. particle initiating questions, s. § 43 and comp.
aso, nto: 16, be etc.

anihao (Ot. th. s. face-trouble?), n. laziness; fe — , to be
lazy.

anibaolg, n. lazy person; s. hedso, hedsolo.

anim, n. Otyi = face; s. anum-, amim and h!e.
Zimmermann, Akra-Vocab* 2

18 anlSnlS — anyenyelitso.

anl^hle, n. a kind of milk-thistle, Mary's thistle.

Afila, stle An\<^Sil^, pr. n. of the tribe, language and land

of the Slave-Coast,
anlese, n. common (larger) canoe, s. ahima; ahlnese and

ahlhkese, n. th. s.
ajimadS, n. a kind of berries.

anmadStSo, n. shrub of them.

anmanma, n. a kind of fruits of red colour and as large
as a dove's egg, being eatable.

anmanmatso, n. shrub of it.

anmenme, n. a kind of sea shells.

anokwa (Otyi), n. truth, f. i. anokwa wiemQ, a true word;
interj. truly! see: leleA! yen! amalee!

anokwafo, -fonyo; pi. -foi (Ot), n. a true, faithful person;
gbomo — , a faithful man.

anokwale (Ot. anokware), n. truth, faithfulness;' ye — , v.
to be faithful.

anokvtran! = anokwa ni! it is true!

angkviraleyell, anokwayeli, n. faithfulness.

anokwayelQ, n. a faithful person.

auQwatere or Mratere, n.^ the water-melon.

ans^m, n. Guinea-fowl. Ot. th. s.

ansol, collect, n. brain, brains.

ant^le, s. and^le, n. a sea-flsh.

antruma, n. a kind of birds.

antsg, n. a play or game with small sticks.

Anum (Ot.; five, the fifthj, n. pr. of the fifth son.

anumny^m (Ot. anuonyam), n. glory; grace (comp. ani anim,
Ot. eye, face and nyam, Ot. and G§, glory, beauty) ; wo
m. k. anumnyam, to glorify, to honour s. b.; to be gra-
cious to s. b., wo m. k. hie nyam, th. s. also kpS
anumnyam. Comp. ipn and Ti^J, x^Q'^j gracia.

anumny^mwo, n. glorification; favour, grace.

anumny^m-gbomo, n. a glorious person, a person who is

graceful or gracious,
anununsd, n. a kind of large red ants feeding on sweet

things, see also gbese.
anyans^, s. anans^; and aninanse, n. a kind of flax,
anyemi, pi. anyemimei, n. brother, sister (®eWn)ifier), only

used with the init. augm. ^h** in an address without

possess, pronoun, s. „nyemi'* and comp. „and, awu** etc
anyeny61i, n. an eatable kind of fruit or berries.
anyenyelitSo, n. shrub of it.

ao — asafonyo. 19

ao! hao! interj. woe! also used to express amazement

(comp. ao, awo, mother),
ao, 8. awo, n. mamma, mother fvocat. case).
Aoiila, n. pr. = Ania, country, language and people of

the slave-coast,
aofime, s. awonme, n. a kind of nuts.
ap5, 'pa, n. hire; Ot. th. s.; bo — , to hire; ye apa, to

do hire-work.
apSbo, n. hiring,
apabolo, n. a person who hires,
apabonii, n. pi. wages for hire,
apafonyo, apafo, pi. -foi, n. hireling; hired person.
apapam, apaboho (Ot. from papa, popa hd, to wipe one's

self), n. towel. See also papam and hankie,
apayeli, n. hire-work; s. ye apa; stipulation, condition.
apayelo, n. hired person, s. apafonyo.
apayelUo, n. th. s.

apasa, n. (perhaps of Otyi-origin, from pasa, v. to commit
falsehood, be false, lie) falsehood, lie; comp. amale, n.
a similar form with the same signification.
apasafo and opasafo, n. a false person, liar, hypocrite ; see

osatofo.
aputupata (= afutufata), old pronunciation, still in use, esp.

in Tesi and by old people; n. bat.
asa (sa, to prepare), Ot. th. s., n. hall; central room of
a house, when shut; when open: kpata. Eye asa le
no, he is in the hall.
asa, asan, asan hu, conj. and ady. again, afterwards, once
more (comp. the iterative auxiliary sa, to repeat, the
Adn. V. kpa; the Ot. verb san, and the adv. ekon).
Tsutsu le eke ake: Eyen; asa eke ake: Eben; at first
he said: It is so, then he said (again): It is not so.
Asabi, n. pr. of a Nino-Village,
asabla, n. distemper of children.

asafo, n. Otyi, company; division of an army; mass of
men; asafo yti, a large multitude of people, toi asafo,
a flock of sheep or goats,
asafobii, pi, n. men of a company.
asafotse, asafoatse, asafoiatSe, n. leader of a company or

companies, headman; officer, captain,
asafoiatsenukpa, n. headleader; general, chief-captain,
asafokan, Ot., n. head of an army, van, vanguard.
asafoku^ n. part of a company, division; herd, flock,
asafonyo, pi. asafobii, n. member of a compaiv^; c>ot(\\^^.

20 asSgbfi — asra.

asagbS, n. a kind of wasps; s. adsanali, n.

asaman, n. Ot. saman, ghost; asaman, hades; s. sisa and

gbohladse.
asamanukpa (asaman, Ot. hades; ghost, specter), n. chim-

panse, living on the islands of the river Volta, where

the „sisai^* or ghosts are said to have their towns (s.

gbohladse, hades), whence the name: headghost. Comp.

adadekramS.
asana, n. a kind of food prepared from a kind of wheat,

fima, and country-beer,
as^ne, pi. -nei (old: asande), n. boil, sore, ulcer, abscess,
asanma, n. a large kind of blue wasps,
asanmatsu, n. their nest,
asangkwa! int. truly!
asayere, n. a dance of the women, when the men are

gone to war.
aseglemtete, n. and

asekplemtete, n. a plant with an eatable fruit,
asekreme, n. a kind of berries,
asekremetso, n. their shrub,
asemsro, n. Ot. curious story, strange matter, — palanvor;

hint, information,
asera, asra, n. snuff,
asese, n. Ot. th. s., small hut made of branches, in war

or other exigences,
asetao, n. a kind of beads or coralls.
asipatre, n. shoe; see aspatre.
asisd, n. civet; s. kankan.
aso, initial interrogative particle, s. § 43 (comp. ani, nto): I

A so mibe neke hegbe ne? Should I not have tUs

liberty? Expected answer: Yes! 1 have it.
aso, n. cart, playing card; fe — , to play at — . i

asofelQ, n. player at cards,
asofemo, n. playing at carts,
asoi, n. razor,
asoso, n. tinder; spunk,
asoso, n. (itinb^blafc), dfa — , bie Slafe fprengen.

asoyi (?), s. asoi.

aspatre, Ot. th. s., very probably a europ. word, n. shoa^

boot; s. tokotai.
aspatrekpelo, n. shoemakei*.
aspatrekpg, n. shoemaking.
aspatrewolo, pi. -wod§i, n. shoe-leather,
asra, n. (Ot. th. s.) snuff; fQ — , to snuff.

&sra — aU. 21

asrd, tk. a kind of fever, said to be the consequence of
poisoning, also called

asralutrui, n. th. s. (Comp. atruidl, atridT.)

asrafu, n. snuffing.

asrafulo, n. snufltaker.

asratQ (Ot. asratoa), n. snuff-box.

asrafonyo, pi. -foi, n. soldier (comp. sra, to watch; and
nsra, camp). Ot. osrani, pi. asrafo.

Asrema, n. pr. of a Village.

asu, o. (Ot. comp. nsu, water) a kind of religious washing
or baptism, connected with feasting, generally after a
recovery from a sickness; bg asu, n. to perform this
ceremony; Ot. th. s.

asubo, n. the performance of this ceremony.

asSiman, s. „sisa'' and „gboh!adse'S n.

Asante, s. Asinte.

Asi, n. pr. of males and females.

asifo, n. (an obscene word) whore; whore -monger; see
adfaman.

asi, n. west s. anai and yitengbe; Adn. wosi, n.

asigbe, n. westward.

asinaw, asinao, n. a kind of beads.

asin, europ. word, n. vinegar; Gffig.

Asinte, n. pr. Asanti.

Asinteblohun, Asintebrum, -blon, n. pr. (Asanti-Street) of,
a quarter in Osu.

Asint^nyo, pi. Asint^mei, n. Asantiman, Asanti-people.

asito, n. stupidity; fe — , to be stupid.

asitofo, n. a stupid person.

asitufemo; n. stupid behaviour.

Asiye or Asiyie (Ot. = asiye), n, pr. of a village (nWel-
built", „welsituated" ; ^SBo^Igclcgcn")-

AsoA (Ot. ason, seven), n. pr. of the seventh son or daughter.

Asonmafi, n. pr. of a village (Ashongs town), also called
Tilamin.
(Words beginning with asu — see under af — .)

Ata, Ot. Uv pr. of twins (a twin, s. nta; and comp. h&dsi;
Akuete, Akwele, Akwete and Akwoko).

ata, pi. atamei, n. Papa, father; address to married men
in general, but only used in ihe vocative case, initiating
a sentence and without possessive pronoun ; in all other
cases „tse" is used; f. i. Ata, ba bie! Father, come
hither 1 — Mitse, ba bie, my father come hither! See
also „awo" ; and „tsatsfi" in Adanrae,

22 Ataboniaye — atlatSo.

Atabonlaye, d. pr. of a village.

atade, atale (Ot. atade), n. european dress; wo — , to put

on or wear dress (see mama, tu mama); dsie — , to

undress,
atadebii, pi. n. the little ornamental things belonging to

dress and dressing espec. of women; f. i. comb, sweet

odours, brashes etc.
atadedsiemo, n. undressing,
atadewo, n. dressing, wearing of (europ.) dress.
atShme, n. (s. adanme), ad9nut; a kind of sweet oily nuts,

tiger-nut? of which the, here so called, „elephanl's-milk"

is prepared,
atatu, n. firmament; single cloud; atatu ewo, the firmament

is covered, cloudy; see also oblotu and omukun, omiu-

gu, n. afua, n.
atatuwO, n. cloudiness,
ateke, adj. short = teketeke.
aten, n. (Otyi?) in the phrase bu ateii, to judge, to decide,

pass sentence. But compare the Gd-word: te, middle;

ten; aten, their middle, bu a!en, to decide (between

them?); ye aten, to judge; yi — , and yiyi — , th. s.;

also Ot.
aten, n. s. te, middle; aten, in their midst,
atenbu, atenbu, n. judgement, decision. Comp. kodso.
atShbuhe, n. place of judgement.
atShbulo, n. judge.
at§nbusa, -buasa, n. judgement-hall.
atSnyeli, n. judgement, decision,
atgnyelihe, n. place of judgement,
alfinyelo, -yelilo, n. judge.
atSnyilQ, n. judge,
atenyimo, n. judgement.

atfele (Ot. ntwere), n. stairs of wood, ladder comp. atrakpe.
atfere, n. fist; bo — , to make a fist; comp. koko and bo

koko; mSi — , v. to strike with the fist (Ot. bo — , v. th. s.)
ati, n. a large kind of seafish, mermaid (?), dolfin (?).
atl, n. a kind of peas growing on a shrub; chickenbeans.
atltso, n. the shrub of them,
atia, n. a kind of apples with a nut at their end, which,

if roasted, is eatable and tastes like walnut. The apples

are in form and taste very similar to some kind of euro-
pean apples; cashew -nut. There are two kinds: raei-

didsi-atla and blofo-atia.
itlatSo, n. the tree of them; cashew-nut-tree.

atibi — atule, 23

atibl, D. a country hoe.
atidi, atiridl, Ot. th. s., n. s. atridi.
atifo, n. colour, paint; tvo — , to paint; to colour; to die.
atifowo, n. colouring, painting. ,. .

atifowolo, n. painter, dier.

alo, n. ladle (here generally carved of soft wood).
ato, n. a small bird.
ato, n. a kind of mice.

atomo, n. svfeei potatoes; batatas; also used of vagabond
persons; s. sidselQ, n. perhaps on account of the weedy
nature of the batatas,
atrakpe, n. (Ot. ntraboa) step, steps, stairs (if made of
stone; comp. „stafrel'' and „stiege'^ in souihern Ger-
many); comp. alse atfele.
atridi or atruidi (comp. atiridi, Ot. lit. the eating or aching

of the head, head-ache), "n. fever.
atsSnali or adsanali, n. a kind of wasps. See asSgbd.
atsanalitsu, n. their nest,
atse, n. a kind of fang -net, used in smaller brooks for

fishing,
atsentsen, s. ads., n. unripe palmnut a kind of crocodiles,
atsikidodoi, n. (perhaps natural sound imitating the voice
of the bird named) a water bird, white and Wack speck-
led, with large bills.
atsQke, n. a lame or halting person. Comp. t^o, v. to

halt; and otsolo, tsglo, n. th. ,s.
alsuS, n. scar, cicatrice.

atu, n. or adv. (Olyi?) used in the phrase: here m. k.
atu, to embrace one, to receive one joyfully (no yilso
fo m. k. kue no, v. th. s.); lo — , s. Ih. s.
atuheremo, n. embracement.
atulomo, n. th. s.

atua, n. revolt; tse — , to revolt, to rebel,
atuatsemg, n. rebellion, revolt, revolution.
atualselQ, n. rebel, revolter.

atui, = ati, n. a large kind of sea-fish, dolphin. (Pronun-
ciation of the Tesi-people.)
atofo, and

atufu, n. the pillow worn by women on the back, where
they carry children on; si-atufu, to put on this pillow;
comp. si otofo, V. v
atufusi, n. wearing of this pillow or putting it on.
atule, n. (FanU dial, of the Otyi) blossom of country-wheal
(tuna).

24 atiiAkpfi = ayefare.

atutikpS (Ot. atumpan), n. square bottles, gin-bottles, used

at this coast; s. abodiamo.
au! int. s. ao, hao!

avQ =: abg, n. field, garden.

aw^le, n, spoon.

awisd^ ayisS, n. (Ot. perh. = a^uisS, left by death), orphan.

awie, n. a kind of sea-fish.

awo, n. (Ot. from wo, to bear), pL awomei; mother, mam-
ma; only used Tocatively and without possess, pronoun,
but in address to any married woman of middle age.
See nye; ata; ni; na etc.

awoba, ahoba (Ot.) , n. bondman, bondwoman, people ser-
ving some body for a sum of money, which their owners,
parents or they themselves owe.

awosi, awofi, s. ahofi.

awofibo, s. ahofibo.

awui (Ot.), n. murder (s. wu in Otyi); ye awui, n. to
murder, hurt, wound; comp. gbe; pila.

awuisS, n. (s. awui, death, and sS, to be done in Otyi;
comp. also awisd) orphan.

awuiyell, n. murder; wounding.

awuiyelo (Ot. awudifo), n. murderer; kolo — , a beast of
prey; lofld — , a bird of prey.

awulewule or awilewile, n. a bird (so called from its call).

awunS (comp. wu and M, n.??), n. jealousy; ye — , to
be jealous, envious; ke m. k. ye — , to be jealous of s.b.

awunSyeli, n, jealousy; envy.

awuMyelilo, -yelg, n. a jealous or envious person.

awyere, n. Ot. (= „mi'* in Ga. S. this) chest.

awyereho (Ot. from wyere ho), n. sadness, grief; feto
grieve; s. do; wyere ho he, v. to be grieved; awyereho
eha m. k., th. s.

aya, n. cat; s. alante etc. Aya is seldom used.

ayawa, n. (Ot. aygwa) brass.

6ye! int. (s. ye, v.) be it! let it! all right! log gut fepn!

aye (Ot. ayen and baifo), n. hag, witch; sorcerer. It is
said that these people are able, to burn like a torch at
nighttime and to do many other curious things; ye m. k.
aye, v. to bewitch s. b.

ayekpemo, n. the shining of a witch.

ayeyeli, n. bewitching.

ayefare (Ot. fr. fa ye or yire, to take away a ^vife), n,
adultery of men; punishment or fine for adultery.

ayeforo — ba. 25

ayeforo, ayemforo, ayenforo (Ot. ye foro = yere — , new
wife), n. bride. See siyire, th. s, before the Tvedding;
ayeforo used at the wedding.

ayemforoba, n. bvide-leaf, a plant used for wreaths.

ayemforokpemQ (s. kpe), n. wedding.

ayemforowu (s. wu and awu), n. bridegroom.

Ayigb6, pr. n. of the so-called Krepe-or Eipe- people, their
land in the east and west of the river Volta and their
language. They call themselyes E^e and their language
Wegbe; s. gbe and Adanme.

Ayigbenyo, pi. Ayigbemei, pr. n. Ayigbe-man; -people.

ayilo (Ot. hyirow), n. white clay used for white-washing etc.;
ye ayilo, to be justified; s. this rerb.

Ayere, n. pr. of women.

ayirebii, coll. n. a kind of berries.

B.

Ba, v. imprt. s.'b^, inf. bd, to come (Ot. th. s. Ad. ma,
Ay. fa), used very extensively, also of things, f. i. able
eba, corn has come, grown or ripened; uiyenii ba, food
came ; fdleeba, the river is swollen ; neke nu ne baa, this
water is spring-water; kakla le na ba, the knife is sharp.
Sometimes it is transitively used, f. i. sikpon eba nii,
the earth has produced food; ba m. k., to make s. b.
come, ba n. k., to make something come; to bing; but
generally the auxiliary v. ke or no is connected with it
to make it transit.; ke n. k. ba, to bring s. th. Pecu-
liar sentences connected with it are: „MTyamaba!" „1
will go (and come again) i"* or „May 1 go and come
(soon)*'. Answer: Ya ba! Go and come! also used as
a parting salutation „Miyd ba!" „I am going!" „6oQd
by!" Answer: „Ya ba dsogba!** „Go (and) come well!"
Ya-ba, v. to go to and fro; „eya eba eya eba," he is
going to and fro; a peculiar use of it is: „eba momo
eto, as he had ordered it to come. Still more extensive
is its use as an auxiliary verb to express various rela*
tions of direction, place, time and manner. It is as in
Otyi and Ad. the auxiliary of the future tense pos., and
in GS, besides that, of the pot. mood pos., but in both
cases the „b" is changed into wa or mostly lost. About
the other uses of it see § 28 and the tables.

ba, Y. imprt. b^; inf. ba, prs. n. halo; to beg, to petition
(perhaps only a modification of the former v.); s. kpa
fai and sise.

26 ba — bam.

ba, n. leaf; vegetable; dsie bai, to produce leaves.

ba, D. commiDg; advent.

ba, n. the largest kind of crocodiles, of blackish colour and

unwieldy form; comp. adsentsen and mampam, n.
h&y n. a figure on playing-cards,
ba, pi. form, inf. and impert. sing. pos. bSmg, v. to cut,

to lance; amebimo klante, they stroke with the sword.

BamQ nekfi tso ng hewQ, cut some off round about this

stick. Comp. fo; to; gbu.
ba dsen, v. to behave. See dse, dsen and dsenba.
ba he si, v. reflex, to humble one's self. S. ba si and

hesiba.
ba mli, ban, v. to come to pass, to be fulfilled, to come

in (Ot. bam),
ba si, V. lit. to come down; to incline; to be humble, to

be lowly; s, also hie ba si, th. s.; v. tr. to humble,

mibale si, 1 humbled him; but generally: kg m. k. ba

si, V. to humble one; s. siba.
ba tsine, v. to produce desire; see tsine, palate; lo ba mi-

tsine, meat comes to my taste, I have a desire after

meat. Comp. dse tsine aiid akono; h!e ko etc.
ba yi, v. tr. to spare, to save; to care for, to be attentive

to some body or some thing. £ba eyi, he spared him.
baba, n. water; only used in childrens language; s. nu.
baba, n. a kind of leprosy or sickness of the skin ; s. adsa-

tQ, kpiti etc.
baba, redupl. of ba, to come,
babao, adj. and adv. much, plenty, many (but without plur.

form). Babao ni mike le babao ni mife dsi no, as much

as I said, as much I did also. S. pi, pii (Ot. bebre).
baduruntso, n. mortar for pounding „fufui'S s. this; fufui-

tSo, th. s. Ot. WQduru.
baduruntsomlibi, n. the pounder, s. fufuitsomlibi.
bafolg, n. (fr. fo ba, to cut leaves), leafcutter, despisably

used: poor fellow, hungry fellow,
bakpalg, n. th. s.
bage, n. (dan.) waiter,
bai, inf. mO) to enlarge, extent, = goi, v.
bala, pi. balabii (scarcely used in the sing.) locusts, which

sometimes destroy the plants along the coast. Comp.

agd» gdgdnigdg6. Ad. th. s.
balg, n. comer; petitioner (beggar? s. sisdlg); irreg. im-
perative of ba, V. =: nyebaa, come ye.
^bam, adv. and

bambambam — be. 27

bambambam, adv. very probable a natural sound imitating
strokes; f. i. eyile bambambam, he beat him bambam-
bam; then: vehemently, hastily.

bami, n. cakes or bread of cassada.

ban, n. kind; character; see „su kc baii^ and subafi.

ban n. k. na, v. to hem s. th. in with a ribbon; s. kante
na, V.

banku, n. a kind of pap, made of wheat (nma).

basabasa, adv. and n. (Ot. the s.) hubbub; disorder; dis-
orderly; fe — , to be in a bustle; s. bisibasa etc.

base, n. dan. jailor.

batafo, n. wild hog. (Ol. th. s.).

batara, n. cutter, boat with one mast.

baya, = lekete, adj. and adv. wide, broad; -ly.

bayare, bayere, n. lit. leaf-yams, an inferior kind of yams.

bayelQ, n. leafeater, a kind of beautiful antelopes as large
as a roe, with regular white lines on their back, of a
reddish colour.

bayisa, n. a plant (^orphans' plant'') = gbeke-bii-amaddy n.
senna?

be, n. to be boiled, done, hot enough (of iron) ; to be ripe
(ironically used of men).

be, V. to quarrel, strife, dispute; inf. be; prs. n. belo; eke-
mi be, he quarrelled with me; eb6 ehSame ^hu, he dis-
puted for them a long time.

be, n. time. About the pronominal and adverbial use of
this word see the following words and Gr. § 33, 34.

be, bei, n. quarrel, strife, dispute; Ad. pei.

be, v., inf. be> to pinch, to squeeze, to cramp, to bite (of
ants et^); to fasten between two sticks (building exp.);
used of the face etc. of old men: ehie ebe, his face
is contracted, mida ebe, my mouth is contracted by age;
be gu-go — wie, to speak through the nose. Comp,
abele, tongs.

'be, 8. abe, n. proverb.

be, irreg. neg. voice of ye, v. to be somewhere, to have etc.
defective v. to be absent, to have not (or nothing), to
be untrue; to want; interrbg. part, at the end of ques-
tions = is it not, f. i. Osurngmi, be? Thou lovest me,
is it not? also used in the beginning, f. i. Be, eke?
Is he not long (grown)? About at the end s. § 17.
A. th. s. with be, v..

be, inf. bemo, prs. n. belo, v. to sweep.

be, m. k. binmeii, to beckon to s. b. with the eyes.

28 be — beo.

be moko wo mli, double y. to bave prejudice against s. b.

be mil, neg. of ye mli, y. to be untrue, s. be and ye.

bebe, n. (redupl. of be, time) long time; adverbially used:
ke-dse blema bebe, from old times already; nye se
bebe, already some days ago etc.

bede, bedebide, adj. weak; fe — , to be weak. S. bgdo-
b(ido.

Bedekpo, n. pr. (Ad. „hyen-hill^) of a village.

bedeo, n. a basket made of palm-leayes.

beglo, n. coopers work, -trade.

beglofonyo, pi. -foi, n. cooper.

bel, n. strife, s. be; Ad. pei.

bele or be le (be, time and le def. art.), conj. then, con-
sequently, therefore; ady. consequently. Comp. no le»
keke le^ le le> ene, agbene etc.

beleke, be le kg, conj. then -still; then.

bele, bele si, y. to run, to creep (of plants, as gourds etc.).

belo» n. quarrelsome person; disputant; enemy.

b^lOy n. sweeper (comp. also bio).

bem (Ot. th. s.), n. right; satisfaction; adverbially used:
bu m. k. bem, to justify s. b.; hSi bem, v. give satis-
faction; ye bem, v. to be in the right, to be just (s. dsa);
comp. bu at^n, bu fe, ye fo etc.

bembu, n. justification, acquittance before judgement.

bembulQ, n. justificator.

bemh&mQ, n. satisfaction, giving of satisfaction.

bemyeli, n. justice, right; s. also ye ayilo, v.

bemyele, n. justified person.

bimg, n. sweeping.

bene, be ne (s. bele)> conj. then (lit. this time), there-
fore; adv. consequently; this time, now, perhaps etc.
Comp. agbene* Ad. th. s.

beni, pron. and conj. (be nl) when. Ad. th. s. Generally
this word is followed by the pron. le at the end of the
sentence it initiates; s. § 34 and comp. moni, noni heni,
beni, koni. Sometimes it is used = bgni, how and noni
what; f. i. beni yo dsi no, so it is (lit. how it is, it is)!
beni mike ne> this is what or how I said.

beni afe nl, conj. sentence, that, therefore that.

ben, v. s. be mli and ye mli.

benke (Ot. ben), v. to approach; to be or come near.

benkemQ, n. coming near, nearness; neighbourhood.

bentui (Ot. th. s.), n. callabash used as a clyster-pipe.

heo, n. an animal with a very hard skin, resembling a bog.

beste — bla. 29

beste, beste* dan. n. brush.

bi, n. child; ^^oung one; little one; member of a comma-

nity etc., diminutive, plur. and collective termination etc.

S. Gr. § 23, 48. Sometimes, if a mere termination, it

becomes mi, s. n^^emi, nulami, gogomi etc. (S. Ot. ba,

ma, wa, a and Ayigb6 vi, th. s.)
bi, y. inf. bimo, imprt. sing, bi, prs. n. bilO) to ask, to

question, to demand; to salute or have s. b. saluted;

f. i. mibiame , I salute them, said to persons sent to s. b.

Comp. the Aku, A^igbe and Ot^i.
bi m. k. na n. k., v. to ask something ' from some body

(lit. to ask the mouth of s. b., as in Hebrew),
bi si, y. to ask after or for.
bi^ne (s. bie)» adv. immediately, in this moment, just now;

dsee — not just now.
bi^nebi^ne, adv. th. s. but strengthened,
bialo, n. guest, wedding-guest; friend; dSe m. k. — , v.

to befriend s. b.
bibio (s. bi), adj. and adv., pi. bibii (Ad. boboio), small,

little; by old people pronounced: fifio. The plur. is

sometimes reduplicated: bibii-bibii, very little (things or

persons). See also fid.
bie, n. and adv. this place; here, hither; hie ke bie> here

and there,
biegbe, n. and adv. this way; here, hither,
bienye, pi. -nyemei, n. fellow- wife (used by the different

wives of one husband),
biianye, pi. -nyemei, n. lit. childrens mother; mother, a

woman who has children, female parent. Also used of

animals. See nye. Also used by husbands = nfi, n.
biiatse, pi. -tsemei, n. childrens -father, a man who has

children, male parent; also used = wu, n. husband,
blglo, D. europ. word; trumpet (bugle?).
bilQ, n. questioner, enquirer,
bimg, n. question, enquiry; salutation,
binu, pi. -bihl, n. son.
bisa, n. child*s-bed, bed of a child,
bisatso, = gbekSsatso, n. cradle,
biti or piti, n. fainting, to — , to faint, pr. 16 (Otyi).
bitribi, n.

bijo, pi. hiyei, n. daughter,
bla, v., inf. blamo, to come again into the world, be bom

once more (the natives have the doctrine of metempsy-
chosis, or transmigration of the soul); to be or behave

30 bla — bleOble(J.

in the world (comp. ba dsen, th. s.); — m. k. to attach
one's self to s. b. -tSu, to bind up the lattices on the
thatches (comp. wo tsu) ; to roll one's self up like a snake.

bla, n. behaviour; character of a person. S. su, dsefiba
and ban, n.

blabla, adj. violent, fierce.

blaiblai, n. consumptive person.

Wage, or

blake, perh. dan. n. tub.

blakpayO, n. whore; wench. S. adfaman. (Perh. Gbla-
gbayo, n. woman from Gblagba, an evil reported Ayigbe-
Town, near Mlamfi, on the westside of the Volta).

blamo, n. being born again into the world; binding up of
lattices in house-thatching etc. s. bla, v.

blamonii, n. lattices, latlice-work; s. bla, v.

ble, V. to lie = kS.

ble, V. to lay across; to ceil; -tsu, — a room.

ble -no, V. to lay or stretch s. b. upon s. th., ble m. k.
tso no, V. to crucify; s. noblomo.

ble si, V, to lie down, to lie (of snakes etc.).

ble, n. pipe; kpS ble, to whistle, pipe; nu — , to smoke
a pipe; flute; any instrument of this kind.

bleble, adj. loquacious = gobigobi, adj.

blebo mlebo, n. (europ. Ot. berabo) liver.

blegi, n. dan. ink.; -to, n. ink-stand.

blekpSlo, n. piper.

blekpSmo, n. piping.

blema, n. old time, ancient time; adv. long ago.

blemabii, pi. n., the ancients.

blemanyo, n. sing, of the former; an ancient person.

blemand, n. pi. -nil, something of ancient time.

blemasSne, n. history or matter of ancient times.

blemat§emei, pi. n. ancient fathers, forefathers; patriarchs;
ancestors. ,

blemo, n. laying, stretching, crossing; ceiling; s. noblomo.

blemotso, n. a kind of cross; stick used for ceiling.

bleo, n. palm-branches.

ble<5, adj. and adv. (Ot. breo) soft, slow, mild, peaceful,
softly, slowly, mildly, peacefully. Answer to the salu-
tation to people who come from some place : „Heni
odse?" (lit. „ Where thou comest from?" sc. how is it
there?) „Bleo!" „peaceful!"

bleobleo, bleble, adj. and adv. redupl. and strengthening
of the former.

bleofemg — blQ. 31

bleofemo, n. slow action; mild behaviour; meekness.

blibli, s. brfbrt.

bilks, D. a kind of poisonous serpents about 5 — 6 feet

long; which are said to poison men and animals not

only by their bit, but especially by emitting their venon

at them. '

blinyan, n. dan. lead-pencil,
bio, V. (a kind of plural or intensive-form of bo, to cry;

but also used independently) to cry; to make a noise;

to quarrel. Inf. blgmo.
bio, n. (perh. = belo, s. be, to sweep) broom (Ot. prai).
bio (Ot. bro), radical word for every thing „european".

It is said that it is = abrow Ot. or „blefo", th. s. Adh.,

corn, maize, because when the first Europeans came to

the coast, the women were just grinding corn and said:

These men are as white as corn, whence the name,
bio. Ad. n. way = gbe; comp. blohQ.
bloblo, adj. thin, lean, lank; comp. legelege and tiatla.
bloblo, adj. sweet, agreeable; s. dokodoko and A5, y.
bloblo, conj. much less,
blofo, n. any flijbig european; n. coll. the Europeans; the

whole europenftn state and life at the coast,
blofo-aklali, n. an euphorbia-plant,
blofomeiabii, pi. n. mulattoes with european fathers,
blofonme, n. europ. nut, pine-apple,
blofonyo, pi. -fomei, n. European; white man in general

(Ol. obroni).
blofosa, n. europ. bed; mattress; a string of beads,
blofosane, n. europ. matter, palaver, story; relation etc.
blofo§QtQ, D. europ. pepper; a kind of red pepper of the

colour and form of cherries.

blofowiemo, n. european language, any .

blohQ, n. street oK towns and yiUages, generally shaded by

shadow-trees; Ot. brohu, n.
blohuintso, pi. -tsei, n. street-tree; shadow-tree; generally

a wild fig-tree,
blolo, n. a quarrelsome person, s. bio and belo, n.
blglo, adj. and adv. sick, sickly; eye — , he is or looks

sickly.
folosT, th. s.

blgmo, n. cry, crying; noise; quarrel,
blonya, bronya, n. new year; ye — , to celebrate it.
blgtSo, n. broomstick,
bla, n. engL blue, wash-blue, adj. blue.

32 blublu — bQ ahdfi.

blublu, adj. and adv. all; blublu kwa, altogether,
bldku, n. (europ. word?) trowsers.

bo (Ad. mo, Ot. wo), pron. independent form of the pers.

pron. sec. pers. sing., thou (seldom thee); comp. o.
bo, V. to cry; inf. bo; a kind of subj. plural-form is bio,

V. th. s., but this latter is mostly independently used;

bo dsaidsai, v. (s. Ot. gyai) to cry: silence, to command

silence; bo m. k. , to call out for s. b.; bo wa, to cry

loud or hard,
bo, n. cry.

bo toi, V. (to! = ear) to listen, to hearken, to obey; int

toibo.
bo, n. cover, over-cloth; cloak.

bo, adj. fine (of flower), tender.

bo, adj. and adv. (the pron. is singing), tender, soft, mild
(s. bleO, dio, kpO); mildly, softly etc.

bo, n.? used in the phrase: he bo bo, v. to mix ones self
up with a palawer; mihe mibo mibo, I mix myself in
a thing.

bo, V. inf. bo, to ball, make round, to eompress, form,
create, s. N*12 in Hebr., fd&affen in Germ.; to com-
mit, to exercise; to multiply, to get large (of yanis
in the ground); ke m. k. bo, to agree with s. b. (comp.
ke m. k. or n. k. ye egbo, th. s.), to make friendship
with s. b.; he bo -bo, v. to interfere, to mix one's self
into a palawer. S. bo. (Ot. to strike etc. see Riis Voc.
under bo). This is one of the most extensively used
verbs in 6S and Otyi, having numerous significations or
far more numerous combinations (comp. ye, ye, ba etc.
with which it is a similar case). The most common
ones are: sane bo m. k., v. to be guilty.

bo> V. to wander, stroll about; to be lost; s. bo si and
bo ko and ladSe.

bo , m. k. abo = ba abo, v. to flee to some body, to take
refuge, s. abo.

bo ade (Ot.), v. lit. to create someth., to create the world
ade often used = dSe, dSen, in Gd, comp. this and bo
d§en), to originate, bring into existence; to invent; to
begin someth. or somewhere; to exist (comp. vnttoxi"^
and vTtccQxofuu in Greek) etc.; s. adebo*

bo adfaman, v. to whore, to commit whoremongery. or
adultery; s. ku gbld and adfamanbo.

bo ahdfi (Ot.), v. to live debaachedly. S. ahdfi.

bo — bo- 33

bo, m. k^ abora, v. to Uame openly; bo he ahora, y. to
blame one's self.

bo akpa, V. to fasten a prisoner on a block, s. akpfi.

bo apa, y. to hire; s. apa. Ot. th. 8.

bo asu, Ot. y. to undertake a religious nvashing orbapthm;
generally after a recovery of a aiekness etc., connected
with fefish-cermonies and feasting; s. asu.

bo dsen, y. to create the world; to originate? s. bo ade.

bo fo, inf. fobo , y. to do something detestable = to* kpa.

bo gwa, V. Ot. th. s. (to put chairs around) to assemble
for open council; s. adsind.

bo he, y. to double, reduplicate (s. bg, v. to multiply).
But see bo he ahora.

bo huhuhuwiemo, y. to murmur, s. wie htihdhu.

bo kakara, y. to make a ring; s. kakara.

bo klanma, y. to surround.

bo koko, y. lit. to make a fist (koko), to warn, forewarn;
to threaten.

bo ko, y. to lose one's self in the bush; to be a yagabond.

bo kaku, y. to heap up.

bo man, y. to belong to the chiefs of a town.

bo mantse, y. to make one king.

bo moden, y. to be diligent, zealous.

bg musu , y. to commit a blasphemous act (s. musu) , to
do mischief, to contract mischief; to blaspheme.

bo nannyo, y. to make a friend, friendship, communion.

bo nko, y. to make holes in the ground for planting yams.

bo nkulo, = bo gwa, y. to assemble, to call people toge-
ther; to reason or talk in puplic assembly.

bo no, y. to surpass; to precede; to be preferred; to add;
to remain; to be oyer.

bo nsra, y. (nsra p= camp), to exercise (of soldiers), to be
drilled; to form a camp; to encamp; s. fe nsra, y. th. s*

bo nyomo, inf. nyomobo, y. to make debts; s. mo — , y.
th. s.

bo ose, y. to raise a war-cry (of women, when men are
at y^ar or make warlike exercise); to sing a war-song.

bo pa, s. bo apa, y. to hire. (Ot. bo apa and fa?).

bo su, y. to hall swish, for the building of swish-houses.

'bo, ebo, n. gall, bile; poison; yerdigrise.

bo, n. dew; a kind of flying ants; a ball; = abo, a fruit-
field, a garden (s. bo, y.); number; manner etc.

bo, n. creation (s. bo, y.); friendship s. ke m. k. bo, ▼.
to make friendship with one.
Zimmermann, Akra^Yocab. 3

34 bo — bokfl.

bo> n. (engK from barrow), wheel-barrow; filibo» th. s.,

8. fili, n.
bodpia, n. a kind of monkeys.
bobo, n. rum (satirically used).
bobo» V-, redupl. of bo; to squeeze the bush which is cut,

together, that it may more completely burn; s. n^ne,

V. th. s.
bobobg, adj. and ady. ke m. k. fe bobobo, v. to be very

intimate with s. b., ady. attentively,
bobo, n. redupl. of bg, n. nnmber; s. boni and boboni,

conj., how, as.
boboi, n^ a small sea-fish.
bob(}io, adj. Ad. = bibio, small.
bQbokple, adj. yery much stinking.

boboka, adj. lazy, phlegmatical; sickly (with a singing pro-
nunciation); ady. lazily, sickly,
bobo, and
boboll (sung), adj. and ady. the same as boboka; adv. of

intensity to the veil) fo, y. to be wet; efo bobolT, y. he

is yery wet (comp. ))Iatf$na§^ splashingly wet). S. also

dodo, dodoli etc.
boboni, s. bgni.
bodo, y. to press out of form (f. i. tinwares), to be out

of form.
bodo, and
bodobodo, adj. and adv. soft, yery soft; fine (of flower etc.);

tender (of sprouts and branches)^ weak; efe — , he is

weak, efeminated etc. softly, finely, tenderly weakly.

See bedobedo, th. s.; gblo bodobodo, y. to grind very

fine,
bofebo, n. and pron. eyery nnmber, eyery manner, s. § 34

and boni.
bofo (Ot., and obofo), n. messenger; apostle; angel; Ad.

tsolo, n.
'bohima, ob. , n. green spots in the flesh, produced by a

certain sickness; yerdigrise?
boi, n. female-undercloth ; s. toklo; tSe — » inf. boitS^, to

bind it on.
boitSg, n. binding of the female undercloth.
boi = boboi, n. a fish,
bo!, y. to begin. Inf. bolmo» s. also die siSi; bo ade;

Ad. hue, y.
boimo* n. beginning, s. siSidSe.

ki, n. east, eastward, s. nSd£iaii.

bokSgbe — ba. 35

boklgbe, n. and adv. eastward, — s.

bolo, adj. and adv. soft; easy; fe — , to be strong, at
ease, not tired.

bokwe> n. Ad. == gbeKe, evening.

bole, V. int bQlemo, to surround; to compass; to walk
around.

bolemg, n. surrounding, compassing.

boliboli, adj. weak, sick, = gbedegbedS.

bom, V. to unite; s. bo. Ot. th« s.

bon, n. Cpl. boni) ribband, ribbon (perb. from dan. or engl.
band, bond).

bon = bo ni, bo dsi, it is thou.

bon, older and harder pronunciation of moA, adv. rather.

{hoik, y. Ot. to stink, s. fu and dse fQ.)

bdnbdn, adj. and adv. stinking; -ly.

boni (s. bo, number; manner; and nl, refl. pron.), pron.
and conj. how, as much as, as, s. § 34 and beni, noni etc.
The relative sentence formed by it has generally „le'' at
the end.

boboni, th. s. but stronger, as much ever as, howsoever.

bof§bo nl, th. s., s. bofebo.

boDsu, bonso (Otyi lit. strikewater), n. whale.

b6nto, n. (europ. word?) european boat.

bosao (bosaw), n. sponge of the natives made of bark and
membranes of plantain trees.

bote, inf. b6temo, v. to enter.

botemo, n. entering.

botoku, n. a very large pot of native manufacture, some-
times containing a barrel or more of ffuid.

bribri, bribribrl, adv. expressing a shaking movement and
therefore used, to give intension to verbs expressing such,
f. U hoso brlbrf, to shake very much; kpokpo bribrlbrl-
brl, to tremble exceedingly etc. blibll, th. s.

What is not to be found under br, s. under bl or
gbl, gbr.

brabru, adj. and adv. hard, unripe; -ly, -ly; s. gbrugbru,
th. s.

bo, V. inf. bo, prs. n. bulo, to cover (Ot. to cover, to
break). Like bo a very fruitful root in both languages.
The principal significations are the following: to consider,
to reckon, to esteem, to hold, to compare; to sit or lie
down, to deepen? to watch, to observe, to judge etc.;
to alarm; to make an alarm; to be thick (of the branches
of a tree etc.), to be frequent, not scarce etc.

3*

36 bu abe — bua na.

bu abe (Ot. bu be), v. to make or use a proverb, to ex-
press something proverbially or in a parable; s. to he,?,
bu akdnta, Ot. th. s. v. to make an account, to reckon.

bu at^n (Ot. tb. s.), v. to decide, to judge; s. ko|^.

bu ayilo, v. to cover one's self vnth white cla;^ see je

ayilo, V.
bu bem, Ot. th. s. v. to justify, to acquit; ebule bem, he

acquitted him.
bu fo, Ot. th. s., to condemn; to pronounce guilty; ebnlfi

fo he pronounced him guilty. «

bu kusQ, V, to be very thick or bushy (of trees); to be

dark (of clouds etc.).
bu mama, v. to wear cloth, as the natives do (comp. wo

atade, v. and mama and tekle).
bu moko, V. to esteem s. b.

bu moko noko, v. to consider s. b. as some thing.

bu na, V. to cover the mouth, be silent (the gesture of
covering the mouth with the hand is actually used to
express utter astonishment); bu ona! keep thy peace!

bu no, V. to cover (the surface); bu n. k. no, to cover
s. th. to conceal it, bu wodsi ang, to cover eggs, 1. e.
to breed; bu m. k. no, to cover s. b., to lie with s. b.
(obscene).

bu noko, V. to cover one's self with s. th., to wear; eba
kente, he wears country-cloth.

bu si, pi. bumo si, v. to squat down, to lie down; ke Me
bu si, to fall on the face (in prayer or humiliation); to
lie on ttie belly, as beasts do before attacking; as cro-
codiles when at rest, etc.

bu t^iltseo, V. to judge unrighteously.

ba, n. tent; hut (s. asese); covering; estimation, judge-
ment; watch, eye eba no da, he is always on his watch.

bu, n. grave; hole; well; t§a — , to dig a grave, a hole,
a well; dsie — , to dig a well; cave.

bua, y. (Ot. th. s. to answer), to answer roughly, give i
hard answer; amebuabua amehe, they gave each othei
hard answers.

bua, inf. buamo* v. to assist (Ot. th. s.) 4n GS always con-
nected with the verb ye, which preceds it, as: eye
ebuami, he a8si8te4 me, he helped me.

bua na, inf. nabuamo, y. to gather (Ot. boa ano); eboi
amena, he gathered them; amebua amghe na, Uiey as-
sembled (together).

buabua — butnifemo. 37

aabaa, adv. disorderly; enyle buabua, he walks disorderly.
Qambuam, adv. th. s.

ua no, T. in the phrase: musu bua no, to lie, rest over,
ua siy V. to lie about motionless; to stagnate (of water).

luada (Ot. abuada), n. fast, fasting; ye — , to fast; comp.
hi nm3, th. s.

)uadayeli, n. fasting.

madayelQ, -lilo, n. one who fasts.

bobu, y. redupl. of bu.

bule, inf. bulemo, y. to defile (religiously), to transgress
against, to profane; ebule Wi)n, he has profaned a fetish;
to hurt; ebule efla, he has hurt his sore; in a good
sence: to make common, give up to common use, t i.
a house; to dedicate (f. i. a chapel); used also of the
religious ceremony performed every year before venturing
out upon the high sea in August to catch the large fish,
called ntSile"*, abule nsQ (sea), they have begun „t§ile**
— catdiing or -fishing; to destroy utterly (comp. wule); .
to be consumed, f. i. esesi ebule, his seed is utterly
consumed.

bolelg, n. a person defiling himself etc.

bulemo, n. defilement; profanation; transgressing (against
a fetish :etc.); hurting; dedication, giving up to common
use; utter destruction.

bnlo, n. watchman, watch; observer etc. etc.

bnlu, n. fool, s. kolo, kwasi^ etc.

buluniitsumg, n. foolish business, foolish behaviour.

boluwiemo, n. foolish talk.

bum, adv. andinterj. plump! (imitat. sound); egbe si bum!
he fell down, plump! — bum si kome, with one stroke!
comp. gba, gbu, gbo etc. th. s.

bnmbumbum, adv. th. s.

bnmo, n. lying down, squatting; s. sibumo.

bulni, n. europ. word butter.

batra, n. an old custom said to have been introduced by
the first inhabitants of 63, who came from the sea and
whose footprints are still to be seen (comp. 6S-Hist. 2.).
It is only made by men, the „yokpemo" (s. this) of wo-
men answering to it. It is connected with many fetish-
ceremonies, dances, feasting etc. and ensures to him who
makes it an honourable funeral according to native -
fashion.

butrufemg, n. the performance of this custom.

38 buUi — dabi.

batu, inf. -mo, y. to overthrow, to overset, upset; to cap-
size; to lie upside down, of vessels etc. Ot. th. s.
Coiup. also futu, lutu etc.

butulo, n. overthrower.

butumg, n. overthrow; upsetting; lying upside down.

D.

D is the third letter in the Alphabet; words not
found here most be sought for und. ad-, ed-, od-.

Da, pi. d&ra, dra; inf. dale, v. to grow; to be large, great;
to be old; comp. kwe, ba; agbo; kpetenkple, kple, wulu;
gbg, gbgdso etc. Neke na be da fe enyemimei, this
man is greater than his brethren; amedra akpa, they
are very large; efemi dale, he surpasses me in great-
ness, age etc. Ad. th. s.

da, Ad. V. to stand. S. damo.

da, V. inf. -mo; to vie; to bet; — to lend, s. fa, v.

da he, v. to poice; to lift with a lever, pick-ax etc.

da, dane, n. and ady« (Ot. da, day; dd, always); eternity;
always; daily; eternally; s. ahu.

dada, redupl. of the former.

da, n. hioutb, the inside of the mouth (comp. na and na-
bu); sometimes dan = da mli; fo dan, v. to give answer;
gbe dan, v. to scold, bring to silence; sin dan, v. th. s.

tfa dan, v. to give anwer; neg. to be silent; ta dan, to
chew. Many other combinations are referred to under
the verbs combined with da, where also the formation
of their pers. and imp. nouns may be seen.

da, n. pi. dai (Ot. nsS), wine; any spirit; teidS, n. palm-
wine; nmada, n. lit. food- or wheat- wine, beer; blgfo-
dli, n. europ. wine, rum, gin, brandy; blofonmdda, n.
european beer, ale etc. PI. different wines etc.

d9, adv. (Ot. da and ansa) before, ever; with neg. never;
minako ngke noko dd, I have not seen such a thing be-
fore; and

dfini, pron. or conj. before. Comp. also fSdS, kpa fedS;
no dani etc.

da §i (Ot. da ase, v. lit. to lie down), v. to thank; middle
Si, 1 thanked him. Ad. th. s. The word is also used
ironically.

dabi, adv. (Ot.) no; 6ba 16? dabi; wilt thou come. (or)?
no; but: Obaa 16? Dabi (sc. mlba); wilt thou not come
(or)? no (sc. I will come). See § 43. Comp. Ohoho,
th. s.

dabidt — damo na. 3&

dabida, and

dabidabi, dabidabidabi etc. tb, 8. strengthened, no nerer!

dabi, n. (child of the mouth) cheek.

dabodabo (Ot. th. s.), n« duck. See also dokodokQ and

kwSkwS, n.
daddy redp. of da, ady. always,
dada, adv. cbildr. lang. nyle dadi 4Add» v. to learn to

¥ralk.
dadankpo, ad?, always?
dade == adade, n. iron; weapen, anns; hie dade mli» y.

to bear arms.
Dadeboase (Ironstoneland), n. pr. of a yillage.
dadepen, n. steel-pen.
dadesen (Ot.), n. iron-pot.
dagbe, dagb^e, n. s. daAgbe, etc.
dagie, dan. n. sealing wai.

dahe, n. lit. the place about the mouth, cheeks, etc.
dahetsQi, coll. n. whiskers.

dShdlQy n. wine- or rum-trader, wine- or rum -seller,
dahdmd, n. wine- or rum-selling,
dahdlo! (Ajigbe) int. a kind of saluting acclamation: weltl

welldone! S. ei ko! and mo!
dai, y. to return, giye back; to exchange; f. i. Edal enii
ehdle ekon, he returned his things to him; s. kpd, th. s.
daimQ, n. returning, giying back,
dale, n. growth, maturity, age, largeness, greatness,
dale and dare, n. dan. dollar,
dtie, adj. slimy; efeo mo da6 dSle, it makes one's mouth

slimy. Comp. drete and seblebe, th. s.
daletsakemo, n. exchange of dollars,
dalo, n. Tier, better.

dama, n. a curious war dress of the natiyes.
damo 9 n. wying, betting.

damo (Ad. da), y. inf. damo and damQmo, to stand, esp.
used of persons and higher animals; compare mfi, sd,
ye etc.; ke m. k. damg, y. to place, set, post,
damo, n. standing,
damo he, y. to stand about,
damo hie, y. to stand before.
damo masei, y. to stand at the side.

damo mli, y. to stand in; hft m. k,, to stand in for

some body, to stand in his place, to represent s. b., to
stand good for him.
damo na, y. th. s, to be or stand surety.

40 damo — de.

damo nyomo na, v. to stand surety .for a dept. (Comp.
gyina obi akawm and akagyinam; and see akadsinam).

damo ng, v. to stand upon; to be sure of.

damo 86* ▼. to stand back or behind.

damo si, v. lit. to stand the ground; to stand, to stand
uprightly, surely etc.; ke m. k. damo si, v. to place, set,
post s. b. Comp. Edamo si ye tsu IpA, he stood or
stands (the ground being) in the room, and: Edamo tSa
len he stood or stands in the room, s. damo; wa damg
§i, to stand still; damo §i §in, damo si wa, to stand im-
movable; te si damo si, lit. to get up to stand = to

. stand up. Inf. sidamo.

damomo and damo, n. standing.

damohe, n. standing-place, station, post.

dan = da mli, s. da, moulh; -gbo, v. to have a tasteless
mouth.

dane, = da, adv. always: dane efeo neke, or: efeo neke
da (dada), always he does so, he does so always.

d§ine, adv. gaily, nicely; ewula ddne, he gaily dresses or
adornes himself; egbla — , th. s.

danfo, n. speaking, answering, fr. fo dan, v.

dangbe, n. scolding, fr. gbe dafi, v.

dangbe, n. voice of the mouth; bi m. k. — , to ask one's
opinion.

dangbebimOf n. asking one's opinion.

dangbele, n. lit. death of the mouth, tastelessness, fr. daA
gbo, V.

dSni (s. da), conj. before. Ot. ansana or ans9 na.

dafika, n. a kind of music.

danulOy n. drinker; s. datolo> n.

d^numo, n. drinking of wine or strong drink. S. datg.

dao or daw (Ot daw), v. to depend on one's grace or
mercy; f. i. bo midao, on thee 1 depend (s. adawroma).

dare, dara, s. dale, n. dollar.

dara or dra, pi. of da, v. to grow.

dansiumOy n. bringing to silence; s. siu dan, v.

dahtfamo, dantfamo, n. answering; tfa dan, v.

daiita, n. chewing, s. ta dan, v.

dato, n. drunkeness, fr. to da, v. to be drunk.

datolo» D* drunken person; drunkard.

dawtSo, pi. -t§ei, n. jawbone; kada, n.

de, Ad. V. = ke in Ga, se in Otyi: to say, to tell.

de. Ad. verb = to, to be satisfied; de da (s. to da), v.
to be drunk.

dfi — dfedfedfe. ii

[fi (de, dg, Ot. Dsa), n. without pi. form the palm of the
hand, the inside of the hand, sometimes den = de mli
(8. da, daA); comp. nine^ and i^^, in Hebrew; hand,

power, care, possession etc. as the Hebr. "TJ. (See also

the Otyi root: de, to take, to have, GS: kg). Ye m. k.
de (to be), in s. b. hand, power, possession; to be rich;
miye miden, I am rich; nd-wo m. k. de, to give over
into s. b. hand, power etc. d§e m. k. de (to come), from
8. b. etc. Other combinations see under the verbs, de
and den is combined with, where also their pers. and
imp. nouns may be found.

deda, s. adeda, n. billhook; hu deda or adeda, to work in
the field or bush with the billhook; to cut bush; s. gba
ko, th. s.

Dede, n. pr. of the firslborn daughter.

dghlemQtso, pi. -tsei, n. walking-stick.

d^, s. ad6ka, n. box.

dekS, n. free time,, leisure; mibe.dekS, I. have no time;
• dekS nl be hewo, because their was no time. Comp.

be; yino, n.
dekeke, adv. silently, on the tip of the toe, efe — , he
acts silently.
= trotro, adj. even, plain, fflatt.
dfift = de mli, s. de, hand; f. i. den kpo, v. to be liberal;

den wa, v. to be illiberal,
den, adj. Ot. hard.

d6hd6n, dehdedgn, dend^nden (Ot.), adj. and adv. hard,
strong; hardly, strongly; ewie dgndedeh, he spoke hard
\vords. S. gegege, adv.
deosd, adj. excellent, peculiar, different, s. soro and srQto.
deiQwaley n. hardness, coveteousness.
derele (sung), adj. and adv. sickly; ye — , to be sickly;

s. bloblo, boboli etc.
detamo, n. shaking of the hand, salutation, from: ta de> v<
dfa, pi. dfra, inf. dfa, dframo, v. n. and a. to break, to
spoil, to ruin; esp. used of earthen-wares, but also of
othfer things, f. i. of the eyes; ehierimeii edfra, his eyes
are spoiled; comp. tfa, v.
dfa, n. breaking, cracking, crash; ruin; spoiling; comp. tfa,n.
dfa (perh. = dfei, n.), dung; more decent than „fe", n.
dfe, adv. hardly (of pain).

dfedfedfe, n. wood-worm; wood-beetle, spoiling timber;
tiflnber-sow.

42 dfei — Mvo.

dfei (sometimes dfoi), coll. n. grass, iveed; sweepings,
scrapings; useless person; -wo, y. to be dirty (of rooms
etc.); wo — , V. to produce grass, etc. „Dfei po dSio,
osa ake aloo afie tumo ngl Thou art an outcast and
worthy even to he cast on the dunghill!'' a deprecation.
Comp. tSo, tsgi, n.

dfefo, n. green, fresh grass; pasture.

dffiian, n. = dfei amli; grass -place; ya — , v. to go to
privy; = ya tSo no etc.

dfeiankolo, n. animal living in a grassy place, wild animal.

dfeitso, n. grass-stalk, reed.

dfeiwo, n. dirtiness.

dfen, Ot. th. s., inf. df^nmo, v. (the terminational „n" is
sometimes cut off in conjugating the verb; f. i. d§€Q or
ds^no, imperf. tense; ind. neg. fut. dfeh) to think, to
consider, to observe, to mind, to care etc. = susa, v.
Dfen he, v. to think about; -mli, v. to consider the con-
tents; -no, V. to think about, to care for; -se, ?• to
care after; ^tc.

dtSnlo, n. thinker etc.

ds^nma, n. thinking, thought, consideration, care; mind;
vovg,

df^nmgsane, n. matter of consideration.

df^ne, dflne (Ot. a thing of thought, art, consideration);
golden ornament.

dfere, s. dforo, v.

dfetei or dsugtei, Ot. gwite, n. silver, silvermoney; see
sika, n. trema, n.

dfetri (Ot. th. s. either = „silver-lump*' or yttrading-capital**,
8. ti, n., Ot. and G., and the preceding word, or Ot.
gua, Adja. dfa, G. guo, dSra, n. trade), n. a stodL of
money gathered for a certain purpose, f. i. trade, capital,
treasure; bo — , inf. dfetribo, v. to gather such a capital

dfetribg, n. gathering of money, capital, sparemoney; sa-
vingness> husbandry.

dfetribolo, n. sparing, saving, thrifty person.

dfetei-dale, n. silver-piece.

dfeteikuku, pi. -kukudSi, n. th. s.

dfgteind, pi. -nii, n. some thing ^made of silver.

dfgteisolo, -nalo, n. silver-smith.

dfine, n. s. dfene, n.

dfdro, inf. -mg, v. to lie, to be situated (used of persons,
places, towns etc., comp. kS, v. ble, v. ma, v.); -he, t.
to lie about; -hie, v. --before; -mli, v. --in; -na, y.

dffiromQ — do. 43

--at; -no, v. --upon, on; -se, v. --behind; -si, t.
inf. sidforomg, to lie on the groand, to lie about;
-Si§i, V. --down; --under s. th.; -ten, v. --betwixt;
-yiten, v. - - on, on the top, etc.

dfdroroo, n. lying, situation.

dfra (or df&ra), inf. dfaramg, dframo, v. to break, spoils
ruin many things; s. dfa, v.; to decrease (used of a
swelling caused by Guinea-wonn).

dframo, n. breaking, spoiling, ruin (of many things); de-
creasing of a swelling caused by Guinea-worm; „fakp£
le edse, si efe dframo, the Guinea -worm (-string) is
out, but the swelling is not yet gone (lit. it wants de-
crease of the swelling).

dfre, V. dfro, v. s. dffire and df6ro, v.

di, Otyi verb, to eat, use, enjoy, commit, hold etc. like
^ye" in G3. Di is used frequently in Ga combined with
other words; hie di m. k., v. to be giddy; mihie dim,
I ^un giddy.

di, V. to be black, to blacken; hulQ edimi, the sun has
blackened me; edio ahu, he is very black.

di he, inf. hedl, y. to be a habit to s. b.

di no = Ga ye no (Ot. di so), v. to keep, observe; io
hold over s. th.

di se, V. to desire, lust, covet (Comp. Ot. di akyi, to walk
after).

dida, V. to stagger, waver.

didei, n. a fish, dace; pi. dideibii.

dideiba, n. a fish.

di^ntSe, ni^ntso (Ad. nitse), pi. di^ntsemei, pron. lit. who
is the father or author; self; own; midi^ntle myself etc.;
midientse miwe, my own house.

dim, adj. large.

dim = di mi in the phrase: mihie dim, I am giddy. See
hie di and di, v.

Dina, n. pr. of Elmina.

dinao, n. (dan.) (gug^obel) groove-plane.

din, edin, pi. didsi, adj. black.

din (sung), adj. and adv. silent, quiet; silently, quietly.
Femo difi, be quiet! Nyetraa si diAI Sit quietly!

did, adj. and adv. th. s.

dine, v. = dida, n. to stagger, waver.

dl — see dr — .

do, adj. and adv. lonely, alone; mido, I alone.

do, inf. domo, v. to be gracious; to grant.

44 do no — domo ntSoi.

do no, T. to strain, to filter.

do, inf. do, pi. dOro, dro (Ot. th. s.), i. to be hot; to
bend, be bent; to be deep, to deepen; imp. verb: to
grieve; edomi, it grieves me, it pains me; hie do» v.
to be zealous, wild.

do fQ» inf. fudo, v. to eat to much, to paff up, to be
puffed up.

do he, V. inf. hedo, to love; comp. sumo. Ot. do.

do la, v. to be very hot, red hot.

do M^nali (Ot. dg nk^nare), v. to rost; nkinali, n. rost
and do, to deepen, be deep.

do ntSen, v. to get or have the itch, s. ntSen.

do nt§oi, inf. nlsoidomo, v. to sigh; also domo — , v. Ih. ».

do, n. heat; grief, sorrow, pain; love.

dodo, V. to be weak; to weaken; hela edodole, sickness
weakened him.

dododo, adj. and adv. tender, -ly; careful, carefully.

dodo, dodoll, adv. = boboll, very wet.

Ddfo, pr. n. of an Ayigbe-town in the river Yolta.

doko, inf. dokomo, v. to be sweet, to sweeten.

doko na, inf. nadokomo, s. n5, v. to sweeten the month,
to flatter, to persuade; to deceive by flattery. S. Ad na
and na nd, v. '

dokodiki, n. tickling; wo dokodiki, v. to tickle; dokodiki-
wO, n. tickling.

doko I dokod^ko, Ot. th. s., adj. and adv. sweet, feeble,
sweetly, feebly. Efeo mo dan dokodoko, it makes one's
mouth sweet; eye doko or dokodoko, it is sweet, agree-
able; na dokodoko, a sweet mouth; mi hewodSiaA f^
efemi doko, lit. all the flesh(es) about me have made
me weak, = I feel weak.

dokodoko == dabodabo, n. duck.

dokodokonii, pi. n. sweet things, dainties.

dokodokomo, and

dokomo, n. sweetness. *

DokutSo. pr. n. of a village.

dom, T. to go on a jurney; edom, he is on a jurney.

dom, adj. and adv. lazy, lazily.

domo, n. a kind of sorcerer; s. kramo etc.

domo, n. (from do) grace; grant.

domo, V. pi. form of do; to be gracious.

domo, V. to settle somewhere = he si, v.

domo ntsoi, inf. ntSoidomOy v* to sigh.

dofi — drQmo. 4S

tufi^ abiavs construed with Deg. Yoice, adv. again (never).
•Hut don, lit. he will not come again, i. e. he will never
come (again). The word used with the pos. voice an-
swering to it is: ekon, once more, again. Irregularly
nioik** seems to be used in that sentence, in which they
express their gratitude: Oyi wala doii, contr. oyula doii,
the life of thy head again or for ever! May thou live
for ever!

Ddnko, pr. name of the mostly mahomedan countries in
the plains at the upper Yolta, in the interior of Asanti,
Akyem, Akwamu and Ayigbe towards the Kong moun-
tains and the Niger. Most of the slaves come thence
(s. Odonkonyo); the land is represented as being well
cultivated; elephants, ostriches, camels, horses, asses, cattle,
wheat, com etc. are to be found there; the wilderness
Sahara and white people from beyond it as well as ar-
ticles of trade from thence are known there. The slaves
are taken by the Asantis in war and peace and sold in
the direction of the coast, where they are generally con-
sidered as an inferior race, being mostly caught when
grown up already and no more able to learn the lan-
guage fluently. In general they are a mild and indus-
trious people. It seems that the common name ^Donko'*
comprices the Mandingo-, Fula-, Felata-, Hausa-, Bomu-
and other countries, at least the principal towns of these
are known to the „Donko8". They speak of course very
different languages, and Donko can therefore not be used
as a name of any particular language.

doo, dow, n. a kind of fever, ague.

ddre, inf. d5remo (s. do, v. domo, v.), to be gracious.

dftrelo, n. gracious person.

d6remQ, n. gracious act; grace.

dorQ, drg, n. gall, bile.

dQro, dro, v. pi. form of do, v. to be hot etc.

dotenan, n. foot-ring of metal for ornament.

dra, V. pi. form of da, to be great.

dras, europ. word, n. drawers.

^€dre, and

drele, adj. and adv. slimy, slimily; ddle and seblebe, th. s.

drc, inf. dremo, v. s. ddre, v.

^TQ, n. europ. word, chest of drawers, drawers; Unter^
^ofen.

Atq, inf. dromo, v. (fr. do, to bend); to fold up.

drQmo, n. folding up.

46 dSa — dSaleiDQ.

dSa, y. to be divided; to divide (comp. SixV^)y ^°'- ^^^y
to be straight, right (comp. tic^ten, rcc^ten, xk6)i, pn2f,
lat. Justus); to fit, to be fitted, to join, as two boards,
which were divided, to be necessary; inf. dsale; to
worship, adore reh'giously, to boil, to bring forth; inf.
dsamo. See Ot. gwa, tya and the kindred GS- roots:
tsa, dfa, tfa, sa etc., and the transitive form: dSadSe.
The principal combinations are:

dsa gbe, V. to be right.

dSa mli, v. to divide, inf. mlidsa; s. gba mli and gbia mli,

th. s.
dSa no, V. to fit; inf. nodsa. See tSa and tSa no.

dsa and dfa, v. Ad. to trade; comp. dsa, n. market and
dSra, n. price.

dsa, conj. (s. dsa, v. to be necessary, must and comp.
itt); exept, unless; dsa ake and edsa Ske (Ot. etya se),
it is necessary that; exept that. Comp. dse, tse, conj.
th. s.

dSa, dsa no, pi. dSadsi, dsadSi ano, n. market; market-
place; any large place of a town; judgement -place for
open palawer; place for firing gun, drill or exercise of
war etc.; dsa no ewo, the market has begun; amenha
lo ye dsa h no, they are fighting for fish (s. ha) in
the market, etc.

dsO, n. division; mlidsa; boiling.

dsadSa, v. redupl. of dsa, v. which see.
dsadsai, v. th. s.

dsadse, inf. dsadsemo, prs. n. -lo, v. (trans, form of dSa,
to be straight^ to straighten; to make straight, smooth,
f. i. -gbe, — the way; to declare, explain, confess,
preach (s. Ot. kS, also used in Gd); d§ad§e faj^, —
openly. Generally this verb is connected with the verb:
tso, V. to show; dsadse n. k. t§d m. k. to jexplain s. th.
to s. b. (Comp. in Ot. kS-kyere.)

dsaidsai! int. (Ot. gyaigyai fr. gyai, to leave off, be quiet)
silence! be silent! bo — , v. to command silence.

dsaku, n. friendship, fathers family; home, native tribe; ^
s. weku etc.

dsale > n. straightness , right, righteousness, justice; adv —
straightly, rightly; neke tsei ne nyiee dSale, these tre<
do not grow (walk) straightly.

dSale, inf. dSalemo (fr. Ot. gware), v. to rinse.

dsalemg, n. rinsing.

dtelen5 ~ d8e agbo. 47

d8alend» pi. -nii, d. rigbteoas thing , act, just matter;

Sutcuwfjux,
dSali» Ad. soap = samla.
dSallo, n. a right, upright, righteous person; a dirider; a

worshipper.
d§amo, B. worshipping, worship, service, religion, faith.
dsamohetSdmo, n. religious doctrin.
dsandsandsan and dsrandsrandsran, adj. and adr. quick;

quicklj.
d§anof§o, pi. -tsei, n. market4ree, shadow-tree; s. agbami-

tso etc.
dsanta, n. cat; s. aya, alamte etc. and comp. dSata, n.
d^&ra, dsSra — s. under d§ra.
dsase, n. the people about a king,
dsasefonyo, pi. -foi, n. subject; a person who lives under

an other; person about a king; courtier.
di6ta (Ot. gyata), n. lion; cat, s. dSanta, n.
d§ato, n. s. adsato (Ot. gyato) yaws, a sickness of the skin.
dsatSu, n. load, burden; ame d§atsui feame, their loads

surpass (are to heavy for) them,
dktsu, pi. dSatsubii, n. a kind of ants; s. tsatsu.
d&tsu flikiloy D. flying ants.
dsawu, n. a kind of yams (s. yere).
dse, Ad. th. s., comp. gye in Otyi, and fi, v. to come
out, forth, away; to come, appear; to happen; to arise
from (comp. dse), to become (s. dsi and l§d), to grow;
to give out, emit f. i. blood prv. Gbe kdd gbe edSe,
a doy does not bite a dog (till) it emits (blood); s. dse
Ih; to take out, away, to remove (comp. dsie; tse, tse,
ISIe), f. i. wiemo kpakpa dseo mlifu, a good word
takes away ang^; dse mi no, go away! be off; edse,
it has come out, it is loose, etc. The principal combi-
nations to be remarked are: — d§e suffixed to a root
expressing an intransitive movement, makes it transitive,
8.$ 27 and comp. dsadse, wadse, ladSe, mfidSe, sedse etc.;
lie dSe, V. to keep aloof; Rili dse, to come forth; musu
dSe, V. to miscarry, etc. The combinations of this verb
must be carefully distinguished from those of the noun
sfdSe*', world, see after that. Comp. the phrases: ke
he dSe nyomd, to keep aloof for debts sake; f. i. eke
ehe dSemi nyomd, he keeps himself aloof from me for
debts sake.
^Se affi, V. to go aside.

agbo, V. to grow big, stout; to become greats mighty.

43 dSe aMkpa — die.

dfie aUkpa, v. to joke, to sport; s. also: ye he fee, y.

dse bai, v. to produce leaves.

dse bu, V. to open a hole or well of water.

dse dseA, v. to leave the world.

d§e As6, V. to compose a. dance; to give out a dance; s.

fo dsO, Y.
dse foi (= dSo foi but unused, s. dSo foi, v.), v. to flee;

inf« foidse, which is also used for dsofoi.
d§e fo, inf. fud§e, v. to stink; s. fu, bad smell; lit. to emit

a bad smell.
d§e gbe hfi m. k. v. to give, to concede, to grant, to give

over and above etc.
dSe kpo, V. to come forth, to appear, s. kpo; dSie kpo,

fd kpo etc.
dSe \h, V. to bleed; be bleeding.
d§e lasu, v. to emit smoke, to smoke.
d§e la wo m. k. he, v. to trouble one for s. th., f. i. the

fulfilment of a promise,
dse masei, v. to go away from one's side,
dse mil, V. to go or come out from (comp. d§ie mil); to

escape,
dse na, v. to come from the mouth; wiemo ko d§e ena,

he dropt a word (s. GS-Hist. 1.). Comp. dsie na, v.
dse no, V. to go off, away, remove; dse mino, go away
from me, be off!

dse m. k. n5, v. to happen to come to some body.
d§e nwane old GS: nwande (Ot. gye akyinye), v. to doubt,

to dispute; mikele dse nwane, I doubted or disputed

with him. inf. nwanedSg. Adh, dse nd, v.
dse oblan, v. to be a giant, s. d§i and kpa oblafi, th. 8.
dse osrene, v. to speak friendly, heartily; jokingly (s. dSe

alakpa).
dse se, V. to overdo, to do more than enough.
d§e si (s. dSe kpo), v. to come out to appear, to make

ones appearance (s. dsie si). Inf. §id§6. Comp. pue, v.

Ad. th. 8.
d§e si§i, v. to begin; dSe siSi ekoA, begin once more! Inf.

§i§id§6. Comp. §i§i, n.
d§e tsed§i, v. to get feathers (of birds), s. tSere.
d§e tsine, v. to disgust, to be loathome; to tire; ed§e mi-

tSine, I am tired of it. S. „ba tSine" and „t§ine".
dse, dsen (= dse mli, but often used promiscue with

dse), n. Ad. th. s.; world, every thing visible;

visible heaven, atmosphere, weather; outward appearance,

dSe dSo — d8e. 40

l^ebayionr, manners, circumstances, life; common wealth,

etc. One of the most frequently employed stems of the

Gd-Ianguage (comp. ade and wyiase in Olyi), the use

and combinations of which must be carefully distinguished

from those of its above mentioned root, d§e, v. The

principal combinations are the following: ba d§eA, y. to

behaye; dSenbd, behaviour, character; be dsen, v. to be

not in the world; to know no manners etc. s. ye dSeil,

bo dsen, v. to create the word; but also like: bo ade,

to begin, exist, live, behave; dSenbo; gbe d§eA na, v.

to end the world, dSennagbe, n. end of the world; ]}ut

3|o: to make an end to one's life = gbe he; egbe edSen
, he killed himself; to cease to exist, to die ; hi dSeA, v.
to be, live, remain in the world; dSenhlle tSere dSe, v.
to take much; etc. etc., and

dSe d§o, V. to be quiet, to be peace; s. d§o. (Ad. s. next
word.)

dien fite, v. (the world is spoiled, the times are bad, trouble-
some) to be difficult, troublesome etc. (used of one's
circumstances as well as those of a whole common wealth),
na (Ad. dse d§o, s. dso), v. a curious use of the word
nna**, which signifies in Adanme just the contrary (s.
dSe tsere), to get night, twilight, dusky, evening; d§e
ena, it is night; dse nako, it is not (yet) night. Ot.
ade s9, v.
na, V. Adn. to get daylight.

d^enamo, n- evening (s. gbeke), twilight, nightfall, night;
the whole day till night, f. i. Amene dsenamg, to day
the whole day til) night.

ikh t§e, dse mli tSe, v. (the world is dear s. tSe), to be
dear weather; dSentSemg.

dSe ts^re (comp. dSeii t§e, v.), Ad. d§e na (s. above), v. lit.
the world, rents, opens, apears, becomes bright (s. tse,
tSere etc.) to become daylight, to down; d§e bo! tSere-
mo, it is beginning to down; beni d§e etSere le, when
it was daylight etc. Comp. dSetSeremo and dsetsereno;
and ade<ky6 in Otyi.

d^e, V. (Ot. ft. Ad. dSe) to come out, to come forth; to
go out, forth; aux. v. expressing the direction from some
place; „edse Osu eba'' or „eba ke-d§e Osu**, he came
from Osu ; comp. ye, ba, ya, tsd, ke-ba, ke-ya etc. and § 28.

die mliy V. to come from within.

djle» inf- dSemo, v. to scold, reproach.

He 9 ▼• fo he long. Comp. t§e, dSeke, ▼.

ZimmermaoD, Akra-Yocab. i

50 dSedSe — dSehe.

dsedSe, v. inf. dSedSemo, to disturb, distract, to silence
(children) to intertain, to nurse (a child); to go through-
out (comp. dse), to spread, be made known (s. hehe, v.)>
to echo, to trouble (with words), to shine, to make
clear etc. — toin, v. the ears hum; s. toi fe hen, th. s.

d§ed§elo, n. disturber; nurse of children.

dsee, irreg. neg. voice of the aux. v. dsi to be s. th. (comp.
Ad. pe and pi, Ol. ye and nye); to be not; = no, not
(when applied to nouns and not to verbs, s. § 33, 3.;
and comp. be and the neg. voice of the verb). Some-
times it retains its verbal character and some at other
times it looses it and becomes a mere particle of nega-
tion (adverb it can not be called, because it can nA be
used with the verb, except in its nominal or infinitive
form), f. i. Edsee gbomo or dSee gbomo dsile» he is
not a man; d§eemi or dsee midsi, it is not 1 etc. DSee
ene keke ofe, si no le hfi, not only this thou didst, but
that also; ani kule d§ee gbena dsi. ake bo hu ona mo-
bo? shouldest not thou also have had compassion? dSee
noko, it is nothing; dsee nakai, it is not so, ani dSee
nakai? or: Dsee nakai, 16? Is it not so? A peculiar
use is made of it, when an action shall be more empha-
tically denied than by the mere neg. voice: the infinitive
absolute (comp. the Hebr.) with this negation is then
used: f. i. dsee dsQ midSu, not stealing I stole, i. e.
I did certainly not steal; dsee malemg mimalcQ, not
lying 1 lie; comp. midsuu, mimalee etc. Comp. also
kedsee, if not ; neg. of kedsi, if; both verbal coi^uncttons.
An other peculiar use of it is made in the narrative styl,
as well as in speeches (s. G3-Specimen 2 — 4): it is used
to express the contrary, an affirmation, in the form of
a question but without the interrogative voice, as in
other languages, f. i. D§ee na ko ke end, ni ameyo»
was there not a man and his wife, and they were; =
there was a man and his wife; dsee no nl mike ake etc
Was it not then that 1 said,= then I said (bann er{l
fQflte ic^) etc.

dSeenmene, adv. generally shortened into.

dseenmo, lit. not to day; a long time ago; eba dSeenmg,
he came a long time ago.
dseehmQ bebe (s. bebe), a long time ago already.

dSegonyo, pi. -godSi, n. people from the mountains?
Akwapim-people, people from the interior; s. d§ekonyo«

dsehe, n. place from whence one came; native place.

cUei — dSeAbff. 51

dSeif pi. dSemei, dseme, adv. there, with verbs expressing

a moTement (t i. ya, ba, dse) thence.
dSeibii, pi. n. the people there.
dSeinii, pi. noun, the things there.
dseiniiaA (=d§ei nii amli), n. and adv. thereabout, in that

region, in those places.
dsekedSeiedSel^e, adv. into small pieces; f. i. fo — , to

cat — ; grisled, spotted,
dseke (s. d§e and ke, v. to be long), v. inf. dsekemo,

to be long, far (of distances, ways seldom of time, see

tse, V. etc),
dsekemo, V. length (of ways), distance; gbe ke d§ekemo,

a long way; gbe le dseke, the way is long; ed§eke tSd,

it is too far.
dsekonyo, pi. dSekddsi, n. (s. dsegdnyo) moontainers, people

from Akwapim etc.
dSelo, n. a remover etc. in this simple form scarcely used;

bat often in combinations, f. i. foidSelo ir. dSe foi, a

fugitive.
dselo, fir. dse, to scold, n. scolder, reproacher.
dsemei, dseme, pK of dsei, adv. there.
d^emeiawQn, contracted: dsemawon, n. fetish of a certain

place.
dSemeibii, pi. n. = dseibii, the people there,
dikimeinii, pL n. the things there,
diemeiniian, n. and adv. the region thereabout,
dsemo, n. scolding, reproaching, reproach; mo hiewiemo

edsee mo d^emo, to reproove one is not to scold one, prv.
dSeA (= d§e, n. and d§e mli, s. these), n. world; every

thing visible; outward appearance; atmosphere, outward

heaven, weather; circumstances; behaviour; life; charac-
ter; common wealth etc.
dsen-akono, n. desire, lust of the world.
dseA, QL boa; boa constrictor.

dknam, n. Ad. morning. S. dse tiere and the next word,
dknamg (s. dSe na, v. to grow dusky), n. twilight, night ;

nightfall; the whole day untill nightfall; f. i. nmene — ,

to day the whole day. But compare also the Adaiime

use of dse na (under dSe na and dse tsere).
dSeJkba, n. (s. badsen) behaviour, manners; character (comp.

su, bla and ban, n.); comming into the world.
dSefibii, pi. n. inhabitants of the world; children of the

world; wordly people; s. dsennvo, n.
dSe&bo, o. creation of the world (bat s. also adebo, n.).

4*

52 dSeAbo — dSere.

dSeftbo, D. (SBfltfudel) globe.

d§enboIo, n. creater of the world.

dSefibosane, n. history of the creation.

dsendfenmg, n. worldly mind.

d§end§ole, n. s. d§en d§o; peace of the world; peace.

dsend§Q]Q, n. pacificator, peacemaker.

dsend§om, Ad. n. = dsenamo in GS; evening; nightfall etc.

dsend^omo, n. pacification (of the world etc.); peacemaking.

dsenfeonii, pi. n. nice things of the world.

dSenfltemo (s. dSeA file), n. disturbance of peace; revolo-

tion etc.
dSeAgbe, n. voice, opinion of the word; pnbllc voice.
dSengbe, n. way of the world,
dsehhile, n. live in the world; life, length of life.
dseAkpawo, n. „sevenworld'*, ^et gto|e SBagen ob. SBdi,

the great waggon or bear.
d§efikp5mQ, n. redemption of the world. .
dseiimadSi, pi. n. the nations of the world,
dsenniile, n. philosophy,
dsenndmo, n. pleasure of the world,
dsennoyeli, n. government of the world.
dSeAnyo, pi. dSenbii, n. inhabitant of the world; man of

the world; worldling,
dsensamo, n. public arrangement,
dsensane, n. a matter of importance to the common-wealth;

great palaver; history of the world; history of the life

of a person etc.
dSeAsaneyeli, n. arrangement of a public palaver; s. ye

sane, v.
d§eAsedi, n. lust, desire of the world.
dSeilsegbe, n. way after the word, after the multitude,
dsensuomo, n. love of the world.
dsensu6mo, n. service of the world,
dsensusumo, n. thought of the world; worldly mind.
d£en6ihlle, n. life in the world; life of the world; worldlj

life; length of the existence of the world.
d§enS]Sid§6, n. beginning, foundation of the world; s. dSe

iiSi, V.
dSento, n. order, preservation of the world.
dSeAtsemO) n. clearing up of the weather; clear weather.
dSenwalaheremo, n. salvation of the world.
dSera, s. dSra.
d^ere, dSere^ v. Plural- or Intensive -form of dSe (comp.

tfie, tfiere, tiere, tSere etc.).

dSere Si — dSi. 53

djere si^ s. dsoro Si and dfere Si, v.

dsetSeremo (d§e tScre), n. daylight; getting daylight; day-
break; day-time; da-d§etSeremo, daily; dSetSeremo ke
dsenamg, day and night, a day of 24 hours (s. gbl);
dsetseremg ke dSenamo gbii nyomai edfe; fourty days
and forty nights; comp. gbi; fane, nyOA, lebi, gbeke etc.

dSetSereoQ, adv. in the morning; the next morning or day.

dsi, y. defect, to be (some body or some thing, comp. ye);
neg. voice: dSee. Other forms of the verb are not used;
but forms of the verb fe, to do, somet. to be; tSd, to
turn, to become etc. supply the want. About the cons-
truction of it see § 33, 3. Sometimes it changes into
„ni'' or the term, liquid-augm. nii**; (Ad. ^i**) as: Mi-
dsi, mini or min, it is I; gbomo dSile, he is a man;
gbomo ni, gbomon, th. s. or it is a man. DSee, the
neg. voice sometimes is used with the positive, some-
times v?ithout, as: Dsee midsi or dSeemi or midSee, I
am not (the person), it is not I; edSee gbomo, or: dsee
gbomo dSile, he is not a man. Comp. in Ad. d§i, neg.
d§i; pe, neg. pi; OU ye, ne, th. s. A most peculiar
use of this verb is made in some conjunctions or as a
conjunction. About the former comp. the conjunctions
kedsi (and ke dsee and ke), dsikule; the latter espe-
cially appears in two cases, viz. the simple use of d§i
= whether, f. i. eba dsi milee, lit. he came is I do
not know, 1 do not know whether he came; comp.
§ 43; and the double use of it connected with the se-
cond prs. sing, of the pron., dsio-dSio = whether-
whether, or: whether-or, as: Mina noko, gbomo
dsio, kolo dsio, milee; 1 saw something, whether it
was a man or a beast, I do not know. Niiatse dsio, ohiafo
dSio; na d§io, yO dsio, onukpa dSio, gbekg dsio, kSle
gbo oogbo, whether thou be rich or poor, man or wo-
man, old or young, still thou must die. Osumo ene
d§io, osumo ene dsio, kg noni fe ohie feo, whether thou
Uke this or that, take what pleases thee! — Sometimes
A is added instead of o and sometimes d§i is also om-
mitted and only „o^ added to the two disjunctive sen-
tences, ebao ebano, ekekomi sane ko, he has not told
me any thing whether he will come or not. See let. o.
If dSi stands for a mere copula with an adjective, it
may be changed with ye, f. i. gbekS bibio d§i, it is a
little child, or gbek^ le yo bibio, the child is little, but
with a material alteration of the sence; comp. nu ne ye

54 ^ dSidSa — Hie.

kroAkroA, this water is clear , and nu kro6kroft dSi De>
this is dear water; about the fut. tense ^adSi'', adyer-
biallj used, s. „ad§i'', adv.

dSid§a, inf. dSidSamo, v. to swagger == dida, y.

diidSe, s. d§ed§e, y. to sound; to disturb with words; =
d§ed§e, y.

dSidSei, n. a kind of thread made of bark.

d§id§i) n. a kind of food of the natives, in lumps or balls.

dSie, inf. d§iemo, prs. n. dSielo, trans, y. (from dSe, to
come out), to take out or off; to bring out; to pro-
duce; to save etc. Ad. d§e, Ot. yi. Comp. here. The
most common combinations are:

dSie atade, v. to undress.

dSie, m. k. fa, = fo m. k. fa, y. to ferry one oyer a river.

dSie gbe, y. lit. fo take out a way, sc. from the bush or
grass; to make, clear or cleanse the way, dSie m. k.
gbe, to make v^ay for s. b., to give way, to accompanj
on the way (s. Table I.); to give leave to go (s. M gbe),
to help on on the way, to send one off etc.

dSie m. k. h!e, v. to make one a present for recovering
s. th. lost.

dSie h!e ye n. k. no, y. to wink at s. th.; to overlook s.th.

dSie hiena (hfna), v. to shave off the hair from the fore-
head (to exhibit the forehead).

d§ie kpo (s. kpo and d§e kpo), y. to bring forth, out; to
bring to light; to reveal, to disclose. Imp. n. kpodSie- !
mg; prs. n. kpodSielg.

d§ie ho, y. inf. hodsiemo, and

dSie musu, y. inf. musud§iemo» to effect an abortus, see
musu d§e, v.

dSie mli, y. to take out from within; to select, to choose.

dSie musu ye m. k. no, y. to remove the curse from s. b.,

s. kpa musu, v.

d§ie na, v. (s. dSe na und. dSe, v.); to open the mootb
of s. b. or the opening of s* th.; dSie m. k. na, y. to
speak for s. b., to interpret; to excuse; edSie ehe na,
he excused himself. See nadSiemo and nadSielo*

dSie nydmd, y. to take off a debt or make one's self paid
without the will of the debtor.

dSie §i, v. to bring forth from under s. th., to bring forth,
to bring to light (s. dSie kpo), to reveal, disclose; to
betray etc. See SidSiemo and SidSielo*

dSie n. k. t§d m. k., double v. to disclose s. th. to s. b.;
inf. dSiemo ke tS5mo.

lSielo» D. one who brings oat etc.; deliverer, saver, pre-
server; saviour (s. herelo and walaherelo).
dMeloniitSuniQ, n. saviours v?ork.

dMemOy n. bringing or taking out; saving, delivering; de-
liverance; salvation (s. also: heremo, walaheremo, yiwa-
laheremo).

dSiemobe, n. time of salvation.

dUiemQsane, n. history of salvation.

dSikule, conj. (corop. dsi and ko, kole, kule) if; but only
used in suppositive sentences (ccmp. ke and ked§i); f. i.
Osumgrni dsikule ofee neke noko, if thou would love
me, thou would not do such a thing, or: Lovedst thou
me, thou etc. But: Ke osumomi, ofee etc. If thou love
me, thou doest etc. Comp. kule, vrhich stands some-
times for it. Ad. dsikune; Ot. anka, th. s.

dsim, V. Ot. gyim, to be mad, also used of animals, f. i.
horses, when wild or unruly. S. ye seke, v.

dSimfo, n. (Ot. gyimfo) madman; mad person.

dSki, dsio, s. dsi.

d§tra — , s. dsra, v.

dsire, s. dsSre, v.

di^Yrd, s. d§iird, adj.

dlitsa, V. to shrink, to start back.

d§o, inf. dsO, v. to dance. Comp. the similar roots tsd,
to turn; dsd, v. under ^e d§d, v. ^to be astounded,
stupified.

d§0, n. dance; fo — and dse — ;, to compose a dance;
fa — , to give out a dance; siki — , v. to go slowly on
in dancing; t§6 — , v. to begin to dance, to start a
dance; s. ts€, v.

dso, inf. dSomg, v. to be bitter; acrid; midan d§o, my
mouth is bitter etc. ; mihe nu dso, lit. my watter is bitter,
I am dispised.

dSo foi, V. (= dse foi) to run; comp. hie foi, sa fol, wo
foi. Dso foi is more in use than dse foi, but only from
the latter a inf. form and a prs. n. seems to be used
for both, viz. foidse and foidselo.

dso, inf. intrans. dsole and d§0> inf. tr. d§omo, Ot. dyo, v.
to be cool (comp. do, v. to be hot); to get cool, to
cool, V. a. and n.; to be quiet, at rest; to be mild, tame;
to quiet, to bring to rest, to tame; to bless; to be
thankful to s. b. etc. This relation of ideas seems to
be common in many west-african languages. The prin-
cipal combinations are: dan dsg, inf. dandSgle, v. to

56 dSo bi — dSolg.

loose the tast or appetite; dSen dSQ, v. s. aboye; be
d§o» V. inf. hedSole and hed§0 (Ot. hd dyo), to be it
rest, at peace, to have peace; to be well or healed
again; hewod§ian d§Q, v. to feel cold by astonishment;
hie dSO) V. to be quiet, have a .quiet face (romp, hie
do, V. the contrary), inf. hIed§ole; mli dSOy v. to be
cool, quiet, mild inside; inf. mlidSole; na d§o, y. to be
of a quiet mouth or speech; toiA dSo (Ot. asom dye),
V. lit. the inside of the ear is quiet, at rest; to have
peace, rest; musun dsQ, v. to feel relief from belly-ache,
mimusuii dsomi, my belly gets cool or quiet for me;
inf. toindsQle, etc. etc. Comp. also expressions as: maA
d§Q, the to¥rn is quiet, it is peace in the salutation:
„Maii fg?*" (How is) all the town? Answ. „MaA dSoI*"
etc.

d§o bi or gbek€, y. to silence or quiet a child (s. laki
and dsQse, v.).

dsQ he, V. to quiet, to cool, to pacify, to tame; y. refl.
to rest, midso mihe fio, 1 rested a little. Inf. jbr
both: hedsQmo.

d§o mli, V. to cool the inside, inf. mlidSomo.

dsQ na, V. to soften the mouth, the edge, to sharpen. Inf.
nad§Qmo. Imprt. s. d§o na, f. i. dso kakla na! sparpen
the knife!

dso no, V. to bless (lit. on or upon, relating to the ge-
sture of the handsj.

d§o tSui he, V. to quiet one's heart, desire, anger, thirst etc

d§0) n. rest, peace; s. dsole; dSomo, n.

d§o> n* ditch, nu-d§o> water-ditch, bed of a brook or river;
channel; dale, vally.

d§d, V. only used in the phrace he d§d he, hedSdrng, v.
to be astounded, stupified; amazed; amehe d§d amehe,
they were astounded, it expresses the strongest amaze-
ment; comp. fe yd, h!e fe ya, na kpe he, etc.

dSoa, n. a sum of 10 Dollars (in Gold).

dSodsoi, frequentative form of dso, to dance.

d§ofdlo» n. person giving out a dance.

dSofdmo, n. giving out of a dance.

d^ofo, n. composition of a dance fr. fo dSo, v.

dSofolo* n. composer of a dance.

d§oi> n. (== dffii) grass. Pronunciation of elder people.

d§olo, n. dancer.

dSglfi — dSrayelinii. 57

Sole 9 V. to lay or rest the head on s. th.; d§Qle sune,
— on a pillow; to put a pillow under the head. Inf.
dSolemo; -Ot. sum, v.
ISole^ It coolness; peace; rest; s. dsO» n. th. s.
Isomo, D. bitterness.
ISomo, D. blessing, benediction ; cooling, quieting, taming etc.

8. d§Q; rest, peace.
IsoAku,. n. the thighbone; the loins; s. gboA, n.
ISoro, T. to lie about; s. dforo, v.
Uoro si, y. to lie about on the ground; used of people
in masses; of animals, of villages and towns etc. Comp.
kS, kS si, y. Some people pronounce this word dsere
§i, some also dfere §i, dforo §i, s. both. It may be a
corroboration of dsg, y.
d§5roko, n. a morning beyerage made of com and bananas.
di5rd, s. dSiird and edsiird, adj.
dlosuru, n. a measure of gold-dust, about £ 1.
dSotfa, s. und. odsolf^.
dsoSikimo, n. slow dancing.

d^olsemg, n. beginning of dancing; starting in a dance,
dira (abo ds&ra, ds^ra, d§ltra), a strengthened form of
dfa, dsa (Ad. to trade); inf. dsra and dsramg, y. to be
important, difficult, dear (of price), painful, heayy etc.
also transit, used (inf. dsramg), to make important, diffi-
cult; to pain. Comp. also he dsra, na dsra etc. to be
dear, difficult, important,
dka, n. importance, difficulty, deamess, price; trade = gug,
^e dsra, y. to trade; inf. d§rayeli, trading; wo dsra, to
offer for sale, inf. dsrawo; to prize, to put prizes on
wares; dse — , y. to sell well, to have a good market;
etc. etc. Comp. also dsa, n. market. S. Ot. gua, n.
dsradSS, n. easy or good selling.

dsramg, n. importance, difficulty, painfulness = hedsramg, n.
dkamoa (from the Otyi: agyina moa), n. cat = alamte etc.
d£randSrand§ran, ady. quickly,
dsraoii (from the unused sing, dsrand), pi. n. wares =

gugnii.
diraniiatsu, n. shop,
d^raniiatohe, n. magazine; s. fiase, n.
I d§rawd, n. offering for sale; decision of prices.
' dsrawolg, n. person offering s. th. for sale,
dsrayeli, n. trading; trade = gugyeli.
dsrayelihe, n. place of trading.
diSrayelinii = dsranii.

68 dSrayelo — dSttnii.

dSrayelOy dSrayelilg, n. trader; merchant, = guoyelg, guO-
yelilo.

dsrayelilQ-niitsumo, n. merchants business.

dsrayelilo-kaselo, n. shop-boy; merchants apprentice.

dsrayeUlo-sane, n. merchant's palaver, matter, cause etc.
What is not to be found under dsii or dSw see
under df.

d§u, y. inf. dSo, to steal; to rob; to do something in a
thievish or also only in a secret way, s. d§u si; f. i.
„Ad§uu ta awuu," prv. „War is not secretly made," but
at day time and aAer due declaration. A secret attack
is deemed dishonest. Comp. also ha, fe fem, v. etc.

dsu, inf. d§u, v. to wash one's-self, according to the daily
fashion of the natives, all over the body, comp. wu n§o,
wu fa, to bath; fo, to wash (cloth; the hands, face etc.);
tsumo, V. to wipe etc. DSu nso, to wash with sea-
water; — samla, — with soap; — abonua, — with
limes etc. A curious expression is: dSu hS m. k., to
wash s. b.

dsu he, v. inf. hedsQ, to wash one's self (as the former).

dsu mli, V. to come in by stealth; „le tsutSu eba t§d mihie
edsu mli," he by stealth came in first before me.

dSu §i, v. to act by stealth; f. i. edSu §i ba, he came bj
stealth; edsu si efe neke ed§iird, he did this good woit
by stealth.

dsu, n. Monday. According to the etymology of the names
of the 7 days of the week there are three pairs and a
single one, Wednesday; compare: Ho, Saturday; Hq^
Sunday; Dsu, Monday; D§ufQ, Tuesday; -Sq, Wednea-
day; -So, Thursday; SohS, Friday; but Dflther can the
signification of these words be stated, though they are
all found in G3, nor the reason for such a division and
disposition; it seems however that Monday is considered
the first day of the week.

dsQ, pi. dsui, n. theft; stealth; stolen article; dSa ke %
lit. theft and transgression, is an expression designating
a very wicked act.

dsQ = hedsu, n. washing.

dsuetei (Ot. gwitei), n. silver; s. also dfetei,n. and dfetri,!*

dsulo, n. thief.

dsulo, n. washer (scarcely used, s. d§u, v.).

dsukg, v. to dry meat by fire, to preserve it; inf,

d§ukQmQ, n. drying meat by the fire.

dSQnii, pi. n. stolen goods.

dIakudSuka — doA. 59

iokudSaku, dSukudSukudSuku, ady. lively, full of men;
used of places, towns, villages ; fe — , to be full of men,
to be lively.
Sosane, n. palaver of theft.
Sanyomowd, n. punishment for theft.
JutSuy n. washing- or bathing room.
ISfirO, pi. dSudSi, adj. good etc. S. edSttrO.
lu, V. inf. dumo, to stick (Germ. flt(t}tn unb ftecfen),

to pierce, to stab; = gbu; to plant (single seeds f. i.

by making a hole with the finger), as: du able, to plant

maize; and th. 1. (but comp. teo, to transplant, to plant

trees or other plants).
10, inf. dQ, V. to leak; to catch animals by traps. dQ amS, v.

to catch with bird's lime.
iA gbe, V. to loose the way, to go astray; inf. gbedu.
dQ he, V. to catch one's self (in speaking),
dfl tSone, inf. t§5nedu, v. to set a trap; to catch by a

trap; to catch; — to be caqght in a trap. Comp. t§d

tsdne, to make or set a trap,
do, n. leaking; entrapping, catching,
doaba, n. Ot. = tseiayibii; fruit,
daad^ (fr. the Ot., dua, tree and de, yams), n. stockyams,

cassada, manioc. Ad. agbeli, n.
doakoro, n. lit. (Ot.) a onemaster; cutter,
duasodua (Ot. = tsonotso in 6d), n. lit. treeontrec, para-
sitical plant,
dado, n. large pot; = botoku.
dodududu^ = yurududadu, adj. tastless, raw.
due, n. comfort? hS m. k. due, v. to comfort,
due, due! comforting interjection, spoken to people in

distress. Ad. and Ot. th. s.
dnehftrng, n. comforting, condolence,
duku, n. eur. word handkertchief.
dukuduku, adv. to pieces; f. i. kd — , to break to pieces;

but also = sukusuku, adv. very (fat f. i.) fi duk. , to be

very fat.
dukui, pi. n. buttocks.
dolOy Q- planter, s. du.
dOlQ, n. trapper; bird-catcher.
iumQy n. sticking, stabbing; planting,
lun, n. pi. dudsi; darkness; dudSiafi, in the darkness; wo

dui^y to get dark. Ad. dibli.
luA, n. a dark grey kind of antelopes of the size of a

goat. ^

60 duna — edsdrdfemonii.

duna, n. the hinderparts; hindparts of animals and things;

podex; duna md hi, v. to settle. [

dundundun, adv. natural sound immitating the strokes of i

beating, like: bambambam, sososo, tatata etc. yi — to

beat severely.
duAnii, pi. n. things of darkness.

dunsane, n. dark, secret matter, palaver; mystery, s. temo-

sane.
dufiwO, n. getting dark; darkness, fr. vro dun, v.

E.

Words not found under vowel e must be sought for
under the next following consonant.

„E" when initiating words is either the subjective pro-
noun of verbs, he, she, it, sometimes also applied to
a plurality of things, but never of persons; or the pos-
sessive pronoun of nouns, his, her, its; or a men
formative initial augment. Comp. § 14, 1. a.; comp.
also le; f. i. esuomo, his love; le suomo, the love to him.

ee — initiating verbs contains the pronoun e and the augok
a of the fut. tense posit, f. i. eeba, he will come (=e
ba ba, e-aba).

6^! int. he! ha! it is sometimes added to proper names
of persons, when called for, f. i. Mensa 6^! but to some
0! is added and e^ cannot be added, though the exact
rule cannot yet be stated.

&\ = Sl\ and h6! adv. yes! — Comp. also: yo! Ot. yiwl

^bii, corrupted pi. of hieo = hSbii, hlebii, pi. n. single-
cowries.

ebo> n. gall, bile; poison. One of the strongest poisons
the gall of the crocodile is said to be.

edfake = edsake andetfake, conj. because; ior. Ad. epeake.

^dfe, Ad. ewye, num. four.

edin, 'diA, pi. edidsi, adj. black; from the verb di, to be
black; modin, black person, negroe.

edSfird, adv. pi. edsudsi, right, f. 1. nine dsdrd, right hand;
good, dear, beloved; nanyo dsurd, good friend; n. bene-
fit; good work; kindness; alms; fe — , to do good.
„Ed§iird feo edsiiro"; „Good does good**, prv. The
word is also pronounced edsird, ed§drd and edSrd.

edStirofelQ, n. benefactor.

edsdrdfemo» n. good work; benefit.

edSfirdfemonii, pi. n. good works.

b&o — ekole-alo. 61

iflo, pL efodSi, adj. emty, bare, void; mere; f. 1. wiemo
flo, a mere word; adv. emtily, barely only, even; ekome
flo, only one. Comp. keke; akpa; \aka, adv. and flo, n.
and fo, V.

rfdn, pi. efddSi, adj. bad, evil; from fd, to do evil; n.
evil; fe — , to do evil. Comp. bone, adj. and fom, v.
in Otyi. • Ad. yayam. MofdA, bad person; ndfdA, bad
thing.

efdnfelo, n. evildoer; malefactor; stronger than „e5afeIo**»n.

?fd6femo, n. evildoing.

sfdnfemonii, pi. n. = niifoAfemonii and niifodSianii, evil acts.

efQ, adj. stinking; kept over night.

eBake = edsake, etfake, conj. because, for (Ot. efane se).

efei, efefgi, adj. ragged, rent (fr. fe, v.), adv. raggedly; n.
rag, rags. S. fe; n.

egblA, pi. egbldSi, adj. dry; fr. gbl, to dry.

^0, adj. Uke; ke m. k. ye — , to be like s. b.

ehe, pi. ehei, adj. new; Ad. th. s. and other.

ttfiy n. valour, bravery, courage; daring spirit, rashness,
arrogance; eW na, by bravery; by arrogance; fe — , to
behave courageously.

ekafemo, n. bravery; brave deed.

ekftlg, n. brave, courageous person ; heroe; a daring fellow;
comp. also ka, v. and kekdlg, n.

ekaik, n. a large sea-fish,

ekSsane, n. matter of bravery.

eMwO, n. encouragement, fr. wo eh9, v.

eko, 'ko, adj. broken; f. 1. kSko, broken dish.

eko, num. (Ot. th. s.) one = ekome; Ad. kake (Comp. ko);
some, pi. ekomei; the word is often used when not ex-
pressed in Engl, and German, similar to the genitive par-
ticle „du'' in the French, if a part of something is meant
and not the whole; f. i. hSmi abolo ko, or: hSmi abolo
le eko, give me (some) bread; enu eko, he drank (some)
etc. If persons and things shall be distinguished, moko,
somebody, noko, something is used. The~ e is only om-
mitted, if the word is used like the indefinite article;

i 8. ko. Comp. Ot. hi. Eko — eko, the one — the other;
8. ekroko.
^ole (Ot. ebia), adv. and conj. perhaps; ekole eeba, per-
haps he will come;
c^ole-alo, perhaps- or (not); either -or. Comp. aleend;
dSikolfi, kulfi, kolg etc.

r

1

I

4

21

62 ekome — emoA.

ekome, 'kome, num. Ad. th. s. one, as the former; pi. eko-
mei, some; ekome, adj. unparalleled; einjtg; large,
enorm etc.

ekomo.remo, n. (fe ekome) uniting; unity.

ekomckome, num. one by one; adv. by degrees; efiteo enii
le ekomekome, he spends his goods by degrees. Gomp.
baakd-baakd in Ot.

ekofi, adv. once more, again; but only used in poflUiTe
sentences and for a single repetition ; for negat. sentences
„ioik** and for iterative sentences the auxil. verb ^si'
is used. Comp. dong;'sa, asa, asan, saA.

ekoro, a^. and adv. single, simple; apart; alone; peculiar etc
s. soro and sro, v. and kron.

^kpa, num. six.

ekpaekpa, num. six by six; Adn. th. s.

ekpakpa (Ot. pa and papa), kpakpa, akpa, adj. good; d«
good {ia^ ®ute); but impers. nokpakpa and prs. mo-
kpakpa; fe ekpakpa, to do good (s. edSiird); adv. (sel-
dom used, but generally „akpa'' and naakpa) Yf^ tho-
roughly, indeed, truly etc. The simple form ^kpa" onlj
occurred to me till now in the word: onnkpa (nQ, man),
a good man, i. e. an elder, a grandee, a headman, the
first among a number (comp. opanyin and opanini la
Otyi). Ad. th. s.

ekpakpafelQ, n. a person doing good, a benefactor.

ekpakpafemo, n. doing good; a good act or work; beneflt

ekpakpafcmgnii, pi. n. good works.

ekp^, n. baboon.

ekro (— ekoro, fr. ko), adj. single; adv. singly; wherefrom:

ekroko, kroko, num. or adj. other (anber), pi. ekrokomeit
krokoi; eko (or ekome) — ekroko, the one — , the other ,
(sometimes only: eko -eko, ekome -ekome). Pers. mo- |
kroko, imp. ndkroko. Ad. muno. T§d — , v. to altefi :
to asume an other form, colour etc. = tSake. '*

ekrokotsdmOy n. alteration; == tSakemg.

Elaloe or Laloe, pr. n. of the river betwixt KpoA and 6b0'
gbrS (Pony and Prampram), coming from the Akwapiiii'
mountains.

emligidi, adj. green, unripe, of fruits of trees; comp. eA"
mdn, adj.

emo, emomo, mo, momo, adj. old, pi. moi and momoif
but generally: medM and memedsi.

emon, n. strong line to catch fish.

emu — enyle. 63

eiDn, mu, adj. whole, untouched; entire, full, perfect well

(Germ, ganj) ; holy (compare holy and whole, ()eiIiQ unb

^et(). S. also K, fia, all. The word emu (attributively

used „mu") is not construed with the auxil. v. ye, as

. other adj., but with ye, f. i. eye emu, it (or he she)

is whole.
emuyeli, n. wholeness; entireness; fulness; perfection;
soundness.

Remark.: Words with the initial liquid -augment
m, n, A, sound sometimes to the ear as if an e would
precede them, because this augment can form a syl-
lable; but the e or yowel-element is not initial to this
liquid augment, but inherent to it, and these words
most be sought for under the letters m, n, n; or the
next folL consonant; comp. § 13, 14.; f. i. nkQ, Aso,
mplan etc.
ena, enan (na, nan, iiga, ngan?), n. pL enadsi, a kind of
canary-birds or -sparrows, living in suspended nests in
great flocks, generally sogether on one tree, sometimes
also in the high grass. In their company always a few
beautifully coloured birds, called „entibli'' or ntibli, are
found, dwelling in the same nests, but somewhat deco-
rated, wherefore the natives consider them as the lea-
ders or kings. S. prv. 33.
ene, pi. enemei, pron. this, s. § 34; so; conj. = agbene,

then; but seldom used so.
eftefere, and

enelfere, n. dan. ginger Ongwct).

enrngmi (or nmomi), n. a frnit, called cashocle by the

Europeans at the coast, growing at a small plant about

2 or 3 feet high and used for soup (also called „ocro^

by the English).

eiimomiba, n. the herb at which the erimoini is growing;

its leaf used for cabbage,
edmomiwonu, n. cashocle-soup.

enmoil, adj. pi. nmOdsi, raw, unboiled, unprepared, green;
used of yams and the like, of wood, but also of cold,
. fresh air, as in English. Ot momono.
c£&oli (from the verb ngli, to be green), a^j* green, dark

green coloured. Comp. abonua, n.
enumOy num. five (Ot. anum and nnum; Ad. enuQ).
eoomoenumo, num. five by five.

enyle? inter, pron. how much? how many? (Comp. nyle,
to walkj to go.) Ot. ahg?

64 enyle — eyeA.

enyie cnyle? how much each?

enyo, nam. two (Ot. eou and abiefi or mmieA, Ad. th. 8.).

enyoenyo, num. two by two.

esa, adj. bad, evil, sinful; comp. ndsa, niiSa, woSa, naSa^n.

e§a (fr. the verb sa, to rot, to spoil); n. evil, misfortone,
ruin; sin; mistake, fault; fe esa, to sin^ to do wrong.
A peculiar use is made of this word in the answer to
saluting questions, as: „Heni od§e?" „„B\eo\**" ^SiaT"
„„E§a ko be dsei!""*' ff(How is it) where thou comest
from?" „„It is quiet!"" „Home?" „„There is not
any evil!"" Comp. the similar words: ndSa, niiSa;
efofi; tdmo etc. and wQ§a, nasa etc.

esafelo, n. sinner.

eSafemo, n. sinful deed or act; sin; = ndSafemo, niiSa-
femo, n.

ete, num. three (Ot. es9, mmiesa).

ete ete, num. three by three. Ad. th. s.
etfake, or

etSdake == edSake, elSake (Ot. efise, edanse), lit. it turns
that; conj. because; for; Ad. epeake.

etfakesi, conj. because, for; efee, etfakeSi esumoQ, he did
it not, because he did not like it.

etsuru, tsuru, adj. (fr. tsu, v. to be red, ripe of fruits),
pi. etsud§i, red; reddish; yellow reddish; ripe, of fruits
assuming this colour when ripe ; of men with copper oi
brown red colour, as some natives and Mulattoes. The
adv. fa and some others with the same signification is
used to strengthen this^ etsuru fa, very red.

ewulu, wulu, pi. ewud§i, adj. great, large etc., comp. tho
correlates: kple, kpetenkple; sase; da etc.

eyen, yen, pi. yedSi, adj. white, whitish; from the verl>
„ye", to be white; ripe, from cornfields. The adj. and
adv. futa, Ot. th. s., is used to strengthen this, eyedt
futdfutSy white white, very white; s. fa, boboll etc.

E.

The letter e does not initiate words, but is only
used as an inferjectional expression, here and there
added to a sentence just as is very frequently done
in Otyi; with the nasal sound „S" it is = 8, hg, adv.
yes. See also „yO!"

Fa >— ft fla« 65

P.

F is prononnced by many old people hard like p,
fc i. pa, river etc.

Fa, y. inf. fd and fale» to be enough, to safSce; to let
8. th. be enough; to increase; to forgive (Ot firi fri,
which is also used in 6S), nd noko fa m. k. to forgive
somelh. to somebody; ke-fa, th. s,; to lend (money only,
8. md); to borrow (money, s. mft); mifale §ika, I lent
him money; mifa sika ye eden, I borrowed money from
him. „Oke wohe-eSai afawg, tamo bgni woke-faa meini
feo efdn sigwo le!'* ,,Forgive us our sins, as we for-
give etc.
fa, n. forgiveness; lending (money) ; borrowing (money);
river; brook; pool (if sometimes fed by a brook); fil
ba, the river comes, swells; — srS, — overflows; — fe,
bursts (the sand walls and breaks through into the sea;
— tiki, the same. The two latter words are used of
lagunes, when they get full and flow into the sea, be-
cause at other times there exists only an underground
communication).

K, n. Guinea-worm, thread- worm; a wall of clay, mudwall;
ye — , to have the Guinea-worm; to — , to build a mud-
wall. Comp. mfa, Guinea-worm in Otyi; fa == fale, n.
a dish. Ad. th. s. See also fakp9, n.

&, adj. and adv. red, blood -red. As adv. it is used to
strengthen the verb t§u, to be red and the adj. etSuni,
red; t§u fa (also tsu fe) to be very red; etsuru fa, very
red; s. etSuru; eyen; futa; bgholl etc.

% V. pi. fSmo and inf. f^, fSmg (Ot. fa, th. s.), to come
out, to be open; to take out (= d§ie), to dislodge;
to dispossess; to unroot, root out; to part; to open; to
call out for help in danger, f. i. efS ewgn, he called out
for his fetish; to overcome; to command; to cry at some
body etc. to menace, to stamp with the foot at s. b. etc.
The principal combinations are: fa fa, the Guinea-worm
breaks out; to get the Guinea-worm; also fH fa th. s.;
hie fS, inf. hleftmg, r. to be developed (of children);
tiui fS, inf. tsuifa, lit. the heart comes out, up; v. to
be frightened, cast down, to grow fainthearted, to des-
pair (8. the contr. t§ui nyo §i, nyo mli, to be comforted).

fi fa, V. to get the Guinea-worm; s, ye fa, v. th. s. and
bi % y.

fi fla, V. to get a boil, ulcer, wound.

Zimmermann, Aira-Vocab. ^

66 ft gbe — foi.

fiS gbe, V. to take a way, to enter upon a juraey, to tn*
yel; gbefalo, traveller: gbeft and gbef^mo, travel.

fft he, V. to defend; IS m. k. he, to defend some body;
hef^lo, n. defender, advocate (s. d§ie na and nadSielQ);
hefSmo, D. defence.

f^ kpo = dse kpo and d§ie kpo, v. to come forth; to
bring out, forth; inf. kpofS; kpofSmo.

ft mil, V. to choose, to select; mlifSmg.

ft na, V. to open, as bottles, casks etc., inf. naftmo; comp.
na fa, v. to be open.

ft ntia, V. to kik; inf. ntiaftmo.

ft seke, V. to light the anker; to depart; inf. sekeB» '
-f^o.

ft wonu, V. to eat soup.

tS yi, V. to cry at s. b., to rate (an^enfdfien), to threateo^
to reproach.

ft, n. = aft, half; part; moiety; root; vein, bloodvessel;
nerve? adv. partly, half; ft ke ft, half and half; s. OUIfiL

faba, n. rising of the river (which is with large rivers, t i
the Volta, as regular as with the Nil in Egypt).

faban, s. afaban, n. fence.

fod§iat§e (s. fla), n. a person full of sores and wounds.

fadsiatSoft, n. medicin for sores, wounds etc.

fadSiemo, fafo, n. ferrying over a river.

fadso, n. river-bed; glugbctt

fafft, n. breaking out of the Guinea-worm.

fafaie, n. an ulcer; a bad wound; generaUy of a former
Guinea worm, s. fla, n. and ft, n.

fafele» n. breaking through or bursting of rivers; s. fa fe,
fa tiki, V.

fai (Ot. kyew), n. hat, cap, any covering for the head; kpi
fai, V. to take down the hat; kpa m. k. fai (Ot. pa oU
kyew), to take down the hat for s. b., i. e. to beg him
for s. th., to beg his pardon; to petition (the gestnie
used by the natives is that they take of their hats and
offer them to the person they intreat or cast it at hii
feet, whether this fashion is original or introduced bj-
Europeans, can not be stated with certainty; compare
the other custom of saluting Europeans by uncoyering
the chest, s. kpa mama, v. to remove the doth from the
chest. Mikpale fti, I begged his pardon (but mikpa eU
would be: I took down Us hat); mikpa noko he fai, I
begged for s. th., or I begged pardon for s. th. Kpi
fai! beg pardon! Mikpa ofai! I beg thy pardon! Mikpi

(iiikpalo «- fao. 67

ofai ni o65-fami! I beg thee, to forgive me I — Ofai ne!
(offering the hat.) ForgWe! (Ut. Thy hat this!) Fai
ne ono! This hat is thine! i. e. It belongs to thee, to
forgiye etc. But sometimes it is difficult to say, whether
„fai'' means bat or „ forgivenesses 'S s. above; „Fai lo
fe on6n!" All forgivenesses (or „the whole hat") be-
long to thee! It may be that the origin of wearing hats
would give light about this curious relationsliip between
fa and fai and the curious custom. Comp. also: ba, and

• sisp, v.; and pa kyew, v. in Ot. th. s.

faikpalo, n. a petitioner.

faikpamo, n. begging pardon ; petition; prayer (comp. sole-
mo and sisemo); Nyontso le faikpamo, the Lord's prayer;
®ebet, 93itre.

fakpa, n. string of a Guinea-worm (about the thickness of
twin and sometimes a yard long. It breaks out at any
part of the body).

fakpo, n. river-island.

fakpomaii, n. town on a river island,
fakpobii, pi. n. inhabitants of it. ^
bla, s. fla, n. bad wound, sore etc.
fale, n. . dish ; large plate.

fale, n. multitude, plenty; snfflcience; superfluity; s. note-
kemo, n.

falefale = farefare, adj. clean, white; adv. cleanly.

falo, n. a creditor = frilo, n. a lender of money; a debt-
or, a borrower of money, = nydmolSe, n.

famo, pi. form of the verb fll.

fiimo, n. taking out; coming out; dislodgement; disposses-
sion; unrooting, weeding; developement; opening; part-
ing; calling out for help; command etc.

I^mond, pi. -nii, n. s. th. to take out with; some fh. taken
out.

fana, n. river-shore.

fanabii, pi. n. people dwelling at a rivers-side.

fin, adj. open, straightforward, clear, plain; adv. openly,
straightforward, clearly, plainly.

fanes, n. dan. foundation; tfa — , to lay the foundation.
S. siSi, sisid§€, n.

fanestfa, n. laying of the foundation; s. SiSitfd, SiiidSa, n.

fankwao, n. an herb used as cabbage.

&o, pi. fabii, n. small callabash with a long neck used for
play.

68 faohdkodi — fe.

faohdkodi (01. lit. be off and free!) n. leprosy. People
having this horrible sickness, are frequently left to them-
sehes, therefrom the name (comp. 9lu^fa|^i t)on au9«
fe^en); s. kpiti, baba» o.

fiira, s. fla, fra.

farefare» adj. and adv. = falefale, clean; cleanly.

fasane, n. river- or water-palaver or matter.

fase, n. the other side of the river; adv. beyond the river.

fata (Ot. th. s. but with a somewhat different application,
as: sa, v. in 6ft), v. to join; he fata he, to join some-
body or some thing. Comp. also: kpata and kpasa in
Gfi, and bata and pata in Otyi.

fata he, v. to join (v. a. and n.); mifata ehe, I join him;
fata he! join something! Inf. hefatamo; prs. n. hefatalo-

fatalQ , n. joiner, assistant, companion, helpmate etc. Ck>mp.
nanyo; hefatalo; dsielo, he^Io, n. etc.

fatamo, n. joining, assistance, help; addition, s. hefatamo*

fato, n. making or building of mud-walls, fr. to fa, v.

fatolo, n. builder of swish-walls.

fayeli, n. sickness of the Guineaworm, fr. ye fa, v.

fayelo, n. person having* the Guinea-worm.

fe, V. to do, to make (Ad. pe, Ot. ye), inf. femo, prs.n.
felo. This is one of the most extensively applied words
of the language, its principal significations and combina-
tions are the following: to produce, to commit; to be-
have, to show one's self, to appear, to seem; to be
about, afe oh^, about 100; to be (s. Ad. pe and Ot. ye
th. s. and Gi ye, to be; d§i, to.be; tsd, to become),
to become, to get; to be more than, to surpass (as such
it is the auxil. verb to express comparison), s. Ot. kyen
and seh; as: mifeo, I am more, greater, stronger than
thou, I surpass, excel thee; mifeo hewale, 1 surpass
thee in power, or: mihewa feo, th. s.; to accomplish
(without object, comp. nifi^y); ofe! thou hast acted well,
thou hast accomplished something! as imprs. verb it has
the signification to seem: f. i. efegmi ake Nyoinmo bane,
it seems to me as if it would rain; ke-fe, nd-fe, to do
s. th. with s. th., f. i. Sika and-feo wulamonii, §i dade
ake-feo nanii, of gold ornaments are made, but of iron
implements of art. Combinations: he fe feo, v. to be
beautiful; he fe oyi, v. to be, quick; he fe vl, hewo-
dSiaA fS fe vl, to feel weak; hie fe ya and fe yfi, to
be astonished etc. efe ake == kedSi, if.
m. k. ablo, v. to be hard against s. b. = wa m. k. yi, y.

fe eflo — fe yarlt. 69

fe eflo, y. to be or become empty, come to nonght

fe efoDg, ekpakpa, edsdrd etc. 8. these.

fe fe (fe == fear, fright), v. to be afraid, to fear, to be

a coward; inf. fefemo; prs. n. fefelg, s. feto, n,
fe fee, T. to please; s. feo and fefeo, a^j.
fe flonO, V. = fo, to be wet; ye — , Ih. a.
fe gidigidi, t. to be in disorder, in a hubbub.
fe m. k. fern, v. to plunder one out.
fe gwan, v. to shine.

fe D. k. hS m. k., v. to do s. th. for s. b.
fe be n. k., y. to do s. th. with someth., to make one's

self something; efe ehe nyontSo, he made himself the

master; to use; efee he n. k., he does not use it; see

ye he niitsnmQ, y. th. s.
fe hedso, y. to be' lazy. S. hedsd; inf. hedSofemo.
fe ho, y. to make a Boice, to roar, to be tumultous etc.

inf. hofemg.
fe klalo, y. to be' or make ready.
fe konkontiele, y. to play the blind mouse buff.
fe mgho, y. to be pitiful, to be miserable, to appear so;

to mourn, to complain; s. mgbo, n. and ye mgho, y.
fe moko, y. to surpass somebody; to imitade s. b., see

kase, y. soa, y.
fe nddsian, y. to retribute, to repay; s. to nftdSiaA, y.
fe nine, y. to surpass the (ability of the) hand; to reach

the highest pitch,
fe niiseniianii, y. to use one despitefuUy; to iUtread one;

9. se , St? 9 y.
fe nu, y. to be a man, manly; to behaye like a man (comp.

the Germ, ben SRann madden),
fe numo, y. to become or be an old man.
fe sane, y. to become a (sc. bad) palayer.
fe se, fe se le, adyerbial or conjuncti?e sentence, «» after-
wards; then; comp. ye fthQ; no se le; efe ake == ke,

kedsi etc.
fe srQto, y. to make a difference,
fe s5, y. to be slow» slack,
fe toi, y. to listen = bo toi.
fe yd = hie fe ys, n. to be astonished, amazed ; to wonder;

inf. yafemo. Comp. he dsd; na kpe he, y. etc. and ya,n.
fe yd, and
fe yara, fe yera, y. to mourn for a dead person according

to natiye fashion by loud lamentations etc. etc. to make

the funeral custom for a dead person by firing guns,

70 fe yeyfiyc — fe.

drinking, dancing, singing and processions. These ens'
toms ruin \^holc families, towns and tribes. Where ft
can be done without the knowledge of the europeiD
Government, slaves are slili slaughtered on the grayei
of important personages that they may accompany thea
into the other world. Inf. yera- or yarafemo, sone
times shortened ydfemo; but see the preceding won!;
pers. n. yera- or yarafelo.

fe yeyfiye, v. to be in trouble, in perplexity; = ye tM
and tsui ye, v.

fe yukuyuku, v. to be broken into small pieces ; to be U
of little one's, little things, life, activity.

fe, n. fright, fear; s. fe fe, to be afraid; inf. fefemg, n.
The word is perh. Ayigbe, s. fetg (= felo? kaketo =
kaselQ in Gd).

fe, n. dung. S. the decent expression dfa (or dfeian), o.

fe, V. pi. il^; inf. fe, flemo; to spit (only used of animaii
which do so, f. i. some serpents; s. bliki, n.); to root,
to scrape, to cut, out or up, esp. grass for thatcbiflg
roofs ; ef§ dfei, he is gathering thatch-grass. A peculiff
expression is: yi fe, to suppose: eyi fe, ake enye ni,
he supposes, that it is his mother; it seems to stani
for „yi f6 dsi, ake; s. yi, yin, n. and fe, ac^.

fe gugd, V. to blow the nose; comp. tsine, v.

fe = fia and pid, adj. all, every; put betwixt the redupli-
cated singular form of a noun, it conveys the sigoifici-
tion every, f. i. mofemo, every body; ndfend, e¥eij
thing; t§o fe tso every tree, s. § 22; fe tfem, fd kwa,
altogether. The construction of this word does some-
times exhibit it as a noun (comp. the hebr. 'PD), t L
it excepts not only the article, but if it stands with a
plural in the possessive case, the augment na"" which
ought to follow such a possess, case is generally left
out, etc. Comp. „Gbomei fe niitsumoi'' instead of gb.
fe aniitSumoi, the works of the whole of men; a pe-
culiar use of fe or fia is made in summing up a seriei
of assertions etc. f. i. mikpale fai, miwie Shu, mi ft eji
se: fe tfem ekplee, I begged him, I spoke long tobii^
1 pressed on him, all together (sc. in vain) he did not
aggree to it. Fia and pia, th. s. Ad. tfa, t§oa, tSo;
Ot. nnyina.

f§, s. fel, n. cold.

fe, pi* fele and fle, inf. femo; felemo* flemo, v. n. and
act. to burst; to break; to burst eggs, i. e« to hatch;

fe — fenemo. 71

/

%

to bend ; to kick ; break through the sandbar (of lagunes
and rirers in the rainy season); s. fa, n. and tiki, v.

fe, adj. = fSi very red, highly red; adv. used to corro-
borate the adj. tsuru, red and the verb tSu, to be red;
etsuru fe, very red; etsuo ffe, it is very red. S. fild,
futa; boboll etc.

felly felo, felfl, fleku, th. s. as the former and as ffi, to
corroborate „tsu, to be red."

feda (kpa), fedS, adv. = dd, before, efe fedd nl ete, he
did it before he went; kpa fedd obaa ne? but now thou
comest; not before now thou comest (nun erfi fommfi
bu)?

fefelo, n. = felo, coward.

fgfemo (s. fe fe), n. cowardness.

fefeo (simple form feo, s. § 22 about reduplication of ad-
jectives, Ot. th. s.), adj. beautiful, nice.

fei, n. cold, coldness; cold fever; fei ye, v. it is cold; K
yemi, 1 feel cold, 1 have the cold fever,

fei gugo (comp. fg, v.), v. to blow the nose; s. fe gugS, v.

ffi, n. beauties? be fei, to have no manners, lee fei, th. s.
but compare the Otyi fye (or fe), with neg. ^nothing**.

feibe, n. cold time, winter, cold season (s. aharabata).

feihe, n. cold place.

feiyelo, n. person feeling cold.

feiyeli, n. coldness; cold fever; s. fei ye, v.

fi^le, V. corroboration of fe, inf. f^lemo; to feel itching,
to itch; s. fle, v.

felemg, n. bursting (of many things); hatching; kicking;
s. fe, fele, fle, femo, fle, mo.

felly s. fe and feld, adj. and adv. red, very red.

telo, th. s.

felQ, n. maker, doer; s. fe, v.

felQ = fell and felo, adj. and adv.

femQ, n. deed; making; act; becoming, getting etc. etc.
8. fe, V.

femo, n. bursting (of one thing), s. fe, v.; hatching; kicking.

td, and

f^mo, n. rooting up of grass; spitting (of snakes and the
like); s. fe, v.

fgnfen, adj. dirty, sickly.

fgne, V. to open, unloose. Old pronunciation fende; Ad.
pene.

fignele, n. unloosen

f^nemo, n, opening, unloosing.

t2 feo — &ase.

teo, V. n. to flourish.

feo, adj. s=s fefeo, beautiful, nice; Ot. th. s.; n. beaut;;
adv. beautifully; fe feo, v. to please; efemi feo, it pleases
me; ye he fee, v. to mock at, to deride, to joke; comp.
gbe he guQ, ^hich is stronger; ye feo, v. to be beauti-
ful. Comp. also fei.

feofemo, v. pleasing; pleasure; comp. i^dmo; omanyefemo.

feonii, pi. n. beautiful things; beauties.

feoyeli, n. mockery; wit. S. hefeoyeli.

fes, n. dan? a small fruit of a tree used by natire women
to make yellow signs on their faces.

festSo, n. the tree bearing it.

fete, and

fetefete, adj. thin, s. legelege; weak; light; tastless.

feto, n. coward, s. fefelo, gbeyelg and gbeye§elo; fe feto, v.;
to be a coward; s. fe fg, v. th. s. (According to the
form „fgto is Ayigbe.)

fetofelg, n. coward.

fetgfemo, n. cowardness; fefemo, th. s.
' fetsu, n. privy; but not a decend word; s. ko na, t§o no etc.

f!, y. pi. and inf. fimg (inf. f!); imprs. v. to perplex, to
bring into straits; efimi, I am in perplexity; noko effle,
something has brought him into trouble; to be hard; ti
efi, the fight is hard (inf. fimo); to draw on, to advance;
to become thick (of milk), fat etc. to press together, to
be close together (of people). Ad. th. s.

fi'he, V. to bind the loins, to girt; hefi.

fi se, T. to strengthen the back; to back s. b.

fi si, V. to be firm, stand firm; inf. siflmo.

fl! interj. The signification of this word can not be given:
it is used in the swearing formuFa, which is like that oi
the Hebrews without an expressed principal sentence; fl
takes the place of the latter: f. i. „Mikd kitd, ake: kedii
eflo, ke oye amane mli, ke oba mifid ni miyee niibuaao
le> ked§i ake neke klante ne foo miyitSo fi! 1 swear,
that if thou art in perplexity, if thou aft in trouble, if
thou come to me and 1 do not assist thee, if not with
this sword (in the hand of the person swearing), mj
head is cut off, then — ! .

fi! int. (for scolding) = fye, pfut!.

fia = t§y pia, adj. all, every ; n. the whole of s. th. comp*
K and § 22. Adn. tfa, tso.

fiase (Ot. fi, house, ase, under part), n. the lower story;
the cellar 9 store; prison. S. tSQ, tS0n.

A6 — flafla. 73

15, n. Ai = fel, n. cold; fever.

Idiboro, n. dan. a kind of borers (Seiftbo^rer).

Id^iatSe, n. lit. a possessor of wings, winged creature of

any kind (®eflugel, ^^); s. fine.
IdSitefidSite, adj. and adv. unruly, unquiet; fe — or ye — ,

to be unquiet; fitrifitri, th. s.
Bfii, pi. n. (either from the verb fl, to be close or fifio

small) narrow places; fifiiaA, in narrow places, in the

comers, in secret; comp. fodsiaA, under flo, n.
fifio, old pronunc. of bibio, pi. fifii, adj. small, little; adv.

little; s. also fio.
fila (Ot. fira), v. (seldom used) to be blind; s. fula and flla.

fill, V. 8. fli.

fQo, n. binder.

flmg, n. binding; pressing together; press; closeness;
trouble, straits; congealing, curdling.

fin, flnfin, adj. perh. europ. word; fine, nice, beautiful.

fine, old pronunc. flnde, n. pi. fidsi, wing.

finti, adv. in the highest degree; exactl^f; fdne finti, high
midday, about 12 o' clock; s. ketekete, th. s.

k\6f adj. narrow; s. legelege..

fio, fidfio, adj. and adv. little, small, =: bibio, fifio; few;
n. a little.

fi!a, fttafita, adj. and adv. while (Ot^the s.), s. futd; ye
fita (comp. ye, to be white), to be very white; eyeh
fita, very white, clean, clear.

fite, inf. fitemo, v. to spend, to use up; to spoil; s. kpata
hie, V.

file Me, V. to darken the face; to mar .

fitelo, n. spender; spoiler.

llemo, n« spending; spoiling. S. hiekpafamo.

fitiofitSo, adv. exactly; carefully; accurately, precisely; tho-
roughly.
. 9a, 8. also fra.

fia, inf. flame, v. to salute; eflanye, he salutes you; to
welcome.

fla, fala, pi. fadSi, n. boil, ulcer, bad open wound; different
from nasSne**, abscess. Comp. fafale; fadSiatSei n. -a per-
son full of „fadsi'' or boils,
fia, n. the fruit of a tree; s. flatso.
'fiada, s. aflada, n. a kind of pap.

, adj. sanguinic, lively, active; unruly; ye — , to be — ';
. actively, rashly etc. ; s. flefle and kldmdklama, th« a.

/

74 flaka — floQo.

flaka, n. europ. ^ord (gracf?), coat of men and womoi;

frock,
'flana, s. aflafia, n. flag.

flalSo, pi. -t§ei, n. a tree of beautiful, hard red wood, bot

generally crooked,
fl^y v. to itch, to feel a tickling sensation; s. fli, v. (cor-

rob. of fg, v.).
flefle, adj. light; lightminded ; frivolous; ohie ye flefle^ lit*

th^ face is light, i. e. thou art lightminded, frivoloiis.
fleka, ~. ffl, f(}, fell etc. very red; tSu flcka, to be very red.

flSmo, n. itching, fr. flg, v.

flgmtSo, v. (europ.?) to ram.

flefitSo, n. window-frame.

flcfi, - sQUy adv. far away, far behind; damo se fleii

stand back! — aside, separately,
fli, V. inf. flimo, to feel a tickling sensation; to itch =^

M; to blow; to whistle (s. kpd ble and fli ble; kpd or

fli t(*(rcmantre); to peep at; mli fli, v. to be joyfiil,

cheerful, glad; inf. mliflimo; mihewolo K flimi, all m;

skin itches ;'mimli flimi; I am glad, joyous etc.
fli r. fri, ftri, s. fri.

flifli, adv. early in the morning :■-= mankS, ademank^, mankpi.
fliki, V. to fly; inf. flikimo; prs. n. flikilo.
fiikilQ :::-= fid§iatse> n. a winged or flying creature of anj

kind (©eflugel); f. i. tsatSfi flikUo, n. flying anU
flikimo, n. flying; flight,
'flikiti, ofl. n. flying ants.

flimo, n. itching; itch; s. gblii; blowing, whistling,
flo, ==3 eflo, allribulively used; adj. empty, vain, mere;

wiemo flo, an empty word; a mere word; ekomefio,

ony one; mokomeilo, only one person; with neg. not

any thing, not any person; mokomeflo be d$ei, notaoT

body is there,
flo, floflo, V. to be dry (of grass),
flo, pi. form of the verb fo, to cut; to cut serveral thingi,

to cut into pieces; inf. flomo.
flo na, n. pi. form of fo na to inform; to denote; to de-

nounce; eflo mina, he denounced me; inf. naflomo; pi^-

n. naflolo.
flo, pi. fodSi» n. hole; cave; comer (comp. koft), small

narrow place, narrow lane; fod$iaii, in holes; in small*

narrow places, lanes etc.
floflo,

N

flofloflo — fo hie. 7S

flofloflo (ploplOplo), corroboration of flo, empty, vain etc
adj. distant, remote; thorough; adv. remotely ; thorough-
ly; throaghout = s6fi.

flofloi = afofro, aflofloi, n. blossom.

floke, inf. flokemo, v. to come forth; bai — , leaves come
forth.

flolg, n. one ^ho cuts into pieces.

flgmo, n. cutting to pieces, s. fo.

fl6n6, frSnd (lat. furnax, port.), n. oven of every kind.

flonto, n. velvet.

flontofai, n. velvet-cap.

flot(J, n. a kind of raw bags for corn, salt etc. Comp.
kajfu, ablabutu, kotoku etc. -

Aqu, v. (corroboration of fo, flo, to cut), to prepare meat
into a favorite dish of the natives, called flou or flouflon,
by cutting it into small pieces and stewing it with fat
or palm-oil, vf^ater, red pepper and some soup -plants,
esp. ^sebe"* and „enmdmi''.

flou, n. and

flouflou, n. meat-stew, native fricassee.

flu, Vv corroboration of fu, to crumble (of bread), s. flufla
and fufudsi.

flufla> n. lungs.

fluflu (s. flu and fCi), v. to crumble; comp. fuflu, fufQdsi, n.
crumbs; fragments.

fo, obj. pi. flo, inf. fo, fomo; flomo, v. to be cut (perh.
with the inf. fo); to weep (inf. fomo and yafo from
the Adh. v. foya, th. s., no pi. form but with the fre-
quent, fofoi); to cut (inf. fomo, pi. flo or folo, inf. pi.
flomo); the principal combinations are: na fo, v. inf. nafo,
to cease (the mouth or end is cut, s. fo na) = fo; se
fo (the back or end is cut), v. to cease, as the former;
inf. sefO; etc.

fo ba, v., pi. flo bai, to cut leaves (a despised work); inf.
baiflomo, pers. n. baiflolQ.

fo ba, s. fo m. k. yi ba.

fo m. k. da (or dan), lit. to cut s, b. mouth; to cross s. b.
mouth, to give answer; mifoo edah po, I gave him not
even an answer.

fo fa, V. to cross a river; inf. fafd.

fo he, V. to weep for s. th.

fo hie, V. inf. hiefo, to endeavour, to try; mafo mihie
mafe nyonlo, I will try and do it at once.

76 to ketia -^ fo m* k. yi ba.

fo ketia, y. (Ot. tya tyetia) to circumcifte (lit. to cut short);
inf. ketiafo; circumcision is generally practised among the
GS-, but not among the Otyi- people (s. fplo). It is
performed as ^ith the Mahomedans from whom the cu-
stom may derive (Comp. Gen. 17, 25.), by a certain
person (not a priest) when the boys are about 12 — 14
years of age; the act does not seem to bear a religious
character. Of circumcision of females as is customary in
Abessinia and has been said to be in use also in these
parts, nothing seems to be known here, though 6d-girb
do not like to marry uncircumcised natives, s. folQ, n.

fo kpilio, V. inf. kpitiofo, and

fo kuku, V. inf. kukufo*, to cut short, to shorten , f. i. a
way, a speech, a time; flo kukudSi, pi. form of the
former, to cut into pieces.

fo mli, V. n. to weep inwardly; to grudge; to pass over;
to be too much; f. i. ASantemei awonu A5, Si Ao efo
mli t§d, the soup of the A§antis is tastful, but there
is too much salt in it; fo mli, pi. flo mli, to cut asun-
der, in two; mlifo, mlifomo, mliflomg.

fo moko, V. to weep for somebody.

fo m. k. na, flo m. k. na, inf. nafo, naflomo, v. to de-
nounce; miflo ona ma ha onyontSo, I denounce thee to
thy master. This act is considered by the natives moft
hateful, even if duty requires it.

fo se, V. to make to cease, s. se fo.

fo §i, V. to go about, especially in procession, as it is cu-
stom of the natives at their plays, dances, weddings,
funerals and other customs; inf. sifo; pers. n. Sifolo*

fo tako mli, lit. to cut the pad asunder, to cause a sepa-
ration between relations, friends etc. inf. takomlifo.

fo ten, flo ten, v. to cut in the midst, asunder, a. fo mli;
to insert, put between; inf. tenfo, ateAfO, ateAflomg.

fo m. k. wiemgA, v. to address one during his speaking
with another person, to interrupt.

fo yafonu, yafonui, v. to weep tears.

fo m. k. yi ba, lit. to cut the leaf of one's head or price,
s. yi; V. to buy one entirely as a slave, not only take
him as a bond or in pawn; in the former case the per-
son becomes a member of his owner's family for life and
death, calls him father and is called child (son or
daughter), and the owner is answerable for his behavi-
our, debts etc.; in the latter case the bond -person is
only a surety and the person who has given him, is

to = fose ^— fo nil ahe. 77

answerable for him (s. awoba); wherefore bond -people
are often worse off, than slaves. The word or phrase
^fo yi ba" refers to a custom (of cutting a leaf asunder
oyer the head, of a person bought; inf. yibafo; prs. n.
yftafolo.
fo = fose and fote, y. to pour out.
fa = yafo and fomg, n. weeping.

fo, ofo, n. a kind of black monkies, the skins of which
are merchandise.

fOy y. inf. fo, fomo, prs. n. fglo; to be wet (Ot. fow],
to wetten; to wash f. i. cloth; face and hands or feet
(s. d§u, and dSale, wu, tSumg, y.); to beget (Ot. wo);
to bear, bring forth children, young ones (of animals),,
to produce etc. fg m. k., to beget, bear s. b., but also
to midwife (fglg, yo fglg, n. a midwife; fgmg, n. wid-
wifery). Combinations; ke m. k. fg hi, to beget a child
with s. b., a decent expression; f. i. „Okele alb bii
nyonma ke enyo!** »Mayes thou beget 12 children
with her (or him)!'* A common wedding salutation or
wish. „Mikele fg bii nyoAma,'' „I begot 10 children
with her" (my wife). These expressions and many si-
milar plain ones (comp. musuAbi) are used not only be-
cause it is a great honour, as under the Old Testament,
to have many children; but especially, because young
relations, slayes etc. are also called children and on ac«
count of polygamy.

fo atade he, y. to wash cloth; atadehefgmg, prs. n. atade-
hefglg.

fo hi, y. to bring forth or beget a child; inf. bifgmg, bii-
afgmg; prs. n. bifglg, biiafglg, parent; comp. fglg, bii-
anye, biiatSe; awo; yofgyo, n.

fg bgbglT, y. to be yery wet; s. bgbglT.

fg daft, y. to wash the (inside of the) mouth.

fg a 9 T. to wash the hands.

fg n. k. femg, y. to be accustomed to do s. th.

fg he, y. inf. hefgmg, to wash; fg nii ahe, to wash cloth;
niiahefgmg; washing; niiahefglg, n. washer.

fg hie, y. to wash the face; witty expression, to drink too-
much; inf. hiefgmg.

fg mil, y. to wash the inside, to cleanse (f. i. glasses,
pots etc. with water); fg mli! wash it; inf. mlifgmg.

fg ftmdfi, y. to bear sons and daughters alternately; inf.
ftmafifgmg.

fg nii ahe, y. to wash cloth; s. fg he.

78 fo sa — to »i.

fo sa, ▼. to wetten the bed.
fO, n. wetting.

fo, n. fat; slime, phlegm; sperm; to fg, to be fat; wo — ,
th. 8.

fQ, n. (Ot. th. s.) condemnation; guilt; adj. condemnable,
condemned; guilty; bu fo, to condemn; fobu, condem-
nation; comp. bu at en and bu bem; ye fo, v. to be in
the wrong, guilty; foyeli.

fo, adj. green, fresh, soft, unripe, undried; dfefo = dfei
fo, freih grass; able fo, half-ripe maize, as it is roasted
or boiled and eaten; comp. enm5n; enoli, adj.

fd, v. inf. fd and fomo; to cease; to cast; to be wicked,
bad, to act wickedly; s. efon; impert. sing, fomo! but
in compounds only fo, f. i. nd fo si, cast it down. The
principal combinations are: nd (or ke) hie fd m. k. no,
liU to take the face and cast it on s. b., i. e. to trust
in him, to hope upon him; comp. hie kd m. k. no; ku
hie fd n. k. no, to wink at s. th., to overlook s. th.;
nd yit§o fd m. k. kue, to take the head and cast it on
8. body's neck, to fall upon or around one's neck, to
bug, to embrace; s. here ata, th. s.; se-fd, obj. pi. sere
-fd and sere -fie (si), v. to cast down, away; mise-fd
or miSe mifd, I cast it away ; mis^re nihil ne mifie (si),
I cast these things away.

fd abis^, V. to cast the lot; inf. abisafd; fd-ye m. k. no,
- - over one.

fd abiittri, v. to wrestle; s. abotiri, abottrifd, abotKrifdlo.

fd hie, V. s. combinations under fd; inf. hiefd, hiefdmo;

to cast one's face on s. th. or s. b.
fd mli, V. to cast in; to give over and above; to add; inf.

mlifd; comp. wo mli, v.
fd nine, v. to move the hand to and fro, to wink, to

beckon,
fd no, V. to cast upon; to give over and above = wo roll;

inf. nofd; nd hie fd m. k. no* to trust in s. b. See

combinations under fd; fd fd d. k. no, to boast with s. th.
fd m. k. nd, v. to cease or give up some body's manners,

Ga. Fables 1.
fd oSYki, n. to cast or to throw dice; to cast the lot; =

fd abW; — ye hl k. no, over s. b.; inf. odikifd;

prs. D. oSikifdlo*
fd se, V. to cast back.

Id J^J, y. to cast down; to lay down; iof. Slid.

fd te — fomo. W

f5 te := tfa te» v. to cast a stope; fd m. k. te, * * - at

s. b.; inf. tefo.
fo ys, V. to cast the net; Inf. yafo.

fd, n. corner; s. flo, kon, n.

fd, n. cast; dirt; wickedness; adj. dirty, unclean; ofe f8,
thou art dirty, unclean. D§u ke fd, robbery (or theft)
and wickedness, is an expression to disign a very wicked
secret act; dsu ke fd dSi nd ne, this thing is very wicked;
bo fd, V. to do 's. th. detestable = \o kpq.

fobite, n. pebble; marble.

fdbo, n. a detestable act, fr. bg fd.

fobn, n. condemnation.

fobulo, n. condemnator.

fofida, n. a distinguished day.

fofloo, adj. uttermost.

fofoi, coll. noun, flowers, flower.

fo foil so, pi. -tsei, n. shrub or tree bearing flowers,

fofole, adj. and adv. tender, -ly; soft, -ly; especially also
used of an effeminate education; milee mibii fofole, I
do'nt bring up my children softly.

fofolele, n. effeminate education.

foi, n. run, race? used in the combinations: dso foi, v.
hie foi, V. sa foi, v. to run, to flee; wo foi, v. to make
to run, to drive away, to turn to flee; comp. in Otyi:
tutu mirika; in Adn. du fo, hd fo, sa fo, tu fo, v. th.a.

foidsg, n. running; fleeing.

foidso, n. th. s. but unused.

foihiemo, foiSamo, n. th. s. but scarcely used.

foitSemo, n. running.

foiwd, n. turning to flight.

foiwomo, n. running.

foi, ofoi, n. horsefly.

fokle, n. dan. apron.

folo> n. one who cuts; weeper, weeping person, also ydfolo.

fdlo, n. uncircumcised man; an abusive name for men of
surrounding tribes, who have not the custom of circum-
cision.

fglo, n. washer; parent, genitor; s. fo; yo fob = fomoyo,
n. midwife fr. fo, to midwife; comp. also yofoyo, n.

fdlo, n. a wicked person; a dirty fellow = mudsiatse^ n.

fomo, n. weeping; s. fd and yafo, n.

fomo, n. washing (of cloth, face, hands etc.); begetting;
generation; produclion; birth; m\dYi\fcT^\ icl^Nnli^.

80 fdmo — fUmo.

fdmo> n. ceasing, ending, end; casting, throwing, thrust;

wickedness,
fomgbe, n. birth-time,
fomogbena, n. birthright,
fomogbi, n. birthda;.
fomghe, n. womb, matrix,
fomgno, n. j!tnbdn>affer; mother-water,
fgmgnii, pi. n. afler-birth. Prv. AIo gbomo le afie se ni

ake fgmgnii le ba §Ia, the man is cast away and the

after-birth brought home,
fgmgsg, se, n. th. s.

fgo, pi. fgbii, adj. tender, young; comp. fufgo, fgfgle etc.
fgse, y. and

fgte, y. to pour, to pour out; s. fie Si; inf. fgtemg, fgsemg.
fgte, n. (Ot, mfote, mfotie) white ants, termites. S. gbg-

tsui, n.
fgsemg, n. and
fgtemg, n. outpouring.
fgtet§e, n. queen or mother of the white ants, s. gbgtSui;

a kind of snakes falsely supposed to produce white ants,
fotoli, n. a kind of frumenty; s. aflata.
fgto, n. and

fgwO, n. getting fat; gathering fat; s. to fg and wo fg, y.
fgyelj, n. guiltiness; guilt; s. je fg (Ot. fgdi).
fra, s. fla and fa, obj. pi. of fa, to lend; to borrow,
fra (mS), y. to grind (ground corn, s. mS), the second time;

comp. fra Otyi, to mix and wyie; gbig; inf. framg.
Frafra, pr. n. of a GS-yillage.
frdke, inf. frSkemg, y. to loose meat from the bones or fish

from the fishbones; — hinmei se, y. to draw up the

eye-brow,
frakemg, n. loosing the meat from the bones,
framg, n. second grinding,
fre, fere; s. fle, fele, pi. y.
fri, firi (Ot.) = fa, y. to lend, to forgiye ; to giye (money)

in adyance; to giye free? to liberate? inf. frimg; prs.n.

frilg.
bl, a^j. (perh. of europ. origin or from the preceding word);

free; h& frI, y. to liberate, = kpd; ha m. k. ye ehe;

ye frl, to be free, inf. filyeli = heyeli from ye he.
fri-gbomo, n. freeman.
frihSmg , n. liberty, liberation,
frilg, n. lender, creditor; =s falg.
Irimi^, n. lending; ss fa.

frimo — fufoakplel6t8o. 8t

frimo, = flimo, s. fli, v.

friyeli, d. liberty; = heyeli, n.

friyelo, n. free person.

fro, V. 8. flo, V.

frofro, adj. fresh, watery, soft (of Jand well watered); fc — ,

to be watery, well watered,
frdfirdfemo, n. state of being well watered,
frdnd, adj. cold; ye — , to be — .
fnu adj.

frufni, adj. = flu, fluflu, v. dusty, powdered,
fu, y. Ot. th. s. to grow luxuriautly.
fa, n. immoderateness, immoderation; adj. and adv. greedy;

gluttonous; greedily; gluttonously; pale, yellow, sickly;

whitish of colour = futd; luxurious; fe fo, inf. fafemo, n.

to be greedy, gluttonous; pale, yellow; sickly; luxurious;

do fu, inf. fudg, n. to be cloyed, pufiTed up. Comp. fu, v.

and fu, y.
fu, ady. exactly, closely; used to define the yerb na, to

see; kwe to look; kwe fQ, to look closely; s. fufafu,

th. s., and altogether, Adn. th. s.
fu, y. inf. fu; to scent, to smell, to stink, to snuff, to

bury, ^ to; to swell, to make to swell, to haye or get

the dropsy, to clysterize,
fu, n. bad smell, stink; scent; - dse -, to stink; inf. fuds6.
fu asra, y. to snuff, inf. asrafu, prs. n. asrafulQ.
fu he, y. to smell at.
fu hie = tu hie, fite hie, y. inf. hfefOmo; to darken the

face, to frown, to look black (upon), to make a sour

face,
fu, n. burial,
'fu, efu, adj. what is kept oyemight (brefd, meat etc.);

stinking,
fudo, n. puffing up, being cloyed; s. do fu, y.
fudse, n. stinking, bad smelling; bad smell,
fufemg, n. gluttonizing, gluttony,
fuflu (s. fu, flu, fluflu), y. to crumble,
fuflu, generally pi. fufudsi, n. crum, crumb, crums ; fragments,
fufo, n. female breast, udder, milk; hS — , y. to giye suck,

to suckle; M fufo, y. to milk; nu — , y. to suck,
fufobii, pi. of fufoo.

fufohSlo, n. woman that giyes suck, nurse, milking animal,
fufohtoo, n. suckling, giving suck; milking,
fufoakpleletso, pi. -tsei, n. a tree bearing fruits of the size

and form of the breasts of old women (fufQak^^l^teV

Zimwermann, Akra-Yocab. ^

82 fufODulo — fuUfatft.

fufonulo, D. suckling = fufgo.

fufoaumQ, n. sucking.

fufoM, n. milking.

fufoo, pi. fufobii (s. abifao), n. suckling; baby; generaUy:
gbek^ fufoo, gbek^bii fufobii; comp. also foo, adj.

fufo = futa (Ot. th. s.), adj. and adv. white, whitely.

fufu and fufui, n. a favorite food of the natives, a dough
of mashed yams, cassada or- plantains, eaten to soup;
si — , to mortar or beat or pound or mash it in a
wooden mortar; s. badurutso, n«

fufafu, adv. thoroughly, bo — , to sweep — .

fiifuitso, n. the wooden mortar, in which the fufui is poun-
ded or mashed; s. baduruntso, th. s.

fiifuit§onbi, and

fufiiitsomlibi, n. the pestle or beater or pounder, by which
the „fufui'* is pounded; s. baduruntSomlibi, th. s.

fufuba, n. a plant.

fufudsi, pi. of fuflu, crums.

fufofu =: ffl, adv. exactly, closely; na — , to sec exactly,
thoroughly.

fflfiii, V. frequent form of ffi, to swell, to swell every where
and very much; to have the dropsy.

fQhe, n. burial-place; Ad. pumhe, n.

fukofuko = hikohiko, natural sound, n. hiccough; — fele,
he has the hiccough.

fula, V. (Ot. fira) =-• fila and fila. Ad. th. s., old pronun-
ciation; to be blind; sometimes combined with hinmei,
hinmoii fula, to be blind; v. a. to blind; fula hlhmeii,
to blind the eyes; inf. fulamo (the lit. signification is:
to be overspun).

fulafo, pi. fulafoi (Ot. onifiraifo), n. a blind man ; s. filafo, n.

fulamo = Glamo, n. blindness.

fulo, n. glutton.

fulu, n: a kind of fever, nervous fever; comp. fel, asra,
atridi, n.

fumama, n. burial-cloth.

fumo, n. being luxurious, s. fu; swelling, dropsy, clyster.

futa, inf. futamo, v. to stir = lota; mitsine no futami (or
lotami), 1 have stomach-ache, inclination to vomit.

futa (Ot. fita), and

futdfuta, futafutafuta, adj. and adv. white, very white; ye
futa, ye futafiita, to be very white; eyeA futa, very white;
comp. ye, to be white; fit, fe, fell etc. futamo, n. stir-
rJng.

fafeftite — tSne flnlT. 83

futefute, adj. mixed? hie — , adverbially used: early at
twilight = hie mdtSmStd, dsetSereno etc.

futu, y. iof. futumo, to mix; comp. also batu.

futu mli, v. to mix into; inf. mlifutumg.

fiitufutu, n. mixture, confusion ; adv. promiscue, confusedly,
pell-mell.

futufutumei, pi. n. mixed people.

futufutunii, pi. n. mixed things.

futulo, n. mixer.

futumo, n. mixing; mixture.

fuwe, n. burial-house.

fuyei, pi. n. burial -women; women attending a funeral;
jllacjemetber.

S has been chosen as the seventh letter of the Al-
phabet for the peculiar sound given it by the natives,
between f and §, s. § 2. Formerly we expressed it
with su; sometimes it changes with f and sometimes
with s.

fa, V. to blame; to twin, twist (cord on the lap; comp.
nygne, v.).

f§, y. inf. fdmo; to scatter, to sprinkle, to water; Nyonmo
fd, to drizzle; to comb; to conjure; the principal com-
binations are: gbe-fS, v. to scatter (v. a. and n.), ame-
gbe amef^ they scattered themselves; egbe ame efd, he
scattered them, fl m. k., y.

fa be, y. to repent of s. th., to be sorry; mifl mihe ye
neke sane hewQ, I repent this matter; efa ehe ye ehe
esai le ahewo, he repents his sins; inf. hefamo; prs. n.
hefalo.

fH no, v. to water, moisten, sprinkle, wet; noiSmo.

fS ng nu, v. th. s.

th yi, y. to comb the hair; comp. gba yi; inf. yitilmQ.

fd-fd n. k. no, y. to boast with s. th., s. fd, v.

fd moko yi no, v. to boast against; to conjure against s. b.,
inf. yinofdmo, yingfd.

falo, n. scatterer.

fdmo, n. scattering, watering, wetting, moistening, sprink-
ling; s. fa and fSmg, v.

fafafa = fififi, ady. hurriedly.

fdne, n. midday, noon; ofd pronunciation: fande; Adh.
piane; Ot. awyia, n.

fine finti, n. high noon, exact noon, hottest fart ot il^e. 4.%.^«

76 to ketid -^ fo m« k. yi ba.

fo ketia, y. (Ot. tya tyetia) to circumcise (lit. to cut short) ;
inf. ketiafo; circumcision is generally practised among the
GS-, but not among the Otyi- people (s. folg). It is
performed as with the Mahomedans from whom the cu-
stom may derive (Comp. Gen. 17, 25.), by a certain
person (not a priest) when the boys are about 12 — 14
years of age; the act does not seem to bear a religious
character. Of circumcision of females as is customary in
Abessinia and has been said to be in use also in these
parts, nothing seems to be known here, though G3-girls
do not like to marry uncircumcised natives, s. folo, n.

fo kpilio, V. inf. kpitiofo, and

fo kuku, V. inf. kukufo*, to cut short, to shorten, f. i. a
way, a speech, a time; Aq kukudSi, pi. form of the
former, to cut into pieces.

fo mli, V. n. to weep inwardly; to grudge; to pass over;
to be too much; f. i. Asantemei awgnu ifid, §i to efo
mli t§d, the soup of the Asantis is tastful, but there
is too much salt in it; fo mli, pi. Aq mli, to cut asun-
der, in two; mlifd, mlifomo, mliflomo.

fo moko, V. to weep for somebody.

fo m. k. na, flo m. k. na, inf. nafo, naflomo, v. to de-
nounce; miflo ona ma hS onyontso, I denounce thee to
thy master. This act is considered by the natives most
hateful, even if duty requires it.

fo S6, V. to make to cease, s. se fo.

fo Si, V. to go about, especially in procession, as it is cu-
stom of the natives at their plays, dances, weddings,
funerals and other customs; inf. sifo; pers. n. Sifolo.

fo tako mli, lit. to cut the pad asunder, to cause a sepa-
ration between relations, friends etc. inf. takomlifo.

fo ten, Aq ten, v. to cut in the midst, asunder, s. fo mli;
to insert, put between; inf. tehfo, ateAfo, atenflomo.

fo m. k. wiemgA, v. to address one during his speaking
with another person, to interrupt.

fo yafonu, yafonui, v. to weep tears.

fo m. k. yi ba, lit. to cut the leaf of one's head or price,
s. yi; V. to buy one entirely as a slave, not only take
him as a bond or in pawn; in the former case the per-
son becomes a member of his owner's family for life and
death, calls him father and is called child (son or
daughter), and the owner is answerable for his behavi-
our, debts etc.; in the latter case the bond -person is
4^n}j a »uret^ and the person who has given him, is

to = fosc t— to nii ahe. 77

answerable for him (s. awoba); wherefore bond -people
are often worse off, than slaves. The word or phrase
nfo yi ba" refers to a custom (of cutting a leaf asunder
over the head, of a person bought; inf. yibafO; prs. n.
yibafolQ.

fo = fgse and fote, y. to pour out.

fO = yafo and fomo, n. weeping.

fo, ofo, n. a kind of black monkies, the skins of which
are merchandise.

fo, V. inf. fo, fomo, prs. n. folo; to be wet (Ot. fow),
to wetten; to wash f. i. cloth; face and hands or feet
(s: d§u, and dSale, wu, tSumo, v.); to beget (Ot. wo);
to bear, bring forth children, young ones (of animals),,
to produce etc. fo m. k., to beget, bear s. b., but also
to midwife (folo, yo folo, n. a midwife; fomo, n. wid-
wifery). Combinations; ke m. k. fo hi, to beget a child
with s. b., a decent expression; f. i. „Okele alb bii
nyonma ko enyo!"* »Mayes thou beget 12 children
with her (or him)!^ A common wedding salutation or
wish. „Mikele fo bii nyoAma,'' „I begot 10 children
with her" (my wife). These expressions and many si-
milar plain ones (comp. musuAbi) are used not only be-
cause it is a great honour, as under the Old Testament,
to have many children; but especially, because young
relations, slaves etc. are also called children and on ac-
count of polygamy.

fo atade he, v. to wash cloth; atadehefomo, prs. n. atade-
hefplo.

fo hi, V. to bring forth or beget a child; inf. bifomo, bii-
afomo; prs. n. bifolo, biiafolo, parent; comp. folo, bii-
anye, biiatSo; awo; yofoyo, n.

fo bobolT, V. to be very wet; s. bobolT.

fo dan, V. to wash the (inside of the) mouth.

fo dg, V. to wash the hands.

fo n. k. femo , v. to be accustomed to do s. th.

fo he, V. inf. hefomo, to wash; fo nii ahe, to wash cloth;
niiahefomo; washing; niiahefolo, n. washer.

fo hie, V. to wash the face; witty expression, to drink too-
much; inf. hiefomo.

fo mli, V. to wash the inside, to cleanse (f. i. glasses,
pots etc. with water); fo mli! wash it; inf. mlifomo*

fo nm§fi, V. to bear sons and daughters alternately; inf.
nmafifomo.

fo nii ahe, v. to wash cloth; s. fg he.

86 6a — GSibu.

Ga, n. ring.

tia, pr. n. of Akra or Jamestown ; of the people, language
and land between the rivers Volta in the east, Sakumo
fio in the west, and the sea in the south and the
Akwapim- mountains in the north, of the Gold -coast,
Western Africa; in Ot. „S'krafi" (wandering ants), of
which the Portuguese fonned „Akra''. The people are
an industrious and powerful tribe, well grown, of a some-
what reddish - dark colour and good mental and bodily
abilities; Ihejr reckon the AAwala-, Ayigbe-, Agotim-,
AkwSmu-, Akwapim- and Akyem- tribes to their army,
all haying one common chief, hitherto the chief of Dutch
Akra or Kinkd (s. this). The Gft-language, spoken by
about 100000 — 120000 souls, is divided into two
principal dialects, sc. Gfi-akpa (Gd proper), spoken by
the people betwixt the sea and Akyem and Akwapim
along the coast from Akra or Jamestown to Tema, by
about 40000 souls and the Adflnme (AdS-gbe, language
of Add) by the rest of 60—80,000. The latter consists
of several dialects and is purer and less mixed, but also
less developed, than the Gd proper. Some tribes of
both dialects have emigrated beyond the river Volta, the
Agotim-people, speaking Adanme from about NuAo, and
the Popo- people, partly still speaking 6ft proper from
Gft, KInkft, Osu etc« The country forms a plain and is
watered by a few small continual brooks. It is divided
inlo two difSerent parts, sc. the coast with it& seatowns
and the dry grass-plain or savanna, 5 — 10 miles broad
along the sea and the fertile bush along the Akwapim-
mountaina with its many villages and plantations. In the
S. E. of the latter part are situated the mountains Sai
(or Siai), Osudoku, Asadi^ale (or NoiyO Noya), Krobo
and Yogftgl, all foremountains of the Akwapim -chain,
the first four each containing the principal towns or
town of the tribes of the same name. Seven cities on
the west -bank of the Volta, from Agrafe in the south
to Bato in the north, speak the Ayigbe language.

ga, adv. staringly, immoveably; ekwe Awei gft, he looked
up staringly.

'gd, agd, n. a kind of grasshopper; a small animalcule; adv.
with neg. voice: nothing.

UM), pi n. -= Gftmei, Akra-people.

gabogabo — gba kd. 87

gabogabo, adj. deep, furrowed (man's face f. i., or some
kinds of cloth) = vOvO, a^j.

gadsa, adj. large, broad, great; nabu gadSa, a large broad
mouth.

gaflo, n. dan. fork.

gigd, n. a large black ant. •

gKgd, adj. Adn. long, high, = kakadafi in Gl

gal, n, bow, arrow; ts6 ga!, to shoot an arrow; sting (tSS,
to sting).

gaikpS, n. bowstring.

gaimlibi, n. arrow.

galtselo, n. archer.

galtsemg, n. arrow-shooting.

gaitso, n. bow.

gSlSi, gl3, n. a kind of reed or rush.

galitso, n. spear; s. akplg.

galo, n. (europ. word) gold-border; gold-lace.

GSjo^yo, pi. Gflhl, masc. n. Gd-man, Akra-man.

GSnyo, pi. GSmei, com. n. GS-man, Akra-man, -person;
pL Ga- or Akra-people; s. also: Gdbii, n.

G^tsemei, pi. n. == GSmei, GSbii, Akrapeople.

Gdyo, pi. Gayei, n. Gd-woman.

gba, inf. gba, gbale> gbamo; pi. gbla, inf. gblamo, n. and
act. v. to divide (= dSa, Ot. pai); to saw, to rend;
to strike, to smite; to cast lots; to distinguish, to re-
late, to declare (s. dsadse), to talk; to prophesy, to
soothsay (but comp. kra), to indicate; to cease = fd;
to get sour, to ferment (s. also kpa); prs., n. gbalo,
gblalg. Principal combinations: he gba, he gbla, y. to
hurl one's self; to be divided, rent about the body or
outside; mli gba, — gbla, v. to be divided inside, inf.
mligbamg, mligblamo; na gba, v. to be divided at the
end, etc.

gba afofro, v. to shoot out blossoms, to blossom; inf. afofro-

gbamo.
gba ahwSnya, v. th. s. said of maize; inf. ahw^nyagbamo. ~
gba dan, v. to rend the mouth.

gba enyo = gba mli enyo and gbla enyo, v. to rend in two«
gba fa, and
gba futa, v. to be whit« for harvest (used of maize) == ye

fu, futa, fufa etc.
gba m. k. hie md, v. to strike s. b. in the face,
gba ko = hQ adeda, v. to cut the bush for making a plaa-

tation; inf. kogba, prs. n. kogbalQ.

88 gba m5 — gbatSil.

gba mS, obj. pi. gbia mai, y. to give one a stroke yfi\h.

the palm of the hand; inf. mdgbamo and maigblamo.
gba mil, pi. gbla mli, y. to diyide, to confess; -.- enyo, to

divide, split in two; - - kpo to confess; inf. mligbamo,

mligblamo; = mlidsa.
gba na (lit. to rend one's mouth), v. to trouble, esp. with

words; to grieve; gba he na, y. to trouble one's self;

inf. nagbamo, henagbamo.
gba, = bum, int. and adv. with one stroke, s. gbo and gbu.
gba ta, n. to put into battle-array,
gba te, v. to break stones, to quarrj.
gba yi, v. to divide the hair; yigba.
gba, n. division; s. gbamo and gblamo; prophesy, telling;

s. gbale, sanegba etc.
gba, n. Ad. = abono, barn and akpa, s. this,
gba I interj. indeed! adv. still, really, truly, however etc. =

kg, adv.
gba and gbla or gbala, y. inf. gba, gbld, gbala; to marry

(only used of the woman, comp. kpe and wye), to take

a husband; egba no or egbla no, she has taken a hus-
band; to live with a man (unlawfully), comp. wye, v.

and fe, v.
gba, n. marriage, matrimony; s. gbla and wye, n.
gba, n. a kind of large seadlsh; gbanSaia, gbansla, th. s.

dried (lit. stinking „gba'').
gbadsa, n. a leather girdle of the natives containing their

cartridges; girdle,
gbala, s. gbla.

gbala, s. gbla.

gbale, V. to turn in somewhere (from the way, journey),

to arrive, s. where; to happen; ene akagbaleo! may this

not happen to thee! Adn. kpale, y.
gbale mli, v. to part, divide,
gbale, n. prophesy, soothsaying; s. gba, v.; relating of a

story, s. sanegba, n.
gbalo, n. prophet; soothsayer, s. kramo, okomfo; teller of

a story; imprs. crack, chink = kan, n.
gbdmi, s. agbfimi, n. fig.
gbamu, s. agbamu, n. fruit of cactus,
gbamo, n. division, s. gblamo and gba, v.
gbanteng == gwantgft (Ot. the same), n. sheep, s. lo; to-

gbanteng, toaboti^.
gbat§u, n. a fetish-house, in which the soothsayers have

their business (soothi»aying-room).

gbe — gbe Si. 89

gbe, v. inf. gbe and gbemo, to fall, ~ n^yo, t. a. andn.;
to kill (inf. gbe and gbele), to murder, to slaughter;
to quench; to strike, beat, flog; Ad. th. s. to strike out;
ke-gbe, v. a. to fall, to cast down; gbe nii, t. jocose
expression : to eat, devour s. th., to drink hastily' ; comp.
fe, fe ase in Otyi.

gbe dan, v. to kill the mouth, 1. e. to make it tasteless;
to stop the mouth, to make ashamed to speak; inf. dan-
gbe, dangbele; comp. dan gbo, y.

gbe he guQ, v. to kill the trade, i. e. to despise, inf. he-
guQgbe, -guQgbele; comp. he guo gbo, gbe hie; hie
gbo etc.

gbe he, v. to kill one's self, egbe ehe, he killed himself
= egbe edsen na; inf. hegbe, hegbele.

gbe m. k. he guQ (s. gbe gug)^ y. to kill one's trade, to
despise one; inf. heguggbe, heguogbele; prs. n. heguo-
gbelQ.

gbe hie, y. to meet face to face (comp. kpe); to come
into close conflict; to banquet, to be in merry company
together eating and drinking and making merry; to des-
pise = gbe guo, gbe he guo (lit. kill the face, comp.
hie gbo), to make ashamed; egbe raihie, he made me
ashamed; inf. hiegble, hiegbele, hingble; hiegbe.

gbe la, y. to quench the fire; comp. la gbo, y.

gbe mli, y. to fall in, to fall into; egbe bu len, he fell
into the pit; inf. mligbemo.

gbe na, y. (to kill the mouth, to finish the end) , to finish,
to accomplish; egbe eniitsumo le na, he finished his
work; to make ready; agbe na, it is ready; inf. nagbe.
Ad. gbe nya, y.

gbe moko nSid§ian, y. to fall before one's feet for suppli-
cation, adoration or prayer;

gbe m. k. nddSiaSi, th. s. inf. nad§iangbemo, n&dSiaSigbemo.

gbe nii, y. to eat much, to deyour; to smooth.

gbe nma, y. to thrash country -wheat (s. nma); comp.

gble, y.; to eat much, s. gbe nii, y.
gbe no, y. to fall on or upon; inf. nogbemo.

gbe m. k. no, y. to fall upon s. b.; to attack, to surprise,
to overtake; inf. nogbemo; but compare also tua and
nina, v.; h€, y.; ti m. k. si, v.

gbe si^ y. to fall down; to cast down, also ke m. k.
or n. k. gbe si, to cast s. b. or s. th. down; — to fall
short, to loose (in trading) etc. inf, §igbemQ«

90 gbe la — gbe.

gbe ta, gbe ta no, v. to finish (he war, to conquer, to gain
the victory; inf. tagbe, tanagbe; comp. ye no, ye k5-
nim, V.

gbe yi, t. to fill up, to make up a certain sum of money;
egbe daleiohd le yi, he made up the hundred dollars;
inf. yigbe.

gbg, n. killing, slaughtering; murder; see gbele and awui-
\eli; falling, fall; coihp. gbemo and §igbemQ.

gbe, gbei. Ad. gbl and gbe, Ot. ne, n. ybice; gbe wa,
strong, loud voice; egbe esa, his voice is harsh; sound;
yiord ; language, = wiemo (in Adanme gbl is aluvays used
so), nu m. k. gbe, bo m. k. gbe toi, v. to obey s. b.
(comp. hip in Hebr.); gbeiaA Ame kpo, v. to be hemmed
in the voice (lit. to have a knot in the voice).

gbe, n. dog, =: Sifulo; a kind of harmless sickness of the
skin (called red dogs by Europeans at the coast), comp.
gbe, gbei, n.

gbe, V. inf. gbemo; to sound, to crash, to crow; Adn.
kpd, V.

gbe, V. inf. gbg; to dissolve, to scatter (n. and act.), to
spread, to be in disorder (of hair, thread etc.); gbe-
fd, th. s. , amegbo amefS, they spread out, they scattered
themselves; mlgbeame maf9, 1 will spread them out; 1
will scatter them; gbe yin, v. to dishevel the hair; inf.
yingbe.

gbe, n. spreading, dissolution; disorder of hair, thread etc.

gbe, V. pot, waterpot made by the natives; comp. kukwei»
kulo, botoku etc. Ad. hue, n.

gbe, n. way (Ad. bio, Ot. kwan); used as in other lan-
guages in the most extensive manner; the principal signi-
fication and combinations are: Opportunity, custom, man-
ner; access, allowance, liberty, power (comp. h^gbe) etc.;
it is adverbially used = ward, wards, as: biegbe, hither-
ward; dseigbe, thiterward; hiegbe, forward, on; segbe»
backward; nsongbe, seaward, i. e. southward (comp. D^
in Hebr. =: west), s. also ninedSiirdgbe; koyigbe, bush-
ward, i. e. northward; yitengbe, (headway) westward,
windward; anaigbe, th. s.; n&dsiaSigbe (feetward), east-
ward, leeward; bokSgbe, th. s. Combinations with verbs
are also very frequent, as: DQ gbe, v. to loose the way,
to err; fa gbe, ko gbe and yi gbe, to take a way, to
enter a journey; nyle gbe, to journey, to travel; d§e
gbe and dSie ^e, to open, make, prepare a way; to
accompany on the way; hd gbe and Ame gbe to give

gbe — gbei. 91

way, allowance, liberty; to allow; tsi gbe, to stop the
way, to hinder; wo gbe, to dispatch one; na gbe or na
hegbe, to haye allowance; tSd gbe, to show the way;
kwe m. k. or noko gbe, to expect s. b. or s. th. Comp.
the iniinitive or nominal impers. nouns and the prs. nouns
of these combinations in the sequel. The regular pi. is :
gbei, but gbedsi in the phrase: to gbedSiano, to order.

gbS, gb^i, n. a kind of itches, s. gbe, n.

gbe, ady. much, yery much = gbogbOgbo.

gbebimo, n. asldng the way, allowance.

gbede, y. to be weak; inf. gbedemg.

gbede, gbedegbede, adj. and ady. weak, weakly; fe — ,
to be weak.

gbedefelo, n. weak person.

gbedefemQ, n. weakness.

gbedelQ = gbedefelo.

gbedemg = gbedefemg.

gbedse, n. waymaking; = gbedsiemg, n.

gbedselg^ n. waymaker.

gbedsegbe (Ot. and also used in Gd, tempon), n. head-
way, highway, highroad ; s. also okponogbe.

gbedsianoto, n. ordering, order.

gbedsiangtolo, n. orderer.

gbedSielo, n. way-maker, -cleanser etc. companion.

gbfidsiemo, n. making, preparing, cleansing of a way; ac-
companying on the way; = gbed§6, n.

gbedD, n. loosing of the way; wandering (s. tSomlo), erring.

'gbeena, agbeena = gbiena, n. first rainy season.

gbef^, n. entering upon a journey; departure, parting, set-
ting off; s. gbeyimo.

gbefS, gbeM (s. fS, afH), n. part; proper part; due, duty;
right; accordance; comp. also gbena.

gbeh^Ufng, n. allowance; liberty.

gbehe, n. place, way, point etc. comp. he and gbe.

gbehenmon, n. dog-louse, i. e. flea, because it is here only
at the dogs; s. Igpo, n.

gbeiy pi* nonn; ways; the testicles; name; in this latter
signification, which is most extensiyely used, it is some-
times treated as a plur., f. i. ye egbei ang, in his name,
sometimes also as a singular; hi m. k. gbei, wo m. k.
gbei, to giye a name to s. b., to call him; but: tSg
m. k. gbei, to call s. body by the name; hi m. k. gbei,
or hi m. k. gbei asi, to ask some body's name, — after
8« b. name; fe — , to make a name, to miake &. bv ^t

92 gbeihamo — gbekebe.

renown (comp. nv/ and D^' ni$^]/ in Hebr.) ; nd m. k.

gbei wo m. k., to call s. b. by s. body's name; ye
gbei, v. to have a (great) name, to be of renonn;
etc. etc.
gbeihSmo, gbeiahSjng, n. namegiring = gbeiwo.

gbeiwo, n. Ih. s,

gbekS, pi. gbekebii, m. gbekSnu, pi. gbek§bihl; f. gbekSyo,
pi. gbekebiyei, n. child; young person (esp. from 3 — 15
years, but also under and above that age, comp. gbekS-
abifao, — fufoo; and oblanyo, oblayo); younger person
of any age (s. onukpa), f. i. none dsi onukpa, si moko
le dsi gbeke, this one is older and the other one is
younger; mibi gbeke, my younger or youngest child;
minyemi gbeke, my younger brother or sister (= miseo);
sometimes the word is also applied to higher classes of
animals.

gbeke-abifao, n. a young child, babe.

gbeke-fufoo, n. a suckling babe.

gbekebii, pi. n. the young folk, youth (bie 3u6^itb)» young
people.

gbek6biiamad9, lit. children's plantains, Ot. mmofrabrode,
n. th. s. a plant = bayisdi, n.

gbek^biianiitSumg, n. childrens' business; business carelessly
done.

gbekebiiand, pi. -anii, n. childish thing; thing pertaining to
a child.

gbekSbiiasane, n. childrens' palawer, matter of little impor-
tance (s. onukpa).

gbek^biiasi, n. youth, childhood.

gbek§biiatsdmQ, n. teaching of children.

gbekSbiiatsu, n. children's room.

gbek^lakamo, n. silencing or quieting of a child.

gbekele, n. nursing ota child.

gbekglelQ, n. child's-nurse.

gbekSnd, n. some thing of a child.

gbekesa, n. child'sbed.

gbekSsatso, n. childs bedstead; cradle.

gbekdsu, n. childs behaviour,

gbekSwomg, n. carrying of a child.

gbekSyO, pi. -yei, n. female child; little girl.

gbeke (Ad. gbokwe), n. even, evening; adverbially used:
in the erening.

gbekebe, n. evening time.

gbekenaSi — gbemohe. 93

gbekenasi, n. late evening, adv. late in the evening,
gbel^end, pi. -nii, n. something of the evening,
gbekeniiyenii, pi. n. suj^er.
gbel^eniitsumg, n. evenitig-business.

gbel^esane, n. evening-palawer.

gbekOKHQ, n. entering upon a journey; departure; setting
off; = gbefS and gbeyimo, n.

gbekpamo, n. going to meet one, fr. kpa gbe.

gbekp9mo, n. harmony, union.

gbekwelo, n, expectator.

gbekwemo, n. expectation, hope; s. me and hie kftno, v.

gbeladsemo, n. loosing the way; = gbeda.

gbele, adv. Ad. = pgn in Ot. and Gd, ever, at any time;
gble, th. s.

gbele, gble, n. death (comp. gbo, to die and gbe, to kill),
dying, killing, expiring, extirpation, ineffectiveness etc.;
s. also gbonyo. With the signification = death the word
is as extensively and variously used and also personally
as in the Semitic and Japhetic languages (comp. owu in
Otyi). Death is said to be the first person created by
God. A few combinations are: na gbele, to see death;
sa gbele, to be worthy of death, inf. gbelesale; sa na
gbele, V. to taste death; se gbele gbeye, to fear death;
hie-gbele, hiegble, higble, n. lit. death of the face, i. e.
shame, s. h!e gbo and gbe hie, v. Ad. gbend and gbe-
gbe, n.

gb^le, V. s. gble; to open.

gbelebe, n. time of death; mokomoko lee egbelebe, nobody
knows the time of his death.

gbelefo, n. death-fat, a plant.

gbelegbeyesemo, n. fear of death.

gbelehela, n. deadly sickness, mortal sickness.

gbelekakra, n. collar-bone; (S^Iflffelbcin.

gbelesa, n. dead-bed.

gbelesale, n. deathworthiness.

gbelesane, n. criminal, deathly palawer.

gbelese, n. time or state after death.

gbeleSemo, n. = gbelegbeyeSemo.

gbelesisi, n. reason, cause of death.

gbgle, s. gble, V. to grind.

gbelQ, n. slaughterer, murderer.

gbemi, n. (obscene, but less than so), vagina.

gbemo, n. fall, falling.

gbemQbe, n. a dangerous (^falling'* -) fUe^*

94 gbemo — gkeye.

gbeino» n. sounding; sound, noioe, crass etc.

gbemond, n. a kind of preserved fish, rotten and mashed.

gbemond, n. sounding instrument! <

gbemo-okadi, gbemokadi, n. letter; note.

gbena, n. end, side of the way (s. gbetoi); part, right,
privilege; due, duty; wages, payment, punishment, =
gbefSn, n.

gbenanii, pi. n. things due or right.

gbehme, n. = gbehSmo, way giving, allowance.

gbenyielo, n. traveller.

gbenylemo, n. travelling, journey.

gbenylemQ-atade, n. travelling-dress.

gbenyiemond, pi. -nii, n. any thing used in travelling.

gbenyiemotso, n. travelling-stick.

gbese, n. a kind of red ants, which are very fond of sweet
things, espec. sugar; and live on trees, esp. on coffee-
trees; Ot. ahoho.

gbe§i, n. the inward voice, whether bad or good, there-
fore not fit to represent the word conscience properly
(comp. kla, n. and heniile, n.).

gbese ) n. backside, outside; menstruous courses of women,
because they must on such occasions leave the house
and go to a separate place, s. tsuse, th. s ; ya gbese,
to have the menstr. conrses; adv. aside, outside.

gbeseya, n. the monthly courses, catamenia.

gbesolo, n. potter, s. s6 gbe.

gbeso, n» potters work.

gbeten, n. middle of the way, halfway; adv. in the way.

gbetoi, n. lit. way-ears, wayside.

gbetseli, n. corn-stick, stick of maize.

gbet§l and gbetSimg, n. stopping of the way, hinderance,
hindering.

gbetsilo, n. person hindering.

gbetsolo, n. one who shows the way, way-leader, guide;
s. tsd gbe.

gbetsomo, n. showing the way, way-leading, guiding.

gbewo, n. despatching, despatch, waymoney; s. sise, n.

gbewolo, n. dispatcher; person paying Che travelling ex-
penses.

gbeye, gbeyei, n. fear, awe, sublimity ; Ad. th. s. ye gbeye,
V. to be fearful, aweful, sublime, to impress with fear etc.;
se — , V. to fear, to be afraid, to respect; §e m.k. gbeye,
to fear, respect one (Ad. ye gbey6, th. s.); wo gbeye
and wo he gbeye, v. to frighten, to make afraid; to im-

t

gbeyesane — gbla na 8i. 95

press with awe; comp. fe, n. feto, f^femo; kpokpo, v.,
nminmi, n. etc.

gbeyesane, n. horrible, fearful, aweful story, matter, accident.

gbeycs^lo, n. coward; = feto.

gbeyes^mo, n. fear, awe, respect.

gbeyewO, n. frightening, overawing, threatening, hegbeyg-
wo, th. s.

gbey^wolo, n. a person who makes people afraid.

gbeyfiyem, n. Ad. = gbey^semo.

gbeyimo, n. = gbefS, gbekomo, n. entering upon a jour-
ney; departure, setting off.

gbeyilQ, n. person departing.

gbl, y. inf. gblmo, to be dry; to dry; to be ripe, to ripen
(of com etc., comp. tSu, ye etc.); also used of persons
in a satyrical way: egbi, he is dry, ripe, precocious;
shrewd.

gbl, n. Ad. = gbe, voice.

gbl, n. pi. gbii, day (Ad. ligbi, Ot. da) of twenty four
hours; but comp. the contrasts: (Sne, day; nyOn, night,
also: dsetseremo and dse namg, evening and morning;
day and night. Gbl is very frequently and extensively
used, f. i. gbii ete ne, lit. these three days, now, this
time some time; nmene dsi gbi ete ne> to day is the
third day, the day before yesterday, some time ago; gbl
ko and gbi ko le, adv. once, ever, one day; gbiko-
gbiko, adv. with, neg., never (comp. dabi, dabidabi in
Otyi, and ligbiQko in Ad.); te gbl ni dsi = te be n\ dsi?
when was it? what day was it?

'gbiena, agbiena, n. large rainy season, early rains, about
April — June.

gbfgbSle, adv. firmly.

gbimo, V. drying, ripening.

'gbin, egbin (fr. gbi, v.), pi. gbidsi, adj. dry, ripe.

gblio, n. appointment of a day; fr. to gbi, v.

gbla or gbkia, v. inf. gblamg; a kind of plural form of
gba, V. (s. this), to divide; to rend to pieces; to draw,
to withdraw; to drag; to dress gaily (perh. = to diver-
sify). Combinations s. under gba; mli gbla, v. to be
rent asunder; s. gbla mli; inf. of both: mligblamo; comp.
also: kpla, v.

gbla sao, v. to draw a saw.

gbla mli, v. a. to rend asunder, into pieces; - - enyo, - - in
two, inf. mligblamo.

gbla na si, inf. nasigblamg, v. to try to caleK m ^^^Akvck^.

90 gbla n. k. fie se — gble 8e.

gbla n. k. fie se, v. to drag after.

gbla m. k. toi, v. to pull one's ear, to rhastize.

gbla nil, v. to cast the lot (according to Hanson).

gblalo, n. divider etc.

'gblama, agblama, n. lime.

gblamo, n. division; rending, rent; gay dressing, dress etc.

gbla, gblilS, n. marriage, matrimony, married state of women;
comp. gbS; wye; kpe, v.; kQ gbla, v. to commit adulter^'.

gbl§kulo, n. adulterer, adulteress.

gbldkuomo, n. adultery; s. ayefare, n.

gblanii, pi. n. things given to a girl and her family in the
time of marriage; things pertaining to marriage.

gblSnd, n. singular of the former; any thing pertaining to
marriage.

gbl9sane, pi. -sddsi, n. marriage-palaver.

gblayO, yogbSyo, n. married woman.

gble or gb^le, v. (Ot. and Ad. hue; comp. also pue in 01.
and Ga and gbu in GS), inf. gblemo, to open (f. i. a
door, a box, any thing shut; comp. fSne, fana); gblemo
§!na le! open the door J to take into use (= bule); he
gble, inf. hegblemo, to be open at the outside, s. gble
he; hte gble, v. n. to get daylight to be civilized, inf.
htegblemo, s. gble hte; mli gble, v. n. (the inside is
open) to open inwardly, inf. mligblemo, s. gble mli; na
gble, V. n. to be openmouthed, to be open at the open-
ing or door (s. na kS), inf. nagblemo, see: gble na;
no gble, V. n. to have an open surface, inf. nggblemo,
s. gble uq; se gble, v. n. to be open at the back, inf.
segblemo, s. gble se; yiAgble (comp. yiilka), v. n. to
be openheaded, i. e. mad, comp. ye sieke, inf. yigblemo,
s. gble yin, v.

gble he, inf. hegblemo , v. a. to open the outside, to begin
common life again after mourning etc.

gble hie, v. a. to open the face, be friendly, inf. hlegble-
mo, s. hie gble, v.

gble mafi, v. to enter a town (in war).

gble mli, v. a. to open the inside, inf. mligblemo.

gble m5h, v. to force a fort, fortress.

gble na, v. n. to open the mouth, opening, door etc., inf.
nagblemo, s. na gble; gblemo na, open it!

gble no, inf. nogblemo, v. a. to open the surface, up-
wardly; s. no gble.

gble se, inf. segblemo, v. a. to open the backside, back-
ward!^; 8. sfi gble.

gble Uui — gbo. 07

gble tsui, V. a. inf. tSuigblcmo, to open the heart.

gble yi, v. a. inf. .yigblemo, to let ul; s. nd yi, v.

gble yii'i, V. to madden, to make mad.

gble = gb^le, n death.

gble and gbele, gblrmo, v. to grind roughly (f. i. nma,
wheat; able, corn etc.), 16 (brash; gble n. k. mlumlu,
y. a. to grind s. th. to dust.

gblelo, n. opener.

gblemo, n. opening.

gblelo, n. grinder, thrasher.

gblemo, n. grinding, thrashing.

gblemono, n. an instrument for opening.

gblemon5, n. a grinding, thrashing machine.

gbligbll, n. a kind of epilepsy; lunacy; ye — , v. to be
lunatic, inf. gblTgbllyeli, prs. n. gbligbHyelo.

gbllgblitsofd, n. medicine against lunacy.

gbllgblTyeli, n. lunacy.

gbligbllyelo, n. lunatic person.

gblo, n. a kind of thread used to ment nets.

gblo, plur. Y. fr. gbo, v. to smooth, to plane , to wash
(f. i. - dan, - - the mouth).

gblomo, n. smoothing, planing.

gbo, inf. gbo or irreg. gbele, s. this (seldom gbomo), pi.
ghoi, inf. gboimo, v. to die (comp. gbe, v. a. to kill);
to become inefTective, powerless, tasteless; to go out, to
end, exspire, die away, fade, to be effaced, spent etc.
to be done, fully ground, clean, fully smashed; comp.
C((iX, ffetn, adv. tsof3 gboko, the medicine is not yet
fully ground. The principal combinations of this very
frequently and multifariously used verb are: da or daA
gbo, v. n. inf. dahgbo, dahgb^le, to be tastless (of per-
sons), to have a tastless mouth, s. gbe dan, v.; he gbo,
V. n. to be without feeling at the outside, inf. hegbele,
hegbo; hie gbo, v. n. to have a dead face, i. e. to be
ashamed, inf. hicgbo and hiegbele, higble; ke owekunyo
gbo Ic, ogboo; si ke ehle gbo le, ohie egbo, if thy re-
lation died, thou doest not die, but if he was ashamed
(his face died), thou hast been ashamed (thy face has
died); comp. gbe hie; hie fie si; mli gbO, v. n. to be
inwardly dead etc., inf. mligbo, mligbele; na gbo, v. n.
to have a dead mouth or be without sharpness or taste;
f. i. kakia le na glo, the (mouth of the) knife is not
sharp (ftumpf); ngo le na gbo, the salt has lost its sa-
.vour; toi gbo, v. n. to be dead-eared, disobedient =

Zimmcrinannj Akra-Vocab. *t

98 gbo toi — gbodSo.

gbo toi, th. same, inf. toigbo, toigbele; comp. toi sa;
bo toi, etc. etc. Sometimes such grammatical subjects
are put behiud the verb nvith a kind of absolute objec-
tive signification; f. i gbo toi (= toi gbo), v. n. to be
dead respecting the ear, gbo hie etc.

gbo toi = toi gbo, inf. toigbele and toigbo, y. to be dis-
obedient.

Ogbo, pr. n. thou diedst, s. gbobalo.

gbo, n. dying; gbO dsi ni ogbo! dying thou shalt die!
(Hebr. niD^ PllD) gbO ke ogbo! gbO ogbo! th. s. pi.

gboimo nyeagboi, dying ye shall die! plur. form.

gbo, n. the second or small rainy season, the latter rains
from September or October to December. Comp. Aha-
abata and agbiena, n.

gbo, adv. and int. = bum, gba, gbu, with one stroke;
egbe si gb6, he fell down, plump! adv. however, still,
completely etc.

'gbo, agbo, n. gate; — na, place before the gate, adv.
outside; „€m xaig xh)Qaig;^' at the door, gate.

'gbo, agbo, adj. mighty, powerful, great.

gbo, V. n. gbo and gbole, to be old; infirm, weak, decayed;
to be frequent; comp. bo, bu, wu he; v. a. to smooth,
to plane, pi. gblo, inf. gblomo.

gbo, pi. gboi, n. stranger, foreigner (accord, to Hanson:
„mokpon"), guest; fe m. k. gbo, v. to show hospitality
to s. b.; comp. ke m. ye egbo = ke m. k. bo, to be-
come or be one with s. b. ; s. fe ekome, bg nanyo etc.
Ad. kp9, n.

gbo yi, v. to plait the hair.

gbobalo, n. lit. deathcomer,^ i. e. a child born after an other
who died, which is supposed to be born again (s. bla).
Many curious cermonies are made with such, their faces
are cut, they are put into an oven, dragged in the street
till some body takes them up etc. and peculiar names
are given to them, as: Ogbo or (Ot.) Owu, thou diedst;
Abiata, Alema, Abebio (come again) etc.

gbobi, inf. gbobimo, v. to hunt; used of men and animals,
f. i. leopards, dogs, cats (siagbglo, s. this); comp. mi, v.
to hunt with dogs.

gbobilo, gbolo, n. hunter.

gbobimo, n. hunting, s. mile.

gbodso (8- gbo); V. to become weak, to be weakened; ehe
gboisQ, he is weak; to be sick of the palsy; to be laid

gbodSoIo — gbomodSulo. 99

up with the gout; inf gbodsorao. See gbede, kftmo,

vi etc.
gbodSolo, n. a person sick with the palsy; a weak person.
gbodsQmo, n. weakness = gbedemo; palsy = kDomo.
gbodsornQtsod, n. medicine against palsy,
gbodsui, n. a kind of antelopes; s. odabo and odabote, th. s.
gbofelo, n. hospitable person,
gbofemo, n. hospitality; fr. fe gbo, v.
gbogbOgbo, adv. very much,
gbogbo, n. wall; SBanb, SWauer.
gbogbotfa, n. wall-building, i. e. mason work; ele — , he is

a mason,
gbogbotfalo, n. mason. S. fatolo, n.

Gbogbolulu, pr. n. of a village on the road from Osu to

Krobo.
gbohi, pi. of gbonyo; the dead,
gbohiadse, -d§en, n. the world of the dead, supposed to

be situated on the islands of and beyond the river Volta;

hades; Ot. asaman.
gbohiafu, n. burial,
gbohlafuhe, n. burial place.

gbohiagbe, n. the way of the dead, the milky way.
gbohiau = gbohi amli, in or among the dead,
gbohiano, pi. -nii, n. s. th. appertaining to dead persons,
gboiatohe, n. lodge for strangers, inn, hotel,
gboiatolo, n. a person lodging strangers; inn-keeper, host,
gboimo, n. dying (ba6 ©tcrbcn l)on JBiclen); infinitii&e n.

of the pi. verb: gboi, s. gbo, v.
gbole, n. old age, weakness; s. gbo, v.

gbolo == gbobilo, n. hunter.

gbolo, n. an old, weak person.

gbomo, he, v. to warm one's self, inf. hegbomQ.

gl)omo, pi. gbomei; n. man (perhaps mortal person, s.
gbo, to die and mo, pi. mei, person); person, there-
fore also used of God, angels, but this should perhaps
be discountenanced and only „mo" used. Sometimes it
> is applied to superior kinds of animals. Comp. also :
adesd, mo, etc. Ol. onipa; Ad. nomlo, nd, n. Ay. ame, n.

gbomoban, n. human kind, mankind, human nature.

gbomodsen, n. human existence, being, character etc>, s.
dse, dsen, n.

gbomodsa, D. men-stealing.

gbomodsulo, n. men-stealer, s. odsotfalQ, u.

1^

100 gbomogbe — gbotSui.

gbomogbe, n. murder, manslaughter; s. gbe, v. and aivui-
yeli, n.

gbomogbelo, n. murderer.

gbomobi, n. child of man; SKenf^^enfinb; SWenfcfienfo^n.

gbomohen5, n. kind of men.

gbomohdlQ, n. slave-dealer.

gbomosii,n. shape, form, character of men, s. su; bah, dsefi, n.

gbomotso, pi. -tsei, n. body (of man); comp. kanetSo, sa-
tso etc.; Ad. nomlotso, Ot. onipadua, n.

gbomotsomo, n. incarnation, becoming man.

gbomo, V. to decrease (f. i. water), comp. gbo, v.

gbofi, n. joint of the body, hip.

gbonyo, pi. gbohl, n. dead person; corps; dead body of
any kind; carcass; the word is used appositively like an
adjective to indicate any thing dead, rotten, useless etc.
f. i. kakla gbonyo, a knife which is not sharp; fili gbo-
nyo, a carriage which does not go etc. s. gbo, v.

gbonyobi, n. posthumous (person).

gbonyobu, n. grave.

gbonyofu, n. burial.

gbonyofiihe, n. burial-place.

gbonyowomo, n. carrying of a corps.

gbonyowu, n. bone of a dead person.

gbonyoyitso, n. head of a dead person.

gbosi, n. leaving after death.

gbosinii, pi. n. things left by a person deceased, inheri-
tance; ye — , to inherit these things.

gboSiniiasane, n. palaver about inheritance.

gbosiniiyeli, n. inheriting, inheritance.

gbosiniiyelo, n. heir, s. wgfase.

gboto, n. reception, lodging of strangers.

gbotohe, s. gboiatohe.

gbotsui, n. a kind of antelopes;, an thill of the white anfs
or termites, about 5 — 8 feet high and exceedingly hard;
their form is piramidical. They contain inside a mass
of cells like a honey-comb, in the middle of which the
dwelling of their queen (fgteiatse'')* ^ found, consisting
of a hard piece of clay as large and twice as thick as
a man's hand, perforated for ingress and egress of the
labourers who feed her and carry her eggs away; she
herself, being of the size of a small finger and in shape
like a catterpillar, is immured in it (s. fote and fotetse).
All these heaps are considered as holy and for this reason
sometimes fenced in by an „aklabatSa*^ or holy fence.

gbowyci — gobigobi. idl

gbowyei, or

gbowyiei, n. a kind of pepper, strangers pepper; s. wyiei.

gboyeli, n. perhaps originally hospitabilitv , s. gbo; unity,

friendship; harmony; fr. ye egbo, v.
gboyO, pi. -yei, n. female siranger.
gbu, pi. gbulo, inf. gbO, gbulomo, v. to perforate, to stab,

to dig through = du; comp. Ad. hue, pue, bli; gbu, v.

and bu, n. boi, v. in G3
gbu and gbulgmo, n. perforating, stabbing,
gbu, adv. and int. = bum, gba, gbo, with one stroke,

plump! —
gbunO, gbulgmond, n. instrument for perforating, boring,

stitching etc.
gedse = gadsa, adj. large, broad,
gegege = dghdedSn, adj. and adv. hard, hardly; fe — , v.

to be — .
gegegefemQy n. hardness,
gegenu, agSgSnu, n. a kind of pap or thick beverage made

of bread, nvater and honey,
gefigengen, adv. *

ge-, -ge, s. dse-, -dse.
gi-, -gi, 8. dsi-, -dsi.

gidi, gidigidi, adj. and adv. unruly, wild, disorderly, distur-
bed = basabasa and bisibasd, giddy; ye — , v. and

fe — , V. to be unruly etc.
gidigidifelo, n. an unruly person,
gidigidifemo, n. unruly, unquiet slate; disorder, disturbance;

giddiness. '

gidigidiyelQ, n. = gidigidifelo.
gidigidiyeli, n. = gidigidifemQ.

giglntso, pi. -tsei, n. a stick to stir up food in cooking.
gigdnigig6 = gugdnigug6, n. a kind of grasshoppers,
gld =^ gSld, n. a kind of reed.
gli> V. to be hot; to be angry, in a rage, inf. glimo; s*

gri, th. s. and mli fCi, mli wo la, v. etc.
gligli, adj. very hot.
glili, grili, n. (SriQe, cricket.
glilo,.n. enraged person,
glimg, n. anger, rage; s. mlifu, mlila, n.
gO, V. to become stale by hard cooking,
gloft, adj. great, high; s. groft.

glo, adj. rough, unkind (perh. eur. word); s. grg, th. 8,
'go, s. ago! int.
gobigobi, adj. loquacious, = blgblg.

102 godsO — guo.

godsO, adj. and adv. high long; slender, -ly.

godsogodso, adj. and adv. th. s.

godsogl6go, adj. and adv. th. s.

goe, V. to extent, enlarge; get larger.

g5go, s. gfjgd.

gogomi, pi. -mii, n. worm, caterpillar; wo — , v. to be
or get wormy; to grow or produce worms. Comp. §iwo
and adudon, n.

goi, V. to belch.

goimo, n. belching.

golegu, n. Ad. thumb = gonti.

gon, n. pi. godsi, mount, mountain; hill; hill; Ad. yO, n.;
s. also kpon, n.

gonti, n. thumb.

gosigosi, adj. and adv. odd, strange, perplexed; oddly,
strangely; fe m. &. gosigoSi, to produce a strange fee-
ling; efeorai gosigosi, I feel very strange; he fe — , to
be in perplexity; yin fe — , v. th. s.

gosigosifemo, n. strange, odd feeling.

gro, n. dan. rough word; ehami gro wiemgi, he gave me
rough words.

gron, = gloft, adj. high, great; comp. also kwo, kwgn,
kwQnkwon and kronkron or konohkonon, in Otyi.

gu, V. inf. gQ, to forbid, to speak against, to gainsay*

gu. Ad. v., to turn.

gua or goa, n. (Ot. th. s.) the guiava-fruit.

guatso, pi. -tsei, n. the gukva-tree.

Gua, pr. n. of Cape Coast.

Guanyo, pi. Guamel, man from C. Coast; Cape-Coast-people.

gOfa or gulfa, n. (dan. gul farve) yellow colour; a root to
be bad in the market for yellow-colouring or dying.

gtigo, n. nose; fe — , v. to blow the — .

gugof^, n. blowing of the nose.

gugonigugd, n. a kind of large grass-hoppers ; s. BgH, bala, n.

gugwe, n. Ad. = tsitsi, chest, breast.

gum, n. a large snake-eating bird of the size of a stork.

gumo, V. inf. guomo, to peel.

guna, n. = duna.

guo, n. (Ot. gwa, th. s. and „seat, s. gwa and ablogwa)
trade = dsra; ye =, v., = ye dsra, to trade; whole
behaviour, conversation, character, combined with he in
the phrases: gbe m. k. he guo, s. to despise one, to
mock at one; he guo gt^o, v. to be despised. Comp.
dfa, V. in Adn.

« —

gUQgbo — ha he. 103

guQgbO, n. 8. heguogbo, n. despised state; s. he guQ gbo, t.

guogbg, n. th. s., s. heguogbe and gbe he guo, v.

guogb^le, n. th. s.

guomo, n. peeling, s. gumo; comp. kiimo* sumo, sum6> T.

guonii, pi. n. wares = dsranii.

guoyeli = dSrayeli, n. trading, trade.

guo^elo, guoyelilo, n. trader; marchant, = dsra^yelo, n.

gwa, n. (Ot. th. s.) seat, stool; sitting together for consul-
tation, especially in open council on the marketplace;
bo — , V. to place seals around, to sit together, to con-
sult; inf. gwabo (Ot. th.s.). Comp. adsinS (Ot. agyind), n.

gwabo, n. silting; open consultation, council; open assem-
bly of the people; s. agwasen, akwason, n.

gwabolQ, n. member of a consultation or sitting of a council.

gw^nnyo, gwdnmei, n. = dsekdnyo, ^^^spin^-na^n, -people,
people from the inferior; according to some persons the
signification would be; uncircumcised people (s. folo), ac-
cording to the Akwapim-people it is the name for the
K^erepoh- people. If written kwahnyo, which the pro-
nunciation allows, it would signify: way-man, way-people
(Ot. kwan = way).

gwantSh, pi. -teni, n. (Ot. gwan = to, sheep or goat;
gwanten, sheep; ten = long); sheep; generally to-
gwanten; s. to, n. and to — aboti^.

gwantenbi, to — gwantenbi, n. lamb.

gwantenhetSoiy n. \sool.

gwantenyo, pi. -yei, n. ewe; comp. to — agbo, n.

gya> gye — etc. s, und. dsa-, dse-, or dfa-, dfe-, etc.

H.

Ha, y. inf. ha;, to be covered, to cover (comp. kata
and hata in Ot.); to draw s. th. over s. th., to cover
s. th. for the purpose of snatching it away, to snatch,
to raff; to huddle; ameha lo ye dsa le no, they snatched
up the fish in the market; to rob, to plunder; ha m. k.
to plunder s. b. Combinations: he ha, v. n. to be cov-
ered outside; inf. heha, s. ha he; h!e hS, v. n. to have
the face covered; hieha, s. ha hie; nwei le hie eha,
the heaven is covered; no ha, v. n. to have a covered
surface; inf. ngha, s. ha no, etc.

ha dfai, Ad. = hd, v. to sell.

ha he, inf. heha, v. a. to cover round about; to cover
one's self; eha ehe mama, he covered himseif with his
cloth (s. mama).

i04 ha hie — hi

ha hie, v. a. to cover the face, surface; inf. hiehd.

ha momo, v. inf. momoha, to stutter, to falter; prs. n.
momohalQ.

lia no, V. inf. ngha, to cover up, to cover the surface.

ha, n. covering, plundering; s. ha, v.

'ha, oh^, num. Ot. th. s., pi. ohai, hundred; ohai enyo,
two hundred; ohai ete ke ekome, 301 ; ohai edfe, 400 etc.
ohaha, hundred by hundred. Comp. huha, indef. num.
and lafa. Ad. num.

ha, n. torch.

ha! int. oh!

ha, V. to give, inf. hSmo (Ot. ma, Avigbe na), this is one
of the words, in the form and use of which the relation
of most of the languages of Africa south of the Sahara
may be observed; s. ke, M etc.), lo give one's self,, to
show one's self; to let, to allow, etc. etc. This word
is most frequently, extensively and multifariously used
and gives the greatest difficulty to Non-Africans. It not
only serves as an auxiliary verb like „to let" (Iflff^n)
but also as a „verbal preposition*' (Comp. Riis Outline
and the word „ma" in his Yocab., and § 28, § 31 and
Tab. II. 1. b. bb. etc.) used to express the relation of
the Dative-case of other languages or of prepositions like
„to**, „for", „instead of", „of" etc. or as the language
does not like to combine an impers. and a pers. object
with one transitive verb, it is used to supply one object
with a formal verb (comp. in £ngl. the preposition „to"
supplying the same want of a dative (case) ; f. i. mihe
sika mi ha m. k., 1 received money for s. b. no n. k.
ha m. k., to take s. th. for s. b. or to give s. th. to
8. b. If it is always kept in view, tkat the language
has no prepositions but instead of them auxiliary verbs
(as: ke, n6, ts5, d§e, ye, ba, ya etc.), the difficulty will
be easily overcome. A peculiar use of „ha" is to be
noticed, because not included in the three categories
above alluded to. It is similar to the Engl, and Germ. :
to give or show one's self (fi0 gcbcn, [ic^ jcigen) but
more frequently employed, f. i. bgni eyo haa, as he is;
boni efe eha d§i nd, how he did, as he did (is this),
or: so he did (roie er ifl — uub [id) flibt; mt er l^at
i|i bad'—, ober: fo H)at ex, fo ma4)tc cr'd). As in these
cases the verb „ha" takes the place of the reflective „he**
self, so it is used also in a few words for „he" outside,
body, f. i. dSu and dsu he, to wash one's self, dsu m. k.

hS bem — halamo* i(l$

he, to wash s. b. or dSu hd in. k.» th. s., d§u being
treated as an intrans. v. Comp. ]n]3 and DTP in Hebrew.

hS bem, inf. bemhdmo, v. to give satisfaction, s. bem.

hd due, inf. duehamo, v. to give consolation, to comfort;
s. due. Ad. th. s.

h2i fo, inf. fohSmo, v. to give condemnation, to condemn,
s. fo and bu fo, v.

ha gbe, v. inf. gbehdmo, to giye way; to allow, s. bft
hegbe, v.

hS hegbe, v. inf. hegbehdmo, th. s.; to give power; to
empower, to authorize, s. hegbe (Ot. hd kwah).

hS se, V. inf. sehSmo, to put back, cast back; s. t§i ha
se, double v.

hS tsui, inf. tsuihSmg, v. to give heart, = hd due, to com-
fort, to hearten, to encourage.

habahaba^ adj. and adv. thin, light, meager; fe — , y. to
be or become thin etc.; thinly. Ccmp. helehele, adj.
th. s.

'habia, ahabia, n. a plant, the black round seed of which
is used for gold- weighing, s. mei, n.

hddsi, plur. or dual noun, twins; the sing, ban seems not
to be used (comp. ata and nta in Oiyi, and nta in 6fi;
s. also Akwete and Akuete; Akwele and AkwQko); pr. n.
of two hills near the ^aimountain: „The Twins.**

h^hala si, inf. sihShalamo, v. to delay, to tarry, to linger;
s. lila si, and comp. la, v.

hai, s. hayi, n.

hal! interj. to drive birds away; haihal! th. s.

halhal (s. the former), adv. in: hie m. k. haihal, to treat
s. body contemleously.

hala, inf. halamo, v. to choose, to elect, to select; to di-
vide, to judge {xQivaiVj comp. bu and kodso); to catch
in words, Mt. 22, 15., according to Hanson, to entangle;
comp. la, hahala (perh. only a kind of reduplication of
ha-la), lila etc. The h in this and the following word
approaches the german ch or strong guttural h. Ad.
hara, v.

hala mli, v. inf. mlihabamo, to select etc.

hala, n. turtle,- seaturtle. Comp. akpokpl6nto, n.

halahoiio, n. turtle-shell.

halawolg, pi. -wodsi, n. turtle egg.

halabata, harabata, ah., n. harmalan season.

halalo, n. elector, selector.

halamo, n. choosing, electing, selecting, ct^oicQ etc^ s« hala^x^

106 halamobi — hai.

halamobi, n. elected person, chosen person.

halitonpei, n. dan. a kind of chisel.

halo, n. coverer; plunderer, s. ha, v.

h&fo, n. giver, s. ha.

hamle, n. dan. hammer.

hamletso, n. handle of a hammer.

htoo, n. giving etc. s. h9, v. gift; s. ke, v. and n.

hSmo, n. = hie, the place or time before s. th. or s. b.
(Ot. k9n), comp. esp. the salutation „b9mo fg** ? addres-
sed to people who went or came before one, lit. (How
is) „all before"? Answ. „h3mo ye dsogba" or „eye
dSogba" or „hSmo dso!" it is well, it is quiet (Comp.
se, heni, sla etc.), adv. before; tsd hdmo, to turn
before, go, come before etc, )s. se; nyie hdmo, to walk
before, etc. Etsd mihdmo efe, he turned before me did
it, i. e. lie did it before me.

hirngbii, pi. n. people who went before, s. sebii, pi. n.

hSmg, n. (obscene), penis, s. iiUtso.

hail, adv. (Ot. th. s.) brightly, shiningly; s. kane, kaA,
kankankan and heft.

handspa, n. dan. spade.

hatikle, n, dan. towel, s. papam, n.

hand, n. pi. hanii, cover, covering.

hao, inf. haomo (Ot. ha and haw), v. to trouble; to be in
trouble; to disturb; to be disturbed; to care; to sorrow;
to be frightened; some times the verb is connected with
one or the other of the gram, subjects or objects be,
hie, mli, no, tsui etc. Comp. gba na.

hao he, v. inf. hehaomo, v. to be in trouble; to trouble
one's self.

hao mli, v. to stir up.

haolo, n. troublesome person, disturber = nagbalo, n.

haomo, n. troubling, disturbmg; trouble disturbance, care,
fright.

baomosane, n. troublesome news.

hase, n. ton, pipe (perh. europ. word).

hatso, n. torchtree, a large tree full of thorns; its wood
is used for torches (ha).

hai, hayi (Ot. Ui. s.), n. forest; high grown bush, which
has not been cultivated for a long time; perh. firom ha,
to cover; s. lakpa. The arable land is here not an open
field, but a forest, though sometimes thickly inhabited.
The farmer cuts a piece of it down every year, bums
the wood and plants his corn or yams without digging

he — he - ye. 107

up the stumps or turning up the ground between the
former; the power of production is 46 great, that the
land, manured as it is by the ashes, gields about four
or five good harvests, of corn it produces two in one
year. As soon as the produce gets too small, which
is the case in two — four years, there being no great
change in the kinds they grow the land is left to be-
come bush again and new bush is cut. It is natural
that a farmer wants a large piece of land to get his
livelihood, in consequence of such an unreasonable far-
ming. Every kind of such fallowbush has its peculiar
name according to its age or hight; s. lakpa, n. lakpa-
tsa, n.; ko, n.

he, V. inf. hemo (Ot. gye), to take, to receive to buy;
to accept; to contain, to sustain. Comp. also the verbs:
here, hie, no, k^, kg, wo etc. The verb is especially
used of taking with the hand from the hands of s. b.
(s. hie, to have or bear in the hand), f. i. he n. k. ye
m. k. den, to take, receive, accept, buy s. th. from (the
hand of) s. b.; but he m. k. noko, to take some thing
from s. b. by power, to punish him, amehele sika, they
took money from him (against his will, {te na()men i^m
©cll) ab); therefore: to extort, to exact; combined with
hd, to sell, it has the signification, to cost, as: Ahd wq
ahe kpanma, they sell a fowl they buy (for) 10 strings,
i. e. A fowl is sold (or baught), or costs 10 strings.
As aux. v. = to begin; f. i. sla ne mi he afite, this
house begins or is about to spoil; sometimes with
infin., f. i. ehe hiimo, it wants tilling; s. tao, v.

he hekpa, v. to take usury, interest; which is not less
than 50 — 100 per cent among the natives and even far
more according to circumstanced.

he ebg, v. to receive poison, to be poisoned.

he m. k. no, v. to receive one?

he m. k. to, v. th. s.

he si, V. inf. sihemo, to settle in a place.

he - ye, double verb, inf. hemo ke yeli, irreg. heyeli, lit.
to take (and) eat (or use, own etc., s. ye), to believe;
mihe noko mlye, 1 believe s. th., mahele maye, 1 will
believe him; ehe eno eye, lit. he believed his palaver,
i. e. him, or in him; imperat. hemo oye or he oye! be-
lieve; pi. nyehea nyeyeal believe (ye)l Comp. gye-di,
in Otyi ; gba - gbo in Aku or Yoruba. Pers. n. heyeli-
\q , n. (irregular) believer. Comp. he ye, v, to be walk

108 he.

(with he as gnm. snbj.) and je he, t. int heyeli (with
he as gram, olj.) to be free.

he, D. without pi. (Ot. ho or ho) outside, exterior;
body, member (s. bend), self; place; state, station;
s. also hewg; adrerbiallj used: outside, about, at, on,
off etc. This Terv frequently and mnltifariousW employed
word is one of the nouns, employed as formwords or
postpositions s. § 23—29, § 34. 35., like: da, dan, de,
den, hie mli, na, no, se, si etc. See esp. § 29. It
defines the relation of lucalitv as the outside, the ex-
terior, the body (contrary nmh"^) and as such the pre-
positions: At, about, of, on etc. German: 91n, urn, l>on,
auf, tpegen, bci, be — , an — , ju— in verbs, as also the
adverbs: about, at, on etc. can be compared but must
not be confounded with it. Connected with this it ex-
presses the reflexiTe relation s. § 34 (self). It takes
either the place of the (grammatical) subject or object
of the verb it is combined with, as the combinations will
show, though the space will allow only a part of Ihem
to be mentioned, the ethers will then easily be under-
stood or found under their respecliye verbs; the most
common are: ba he, v. inf. hebd, to come at (jnfommen);
bS he (or hewg, s. this), v. inf. hebdmo; to cut s. th.
round about (bel^auen); be he, to quarrel about, inf. he-
bemo; bi he, v. a. to ask about bo he, v. to reduplicate
(t)erbo)>))eln), inf. hebo; bo he ahora, s. ahora, v. to cast
blame on one's self; bu he, v. to watch about, to respect
one's self; hebu; da he, v. to vie for, hedamo do he, v.
to be hot for or about a thing to love; dsQ he, v. to
rest; hed§0) hedSole and hedsomo, s. dso; dsu he, y.
to wash (abwafcben), hedsa; Ql he, v. to defend; Ifef^-
mo; fata he, v. a. to join; fo he, v. to cut one's self;
hefo; fo he, v. to weep about or for (ben)finen, tx^
xveinen), inf. hefomo; fo he, v. to wet, to wash (be^
nejcn), hefomo; fo he, v. to leave off (ablaffeii), hefd-
mo; fu he, v. to smell at, hefi); fii he, to repent; gbe
he, v. to kill one'sself, hegbg, hegb^le; gbu he, v. to
perforate, hegbO; ha he, v. to cover (bcbed'en), to cover
one's selJf; heha; hS he, v. to give for, to give one's
self; heh9mo; hd he, v. to sell one's self, hehdmo; ho
he, to pass over (Dorbei^, Dotuberoel^en); hii he, v.
to till, dig about (be^acfen); ka he, v. to lie at, to move,
to live; to continue (ani^altcn, aniiegen) hekdmo; la he, v.

^ to bang at (anf^cingrn); le he, v. to know about; 1q he,

he bo — he fo. 109

to live by, to subsist (P$ etn5f)ren); H he, to mock, to
sneer al (befpPtteIn); ma he, to build about; n6 he, to
fight about; nu he, to hear about, to feel; sa he, to
prepare one's self; §a he, to whitewash; §e he gbeye, v.
to fear for one'sself, to fear; se he, to reach, to arrive;
to shave; §i he, to knock at; ta he, to touch, to sit
about, te he, to conceal one's self; titl he, to scratch
at or about; to he, v. to compare; to answer, comp.
here no, v.; t§i he, to move one's self; t§d he, v. to
turn one's self; tSu he, to cleanse, sanctify; wa he, to
pain; wo he no, to lift one's sdf up, to be proud; wo
he no, V. to begin again; wo he, to watch about (bc#
trad^en); wu he, to make war about, to be frequent^
common; ya he, v. to go near, at (bin^ii(\ebeii), yc he,
to eat, enjoy one's self, i. e. to be free, inf. heyeli; ye
he, to be about; ye n. k. he niitsumo, v. to want; yo
he, V. to acknowledge one's self; e!c. etc. By these
examples the many other combinations of „he'' with verbs
(as their gramm. obj.) will easily be found out and also
the nominal combinations be formed; to mention them
all would lead too far. As gram. subj. compare it in
the following verbs:
he bo, V. n. to be double, inf. hebo.

he bo bo, v. to interfere; to meddle with (unnecessarily).

he do, V. n. to be hot (outside or round about), to be
heated; to be dear to, f. i. ehe midomi, he is dear to
me; inf. hedo.

he dsQ, V. n. to be cool, quiet, peaceable, tame, s. dso,
inf. hedso, hedsole; he dso m. k. also used = hewo-
dsian dso, v.; mihe d§om', I am at ease, happy.

he ds6, V. n. , and

he dso he, v. n. to get cold, einc ©anfcbaut befcmmcn;

to be amazed, astounded (stronger than hie fe ya, fe y(S,

na kpe etc.), inf. hedsomo.
he dsra, v. n. to be difficult; painful; important; hedSramo.

he fe m. k. nii, and

he fe m. k. uii, v. to be touched, to feel compassion; to

be in trouble; r= he hia m. k. v.
he fe oy^, v. n. to be or act quickly; to be in a hurry,

8. oy^, fe — , oyMemo.
he fi, V. to be in straits,
he fie, V. to feel a tikling sensation,
he fo, V. n. to be wet, inf. hefgrnQ; com^. i^ Iv^, \%

110 he to — he ye.

he to, V. n. to be swollen or to swell, to stink; inf. he-

tomo, heto.
he gbla, v. to be rent.

he guo gbo, V. n. to be despised, s. gbe he guo; mihe
guo egbo kwra ; I am entirely despised ; inf. heguogbSle.
he hia m. k., v. inf. hehlamo, to be troubled, tired.

he kd, V. n. to be uncovered, exposed; to be alive, to move;
to be free or at liberty to move; to have leizure, s. na
dekS; comp. kS, hie kS etc., inf. hek§mo.

he kSmo m. k., v. n. lit. the body bites (s. Germ. bei§en),
to itch; mihe komomi, my skin itches me.

he kpo, pi. — kplo, V. to crack, to loose the skin, bark etc.

he kpete he, v. to adhere to, inf. hekpetemo.

he kpokpo, v. n. to shake to tremble (of fear etc.), inf.

hekpokpomo.
he kumo (s. ku), v. n. to feel broken all over, inf. he-

kuomo; comp. hewodsian kumo, v.
he lo gbel, v. to get the itch; s. lo, v. and gbel, n.
he sa, V. n. to be bodily fit or ripe, inf. hesale; s. sa.
he ta, V. n. lit. the body is done, to be well again, healed;

to be clean from a sickness of the skin; s. td. Comp.

Ot. hd sa.
he tse, V. n. to be clean (bodily and spiritually), to be

holy, inf. het^emo; comp. t§u he, v. and hetsumo, n.;

Ad. he tsQ, V. th. s.
he tsg m. k. v. a. to loathe, to hale, to detest s. b.; inf.

hetsemg; s. tS6, v.
he wa, V. n. to be strong, sound, well; to be tough; ehe

wa tamo ba, he is as tough as a crocodile; to be hard;

ehe wa tamo te, he is as hard as a stone; inf. hewale;

comp. wa, hie wa, na wa, tsui wa, yi wa etc.
he wa he, v. n. to feel pain; mihe wa mihe, I feel pain

in or over my body, s. wa he and comp. hewod§iail wa

he; yit§o wa he, v. etc.
he wo fo, T. to be fat,
he wo la, v. n. to be hot, feverish; to be greedy;

frafra, he is very greedy,
he wo mudsi, v. to be dirty,
he ye, inf. heye, -yeli, v. n. (lit. the body eats, labours),

to be sick; mihe mlye, I am sick; ehe aye, he will get

sick; inf. heyeli, but scarcely used; s. hela; ye he and

heye, v.
-fe^ y^9 v., 8. ye, v. to be somewhere etc.

he ye nii — hedSolo. Ill

he ye nil, neg. he be nii, v. to be fortunate; - - kolol^,

- - - in raising cattle; mihe ye kenii, I am fortunate in

getting presents etc.
he yi, y. to be full (all about),
'he, ehe, adj. new; Ad. th. s.
he and h6 s. after he — . Words being combined with

the noun he and not to be found under the following

must be sought for without he.
he-ahorabo, n. self-blaming; s. bo he ahora, v.

he-atade, n. dress, just on the body.

heba, n. coming at or about some thing; s. ba he, y.

hebS, and

heblimo, n. cutting off around s. th., s. bft he, y.

hebe, n. quarrel about s. th.; tao — , y. to seek strife;

fe — , y. to contend,
hebelo, n. quarrelsome person (about s. th.) s. be he, y.
hebe* n. pinching, pressing round about; binding up of a

stick-wall or fence; pi. heblemo.
hebimo, n. asking, questioning about s. th. f97a($frage); s.

hi he, y.
heblemo, n. stretching or binding about, s. ble, y.
heblamo, n. th. s.

heblomo, n. cry or quarrel about s. th.
hebo, n. coyer, sheath; case; f. i. sune-hebo, pillow case,
hebo, n. reduplication, addition, joining of one thing 'to

an other, multiplication; s. bo he, y.
hebglemo, n. surrounding; fr. bole he, y.
hebQ, n. watching about s. th. (Seiva^ung); estimation etc.

8. bu he, v.; self-esteem,
hebulo, n. watch, sentinel,
hedamo, n. betting for; yying for, emulation,
hedalo, n. emulator,
hedamomo, hedamo, n. standing about,
hedo, n. outward ^ heat; zeal for s. th.; loye; s. sumo,

y. and n.
hedolo, n. loyer, s. suoIq, n.
hedgmo, pi. -mei, n. beloyed person.
hedSadsemo, n. straightening about s. th.; — of one's self,
hedso, n. dancing about,
hedso, n. rest; = hedsole; peace,
hedsgle, th. s.; s. he dso, y.
hedsQlo, n. resting person, peaceful person, peacemaker;

s. he dso and dsQ he, y.

US hedSomo — hefomo.

JiedSomg, n. resting, resl-giving, taming, appeacing, peace-

makiDg; fr, dso he, v,
hcds6, n. laziness; fe — , v. to be lazy.
hedsOfelo, n. lazy person = heilSolo.
Iiedsdfemg, n. laziness.
hedSOlo, n. = hedsafelo; lazj person,
hedsflmo, , amazement; s. he dSfl lie and

romp, yafemo, nakpg. n.
hedSra, n. price; wo — , v. to price s. th.
liedSramo, n. difficuUy, pain, importance; s. lie dSra, v.;

Adii. hedfam.
hedSraniQwo, n. paining, Ironbling.
hedsrawo, n. pricing, oRering fur sale.
Iiedsrawols, n. a person offering s. Ih. for sale.
hedsa, n. :i body), bathing at home;

s. dsu he, V. and 2^^ v., fo, v. and dSale, v.

hedsabe, n, washing-
hedSulo, n. person washing another,
hedOmg, n, planting, sowjng about; stabbing, piercing one's

self, 8. da, V.
heI3lQ, D. defender, advorale.
hefSmo, n. defence, s. fS he, v
hetamowiemo, n. defending speech,
hefa'alg, n. joiner, parlner, rompanion; helper, assislanl.
hefalamo, n. joining; parlqership; companionship; help,

assistance, g. fata he and coinp. kpete he, k« m. k. bo;

ye-bua m. k. t.
hefeo, n. outward beauty,
hefeoyelo, n. mocker,
hefeoyeli, n. mocking, s. ye he feo; comp. heguogbe.

lo.
hef€be, befiahe, hepiahe, adv. every-where, comp. K, fia;

Ad.
hefl, n.

heflino. he, v.

heiitemg, n. self-spoiling,
hefo, and
hefomo, n. cutting of one's self; weeping for — ; s. fo and

fo he, V.
hefgig, niiehefglg, n. washer-man, -woman,
hefomg, D. washing (of face, hands, clolh, s. dsu), s. fg

he, V.
hefgmgnfl, pi. -nil, any thing used for washing,
'hefgmg, ebefcmg, n. new birth.

hefdmo -r- heMemo. 113

he(5mo» n. leaving off; s. fo he, v.
hefi^emQ, n. spilling, pouring about.
hefQ, D. smelling at; s. fu he, v.; smell,
hefumo, n, swelh'ng all over fir. he fO, v.
hef^mg, n. repentance, s. fa he, v.
hegbd, hegbale ; hegblamo etc. comp. gba, v. and gbla, v.
hegblamo, n. division about s.b.; breaking off; fr. gbla he, v.
hegb6, n. suicide, s. gbe he, v.
hegbf?, n. place, s. also gbehe.

hegbe, n. way to s. th., access; allowance; liberly; privi-
lege, right (SoKmad^t, i^ovaia); duty.
hegbeh§lo, n. person giving allowance.

hegbehSimo, n. way -giving; allowance; SBet^oIImacJ^tigung;

fr. ha hegbe, v.
hegbelo, n. person killing himself ; Selbftm^tber; fr. gbe he, v.
hegbeyewO, n. frightening, threatening; s. wo he gbey6, v.
hegb^yewolO) n. threatening person,
hegbfmo, n. drying (outside),
hegbomo, pi. -mei, n. person about one, neighbour, s. na-

nyo; nanyo-gbomo, n.
hegbomo, n. warming of one's self.

hegbole and hegbodsomo, n. bodily weakness, infirmity (of

age etc.); palsy; s. gbo and gbodSo, v.
hegbO, n. planing; s. gbo, v.

hegbu, n. perforation.

heguQgbe, n. mocking, s. gbe he guo, v.; self-despite.

heguogbele, n. Ih. s., and despisedness; despite, fir. he guo

gbo, V.
heguogbelo, n. mocker.
heguQgbO, n. despisedness, fr. he guo gbo, v.
lieha, n. covering, s, ha he and he ha, v.
hehamama, n. cloth for covering,
hehano, pi. -nii. n. covering, cloth; shield = tSen, n.
hehawolo, n. leather- cover.
hehSmo, n. giving of one's self; s. hS he, v.
hehalamo, n. choosing, selecting; s. hala, v.
hehe, v. to spread (of a rumour), inf. hehemo; comp.

here, v. both from he, v., and d§ed§e, v.
hehemo, n. spreading of a rumour; buying of one's self,

8. he, V.
hehiamo, n. uneasiness, trouble, fr. he hia, v.
behiemo, n. liberty, s. hie he and comp. ye he, he kS, v.

etc.; independence.

Zimmermann, Akra-Vocab» ^

114 hehllfi — hell

hehile, n. outward goodness, s. hi v. to be good; self-
abhorrence, 8. hi, T. to abhor,
heho, n. passing, s. ho he, v.; out-doing = naho, n.
heh5lQ, n. person selling himself,
hehdmo, n. selling of one's self, s. hd he, y.
hehosomo, n. shaking, s. hoso, v.
hehQlo, n. tiller, v.

hehumo, n. tilling about s. th.; s. hQ he, v.
hekd, n. self-trial; self-examination, fr. ka he, v.
hekSimo, n. movement, liberty, life; s. he kS and comp.

hlekSmo; continuing, continuance, s. kS he, v.
heke, n. giving away of one'sself, s. k6 he, v.
hekelg, n. bodily length, stature.
hekSmg, n. sighing about s. th.
hekemg, n. saying about s. th.
heko (s. he, place and ko, one, a, an), adv. somewhere,

some place,
hekoheko, adv. somewhere with, negative voice, nowhere.
hSkd, s. Mekd, hikd, n.
hekdmg, n. itching of the skin.

hekpa, n. circumition, going round; dragging ofT; s. kpa, v.
hekpa, n. interest, use-money (3in^); s. kpa, n.
hekpS, n. string about s. th.
hekpamo, n. self-anointing, s. kpa he, v.; paying interest,

fr. kpa he, v.; turning one's self,
hekpetelo, n. adherer,
hekpetemo, n. adherence, attachment; joining, s. kpete he

and he kpete he, v.
hekpokpomo, n. shaking (by fear, cold), trembling (Ot.

hdpopo).
hekpokemg, n. plucking ofT; hurt, damage; s. kpoke; he

kpoke, V.
hekpdmo, n. self-redemption; s. kpd, v.
hekpomg, n. breaking off of the bark of a tree the skin etc.

spoiling; kpo (he), v.
hekpromg or hekplgmo, n. th. s.
hekuomo, n. = hegbod§omo, bodily infirmity, brokenness;

palsy; pride; s. he kOmo, v.
hekukudSi, pi. n. pieces from s. th.
hela, n. (bodily fire), sickness; Ad. big, n.; hela ye, v. to

be sick; hela nyemi, = mihe mlye, I am sick,
hela nyg m. k., — dSA m. k., v. to be suffering by sickness,
hell n. relative, 93Iutd)[)ein)anbter; blood in the body; s.

helo, n.

hclatSalo — heni. 115

salo, n. physician.

samo, n. healing of a sickness, s. tSa, v.
^Ise, pi. -mej, n. sick person,
adsemo, n. loss of one's self; s. ladse he, v.
^kalo, n. self-deceiver.

amo, n. self-stilling; self-deceit; s. laka, v.
I^^^^ft, n. helalame, and

^^^ama, n. singing, dreaming, hanging about s. th.
g^latamo > n. seaming, s. lata, v.

r~^^le, n. knowledge about s.th., s. lehe, v.; self-knowledge,
^^-le, V. s. here, v.
^^^le, n. subsistenze, living; s. le.
^^limo, n. self-mocking, s. li, v.

^elo, n. flesh (about the body) only used of men, sel-
g. dom of animals (Ot. honam); body; s. gbomotSo; pri-
* vate parts as in Hebrew; ke helo fe yakayakanii, v. to
^ commit self-polutioii. Comp. also hewolo, hewodSian;
and lo and wolo, n.
helo-sedi, n. lust of the flesh,
belo-taomo, n. th. s.
helo, n. buyer, taker,
helogomo, n., or
helgkomo, n. wandering about; s. logo, loka* loko he, -^^

SI, V.

helokomogbe, n. circuitous road; Umweg.

helomomo, helomo, n. self-cursing; s. lomo, v.

helonemo, n. dislocation; s. lone, v.

hema, n. building about, plastering; s. mS, v.

hemp, pi. -mei, n. sweet-heart; concubine.

kemo, D. buying, taking, s. he, v.

hemo ke yeli, n. faith, fr. he-ye, v. to believe; s. heyeli, n.

hemonii, pi. n. prize, cost; s. dsra, n. na, n. yinii, n.

hefl, adj. and adv. = ban, bright, clear; -ly, -ly.

hena, n. s. hiena, hina, forehead.

henamo, n. getting of one's self (s. na, inf. namo, Ot. and
Ad. nya, v.), richness; pride.

bene. Ad. = heni, pron. and conj. where.

heni, adverb, pron. and conj. where (= he ni) s. § 34
and Table IV. and V.; heni mids@ le, nyelee, ni heni
miyaa le hu nyelee, you know neither where 1 came
from nor where I go to. Generally ^le" concludes the
sentences formed by heni, comp. § 49, 50 and the
words: beni, when; boni, how; noni, what; moni, who
etc. A peculiar use of heni is to be mentioned: if

116 hcnii — here siSi.

some bod^ comes from a journey, he is saluted: ,,Heni
odse?" or: Heni od§en? Lit. (How is it) „ where thou
comest from?" Answ. „BleO!" etc. etc. S. bleO.

henii, pi. n. of hen6, n. members; deserts, custom etc.

heniitsumo, n. need, want, use; miye heniitsumo, I want it.

hend, pi. henii, n. kind, species; form, shape; deserts (S3er«

bienfi), habit, custom; case, lot, luck etc. limb, member,

pi. furniture,
heno or he no, n. s. he, n. and no, n. upon or on one's

self,
henoho, n. = heho, passing; passover, s. ho he no, v.

to pass over,
hendmo, n. fight, struggle about s. th.

henow5 and henow6mo, n. lifting up; exaltation, glory,
honour; pride; from wo he no; comp. also wd, hewo,
yidsiemo, anumnyam, n. Ad. henowom, n.

henowo-atade, n. proud attire.

henow61o, n. one who lifts up; one who lifts himself up,
who is lifted up, exalted (accoi:d. to Hanson for ^^fxeya^^
Mt. 20, 25.

hendmo, n. sweetness, agreeableness ; s. no, v.

henQ and henumo, n. feeling, fr. nu he, y.

henu, n. water about or at s. th»

henuno, pi. -nii, n. nerve? s. % n,

henyelo, n. hater, enemy; = hetselo, n. hikolo n.; belo, n.

henyg, and

henyemo, n. hatred; s. nye, hetsemo, hikd, bei, n.

henyiemo, n. walking about; Umlj^erge^en; — laufcn.

here, v. a., inf. heremo, to exept (Ot. gye), corrobora-
tion of he, comp. dse, dsere, tse, tSere etc. to take up
or out (= dsie), to save; to receive; to be kindled, to
catch fire; to strike root, anmacftfcn; to help, to take
s. body's load or work for a while.

here m. k. atd, v. a. to embrace s. b. (s. atQ), to receive
s. b. with joy; inf. atoheremo; s, Ot. gye atQ,

here m. k. hieme, v. a. to receive s. b. joyful, s. hieme;
hiemeheremo.

here m. k. hie, v. to esteem s. body's face.

here no, Ot. gye so, v. a. to take up the word, to an-
swer, if called by name; to take the word; to begin to
speak (Hebr. ruy); comp. to he, v. inf. noheremo; Ad.
he no, V.

here Si§i, v. to strike root in the ground.

here wala — hetSo. 117

here wala (Ot. gye Akwa) and here yi wala, v. a. to save
or spare one's life; to save, to preserve, to keep safe,
s. na wala, yl na wala; inf. walaberemg, yiwalaheremg;
prs. n. — herelQ.

herelo, n. receiver, saver, saviour.

heremo, n. accepting, receiving; acceptation » reception;
salvation, s. dsiemo and the preceding word.

heremgnilg, n. saving wisdom.

heremosane, n. history of salvation.

hereft, adj. warm, hot; fe — , v. to be warm, hot.

hesale, n. bodily fitness, maturity, s. he sa, v.; comp.

hie sa, V.
hesalg, n. preparer,
hesamg, n. preparation fr. sa he, v.
hesuomg, n. self-love; s. sumg he, v.
hesuolQ, n. self-lover,
hesusumg, n. meditation; 9{ad()benfen.
hesamg, n. white-washing,
hesatamo, n. dragging about.
hes6, n. arrival; shaving one's self,
hesiba, n. humiliating; humiliation; s. ba he Si, v.
hesibalo, n. humble person,
hesimo, n. knocking at (^nflogen); (obscene: self-pollution,

onany, s. fe helo yakayakanii) ; fr. si he, v.
he§isimQ, n. self-deception fr. §i§i he, v.
hetd, and

hetSlg, n. recovering, s. he ta.
hetd, pi. hetramo, n. touching,
hetemo, n. concealing; s. te he; concealing one's self,
hetemo, n. stumbling; s. tg he, v.
hetitimo, n. scratching, s. titi he, v.
heto, n. answer; comparision, s. to he.
hetramo, n. touching; sitting about fr. ta he, pi. tra he. '
hetselQ, n. pure, holy person,
hetsemo, n. movement, activity, purity; holiness; s. kroft-

kron and hetsumo; fr. he t§e, v.
hetsemo, n. loathing; s. he tse, v. a.; hatred,
hets^lo, n. enemy; hater,
hetsakenh), n. self-change; change; conversion; change of

dress,
hetsimg, n. movement; fr. tsi he, v.
het§l, n. closing up; s. tsi, v.
het§0, n. illumination; Seleui^tung; fr. tSo he^ y.

118 hetsoi — hewolo.

hetSgi, pi. or collect, n. hairs about the body of men and
animals; s. t§oi, yitsoi, dahetSoi etc.

het§Qiat§e, n. hairy person; hairy creature.

hetsQiatade, n. hairy dress.

het§dmQ, n. turning of one's self; self- show; ostentation,
pride; conversion; s. t§d he, y. doctrine about s. th.

hetsulo, n. purifier; sanciifier.

hetsumo, n. purification; sanctification, fr. t§u he; comp.
hetsemo; wiping, fr. tsumo he, v.; business about s. th.;
fr. tsu he, v.

hewS, and

hew ale, n. strength, power; soundness, health; hardness;
violence; fr. he wa, v. ti.; pain, fr. wa he, v. a.; wo
m. k. hewale, v. a. to strengthen s. b. = wadSemt); inf.
hewalewo; ye hewale, v. n. to have power, be strong.

hewalenano ko, s. th. done by power.

hewale-niitsumo, n. powerful deed.

hewalesane, n. matter of power.

hewalewo, n. strengthening; corroboration; encouraging;
s. tsuihSmo, n. th. s.

hewalewolo, n. corroborator.

hewalo, n. strong, powerful person (©ewaltiger, ©tarfej);
violent person.

hewadsemo, n. = hewalewo, n. self-strengthening.

hewielo, n. slanderer; speaker about s. th.

hewi^mo, n. speaking about s. th.; slandering, fr. wie he, v.

hewo, n. self-exaltation, pride; honour etc. s. wo he; wo
he no, V. henowomo, v.

hewodsian, n. s. hewolo, n.

hewomo, n. th. s., s. henowomo, n.

hewolo, n. proud, highminded person.

hewO, hewomo, n. watching; s. wo he, v.

hewolo, n. watchman, s. wo he, v. and comp. woA, wo-
lomo, n. V

hewo, old noun = self, sake etc., but now only used as
a postposition = he: about, around, for — sake, through,
by etc. oba mihewo thou camest for my sake; some-
times connected with whole sentences taken as one no-
tion or word, as: Edsake ebaa mind hewo le mite eAd,
because he did not come tome, therefore 1 went; to him.
Comp. also nobewo, mihewo, etc. Ot. uti; Ad. he, n.

hewon = hewo ni, hewo d§i.

hewolo, pi. hewodsi (sometimes == hewulo> hewudSi)^ n.
the flesh (s. helo) or skin (s. wolo) about the body;

hewfl — hefimond. 119

flesh, skin, body etc. often used promiscne with he,
helo and in the same combination (s. Ot. hdnam); he-
wodSian = hewodsi amli, the body; hewodSian dSo» T.
to be discouraged, struck with horror, to get cold by a
horrible appearance; — dSo m. k., v. to ease, to give
ease, etc.; hewodSian fg, Ut. the whole of the inside of
the skin, the whole body; mihewodSiaA fg ekOmo, my
body is quite broken, sick, tired; ehewodSiaA K wa ehe,
all his body pains him;, hewodiian fg fe doko, y/n. to
be weak (s. dokg); hewodSian f^ wa he, v. = he wa
he, y. to haye pain all oyer the body.
hewU, n. warring, fighting about s. th.
heyeli, n. liberty, fr. ye he, y. to be free; comp. hehiemo,

th. 8.; comp. also odehe, n. fa, adj.
heyeli and heye, n. (seldom used) sickness = hela, fr. he

ye, y. to be sick; Ad. hlo, n.
heyeli, n. (irregular formation = hemo ke yeli from the
double yerb he — ye, to belieye), belief, faith; Ad. hem
ke yem, n.
heyelitSomo, n. doctrine of faith.

heyd, pl.~ -yei, n. a girl or woman chosen by s. b. for a
wife, intended wife, person who fits s. b. for a wife;
comp. hemo, n. Siyeri, n. M, n.
heyomo, n. perceiying, perception, animadyettion ; fr. yo

he, y.
heyom. Ad. n. th. s.

he, pl« hele, v. to catch? to catch fish with a net from

the shore; comp. ya wuo, fd ya, sa lo, y. etc. inf. hg,

helemg; to knock against s. th., see he §i; ke n. k. he

heko, to knock with s. th. against some place. Ad. th. s.

he he, y. to knock one's self against s. th.

he si, y. n. and a., inf. sihe, to fall down with yehemence;

to throw down with yehemence (niebetfiurgcu, y. n. and

a.); comp. lu §i, tfa §i, gbe si, nyo §i etc. Oyiahe Sil

horrible curse.

he — , s. hie — and M — . Ad. th. s. f.i. hfina = hiena,

forehead, etc.
he, y. to attack,
he, n. loins; fl he, to gird the loins; inf. hefl, heflmo;

8. mliten, n.
hs = ye, ady. hotty (of pepper etc.) eSftmi hfi.
hefi> heflmo, n. girding (of the loins); comp. mla he, fi

nditeA, y. Ad. mlemflm, th. s.
btifimQnO, n. girdle ; hfifind, th. •«

120 hehe — hi.

hebe, inf. -mo, v. a. to adorn, = ivula, f. i. a child; to
outfit, f. i. a canoe, vessel.

hfihe, V. inf. hehemo, to bloom, prosper (used of men);
gbekS ne heheo, this child is blooming; fe heh^he, th. s.

hehghe, adj. and adv. blooming, bloomingly, s. hehe, v.

hele, V. to catch, s. he; to shrink, to start back, corrobo-
ration of he; comp. he, v. here, v.; kpokpo; Sere, v.
inf. helemo.

hele he, v. = he he, v.

hele si, inf. sihelemo, v. to shrink; to start etc. (jufam<'
menfabrcn).

hele m. k., v. a. to knock against s. b., to knock down,
to gore; to be knocked etc. pi. of he, v.

helehele and herehere> adj. and adv. thin, light, little etc.
fe — , V. to be thin etc. thinly, lightly etc. = haba-
haba, adj.

hele, n. and

helemo, n. catching (fish, s. he); knocking; goring; collision.

helemo, n. shrinking, starting, fr. hele, v.

helo, n. fisherman; s. wolenyo; fr. he, v.

hen, adj. and adv. very clear, bright; used both of light
and sound, and corroborating verbs expressing such, as:
tso heft, to shine brightly; gbe heii, to sound clearly;
toiian fe heft, the ears ring (Me Obten Iduten); Germ.
j^elle. Comp. he, the root of this word, also haft,
kaft, kane (in Otyi and 6S).

hgna, s. hiena, n. forehead.

here, here si etc.; s. hele*

hStS, s. hiet€, n. clearness; covetousness; civilization; civi-
lity.

h^tso, s. hietso; face, forehead; etc.

bereft, adj. and adv. = hei.

henwale, n. strength of loins; the loins are considered as
the seat of strength.

hi, V. inf. hile (Ad. to sit); to remain, to keep; to dwell
(Comp. ta and te, v. in Ot. and ta, v. in Gd); to be, to
behave; to abstain from, f. i. h! nmSi, to abstain from
food, to fast (Ot. di buada, and GS ye buada); to abhor,
detest, esp. religiously (comp. kyi in Otyi); to consider
s. th. religiously unclean; wgn ne hlo wo, this fetish ab-
hors fowl; to hate; connected with the first signification :
to be good (Ot. ye, comp. kpakpa, adj.), to be fit, to
suffice, to be right, to better (guten, beffern), 6bi ke mba,
it is getting better (of a sickness); etc. Ehl bftmi ake

M m. L deA ^ 'MaM. 121

miyaa, it is good for me to go; mli hi, to be inwardly
good, to be kind, mild etc. inf. mlihile. This yerb is
very frequently and multifariously used, especially also
in combinations, f. i. Me hi he no, v. to be circumspect,
to take care (lit. the face remains on the self); mihie
big mihe no, I take care for myself, comp. kwe nl ahi,
th. s., = sole he; hi m. k., inf. himo, to backbite s. b.
= hie m. k.; hi with the inf. of an other yeii) is =
to continue (an()alten), hi bimo he!, to continue to ask
(but hi bimg; to be good to ask); etc. Ck)mp. also
hie, y. Ad. hi, y. and hS, y.

hi m. k. den, y. to remain in one's power.

hi he no (s. hie hi he no), y. a. to take care for; inf.

henohlle.

hi m. k. hie, y. to remain before; to abhor one('s face).

hi ke wula §i, double y., to be good and come to the
ground, i. e. to be perfect; inf. bile ke Siwulamo.

hi nm§, inf. nm^hlle, y. to fast; s. ye buada, th. s.

hi no» inf. nohlle, y. to remain, abide upon s. th.

hi §i, y. n. to remain, to dwell, to liye (si being the gram.
Obj., which can be let away, if an other obj. of loca-
lity takes its place, or both must haye a yerb, f. i. hi
tSun, to remain in the room; hi si ye tSun, th. s. comp.
ta §i ye tSun, to sit down [being] in the room, and ta
tsun, to sit in the room); inf. Sihile-

hi sisi, y. to remain on the ground; to remain down.

hi, irreg. pi. of nu, n. man, male. Comp. the AdA. pi.
form hi, in Gd i. BesidesL hi also him.ei is used.

'hi, ahi, n. boasting against, mocking detestation; only oc-
curring in the phrase: ye moko ahi (= hi m. k., y. to
• detest one, to hold one in abhorrence?); inf. ahiyeli.
Comp. ye he feo, gbe he guo, etc. also:' to mock at
one, to boast against one.

hia (Ot. hyia), y. n. inf. hlamo, to be poor, needy; to be
in need of; y. imp. with the logical subj. as an Obj.,
to want; to distress; ehlami, ake — 1 want that — , it
is necessary for me that; comp. fi; Sika ebiami, 1 want
money, 1 am in distress for money, comp. fe, y.; he
hia m. k., y. to be in perplexity; to want pasttime;
SangcTOcilc ^aben; = hie tse, y.

^hia, ohia (Ot. th. s.), n. poyerty, need, distress, want;
„ohia mldsra,"" pry. „poyerty is hard!'' ohia hia m. k., y.
to be in poyerty; ohia ehiami, I am in poyerty,

'Uab^i n. time of need.

122 'htadSeft — > hie m. k. nydmo.

'hIadSeA, n. state of poverty; s. dSe, n.

'hiafo, ohiafo (Ot. ohiani, pi. ahlafo), n. ber 9(rme; poor
man. ^Ohiafo be nanyo/' pry/ „the poor has no friend!'*

hiahia, adj. and adv. clean; cleanly: tight, neat; neatly.

hi^o! interj. be it so! Amen! especially religiously used in
responding to the prayers of fetish-priests; perh. firom
h!, V. to be good; to remain.

hUw, irreg. pi. hiebii, h6bii, n. single cowry; s. trema;
kpS, tSakpo etc. The word is very probable originally
the diminutive hleo, little face, pi. hiebii, h^bii corrupted
„^bii''. It is sometimes mockingly put in apposition to
proper names, as „Tete hiaw'S to indicate covetousness
in small matters, trifles, as one cowry.

'hiayeli, n. suffering by poverty; fr. ye ohia, v.

hie, V. a., inf. Memo, to carry, to hold in the hand,
to handle, to use, comp. md; to hold fast, to have (Ot.
kura); to continue = hi, kS he, hie mil; to bear, to
endure etc. to give info one's hand for carrying; comp.
also he, v. The word can not be used for carrying on
the head, s. t^re, or on the shoulders, s. tfa k5A; or
of heavy burdens, s. wo, or of cloth, s. wo or bu; but
especially of light things which one can hold in the
hand. Comp. especially the following uses of the word:
Amehle blomo, they cried continually; hela hie m. k.,
sickness has taken hold of s. b.; hela hiemi ahQ, I was
a long time sick; s. he ye; hie moko, v. to carry one
(sc. in one's mouth), to slander him == wie he (eomp.
,,augtragen'0« Ad. he, v. th. s.

hie m. k. den, v. to give into one's hand.

hie bobobg, — dododo, v. to treat carefully, kindly.

hie foi, V. to run (s. foi, dio foi, §a foi; wo foi), inf. foi-
hlemo. Ad. hS fo, v.

hie he, v, to hold one's self, i. e. to be free; inf. hehle-
mo; = ye he, v.

hie ho, V. lit. to carry an embryo; to be with child; to
be with young one's; comp. ho; M ho, na musu; inf.
hohlemo.

hie lata or lamo, v. to use to sing; to continue to sing.

hie ml], V. inf. mlihiemo, to hold fast; s. md mli; to use
repeatedly.

hie m. k. soisoi, v. to iUtread s. b.

hie musu, v. «=» hie ho, to be with child r inf. musu*

hiemo*
ble m. k. n^dmo, v. to be indebted to s. b.

)

hie — hie bu. 123

hie, n. face; ejes, sight; surface; front (the contrary of
se, s. this); as he, mli, se^ ;i, one of the words most
' frequently and multifariously employed, especially as the
grammatical subject and object of verbs. Used as adverb
and postposition it expresses the relations of ^before,
forward; on; upon**; etc. Respecting the relation of
time, „tSutsu, UefikleA, dft*", respecting that of place
„hamo, no, na he"* are to be compared (s. Ot. ani, Riis
eni; Ad. h^, n.). The principal combinations are the
following: 1) verbs with hie as their object: ba hie, v.
to come forward ; ba moko hie, v. to come before one('s
fiace); bu hie, v. to cover the face; fite hie, v.' to dis-
guise; fg hie, V. to wash the face (s. d§u, v.); inf. hie-
fomo, ironically used; to drink too much; fu hie, v. =
tQ hie, to darken one's face, to frown; gbe hie, v. to
make ashamed; inf. hlegb€, hlegb^le (s» hie gbo); to
meet at a convivial party; to fight hand to hand, inf.
hiegbemo , comp. gbe ; gble hie, to open the face, to be
open, to be friendly; ha hie, == bu hie, to cover the
face; kd hie, v. to reproach = gbe hie, v.; kpAtft hie,
V. a. to destroy, inf. hiekplitdmo (comp. hie kpdtd and
fite); ke hie fd m. k. no, ke hie Ame m. k. no, - - kS
m. k. no etc. s. under fd, nme» kft etc.; ke hie nme
moko or noko (Ot. de ani kari obi), v. to weigh some
body or some thing with the face, to estimate; kpe hie,
to meet the face; ku hie fd n. k. no, v. to wink at
s. th.; mia hie, v. inf. hiemlamg, to press one's face
together, to sustain (f. i. pain etc.) ; hd hKe fd m. k. no
== ke hie fd m. k. no (s. ke and Ad), v. to trust in s. b.
(lit. to take the face and cast it upon s. b.); hie kd
m. k. no, V. th. s. ; nd hie nme m. k. no, th. s.; sa
hie, V. to rub one's face; to hie, v. to suppose; to di-
rect one's face (upon s. th.); tse hie, v. to smile; tSIe
m. k. hie, v. to awake one (comp. hie tsd); tSd hie, v.
to turn one's face; to turn before = tSd hamo; tQ hie,
= fu hie, V. to frown; wadSe hie, v. to harden one's
face, to be or become cruel, hard (s. hie wa); wiem.k,
hie, V. to reprove s. b. ; wo hie no, to lift up the face,
the eyes; ya hie, v. to go on, forward; etc. etc.

hie ba no, V. to remember (again); s. kai and hie kd no;
mihie eba no, 1 remember it.

hie ba si, v. to be meek, humbleminded (s. ba he si); inf.
hiesiba; ehle ba si, he is mild.

hie bu, V. a. to get night, dark =& dSe ua, v.

124 h!e bu Si — h!e h! he no.

hie bu si, pi. hie bumQ si; or ke hie bu §i, M hie ba

§i, y. to fall down on the face; inf. hiesibumo.
hie di, V. inf. hiedimo, to be giddy; mihie midimi, I am

giddy; but mihie di, I am black,
hie do, hie dg la; inf. hiedo, y. to haye a hot fece^; to

be zealous, anxious, prone upon s. th.; to be out of

temper; to be passiAiate; to be wild (s. dsQ, hie dsQ,

he dsQ).
hie dso, y. to be bitter-faced, coyetous; inf. hledsomg.
hie 6i, y. inf. hlefS, to get an expressiye face, to be deye-

loped (of children),
hie fe mobgrnobo, nydnemo, nySgemo, nydn-kemg, etc.

s. these adjectiyes and nouns and the combination of

fe, y.
hie fe ya, y. inf. hieyafemg, to wonder, be astonished =

fe ya; na kpe he; he d§6 he, y. amghle fe ya, or: ame-

hle feamfi ya, they are or were astonished; Ad. he pe

ya, y. th. s.
hie fe m. k. tgtotg, y. to be sad; ehle felg tgtotg, =

ewyerg eho ehe, he is sad.
hie fo kli, y. to be giddy = hie di, y.
hie fg, y. to haye a wet face (be drunk?); s. fg hie, y.
hie fd m. k. ng, s. kg hie fd m. k. ng under fd ng,. y.

and hie, n.
hl^ fie §i, y. n. to be ashamed, to hang one's face down;

inf. hiesiliemg.
hie gble = d§e tsgre, y. inf. -mg, to get daylight; comp.

gble hie, y.
hie gbo (lit. the face died), y. to be ashamed, inf. hiegbo

(seldom used)- hiegble or hiegbSle; comp. gbe hie, y. ;

ohie agbo biang! thou wilt just now be ashamed; ehle

gboo noko, he is of nothing ashamed, he is shameless;

ohIe agbo I bi^ ashamed; comp. ani wu in Otyi, th. s.;

Ad. hfi gbo, y.
hie hi, y. to get better = hi hSl m. k.
hie hi n. k., y. to abhor s. th.
hie hi n. k., y. to keep something in yiew, to care for it,

to like it.
hie hi ng, y. to keep in yiew, to keep in rememberance ;

comp. hie yg ng, — kft ng, kai: Ad. h§ hS, y. to be

aUye.
hie hi he ng, y. to keep one's self in yiew, to take care;

nyehle ahia nyehe ng, take cBve for yourselyesl = comp.

sgle he^ kwe he, kwg nl abl> y. etc.

hie ho he — h!e Sft. 125

hie ho he» r. to miss, to overlook; ufierfe^en, uftetge^en.

hie kS, y. inf. hlekSmo, to be alive; to be active, lively;
minaa noko ni hie \k, I see nothing that is alive; hie
kS m. k. , to be mad, ehle kale , he is mad ; s. ^iAkfl, v.
Ad. hg kfi, V.

hie kS he, v. to be alive or cognitions about s. th.

hie k9 TiQ, V. to remember; s. hie hi no> — ye no; to
trust in, s. hie fd no; mihie kS Nyofimo no; I trust in
God; 1 hope upon God; Ad. hS k9 no, hS ne no, v.

hie ka §i, V. n. to be moderate; to be wise, prudent, s.
le nii, na etc., inf. hIeSikSmo; mihIe k3 §i and mihIe
ka miSi, I am moderate; comp. hie sa, v. to keep well
house.

hie kd (Ot. ani here), v. to desire, to lust; inf. hiekd;
comp. di se, ba tsine, v.

hie kd Si, v. == hie bu §i, v. to fall down to the ground ;
pi. hie kdmo Si, v. to lie on the face; s. nabu kd si,
v. th. s.

hie kpa no, lit. the face turns from (s. kpa); v. to forget;
comp. hie kSno, the contrary; ohie akakpa edsiirofemo
no, do not forget a benefit! MihIe kpako no! I have
not forgotten it!

hie kpdta, V. n. inf. hlekpStSmo; to be spoiled, to perish;
s. kpSti hie, v.

hie lo, V. to frown == hienmei lo, and lo hie wo mli, v.

hie lu Si, V. to fall with the face to the ground.

hie me, v. n. to be content; to be glad, to feel at home;
to be happy (comp. hie tse); mihIe me hie, here I am
content, at home; mihIe mele, I am content with him;
I am faithful to him, also: hie me m. k. he, to be con*
tent with, or to be faithful to, s. b.; inf. hieme; comp.
me, V.

hie Ae, Ad. v. to be alive (lit. the face exists); hS n§, th. s.

hie sa, V. n. to be fit, ripe (of persons); to be steady;
grave, solid; inf. hiesale, s. sa; to be hard; to be pre-
cocious (ironically used); Ad. hS sa, v.

hie so m. k. , v. a. (Ot. ani so), to honour, esteem, respect
s. b.; inf. hieso; ehle soOmi, he respects me. „Ke oko
wo kpla able le ehle esooo," prv. If thou thrash com

. with a fowl, it does not respect thee.

hie sS, V. inf. hIeSS, to be selfish; covetous; to have a
sunburnt face. Comp. also hIeSa, n.; fe hIeSa, v. fr.
hie and esa, adj. bad.

126 Me tg — hlete.

hie tfi, V, n. (8. tew in Otyi) to be covetous; to be cun-
ning, wise, civitized; to be clear, as water; inf. hletS.
hie t§e, V. n. to be clear, to have a clear pure surface (of

water); inf. hietSemo.
hie tse, V. inf. hletSere, hietsele, to be homesick; --m. k.

or n. k. , after s. b. or s. th. ; to be dissatisfied with

one's condition (s, hie me, the contr.).
hie t§e, V. n. n. to awake (comp. tsTe hie); inf. hlet§§.
hie tSele, v. and,
hie tsere, v. n. to awake, to come to one's self (ju fli^

fclber fommen); mihie tsere mi, I came to myself; inf.

hIetSeremo.
Me tS6, V. = Me tse, to be homesick; inf. MetsdmQ.
Me wa, V. n., lit. to be hafd-faced; to be hard; to be strict;

to be covetous; inf. hiewa, Mewale.
Me ye la, v. to be enraged, fierce; = ye flafla; to be very

much Intent upon s. th., comp. Me do, v.
Me ye no, v. to keep in view = Me M no; neg. irreg.

Me be no; Ad. hS nS no.

The following combinations with „hre** and many
others are sometimes negligently pronomiced, so that
only „hi** or „he** is heard. For correctness' sake
they are all fully written. In Adanme ^hS" takes
nearly entirely the place of „hle**.
hiebii, hebii, pi. n. single cowries; s. Maw, Meo, n.
Mebole, Mebumo, n. evening time = dsenamo ; s. Me bu, v.
hiebumo, n. covering of the face; fr. bu Me, v.
hiedlle, -mo, n. giddiness, fr. hie di, v.
hiedo, n. heat (of the face); passion; zeal; wildness; fr.

Me do, V.
Medolo, n. zealous; fierce; wild person; also used of

animals,
hiedsolo, n. bitterfaced person; envious, covetous person;

fr. Me dso, v.
hIedSomo, n. covetousness; envy.
Medsole, n. peace = hed§ole, fr. Me dso, v. tameness;

Med§0> n. th. s.
hiefSmo, n. expressiveness of the face, fr. Me % v;; de-

velopement of children.
Mefite!o» n. disguised person,
hiefitemo, n. disguise; fr. fite Me, v.
hIefl^mo» n. itching of bee.

hlefomo, n. washing of the &ce; drunkennesjs; fr. fo hie, v.
hiefo, n. endeavour; trying; fr, fo Me, v.

hieflomo — htekp^. 127

hieflomo, hiefo, n. cutting of fbe face (with divers marks).

hlefolQ, D. a person with a cut face (not used, but hle-

. nmlaltSe, n. instead of it).

hlefQmo, n. frown, fr. fQ hie, v.

hlefOlg, n. frowning person.

hlefQ, n. stink-face (scolding word: „Kwe ehlefQl" look at
his ugly face!)

hlegbemg, n. hand to hand fight; conviviality, fr. hlegbe,v.

hlegb6, n., spite, s. gbe hie, v. and hlegb£le, n.; reproof,
reproach.

hiegbelQ, n. (despicer) reprover, reproacher.

hlegbSle (hlgble, h^gble), n. death of the face, shame; dis-
grace ; bashfulness ; fr. hie gbo, v. ; spite, tt. gbe hie, v. ;
na — , to see shame, to be disgraced; wo m. k. — , to
make one ashamed, to put shame upon s. b. A peculiar
plural-form is hlegbedSi in

hlegbedSianii, pi. n. shameful acts or doings.

blegbedsianiifemo, n. shameful act.

hiegb^lewO, n. disgracing.

hlegble, n. = hlegb^le, n.

hlegblemQ, n. friendliness; fr. gble hie, v. daylight, fr. hie
gble, V. = dSetSeremo.

hlegbo =tt hlegbfile, n.

hlehand, pi. -nii, n. covering of face, veil.

hleheremo, n. exeptation of face, countenance, fr. here
hie, V. therefore, countinancing, acknowledgement.

hlekdlQ, n. a living, active person; Nyonmo hlekftlo, the
living God. Ad. th. s. The word can be used ia con-
trast to „gbonyo** of any thing „living".

hleklmo, n. living; life, fr. hie k§, comp. wala; remem-
brance; s. nghlekamo, hlengkamg, n. hope; confidence,
fr. hie ka no, v.

hlekasemo, n. immitation of one's face, fr. kase hie, v.

hleko, n. lust, desire; envy.

hlekdlo, n. lusting, desirous, envious person.

hlekpamo, n. forgetfulness, fr. hie kpa no* v. s. nghle-
kpamo, hlenokpamo; but: percolation, clarification; fr.
kpa hie, v. to take off the surface.

hlekpStdlo, n. destroyer, spoiler; fr. kpdtdhle; comp. fite-
lo, n.; reproacher.

hlekp3tdmo, n. perdition; destruction, fr. hie kp§tfi, v. n.
and kpSitS hie, v. a.; comp. fitemo> n ; reproach.

hlekpe, n. meeting face to face; glance at one's face, fr.
kpe hie, v.

128 htelomo — hteftmei no tSe.

hielomo, n. frowning; staring.

h!el09 n. holder, carrier, fr. hie, v.

hleme, n. contentment; pleasure, joy, fr. hie me; comp.

mise.
hiemeheremo, n. joyful reception, fr. here m. k. hleme, v.

hiemlamo, n. forbearance; endurance; endeavour, trial =

hiefo, n.; fr. mla hie, v.
hlemlalo, n. person enduring hardships or sufferings.

hlemo, n. carrying, bearing, holding; slandering; fr. hte, v.
Adn. hSm.

hiena, hina, hena, n. lit. brim or end of the face, i. e.
forehead, comp. hietso; Ad. hSnya, n.; kwe m. k. hie-
na, Y. to respect person, 7tQO<f(i07toXrj7tt€tv,

hlenakwemo, n. respect of person.

hienmlaltse, pi. -tsemei, n. cutface; person from tribes who
cut their faces.

hlenmei, hinmei, pi. -ii, n. lit. face-nut; eye; well of
water; eye of a needle; = W in Hebr. Hinmei (Ot.

ani, ani wa) is also used as gramm. subj. or. obj. like
hie, na, nd etc. but not very frequently; f. i. be hlnmeii,
V. to hint with the eyes ; ebemi hlnmeii, he gave me a
hint with his eyes; dfa hlenmei, obj. pi. dfra hlehmeii,
lit. to break the eyes (s. dfa), to gpoil the eyes; lila
hleiimeii = fila, v. a. to blind; s. fila; kodd hlenmei, v. a.
to look asquint; to leer at s. th.; to be envious; mla
hlenmeii, to shut the eyes; tfa hlenmeii, lit. to strike
the eyes, i. e. to shut and open them once, inf. hle-
nmeiitfs, s. this; to twinkle; wo hlenmei no, obj. pi.
(irreg.) hole hlenmeii ang, to lift up the eyes etc. Ad.
hSfime, n.

hlenmei dfa, pi. hlenmeii dfra, v. n. to loose the eyes, s.
dfa h., V.

hlenmei, kddo, v. n. to have a crooked eye, to look asquint
(fd^iden) ; to leer upon s. th. ; to be envious, comp. Mt.
20, 15.; inf. hleAmeikdddmo ; s. kodd hlenmei and comp.
hie k5, V.

hlenmei lo = hie lo, v. to frown.

hleAmei mla, v.n. to have the eyes shut, s. mla hlenmei, v.

hlenmei' no ha, v. n. to have a covered eye, i. e. to have
weak eyes, to see not well.

hlenmei no siu, v. a. th. s.

hlenmei no t§e, v. a. to have clear, pure, sharp eyes.

MeAmei — hieule. 129

htebmei no yete, t. lit. lo get a stone on the eje , lo hs?e

a cataract.

blenraeia sa, = hie sa, v. n. to be fit.

MeAmeiA si m. k. v. n- lo be hard, covetous, unfriendly,

sGBpiciouB; ehtemeiii Sdale fe noko, he Js exeedingly

UD&iendly; inf. hIenmeiniS =hiesA; comp. also hlewa, >.

= hie wa, V. n. to be hard -eyed i. e. to be

covetous.
, n. hinter with the eye.
hlcnmeibg, n. hint with the eye^; fr. be hleAmei, v.

bleAmeiidframQ, n. spoiling the eyee; fr. dfa h.,
V. or h. dfa-, v.
hlenmeidfalg , n. person spoiling the eyes.

K , n. surface of the eyes; hleAmeiing, th. s.
I, n. eye-brow; hlenmeiise, -setfioi, th. s.
otoku, n. eye-lid; -sewolo, -setolo, th. s.
, n. squinter ; leerer ; envious person ; fr.
kfidd h. , V. or h. kodd, v.

, n. looking nsquieut; leering; envy,
spoilt eye; s. ko, adj.
n. person wiih a spoilt eye; tStnJugtget;
, th. s.
gS^g^ n- cataract.

1^ n. darkness of the eye; fr. bleAmei no ha, v.
, n. clearness of the eye ; fr. hteh. ng tSe, v.
— hleSa. unfriendliness; hardness; suspicion,
n. unfrien person,

hieAmeisa, a- esi\ eye; s. eSa, adj,
hlenm^ilfa, n. stroke or twinkling of the eyes, moitient
(Muflenblid) ; afe nakai hIeAmeilfa, it was done so in the
twinkling of an eye.
htenghlte, n. remembrance; care for s. th. or s. b. fr. hie

hi no, V.
hlenoho, n. overlooking; missing; Uebetfelietl , Uebergeijetl ;

fr. hje ho (he) ng, v.
hiengkamg, n. remembrance; trust; confidence; hope fr.
Me k9 ng, v.

n. forgetful person.

n. ; fr. hie kpa ng, T.

, = ;eption of person;

; s. hIetSo, n.
hiengwomg, n. elevation of face.

hiesale, n. fitness; maturity; steadiness (of persons); pre-
cociousness; fr. h!e sa, v.
Zimmermaon, .Ura-Vocab. "i

130 hiesamo — hleiivieinQ.

hiesamo, n. preparation of face, surface, fr. sa hie, v.

hlesQ, n. respecting, honouring; respect, honour, estima-
tion, fr. hie so, V.

hiesolo, n. respectful person.

hiesuban, n. likeness of face.

hies9, n. covetousness ; -sSilo, n. covetous person, fr. hie
sS, V.

hlesa, hisa, hlesadsen, n. selfishness, suspicion, hardness,
fr. hie sa; fe hlesa, v. to be selfish etc.

hlesafemo, n. selfishness; -felo, n. etc.

hlesalo^ n. a selfish, suspicious, hard person.

hlesikdmo, n. moderation; frugality; thriftiness; fr. hie k& si, v.

hlesifiemo, n. shame fr. hie fie si, v.

hiesibumg, n. falling on one's face.

hlesimS, hlesimamQ, n. fijcing of face.

hietg , hlt€, h^te, n. covetousness; cunning, knowledge;
civilisation etc. clearness = hietsemo; fr. hie til, v.

hletitimo, n. scratching of one's face.

hletd, n. direction of the face to a certain object, fr. to
hie, V.

hletsele* n. = hletSere, n.

hietsemo, n. clearness, cleanness (of face or surface), fr.
hie tse, v.; friendliness, cheerfulness, fr* tSe hie, v.

hietsemo » n. friendliness, smiling, smile, s. t§e hie, v.

hletsere, hitsre, hetsre, n. homesickness; fr. hie tie, v.
want of pastime; dsie — , v. to pass the time, hletSere-
dsiemo, n. time passing; ^tit'otxtxtib.

hlet§6, n. awaking, fr. hie tse, v.

hletseremo» n. coming to one's self„ fr. hie tsere, v.

hietsemo, n. awakening, fr. tSle hie, v.

hletsimo, n. movement of face.

hletsdmo, n. turning of the face; turning before = hftmo-
t§5mo, fr. ts5 hie, v.

hletSo, hltso, hStso, pi. -tSei, n. = hlena, forehead:
kwe -no, V. to respect persons, s. hlena, n.

hletsumo, n. wiping the face, fr. tiumo hie, v.

hletumo, n. frowning, frown, fr. tu hie, v.

hlewadsemo, n. hardening of one's face fr. wadSe hie.

hie wale, n. hardness (of face) ; boldness; cruelty; cove-
tousness fr. hie wa, v.

hlewalo, n. hard, covetous person,

hlewielOj^n. reprover; exhorter.

hlewiemo, n. reproof; admonition, exhortation; fr. wle
m. k. hie, v.

hlewome — ho he. 131

hlewbme, n. carrying of the fore part.

hleyA, n. going on; advance, progress, fr. ya hie, v.;

= noya, n.
hleyalQ, n. person progressing,
hleyafemo, n. = yafemo, astonishment; wondering fr. hie

fe y&; eomp. nakp^; hedSdmo; Ad. hSyapem , heya-

pepeiy n.
hieyomo, n. recognition of one's face, fr. yo m. k. hie, v.
hie, Ad. V. = kwe, v. to behold,
hie, Ad. adv. = bie, here,
hie, n. Adn. fence = afaban.
hihl, redupl. of hi, v. to detest thoroughly; ehlhlle kokoko,

he detested him exceedingly much,
hiko, V. to hickough.
hikohiko, n. hickough = fukofuko.
hlkd, n. 8. hlekd, lust, envy.
h!k5lo = hlekdlQ, n. envious person,
hlle, n. goodness; remaining, dwelling; abhorrence, abo-
mination, esp. in a religious sense; fr. hi, v.
hllehe, s. §ihllehe, n. dwelling.
hUend, pi. hllenii, good thing, good work (unclean thing ?)

s. niihinii.
hima, v. to drive (fr. the wind): koyo Ifi hima lelele ahO,

the wind drove the vessel a long time,
'hima, ahima (Ot. ahyema, diminutive of hyen, vessel), n.

the smallest kind of canoes, fisher-canoe, comp. ahlese,

ahlnese -= ahyenkese); duakro, lele. n.
/bimahka, ahimahka, n. europ. word; hammock,
hlna, s. hiena.
hln., bin. s. under hie.
'hinkese, ah. (Ot. ahyenkese), n. a large canoe.

hlnmei, s. hleAmei.

hirihiri, n. and adv. confusion; confusedly = gidigidi, sa-
kasaka, th. s.

hi§a, s. hleSa.

hlte, s. hletS.

hit§o, 8. hletso.

ho, V. to pass; to pass over; to proceed, to go on well;
to flow, to overflow; to cook; compare to the latter:
be, tfa (d§a); si, sd. Inf. homo and hO. Sometimes
ho is used like an auxil. verb = ya, ba etc. f. i. hota
§i, to (come and) sit down, ho-kd §i, to (go and) lie
down etc. Ad. ho, v. to go, to come.

ho he, V. to pass; to outdo = ho na.

132 ho he no — Hogba.

ho he no; v., inf. heho and henohO; hehomo and heno-

homo to pass over; to overtake,
ho-ka si, v. to lie down, s. ho, v.
ho la, V. inf. laho (perh. to overflow with fire) to be very

active, lively; to be wild; to be^ playful; to be wanton;

frolicksome ; naughty etc. (esp. used of children).

ho na = ho he, v. inf. naho, to pass over; to surpass,

to out- do; -run etc.
ho nii, inf. niihomo, v. to cook,
ho-ta si, V. to sit down, s. ho, V.
ho-ya, V. to pass and go, i. e. to pass away, to vanish.

he, n. uproar, noise; fe-, v. to make a noise, uproar.

ho, V. pi. hglo, to shove in, to put in, to insert (einf^ie*
ben); to be inserted, to lie betwixt two things, to lie
in a cavity ; perh. formerly : to be with child, s. ho, hol^,
horg. Inf. ho, holomo.

ho mH, V. inf. mliho, th. s.

ho, n. fetus; embryo; an unborn child; „won3[mei ke bii
ke hoi," „ our wives, children and unborn ones 'S a com-
mon expression of men in speaking of their families, as
their dearest good, as in Germ. ,,SBetb unb 5linb,"
„.^au« unb $ecrb 2C." a kind of very small monkeys
with large heads; — No ho, v. inf. bono, v. to con-

> ceive; hie ho, inf. hohiemo, v. to be with child, comp.
na musu , hie musu etc. wo m. k. ho , v. to impregnate ;
inf. howO.

ho, n. insertion, etc.

Ho, pr. n. Saturday; comp. Hogba; according to native
counting Saturday is the 6. day of the week.

ho, V. to sell; „ahd eno ahe kpanma,'' „this is sold (and
bought) for ten strings" (of cowries), inf. homo. This
verb seems formerly to have had also the signification:
to hunger, comp. hoo, hdmo, hdlo, n.

hd nklon, v. to snuffle, to snore.

ho, adj. cold, cool, nu ho, cold water, s. h6n.

hoble, n. dan. plane.

hoble-adade, n. plane -iron, ^obeteifen.

Ahodome, pr. n. of a GSi- village.

hofelo, n. noisy person.

hofemo, n. noisemaking; noise; uproar; s. bu, v.

Hogba, pr. n. Sunday; s. Ho/ pr. n. Sunday is kept as a
day of rest by many heathen and considered the 7. or
last day.

hogba-atade — homo. 133

hogba-atade, n. sunday-dress; ^dsamo, -solemo, n. Sunday-
service.

hohlemo, n. pregnancy; fr. hie ho, v.

hohol, y. frequentative of hd, to sell.

hohe, V. (accord, to Hanson) to keep.

hdlanu, n. Adn. cowries = trema in GS.

hole, V. sometimes pronounced holo,^obj. pi. of wo, v. to
lift up; to lift or take many things up, to take (things)
away etc. f. i. mlwo mihie no; 1 lift up my face; ml-
hole mihlenmeii ano , I lift up my eyes. Comp. also ko
and kdlQ. Inf. holemo.

hole he no, v. inf. henoholemo» to overgrow (according
to Hanson, Mat. 13, 7.). Comp. wo, v.

hole no, pi. v. of wo no, to lift up (many things); inf.
noholemo*

holehole, adj. and adv. loose; loosely, lottcrij; holi-
holi, th. 9^.

holo, V. s. hole, v.

holo, n. cook (gener. nii holo or kuke, kuku, europ. word).

holo (s. horo) , n. a person who is with child ; an animal
that is with young one's. The word is not used alone,
but like an adjective as an apposition, f. i. yd holo^ a
woman with child; fr. ho, v. and n.

holo, pi. V. of ho, Y.

hdlo, pi. hdloi, n. seller; seldom used alone, but frequently
in compounds, as: tawahdlo, seller of tobacco etc.

— , pi. hdloi and hdd§i, n. a hungry person; hdlo dSile
ake klaii, he is as hungry as a hyena. Oomp. hdmo,
hoo, n. perh. fr. a verb hO, or hdo, v. to hunger; s.
Adn. Voc. hdo, n.

holo, bono, hon, n. shadow, susum^ (comp. won, nydn etc.).
Comp. hd, adj.

holomo, n. insertion, fr. holo, pi. v. of ho, v.

hdmo, pi. hdmoi, n. selling, sale; — pi. hddSi, hunger
(Ot. okom Ad. hdo); scarcity of any thing, f. i. nuhdmo,
— of water; lo-hdmo, — of meat etc.; hdmo yemi,
hunger eats me, i. e. I am hungry (comp. kumai, fel
etc.); hdmo gbele, hunger has killed him; sometimes
the pi. is used: hddSi yeomi naakpa, 1 am very hungry;
wo hdmo yi , lo cry the hunger out, to cry after it (as
it is custom to do after thieves found out, women and
children running after and making a noise at them), a
custom of the hdmowo-festival, s. hdmowo.

homo, v. to be accustomed; to prosper; s. ho, v.

134 homo — ha.

homO) n. cooking, fr. ha, y.

hgniQ, n. inserting, fr. hg, y.

homQWQ, n. ht. the outcrying or mocking of hung^; a
common feast or festival of the natives of Western Africa
after the harvest of corn and yams, a kind of harvest-
home, generally called yams -custom, celebrated with
gun-firing, singing, music, dancing, eating and drinking
etcr and in the interior also with sacrifices of men. Along
the coast it is celebrated at the end of August or be-
ginning of Sept. It is at the same time the new year
of the natives. Comp. wo, v. and wo yi, y.

h6A = h6lQ, hdno, n. shadow.

bond, -nlomo, n. conception; fr. n6 ho, v.

b6o, Adii. n. = homo, hunger; hdo, nemi ye = hdmo
miyemi, 1 am hungry; comp. suq, v. and suomQ, n.

hgniitsumo, n. saturday-business.

'bora, ahora, n. blame; s. ahora and ahorabo.

horo, s. hole and holo, y.

boro, s. hole.

hoso and woso (Ot. wosow, hosow) v. n. and a., inf. ho-
somQ, to shake, to quake, to move to and fro; Sikpon
hosoo, the earth shakes; yahoso nmlele or hosomo
nmlele, ring the bell! comp. kpokpo and dida, ga, tli
he, y. etc.

hosolo, n. ringer (of a bell).

hosomg, n. shaking, quaking; ringing; sikpon hosomg,
earth-quake. ■

hgwo, n. impregnation; fr. wo hg, v.; •• bQ, n.

hgwolg, n. impregnator.

hre, y. s. here, y.

hre, v. s. hele, y. here, v.

hren, adj. s. heren.

hrihri, a^j. s. hirihiri, adj.

hu, y. to blow (the fire with a fan), to fan, to blow clean,
but comp. fli; to storm (s. ahum); inf. homg. Ol« th. s.

hd, y. to hum; to roar as a iion^ inf. hfimo. Comp. ahCiahu,
adv. and n.

bo, inf. hOmg, y. to till the ground; to hoe; to eultirate
the land; hQ adeda, to work with the biUhook, L e. to
cut the bush for burning tsd cultivating ; hd kgi, to work
with the hoe, to hoe; hd n. k. he, to cleanse or weed
about s. th., hu able he, to weed maise or com; hu
mli, y. to weed in s. place.

ho — hdnimo. 135

ha, D. adj. and adv. blowing (of the wind); stormingly;

exceedingly much,
ha, Q. watch; clock.

hu, conj. also, too, even, likewise, comp. tete. It is pos-
poned to the word to which it belongs; miba ni min^fe-
mi le hQ ba, I came and also my brother came; miba
ni minyemi ba hu, I came and my brother also came;
dSee-keke; Si -ho, not -only; but -also.

'ho, ShO, n. or adv. s. aha, n.

'huahO, ahfiahu, n. fear, horror.

huhd, adj. innumerable; akpei hiiha, many many thousand;-
comp. oh^, num.

huhuhu, huhahuha, adv. murmuringly; wie — , v. to mur-
mur, to grumble.

hahuhuwiemo, n. murmuring.

huhui, Adn. adv. loudly, aloud.

hulQ, n. fanner; s. hu, y.

hulo, n. 93auet; farmer, tiller of the ground; s. okwafonyo
and kosenyo, th. s.

hulQuii. pi. n. farmers-implements^

hulotsu, n. farm-house.

hulu, V. s. huru, v.

hulu, hunu, huru, n. sun; — ete si, - - is risen; — nyS
si, - - went down; — damo, - - standeth in his height;
— Iso, - - shines, etc. wyere hOiu, v. to sit in the sun.

huludamo, n. the highest stand of the sun in the meridian.

hulusinyo, n. setting of the sun.

hulusite, n. rising of the sun.

hulutsO, n. sun-shine.

huluwyeremo, n. warming, sitting in the sun.

humi, n. a quiet, unpretending person; an humble person;
prov, 18.

humidSen, il humble behaviour.

humo, n. humming; roaring.

humg, n. tilling the ground, farming, cultivation.

humgnd, pi. -nii, n. farming^impiement = hulgnd, n.

hunS, n.'Adn. husband = wu in Ga; kuntt, Ot.

hunu, s. hulu, n. sun.

hiiru. hru, v. (Ot. th. s.) inf. hiirumo, to jump, to spring;
bayelo hurug gbagbagba, or guagUiagaa, the leaf-
eater (an antelope) jumps hophophop; to leap, to leap
over, = teke, v. ; also hurti — teke, double v. th. s.

hurulo, n. jumper.

htirumQ} hrumg, n. junoping, sprmging, leaping.

136 hurududd — Ka.

hunidudO, adv. ^ith one crash; gbe si hurududQ, to fall

down with one crash,
husu, n. limit, boundary, border; comp. ilmanmasa, klotia,

kpokpa, nagbe etc. Mikele dse husul, I border with him;

dsie husul, y. to make out the limits or borders.
hQsudse, n. bordering,
hfisudsiemo, n. making out of boundaries.
bwSn, V. to be out of joint disjoined (of members of the

body); to disjoin, to dislodge; inf. hwanrng.
hwSnmo, n. disjoining, dislocation of a joint of the body.
'hwSn, ohwdn, n. a small animal of the bush.

hwahya, v. to shake; -nine, the hand.

'hw^ny3, ahwSnya, n. the maize -blossom; gba — , lit. to

divide or part into blossoms, to blossom (of maize and

other corn).
hwdnySigbamQ , n. blossoming of com etc.
hw = w (Ayigbe-sound) see in some Adanme-words from

Ayigbe, in the Ad. Yoc; in Gd generally changed into

„w", f. i. hwo, A., G. wo, to morrow; though the few

words under hw — might be also written so. The same

sound appears also in Otyi.

L

Properly written no GSi-word initiates with ^i** (a,
e, being the only initiating vowels); but besides
proper nouns beginning with I, the syllable ^yi" (head)
is sometimes negligently pronounced, so that only i is
heard. Whatever is not found under ^i**, must be
therefore sought for under y, ^e" or „n, n and m".
Scripture names beginning with J are left unaltered,
such as Jehowa, Jesu, Johane, Jakob, Jakobo, Israel etc.
In the Krobo-Dialect of Adanme, „i** is the possessive
and subjective pronominal augment = mi, my and mi,
I, from ^hni^ indep. pronoun, G. mi; and besides that
used to express the verb „d§i** = ni, n in G3.

Israelnyo, pi. Israelmei or Israelbii, pr. h. Israelite.

i- = yi = head.

iten = yitefi, n. crown of the head.

itso, = yitso, n. head.

it§Qi, = yit^Qi, n. hair of the head. etc. etc.

Ka, V. inf. ks, to stick to (Ot. to be wanting); to be
fixe^, fastened (with nails); to pain by sticking to> to

ka — ka. 137

bruise; to stay, to stain (of spots not to be washed out);
to do s. th. conjunctly, inf. kamo, amefS ameka nit§umo
kome ametSu, they all conjunctly did one work; to stand
in for another, mika n. k. mihfile, I stand in for him
respecting s. th. ; ke m. k. ka, y. to take part with s. b.
in s. th. (f. i. in buying, selling etc.), s. ProY. 92; to
venture, to try, to tempt; maka makwe» I will try
and see; to nail, to fasten nd hie ka noko, to fix the
face upon s. th., subj. pi. kMa, kla; inf. kamo klamo;
to lay things into the sun to dry; inf. kamo; to scoop;
to be accustomed, to be inured, to be bound to; to be
frequent, not scarce etc. etc. Comp. yika"" in Adn., and
«ko".

ka, conjunctive verb used together with ke, ke ka, as for,
respecting; ke kami, as for me — .
About ka as auxiliary verb s. § 27. Comp. ^ko** in AdA.

ka he, v. to cleave to, to stain.

ka hie, v. to fix the face on s. th.

ka mli, v. to be fixed in something, to stain.

ka na, n. to fasten at s. th.

ka nil, v. to put things into the sun.

ka no, V. to be fixed upon s. th., to cleave to, to be
customary, dSnumg ka eno, he is given to drinking, he
is an accustomed drunkard.

ka nd, v. to be fixed at; to fix at.

ka n. k. ohyew (Ot. ohyew = hot), v. to warm s. th.;
tDdrmen, aufwatmcn.

ka sa, V. to sun a bed.

ka SO) V. to stick behind.

ka segbe, v. th. s.

ka SI, pi. kla si, v. to stick to the ground.

ka, n. sticking to; staining; ambush, waylaying; proof, trial,
venture, temptation; custom, habit; frequency; s. ka, v.;
wo ka, to waylay, to lie in ambush, inf. kawO.

ka, n. crab; „ka foo lofld'', prv. A crab does not beged
a bird.

kg, V. pi. and inf. kSmg, to lie; to lay; |to lie open, to
be open, naked, to open ; to speak (Ot. th. s. in Gd sel-
dom used, s. kSi-ke), to speak openly, to admonish, re-
'prove, reproach (inf., kS and kSimg) etc. he kS, v. inf.
hekamQ, to be unbound, at liberty to move, to be alive,
to be free; to be exposed, naked; hie ka, inf. hlekamg,
V. to be alive (Ot. „ani da"); hie kS no, inf. hiengka-
mg, V. to remember; to trust in, to hope; hie Ui Si,

138 ka he — k9.

inf. hieSiktoo, v. to be quiet, moderate, thrifty; inli
ka, V. to have an open inside; na kft, v. inf. nakdmo,
to be open (- mouthed, lit.)* f. i. sina le na kd, the door
is open; ena kg, it is open; no kd, v. to have an open
surface; se kS, v. to have an open back; to be open
behind; yitson kS, yin kg, inf. yitsonkS^no, yiAkSmg, y.
to be openheaded, i. e. to be mad; eyitson kdle, he is
mad; s. seke; etc. etc. A peculiar expression is: heni
ekS le ehli, where he lies it is not good, i. e. he is
nearly dead, he died, which is seldom said immediately
after the death of a person, but this or a similar ex-
pression, as: „en6-fd M", „enye5 hcla le** etc.

kS he, v. inf. hekSmo; to lie at s. th., to continue, to per-
severe; to last; to discover. one's self, s. he ka, v.; au-
xiliary verb to express this relation, as „still, nod^'^ f. i.
ekSi he etSuQ nii, he works still, Ht. he continues wor-
king, he continues he works, comp. ya no; lolo; kg etc.;
ke n. k. kg, to lay s. th., comp. ta, damg, te si etc.

kli hie, V. to lie before, inf. hlekdimo; to censure, re-
prove etc.

kd-ke, V. lit. to speak and say, ,i. e. to speak to; mikd sane
le mikele, I told him the matter; comp. dsadse — t§5
and ka — kyere in Otyi.

kS kits, y. inf. kitakamg, to swear; k& Nyonmg kilS, to
. swear by God; kSi kitfi fo m. k. no, v. to swear against
s. b. Comp. ki^.

kS mli, V. inf. mlikdmg, to lie in s. th.

kSi na, v. to lie at the mouth, end, limit, shore of s. th.

kS ng, V. inf. ngkdmg, to he upon; to continue ::= kft he;
to reUe upon, to rest with, to depend upon, to be upon
one's responsibility, to be one's duty; ngkg sane ne kfl
ming, this matter lies upon me, is my duty; a peculiar
expression is: sane ne »kS te ko ng**, this matter lies
upon a stone, i. e. there is something else behind; about
hie ka ng, to trust, s. hie and k§, y. (above).

ka ng tg (?), v. to be full (used of com-ears). .

ka se, y. to lie behind; inf. sekamg.

ka si, pL kamg si, inf. Sikamg, y. to lie down, to Ue on
the ground, to rest, to be sick; to be in a certain con-
dition; ke m. k. ka Si, v. to lie with s. b. = ke m. k.
wg; comp. didro §i, df^re §i, ble Si; ma §i. Bgni sane
ie ka Si ng, as the palaver stands; eka si hawg, it is
ready for us.

ka, ¥• Aih. to say; cotq. = akg, that.

kA -x kaiiiidiS. 139

kfi, n. reproof; admonition; fr.kl, ?. to reprove; t. klmo»n.

kfi, n. a kind of plates or dishes of the natiyes; s. kfi, v.
to be open.

'kd, ekfi, n. Iraldness, brayery.

ka, n. garni arabieum; s. kdUo, n.

ka, ady. through; gba ka, to rend through, s. kfi, to be
open.

kabe, n. time of affliction or trial

kabu, n. a kind of beetles, s. kgke and tdni, th. s.

kdbu, n. crab-hole.

kad^, n. jaw, jaw-bone ; the latter is sometimes taken from
enemies slain, as a trophy and tied to the large war-
drum.

kadi, y. inf. kadimo, to sign, to fill up wanting plants in
planting.

*kadi, okadi, o. sign.

kadilo, n. signer.

kadimo, n. signing.

kadra, n. Adn. biU-hook = adeda in Gft.

kadse, y. to lie on the back; inf. and impert. sing, kadie-
mo. About the end-syllable -<* dse» s. § 27.

kadSemo, n. lying on the back; comp. kft si, bu Si, sO Si,
kpasa §i, y.

kafe, a. dan. coffee.

kafedumo, n. coffee-growing, -planting.

kafekpulu, n. coffee-pot or jug.

kafenumo, n. coffee-drinking.

kafenulo, n. coffee-drinker.

kafeUsa, ou dan. cofiiee-cup.

kafeteomg, n. trans-planting of coffee (-trees).

kafeteolo, n. coffee-planter.

kafewO, n. cofee-growth, -produce.

kafote, n. silk-cotton, used for pillows etc.

kafa, n. a kind of baskets made of leaves, f. i. palm-leayes ;
comp. flgto, kpanya, ablabutu etc.

kafute, n. a kind of sandstone.

Kai, pr. n. of females.

kai (or kae), y. inf. kaimQ^ Ot. th. s. to remember; to re-
mind; comp. ka, y. and kft, y.

kailQ, n. reminder.

kaimo, n. remembrance; reminding; admonition.

kaimofemo, u. lit. making remembraoee, accord, to Hanson:
feast, festiyal.

kaimonO, pi. -nii, n. token of remembrance*

140 kaimokadi — kama.

kaimQkadJ, n. sign or token of remembrance.

kaka, n. crust of bread ; break of the bread (9lnbru(|) ; hard
baked bread; small round bread-loaves.

kakadafi, adj. long, high (Ot. tenten, Adn. gSgd).

kakao, n. aching pain in any part of the body, esp. tooth-
ache.

kakas9, n. baking of small bread or cakes.

kake, num. and adj. Adn. one; only, alone = kome; keke
in GS.

kakla, n. s. kakra, n. ring.

kakla, n. knife; comp. kito, n.

kaklanabd, n. sharpness of a knife.

kakladsote, n. >ivhetting-stone for knives; s. nadsote, th. s.
and dsQ, dsQ na, v. to whet, to sharpen.

kakladumo, n. stabbing; s. du, v.

kaklana, n. lit. mouth of the knife (comp. ^^ in Hebrew),

edge of the knife.

kaklanadsQte = kakladsote.
kaklahebo, n. sheath for a knife,
kaklatso, pi. -tsei, n. handle of a knife.
kaklahetsulQ , n. knife-cleanser; kaklahesalo, th. s.
kaklahetsumo, n. knife -cleansing; s. tsumo; kaklaheSamo,

th. s.
kaklaka, or kakraka, n. a kind of beetles, called „cockroa-

ches^' at the coast,
kako, n. pot-shard, s. ko, adj.; comp. gbeko, kpuluko etc.

th. s.
kakra, n. = kakla, n.*-
kakra, n. ring pad, polster of a ringform, to stand round

pots upon; according to Hanson crown {a%sffavog)y comp.

akekre and tako, n.
kakrada, n. oyster,
kakradanono, n. oyster-shell.

k&la, kla, pi. y. of ka, v. to fix, to nail; inf. kalamo, klamo.
kalamo, n. fixing, nailing,
kalo, u. chalk; Hme.
kalo, n. meat of crabs; s. ka, n.
kalQ, n. tryer, tempter; adventurer, s. ekSlo, 'ktio. Comp.

ka, v.
kSlg, n. a person lying down (only used in compounds);

a reprover, admonisher, coinp. kS, y.
'kSlo, ek91o, n. a bold, brave person, an adventurer » see

ASi, n.
kama, n. back-fiin of flashes.

kamfra — kfiS5lo. 141

kamfrS, kamflS, n. a kind of sea-fish.

kamfrfitoto, d. kamfrS- scales, small silyer-coin.

kamisa, kamsa, n. europ. ¥^orcl: shirt.

kamkam, adj. actiye, lively (fr. ka); ye — ^, v. to be lively,

active,
k&mo, n. lying; opening, s. kd.
kamo, n. s. ka, v. and k&, n.
kdmokSimo, redapl. pi. form of kl, v.
kampe, n. europ. ivord: sofa.
kanS, kan^h, n. accord, to Hans, corner = kdn.
kane (old pronan. kande), v. Adfi. th. s. Ot. (Akwap. Dial)

kan; inf. and imprt. sing. kanemo» to count; to read;

ke m. k. — , to dispute with s. b.
kane, n. Ad. th.s. Ot. kanea, light, candle; comp. la; lus, n.
kanehj, n. counter, reader.
kanemO; n. counting, reading,
kanetso, n. candle-stick, s. lus-lso.
Kanesi, pr. n. of a place.
Kdnka, pr. n., s. KtnkS, th. s.

kankan, adj. and adv. bright, brightly (s. kane, haii efc).
kankan, n. civet-cat.

kanke, n. a tin vessel; s. tsins, tsens, n.

kante, n. europ. word, captain of a vessel.

kante, v. inf. kantemo, to hem.

kante na, v. to hem in (cloth) = ban na; inf. nakantemo.

kao, n. dan. cake.

kaosu, n. dan. stocking, sock.

kaosulo, n. knitting, s. lo, v.

kaosulolQ, n. knitter.

kase, V. inf. kaseroo, to learn; — m. k. to imitate s. b.

Ad. th. s.
kase, n. politeness; fe — , to be polite, inf. kasefemo.
kaselQ, n. learner, scholar; discible; apprendice; Ad. th. s.;

imitator,
kasemo, n. learning; imitation,
kasefemo, n. politeness, gentileness; s. agwaseia, n.
kasegbomo, n. polite person ; gentleman; s. agv^asengbomo, n.
kasemohe, n. place of learning,
kasemotsu, n. room or house of learning,
kasemowe, n. house of learning; school
kdsolo, n. former of nalive dishes or plates (s. k9, n. and

solo, n. so, V.) potter; s. gbeSdlQ, n.

142 kflsd — ke.

kfisd, n. potters work.

kSsdlQtsu, n. potters shop.

kdsdsu, n. potters clay.

kafa, V. to lift up, to carry f. i. a child; to embrace.

katamo, n. lifting up; embracing.

Katamanso, pr. n. of the battle-field of 1826, in Mrhich the
Ashanti's were beaten by the tribes under the Danish
and English protection, about 10 miles from Tema inland,
near the village Sasabi, at the foot of the Akwapim-
mountains.

kate, verbal preposition, contracted from ke ate, 8. ke and
ya, v.; to, unto; till, untill; s. § 28.

katekate, adj. sour, acid; ny&nylnyS, th. s.

kitso, pi. -tsei, n. a shrub bearing small yellow flowers
of a strong smell, and cods; belonging to the miftiosa-
plants and producing gumi arabicum; s. kS, n.

kausu, s. kaosu, n.

kawe, n. europ. word, a large cloak with a cowl.

kawe , n. a kind of salt or salt-petre brought from the in-
terior and used as medicine for horses*

kawO, n. ambush, ambuscade, waylaying, s. ka, n. ka, v.
and wo ka, v.; Ad. th. s.

kawolo, n. way-layer; person lying in ambush; Ad. th. s.

kS , inf. kemo, v. to cry aloud; to make a rush, tp rush;
amek^ ke-ba eno, they rushed upon him. S. abo k6, v.

kS m. k. yi, v. inf. yik^mg; to cry at s. b., to scream
at s. b.

ke, inf. ke, v. to present, to give as a present; to grant;
to forgive, comp. fa, v. firi, v. ha, v. The verlh ke, ha-
ving an impersonal and a personal object, is generally
construed with the auxil. v. ke or nd ; 65 n. k. ke m. k.
ke n. k. ke m. k., to present s. th. to s. b., eke sika
kemi or end §ika ekemi, he presented gold unto me;
eho-keame, he forgave (it to) them.

ke, n. present, grant, forgiveness, s. kend, ndkend.

ke, n. a heap, a bundle, a load; nso-ke, nsroke, lit. sea-
heap, wave, breaker; laike, a bundle of fuel, wood;
dfeike, a bundle of grass etc.

ke, V. inf. kgmo, impert. sing, k^mo, to say; to tell; to
comn)and; Ot. se, AdA. de; seldom: k$; comp. kd, wie,
dsadse - tsd , gba etc. A peculiar form and use of this
very frequently employed verb is the verbaUco^jiinction
„^kfi'' (Adn. kfi, kS, Ot.se), which answers exa^y to
the Hebr. 10i6 and generally to „that'' (Dag^ dT»)» but

ke — kfe. 143

stands frequently only in the place of a colon or notes
of quotation, as: Ek^mi ake: „MTba*', he told me (saying):
„1 am coming"*; ek^mi ake 6ba, he told me' that he is
coming. If k$ has no object behind it and the >ivords
said immediately follonving, ake may be left out, as:
Eke: „MafeI'' and eke ake: rMafe!"" he said: ,,1 will
do it!" etc.

ke, inf. kele» v. n. to be long, eke naakpa, it js yery long;
s. also dSeke, v.

k^, auxiliary verb, s. § 28; without inflection, Ot. ne, de
(and fa). Ad. nS and kg; originally to take, to hold ==
nd, with which it changes and which must be used, if
an inflection of the auxiliary is necessary (as in Ot. fa).
It expresses generally the relation of connection, instru-
mentality etc. as the prepositions „with, by, through"
or the conjunction „and" as far as the latter connects
subjects or objects, but not Terbs (for these see ,,ni",
Ot. „na"), or the ablative case of the latin and the da-
tive case of the greek language. In these cases it may
be said to supply the grammatical want of a verb to
one or more of the two or more subjects or objects,
connected with one (notional) verb, f. i. Mike minyemi.
le tsuQ niit§umo kome, I and (or with) my brother have
one business; eke tso yile, he flogged him with a stick,
et^reo gbomei ke dsatsui, he carries people and loads;
mikele te, 1 and he went, I went with him; eke §ika
hdmi, he took gold gave me, he gave gold unto me;
eke-hSmi, he gave (it) to me; mike-ba, I came with
(it), i. e. I brought (it), eke-te, he went with (it), i. e.
he took it away; very often the relation expressed by
^ke** is entirely neglected in other languages (even in
the related Otyi) whilst it is indispensable in (JSi; f. i.
ewo edsatsu ke-te, Ot. osoa n'adesoa ko, he took his
load away (lit. 6d: he lifted up his load went with,
Ot. he lifted up his load went). This is especially the
case with such forms as: ke-ya (aor. ke-te, s. ya and
te), ke-ba, ke-ya§i, ke-baSi, ke-tsd, ke-dSe etc. expres-
sing the relations of: to, unto, till, untill, through, from;
f. i. Enyieo ke-yad Osu, he walks and goes (therewith,
thereby) to Osu, he goes to Osu on foot; edSo foi ke-
ba hie, he fled and came hither, he fled hither; minu
ke-dse Osu tdn, 1 heard.it directly (and it came) from
Osu etc. etc. Besides the abovementioned conjunctions
and prepositions expressed by k$, those pre^fositions

144 ke — ke-ka.

nvhich are used in the greek, latin and german languages
as fore-syllables of verbs are to be compared, esp. aw-,
con-, and mit^, btu, be*, ge^ etc. A peculiar use of ke
is to be noticed in expressions, like: nu ke kpulu, jug
with water, nu ke glase, glass of water etc.

ke, ke d§i, ked§i (AdA. kg, kedSi and t§e), verbal con-
junction generally followed at the end of the sentence
by „le", lit. say, say (it) is . . . ., if (roenn, gefejit^ gc*
fagt, faflg etc.), negat. ke dsee krdsee (s. dsi, v.); ke
osumomi le, bomi toi, if thou love me, obey me; kedsi
osumomi le etc. th. s. kedSee nakai le, bele kemo! If
it is not so, then say (it)! ke, kedsi, is generally con-
strued with the aorist tense, seldom with an other, never,
as far as I know with the imperf. Comp. also dsikule,
dsi, kule and Ot. „se^' and „a" at the end of the con-
ditional sentense. Of verbs combined with the auxiliary
„ke'' infinitive forms are fonned also combined with ke,
f. i. ekemi ba, mine and his coming; ekemi wiemo, his
speaking with me.

ke-asi, = ke-yasi.

ke-ba (s. kg, aux, v.), v. to come with, to bring; verbal
prep, (to, unto, till, untill, if the direction is from a
remote place or time to nearer ones, s. ke-ya.)

ke-ba — ke-ya, v. to come and go; verbal adv. to and fro.

ke-dfa, v. to break with.

ke-dse, s. kg, aux. v. to come out with, to bring out;
verb. prep, (from, of).

ke-dsee, s. ke, verb. conj.

ke-dsi, s. th. s.

ke-fe, s. kg, aux. v. to do with — , to make with — , to
make by — , to make from — etc.

ke-f5 and

ke-fd si, V. to cast down, away; s. also Se-fd and fd fd

SI, V.

ke-fie no, v. to go on; to put upon.

ke - h§, V. to cover with.

ke - hd, V. to give (s. th. to s. b.).

ke - he, v. to buy with.

ke - hi si, V. to dwell, remain, live with.

ke-ho, V. to pass with, to pass; to cook with.

ke-ho, V. to insert (s. th. betwixt s. th.)

ke - hd, V. to sell with-.

ke -hQ, V. to till the ground with-.

ke-ka, v. to try, venture with-; s. ka, v.

ke-ka — ke-Se. 145

ke - kfi, V. and

ke - ka §i , V. to lie with - , to la^ (down).

ke - kc , V. to present (s. th, to s. b.).

ke - ki, V. to say s. th. to -.

ke - ko y y. to take up with.

ke - kd, V, to bite with.

kg kpSn, s. ke-pan, v.

ke - kpe, v. to meet with.

ke - ku , V. to break with.

ke n. k. kuraa, v. to spare; tu use s. th. sparingly.

ke -la, y. to hang, fasten with; to sing with.

ke - le, y. to know by.

ke - le, V. to feed with, to nourish by.

ke-le he, y. to liye by; milee noni eke-leo ehe, I don't
know what he liyes by.

ke - li, y. to mock with.

ke-lo, y. to take up with; to take up together; to knit
or weave by or with.

ke - lu, y. to strike with.

ke - lu si , y. to fall with, - - by.

ke -m9, s. to set; to build with; to lend; (any thing, ex-
cept money, s. fa).

ke - m6 , y. to take hold by or with.

ke - na, y. to see with or by; to get by.

ke - nd, y. to struggle, fight with.

ke - nu, y. to hear with or by; to feel with; to drink with.

ke-nyS, y. to rejoice with.

ke-pan, ke kpan, y. to conjure; to make a conjuration;
to make a covenant with.

ke pe , y. = k^ - fe , y.

ke - pila , y. to wound with.

ke - po , y. = ke - fo, y. to cut with.

ke - sa , y. to prepare with.

ke -s6, y. to forge with or by.

ke - so or sQ , y. to poison by or with.

ke -sra, y. to watch or visit with,

ke -su, V. to contract with.

ke - sumo, V. to love with.

ke - §a , V. to rub, polish , whitewash with.

ke - sa, V. to burn with.

ke - se, V. to reach with, to make, s. th. reach; = ke-yaSi,
combined form: ke-yase (to, unto, till, untill).

ke - se , sometimes = ke-dsi , verbal conjunction , = if.

Zimmermann, Akra-Vocab. 10

146 ke-si — ke-wie.

ke - si, V. knock with; combined form: ke - yaSi (Ot. dc-
kosi) = ke-ya (to, unto, till, untill); lit. until it arrives
or knocks; comp. ke-se, v.; masumole ke-ya§i migbe-
lebg, 1 >ivill love him until death.

ke - ta, pi. tra, v. to touch with; to sit with, to set.

ke - ta he, v. to touch with.

ke - ta mli, v. to stir with; to sit in with; to set in, into.

ke - ta na, v. to touch with at s. th.; to set at; to dispute
with; to cover the end, brim with.

ke-ta no, V. to sit on with; to set on; okele ata ablogwa

no, set him on a chair,
ke - ta se» v. to set behind; to touch behind with,
ke-ta si, V. to sit down with; to set down; eke gbeke

le ta si, she set the child down,
ke -te, V. to conceal s. th.

ke-te, V. aor. tense of ke-ya, &. this; to be gone with,
ke-tfa, V. to strike with; to build with,
ke - ti and

ke - titi, V. to scratch with,
ke - to, V. to put away, to order, s. to, v.
ke - to , pi. tro , v. to be satisfied with,
ke - tra, v. pi. of ke - ta, s. ta, v.
ke - tsa, v. to dig with,
ke -tsa no, v. to be connected with, to be joined to, to

continue, s. t§a no, v.; neke fa ne ke fulaotSano, this

river is connected with the Volta.
ke-tse, V. to pluck with,
ke - ts3, V. to sting with; wobii ke ga! tS^o mo, bees sting

(que) with a sting,
ke-tse, V. to delay with; to call with, s. tSe, v.; ekemi

tse fio, he delayed or stayed a little with me.
ke-tsi, v, to move with; s. tsi, v.
ke - tsi he, v. th. s.
ke-tsi na, v. to stop up with, to hinder with; ake tso

tsi gbe le na, the way is stopped by a tree,
ke-tsi se, v. to push (behind) with,
ke -tsi td, V. to mention with,
ke-tu, V. to jump with,
ke - wa yi, v. to be cruel with,
ke - wadSe, v. to strengthen with or by; mike-awadse mihe,

1 will strengthen myself by (it),
ke - wamo, v. to creep with,
ke - wic, V. to speak with.

kfi-wiri — k& 147

ke-wiri, T. to lift Mrith, tsone ake-iivoo tso kple ko, si
dSee Didsi fodse; with a machine a large tree is eleva-
ted and not >vith mere hands.

ke - wo , V. to sleep with ; to lie with.

ke - wO> y. to war with, to fight with; ekelfi awu, he will
make war with him.

ke - wye , v. to marry with ; eke mamai ekpa wyele , he
married her with 6 dresses (as a dowry).

ke - wyi, v. to avoid by.

ke - wyie (wie, wye) v. to grind with.

ke - ya, y. to go wilh, to accompany; aor. ke-te, fut. ke^
ate, prf. ke-ete; s. ya, v. Auxil. verb ke-ya, prs. ke-
mlya, --nya, imperf. ke-yaa; perf. ke-fete; aor. ke-te,
fat. ke-ate, v. lit. to go with, used as verbal prepos. =»
to, unto, till, untill; into etc. if the motion goes from
a nearer to a farther place or time (s. ke-ba) s. §. 28.
Etereg ' dsatsui ke-yaa Akwapim, be carries Iqads to
Akwapim; edso foi ke-te Krobo, he fled to Rrgbg etc.
Of time ke-si, generally in the compound form ke-yasi
is more in use.

ke-yasi, v. s. ke-si, v.

ke-ye, v. to eat with; to deal with; to agree with; to be
one with; s. ye, v.

ke-ye na, v. to negotiate, bargain with.

ke-ye, neg. yee, yen, yeko, v. to draw (water etc.) wilh;
eke blage yeo nu, she draws water with a bucket.

ke-ye, neg. ke-be, v. to be some where with, to stop
wilh; to join wilh; Ekemi ye, he is wilh me; ekemi be,
he is not with me, s. ye, v. Ad. ke-ne and he- ne, v.

ke -yi, v. to flog with; ake tSo yile ahu, he was much
beaten with a stick.

ke-yo, imperf. tense of ke-ye, to be somewhere with.

ke - yo , V. to perceive with or by.

ke, V. inf. kemo, to press (by keeping back the breath,
as a woman in travail, or as in lifting up s. th. heavy
or in crying out); to rush upon s. th. with violence;
ame-ke ke-ba eng , they rushed upon him ; to lift s. th*
heavy, s. k6, v.

ke he si, v. to travail; s. komg, th. s. and kemo, v.

ke he si bo, v. to cry wilh great power.

kg or ke, Adn. conj. that = ake in Ga. S. also tse in Adn. ,
Ot. se.

k6, at the end and kele at the beginning of a sentence,
conj. yet; still; though; even; (t>o6), Unnoi), votm^kii),

148 kS — k^nef^mg.

D^gkid^l ; }toat). Eba kg, yet he came, or: KSleebath. s.

Eba mra, si kSle ekpe se, he quickly came, but still he

came too late; nakai doA kg, eyen so, just so; Ad. th.

s.; bele kg (bleke) then still-,
kg, Aiii. pron. = no in Gft, that, those; but following the

word to which it belongs; f. i. nOmlo kg, 6. no gbomo,

that person.
kgkSlQ, n. a bold man; a brave man; an adventurer = ek&lo,

comp. this, ekS and ka.
kekg, v., redupl. of ke, v. to grant,
kgke, V. redupl. of ke, to say; to say repeatedly or fre-
quently.
k^kS, adv. only, solely, but; conj. generally followed by

„le" or „ni", then, comp. bele, no le. Comp. kake,

Adn. one. Comp. also flo, pe, to, do, th. s.
kekeke, adv. repeatedly (f. i. sounding, speaking etc.) esp.

to corroborate, ke, gbe etc.
keketg, adv. very drily; used to corroborate verbs with the

same notion, as: gbl, v. to be dry, gbi keketg, to be

very dry, very stiff, hard etc.
'kekrg, akekrg, n. wreath, crown {(ftetpavog); any thing

bound round the head, s. fai, n.
kelo, n. one who makes presents; presenter, granter.
kglo, n. a person rushing upon s. th. (lifting up s. th.,

crying etc.) s. kg, v.
kele, n. length, fr. ke, to be long,
kgle, conj. yet, still, = kg, s. this,
kglo, n. sayer, teller fr. ke, v. to say.
kelo, n. s. kg, v. (and kg, v.) person lifting s. th. heavy;

cryer.
kemo, n. saying, telling, fr. ke. v. to say; tale,
kgme, V. inf. kgmo, to press by keeping back the breath,

to sigh. S. kg, V. Comp. also kdmo, v.; s. also dgmg

nt§oi, V.
k§mo, n. sighing; sigh; comp. also: ntSoidomo, n.
kgmo, n. lifting up of s. th. heavy, fr. kg, v.
kenam, n. dry fish (esp. herring, s. ma A) fryed with palm-
oil and pepper (comp. Ot. nammeat and kye, to fry),
kenamhdlo, n. dealer in fryed fish,
kgne, adj. barren (only used of persons, men and women,

about animals s. SS, v.); yo kgne, a barren woman;

kgne dsile, he (or she) is childless; fe-, to be childless,
kgne. Ad. conj. = kgle, still, though,
k^nefgmo, n. barrenness (of persons) s. k6ne, fe-.

keMeii — kii. 149

kenken, a^j. and ady. bright; brightly; the latter esp. to
corroborate verbs of related notions, as, t§e-, to be very
pure; comp. kane, kankaA, adj., ban, hen etc.

kend, pi. kenii, n. present; grant; dash.

k^nte, n. Ot. th. s., cotton-cloth made by the natives, con-
sisting of narrow cotton stripes of dififerent colours,
sewed together. Most of it is manufactured in Ayigbe
or Krepe.

kentehdlo, n. dealer in native cotton cloth.

kentehdmg, n. dealing in it.

kentelo, n. weaving of it.

kentelolo, n. cotton-weaver.

kentSn, n. wicker-basket.

k^redsi, adj. and

k^redsik£redSik^red§i , adj. large, very large == kpleikplei.

kese, adj. (Otyi) large, great =kple in Gfi.

kesui', n. dan. cheese.

kesuifemo, n. cheese-making.

kesuifelQ, n. cheese-maker.

kesuiholo, n. cheese-monger.

kesuihdmo , cheese-mongery.

kete, n. a set of play-instruments; a kind of musik made
by them; a kind of dance.

kete, s. ke-te and ke-ya.

ketea (and ketia, Ot. tyetia), orig. adj. and adv. short, only
used with the verb „to** in: „fo ketea, ^ v. to cut short,
i. e. to circumcise.

keteafo, n. circumcision. It is practised by the 69- and
Adanme- tribe and a peculiarity of theirs. It is not di-
rectly connected with their religion, nor executed by
persons holding religious office, though it is always
in the keep of a certain family. The boys (and only
they, but not girls also, as some authors affirm) are
circumcised about the 13. year of age (comp. Gen. 17>
25.) which time points to a Mahomedan origin. Comp.
folo.

keteafolQ, n. the person whose business it is to circum-
cise boys. The business comes from father to son.

keteapopoe, n. Ad. th. s.

k^tek^te, adj. and adv. exact; exactly; ffine ketekete = fine
finti, high noon; exactly in the middle of the day. Comp.
also fitsofitso.

keya, s. ke-ya, v.

ki& (kyft, s. ka) and

150 kW kita — kitekite. '

ki6 kita, v. (ace. to Hanson), to swear; s. k9 and na, v.

kikg, adv." Adn. thus, so = neke in G§.

Kinka (sometimes also heard KSnkS and GingS, Ot. th. s.
Comp. Ga and nkxS) pr. n. of the town of Dutch Akra,
the king of which is the head -king of the petty kings
of GSi (Akra), Osu (Christiansborg) , Sai, Krobo, Akwa-
pirn, Akyem, and some others.

kInkS, n. fine dress. Comp. kankan.

k!nk§, adj. and adv. full of people, populous.

Klnkanyo, pi. KinkSimei, pr. n. a Rinkg-man, KlnkSpeopIe;
Kinkdbii, pi. n. th. s.

Kinkawe, pr. n. of a quarter of Osu.

Kihkawebii, pr. n. of the people of it.

kinta, n. s. kita, n. oath; command.

kiri, n. only used with „fo** in fo kiri, v. to be giddy;
and hie fo kiri, v. th. s.

(kiri, V. = gli, gri, kri, v. to be in a rage; to be mad;
also used of animals).

kirifO, n. giddiness.

(kirilQ, n. enraged, maddened person or animal).

(kirimg, n. rage).

kitfi, sometimes kinta, n. (Ot. ntam),oath (perh. fr. kye
nta, to cut in Olyi, comp. the hebr. {tTO r^l2) sworn
agreement betwixt two persons (comp. pSft, kpSil); the
matter agreed or sworn to, therefore: commandment;
command; (comp. mra, mla) k9kit9, to swear ; ^ na, t. ;
ka m. k. or n. k. kits , to swear by s. b. or s. th. ; kS
kits fd m. k. no, to swear and cast it upon s. b., i. e.
to bind s. b. by an oath; t5 kit§, to break an oath; to
transgress a commandment or agreement sworn to etc.
td kita nQ, th. s.

kitakalg, n. swearing person.

kitakamO) n. swearing.

kitangtOmOy n. and

kitatdmo, n. breaking of an oath, agreement, commandment;
transgression.

kitatOlo, -nQtdlQ, n. transgresser.

kite, defective verb, v. to go on, only used in the Impera-
tive and potential mood ; sometimes it is conabined with
the Otyi verb nante, to walk (== Ga nyfe), as: kite nante,
go on (and) walk; if not Mnante*" is a corruption, from:
nl w(Jte, ni w6te == that we might go. The word may
derive from ke-te (comp. ke-fie no).

kitekite, v. redupl. of the former.

kitea — klft. 151

kitea = ketea, s. this and the following >vords. Ad. th. s.

kito^ n. pocket-knife.

Words which are not found under kl must he sought
for under kr, the former heing more the pronunciation
of the younger, the latter that of the elder people.

kla, a plural form of ka, v. to be fixed; to fix> to nail;
to bruise.

kla, inf. klamg, v. (Ot. kra) to divine, especially used of
the fortune telling or divining of the Mahomadans, s.
klamo; the word seems to be connected' with kla, n,
s. this, perhaps the same as iaifiovi^eCx^ai.. Comp. gba
and ka, v.

kla si, pi. of ka si, s. this.

*kla, okla, n. ('kra, okra, Ol. th. s.)* ghost, spirit, soul
(comp. sisa; mumo and susum^, Ot. sunsum); genius;
demon (comp. won); the slave chosen by his master to
be his continual companion and - according to the notion
of some tribes of western Africa — to be sacrificed over
his grave that he may accompany him in the ^wurld to
come. The word is one of the greatest difficulty to be
defined. According to the notion of the natives the Mkla""
of a person exists before bis birth and may be the soul
or spirit of a relation . or other person already dead (s.
bla, v.); as soon as a woman is with child» she goes
to a fetishpriest (see wont§e and okomfo) and asks the
„kla'* of her child which is called by the priest, sundry
questions , . which are answered by the priest who pre-
tends to hear the ,,kla'' etc. In life the „kla'' is con-
sidered partly as the soul or spirit of a person (s. su-
sumS), partly as a being apart of and without him, who
protects him, gives him good or bad advices, s. kla, v.
etc. (s. gbesi); receives thanks and thankofferings as a
fetish (s. won and comp. iaifjmv). Every person is
moreover supposed to have two „kla", a msde and a
female, the former being of a bad, the latter of a good
disposition (s. kla and kia, n.). After death the „kla**
becomes „sisa'S s. this. In the language of Christianity
the word „kla" has formerly been used =3cu(jmVy after-
wards is was left unemployed,
'kla, okla, n. (Ot. 'kra, krawa), feminine gender of kra, n.

s. this.
kl3, V. to shove a business which is not agreeable, upon
another (ein ©ef^dft auf jiemanb anUx^ fc^icbcn); ameA-
kla, they shove their business upon eachother.

152 klaba — klo.

klaba, n. s. kl&.

klabi, n. child of a spirit; a child which is bom the same
day of the week in which its parent is born, is called
his or her „klabi''; s. kla, n.

klakate, n. span (measure); klQ, th. s.

klakuA , klakunQ (Ot. krakum), n. dan. kalkun , turkey.

klakunbi, n. young turkey.

krakuAwglQ, pi. -wodsi, n. turkeyegg.

klala, n. white linen (comp. kpekpe); bleached calico.

klala-atade, n. white linen or cotton dress.

klalo, s. klamo, n.

klalo, adj. and adv. ready; fe-, to make ready, to be ready;
comp. gbe na, v. ; sa , v.

klalofemg, n. making or being ready; preparation; readi-
ness.

kl9imSlklSm9, adj. and adv. greedy, fierce; greedily, fiercely.

klamQ, pi. orklamoi, n. lit. a person who has a „kla" or
is possessed by a „kla" (= klalo from kla, v.); or perh.
= klamo, inf. or imprs. n. „oracle"; a person by whom
the „k\sL*^ is called or asked (s. klatSemo); a diviner,
soothsayer etc. Comp. okoiAfo and gbalo. Especially
mahomedan fortune-tellers are called thus.

klamo, n. nailing, fixing; s. ka, v.

klame, n. fortune- telling; divining; soothsaying, comp. gbale;
fr. kla, V.

klamonii, pi. n. things pertaining to soothsaying or a sooth-
sayer.

kM, pi. klfidsi, n. hyena; especially the larger kind; Ad.
gbede, n.

klan, adj. broad?

klahma, n. circle; adv. aroud, bo-, v. to surround.

klanmabo, n. surrounding.

klante (Ot. krante) n. perh. a portugie word; sword; cut-
lass.

klata, n.; slice (of yams etc.).

klatafo, n. cutting in sUces.

'klati, aklati, n. cactus.

'klati^afabaft, n. cactus-fence.

'klatinme, n. cactus-thorn.

'klatitso, n. cactus plant.

'klemna, n. a kind of vegetables.

klewi (probable an Ayigbeword), n. a certain bird.

klili, krili=:glili, n. cricket; ®TtIIe.

UQj n. span.

Uq — ko se. 153

klo, \lq[q, pi. form of ko , y. to take (many little things) ; to

gather; auflefen.
kloklo, n. bolt.

kloklo, adj. loquacious; s. gobigobi, bleble, th. s.
kloklo, adj. luke>varm; fe-, y. to be lukewarm; s. kuHH

kulo, adj.
klgklofemo, n. lukewarmth; loquaciousness,
kloko, s. krokoy ekroko; adj. other,
klomo, D. taking, gathering, fr. klo, y.
klomobi = kromobi, n. firstborn,
'klonta, s. aklonta, n. fork,
'klonto, s. aklonto, n. horn,
klope, n. dan. button.
klop^So, n. buttonhole.
Klote , pr. n. of a lagune and small riyulet N. E. of Osu ;

its spirit or fetish (won),
klotia, 0. boundary, limit; comp. husu, toianmaSa etc.

klu, s. kulu, n.

kluku, n. the hinder part of the head, occiput.

ko, inf. komO) y. to pick; to hew stones.

ko, n. bush, wood, forest; country if contrasted with the
town, interior; north, s. kongbe. The 6d- country is
diyided into the plain or sayanna coyered with grass
(s. na, n.) along the sea and the forest along the moun-
tains and in the interior, called ^kC. This latter is
neither, as has been supposed, the primitiye forest nor
a forest like those found in Europe, but rather, as far
as arable land is concerned, the fallow field (s. gba ko),
of which one portion after the other is cultiyated for a
few ^ears and then let to itself for 10 — 30 years again.
It is pretty well inhabited and therefore „ko'' and „ko
se, kose, kuse", used = country, the towns being at the
sea- or riyer-side or on the mountains (s. §ai, Krobo,
Osudoku, Akwapim etc.). Comp. also „akrowa" and
„man", n.

ko se (kose, kuse) n. lit. behind the bush (.^tntertt)alb),
cultiyated land and yillages in the bush (see the precee-
ding word), country in contrast to town: „ete ko se,"
he went into country (for recreation of health, agricul-
ture, pleasure etc.); plantation; „etsuQ nii ye ko le se,"*
he works in the plantation, comp. nmdn, abo, trom, n.;
M, n. Bq ko, y. to stroll about (in the bush); gba ko,
y, to cut bush; §a ko, y. to bum bush etc.

154 lo — kd na.

ko; aaxil. verb of the negative voice of the imprt. and
pot. mood and of the posit, subjunctive mood in Ado.
= ka in GSl, comp. §. 27. 28; kope, do it not, do nol
do it = kafe in 63.

ko (comp. eko in 63 and Ot., and ekome in 63), periiaps
originally a radical verb in 63 and Otyi, now indef. pro-
noun or article, pi. komei a, an (ein eine); as such it
is less used as the indef. article in Engl, and 6ermaD,
the nouns being often left without any article and only
if the definiteness or indefiniteness must be expressed
connected with the definite article „le" and the indefinite
„ko^; compare: Nu h eba, the man (mentioned^ has
come; nu eba, (a) man has come (not a woman); nu
ko eba, a (certain) man has come, some man has come;
gbomo ko neke eba, a certain (or some) man (whose
.name 1 have forgotten) has come; — some; any; one;
once ; in the latter significatioi^ (if not in a verbal) it is
used to express the perfect tense of the negat. voice,
indicat. mood of verbs (s. § 27, 2.) , eb^ko , he has not
yet come (or not once come); comp. ba ko, come once
(fomnf cinmal!), come now, come then! Wether the
negative Adii. particle ^ko"" (63 ka) has any relation to
this, is doubtful. Comp. hi in Otyi.

ko, n. (==kon), pi. kodsi, horn, esp. some very long horns
of large antelopes, as the otrdm, etc. S. aklonto, the s.

'ko, ako, n. parrot, esp. the blue kind with red tails.

kg, pi. kOlQ, or klo, inf. kgmo, kolgmo, imperat. sing, ko,
V. to take (up) with the fingers, the bill, the mouth;
pi. to pick up (auflefcn) ; to eat (of birds) ; generally
used for taking up smaller things, comp. ik6 and wo, v.
but also used very extensively like an auxiliary verb as
k^, Ad, wo, f. i. jako ke-ba, lit. go take and come, i. e.
bring (it)!

ko gbe, V. to take a road, to enter a journey (einen SBeg
einfc^lageit).

ko mli, pi. kolo mli, inf. mlikgmg, -kolomo, v. to pick
out, select.

ko noko he noko, v. to have s. th. to do with s. th.

ko, V. negligent pronunciation of kwo, v. to climb up.

kd, pi. kdmo, inf. k5mo, v. to stick (f. in the teeth, bill,
month) ; to bite ; to gripe ; mimusuft kdmi , my belly
gripes me, 1 have belly ache; to be in travails, = kg,
kdmo, kdmo, v. ^ '

kd na, v. to stick in the mouth/ bill etc.

kd myanyoA MSi — koi. 15$

kd mydnyol^ SiSi, y. to bite the teeth together.

kd §i, y. lit. to bite the ground; figuratiyely: to lie dead
on the field of battle; Gomp. „\rC^ ®rad beigen^' in
German.

kO, n. a kind of food made of maize -flour and eaten in
^hdmowo." Comp. kpokpoi.

'koble, akoble, n. eur. ^rord: copper.

'koblend, pi. -nii, n. s. th. of copper.

kobO) n. strolling or loitering about (in the bush): wander-
ing, s. t§omlo; running of in the bush; yagabondry; fr.
bo ko, y.

kobodiSeA, n. vagabonds life.

kobi^fo, n. (Ot. form = kobolo) stroller; yagabond.

kddd, y. to be crooked » inf. kdddrog; -toi, inf. toikdddmo,
y. to bow the ear falsely.

kddd , kdddil , .pi. kddddsi , adj. crooked , also tropically
used; perverted; hinmei kOddA, squinting eye.

(kdddtse, pi. -tSemei, n. a person of a crooked, perver-
ted caracter; an unrighteous person).

kdddmOt n. crookedness.

(kdddkodl^omg, n. perverted judgement).

kodiSo, v. inf. kodSomo, to judge; to dispute; ke m. k. — ,
to dispute with s. b., comp. bu aten and dSe Awane, y.

kodso, pi. kod§oi, n. a kind of trees.

kodHolQ, n. judge; disputer.

kodSolQsel, n. judgement-seat.

kod&oniQ, n. judgement; justice; dispute; palaver.

kodSomobe, n. judgement-season.

kodSomohe , n. place of judgement.

kodsomosei == kodsolosel.

kof^n, n. comet of an elephant tooth used by kings for
music and signals in war, kpfi-, fli-,. v. to blow the horn.

'kofi, akofi, n. garden-bed, layer (s. kobe, in Adn.).

kofiba, n. lit. bed-leaf, a kind of nightshade.

kofQ, n. a kind of berries.

kogba^ n. cutting down of the bush for cultivation, fr. gba
ko, y.

kogbalo, n. a person cutting bush.

kogbe, koyigbe, n. interior, north, north-ward (lit. bush-
way, s. n§o).

kohSn , n. a large beautiful bird with a crown on bis head,
living near rivers. Ot. th. s.

koi, prh. 7s kue, n. neck of a building, covered door-
way; s. kpata, n.; second story of a house.

156 koi — ^^kokole.

kgi, D. hoe; hu — , to hoe, to work with the hoe.
ko!, n. bite (of a serpent f. i.).
kgihOmOy n. working with the hoe.
kgihulo, D. labourer with the hoe.
koikoi, kwoikwoi, kuikui, n. heaps, ruins; comp. kpQikpoi.
kgikQi, adv. little by little, used of water etc. when spil-
ling; efieo si kQikoi, it spills little by little; in drops;

kokoi, adv. th. s.
koiSi, n. the place under a covered door-way, under the

door, s. kp^taSi; latesi etc. §i = sikpon.
koitso, n. handle of a hoe.
koklo, kokro, v. to roll; to wallow, to wetter; generally

used of round or roundish things. The word seems to

be a natural sound, being also found in other languages:

comp. IDID, b:hy^ xvxXog^ circus, jtugcl, luflcln; itegcl,

fegeln; Sitfel etc.
koklo, kokro, n. old palm-wine, i. e. such as drawn from

trees felled a long time, which is unhealthy,
koklo, kokrO, adj. large and round; round,
koklogb^nting, n. lit. roll-sheep; a kind of beetles rolling

round pieces of dung before them, s. tohi, th. s.
koklobii, a kind of diminutive plural of koklo, but used as

a noun, globules, little round grains. Comp. § 25.
koklolg, n. roller; -mg, n. rolling,
koklolonto, kokrolonto, n. wheel; ironically, a humpback*
koklolontoten, n. axle,
koklodso, kokrodso, n, the fruit of a tree, about as large

as a coconut; the ashes of it is used for soap, together

with palmoil etc.
kokiodsotso, pi. -tSei, n. the tree bearing it.
koko, n. a plant with roots like yams, and eaten like it.
'koko, akoko, n. Guinea -com; the stalks of it resemble

maize, but where maize bears the blossoms, this com

has also the frait, whi6h resembles lin-seed.
koko, n. palm of the hand (s. de), but generally when

shut or filled, therefore fist; handful; bo koko, v. inf.

kokobo, lit. to make or ball, a fist, therefore, to warn;

do-koko, fist,
kokobo, n.~ warning, admonition,
kokobolo, n. admonisher.
kokoi, adv. in drops; = koikoi, adv.
kokodene, n. frog.

kokokot warning inteijection: stop! don't! mind!
kokolo, n. a seafisb, shad-fish?

kokonsi — kologbe. 157

kokons^, n. hypocrisy; lying; s. amale, apasa.

kokonsafo, n. and

kQkonsalQ, n. a hypocrite; comp. opasafo, osatofo, n.

kokont^, n. cassada dryed in the sun and afterwards made
into flour etc.

kokot^, n. a very tasteful sea-fish.

'kokos, akokos, n. europ. word, cocoanut.

'kokosnu, n. cocoa-milk.

'kokostso, pi. -tSei, n. cocoatree.

kokpo = ko-okpo, n. wild dove; bush-dove.

kole, V. to pick with the finger -nails, with claws etc. to
dig with the same ; to pick out. Inf. kolemo. Comp. ko
and kglo and k9, v.

kole, conj. if; adv. perhaps; s. kule.

Kole, pr. n. of a small rivulet with a lagune east of Akra
or Jamestown.

kole, conj. then; seldom used; s. keke le; and comp.
kule, conj.

kolemo, n. picking, digging with s. th. sharp as claws etc.

koli, inf. kolimo, v. = kgle, v.

koli, n. a kind of precious beads or coloured stones, worn
as ornament by the natives of this coast and paid by
the same weight of gold. It is said, that they are dig-
ged out of the ground all along the Slave -coast and
found in ordered strings, as the bones of a decayed
snake or as if formerly bound together, the string being
decayed. Some suppose that they are of animal origin
(such is the idea of the natives themselves), some that
they were manufactured in Egypt, some thousand years
ago and brought here by the first settlers, and some that
they were formerly manufactured In Venice and the art
lost. Comp. also adiakpa, adeakpa, n.

kolimo, n. picking.

koHko, n. gall; bile; s. ebo, n. th. s.

koli, n. Adn. = k6n, shoulder.

koliSi, n. Adn. elbow (lit. under shoulder).

kdlino, n. Adn. shoulder (upper shoulder).

kolo, n.- lit. bushmeat, bushflesh (comp. lo, lofld, iiSoi^lo,
faiilo, helo, wolo, hewulo); beast of the field, any
quadruped, cattle, animal in general; brute; foolish per-
son, fool; body, piece (f. i. loads, barrels etc.). Some«
times the word is separated as: ko len lo, meat of the
(mentioned) bush; comp. ko, ko se, n.

kologbe, and

168 koloiagbe — koft.

koloiagbe, n. slaughtering of beasts.

koloiatsu, kolotsu, n. stable; yard for cattle.

kolokwelo, koloiakwelOf n. herdsman.

kolobi, n. little animal, — creature.

kolobu, n. hole of a beast.

koloniitSumo, n. foolish business, foolishness.

kolonilyenii, n. food, fodder of beasts.

koloniiyeniiand, n. manger.

kolono, pi. -nii, n. s. th. pertaining to animals.

kolo, pi. form of ko, y. to take; to hem in; inf. kolomg.

kolo, n. taker, gatherer.

kolQ na, kQrQ na, inf. nakglomo, to hem in, s. ban, v.

mu, V.
kolo, n. a kind of palms,
koloyibii, pi. n. the fruit of it.
kdlo, n. a biter; a biting person or animal.
kglomQ, n. taking (of many things, s. ko, v.), picking up;

gathering,
'kome, ekome, num. one, alone; mikome, I alone,
kdm, and

komi, n. boiled maize-bread ; used where baking is prohibi-
ted by the fetish,
kdmi, n. dan. (Jluminel) cumin; caraway; gen. osuk6mi.
'komfo, okomfo, n. (Ot. th. s. fr. the Otyi-verb kom, v. to

be possessed of a fetish) diviner; soothsayer; s. gbalo

and klamo.
komo, n. picking of stones,
kgmo, n. taking; comp. also kolomo, fr. ko, obj. pi, kolo,

to take; picking, eating of birds,
komg, y. to bite (pi. form), to gripe; to haye gripe, to

be in trayail; comp. kd, k€, kemo and kg, y.
k5mg, n. biting, griping; sticking, fr. kd, y.
kdmobg, n. time of travailing,
'kgmg, nkgmg, n. (Ot. the s.) sadness, grief; ye — (Ot

di — ), v. to be sad, griev^; to relate a sad story; to

complain; to commune with each other in confidence, to

discourse. Ad. th. s.
'kgmgyeli, nkgmgyeli, n. sadness, grief; sad story; story;

discourse,
'kgmgyelilg, 'kgmgyelg, nkgm., n. a sad person; mourner.
'kgmgyeli-atade, n. mourning-dress,
'kgmgyelisane, kgmgsane, n. sad story, sad palaver,
kon, pi. kodsi, n. corner, extreme, end, horn (comp. ko, n.

th. s. and aklonto).

kdA — kosehUehe. 159

kdn, pi. kdcUi, d. Adn. kdli, shoolder; tXa kdA, y. to carry
on the shoulder, to shoulder; comp. tere, mto, hie, v.;
nme m. k. kda no, v. to oblige one; to gi?e one allow-
ance.

kon, n. dan. king (comp. mantSe); especially the king in
Europe who has power over the nati?es; native kings
are seldom^ or never called thus; except in Krobo, s.
Ad. Vocab.

kon-atade, n. royal garment.

kona, n. lit. outskirts of the bush (s. ko and na); privy;

ya — , v. to go to — ; comp. nyfl, wa; tsong, tSui ase,

nsona, niiase etc.
kong, Adfi. conj. = koni in G3, that; bamit.

konfai, n. crown, s. mafitsefai and akekre, n.

koni, conj. (fr. ko and ni, s. both), that, so that; bamit
ta^, bamit bag; followed by the pot. mood; comp. ni,
th. s., and ake. By some people the word is very fre-
quently used and must then often be given by „and"
(s. ni) and „and so"*, „then''; comp. also keke ni; noni,
boni, dani etc. •

konim, n. (Ot.) victory; ye — , to gain the — .

konimyeli, n. victory.

konimyelilQ, -yelo, n. victor.

konno, n. upper shoulder.

konse, n. place behind the shoulder-shoulderblade.

konte, n. cornerstone.

kontromfi (Ot. th. s.), n. a large kind of monkeys (^itnb^^
affc?).

kontfa, n. carrying on the shoulder.

kop^, n. europ. word, cup.

kose, kuse, n. = ko se, lit. place behind the bush, bash
with the plantation in it; plantation, country.

koseade, n. = kosedsen.

koseadebo, n. plantation-life; s. adebo, n.

kosebii, s. kosenyo.

kosedse, and

kosed§en, n. state of the country.

kosefemQ, n. country-play.

kosegbe* n. way to the country; plantation-way; byway;
path.

kosehile, n. kosesihile, n. living dwelling in the country;
country-life; country-dwelling.

kosehllehe, n. country'dwelling-place; country-seat.

160 kosenyo — kotomo.

kosenyo, masc. n., pi. kosehi, man from the plantatkm;
com. n. pi. kosemei and kosebii, planter; rustic; brmer;
peasant; boor, clown, rough person; country-man.

kosesane, n. country-palaver.

kosetSe, pi. -tSemei, n. country-man; owner of a planta-
tion = nmdiitSe.

kosetSuy n. country-room'; — house.

kosewe, n. country-house; — seat.

koseyo, pi. -yei; fem. n. country-woman, woman from the
plantation etc.

kdsdnkdsd, pi. -sol, Ot. th. s. n. chain.

kosd, n. bush-burning.

kQsikoM, adj. and adv. (fe m. k. yi — , v. to make one's
head to go round); doubtful; at a loss.

kota, V. inf. kotamo, to fold, to fold up (of cloth etc.).

kotai, and

kotaikotai, adj. folded, wringled, contracted; s. kdatal, th. s.

kotalo, n. folder.

kotamo, n. folding.

Kotei, pr. n. of males.

koto, V. inf. kotomo, to incline, bow (s. kua si and kula
si); — m. k. to bow before s. b.; koto toi, v. to incline
the ear for false judgement; redupl. kotokoto, v. to be
over-civil, servile.

koto si, V. inf. sikotomg, to bow down.

koto, n. bow, arch; kotomo, n. th. s.

koto, koti, n. engl. coat.

koto, kotonko, kototo, adj. and adv. bowed by age; old,
very old; agedly.

kotokotomo, n. servility.

kotoko, n. the large kind of porcupines.

kotokogal, n. the quills (lit. ^arrows'*) of the porcupine.

kotokoto, n. bubble, bubbling, adv. -ly; tfa — , v. to boil
bubblingly, to bubble.

kotoku, n. pocked, bag etc. stomach; comp. floto* Ot. th. s.
wo kotoku mli, v. to pocket

kotokuAduku, n. pocket-hand-kerchief.

kotokuflmo, n. closing of a bag.

kotokuf^nemo , n. opening of a bag.

kotokukpS, n. lit. string of the stomach or of a bag; meat-
pipe.

kotokuna, n. opening, brim of a bag.

kotomo, n. bowing, inclining; bow (SudtUng); arch; = sa-
t§oyiteA, Sett^immel; tester.

kotonko — « kpa fai. 161

kotonko, 8. koto, th. s.

koto8e, n. back; 9tfi(fen.

kotosewui, n. back-bone(s).

kotdto, s. koto.

kotolo, n. bower, person bowing; servile person.

kotsa, n. sponge of the natives made of fibres of trees and
used for washing, wiping, cleansing their teeth etc.
Comp. bosao and nsonkotSa.

kotSe, pi -tSemei, n. lit. bushfather, lord of the bush, one
of the epithets of the leopard, comp. olowo, mlantfi,
hienmalo etc.

kotsebi, n. young leopard.

kotsebu, n. leopards lair.

kotso, pi. -tsei, n. a kind of trees; s. kodso, n.

kotsu, n. bush-house.

kowe. Ad. s. Ad. Yoc. bush-village.

kowe, n. a plant of a strong sweet scent used for tea, put
into soup etc.

kowetso, n. th. s.

kowie, n. a plant or shrub, very propable a kind of pepper =

kowyiei, n. bush-pepper.

koyo, n. air, wind; here kgyQ, v. to take the air; kgyg
tfa, V. to blow (of the wind); — Ame, v. to cease blow-
ing. Comp. ahum.

koygheremQ, n. air-taking; airing.

koyohumo, n. blowing of the wind.

koyonme, n. ceasing of the wind.

koyQtfd, n. blowing.

kp generally initiates words, seldom p alone; sometimes
both are used.

kpai V. inf. kpa, kpamo, kpale, pi. form: kpla; to be
moved, to move about (ji c^ en, limber jie^cn), to be
drawn, dragged; to draw; to break; to break ofiT, to
cease, finish; to snap; to snatch; to take off; to anoint,
— mu, to anoint with oil; to be bald, inf. kpale; to be
void of, to miss, want; etc. Compare gba, kpS and pa,
pai in Otyi. The principal combinations are the follow-
ing: hie kpa no, v. to have the face drawn off, to forget,
s. kpa hie no, inf. hienokpamo; yi kpa, yiten kpa, v. to
be baldheaded, hairless, inf. yitenkpale; Nyonmo kpa, v.
God ceases (sc. raining), s. Nyonmo ne, si etc. Ad.
kpa and kpaka, v.

kpa fai, v. inf. faikpamo, to draw or take off the hat (Ot.
pa kyaw); f. i. kpa ofai, take thy hat ofE\ lo ^\vq^ %\s&i-

Zimmermann^ Akra-Yocab. ^^

162 kpa gbe — kpa.

mittance by this , to beg pardon, to beg 8. th. by it, to
beg, to pray; mikpale fai, 1 took my hat off for him,
I submitted to him, I begged his pardon, begged 6. th.,
prayed to him (but mikpa efai, I took his hat off, comp.
in Otyi the difference bet>vixt: mepano kyaw and mepa
nekya^). The gesticulation used in submitting or beg-
ging is not only to take one's hat off before the person
begged, but sometimes to offer it to him or cast it be-
fore his feet; though on the other hand the sensible
origin is not at all a hinderance to the tropical use of
the >vord; comp. in this respect the hebrew in the most
part of its roots.

kpa gbe, v. inf. gbekpamo, to go to meet s. b. = kpe, v.

kpa he, v. inf. hekpa, hekpamo, to give interest of money;

s. hekpa, interest,
kpa he, v. inf. hekpamo, to anoint, s. fo andfilia; — mu,

— with oil; to go away, turn away,
kpa hie ye noko no, v. to withdraw the face from s. th.,

to forget, to overlook, to wink at, comp. hie kpa no, v.

kpa mli,*[nf. ndikpamo, v. to select, to make a difference;

to be dainty, delicate; comp. ko mli, hala mli, v.
kpa musu, v. inf. musukpamQ, to take away the curse or

calamity, f. i. sickness, witchcraft etc., it is generally

done by a sacrifice (sometimes human), offered to the

fetish. The sacrifices of this kind are often found in

the roads,
kpa na, v. inf. nakpamo, to break the mouth, i. e. fast,

breakfast; to test = ka.
kpa nibiian, kpa niian, = kpa nii amli, inf. niiaMpamQ, to

be dainty; s. kpa mli, v.
kpa no, V. to draw off, f. i. s. b. from a chair; kpa m. k.

ye mant§esei le no, to dethrone s. b.
kpa se, V. to withdrew one's-self from behind s. b., to

deny him; to forsake; to betray s. b. comp. kpa si, kwa,

tso, tsd segbe etc., inf. sekpamo.
kpa §i, V. inf. sikpamo, to suppose (draw a conclusion);

to draw down, to break down; to discover, to betray;

to walk about (buti^giel^eub); mikpaa sai, I don't think.

kpa n. k. tere m. k. yi, v. to cast s. th. opon s. b. (guilt etc.)

kpa, n. a want; a blemish; to kpa, v. inf. kpato, to do
s. th. shame-ful; deformity of body etc. (s. akpake); kpa
ye he, v. to have a blemish; kpa be he, y. to be blame-
less.

kpd — 'kpaU. 163

kpS, y. inf. kpSmo, to stretch; to blow a musical instru-
ment with the mouth) comp. Jitto in Hebr. ! kpd ble> to
play a pipe; — tetremante, — a trumpet etc. to gaggle
(of fowls). Ad. = to cry.

kpS ble* inf. bl^kpdmo, v. to pipe; s. ill, y.

kpd mil, y. inf. mlikpdmo, to stretch, f. i. the body, the
arm; see also Ma; „ekpd enine mli'S he stretched (out)
his arm.

kpa, n. something stretched, cord, string, line, twine,
thread; tropically: ironical poetry or song; esp. string
of cowries, = 40 cowries (Ot. bah), which in former
times were put on a string. In the latter signification
the word has for its frequent use's sake undergone some
irregularity in the plural form as f. i. the engl. „penny,
pence^; f. i. kp& (instead of kpft kome), one string
(:= ^/j of a penny); kpSenyo, 2 Str., kpSete, 3 Str.,
kpaedfe, 4 Str., kpSenumo, 5 Str., kpSekpa, 6 Str.,
kpihkpawo (= kpSi kpawo), 7 Str., kpgnkpanyo, 8 Str.,
kpenehu, 9 Str., kpdhma (= kpSi nyohma), 10 Str.,
kpdAma ke ekome, 1 1 Str., kp&iimai enyo, 20 Str., meo
= 25 Str. or half a head; tsakpo = V2 Str. or 20
cowries, omel^ = V4 Str. or 30 cowries. Tse he kpS, y.
to take off the string, i. e. to excuse, = fft he; dsie
na etc.; ye kpSi mli, y. to be in a string, i. e. to be
bound. „M!tsu nii, koni mana kpd lo kpSienyo,"* I am
working, to get one or two pence (i. e. a few pence)
by it.

kp5, kpan or pah, pShi (Ot. pSm), y. inf. kpShrao, yery
probably related to the former, to bind each other, to
make a coyenant; to plot, to conspire (this bad sense
is more usual); — m. k. yi no, y. yinokpSihmQ, to plot
against s. b.

kpSkpS, redupl. noun, adyerbially used: in strings, a string
each, s. § 22, 2. g.

kpa wo m. k. toiiah, y. lit. to blow s. b.*s ears full (comp.
cincm bie O^ten DcII ma^en, in ben Of^reii licgcn), to
tell into s. b. ears (also in a good sense), to tire one
by speaking; to inculcate.

kpa feds ni — , kpako ni — , kpako fgda ni — , conj. lit.
ceasing before now, not before now, now (at last).

'kpagai, kpakal, s. akp.

kpai, n. a full load (of corn etc.).

'kpake, n. s. akpake.

'kpaki, n. s. akpaki.

164 'kpakal — kpdmQ.

'kpakal, n. s. akpakal.

'kp^kpa, akpakpa, n. the pap aw- fruit.

'kpakpatso, pi. -tsei, n. the papaw-tree.

'kpakpa, ekpakpa, adj. (Ot. pa, papa) good; real; conunon,

natural, native, homemade; ady. well, very, much, very

much = naakpa; Ad. = lelen, truly, verily!
'kpakpafelo, n. a person doing good, s. edSiirdfelo, n.
'kpakpafemo, n. doing good; good behaviour; good work,

comp. edsiirofemo, n.
kpdkpS, adv. quickly, = kplokplo, oyaya; paopa'b; pampam.
kpdkpSl (obscen), n. wind from the stomack.
kpakpata, adj. and adv. good; strong; hard, stiff; wa — , v.

to be very hard, gb! — , v. to be very dry; etc.
kpakpatafemo , n. strength; hardness etc.
kpdkpo, n. he-goat, gen. to-kp^kpo (Ot. papo), n. pr. of

men. '
kpakpo, n. (Ot. baka) small lake; pit; lake, lagune.
KpakpoinehQ, pr. n. of a village lit. „ninelake'* (,/9{eun^

wci^et'O-
kp&la, V. s. kpla, pi. form of kpa; to drag; Ad. kpaka, v.
kpale, V. inf. kpalemo, to turn, to turn back, to return;

to call s. b. back; to turn in; to call in from the way.

Comp. kpa, \. Adn. th. s. Comp. also gbale, v.
kpale, n. baldness fr. kpa, v.
kpale, and
kpalekpale, adj. and adv. bald; baldly; ye — , v. to be

bald; kpa — , v. to be baldly bald, i.e. very bald; comp.

kpatd.
kpalemo, n. returning, turning in; recalling, calling in fr.

kpale, V.
kpalo, n. a person moving or walking about etc. fr. kpa, v.

(seldom used alone, but in compounds),
kpdlo, n. player of a musical instrument, which is blown,

f. i. blekpSlo, piper; tetremantrekpdlo, trumpeter; kofen-

kpSlo, blower on horn; comp. also ili, v. and kpQlo,

Ad. n. cryer. i

kpa, and
kpamo, n. moving, walking about; dragging, drawing,

breaking off, ceasing, anointing, halting, taking in etc.

fr. kpa, V.
kpftmo, n. stretching; blowing of a musical instrument; fr.

kpS, V.
kpSmQ, kpSnmQ, panmo^ n. covenant; plot, conspiration,

fr. kpS, kpan, v.

kpand — kpaiit^o. 165

kpanS, kpanaku (kpandaku accord, to Hanson), adj. strong,

valiant, great, big; gbomo — , a valiant, strong man; a

distinguished man; germ, ^fonberlicf)''.'
kpinehu, kpdnm^ etc. s. kp9, n.

kp^nyd, n. basket, comp. ablabutu, kafd, floto, akjpagal, n. etc.
kpSu[i^o (perh. = kpft-enyo), num. eight. kpeAkpdnyo, eight

strings cowries; Adfi. kpdnd.
kpao! int. fye! ))fui!
kpasa, V. to lean; inf. kpasamg.
kpasa he, inf. hekpasamo, to lean about,
kpasa no, v. inf. nokpasamo, to lean upon, to trust upon,
kpasa si, v. inf. sikpasamg, to lean down (on the elbow).

Comp. bata in Otyi and the related roots kpa, kpata, fata

in GS and pata, fata in Otyi, pasa in both,
kpasalo, n. leaner,
kpasamo, n. leaning.
kpMS, V. inf. kpatamo, to destroy; to smooth, to plain;

to appease, to reconciliate. Comp. kpa, Ot. pata; and

fata in both languages. Hie kpMd, v. to perish (lit. to

have an erased face); inf. hlekpStSmo, s. also:
kpSta hie, V. inf. hlekpatamo, to destroy; = fite, v. Ad.

th. s.
kpata (Ot. pata) = kpale, adj. bald, grassless, plain, empty,

void; fe — , to be bald etc.; comp. yikpatatse, n.
kpata, n. thatched roof, open shed, kitchen (s. latesi), open

hall (s. koi§i); roof.
kpatafemQ = kpale, n. baldness, emptiness.
kpHtlilQ, n. appeacer, peacemaker, reconciler; fir. kpStS, v.
kpSitSmo, n. appeacing; peacemaking; reconciliation.
kpatSimonii, pi. n. things given to appeace.
kpatasi, n. roof- ground, under- roof; open place thatched

over, s. kpata, n.
kpatatse, yikpatatse, n. baldpated person (®Ia^fo))f).
kpate, n. smallpox.

kpate sa m. k. , v. to be killed by the smallpox,
kpate fie m. k. he or ng, v. to get the smallpox,
kpato, n. a shameful deed, fr. to kpa, comp. fdbo, th. s.
kpatu, V. to kill violently or suddenly; to dispatch,
kpatu, and
kpatukpatu, adv. suddenly, unexpectedly; in a hurry; =

truka.
kpatumQ, n. murder; violent or sudden death; despatch,
kpawo, num. seven. „BQni mSdsi kpawo kpawo toi kpawo

le ke ng!" „This is what the seven times seven tribes

166 kpe — kpe.

said!" A phrase used by speakers at great assemblies
of the people for poUtical purposes. See GS-Speeches.

kpe, y. inf. kpe and kpemo, to meet, if the subject is
a plural, amekpe, they met; na kpe, na kpe si, th. s.
ke m. k. kpe, to meet s. b. , ke m. k. yakpe, or ya m. k.
kpemo, to go to meet; kpe m. k., to make s. b. to meet,
to meet, to call, to invite, to call together, to assist =
here; to meet one's teeth, to gnash with the teeth, s.
kpe si; to knaw, gnaw f. i. bones, corn-ears, any thing
hard = ye, to eat, esp. nuts etc., na kpe and na kpe
Si, inf. nakpe and nasikpe, y. to meet (with the mouth,
i. e. for consultation etc.), to come together, to be of
one opinion. Connected with other verbs „kpe" is some-
times used to express „round about, altogether", f. i.
„kwe mei kg kpe," to look at people round about;. nyie
ke kpe, V. to go round; bgle ke kpe, v. to surround.

kpe mli, v. to meet in s. place.

kpe na, v. to meet the mouth, the point; to sustain, to
continue, to bear; to gain the victory (auS^alten, t>er*
t^arrcn, bel^atren) = hie mli, m!a hie, v.; to reach, be
long enough (of cord etc.); to find, to meet with, r=:
yere na, v.

kpe se, inf. sekpe, v. to remain behind, to come too late.

kpe si, na kpe si, v. Sikpe, nasikp^, to meet, become one,
to be united.

kpe yO, V. inf. yokpemo, lit. to meet a woman. The ori-
ginal signification seems to be: to marry (used of the
husband, comp. wye and gb9, gbld) in a lawful and proper
way with many ceremonies; then to make a certain cu-
stom or ceremony, often by already married women (an-
swering the „butrunw5" of males), in which the woman
adorns herself very costly, and with her companions goes
round the town singing, dancing and visiting her good
friends. See nhutrunwo", n., kromotSuifiwO, n. th. s.

kpe, adv. entirely; si — » y. inf. kpesi, to remain up all
night, to watch (comp. wq, sra and bu, v.).

kpg, n. meeting. S. kpemo; fr. kpe, v.

kp6! int. expressing horror or the approach of danger!

kpe (related to the former), v. inf. kpe, kpemo, pi. kple,
inf. kplemo; to keep closely together, to cleave to, see
kpete and na kpe he, to join, to sew; to grin, to fix
with the eyes, to bewitch; to be bright (of metals, stars,
the moon etc.) as far as no warmth is connected with
it, comp. tSo, v., f. i. hOlQ tSoo, Si Ayontsere kpeo, the

kpe amane h9 m. k. — kpet6. 167

son shines, but the moon is bright; to flash, to lighten;
to chisel, carve; na kpe he, y. inf. nakpe, henakpe, to
be astonished, confounded, to vvonder; comp. fe ya, hie
fe ya, V. which is weaker and he dsd he, v. , he kpleke
he, y. which are stronger; fe nakpe, v. the same.

kpe amane h9 m. k., y. to bring into perplexity, trouble,
palaver.

kpe hU y. to carry a child on one's back.

kpe mli, v. inf. mlikpe, mlikpemo, to decide, to be resol-
ved; to chisel, to carve.

kpe na, V. to sew together.

kpe ny5mQ hd m. k., v. to bring into debts.

kpe nii, inf. niikpe, v. to sew.

kpe, n. sewing, joining, grining etc.

kpeete, n. Adn. = abonua, limone, lime.

kpe sebii, v. lit. to carry backchildren (s. kpe bi, v.), to
produce ears, said of maize.

kpekpe, n. grey or unbleached linen or cotton; sack-cloth.

kpekpe-atade, n. dress of it.

kpekpe, n. covetousness, avarice; fe — , v. to be covetous.

kpekpefemg, n. covetousness. '

kpekpelo, n. covetous person; miser, niggard.

kpele, s. kple, pi. of kpe, v.

kpelo, n, a person meeting an other; inviler; gnawer; hel-
per, assistant (for mercies sake in carrying etc.) ; „kpelo
edsee afu," pry. a helper is no humback.

kpelo, n. joiner; okpld- kpelo, a person making tables;
sewer, tailor, niikpelo, th. s., aspatre-kpelo , shoe-maker.

kpemo, n. meeting, gnashing, joining, helping, assistance,
gnawing; yO-kpemo, wedding;' a certain ceremony, see
kpe yO, v.

kpemo, n« bewitching, brightness, shine, flash, lightening,
s. also kplemo and kpe, n.

kpend, pi. -nii, v. joining-, sewing -implement.

kpene, adj. and adv. short, small; shortly; mama — , small

cloth,
kpenkpen, adj. brittle, adv. very quickly, comp. oya oy^,

mramra; abruptly,
kpenkple, n. rabbit; hare,
kpesu, n. a basket used to keep fowl,
kpete, adj. and adv. open, openly.

kpete, adj. dry, barren, unfruitful; s. olenle and AmeAmete,
th. s.

168 kpete — kida.

kpete^ T. int kpetemOy to cleave; to be glutinous, to stick
to; ^he kpete** or „he kpete he*" or „ke he kpele he**,
T., int hekpetemo, to cleave to; amekpete Nyomno he,
or amehe kpete N., or amehe kp. N. he, or ameke
amehe kp. N. he, they cleaved to God; kpete he, th. s.

kpete he, v. inf. hekpetemo, to cleave to, s. he kpete etc.

kpete mli, y. to stick in s. th.

kpete no, inf. nokpetemo, y. to stick upon s. th.; ke —
— , y. to fix upon.

kpete si, y. to stick or cleave to, to the ground;

to bear, to sustain, = kpe na; to continue.

kpete si§i, v. to cleave to the ground.

kpetekpete, adj. and adv. glutinous; soft, weak; softly;
fe — , V. to be — .

kpetekplebii, pi. n. a fruit in shape similar to the cashocle

(s. enmomi); used as charm or fetish.

kpetekplebiitso, pi. -tsei, n. the tree or shrub bearing it;
the bark of it is used as operating medicine; the wood
is exceedingly hard or rather tough.

kpetenkple, corroboration of kple; pi. -kplei, adj. great,
large, tall, big; comp. koUd; wulu, adj. and da, v.;
fe — , to become — ; dsi — , to be — ; kpetenkplen,
it is large.

kpl, kpiti, kpitikpiti, adj. and adv. thick; muddy (of dark-
ness, water, mist, clouds etc.); thickly.

kpintifi, adj. safe, sound, healthy, strong; -ly.

kpiniinkplin, th. s.

kpiti, V. inf. kpitimo, to pinch, to scratch = ti, titi; to
grub, - - up; to pick up: to take up or out (used of
sand, flour, rice etc. comp. ko, kolg, kgle, v. tSotSe, v.

kpiti, n. Ot. piti, leprosy; ye — , to be leprous. Comp.
faohdkodi.

kpitimo, n. pinching, scratching; grubbing, picking.

kpitikpete, adv. confusedly; amekamo si — , they lay about
confusedly.

kpitio, adj. and adv. short, shortly; comp. akotid; n. a short
time, s. fio, adj.

kpitiokpitio, adv. frequently; shortly; often.

kpiti^eli, n. leprosy.

kpili^elo, -yelilo, n. leper.

kpla (or kpra), pi. form of the verb kpa, to be dragged,
drawn; to strip (f. i. maize); to brush; to drag, to draw;
to drive, f. i. cattle; to lead; inf. kplamg. Comp. Ad.
kpaka, v. th, s.

kpla-Ame se **- kpleke. 169

kpla-i&me sq, double t. and kpla-Iie Se, double y. to fake
some body off; ekplaame efie ese, he went off with them.

kpla, kpra, n. the armadillo; Otyi: pra. The name is yery
probable deriyed from the broken skin of this inter-
esting creature.

kpla, ady. round about; — tfSm, all around; a long time;
since.

kplaba, n. a kind of gum ; which the natiyes use for mend-
ing pots.

kplabatSoy pi. -tSei, n. the tree producing it.

kplakpayo, pi. -yei, n. whore = adfaman; s. gblagbayO, n.

kplakpla, adj. and ady. rash, careless; rashly, carelessly;
comp. kplekple, flefle; flafla.

kplakplafemo, n. carelessness.

kplalo, n. dragger, driyer etc.; fr. kpla, y.

kplamo, n. dragging, driying, stripping; brushing.

kplafi, adj. and ady. much, many; well; long, a long lime.

kplana, adj. plain, eyen; yoid, desolate = kplen^.

kple (pi. of kpe, y.), y. to fill, fulfill; nine kple he, y. to
be able; to haye sufficient hands, strength, time etc.

kple, pi. of kpe, y. to shine.

kple, kplei, kpleikplei, adj. large; great; high, tall; big; s.
kpetenkple, adj. th. s.

kpl§, y. inf. kplemg (comp. Ot. pe, pSne), to like, to agree
to, to allow; to let; ekplSe kpatamo, he would not be
appeased; Ad. th. s.

kplidsO, ady. full, hanging full = wodsowodsO, ady.

kplebii, pi. n. scourge, whip (perhaps one with several tails
and therefore plural); yi m: k. kplebii, y. to scourge, to
whip one; kpa, n. th. s.

kplebiiyl, n. scourging.

kplebiiyilo, n. scourger.

kpleke, inf. kplekemo, y. to sink, to descend; to come to
shore (of fishermen); he kpleke he, y. inf. hekplekemo,
to be astounded, astonished = na kpe he, he d§d he,
stronger than fe ya; kpleke m. k. or n. k., y. to let or
make s. b. descend, to let down (s. the end); to give
instruction to fetish-pupils; — won, y. to let the fetish
descend for the purpose of asking him about unknown
things. The fetish-priests called „okomfoi, gbaloi, kra-
moi'' use to wear an iron chain round their neck by
which they pretend to let the fetish descend = -wontSe,
to make one a fetish -priest; from this deriyes: kpleke
m. k. , y. to let (the fetish descend upon) s. b. , i. e, to

170 kpleke §i — kplot6.

make him a man possessed by the fetish („okomfo, gba-
lo, kramo, wofit§e")» comp. wofi mo m. k. and mo
woft, V. t§e won, etc. About the form comp. § 27 the
endsyllables „d§e" and „ke", and the, v. kple, v. Ad.
kple, V.

kpleke si, inf. Sikplekemo, t. to descend, to climb down,
to come or go down.

kplekemo, n. descending.

kplekple, adj. and adv. froward, unruly, unquiet; preco-
cious, = kplakpla, flefle, krukru abompe; fe — , v. to
be froward.

kplekplefemo, n. frowardness.

kpiele, adj. and adv. slimy, tough; -ly.

kplem, n. a kind of the fruit, called sweet-sap; s. Mwyei, n.

kplemtso, pi. -Isei, n. the tree of it.

kplemQ, n. filling, fulfilling; sufficing; finishing; s. kple, v.

kplSmg, n. liking, agreeing; agreement, allowance.

kplikpli, adv. convulsively; s5 — , v. to have convulsions.

kplim, V. inf. kplimmo , to be thick (with fat), to be hard,
impenetrable; to be inured, accustomed; senseless.

kplo, n. pi. kpodsi, clift; comp. kpoi^, kpon,

kplo, kpro, pi. form of kpo, v. to break off, to pluck ofT,
to crumble off, — down (f. i. bark, rough skin, dried
mud etc.), v. n. and a., inf. kplomo.

*kpl6, okpld, pi. okplo!, n. table, kpe — , v. to make a
table, s. kpe; nmg — , v. to spread the table, to give
a repast. ^

kploko and kplot6 (Ot. preko, prok6 from the portugie
„porco"), n. pig, only used of the tame one, s. batafo;
a very unclean person.

kplokofo^ n. pigs-fat.

kplokolo, n. pork.

kplokoniitsumQ, n. uncleanness.

kplokotse, m. n. -nye, f. n. possessor of a pig.

kplokotsu, n. pig-stile.

kplokplo, adv. quickly, oyaya, mramra; frequently, often,

= kpitiokpitio. »

kploku, n. field- or bush-mouse, comp. kwakwe. It is of

the size of a european rat, the african rat being much

larger,
kplokubu, n. hole of a mouse.

kplomg, n. breaking off; stripping; crumbling ofT; fr. kplo, v.
kploto, s. kplokd, n.

kpo — kpokpo. 171

kpo, V. (perh. to move; to reino?e; to be soft; to soften)
to refuce an offer.

kpo, kpo no, n. yard, outside; ad?, outside, out (Hebr.
(yn jHinn); dse — , y. to go, or come out; inf. kpodSe;
dsie kpo, inf. kpodSienig, y. to take out, bring forth,
bring to light, reveal ; f^ kpo , v. inf. kpof^ , = d§e kpo
dsie kpo (comp. adi in Otyi).

kpo wolo, V. to tan (leather), s. wolokpolo, n.

kpo, int. plumb! natural sound of a fall; gbe §i kpo, to
fall down, plumb! comp. bum etc.

'kpo, okpo, n. club; = tSokpoti, n.

kpo, adj. and adv. quiet, simple, mild, comp. dio, bleO;
fe-^ V. to be quiet, mild; — mildly, simply, quietly;
int.WpO ! kpO ! (sympathiisingly used) be quiet ! bft ! bfl !
comp. kpo, V.

'kpo, okpo, n. dove.

kpo, pi. kplo, inf. kpomQ, kplomo, v. n. and a. to crumble
off; to break off (esp. of a rough skin, bark, dry sur-
face); to strip; to pluck off; to scale etc. s. also kpgke,
V. a. Kpo kpofio §i, v. to clear the throat.

*kpQ, akpo, n. decree, law, s. kita, mla.

kpo, n. heap, hill, lump, knot, island; nsQ-kpo, island in
the sea; fa -kpo, n. river -island. Besides the reg. pi.
kpoi also kpobii seems to be used^, comp. kpoA, n.

kp6, inf. kpdmo, v. to redeem; to buy free; to liberate.

kpobii, diminutive, pi. of kpo, lumps =kpoi.

kpobiikpobii, adj. and adv. consisting of small lumps, lumpy
in small lumps.

kpodse, n. fdrthcoming; appearance.

kpodSielo, n. revealer.

kpodsiemo, n. revelation; apocalypsis.

kpofS, n. appearance.

kpoikpoi, adj. and adv. th. s. but without diminutive mo-
dification; rough, uneven; hilly.

kpoke, V. active form of kpo (§27), to crumble off.

kpgkemQ, n. crumbling.

kpgko, n. the concavity of the elbow; kpokoi auQ, On the
arms.

kpokpai, pi. n. boundaries = klotia, husu.

kpokpo, V. inf. kpokpomg, to shake, to tremble; to shake
s. th., to shake off; = hoso, woso ; he — , v. inf. hek|)o- '
kpomo, V. to shake, tremble, be frightened; of men, by
fear, cold etc. mihe kpokpoo, 1 tremble; conqp. also
nminmi, v.

172 kpokpo — kpQtQ.

kpokpo, adv. quietly, plainly, unreservedly; wie — , v. to

speak — .
kpokpoi, pi. n. a kind of food made of maize -flour and

pidm-oil, and eaten to soup,
kpokploku, kpokproku, n. new com.
kpokukpoku, n. a large waterbird living at the river Yolta

in size as a goose,
kpolo, n. softener; refuser of an offer, fr. kpo, v.
kpolQ, n. a person stripping s. th.
kpfilo, n. redeemer; liberater.
kpomo, n. crumbling off, breaking off; stripping; s. kplo-

mo, th. s.
kpdmo, n. redeeming; redemption; liberation. ^
kpdmQnii, pi. n. means of redemption. w

kpomQsane, n. history of redemption.
Kpon, pr. n. („island") a town, 40 — 50 miles up the river

Yolta near mount Yogaga; comp. pon in Otyi in Nyan-

kdpon; Akropon etc. and Kpon, n.
kpon, n. hook; angle.
Kpo A, pr. n. of Pony betwixt Tema and Prampram (lit. hill,

Ot. „pon").
Kpdnkpo, pr. n. of a village,
'kpong, okp. n. (Ot. okponkg), horse; Ad. so» n.
kpoiiQ , n. ,the uppermost part of the throad or windpipe ;

kpono be, v. to have the throat narrowed (s. be) i. e.

to be so sad as to wish to weep without being able to

do it, comp. {„M ob i^m bieite|)le ju9ef(^nutt ware");

inf. kpongbe.
kponobe, n. great sadness.
kpQnosi, n. place of or about the head of the wind pipe;

kpQ — , V. to clear the throat.
kpgnQsikpo, n. jtebIfo!pf/ head of the wind-pipe.
kpQo, V. to get rich; to be benefitted,
kposa, V. inf. kposamo to rub with the hands as in washing

cloth; to wash cloth etc., by rubbing, comp. fg; to full;

comp. also bosao, n.
kposalg, n. washer, rubber, fuller,
kposamo, n. washing, rubbing, fulling,
kpoti, n. club, knot, tsokpoti, n. knotty stick; s. okpo, 'kpo^ou

and ti, v.
kpotia, n. ring, finger-ring,
kpoto, inf. kpotomg, n. and a. to be thick, muddy, doughy,

over ripe , mellow ; to rot, putrify ; to knead ; satyrically :

to be very rich.

kpotomo — kri. 173

kpotomQ, n. kneading; rotting etc.

kpoto, adv. thickly; as mud, as dough; gbe — , v. to kill

in heaps,
kpotoi and kpotokpQto, adj. thick, muddy, doughy, over-
ripe, rotten; fe — v. to be

kpotofemo, n. rottenness etc.

kpotonkpoto, n. a kind of food made of yams boiled into

a dough.
kpotsU&, n. a seafish.

kproke (fr. kpo, v.), inf. -mo, v. to strip off.
kprokemo, n. 4"pping off.
kpronkpron, adj. and adv. dirty; -tily.
kpulu, pi. kpud§i, n. mug; jug; cup.
kpunkpd, n. barrel; com. hase.
Kpukpra (or GbugbrSi), n. pr. of the town Prampram of the

maps.
KpukprSnyo, pi. -mei, -bii, -t§emei, n. Prampram -man;

- people.

Words not found under
kr see under kl.
kra, V. and n. s. kla.

'krdn, nkr§n, n. (Ot. th. s.) wandering ants,
kra, krakra, adj. hot.
kradikpl^n, krSnodikpl^n , n. the smaller kind of hyenas

(comp. klan, kran, n.).
kradoa, n. padlock,
kraka, n. cartridge; comp. gbadsa, n. The cartridges of the

natives are made of wood,
krakate, n. span.

krake, inf. -mo, v. to have a crack,
krakte, n. dan. funnel; trakte, n. th. s.
krakuna, = klakun, n. turkey.
kramakrSmS, adj. fierce, greedy.
kranS, n. silence; adj. and adv. silent; silently; this word

has the peculiarity, that it can be used without verb, f. i.

mitsele ahu, si (fe fe) krSna; I called him a long time,

but (all is) — silence; comp. yi fg, n.
krata, klata, n. slice,
krawa, n. s. kra, n.
kre, kere, n. = kele, n.
kredo, adj. and adv. sure; clear; exact; true, genuine =

kron; -surely, clearly, well, exactly,
krekre , Ad. = klenklen, krenkren, first,
kri, n. giddiness.

174 kri — krnkru.

kri, =kli, adj. giddy; fo— , v. to be giddy.

krifo, n. giddiness.

krikri, krikrikri, n. adj. and adv. silence; silent; silently =

krdna, comp. this,
krd, V. to murmur.

kro, adj. large. Seldom used ;« comp. kokro, koklo, adj.
kro, =kolQ, klo, pi of ko, v.
'kro, 'koro, ekoro, adj. and adv. (fr. ko) single; simple;

singly, otherwise, by itself; s. kron; kronkrofi; adj.
KrobQ, pr. n. of a mountain, tribe, country and (Adanme)

dialect N. East of Gd betwixt the Akii^pim- mountains

and the river Volta.
kroboo, n. a bark of a tree used as spices, to nib the

body with,
'kroko, ekroko, pi. 'krokoroei, adj. other; s. ko, kro, koro etc.
kromobi, n. first-born (generally, if a boy, called Tete, if

a girl Dede). Ad. krombi.
kromobifomg, n. @rfl((eburt; first birth,
kromgbigbena, n. right, duty of the firstborn.
kromgtSun, n. a custom, men have to make before marriage;

wo — , to make this custom (s. butru); a pnncipai part

of it is to be put in a room (tsu, kromgtsu) for a night.
kroh = kwon (Ot. th. s. seldom used adj. high; fr. ko, kwo,

y. to be high or deap. S. also grdn, adv.
kron, pi. krol adj. and adv. single, simple, pure, genuine,

clear; holy (fr. ko, v.? and indef. art); singly, simply,

purely etc. Comp. ekro, ekoro etc.
kronkron , corroboration of the former, adj. and adv. simple,

pure, clear (of water), unmixed; holy; s. he tSe and

tsu he.
kronkronmo, pi. -mei and mokronkron, pi. meikronkro!,

kronkrofibi, pi. -bii, n. holy person,
krohkronfelo , n. sanctificator, = hetSulo*
kronkronfiemo, n. sanctification ; holiness; s. hetSumo,

hetSemo, n.
kronkronnd, pi. -nii, n. a holy thing,
krofikronsape, n. holy history,
'kropon, okr., n. eagle? a larg bird of pray, feading on

living animals,
krosalo and krosado, n. Ayigbe word, perh. from the port.,

dollar, s. dale, n.
Krgte pr. n. (s. Klgte) of a lagune N. E. of Osu.
krukru, adj. and adv. unruly, unquiet, =r kplekple ; nnquietly

fe — , to be unruly.

knikrafemQ — koklQ. 175

krukrufemo, n. unquietness.

krusalo, n. port, word?, spices.

ku, v., inf. kOmo, v. to cut into ver^ snriall pieces; to poll
the hair.

ku, V. to break; to knuckle; to turn. The pi. form is
kumo, redupl. kumokumo; inf. kdmo or kOomo (comp.
Adn^ kuQ, suo, and sumo and suomo in Gd). Afli ku,
v. inf. mlikuomo, to be inwardly, entirely broken; nine
ku, inf. ninekfi, v. = ya gbe se, ya tsu se; s. tsu se, n.

ku able , inf. ablekuomo , v. to earn. com.

ku n. k. bo he, v. to double s. th.

ku hie fo n. k. no, v. to wink at some th.; to over-
look s. th.

ku mli, v. to break in (two); inf. mlikuomo.

ku na, y. inf. naku and nakuomo, lit. to bre^k the mouth,
edge, end; to oppose, to act against.

ku nane, y. to break a leg.

ku nine, y. s. nine ku, under ku, y.

ku no, y. nokD and nokuomo, to break oyer; to transgress;
to be oyer, to be much, to be superfluous = teke no, y.

ku se, y. inf. seku sekuomo, to turn back, to return, to
come again; to be conyerled; peryerted; comp. ts5 he,
y., th. s.

ku si, y. inf. sikuomo, to break down; tsui le (^ kumo-
kumo si , all the houses are (eyery where) broken down.

ku yi, V. yika (s. yi), to cut the hair (of the head).

ka, n. (Ol. th.s.) company = akutso, heap, flock; part (piece,
s. kuku, tSoku and tsokuku); comp. also kuikui and ob-
serye the phrase: bua na kui kui, y. to gather in heaps;
adj. short; weku, akutso, dsaku n. etc.

kua, n. monkey, ape (in general, s. ofo, ho, etc.).

kua, y. inf. kuamoy y. to bend, to contract, to wrinkle,
to be wrinkled =^ kota; to bow = kula.

kua si, y. inf. sikuamo, y. to bend the knees, to kneel
down.

kuatai, adj. = kotai, which see.

kudo, n. helm, rudder.

kudotse, pi. kudotsemei, n. steersman.

kue, n. neck (comp. sen, kpono).

kuenii, n. necktace or neck-ornaments.

kuikui, n. heaps, ruins, broken pieces ; adj. heapy, ruinous,
every where broken; adv. heapily; in heaps; comp. koi-
koi, kpoikpoi etc.

kuklQ, kukro, adj. large = kokro; large and round; rounds

176 kOkQ — kfimaiyelflo.

kQkii, pi. kQmokumQ, redupl. of kCi, y. tb break.

kuku, kukad§iy n. piece, part, broken particle, stamp; b-

thom = aba8a; fo — , y. to cut short, to shorten; adj.

and ady. short; shortly = kukuO.
kokudabi, n. maize of last year, comp. kpokplokn, n.
kukufS, n. half-fathom, i. e. yard,
kukufo, n. short-cutting, shortening,
kukaku, ady. boldly; quickstepped ; manly; ebote mil—,

he stepped boldly in.
kukuli, n. ball; lump; su-kukuli, lump of clay; lo-knknli,

piece of meat.
kukuO (pi. kukud§i kukui, kukubii?) adj. and ady. sort;

shortly.
kukuQ, Adn. y. = kg, to take,
kukwe, kukweiy n. small pot for boiling things etc.^ comp.

gbe, kulo, fa, fale etc.
kula, y. to bend, to bow; inf. kulamo; s. kCia.
kula si, y. inf. sikulamo, to kneel down, to bow the knees

= kQa si, y.
'kulafo, ok., n. widower, widow,
kulamo, n. bending, bowing, fr. kula, y.
kule, auxil. y. can, will^ shall,
kule (fr. ko le, comp. koni, noni, boni etc.) conj. to express

the subjunction of the sentence it initiates, f. i. kule ml-

sumo, I would loye it; = dsikule at the end of sen-
tences = if, with the same mood; ady. perhaps; soever

(etwa).
kuli, n. a small particle of any thing; a grain, f. 1. able-

kuli, a grain of maize; a drop, nu-kuli, a drop of water;

a mote; Adn. gu, n.
kulikuli, ady. in drops.

kulo, n. a kind of pots used for washing; washing-basin,
kulo and kulQkulo (s. kloklo, adj.) luke-warm.
kulo, n. breaker; reaper of maize,
kulu, n.

kuma, Adn. n. thirst; s. kumai.
kuma, y. inf. kumamo to use with fragality ; generally : M

kuma or ke-kuma. But perhaps it is Otyi adj. = little.

kumai, n. thirst, kumai ye, y. inf. kumaiyeli, to be thirsty;
kOmai yemi, I am thirsty. Comp. hdmg, fel; and Otyi

osukum; and kuma, y.; Ad. kuma ye, y.

kumaiyeli, n. thirsting, thirst.

kflmaiyelilo , -yelo, n. a thirsty person.

kamayemforo — kuturopofelQ. 177

kumayemforo, n. (Ot) lit. bridemorder, a plant, the fruits

of which like that of the bor cleave to the cloth. It is

said, that daring a wedding ceremony some had come

into contact with the skin of the bride and she being

ashamed to remove them, was hurt by them during the

dance and killed, whence the name.
kumelQ, Adn. n. castor-tree = adedeAkmma.
kumi, kum, kdmi, n. boiled bread.
Kumi, pr. n. of males.

kumI, n. rum (foreign word and satirically used, s. bo-
bo, n.)-
Knmkum, pr. n. of a village, also called Otyiriahanfaii. The

name „Kumkum*' is said to derive from the hollow

sound of the ground there,
kumo , pi. verb-form of kf), to break ; to break several times,

to fold up = kota; to break all over; to have the palsy;

to feel as if the whole body would be broken ; inf. kUmo

and kuomg, redupl. kumokumo.
kumo, kuomo, kumomo, n. breaking, brokenness; palsy;

folding up; reaping (maize) harvest,
kumobe, kuomghe, n. harvest-time,
kurngtsofft, n. medicine against palsy,
kuntu, n. wool; woolen stufiT, blanket. Ot. th. s.
kura, s. kwrfi. •

kuse, kuselo, kusenyo etc. see ko, kose, n.
kus@! int. = beg your pardon! (Ot. th. s.) s. taflatSe.
kusO, int. halloo! hoho!
kusQ, kusukusu, adj. and adv. thick (of foliage, darkness,

hair etc.) dark; -ly; -ly.
kusum, n. eur. word; costum.
kutruku, n. circle; adj. and adv. round, -about. Ot. koton-

kron.
kutsa, kotsa, n. bundle, grape; a kmd of country-sponge

made of a bark. Comp. saw, sao; bosao, n.
kutu, n. circle,
kutu, adv. in heaps,
kuta, n. heap; flock, herd,
kutu, n. a small kiiid of pots, s. kulo a small fence in

which yams is preserved,
kutumpo, kotompo, n. Ot. th. s. false-hood, hypocrisy;

comp. osato; apasa; unrighteousness; ye — , fe — , v. to

be false = pasa.
kutumpofemQ, n. hypocrisy,
kutumpofelo and

Zimmermann^ AkrI-Vocab* ^•^

173 kuluinpofo — kwe.

kutumpofo, n. felse, unrighteous person; hypocrite; = osa-

tofo, opasafo, n.
kutumpoyeli, = -femo, n. falsehood, hypocrisy; unrighte-
ousness,
kuyo, adj. wide, long, large = ya, of dress etc.
kwa, inf. kwa, kwamo, v. to abdicate; to deny; to gainsay;

to desert; to do purposely, kwa ekiva, purposely he has

done it; to loose the colour,
kwa, n. abdication; denial; desertion; wilful act; SSillfur;

loosing colour,
kwa, adv. entiraly; together, truly, indeed; comp. kwa, v.

which seems to imply the orig. meaning of „to be firm";

s. also anokwa (ano= na, mouth, in Otyi); = tfem, f. i.

fe kwa, all togeter; even, also, fDgat = tete, po. Ot.

= without cause, 63: yaka, yakatfa).
Kwabenya, pr. n. of two villages,
'kwadu, akw., n. bananas,
'kwafonyo, okw., pi. -foi, n. == kosgnyo, hQlo, farmer,

plantationman , boor. Ot. th. s.
kwdkwS, n. natur. sound, duck, = dabodabo, n.
kwSkwalabite (Ot. kwakwSdabi) , n. raven.
kwSkw^ antrebd, n. childrens play; hide - and - seek; ==

okeyo, n. th. s.
kw^kwe, n. house-mouse, comp. kploku, oblfSi, n.
kwakwebu, n. and

kwakweflo, pi. -fodSi, n. mousehole.
kwakwrakwa, n. a kind of yams,
kwaman and
kwamamfo, n. the whole company of slaves belonging to

one master (sometimes like „familia*' in latin); comp.

Ot. ako^, slave,
kwasafo, n. (=koa-asafo. Ot. 'koa, slave), th. s.
kwannne (Ot.), n. way -toll; SBeggcIb (fr. kwaii and ade,

pi. nne).
Kwantanan (Ot. lit. „four-way" place, where two ways cross

eachother) pr. n. of a village,
kwao, V. to besmear; to plaster.
Kwao (Ot.) , pr. n. of one bom on Thursday,
kwaomo, n. besmearing, plastering,
kwasid, (Ot.) adj. and n. foolish; fool, s. bulo, kolo, n.
kwatrekwa, Ot. th. s., n. raggamufftn; („8um))"), ragged

or nearly naked person,
kwe, imprt. s. kwe and kwemo, inf. kwemo» v. to look,

at, to view (comp. na); to care for, to watch ov^;

kwe M — kwQ Si. 179

coinp. bu, sra, wo, v.; to provide for. Ot. fye (fe);
AdA. ye, hie, v.

kwe bi, V. to care for a child.

kwe gbe, v. inf. gbekwemg, to look on the way, to ex-
pect, comp. me, V.

kwe he or hewQ, v. to look about.

kwe hie, v. inf. hlekwemo, to look in or at the face; to
receive one's face.

kwe hina, v. th. s.

kwe m. k. fe n. k., v. to do s. th. for s. body's sake; kwe
m. k. hewQ fe n. k., th. s.

kwe mh', v. inf. mlikwemo, to look into, to search.

kwe no, v. inf. nokwemo, to oversee, to watch, care for etc.
to be attentive.

kwe m. k. nd no, v. to look npon s. body's example (s.
nd), inf. ndnokwemg.

kwe se, v. Inf. sekwemo, to look back.

kwe si, V. to look down.

kwe siSi, v. to look under s. th.

kwe m. k. yi, v. inf. yikwemo, to care for s. b.

kwe! behold! lo! int.

kwe, inf. kwg, v. to grow, to spring up (of seed, plants,
comp. da, wo, v.). \

kwe, n. growth.

kwe aful, v. to foam, inf. aful-kw6.

'kwe!, akwel, n. ground-beans; see also abobgi, n.

kwei, = koi, n. door-way.

kwelo, n. looker; overseer; herdsman; provider.

kwemo, n. looking; caring, care; watching; oversight, in-
spection; providence.

kwo, ko, adj. broken, cracked, comp. kO, v. ku and kuku, adj.

kwQ (negligent pronunciation ko), v. inf. kwgle and kwO,
to be high, ^eef (comp. „altus'* in lat.); to come or
go up, ascend, spring (of wells), to climb, up ; kwo tSo,
to climb a tree, kwo ke-ya gon ko no, to ascend a
mountain.

kwo, n. climbing, ascension.

kwole, n. bight; depth.

kwolo, n. climber.

kwon and kwonkwon (comp. kron, Ot. the s. and konoh-
konpfi), adj. and adv. high, deep; highly, deeply.

kwono = kpoho, s. this,

kwQ si, n. to descend.

kwQ si ==: kua si; to kneel down.

180 ' Itwra — ladsSnd.

kwra = korfi, kurS (Ot. th. s.), corroboration of kwa, adv.

truly, fully; really; indeed; together, entirely, at all;

ebaa kwra, he is not at all coming,
ky s. under t§.
Kyerepon, pr. n. of a language spoken by a suppressed

tribe in the interior.

L.

La, pr. n. („fire") of a town 2 miles east-ward of Osu;

generally called by Europeans Labudai, Labude; by the

Akwapim-people Dade (comp. Late); the seat of one of

the greatest fetishes, called Lakpa.
la, y. n. and a/, inf. la, lala, lamo, to knit together; to

hook, to fasten (a window etc.) , to catch, f. i. by words,

to join (as the links of a chain); to dream (inf. lamo)*

to sing, inf. lamo and lala; la m. k., y. to sing s.,b.,

in praise or scorn,
la, n. hooking, joining,
la, Adn. v. = ladSe in Ga, perh. to hang some-where (s.

the preceeding word), to err, to be lost; to lose; to

forget,
la, n. fire, light (comp. kane); pi. lai, fuel. Comp. ogyd

in Ot. Do la, y. inf. lado, to be yery hot; comp. also

ho la, hie ye la etc.
la, n. pronounced with a higher yoice than the former,

blood; Ot. mogya, Ad. muo; fie \k si, y. to spill blood;

the pi. lal is used for much blood as in Hebr.
la nd sa m. k., y. to sing a mock-song (s. Iqpa) about s.b.
lado, n. heat; fr. do la, y.
ladse, y. sometimes separated la dse, comp. la, Adn. yerb

and § 27, to be lost; to disappear; to lose (Ot. yera).

Perf. tense, neg. yoice, ind. mood: ladSeko and lako d§e,

inf. ladsemo; comp. also: wosu&umai elad§ejawo> our

souls are neyer lost (for us).
ladse gbe» y. to lose the way; Ad. la bio, y.
ladse hie, y. inf. hieladsemo, to disappear out of one's

sight; eladSe mihle, he disappeared before me.
ladselo, n. loser,
ladsemo, n. losing;' erring; disappearing; perdition; s. hie-

kpatamo, fitemo, n.
lad§end, pi. -nil, n. any thing to take flre-coals with,
ladsd, n. spittle; t§3 — , v. inf. ladSdtSSmo, to spit; -^

— fie m. k. no , — at s. b.
ladSdnd, pi. -nii, n. spitbox; ladSdtSSmond, th. s.

ladsdtSSmo — laloku. 181

ladsdtSSmo, n. spitting.

lafosemo, n. issue of blood.

lasiOemg, n. spilling of blood.

laho, n. wantonness, naughtiness; issue of blood; fr. hola, v.

laholo, n. wanton, naughty, wild person.

lai, pi. n. or collect, n. fuel; firewood; le lai, v. to gather

fuel, firewood, inf. lailemo. Comp. tSo, n.
lailelo, n. person gathering firewood.
lailemQ, n. gathering of firewood,
laitso, n. firebrand; piece-firewood,
laka, y. inf. lakamo, to persuade, to silence, to still; to

beguile, to deceive. Comp. doko na and SiSi, v. Ot.

dada, v.
laka gbeke, y. inf. gbek^lakamo, to still a child, to silence

a child,
laka he, y. inf. helakamo, to deceiye one's self,
laka hie, y. hlelakamg, to deceiye, beguile s. b.
laka na, y. th. s.

laka tSui, y. to still or silence the heart.
lakalQ, n. persuader; silencer; deceiyer.
lakamQ, n. persuasion; silencing; deception,
lakpa, n. excuse; to lakpa, inf. lakpato, to make excuses;

to deny; comp. dsie na, f^ he; na hS m. k. y., abla, n.
lakpato, n. excusing (if untrue); denial,
lakpatolo, n. a person excusing himself.
lakpatse> n. th. s.
lakpa, n. low bush not yel sufficiently grown to be cut for

cultiyation, comp. ko, hayi, n.; gba, y. hii — , v. to cul-

tiyate such bush, in want of better,
lakpahumg, n. cultiyation of unripe, young bush.
Lakpd, pr. n. of the great fetish in La. He resides in a

drum, which is secretly renewed from time to time by

the fetish-priests,
lakpatsa, n. a kind of young bush, = lakpa, n.
lata, pi. v. of la, y. to be entangled,
lala, n. singing; song; hymn,
lalatse, pi. -t§emei, n. singer; precentor; composer,
lalilei, n. fire-tongue, i. e. flame,
lalo, n. hawk.

Lalo, n. pr. of „gbobaloi" (n. which see),
lalo, n. a person hooking or joining; dreamer; singer; fr.

la, y.
laloku, n. Adn. an animal liying in the riyer Yolta and said

to come to shore and eat grass. It is said to be of

182 Lamei — latSatSa.

the size of a pig, the skin of it resembles that of a
pig also. ,

Lamei, pi. people of La, — towns; sing. Lanyo.

lami, n. finger-nail; nail of the toes.

lamiflomQ, n. cutting of the fingernails.

lamlu, n. lit. fire-dust, i. e. ashes; ash-colour; death-colour
(of hlack people).

lamg, n. hooking; joining; dreaming; singing; dream.

lamo, n. steam; s. lasu.

lamQ and lemo, inf. th. s. v. to lick; s. so, v.

lanmQ, n. navel.

lanmonblu, lamoghlu, -gbugblu, n. rupture of the navel,
very common among the natives, because newborn chil-
dren are negligently treated in this respect.

lano, n. place over the fire.

lao, n. dan. sheet.

lasa ='lats^, n. a fruit.

lasr^mi, n. spark.

lasu, n. (comp. sQ) smoke; steam; lit. fire-dust.

lasulel^, pi. -led§i, n. steamer; s. lele, n.

lasuogble, n. whirl-wind.

laSSi, n. fire-burning.

laSeremo, n. kindling of a fire.

lasu, n. th. s.

lata, V. latamo, to stitch; to base.

latalo, n. stitcher, baser.

latamo, n. stitching; basing. ^

latamokpS, n. basing-thread.

late, n. fire-stone, i. e. hearth.

Latg, pr. n. of a town 25 miles north of Prampram in the
Akwapim- mountains; the inhabitants speak Kyerepon;
Ot. Date.

lateSi, n. hearth-ground; kitchen, comp. koiSi, kpataSi, TeSi
(and Ot. -ase in Bibiase, Odumase etc.).

latete, n. hearth-stone.

latsa, n. (= la tfa?, tfa, to boil) heat; sweat, perspiration;
latSa tsa, v. to be hot; to cause sweat, perspiration, inf.
latsatsa, -tsale; latSa tsale, he is hot, heated, he per-
spires. Adn. th. s. Comp. hdmo, kamai, fel etc.

lats^, n. stir-apple; an eatable fruit.

Iat§abe, n. time of heat; hot season (comp. otsokrikri);
summer.

lat^agbel, n. heat-pimples.

latSatSa, ^tSale, n. heat; perspiration.

latgatgo — le. 183

latsatso, pi. -tsei, n. stir-appletree.

lalso, pi. -tsei, n. fire-slick; fire-brand; s. 4aitSo, n. Ih. s.

latso, n. sharpness, wickedness; bravery, fr. tSo la, t.

latsolQ, n. sharp, wicked; brave felfow.

lau, s. lao, n. sheet.

Lawe, Ada. pr. n. of males.

lawo, n. heat; fr. wo la, v. to be hot; comp. also mlila;
mli wo la, V. heating; burning, kindling.

lawolo, n. incendiary.

le, inf. le, aor. neg. irreg. lb with neg. voice, and regul.
lee, V. to know, to wit; sometimes = to be able, to
understand, f. i. mile femo, I am able, understand, know
to do it; mile^ yeli, I don't understand to eat, 1. e. I
can not eat il ; le nil, v. to know things, to be learned,
understanding, prudent, wise; inf. nil6 or niil6; comp.
also na, na na, na sisi, yo; nye, v. 6a, n.; Ot. nim; hQ.
Adn. th. s.

le, le, n. knowledge, wisdom; understanding, comp. niile.

le be, V. to know the time; to be aware.

le dsei, v. to know there; to have been — .

le he, inf. l^ele, v. to know one's self.

le he ko, v. to know a place.

le he nii, inf. heniile, v. to know about one's self; to be
conscious.

le se, V. to know one's back; to be circumspect.

le, inf. le, lemo, v. n. and a. to feed; to nurse; to nour-
ish; to raise; to bring up, inf. le; to widen, to be wide,
broad, inf. lele and lemo.

le he, V. heli, to support one's self.

le lai, inf. lailemg, v. (to feed the fire?) to gather fire-
wood.

le mli, inf. mlilemg, v. to widen (inside).

le m. k. si, v. to stretch s. b. out; to hurt, wound, injure
s. b. inf. silemo; to forsake, to leave one alone.

le, n. feeding; nursing; nourishing; raising, bringing up.

le, pi. lehi, Adn. n. vessel, ship, boat = lele, pi. ledSi,
in GL

le, pron. comp. § 21, 34; independent pers. subst. pron
he, she (it); comp. e; Adn. le, Ot. ono; demonstrat.
adj. pr. or defin. article, the (bcr, bte, iaS); Ad. o, also
used to define sentences; in this case = Adn. ng, Ot.
no; personal objective pronoun, combined with the verb,
him, her (it), Ad. le, Ot. n6; f. i. Gbomo le ni nyle
bie le, le eyile; the person who walked here about,

184 le — leleya.

(even) he flogged her, in SWeiif^ in id ^erumfling,

Det f^Iuj fie.
le, proD. Adn. be, she; him, her; s. the former,
lebi (formerly legbu), n. morniDg; adv. in the morning

(morgenS); — mra, — mahkfi, — mankp5, — adeni^Ak§,

early in the morning; comp. also d§e tsere, v. dsetSere-

mo, n.
l6bibQ, n. morning dew.
lebila, n. morning light,
lebilala, n. morning hymn.
lebiniitSumo , n. morning-work,
lebiniyenii, pi. n. break-fast, comp. nakpamg, n. and kpa

na, V.
lebind, pi. -nii, n. s. th. pertaining to morning.
lebisQlemQ, n. morning-prayer; morning-service,
lebisine, n. morning palaver.
ledientSg (Adn. lenitse), pron. he himself, himself; she

herself, herself,
legehao, n. dan. Sdgenri^lter; an instrument to rectify saws,
legelege, adj. slender, thin; fe — , v.
legelegefemo, n. slendemess.
lehe, n. feeding place; pasture,
lei, n. tall,
lekete, leketerele (s. le and tetre), adj. and adv. wide,

broad; -ly.
lekolo, n. fat cattle, fatUng.
lele» pi. led§i^ n. vessel, ship, boat (comp. ahima, aheii-

kese, duakro, anlese etc.). Adn. le, Ot. hyeii. Lele

m5 m. k., v. to be affected by sea-sickness; s. n§Q, n.
lele, pron. corroboration of le, even he, or she, the same;

conj. = no le, keke le, then,
lelebii, lelenbii, pi. n. ships-crew,
leledfa, n. ship-wreck (s. dfa).
lelekpelQ, n. ship-wright (s. kpe, v.).

llSSTtbirr^j; I »^"- «' "•- '»-«»"• -

quite irregular in Gd, but frequent in Otyi, comp. dua-
kro, one-mast (ginmafler).

leletse, pi. -tSemei, n. ship-master, captain.

lelen, adv. certainly, truly, verily; int. verily, truly! comp.
asanokwa, anekwa; krede etc.

leleo, adj. and adv. narrow; narrowly.

lelet§o, lelentso, pi. -tsei, n. ships-mast; a kind of cloth.

leleya, n. going in or of a ship.

lelo — 10. 185

lelo, n. knowing, wise, prudent person.

lelo, n. feeder; nurse.

lema, n. ax.

lemo = lamo, inf. th. s., v. to lick.

leniOy n. breadth; wideness, width.

lemg, n. licking.

lete, v. to be frugal, moderate, to spare; inf.

letemQ, n. sparing; frugality; moderation.

lete he, inf. heletemo, v. = lete, v.

11, inf. limo, y. to scoff, to mock; stronger than ye he
feo or gbe he guQ.

lia, inf. liamo, v. perh. europ. word, to line.

liamo, n. lining.

liamQtso, pi. -tsei, n. ruler.

lila si, y. inf. Sililamo, to be in doubt; to be hanging about,
to loiter; to deJay, defer, tarry. Comp. dida, y.

lilei, n. tongue; nSo-lilei^ n. sea-tongue, a kind of seafish
(3unge); la-lilei, flame; — nta, double tongue, literally
and tropically.

Ligble, pr. n. of the great fetish in Prampram.

liiili^ adj. and ady. crooked, -ly; nane linli, a crooked leg.

lilo, n. scoffer.

lio = legelege, adj. thin, slender.

limo, n. scoffing, mocking.

lo, y. inf. Id and lomo, to take up, to take away; gener-
ally used of a mass of things taken up together, comp.
ko, kolo; wo, hole; no; dsie, y. etc. wherefore: to
scoop up (auff^fipfen), f. i. sand, swish, stones etc., inf.
lomo; to weay%; to knit; to twist; to make nets, baskets,
bags etc., inf. Id. Peculiar expressions are: nu lo m. k.;
wo lo m. k. etc. water takes s. b. away; sleep oyercomes
s. b. Alo gbomo h afie, ni ake fomgnii ba lia, the man
(child) is cast away and the afterbirth brought home, pry.

lo ata, inf. aluIomQ, to take with the arms, to embrace,
comp. atQ, here alQ; lo hie, — hienmeii, y. to frown;
lo hie wo mli, lo frown at, to stare at; comp. kpe, y.

lo n. k. hu, y. to take away in a storm, at once.

lo la, inf. IMomo, y. to take up blood; to bring blood and
its reyenge upon one's self; elo maA 1^, he has the re-
yenge of the tribe upon him, s. man, n.; blood spilt must
be Taken up, because it defiles the ground; this is done
by the reyenge or punishment for il.

Id, pi. loi, n. flesh; meat; liying creatures; helo, hewolo,
flesh of man; kolo, bush-flesh, wild beast, beast; loflOt

186 'lo -^ lokomo.

bird; lo» nSonlo, UtAo, fisb, sea-fish, riverfish; wolo, skin;
lo nku or nkQn, lean meat; ^o lo or loi, t* to bring
forth fishes (of i^ater) ; losra, losia, JosaU, n. lit. rotten
meat or fish, a kind of preserved fish etc.; gbe lo, v.
to kill (to catch) fish, hd — , y.'to sell — ; sa lo, v.
to angle, etc.

'lo, alo, conj. and interrogatory particle, or, inclose con-
nection of the sentence the ^a*" is cut off. Also if it
is the interrogatory particle, it may be translated with
or, the following contradictory sentence to be left out,
f. i. Oba lo? Are you coming or (sc. not)? Comp.
be; nto, ani, aso, Ot. ana; lat. ne, num; greek firj (im
©c^lDdbifc^en „ha"?). A very frequently used word at
the end of enumerating sentences is „lo no", „or a thing*'
= „or the like", „or so", „etc."

lo, n. weaving, knitting, twisting etc., s. lo, v.

1q = Ion, n. a kind of thread, twine or cord made from

the „ adobe "-palm-tree,
loda, n. catching of fish or game by traps,
lofa, n. fish-river; fish-pool,
lofine, pi. -fidsi, n. fin; s. fine,
lo flikilQ, n. flying fish,
loflo, pi. lofodsi, n. bird, comp. lo, kolo etc.
lofl^dbi, n. young bird,
loflobu, -flo, n. hole of a bird,
loflodu, n. bird-catching,
loflddiilo, n. bird-catcher; s. du.
lofloflikimo, n. flight of birds,
loflonabu, n. birdsmouth, bill,
loflotsu, n. birds-nest.

lofldwao, pi. -wabii, n. birdsfinger, claw, talon,
lofldwiemo, n. birds-talk.
lofldwQlO) pi. -wodsi, n. birds-egg.
logbe, n. catching of fish fr. gbe lo, v.
lohetolo, lotolo, n. scales of fishes,
lohdlg, n. fish-monger.
lahSmo, n. fish-mongery.
loke, inf. lokemo, v. to sprain; to disjoint, dislocate; mi-

nane eloke, my foot is sprained; = lone, v. th. s.

lokemo, n. spraining; dislocation; disjoint.

loko (or logo), V. inf. lokomo, to go round, - - round

about, astray.
lokgmO) n. going round, astray.

lokoUU — lumo. 187

i< Igkoliki or Iogoligi> a^j. serpentlike, fiefd^Ifingelt; fe — , v.

1 loko siy inf. Silokomg, y. th. s.
I lokon, n. horn of a beast.

I lokotio, lolO, pi. -bii, a<y. very small; fe — , y. to be - -.
lokprgkemo, n. scaling of fishes,
lolo, adv. still; yet; now; ehle kS lolo» he is still alive;

comp. kd he, v.
lolo, n. weaver, knitter etc., fr. lo, v.
lomg, n. taking up.
I Lomo, pr. n. of males.

lomo, inf. lomo, lomgmo, v. to curse; to scold hard; to

blaspheme; s. bo musu, v.
lomo, lomgmQ, n. cursing, scolding, blaspheming; s. mu-

subo, n.
lomolQ? n. cursing person.
lomDmo, n* catching of fish, venison.
Ion, n. a kind of thread, twine or cord made of the „adobe^-

palm-tree. S. lo. It is generally used for basing only,
lonsala, loSla, loSra, n. preserved fish, lit. rotten fish,
lota, inf. lotamo , v. to stir up = futa, v. tsine no — , v.

to have stomack-ache, to be inclined to vomit.
Igpo, n. flea = gbehenmon, s. this,
losamo, n. angling fr. sa lo, v.
loto = lokotio, pi. -bii, adj. very small,
lototo, n. fish-scales.

'lowo, olowQ, n. leopard == kotse, hIeAmalo etc.
lowu, n. fish-bone,
loyeli, n. meat-eating, flesh-eating,
loyelo, n. meat-, flesh-eater,
lu, V. inf. la and liimo, pi. lumQ, to strike, to smite, to

fall; to cast; lu m. k. te, to pelt s. b. with a stone;

lumo - - tei, - stones; to be dull, stupified foolish.

Comp. tfa, V. fo, v.
lu si, V. inf. silumQ , to fall down, comp. tfa si, gbe si, v.
la, n. striking, smiting; falling; pelting; dullness,
la, n. skylight; hole or opening in the top of a house or

thatch; chimney,
lulo, n. striker, pelter.
lulalu, adj. and adv. (imitation of the sound of flowing

water) soft, quiet; -ly, -ly; of the flowing of a river;

fe — , V. to be quiet; lo flow quietly,
lululufemo, n. quietness.
umQ, n. casting, striking, pelting; fr. lu, v.

188 lumo -^ ma.

lumo, pi. lumei, n. prince; goyernor; commandant; see

amrado; mantsebi; ablade; ye lumo, y, inf. lumoyeli, to

govern,
lumobi, n. prince.

lumohewal6» n. power of government,
lumoyeli, n. government; rule,
lumoyelibg, n. time of government,
lumoyelihe, n. place of government; seat of government,
lumoyino, n. period or reign of a governor,
lumoyingbii, pi. n. contemporaries of a governor,
lus, n. dan. candle; comp. kane, n.
lustso, pi. -tSei, n. candle-stick, i
lutu, inf. lutumo, v. to mix (with earth, mud etc.; s. futu);

to dig the ground (and mix it for cultivation); comp.

lota, futa, V. futu, v.
lutumo, n. mixing; digging.

M.

Words not to be found under M. s. under nm.

Ms, V. inf. ma, and mamQ, pi. mSmo, to lie, of hard and
large things, to stand, used of boxes, presses etc. ; comp.
damo> V. to lay, to set, to put, to stand, v. a., generally
„ke-ma"; to build = tfa; — to borrow; to lend (not
used of money, «but of other things, s. fa, v.); to knock
with the bones of the fist. Comp. Ot. mS, to give; and
Ga: damo, v.

m§ aladsa, v. to row with long sticks, where ground is to
be found.

md he, V. inf. hem§, to plaster (a house etc.).

md hie, inf. hlemS, v. to set before ; to stand or lie before.

ma mli, V. inf. inlimS, to stand, lie, rest in; to set into;
to plaster inside.

ma na, v. inf. nama, to stand at etc.

ma ng, v. inf. noma, to stand on.

ma S6, V. inf. sema, to stand back, behind.

ma n. k. no aduatso, v. to affirm s. th.

ma si, V. inf. simamo, sima, to stand, lie, rest on the

ground; to set down, to stand down,
ma tsu, inf. tsuma, v. to build = tfa tSu, v.
ma yi si« v. yisima, to let the head sink down,
ma — before verbs = mi a, mi ba, I will or shall, comp.

Table VII,

mSi — mftmfi. 189

iTi3, It. lending; borrowing; setting; standing; building;. box
on the ear, stroke; gba m. k. hie mS, to strike s. b.
into his face; etc. fr. m3, v.

mS, n. maize-flour, generally wet, because ground with
water; dough; to m3, to put the loaves into the oven;
flour.

ma, Adn. v. = ba, to come; Ot. ba, Ayigbe fa.

m3, mSn, pi. m3d§i, n. building?, town, people of it, tribe,
nation; country. In this word as in da, dan; de, den;
te, ten, the terminational augment n = mli is sometimes
separable, sometimes inseparable, as mdn le and mfi leii,
inside of the town, the town and its contents; as the
ideas of both may also be considered separable or in-
separable (comp. go to town, go into town, rule the
town [together with its contents] rule in the town, Ga:
ye man le no and ye m§ len nd). Ot. omSn; Ad. m5,
m9m, th. s.

maba = mawa, n. maid-servant (SKagb).

madse, inf. mSdsemQ, v. to send (some thing, not persons, s.

• tsu, v.). Comp. m§ and § 27 about the compounds of
„dse".

mSdselo, n. sender; speditor.

mSdsemo, n. sending, spedition, s. mddse an^ comp. tsu, v.

mSdsi, pi. of mSh, n. towns, tribes.

midsimadsi fe, all the different towns or tribes.

m§dsiasane, n. national palaver.

migbamo, n. striking, boxing, s. gba mS, v. maigblamo,
th. s.

m3gbalo, n. boxer.

mdgbelemo and mSiwyiemo, n. grinding of flour; s. ml, n.

mahutso, pi. -tsei, n. mahogany-wood; — tree.

mahulso-okplo, n. mahogany t^ble.

mdhdo! salutation (Ot. = „mannii'* in G. hotv is the town
here?) answer: mSn dso! the town is quiet.

mai, n. (s. m§) boxes; gbla mal, v. to box.

male, inf. malemo, v. to lie, comp. pasa; pecul. sentence:
omalee, omaleko! lit. thou didst not lie, thou hast not
lied! = it is true, thou art right!

'male, amale, n. lie.

'malelo, amalelo, n. liar = opasafo.

'malemo, amalemo, n. lying; lie.

mSlo, n. setter; builder fr. m5, v.

mam, Adn. n, = man, town etc.

m3m9, redup. v. of ml, v. j

190 mama — mfift.

manna, n. cloth of any kind; cloth or dress upper gar-
ment of the natives, consisting of a large square piece
tastefully cast by men over one shoulder or fixed round
the waist and flowing down to the feet, by women il
is fixed above the breasts (generally when married) or
tmder them (generally when unmarried) and only reach-
ing to the knees. The latter wear a kind of shawl over
it. See lekle, under-cloth of men and boi, n. th. s. of
women. With poor people the ^mama"" is also the
^^cover** in the night; during hard work it is put aside;
sometimes it is used as vessel to carry s. th. in. Coriip.
the Hebr. lustoms. Dsie mama, v. to put the cloth off;
with men „to remove it from the chest as a sign of
respect; bu (or ha or wo) mama, v. to dress with it,
to wear native-dress (comp. wo atade); to cover one's
self with cloth; lo mama, v. to weave cloth; kpe ma-
ma, V. to sew cloth etc. lo mama mli, v. to wear a
„mama" which is to large; to embroider.

mamaba, -bumo, n. wearing of native-dress; covering.

mamadSiemo, n. undressing; uncovering; a sign of respect!

mamafe, n. rest of cloth; rag.

mamaha, = mamabOmo.

mamahefomg, n. washing of cloth; s. niiahefQmo, n.

mamahdlo, n. cloth-dealer.

mamahdmo, n. cloth-dealing; s. hd, v.

mamakpe. n. sewing of cloth.

mamakpelo, n. native tailor, — seamstress; s. niikp^Io.

mamakwamo, n. losing colour of cloth.

mamalolo, n. weaver.

mamalo, n. weaving.

mamalomo, mamanlomg, th. s.

mamanlo, n. embroidering, fr. lo mama mli.

mamawO = mamaba, -ha; but seldom used; comp, wo
atade, v.

mami, n. engl. = ma am, madam.

mSmo, pi. form of mS; n. setting; standing; building; s.
ma, V. and n.

mdmp9m, mftnkp9m, mSAkpSA, Ot. mSmp9m; n. land cro-
codile; it is of a smaller size, than those living in water
(ba, dseAdSen), and eaten by the natives.

mSmu, n. roasted maize-flour, a favorite food for travellers,
warriors etc. made into pap; s. tremasugbo etc.

mdn, pi. mSdSi (Ot. omSn, Adn. mam) , n. lit. inside of a
town = mft mli, s. md, town, towns-people as a body;

mfii — mannye. ^ 191

tribe; people, nation; kingdom; country (in a political

sense) ; comp.^ akrowa ; manku, asafo, ta, akutSo, dl^ku,

ifeka; Sikpon; akwaS5n etc.
mSn, pi. inadsi, n. a kind of herring, the seafish roost

frequently caughl along this coast and in great masses

sold into the interior.
mSin-akutso, pi. -tSei, n. town-quarter with its inhabitants;

divided into „wekumei'* or families.
mSfi-asafo, n. town-company; a military division answering

to „akutso*S which is a civil-division.
mSAbii, pi. of ma/inyo (seldom used), lit. children of a town

(comp. the Hebr.) towns-people; citizens,
m^nbo = mSntO, n. founding or foundation of a town;

fr. bo man.
m&nbolo = mantolo, n. founder of a town (after whom it

is often called, f. i. Asdnman, Yaoman, Ad§eiman, Adu-

man etc.).
mdnbu, n. towns -watch, protection of a town or people;

fr. bu man, v.
mSndfa, n. breaking, destruction of a town, or the people;

fr. dfa man, v. •

mSndso, mandSole, n. puplic safety, security, peace, s.

dso, hedso, hedsole etc.; fr. man dso, v.
mSinfo, n. walking in the town in procession; fr. fo mafi, v.
'mSlnfo, 'mamfo, am., n. ruins (of a t^wn); s. koikoi, kuikui.
mano, n. the mango-fruit,
manotso, pi. -t§ei, n. mangotree.

mSng6, mano, n. Ot. th. s. foot-stool; bench; s. sel, ablogwa.
mSnke = ademank^, and
'mSnko, am., n. (Ot.) civil war, s. mansd.
mdnkp^, n. and adv. early in the morning; (at) daybreak;

— mra, very early; lebi-mankpd, s. lebi, n. hie futefute,

— mfitdmStS, n.

mSnkpa, n. walking about in the town; s. kpa, v.

mankpagbg, n. loitering dog; loiterer.

mafikpam, s. mampam.

mankpe, mankpemo, n. assembling or assembly of the town
or people; s. kpe, v,

maiikralo, manklalo, n. town -genius, s. kla;*the first in
rank after the king.

manko, n. part of a town, tribe.

mannii, pi. n. things belonging to a town.

mannye, pi. -nyemei, n. lit. towns-, people's- or country-
mother; queen, if ruling (s. mantseM) first woman, ia

192 mannyo — mSMSenS.

a toMD, yfho has to lead (he women in any public busi-
ness or in war. She has female officers under her. This
institution is of great services. Ye — , v. to be queen
etc. inf. mannyeyeli. Comp. mantse, n.

mannyo, pi. manbii n. the sing, is seldom used; dtizen,
inhabitant of a town m5nyo, th. s.

mannoyeli, n. government of a town; s. mSntseyeli, n.

manse, n. back of the town, behind the town ; region far
away; adv. afar, far away, afar off, -son, very far; ete
manse, he is gone to a far country, on a. journey;
ma^se — , foreign; manse-wiemo, foreign language etc.

m5nsenyo, pi. -mei, -bii, n. foreigner; stranger; s. gbg, n.

mSnsend, pi. -nii, n. strange, foreign thing.

mdnso, mansd, n. public difficulty; rivalry; guilt; rebel-
lion, revolution; civil -war. Comp. sd, atua. Ke m. k.
ts6 mansd, v. to live with s. b. in rivalry.

mSns5tsd, n. enmity (of public kind), rivality; comp. ny^,
hedSd, hiekd etc.

mdnsdtsdlo, n. rival, enemy; fr. tsd mansd.

mdnsu and

mSnsuban, n. character of a 'town, nation, etc.

mdhta, n. army of a town or people; war of a town or
people, s. ta, n.

mSntabiloi, n. garrison, soldiers, warriors of a town.

manto, n. founding of^a town, fr. to man; comp. bo ma6;
manbo.

mantolo, n. founder of a town = manbolQ.

mantSiB, pi. mantsemei or mSdsiatsemei, n. lit. towns-father;
country-father („8anl)c^t)ater'0 ; king; first person of a
town; caboseer; major. (JlSnig; SSurgermeiftet; @d[|ult«
^^t§) ; ye mantse , v. to be king etc. to rule, reign ; inf.
mantseyeli; wo m. k. mantse, inf. mantsewd, to exalt, s.b.
to be king, to make s. b. king; kpa mantle (sc. ye sel
le uq) inf. mantSe kpamo, to dethrone a king, s.-kpa.
Comp. mannye, n. , and kon, n. mStSe in AdA.

mSntsebi, com. n. -binu, pi. bihl m. n. -biyo, pi. biyei,
f. n. kings child; prince; princess.

mdntSebOy n. creation of a king; = mSMSewO, n.

mSntsefai, n. kings-hat, crown, diadem. Comp. akekr^, n.,
kdnfai, n.

mdntsekpamo, n. dethroning of a king; fr. kpa mSMSe^ v.

mfintsemHn, n. Kings-town; residence.

mdnt§eM» pi. mantsentoei, mantSemeiafiSmei, wife of a
king; queen, comp. mannye.

mflAtSeseYnotamQ — maianwo. 193

mSntSeseiDotamo , n. enthroning of a king» fr. mfiAtSe ta

sel no, V.
mftntsesel, n. seat of the king, sometimes richly decorated,

throne ; mdAtSe ta (sc. sel) no , the king is enthroned.
ni3[ftt8eseiterelo, n. throne- or stool-bearer to the king.
mSfitSesemo, pi. semei, n. the first person in rank after

the king; s. maftkralo, semo, n., successor of a king.
mintSeseo, pi. '-sebii, n. the next following or puisne

brother of a king; the crown-prince, successor.
mSntseta, n. royal army.
mdntSetse, n. father of the king.
mSintSet^o, n. royal staf; scepter.
mSnt§ewe, n. king^shouse; court; residence.
mSntSeweku, n. royal family,
mantsewebii, n. royal household. j^

mSntsewiemo, n. a royal word. *

m§iM§eyeli, n. reign; kingdom; government.
mSntseyelihe, n. kingdom; residence of the government,
mdntseyino, n. time of government of a king; Dawid,

mantse le yino, under the king David (gr. ini c. gen.).
mSnydmSnyS, adj. and adv. rough, with a rent surface, dis-
orderly ; kagumo akutu le mdnySmSnya, take wq tSotSeo

fiifui hie, don't peel the onmge roughly, as (if) a fowl

picks the face of a pudding.
mdnyamSnydfemo, n. roughness.
Manya („I have found^ or „I shall find"*), pr. n. of one

of the Krobo-towns (that one belonging to Odonkg Azu,

s. Yilo, pr. n.).
Mdsa, Mdnsd (Ot) pr. n. of the third daughter.
>masei, n. and adv. side; near; ba mimasei, come at my

side; ba mii&d, come to me. Ad. mase, n.
maseigbei, n. access to a person; s. ndgbe, n.
mdsa, n. rotten dough, i. e. leaven; comp. sa,-§&la, lo^la

etc, wo.
m§§a, inf. m9sawO, v. to leaven; but comp. fQ, v. to be

leavened.
mdsawO, n. leavening,
m§si, t. land of a people, people, nation.
mSta, mdtdmMS, adj. and adv. mixed, slimy, soft; slimily;

fe — , V.
mStafemo, n. softness etc.
matan, n. interruption; wo — , v. to interrupt; = alali,

anantaka, etc.
matanwo, n. interruption.

Zimmermann, Akra-Vocab. V^

194 maw — mcmedSi.

mki6f n. putting bread iDto the oven; to mfl, v. to put the
doughy bread into the oven.

indtolo, n. person doing this (in Germ. „&(^itieV*).

mdt^e , Ad. n. = mSntSe.

mawa, n. maid-servant, SKagb. The >vord is either Otji-
baba, maba, mawa, female person; or dan.

mg, inf. m5, to wail; - - for; to expect, to hope; tore-
main, to be quiet; comp. kwe gbe; hie me, inf. hleme*
V. to be at home, to be contant, s. hie tSe, th. con-
trary.

m?^, n. waiting.

mS, m^ni, inter, pron. what? Sometimes it is put at the
end of inter, sentences, as: Sane ni adSadSe atSd le dfi
m6? lit. the palaver which was related is what? = what
is the palaver? —

meba, meba, = men! ba, adv. pron, lit. what came? =
why? Meba okeemi? Why didst thou not tell me? =
menihewQ ni . . .?

m§beyino? what time, when?

me, Adti, pron. objectively used, them, = ame in 6ft;
n. people = mei in Ga.

mei , n. matter coming out from the eyes esp. when sick.

mei, n. small red beans growing at a shrub and used for
gold weighing.

meitSo, n. the shrub of them.

mei, me, pi. of mo which see, n. person; = people; Germ,
man, see a.

meiabo n\, as many as ... .

meididsiand, pi. -nii, n. something appertaining to black
people; comp. blof5n5, n.

MeididSiasikpon, pr. n. lit. black people's land (s. mo-
din), Africa.

meididSiasane, n. palaver, matter of black people ; comp.
blofdsane, n.

mele, inf. melemo, v. dan. to inform, report, esp. one's
self as sick etc. („melben")-

melelo, n. informer, reported; person reported as sick.

melemo, n. report, information; report, that s. body is sick.

m^le, adj. bad, nasty.

ml^Ie, omfile, n. thirty cowries.

mglo, n. waiting person.

meld and adj. stupid, lazy; dull.

memedsi, irreg. pi. of momo, adj. old; hi medSi or hi
memedsi, old men.

mSmo <— mi. 196

mimo, n. waiting.

mene = mone, denu pron. this (person); pi. menemei.

mens? = what (is) this? n= meni d§i ehe?

meni = mS, the former more used in the beginning, the
latter nvore at the end of sentences and in combinations,
int. pron. what? f. i. Meni eke? What he said? Eke
me? th. s. MS gbomo ba?<what man came? But „ni
(nt)'' being originally also a verb = dSi, to be (comp.
n), rel. pron. and conj.) meni gbomo ba? can also be
said. Sometimes ^meni** is also put at the end of a
sentence.

menimeni? whatever? used as adv. above all, best, f. i.
Ke ele na menimeni le» elee tamo blofdmei, if he under-
stood art best, he does not understand like the Europeans.
S. fe n. k. V.

MensS and M^sS , pr. n. of the third son (Ot.) ; s. MansS,
pr. n.

mensre» n. dan. physician; doctor; comp. tsalo; tsofatse, n.

mensretsu, n. docters' room; apothecarys' shop.

mereke, n. large river-fishes with flat heads, a great article
of trade in the Voltaregions.

mf6nini, mfoniri (Ot. th. s.) n. picture; s. amagd, suban,
bend etc.

mfuna, n. a kind of young bush; s. lakpa, n.

mi , V. inf. mile, hunting with dogs (comp. gbobi) ; ya mile,
V. th. s. (go ahunting).

ml, V. inf. mlmo, to submerge, to sink; to be swallowed;
to swallow ; to make swallow ; to dip into ; to enter into
8. business; to venture, to dare.

mi, n. round little stones or nuts to play with; s. fobite;
a similar stone.

mi, m' Adn. n. inside = mli in Gd, mu in Otyi, me in
Ayigbe.

mT, n. breast- or chest -bone; chest; heart (comp. tsit§i
and tsui) ; ml se , inf. mise , v. (the breast-bone reaches,
is large enough) to be content, happy; to rejoice, simi-
lar to hie me 9 v.; sedse m. k. mi, v. transit, of the
former (comp.-S 27 about dse) to make one's breast, or
chest satisfied, to comfort, rejoice s. b., inf. misedsemo;
ke nine fd mi na, to lay the hand upon the breast (in
acknowledgement of guilt, accusation etc. or in giving
a promise; Me ^anl) aufd ^erj legen.

mi, m-, n-, n-; -mi, -m', -n, -h, pers. pron. I; mine;
me; comp. § 34,

196 mim — miSesane.

mlm-, ml-, m-, n-, n-, present augment §13f.

mia, V. inf. mlamo, to squeeze, to press; to gird one's

self; -ho, y. to gird the loins, inf. hemlanig; -sen, t.

to throttle, to strangle; s. seA, v. and n.
m!a hie, inf. hlemiamo, to press the face, to sustain, to

bear (pain, labour etc.).
mlalo, n. a person pressing etc. fr. mla, v.
miamo, n. pressing, squeezing, girding; throttling. Comp.

senmo.
mlan, pi. mladsi, n. mole, molewarp.
miamono, pi. -nii, n. girdle,
mido = mikome, mikeke, I alone; only I; comp. to, eko-

meto, th. s.
midsi, pi. of mll^, n. drum.
mldsiayilQ, n. drummer,
midsiayl, n. drumming, fr. yi mllS, v.
mikeke, mikome, 1 alone, I only.

mtle, n. sporting, hunting with hounds; comp. gbobimo, n.
milelo, n. venison; — gbobilo, n.
mileloniiyenii , pi. n. prepared venison,
milo, n. sportsman, comp. gbobilo, gbolo, n. th. s.
mils, pi. mld§i, n. small kind of drums; yi-, v. drum;

8. otente, ob6nu etc.
mil^yl, n. drumming,
mil^yilo, n. drummer,
miletse, n. th. s.
mlm-, s. ml-; present augment,
milo, n. swallower; dipper,
mlmg, n. submersion, sinking; swallowing; dipping;

baptism.
Mimpemihdasem , pr. n. of a village (Of. = I don't like

palaver! comp. Odomiabra == If thou love me, come!

pr. n. of a village not far from the former),
min = mini = midsi , it is I.
mln- = mTm-, ml-, present aug.
mTna, n. chest; comp. tsitSi, fufo, n.
miSe, n. contentment; happiness; rejoicing, joy; pleasure,

comfort. S. ml, n. Comp. hieme, n.
mT§eb6, n. joyful time,
misedselo, n. comforter, rejoicer, fr, sedSe m. k. ml, s.

-ml, n.
mTsedsemg, n. comforting, rejoicing; comfort; s. kpatamo, n.
mT§ed§emQsane, n. comforting circumstance,
misesane, n, joyful news.

mitSo — inli. 197

mitSo, pi. -tsei, n. a tree bearing the nut, called ,,mi'', n.

mla, mra, Ot. th. a., n. law; wo rola, t. inf. mlawo, to
gi?e a law; td mla» v. inf. mlatd, mlatdmo. to transgress
the law; comp. kita, akpo. S. md, v. to set.

mla, mra, mramra, adv. quick , quickly ; soon (perh. fr. the
Ot. bra, come!)

mlantO, n. leopard, comp. olowo» kotse, hienmalo, n.

mlat5mo, n. transgression of the law.

mlatdlo, n. transgresser of the law.

mlatSdlo, n. law-teacher; lawyer; vofwtog.

mlatsdmo, n. teaching of the law.

mlats5mQwolo, n. and

mlawolo, pL -wodsi, n. book of law.

mlawo, n. law-giving.

mlawolo, n. law-giver.

mlawomo = mlawO, n.

mle, mele^ n. mushrooms.

mle, mule, n. depth? s. mu mle, -mule, s.

rolebo (Ot. berabo) n. liver (perh. europ. word).

mlefo, n. a mild person, comp. bled.

mlelo = mHelo, n. venison.

mli (shortened m', A, n) n. inside; adv. and substantive
postposition in inside, inwardly; etc. Ot. mu, m (n, ft),
Adn. mi. m (n, n). Mli is one of the nouns used as
relational- or formwords to express the relation of place,
comp. he (the contrary of mli), hewo; h!e, se; no, si,
§isi; My masei; yi, t§ui, te, ten etc. Comp. §§ 24—26,
§ 29 , §§ 44 — 47. The most common combinations with
mli, by which all may be sufficiently understood are the
following: ba mli, inf. mliba, v. to come in; to be ful-
filled; contracted ban; be mli, ben, neg. v. (s. ye mli)
to be not in, to be not true, to be false; ben, it is not
so! bg mli, v. to sweep in some place, --into; be mli,
V. to take hold in (with pincers), to pinch in; to nar-
row into etc. Comp. be, v.; and be v.; ble mli, v. to
lie in a place, s. ble; bote mli, v. to enter; dfa mli,
inf. mlidfa, v. to break the inside. . . , do mli, v. to bend;
dsa mli, inf. mlidSa, v. to divide; dse mli, v. to come
forth from; dSe mli, v. th. s., dSie mli, v. to take out;
fS mli, V. to take out; fo mli, v. pi. flo mli, to cut in
two; fo mli, v. to wash inwardly; gbamli, pi. gbla mli,
inf. mligba, -gbamo, -gblamo, to divide = dsa mli ; gbe
mli, inf. mligbemo, v. to fall in; to fall into (einfaUen,
()inctnfaflcn; gba mli, v. to bore through, to make hole

198 mli be — mil le.

into, to perforate; hi mli, v. inf. mlihfle, to dwell in;
ho mli, to lie in a cavity, to lie betwixt; to shove in,
-into; ka mli, V. to stain; kS mli, to lie in; ko nili, t.
to pick out, pi. klo, k^lo mli; kS mli. v. to break into;
kpa mli, v. to select, to be dainty; kpS mli, v. to stretch
one's self; kpemli, v. to decide; kpd mli, v. to redeem
from; lemli, v. to know the inside, i. e. aboat; lemli,
V. to widen (the inside); lo mli, v. to take out from;
lu mli, V. to strike into, to fall into; mS mli, v. to stand
in, to put in etc. ml mli, v. to sink into; to dip into;
mo mli, to take hold in, at, of; na mli, v. to see into,
to have insight; nS mli, v. to press in, to squeeze out,
to shut up; no mli, v. to take from; sa mli, y. to pre-
pare inwardly; §a mli, v. to wipe, white-wash the in-
side; ta mli, pi. tra mli, v. to sit in; to touch the inside,
to stir, --up; to move; t§a mli, v. to dig; tSd mli, v.
to turn in; wo mli, v. to cast in, to give over and
above; wo mli la, v. to make one angry, comp. mli wo
la; wu mli, v. to cast one's self into (the water) to bath;
ya mli, v. to enter =: bote; ye mli, negat. be mli, t.
to be in, to be true; shortened yen, yeft! = truly! yi
mli, yin, v. to strike in; to hit; to enter upon (a jour-
ney); eyin ete, he went off, he departed; Amene miyin,
to day I started; yo mli, v. to perceive etc.

mli be, v. n. to be inwardly narrow, contracted; s. be, v.

mli dsa, v. to be divided, inf. mli, dsa, comp. dSa mli, v.

mli d§o, V. n. to be sparing, illiberal (inwardly bitter, s. d§o);
inf. mU-dsomo.

mli dsQ, inf. mlidsole, v. to be kind.

mli fe m. k. tei, = mli ta, v. to be touched, moved;
comp. also yi mh.

mli fli , inf. mhflimo, v. n. (to feel inward tickling?) 8.fli, v.;
to be glad, happy; mimli flimi, I am glad; comp. mi
se, hie me, nySi, v.

mli fe fla, v. to have an inward complaint.

mli fd, V. n. inf. mlifu -mo, to swell inwardly, i.e. to get
angry, to be angry; comp. mh wo la, gli, v.

mli fu m. k. , v. a. to be angry with s. b.

mli gba, pi. mh gbla, inf. mUgbamg, mUgblamo, v. to part
in two, to be divided, comp. gba mh, v.

mli gbo, V. to be without inward feelmg.

mli hi, inf. mlihile, v. to be inwardly good, to be kind.

mli kpo, V. s. kpo, v.

mli le, V. to be inwardly wide, roomy.

mli nu he — mligblalg. 1 99

mli nu he, v. to feel in^^ardly.
mli pila, v. to be inwardly wounded,
mli ta, v. n. inf. mlitd, to be inwardly touched or mo-
ved; comp. yi wiU mli fe m. k. tei, v.
mli tse, v. n. inf. mlitsemo, to be inwardly pure, clear;

Ot. mu lew, V.
mli tsere, v. n. corrobor. of the former, s. tSe, tSere, to

be inwardly rent ;- to be rent in two, to be divorced,
mli tsd ye n. k. hewQ, v. to yearn about s. th. = musun

tsd, v.; inf. mlitsd.
mli wa, V. n. inf. mliwale, to be inwardly hard; to be

difQcult.
mli wo la, v. n. to be inwardly hot (s. wo la), to be. angry;

emli wo m. k. la, he is angry about s. b. ; inf. mlilawO;

comp. wo m. k. mli la; mli fQ; gli v.
mliba, n. fulfillment; fr. ba mli, v. •

mlibe, n. narrowing; fr. be mli, v.
mlibemg, n.; sweeping in s. place; fr. be mli and mli

be, V.
mlibotemo, n. entering; entrance, ingress etc.
mlidsa, n. division; part = mligbamo; fr. d§a mli and mli

dsa, V.
mlidsalo, n. divider,
mlidse, n. coming or going forth,
mlidsiemg, n. production fr. dsie mli, v.; exception,
mlidsielo, n. producer.

mlidsomo, n. sparing; illiberality ; fr. mli dso, v.
mlidsblQ, n. illiberal person,
mlidsolo, n. a merciful person.
mlidsQle, n. yearning.
mlidsQ, n. th. s.
mlifdmo = mlidsiemg, n.
mlifi, mlifimg , n. binding into s. th.
mliflilg, n. happy, glad person,
mliflimg, n. happiness, gladness, fr. mli fli, v.
mliflgmg, mlifo, n. cutting into pieces; fr. fo mli, pi. flg

mli, V.
mlifomg, n. grudging, grudge, fr. fo mli, v.
mlifgmo, n. inward washing; fr. fg mli, v.
mlifu, n. anger,
mlifulg, n. angry person,
mligbamg, mligblamg, n. division; part =: mlid§a; fr. gba

mli and mli gba; s. gba, v.
mligbalg, mligblalg, n. divider; s. gba, v.

200 mligbe — mliteA.

mligbe, n. way into s. place, ingress; inside; comp. he^

and segbe, n.
mligbemo, n. falling in or into.

mligbomo, pi. -mei, n. inward man; soul? (ace. to Hanson),
mligba, n. perforation,
mliha, n. inward covering,
mliheremo, n. taking in.
mlihile, n. dwelling or remaining in some place fr. b! mli;

kindness fr. mli hi, v.
mlihllehe, = sihilehe, n. dwelling,
mlihllo, n. inhabitant; kind person; comp. tSe, n. mannyo, n.

tsutse, n.
mlibO, n. lying betwixt; shoving in, fr. ho mli, v.
mlihumg, n. cultivating in a place,
mlika, n. staining; stain, fr. ka mli, v.
mlikamo, n.^^ticking, paving, fr. ka mli, v.
mlikdmo, n. lying in a place,
mliklgmo, mUkglomo, n. picking out.
mlikpalg, n. a dainty person; searcher,
mlikpamg, n. th. s.; daintiness, fr. kpamli, v.; distinction,
mlikpamgniiyenii, pi. n. dainty food, dainties.
mlikpSmo, n. stretching (one's self); resting.
mlikpelQ, n. a decisive person,
mlikp^, n. decision,
mlikpemo, n. chiselling,
mlikpe, n. meeting in s. place,
mlila, n. inward fire, heat, passion; anger; wo m. k. — ,

V. to grieve s. b.
mlilatse, pi. -tSemei, n. a passionate person.
mlilawO, n. grieving; making angry,
mlimdmo , n. taking hold of s. th. ; con\prehension ; faith,

trust; fr. md mli, v.
mlinS, n. pressing out, squeezing,
mlinalo, n. a person who has insight,
mlina, n. insight, fr. na mli, v.
mlinamg, n. treading, stepping in.
mlinSmQ, n. shutting in.
mliuii, pi. n. inward things; bowels.
mli§i, n. bosom,
mlita, mlitamo, pi. form mlitramo, n. sitting in a place;

touching; feeling; fr. ta mli and mli ta, s. ta, pi tra, v.
mlitasane, n. a touching story,
mlitemo, n* concealing in s. place,
mliten, n. waisL

mlitejIibdA — mo. 201

mliteAbdii , n. girdle =» hefimond, mlamond, n.

mUtenfimo, n. girding.

mlitsd, n. digging (in a place).

mlitsaniQ, n. inward healing; s. tSa, y.

mlitsemo, n. inward purity.

mlitsemOy n. calling in.

mlitseremg , n. (inward) separation, disunion; dlYorce fr.

mli tsere and tSere mli, comp. t§e, tSere, y.
inlitsd = musuMSd, n. yearning, mercy.
mlitsdniQ, n. showing; inward change,
mlitsumo, n. wiping out.
mliwale, n. inward hardness; difficulty.
mliwO, n. casting in (over and above); giving into the

bargain; the thing given into the bargain; the worst, the

outcast, etc. also jused of men. Comp. ,,'S)teingabe'' in

Germ,
mliyd = mlibotemo, n. entering; ingress.

mliyi, mliyimo, n. (ba« 6inf4ilaflen, r>. yi mli, cinf(^Iaflen);

striking into; entering a journey, a way; touching,

moving,
mliyomo, n. inward perception,
mlo-, s. Amlo-.
mlu, n. dust,
mlumlu, adj. dusty; adv. into dust, f. i. gble n. k. mlu-

mlu, V. to grind s. th. into dust; inf.

mlumlugblemo , n. grinding into dusL

'mo, emo, pi. medsi (and moi) adj. old; f. i. nu mo, pi.

hi medsi, an old man; yo mo, pi. yei medsi, an old

woman,
'momo, corrob. of the former, adj. pi. momoi and memedsi,

old; adv. already (fdj^on, langjl); comp. Ot. dada, dedaw,

th. s. fr. da, v.

mo I Ot. salutation = aiko! in Gd.

mo (mo, mO, md), pi. mei, n. man (SKetifA), person; some
body; pi. people (man); comp. §§ 25, 26, 34; and ame,
me, a. In combinations mo, pi. mei, distinguishes per-
sons from things, s. § 48; f. i. mofon, a bad person, n5-
fon, a bad thing ; comp. nd , pi. nii, n. Connected with
verbs, as their subj. or object it expresses these undefined,
though personal, as „a'S if the subject: f. i. mo kg
ake . . . , some body said that . . . mei le ke, people
say, or ake (man fagt), it is said; kg afe ene le, ayio
mo, if this is done, people flog one (n>enn man bad t^ut,

202 mo — mobQnii.

fo n)irb man gefd^Iagen); agbe mei komei, some people
were killed; comp. also moko.

mo, Adn. pron. independ. = bo, thou.

mo ko, pi. mei komei, s. moko.

mo din or

modin, pi. meididsi, ii. black person, negro; comp. also
motSuru and blofonyo, n.

mo, adv. and conj.; then; comp. md, moA, adv.; ba mo!
come then!

m5, pi. mdmo, inf. m5mo, v. to hold; to catch; to take
hold of.

m5 he, v. to take hold at.

m5 mil, inf. mlimdmo, y. to take hold of; to hold fast;
to trust, believe.

mo si, -sisi, V. to take hold of the ground.

mo, mon, pi. m5dsi, n. fort; any stone-house with a flat
top. Comp. lim and TIHD in Hebrew.

mo, mon (Ot. mom), adv. rather; conj. though; )war (in-
deed, it is true); ekee mon; si kele mile; though he
did not say it, I know it still; er fagte ed gwar ni(^t,
ttber \6) xotxi e§ ioi).

moan, muan, adv. or interrog. particle, very probably con-
nected with the former, really, indeed; ofe neke noko
moan?! thou could.est really do such a thing?! Ani ohle
be hiegble moan?! Is thy face really without shame?!
Art thou really so shameless?!

mobo, n. (Ot. th. s.) misery; feeling of misery, mercy (mi-
sericordia); pily; compassion; ye mobo, v. gen. nii ye
mobo, to be pitied, pitiful, miserable; mini! ye mobo po!
I am very miserable; eye mobo, it is a pity! na mobo,
V. inf. mobgnale, to have mercy, pity ; to hav^ compassion ;
(sometimes also kwe mobo, th. s.); nami mobg! have
mercy upon me; enale mobo, he pitied him; comp. lOn?
iXseiv; and musun tsd, mli tsd, v.

mobomobo, adj. and adv. pitiful, sad; fe— -, v. to be — ,
to be — .

mobomobofemg, n. sadness; pity.

mgbona and

mgbonale, n. mercy, pity, compassion; comp. domg; anum-
nyam; mu8unt§5 etc. Ot. mghgrehDnQ and ahQmobo, n.

mobgnalg, n. a merciful person.

mgbgnanii, pi. n. things according to mercy; done for
mercies sake.

mgbgnii, pi. n. misery.

modeA — mra. 203

modeA, D. (Ot. th. a.) diligence; bo — , v. inf. modeAbg,
to be diligent. Comp. hiedo, v.

mgdenbg, n. diligence, energy; zeal.

modeiibolOy n. diligent person.

mgdenbod^eA, n. diligent manners.

modin (s. mo din) pi. meididSi, n. black roan; negro.

modinsane, n. history, atate, matter of a native.

mofgmo, mofiamo, mopiamo, pi. meifS, pron. every or any
(body); see § 22, 2f., and comp. f6, fifi, pift; nofSno.

moi, n. a kind of seafiah; a. boi, n.

moko, mo ko (s. mo, n. and ko, pron.), pi. meikomei, n.
but used as pron. some body (jemanb); a body; a per-
son. With neg. voice: no body (niemanb); f. i. moko
be, lit. some body is not here, no body is here; but
comp. dSee moko, not a person; if not the verb, but
the noun shall be negationed. Comp. noko, n. and ndko,
n. in Adn.

mokomoko (pi. meikomei, not reduplicated), Ih. s. as the
former, but stronger and therefore generally used with
the neg. voice = no body at all ; comp. nokonoko, heko-
heko, gbikogbiko etc. and § 22, 2 f.

mokp5n, n. (accord, to Hanson); a stranger; s. gbg, n.

mdlo, n. catcher.

mom, mon = mo, adv. rather. Ot. th. s.

momo, adj. corrobor. of mo, old; pi. memedSi and momoi
(ace. to flans.); adv. already.

mdmg, pi. v. of md to catch, to hold fast.

m5mg, n. catching, holding.

momo, n. impediment in speaking; stottering; ha momo, v. inf.

momoha, to stotter, stammer.

momoha, n. stottering, stammering.

momohalQ, n. a stotterer (said to be generally a passionate
person).

momosa, adv. already before; a long time ago; s. sa and
momo; comp. momo, adv. and sa, n. and adv.

mone, mene, pi. menemei, pron. this (person); comp. ene,
none; mo, ne; Ad. ndne.

moni, mo ni; pi. meini, mei ni, rel. pron. he or she,
who; who (bcr, bcr; bcr, mli^ex; t\t, bie, We, n)e(c^e);

comp. noni and n), rel. pron.
mpldn, n. pi. mplai (Ot. mprdn) beam,
mr — , s. under ml.

mra, mramra, adv. quickly; soon (comp. Otyi: bra, come!)
mra (Ot. th. s.) , mla , n. law.

204 mO — miihdmo.

mQ, pi. mQinQ, inf. mCimo, v. to sip.

mQ and mfia, y. to be tidy ; he mO, he mOa, v. th. s,, to

be clean, orderly; to be fat.
mu, V. to breathe, inf. mumo; to shut the mouth and keep

s. th. in one's mouth; to hem (cloth), inf. mU, comp.

ban (na) v. koro (na) v. toi.
mu mule, y. inf. mulemumo, to diye; to conceal, be silent;

to disappear,
mu mle, v. th. s.
mu na, y. inf. namu, y. to be silent, s. bu na; to hem

in; to make to speak = d§ie na wiemg, y.
mu si, inf. §imu, y. = mu mle, y.
mQ toi, y. inf. toimu, to be deaf,
'mu, emu (Ot. th. s.), adj. whole, entire (gang).
mO, n. hemming,
mu, n. oil; blgfdmu, europ. oil; mu tSuru, n. red oil, i.e.

palmoil; pi. mui, different oil.
mCia =3 bua, y. inf. muamo, to shut (the mouth).
mDa na, inf. namuamo, imprt. sing, muamo, = bu na (Ot.

bu ano, comp. bu in GS and bua na), to shut the mouth,

be silent; to keep s. th. in the mouth, to mumble == mu,

y. to fold up (f. i. an umbrella),
muamo, mumo, n. shutting the mouth; mumbling; keeping

s. th. in the mouth.
muaA = moajft, s. this,
mube, n. time of oil, oil-season.
mude» adj. tasteless, saltless.
mudsi, pi. n. dirt (diff. oil, s. mu, n.)«
mufolo, n. anointer; anointed (with oil),
mufo, n. anointing (with oil) fr. fo mu, y.).
mugS, inf. -mo, y. to deyour.
'mugui, iimugtii, n. a kind of hemes,
mugu, y. to shake, to moye, to creep, inf. mugumo.
mugu he, y. to shake one's self; inf. hemugumg.
mugu Si, y. inf. gimugumo, to creep on the ground.
mugulQ, n. a person who shakes himself; creeper,
mugumo, n. shaking, moying, creeping,
mugumugu, adj. fat, round; fe — , y. to be — , — .
mugumugufemo , n. fatness,
muhemo, n. oil-buying,
muhelg, n. oil-buyer,
muho, n. curtain,
muhomo, n. oil-boiling.
muhdmQ, n. oil-selling; fr. hd mu, y.; and scarcity of oil.

mui — musu^fo. 205

mui, adv. at once; eladse mui, he at once disappeared.

mukd, n. measuring or trying of oil (s. ka, y.).

mule» n. depth; mu — , v. to dive.

miilemulo, n. diver.

mulemumo, n. diving.

mulo, n. a person breathing etc. fr. mu, v.

'muma, ^mum6, n. a kind of berries.

mu, mum (a frequent root in afr. languages for the same
idea) dumbness; to — , v. to be dumb; to be or be-
come speechless; )>etflummen.

mumo, n. breathing; shutting the mouth, keeping s. th. in
the mouth ; s. mu ; breath ; spirit, s. nn , nvtvfMa; comp.
kla, kra; susuma; sisa, etc. Ad. mum; Ot. homhome, n.

mumo, n. sipping.

mumto, n. dumbness.

mumu, V. redupl. of mu, v. which see.

mumu, n. a river fish.

mumui, n. and adj. dumb (comp. mu, v. and momo, mo-
moha! mu toi, v. toimulo, toimU n.).

muna, v. to frown. Ot. v.

munele, n. dan. uniform; scarled red colour.

mund, n. oil-vessel.

musu, n. belly; used frequently as gram, subject or object
= mli.

musu fite, V. inf. musufitemo, to miscarry; to have a dis-
ordered stomach; fite musu, inf. th. s. to destroy the
fruit in its mothers womb.

musu tsd, V. to have diarrhoea; tsd musu, v. to operate
(of medicine).

musun t§d m. k. v. to yearn = mli t§d m. k. v. ; inf. mu-
suntsd. Comp. DPI"! and ffnlayxvi^etf&cu.

musu, n. (Ot. th. s.) mischief; misfortune, disaster, cala-
mity, adversity; curse; musu eba m. k. no, a calamity
has befallen s. b. ; kpa musu, v. inf. musukpamo, to take
away the curse etc. by a sacrifice to the fetish (gene-
rally in the roads before towns) ; bo — , v. inf. musubo>
to do something abominable, cursed; to blaspheme; to
do mischief; omusu abua ono! thy curse may gather
over thee! (A common curse).

musubo, n. mischievous act; curse; blaspheming; blasphemy.

musubolo, n. mischievous person; ungodly person; blas-
phemer.

musufo, n. Ot. a mischievous person.

musugfo = Ot. musuyefo, n. th. s.

206 tnusufitemo — na n. k. he tSui.

mu5ofiieino» n. miscarryiog; disorder of the stomach. .

musugbl, n. unfortuaate day.

musukotoku, musunkotokn, n. Ht. bell}' -bag, i. e. stoniAch.

musulilei, musunlilei, o. lit. belly -tongue; i. e. milt, spleen.

musun gbl, v. and

musun wa, v. to be able to sustain hunger, = nyS hdmo, t.

musukpalo, n. a person taking away the curse by a Meri*

fice; fr. kpa musu, v.
musukpamo, n. the act of taking away the curse,
musutsd, -mo, n. diarrhoea, open bowels.
musuAtSd, -mo, n. yearning, mercy („ bowels of mercy,

mute, n. oil-stone; wet.
mute = mude, adj. tastless, saltless.
mutsuru, n. red oil, i. e. palm-oil.
mutsurute, n. oil-stone; wet = mute, n.
mutSuhiterelo , n. palmoil-carrier.
mutsumteremo, n. palmoil-carrying.
mutukutSo, n. a tree growing along the lagunes (Ihe man-
grove-tree?)

N.

Words having the augment n or n prefixed must
be sought for under the next following consonant, if
not found here.

Na, V. inf. na and namo, v. to see; to find, to have; to
tread, to stand (comp. da, damo); to swear; — n. k.,
to swear by s. th. Adn. th. s. It may be that diffe-
rent verbs are united in this; na, to see, Ad. th. s.,
Ot. hfi; na-, to get. Ad. na and Ot. nya; and na, to
stand up., to tread. Ad. da (comp. G§[: damo, Ot. gyina.
Na (Ad. th. s. and Ot. nya) is used as an auxiliary veri>,
to express the relation of time which is indicated by Uie
adv. already; yet in Engl. (f(t)on; noc^); with neg. voice
= not yet; positively it is seldom used; f. i. vamk
mik^, I already said it (I got to say it); manaa make,
I did not yet say; minaA make, 1 will not yet say it;
miniko make, 1 have not yet said it. Besides this na
is used to express a wish^ (a kind of optative mood)
f. 1. min^ mik^l could I say it, 1 wish I could say it!

The most common combinations with the verb na
(comp. also na, n.) are:
na n. k. or m. k. he tSui, v. inf. hetSulnamo , to be content
with s. th. or s. b.

na he t§uid§iir5 — na, n. 207

na he tsaidSfird, v. inf. hetSuidsQrdnamo , to he pleased
with, to be glad of; comp. na tSui, -Isuids&rd.

na mil, v. inf. mlind, to see the inside; to have insight

na na, v. inf. nana, lit to see the mouth, the beginning,
the end (comp. na, n.) to understand; comp. na gi§i, v.

na n. k. le, double y. to see (and) kno^, to understand.

na nane, v. to swear by one's Jeg (a yery common oath:

„mana minanel'O*
na nii, y. inf. niinS, niinamg, to see things, to see; to haye

sight; to get things, i. e. to get rich; s. ye nii, y. and
niiatse, n.

na nd, y. inf. ndna, to see something, to feel pain; to
suffer. Mina noko! €61 Mina noko, 66! Woe me! Woe
me! Expression of seyere pain or grieye or mourning.

na no, y. iuf. nonamo, to tread upon.

na noko, y. = na n5, y.

na nya, Ad. y. = na na, y.

na Nyonmo, y. to swear by God.

na sane, y. to get a palayer.

na se, y. to gain, to profit; inf. senamg.

na segbe, y. to haye recourse to, to recoyer.

na si, y. inf. sinamo, to tread the ground, to stand up, —
upon. Comp. damo si and te §i, y. ; and nana, y. nana
SI, y.

na sisi, y. inf. siSina, -namg, to see the ground, the bot-
tom, the reason; to understand; to discern.

na tse, y. to swear by one's father; a yery common oath.

na t§ui, y. to get or take a heart; to take courage; inf.
-namo; impert. na tsui, take courage!

na tsuidsiird, y. inf. -namo; to take a good heart (see
edstird), to be of good cheer, comfort; to be happy,
joyful; comp. mli fli, ml se, hie me, ny§, y.

na yi, yin, yitso, y. to get a head, to get reason etc.
comp. yi, yin, n.

na, iia — , see after na and before ne.

na, n. mouth (Ot. ano); the outward, mouth (comp. da),
opening ; brim ; edge (hebr. >£)) ; worth, price ; boundary ;
beginning or end of something, the utmost part;, shore,
nsgna, sea-shore; fa-na, borders of a riyer. As da, he,
hie, mli, no, nd, sq etc. this noun is used as a post-
position and ady. expressing the relation of place and
by tropic use also that of time and manner (s. § 29)
as: at, to, near, accordingly, according to; at the point
of; along etc. German: an, ncben, auf; naif, flemag,

208 na.

entlang etc. In Ot. sometimes ano, sometimes hQ, hS
are the corresp. words; Ad. nya. As the gramm. object
it appears especially in the following conibinations : M
na, inf. nabSmo, to cut the end round about (befd^neiben) ;
be na, — nabu (s. this), to contract the mouth = na
be, v.; bi m. k. na gb6, = ^B hi<^, inf. nagbebimo, v.
to ask the mouth (opinion) of s. b.; befragen; bu na, v.
inf. nabumo, to cover the mouth (with the natiyes a
sign of silent astonishment), to be silent; bu ona! keep
thy peace; bua na, v. (Ot. bo ano, comp. bu fine; and
in G9, mu, mua), to gather, to assemble; ddmo na, y.
inf. nadSmo, nadamomo, to stand at, near, on the brim,
shore etc. to stand firmly, s. damo mli, damo nSdSian;
doko na, y. inf. nadokomg, to sweeten the mouth of s. b.;
to persuade with sweet words, to flatter; dsa na, inf.
nadSamo> to fit; comp. dsa, tsa, y.; d§e na, y. to come
from the mouth, s. Gs-Hist. {^d) \>txntf)mtn laffcn); dSe
na, y. th. s. dsie na, y. nadSiemo, to excuse, to inter-
pret; dSo na, y. inf. nadsO, to sharpen; fa na, y. inf. na-
hmQy to take off the mouth, the cork, uncork; to open
(bottles and such vessels, comp. gble na); fe na, y. na-
femg, pi. fle na, inf. naflemo, to burst open, to open
a fester, to burst open, y. n. fi na, y. naflmg, to bind
the opening, to bind up (a bag etc.); fo na, inf. nafo,
pi. flo na, inf. naflomo, y. to cut one's mouth, to report,
accuse s. b.; to cut the end or brim; gba na, y. inf. na-
gbamo, to trouble, pi. gbla na, y. inf. nagblamo, lit. to
rend the mouth, to discourse; gbe na, y. inf. nagbe, lit.
to kill the mouth, the end, tp end, to finish; gble na, y.
inf. nagblemo, to open (doors, boxes etc., comp. f% na,
gbu na); gbu na, y. inf. nagbd, to bore an opening, to
open; hi na, y. nahlle, to abhor one's mouth, to keep
malice, so as not to salute or speak to s. h. ; ekemi hi
na, he does not speak with me; ho na =« ho be, y.
inf. naho, to pass over, to overrun; ka na, v. inf. oa-
kamo, to insist; kd na, v. inf. nakSmg, to lie at, near;
kd na, v. nakd and nakdmo, to stick in the mouth or
bill; kpana, v. nakpamo, to break the fast, to breakfast;
kpe na, v. nakpe, to sew up'; kQ na, v. nakQ, nakdmo,
to gainsay; to speak or be against; lata na, v. inf. nala-
tamQ, to base the end (in sewing); le na, v. nale, to

know (one's mouth, words); to know the number,

price; mS na, v. namSmo, to stand at, near; to set at;
to bi^d aty near, at the shore etc.; mQ na, mQa na, v.

na — na ba hi. 209

to be silent, shut the mouth; to keep s. th. in the mouth;
8. bua na, and bu na; na na, v. inf. nana, to see the
end, to understand; M na, v. inf. nanftmo, to shut the
opening, door etc. to shut; nyle na, t. to walk along,
at, according to; h6 na, y. nandmo, to be sweet, agree-
able (to the mouth), s. dgko — ; nu m. k. na gbe, v.
inf. nagbenumo, to hear from one's mouth; a^dren,
an^^ren; pS, po na, s. fS, fo na; sa na, v. inf. nasa,
to taste; misa gbele na, I tasted death; misa mina (lit.
I tasted my mouth, with respect to s. th.). I tasted (it),
comp. sa, v.; sqo na, v. inf. nasQomg, to seal up; §e
na, v. nase^ to reach the mouth, to be sufficient, to
satisfy; §i na, v. inf. naSimQ, to knock against one's
mouth, to act against one's word, s. kQ na and si, v.;
so na, V. inf. naSomo (to lick one's mouth), to kiss; ta
na, pi. tra na, inf. natamo, natramo, ▼• to touch the
mouth; to dispute; to trouble with words; (o tempt =
t8d na; to cover the end, brim etc. to sit at, near, along;
to na, pi. tro na, y. inf. nato, natromo, to tire one's
mouth; to make tired of speaking; te be tired of speak-
ing; td na, y. inf. natomo, to transgress one's word;
comp. na td and t5, y.; t§a na, y. inf. natsamo; to ad-
join, to be in contact, to continue; s. tsa, y. ; tse na, y.
inf. natSemo, to trouble, to teaze with words; to unseal;
tse, y.; tsi na, y. inf. natSImo, to close the. mouth,
opening etc., to confine, imprison etc.; t§d na, y. inf.
natSdmo, to turn one's mouth, word; inf. natsd, to tempt
to bad words (or actions) s. ka, y. ta na etc. , wie na, y.
inf. nawiemo, to speak one's mouth; to salute, to inter-
pret, comp. nadSiemo; yere m. k. na or yire m. k. na
(s. yi na), y. inf. nayeremo, to come unawares to some
body's speaking about one; to oyerhear unawares; ye
na, y. inf. nayeli, to bargain; to negotiate; yi na, v.
inf. nayimo, to intercept one's speaking; yo na gb6, v.
inf. nagbeyomg, to know s. b. by his yoice, to know
one's yoice, word, manner of speaking, etc. As gram-
mat, subject it appears especially in the following com-
binations :

na ba, y. inf. nabd, to be sharp (of kniyes etc., comp. na
= edge),

na ba si, y. inf. nasiba (Ot. ano bre ase) to let the mouth
down (comp. ,Mn JKunb ^angen laffen"), to decrease
(in zeal, power, passion etc.), to be softened, to giye in.
Comp. ba si, y. ^

Zimmermann, Akra-Vocab, 14

210 na be — na td.

na be, v. inf. nabele, -mo, to have a barrow, contracted
mouth, as old persons; to have a mouth like a pair of
tongs, so as to pinch ^ith, as ants, crabs, pincers etc.

na du, y. to leak at the opening, at the cork etc.

na dSa, v. inf. nadsale , to be straight, right in speach ; to

have a straight end or brim; s. d§a, t.
na dso, v. inf. nadsomo, to have a bitter mouth, to have

a bad mouth {„m Warfe« obcr b6fe5 SWauI ^aben")-
na dsQ, y. to be quiet in speaking.

na f§, y. inf. nafa, nafSmo , to be open ; s. fd na ; of bottles

and similar vessels.
na fe, pi. fle, y. inf. nafemo, naflemg, to burst open.

na gbo, y. inf. nagbele, == dangbo, to have a dead mouth;

to have no taste (after sickness etc.).
na homo no, y. inf. nanohomo or nonahomo, to know by

heart, to say by heart,
na kS, y. inf. nakSimo, to be or lie open; of doors, rooms,

houses etc.
na ke enyoo Si* y. to have scarcely finished speaking; a

very peculiar expression, lit. „the mouth says it is fallen

down''; „beni ena ke enyoo §i^S when he had finished

speaking,
na ko si, y. to bite the ground, i. e. to fall on one's mouth;

pi. na komo si, s. ko, y.
na kpa, y. inf. nakpamo, to say s. th. hesitatingly because

it is amiss or wrong , to miss with the mouth ; s. kpa, y.
na kpe, y. nakpg, to be gathered; to be of one opinion;

more frequently:
na kpe si, y. inf. nasikpg, th. s. f. i. beni amena ekpe si,

when they were assembled; when they bad become of

one opinion; s. kpe, y.
na kpe he, y. to be astonished; s. nakpe, n.

na ko, y. inf. nakd, nakuomo; to have a broken mouth,

edge etc., to be forward in speaking,
na n5, y. to have a sweet, flattering mouth; s. na doio;

to be dainty; inf. nandmo.
na se, y. inf. nas^, to be sufficient (in price); comp. se

na, v.
na si, y. inf. na§i and -mo, to be worth; ona si oha, thou

art worth a hundred; comp. na, == price and si, y.
na td, y. inf. natdmo, to transgress with the mouth, with

words; to make a mistake in speaking; comp. td na, y.

and t5, y.

Da tSa — DddSiaA. 211

na tSa, v. inf. natSamo, to fit, to adjoin, to be perpetual,
comp. t§a na; tSa, v.

na tSe, y. inf. natSemo, to have a' pure, clear mouth; to
speak flue](|tl.y and purely; ena tSeko, be can not yet
fluently speaL

na tsi, V. inf. natSi and natSiroo, to be stopped or closed
up; s. tSi na, v.

na wa, y. int nawale» to hare a hard mouth, to be hard;
comp. wa, V.

nd, n. grandmother, pi. namei. Ad. th. s.

naakpa, adv.^ well, very, very much.

naba, n. sharpness fr. na ba, v.

nabS, and

nabdmo, n. cutting the mouth, opening, brim, end; s.bS, v.

nabe , n. narrowness of mouth, as that of old men ; forma-
tion of mouth like that of a pair of tongs or pincers,
as ants have.

nablemo, n. th. s. of the pi. form ble» v.

nSbi, pi. -bli, n. grandmother-child, i.e. grand-child; comp.
n§, n.; ni, n. nye and nyemi, n.

nabimg, n. asking of the price, fr. hi na, v.

nabinu, pi. -bihl, n. grandson.

nabiyo, pi. -biyei, n. grand-daughter.

nabu, n. lit. hole or opening of the mouth (s. bu); mouth,
often used = na, bole, opening, lip; pi. nabui, lips.

nabualQ, n. gatherer, fr. bua na, v.

nabuamg, n. gathering, assembling; assemble. S. kpeipo, n.

nabuamghe, n. gathering-place.

nabumg, n. covering of the mouth, opening etc. silence,
fr. bu na, v.

nadamg, nadamomg, n. standing at, along, for etc.; fr.
damo na, v.

nadokglo, n. flatterer; persuader; fr. dokgna and nadgko, v.

nadokomg, n. flattering, persuading.

nadgkomowiemo, n. flattering word, — speech.

nadsd, nadSale, n. straightness of mouth, speech, opening,
brim, end etc.; fr. na d§a and dsa na, v.

nddM, pi. of nane (Ot. th. 9. and nan), foot.

nSdSian = nSdsiamli, n. foot-print, foot-step, stead, post-
position = instead of, for etc. ba — , v. to come instead
of s. b.; damg — , v. to stand for s. b., - - surety; to
represent s. b., inf. nSdsiandamg; d§e nddsian, v. inf.
nddSiaiidSe, to go out of one's way („aud ben gu§en
ge^en'O; d§ie nadsiaii, v. to remove out of one's way,

212 nddSiana — nafilmo.

inf. nadsiandsiemo; f^ nadsian, t. th. s.; he nIdSiaA, y.
to take recoinpence, inf. nadsianhemo; kS — , t. to lie
in one*s place, inf. nddSiaiikdmo ; ke nSdSian, y. inf.
D9d§ianke, to grant instead, to make a present instead;
mS nSdsian, y. inf. n§dsianni3mo, to stand in the phce
of s. th. (s. damo); na nSdiian, y. to get s. th. in ex-
change ; nd nSdsian, r. to take s. th. instead of s. th., in
exchange; ta, pi. tra nSdsian, t. to sit in one's place,
inf. ngdsiantamo, -tramo; to — , y. inf. nUdSiafttO, to
repay, to restitute, to retaliate, to recompence; ye nd-
dsian, y. to take s. b. place or office, inf. nSdsiai&yeli;
ye — , V. to be in s. b. place, instead of etc. neg. be — ;
yi — , y. nSdsianyimo , to remain on the same spot, to
go in a circle (also used in argument) etc.

nSdsiana, n. the place at the feet of s. b. foot-prints, —
steps, postpos. at the feet, to the feet, f. i. ghe — , y.
to fall down at s. b. feet etc.

nSdsiasi, n. place under one's feet, standing place, situa-
tion etc. east = bok3;'the four points of the ynnd are
named from the situation of a person lying on his back
yvith the head to the y?est and feet to the east (perh.
from burial?); comp. yiten, yitengbe or anaigbe, nine-
dsurdgbe or nsongbe and nine abekugbe or kongbe or
koyigbe; and nddsiasi, -gbe.

nSdMasigbe, n. east-y^ay, ady. east-yvard.

nSdsiandSmo, n. surety, standmg surety; representation;
fr. damo n9d§ian, t.

nftdsiandSmglo, n. surety; representant; representatiye.

nSdsiandse, n. going out of one's yyay; fr. dse nSdS., v.

nSdsiandsiemQ, n. remoyal out of the way, fr. dSie nSds., y.

nSdsiaAtO, n. repaying; repayment; restitution; retaliation;
fr. to nSds., v.

nSdsiantolo*, n. restituter, retaliater.

nddSianyeli, n. taking of&ce for or after an other; succes-
sion; fr. ye nSdg., v.

ndd§ia6yelilo , -yelo, n. successor.

nad§olQ, n. person with an eyil tongue; fr. na dSo, v.

nadsomo, n. bad mouth, eyil tongue; strict, true saying.

nad§Q, n. sharpening of tools, — of the mouth (for scol-
ding etc.)'

naclSole, n. quietness of mouth, speech; kind words; fr.
na dsQ, y.

nafiaiO) n. opener, bottler; fr. fS na, y.

naffimQ, n. opening of bottles etc.

nafeniQ — namo. 21^

nafeiHQ, naflemo, d. bursting open; fr. fe na and na fe, v.

nafi and naflmg, n. binding up, closing of bays etc.; fr.

fi na, V.
nafitemg, n. corruption of mouth, speech.

nafolO) naflolg, n. reporter, accuser, talebearer; fr. fo na,

flg na, v. »

-nafo, naflgmg, n. reporting, accusing; talebearing; report;

accusation; summons,
nagbalg, n. troubler; troublesome person, from gba na, v.
nagbamg, n. troubling; trouble,
nagbamgsane, n. troublesome palaver.
nagb6, n. ending, finishing; end; aim; fr. gbe na, y.
nagbegbl, n. last day.
nagbelg, n. finisher.

nagblamg, n. discurse; fr. gbla na, v. but s. naSigblamg, n.
nagbele, nagbo, n. tastlessness, fr. na gbo, v.
nagbelg, n. opener, a person opening doors, boxes etc.
nagblemg, n. opening,
nagba, n. piercing (open),
nahlle, n. malice-keeping; fr. hi na, ?.
nahllg, n. malice-keeper.

nahomg, n. knoi^ving or saying fluently (by heart),
nakai, pron. such; adv. thus, so; comp. neke; nakai non,

even so; Ad. dSa.
nakSUng, n. being open; opening; fr. na kS, v.

nakpamg, n. break-fast; fr. kpa na, v. speaking amiss, fr.

na kpa, v.
nakpe,n. meeting; unity of opinion = nasikpg; fr. nakpe^v.

nakp^he, n. meeting-place.

nakpg, n. astonishment, fr. na kpe he; amena kpg amehe,

or efeamg nakpg, they were astonished. Comp. fe yfi;

he dsd etc. «

nakpe, nakplemg, n. sewing up the ends, comp. kata na,

ban na, v.; fr. kpg na, y.
nakulg, n. gainsayer; forward person,
nakii and nakumg, n. gainsaying; oposition. fr. ku na, y.;

forwardness fr. na ku, v.
nakutso, pi. -tsei, and nakutSona, n. knee,
nale, n. dan. fool; fe — , to make a foot of.
nalg, n. only used in combinations, — seer; — finder,
namg, n. finding, getting,
namo, pi. name!, inter, pron. who? ameyi enyo le aten

namo? who among the two? Ad. nene.

214 namCI — nanyo.

namQ, namdamQ, n. shutting of the mouth; keeping of 8.th.

in the mouth, fr. mu or mua na, v.
nam, n. a knoi/ving person, ^ell-informed person (fr.oamli?).

nana, n. understanding; fr. na na, v.

nanalQ, n. an understanding person; ein t)etfiinbiget SRenfc^.

nana, v. reduplication of na, v. to tread, to stand upon etc.

nana si, = na §i, v.

nSnakSnsowa, n. (Ot.) great-grandchild; great-grand-parent;
comp. na (Ot. nSnS) grand-mother.

nanSmg, n. shutting (of doors, boxes etc.), fr. M na, v.

nSine (old pronunc. nSnde perh. = na-ade, comp. na, v.
to tread and ade, Ot. = thing, s. al$o nine, kane, fine,
n. etc. Ot. nSn, nSne), pi. nadsi, n. foot; wheel. Comp.
n3d§i, nddsian, n9dsiana, nddsiaSi etc.; fS nSne, y. and
wo n9ne no, v. to walk quickly; nyle n3ne no» v. to
go on foot etc.

nSnehSno, n9neh!Atsono , n. shinbone.

ndnehefomQ, n. foot-bath.

nSnemSihe, n. foot-print; footing.

nSnenonyielo, n. pedestrian; fr. jiyle nane no, v.

nSnengnylemo , n. walking on foot.

ndneSi, n. sole of the foot. n

„ „ place under foot, comp. nSidSiasi, n.

nSinesimango, n. foot-stool.

ndneSimo, n. kicking; kick. ^

ndneSiwao, nfinewao, pi. -wabii, n. toe.

nSnetSitsi, n. (comp. tsitsi) heel.

nSnetSo, pi. - tSei, n. lit. foot-stick (s. tso), i. e. shin-bone.

nanii, pi. n. dainties.

nSukutio, pi. -t§ei, knee = nakutSo.

nan6, n. eternity; ke-ate — , until eternity. Comp. da,
Nanyonmo, n.

nandlg = niia mlikpalg, n. dainty person.

naAdmo, n. agreeableness fr. nd na, ?.; daintiness, fr. na
nd, V.

nanetu, and

nantu, n. calf of the leg.

'nanu = ananu, n. spider.

'nanukpS, n. spider-web.

nanyo, pi. nanemei (= nanenyo nannyo, -mei, comp. damfo,
pi. nnamfo in Otyi) n. friend; neighbour (9l4d!?|ler) , fel-
low, comrad; ke m. k. bo nanyo, v. inf. nanyobo, lo
make friendship with s. b. In compositions it is used

nanyobo — natSdlo. 216

like the engl fellow — , lat. com — ; germ. SRit — ;
see f. i. nanyogbomo, n.

nanyobo, n. friendship; commnnion.

nanyodSalQ, n. fellow-Uiief.

nanyofelo, n. fellow-agent.

nanyogbomoy pi. -mei, n. fellow-man; person of the same
rank.

nanyogbOy n. fellow-guest; — stranger.

nanyoniitSulo , n. fellow-labourer.

Nanyonmo, pr. n. of God, either = eternal God (comp.
da, nan5 = eternity, Ot. dfi, pi. nna, day; da, alway)
or God of the ancestors, comp. nfi, nanakansowa (Ot.
n3, = mother^ nfinii = grandmother etc.).

nanyofelo, n. playmate = febilo, n.

nanyotsQlo, pi. -tSudsi, n. fellow-servant; pi. nanemeitSOdSi.

nasa, n. tasting, taste; fr. sa na, y.

naso = asan (Ot. fianso)» conj. also; moreover, again.

nasQomo, n. sealing, seal; fir. sqo na, v.

nasa, n. bad, wicked mouth; s. e§a, adj.

nas6, n. sufficiency, satiely; fr. §e na, v.

nasigblamo, n. discource with the purpose of catching one
in speech; £r. gbla na si, v.

nasimo, n. worth; fr. na si, v.; act against s. b. words,
fr. si na, v.

nasomg, n. kissing, kiss.

natamg, natramo, n. dispute; quarrel; fr. ta na, pi. tra
na, v.; sitting at or along; covering of the end, brim etc.

natolQ, n. transgressor; person who makes mistakes^ fr. td
na and na t5, v.

natomo, n. transgression of s. b. words, fr. td na, v.; mis-
take in speaking.

natsakemo, n. recanting.

tiatsalo, n. fitter.

natsamo, n. fitting, adjoining, contact, continuation (comp.
notsamo); fr. t§a na and na t§a, v.

natselQ, n. teazer fr. tse na; person speaking correctly fr.
na t§e, t.

natsemo, n. teazing, troubling; fr. tse na, v.; clear speak-
ing, correct speech; fr. na t§e, v.

nat§T, n. movement; s. tsi, v.

natSl and natSImo, n. stopping up of the mouth, opening,
passage etc. fr. t§! na, v.

natSilQ, n. person hindering or stopping one's way.

natSolg, n. tempter fr. tSS na, v.

216 natSd — Aa.

natjd, n. iemptiog, temptation.

nat^dmo, n. recanting.

nat^dwiemOy n. tempting, provoking word.

nawale* n. hardness, harshness (of words), Ar, nt wa, v.

nawalo, n. hard, harsh person.

nawaloiUefi, n. hard, harsh behaviour, character.

nawielo, n. interpreter; = nadMelo, advocate.

nawiemo, n. interpretation, speaking for some body, saio-

tation.
nayeli, n. bargaining, negotiation,
nayelo, nayelilo, n. bargainer, negotiator; fr. ye na, r.
nayelisane, n. negotiating palaver.
nayeremOy n. overhearing unawares, fr. jere na, v.
nayi, nayimg, n. interception of speech, fr. yi na^ t.
nayomo, n. knowing by the voice,
fia, AS, V. inf. nft and pi. Aamo, inf. th. s., to press,

to squeeze (= mla), (to press the hand?) to salute, to

visit (comp. fla and sra, v.), to shut, to be shut, to

give order, to sing out.
Aa, inf. Ad, v. to learn (f. i. a trade).

Aa hie, v. to shut the door before s. b.

Aa mli, v. inf. mliAamo, mlinS, to shut the opening, in-
side; to press in; to squeeze out.

Aa m. k., v. to salute, visit s. b.

Aa na, v. inf. naAamg, to shut (the opening, door etc.
s. na, n.).

Aa no, V. inf. noAamo, to press upon, to squeeze the sur-
face, to shut the cover (s. no, n.).

Aa se, V. inf. seAamo, to shut behind.

Aa Si, V. inf. i§iAamo» to press down.

Aa m. k. yi, inf. yiAS, to give a peremptory order to s. b.,

to cry (and stamp) at s. b. (//an^ertf^en"); inf- yiAiSmo,

to shut one up or in.
Aa m. k. yi se, v. inf. yiseAamo, to shut after s. b. head,

i. e. to shut s. b. in, to close after a man; Gen. 7, 16.
AS, n. pressing, squeezing.

Aa, or Afi, pi. Aamei; when without any possessive pro-
noun or case before it (i. e. in the vocative case or ad-
dress (aAa, aAamei (comp. ate, awo, ao, anyemi, awu),
n. wife (in her exclusive relation to her husband, comp.
blianye, bienye and yO); espoused bride (comp. also
fiiyere and ayemforo). It is custom to betroth young
girls, even sucklings (and children in the mothers womb

fta — Ai&D5. 217

/

on condition that they are girls) to some male, adult or
young; from that time he has to give presents to her
and her parents and she is hound to him and called Aa,
wife, or siyere (§i, promise, and yere, Ot., wife) ; during
the hridal ceremonies, when dressed and adorned as bride,
ayemforo (s. this) and after marriage again na, aiia.
Comp. wye yO, kpe yO, v. AdA. yO, th. s., for „wife"
and „woman''; comp. ,,2Betb''.

na, n9, generally na ng, Aano, h. grassy plain, field (where
there is no bush, d. ko, n.) savanna; esp. the level be-
tween the sea and the mountains as far as there \b no
bosh (fir. na, to press?); wilderness.

na no or fidno, in or on the field; comp. dSa no, asa no,
ko se etc. Eye na le no, he is in the field.

na, n. (Adn. gd; Ot. nyansS, comp. na, v. na, v. Ot. nya,
to get, and Aa, to visit) counsel, advice; art; wisdom;
prudence; trade; craft; cunning; trick etc. le Aa, v. to
know wisdom, art, to have prudence; to know a trade ;^
wo na, V. inf. nawo, to give counsel, advice; nfi mli,
adverbially used: prudently, cunningly; secretly.

nabi, n. step-child (lit. wife's child) of a man; comp. wubi,n.

naisd, n. wounds betwixt the toes from perspiration.

nal, collective n. coals; Aai ke la, fire-coals; s. the next

word,
nftli, V. to dry, to shrink; inf. Mid.
nalai, nlai, adj. dry; tjcrtc^lt.
nale, n. wisdom, knowledge, prudence (s. le na, v.) ; trade,

mastership,
nalo, nSlo, n.' visiter; a person shutting or pressing, s. ila,v.

nalo, Mnlo, n. beast of the field, s. kolo, n.

nalo, n. artificer; prudent, wise man; counseller; trades-
man; master of a trade; fr. na, v.
iialofemo, -yeli, n. mastership.

namo, n. shutting; pressing, squeezing; saluting, visiting;

visit; fr. na, v.
nana, n. rain-water gathered from thatched houses^ comp.

adsensu, n.
nan — or nano — » prefixed to a noun, indicates wild, s.

nangkpono etc.
nam, adj. and adv. cold; -ly.^
nankolo, n. beast of the field,
nand, pi. nanii, n. implements or instruments of an artist,

artificer, tradesman; machine; comp, tsOpe, n.

218 nan^kpoAg — i&elel.

Aanokpono, n. ^ild horse; a kind of antelopes, in size and

shape like a horse.
Aano (s. Aa, n. Aa no), n. field; Aa le no, the field; ad?.

in or on the field; comp. d§ano, n. etc.
Aanonii, pi. n. things of the field; wild growing things;

comp. ko-, koii- and nanokpoAo, AanotSina etc.
Aanotsina, nantSina, n. a kind of buffalo, s. wao, wO, o.
nasi, n. arm-hole,
nawiewo, n. word of advice.

nawO, n. counselling, advice, fir. wo nfi, v. Ot. tu fo, v.
nawolo, n. advicer.
nawyiei, n. a kind of sweet fruit of a tree; sweet -sap;

comp. aluguntugun, n.
nawyieitso, pi. -tsei, n. tree bearing it.
Aawye» n. living (of a man) with a wife; married state;

matrimony; comp. ydwye and gbla, n.
'ng, eng, demon, pron. Ad. th. s., this; Ot. yi. Comp.

mone, none.
n6? int. pron. what? = mg, me?; where whence, whereto?

= n§gbe?
ne, V. to rain; always constructed with NyoAmo (which

see) for its subject; Nyonmo neo, God rains; = it rains.

Comp. fS, ba, NyoAmo ba; tue etc. Nyonmong, n. rain;

Nyonmonemg, th. s.
ni, aux. V. in Adn. = ye, to be and Ad, ke in G9, de

in Ot., to take. S. Apendix.
nfigbe, int. pron. lit. what way, where, — -to whither;

whence, s. nS; nlgbe, th. s.
nihu, num. nine; ameyi nghfi, they are nine in number.
nel,.n. a kind of reeds,
net and ng. Ad. = nghQ.
neke, pi. nekemei, demonst. pron. generally followed by

ne, this, such; neke gbomo ne, this man or such a

man ; but if construed adjectively = certain, f. i. gbomo

ko neke, a certain person (whose name T have forgot-
ten); noko neke, a certain thing. Comp. also nakai and

§ 34. Ad. k!k§, th. s.
neleng, n. (the) opposite (thing or place), nsongbe neleno

d§i koiigbe, the opposite (or contrary) of south is north,
neleno, adv. opposite; ye — , inf. nelendyeli, v. to be — .
fielenond, n. opposite thing or place or direction.
Aelenoyeli, n. oppositeness.
nenyanke, n. saw-fish, s. nyanyanke.
Aelel, = HqU n« shelb.

nf — niiaAwflmo. 219

nf. — s. and. mf.

'ngaii, pi. 'AgadSi, s. eiian eiigan, n. a kind of birds.

Aga = M, n. Adii. ga; art. .

tg' 8. under ft.

ngo, n. = ndy salt.

ni, v. (Ot. th. s. or ne) = HU to be something; it is in-
flexible and sometimes shortened into ^A**; f. i. midSi,
mini, min, it is I ; gbomo ni or gbomoA, it is a person.
Comp. ni, pron. and conj. and ni, conj. Ad. „i'' as ter-
minational augment; th. s. f. i. angki/vaA, Ad. anokwai,
it is true!

ni, rel. pron. which, /who; that; (Ot. a) comp. moni,
noni; when; comp. beni, where; comp. heni, how;
comp. boni; conj. that, as for the purpose that, construed
with potent, mood. Comp. ni, y. and conj. and ak'e, conj.

ni, conj. and, AdA. th.s. Ot. na; only used to combine
sentences or verbs, but not nouns (comp. ke). Comp.
ni, V.

ni or nl, n. pi. nimei, grandfather; Ot. nana; comp. nS,
nye, n. etc.

ni, nil, nibii, pi. n. of nd (which see). The word in its
sing, and pi. form is yery frequently used in combina-
tions (as mo, mei of persons), to replace an object
wanting etc. see the sequel.

nibi or nibi, pi. -bii, n. grand-child, grandfather-child, s.
nabi, n.

nibii, diminutiye pi. form of no, thing; n. little things, things.

nidsi, pL of nine.

niiahefolQ, n. washer; fr. fg nii ahe, y.

niiahefomg, n. washing of cloth etc.

niian = nii amli, n. inside of things; region; adyerbially
used: in the things; about; dsemei niiaA, there about.

niiankpalo, n. dainty person.

niiankpamo, n. daintiness, fr. kpa nii amli, y.

niianye, pi. -mei, n. rich woman; s. niiatse, n.

niiato, n. s. niito.

niiasfidi, n. desire (after things) fr. di nii ase/ y.

niiatse or niatse, pi. -tSemei, n. lit. father or possessor of
things, rich man; used in apposition = adj. rich; nfi
niiatst^, a rich man; yd niiatlig, rich woman, but also
„niianye'S n. th. s.

niiahewumo, fr. wu nii ahe, y. and

niianwamg (fr. wu niian, y.), n. superflutty.

220 niiba — nUelo.

niibli, n. production (of fruits of the field); fr/ba nil, t.;

begging; comp. sisemo, n.
niiboni, pi. n. things created, creatures; creation; s. bg.
niidonii or nidgnii, pi. grievous things; grief; == nii nl

doi) mo.
niifemonii or nif. , pi. n. (fr. ndfemond) deeds; doing; be-
haviour etc. Ad. niipemnii, n. th. s.
niifddsianii (comp. ndfdA), pi. n. bad deeds, ats; bad doing,

acting; bad behaviour,
niihinii, pi. n. detestable things; things religiously unclean

to s. b., s. hi, V.
niik^nii (fr. ndkend) pi. presents; dashes; s. ke, v.
niikpamo, n. harvest, taking of things from sun or rain;

the contr. of kamo, n., fr. kpa nii, v.
niikpalo, n. reaper,
niikpe, nikpe, n. sewing, tailors work or trade, fr. kpe

nil, v.; mile niikpc, I know to sew; I am a tailor,
niikpend, pi. -nii, sewing implement.
niikpelOy nikp., n. tailor; seamstress,
niile, nil6, n. knowledge (of things) wisdom fr. le nii, v.
niilelg, nil., n. knowing, wise person,
niina, nina, n. sight fr. na nii, v. to see.
niiseniianii, pi. n. ill-use, abuse; fe m. k. niiseniianii, v. to

use one ill, to illtreat one; comp. se, v. to ill-treat,
niiseniianiifelo, n. mischievous person; illtreater.
niiseniianiifemg, n. ill-use, ill-usage, ill-treatment.
niito|, nittito, nito, n. putting in order; keeping things to-
gether,
niitolg, n. a person who put things in order, or who keeps

things together.
niitSulg, nitSulg, n. workman, labourer, fr. tSu nii, y.
niitSumg, nitsumg, n. work, labour; business; calling; duty;

ye he niitSumg, v. to be in want of; to use, to employ

s. th.
niitsumgbe, n. time of or for labour; season of labour.
niitSumgnmg, n. pressure of business.
niitSumghe, n. work-place; work-shop.
niitSumgkpa'mQ, n. rest, stoppage of labour; geierabenb;

fr. kpa niitSumg, v.
niitSumggbi, n. day of labour; working day.
nIkutSo, pl..-tSei, n. ell-bow = ninekutSo, n.
nfkutsoyiSi, -siSi, n. ell-bow (the outer or under-part of it).
nile, s. niile, n.
nilelg, s. niilelg »n.

nina — nkobolo* 221

nina, v. inf. ninamo, to overtake.

nina, s. niina, n.

ninalQ, n. overtaker.

ninamo, n. overtaking.

nine, inf. -mo, v. to press down (f. i. a swelling); s. AS, v.

bobo, V.
ninemo, n. pressing, sqeezing.
nine, old pronunc. ninde, pi. nidSi, n. arm, hand, oatside

or back of the hand, comp. de (and Hebr. T = nine,

and Pp = de); branch; trunk (of the elephant) forefeet

and snoulder of beasts, etc. The word is very probably

combined of ni = di (Ot. = to eat) and nde, ade (Ol.

thing); fe — , v. to surpass the hand; to be too much etc.
nine abeku, ninebeku, n. left hand; north = koAgbe; see

nddsiasi, n.
nine dstird, ninedSfird, n. right hand; adv. to or at the

righ hand; south.
nined§iir5gbe« n. right handway, i.e. toward the right hand;

south, southward = nsQgbe.
ninefg, -le, n. surpassing of the hand; state of being too

much of s. th.
ninese^ n. back of the hand.

ninewao, pi. -wabii, n. finger, s. wao, n., comp. nanewao, n.
nitsulo, nitsumo etc. s. niitSulo, niitSumo.
nkSnali, nk^nale, nk^nare (Ot. th. s.), n. rust; do — , v.

to gel rusty.
nk^nalidOy n. rusting, getting rusty,
nkani, Ot. th. s., n. a kind of yams. •

nkatie, n. Ot. th. s. groundnuts,
nkatiebo, n. bearing of groundnuts, s. bo, v.
nkatiedumo» n. groundnut-planting,
lakatiomu, n. groundnuts-oil.
nkatiehQmo, n. groundnut-growing,
nkatiewonu, n. groundnuts soup.
nkatiedulo» -hulo, n. groundnuts grower,
nkldn, nkrdn, n. (sound imitating snoring), snore.
nkl5nhd, n. snoring, fr. h6 — , v.
nko, n. small heaps of ground put to the yams plant;

bo — , V. to heap yams,
iikoben, n. (Ol.?) or okobeA, n. cloth dyed with red clay

for mourning, redness (from clay, etc.) dirtiness; wo — ,v.

to be dirty, red.
iikobo, n. yams-heaping,
nkobolo, n. yams-heaper.

222 Akomo — fimS.

nkomo, 'komo, Ot. th. s., n. complaint, lamentation; sad-
ness, grief; ;ye nkomo and ye 'komo, v. to lament, be
sad, complain. Ad. komQ, n.

nkomoyeli, n. complaining, lamentation, sadness, grief.

nkomoyelilo, -yelo, n. complainer; sad person,
nkomoyelisane , n. sad story; sad palaver.

nkdnya, nkunya (Ol. fr. kom, v. to be possessed by a spirit
and nya, v. to get), n. a miracle done by spiritual power;
generally used of the natural and unnatural miracles of
fetish-priests, ye — , v. to perfonn such, Comp. afai;
okomfo.

fikdnyayeli, n. performance of miracles; juggling etc.

nkOnyayelo, -yelilo, n. performer of miracles; juggler, con-
jurer; kind of fetishpriests, s. okomfo, afaiyelo, -felo, n.

nkpai,n. (Ot.mpai) curse; libation; a certain fetish-ceremony;
yi nkpai, v. to perform a libation ; to take away the curse.

nkpaiyi, n. taking away the curse; performance of a libation.

nkpaiyilQ, n. person performing this ceremony.

nkrdn, n. wandering ants (Ot. th. s. and Akra- or GMown,
people and language). These ants march some times in
great number and invest but at the same time cleanse
houses, stables, devouring every kind of vermin.

nku, n. shea-butter, treebutter used by the natives to anoint
themselves after washing. It is imported from the upper
Volta.

nku, nkun, nkum, n. lean meat; adj. lean, meagre; lo AkQ,
lean meat.

Akulo, n. assembly; bo — , v. to assemble; comp. gwa, n.
bo gwa, v.; to reason, decide.

nkulobg, n. assembling, assembly; reasoning; decision.

nkwan (Ot.), n. soup; = wquu, n.; palmsoup, shortened

from the Ot. mekwan, n.
nlal, adj. dry, \>txto^lt, s. nSlS, v.

nlai, n. a kind of knives to scrape the mudwalls smoothly.

Menle, adj. thin (of pap etc.).

nma, v. inf. Ama, pi. nmla, inf. Amlamo, to scratch, f. L
one's face; to make characters into or on s. th. ; to sign
(s. kadi), to draw; to write; — wolo, v. - - a letter,
- - on paper.

nma he, v. Inf. henmamOf. lit. to sign, to blame one's self
= bo he ahora, v.

Ama, n. scratching; drawing; writing.

nm§, D. Ad. th. s. a kind of wheat, very small and black,
of which bread is made; food of every kind; eyee fimd,
he does not eat.

nmS-abol6, n. bread of this.

nma, n. fragrance; perfume; sweet scent; dse — , y. to be
odorifeous, fragrant; tSo fS ke nma, n. perfumery;
spices.

iimS, n. fish-eggs.

nmSdS, n. Ijt. food- wine, beer; blQfo-hmddd^ european beer;
ho nmddS, v. to brew (beer),

nmSddhoIo, n. brewer.

nmddSbomo, n. brewing.

nmadse, n. fragrancy; sweet scent. ^

nmSdulo, n. grower of wheat.

nmSdumg, n. growing of wheat; s. du, v.

nmahulo, n. = nmddulo; s. hQ, v.

nmShumg, n. = nmfidfimo.

nmaH, adv. alternately; fo — , v. to bear alternately (sc.
boys and girls).

nmaflfplo, n. person bringing forth boys and girls alter-
nately.

nmafifomg, n. bringing forth alternately.

hmaft-nmawolQ -, words used in dividing things equally ; as :
mine — , thine — , mine — , thine — . Esp, in childrens
language.

nman, nma, n. a kind of large antelopes.

nmaAma , n. a large antelope in the neighbour-hood of the
river Volta, said to have one horn on the forehead and
being very shy and swift, of the size of a horse; per-
haps the unicorn of the bible (not the rhinoceros!).

nmStsQ, n. or

nmdtso, pi. -tsei, n. ear of wheat (see iimS) used by the

fetish-priest for fumigating,
nmawu, n. side (of body).
nmawuaA = nmawu amli, chest; n. insides of the sides;

adv. at the side.
nmawutSo, pi. -tsei, n. rib.
nme, n. palmnut (with the flesh of it, s. fime).
Time, n. nut, kernel (f. i. of the palmnut).
nme or: nmei, n. thorn,
nmg, inf. nme, ilimgmo (pi. nmSlg or nmlg), v. to lie; to

lay; to put (comp. ba; ma. to, ta, kS etc.); to shut; to

lay eggs; to miss, to let, to open; to be open; to per-

224 hmg he — nmelehosomo.

mit; to lay out, to spread; to submit to be calm, quiet
etc. (Comp. ba, bre in Ot.)

nm^ he, v. inf. henme, henmgmo to lay open; to give
s. b. free; to liberate; to let, to let go, to loose.'

Ami mli, y. mliAme, to put in, into; tSe tSui nme mli,.
to comfort one's self; to shut, to lock.

hmg na, ?. inf. nanme, to be shut; to shut, lock.

nmd m. k. nasa , v. to give s. b. a bad answer.

nmg no, v. inf. ngnme, to lay or put upon; to add.

nm^ (and nmO) okpid, v. inf. okpldnmg, to spread the
table; to make a feast.

nm| se, v.. inf. senmg, to put back; to shut behind.

nmg si*v. inf. sinmg, to lay down; to lie down; to
submit.

Ami tsui si, v. fnf. tsuisinm^, to lay the heart down; to
have patience ; - - ha m. k. , with s. b. ; to be pa-
tient; comp. to tsui (si), h3 tsui nyd mli; th, s.; and
tsui fa, mli fQ, mli wo la etc. the contrary; Ot. to bo
ase, V.

nmg yi, inf. yinmgmo, y. to shut in; s. M yi, v. th. s.

nme yi si , v. to let the head down ; inf. yisinme ; = Ame
tsui §i, V.

nme, n. laying; lying etc.; shutting, locking; fr. nme, v.

Ami, adv. open; openly; wide open; gble nmi, v. to open
wide.

nmega, n. a finger-ring, made from the kernel of a palm-
nut; dSo — , V. to make one by rubbing on a stone.

nmele, pi. form, though seldom heard of the verb Ame.

Amele, Amle, p\- AmedSi n. bell; clock (comp. g^e, to
sound; Amele tfa, v. (the bell strickes), to strike the
bell, inf. of both: Amle-tfa, Amle enyie atfa? AmedSi
enyle atfa? what o'clock may it be? The answer is
somewhat curious, as the sing, or plur. is used some-
what strangely; f. i. Amle kome (one o'clock); Amedii
enyo (two o'clock); Amedsi etc, -edfe, -enumg, -ekpa;
but Amle kpawo (seven o'clock); Amle kpanyo, -nehfi,
-nyoAm^l, -nyoAma ke ekome, — nyoAma ke enjo;
but it is also sufficient to say: atfa ekome, enyo etc. (lit
it struck one, two etc.); or Amele ese, the clock rea-
ches; cse enyo, it is two o'clock; etc. hoso or wosa
Amele, v. inf. Amele hosomo, to ring the bell. Comp. ha.

AmelehosolQ, n. bell-ringer.

Amelehosome, n. bell-ringmg.

AmeletSft — nmOldkpSwolo. 235

nmeletfty n. striking of the bell, the hours; hour; clock;

timekeeping,
nmeletfalo, n. time-keeper, person striking the hours on

a bell,
nmelewosolo, -wosomo, s.
nmelehosolQ, -hosomo, n.

nm§lo, n. layer; person laying or putting s. th. fr. Ame, v.
hmSmQ, AmelemOy d. missing; letting; allowing; opening

etc. fr. nme, v.
nmemu, nut-oil; esp. the oil made from the kernel of

palmnuts (not palmoil, s. mutSuru).
nmeAmlebii, pi. n. brush^vood, copse.
Amena, -numg, n. gathering of palmnuts, fr. ni#nme, ▼•
nmenulg, n. gatherer of palmnuts, fr. nu Ame, v.
limetSo, iimeitSo, pi. -t§ei, n. nuttree; any tree bearing

nuts.
nmeteAmete» adj. and adr. full of small spots, spotted,

grisled; comp. d§eked§eke» damdam, AiivStdAwfttS etc.
nmiamo, n. mud; s. nmoto, n.
nmlnml, n. fear; terror, horror; — md m. k., v. to be

taken hold of by fear, dread etc. to shake; comp. §e,

se gbeye; he kpokpo, etc.
hmlnmlmdmo, n. fearing; dreading etc.; s. the former,
nmlitsa, n. gravel, consisting of small iron-stones.

nmd, AmO (perhaps from the former v. nme, imperf.

form 6meo, comp. h!e tSe and hie t§d) v. to spread;

— okpld, — the table. Comp. also kg, and ko, v.,

tse, V. Adn. = tso, v. etc.
hmi, pi. nmOnmO and nmolg, nmlQ, inf. nmO, nmolo,

nmlo (nmlomo), v. to laugh; — m. k., to laugh at s. b.,

to deride, sometimes also
nmQ he, v. to laugh about.
nmO si, v. to laugh at.
hmO, pi. nmOlCf, inf. nmo, AmOlOmo, to tie, to bind; comp.

nmS, v.
nmOf n* laughing, laughter.
toii^lQ, Amlo, th. s.; wo m. k. na AmOlQ, to make one to

laugh; ye — , t. to be laughable.
nmOlo> n. laugher, derider.
nmOlOkpd, n. lit. laugh-string, laughter; wo umglokpS, to

raise laughter; hg m. k. = wo m. k. na nmOlO, v. to

roal^e one laugh.
nmOlOkpftwO, nmlOwd, n. causing to laugh; joke,
nmdldkpiwolo , hmlOwolo. n. joker; jester.

Zimmermannf Akra-Vocab. V^

226 nmdA — nd.

nmoA, or iiin5, pi. nmddSi, n. planted field, plaiitatioo (comp.
abo, ko, nd, n. etc.) able-nm5n, corn-field; duade-iinidn,
cassada-field etc.

nmofk, pi. nmodsi, n.' louse.

hmonmonmo, adj. and adv. swollen; fe — , v. to be swollen.

nmonmonrngfemo, n. swelling.

nroonmlo, n. or

nmonmolo, pi. nmoninodsi, n. board; gba — , v. to saw
boards; gbo — , v. to plane.

nmonmologbamo and

nmonmologblaino , n. boardsawing.

nmonmologblalo , n. boardsawer.

nmonmcAgbolQ, n. carpenter; s. srenke, n. and gbo» ▼•

nmonmologbOy n. planing.

nrooto, n. (comp. kpoto) mire.

nmoto, adj. and

nmotohmQto, adj. and adv. miry; mirily.

Amui, or mui, adv. and interj. hush! at once! Ebote tSun
nmui, he went into the room -hush-, gone-. Comp.
kr9n§; bum' etc.

no, dem. pron. that; pi. nomei, those; Ad. k^, IqIo.

no hewo, nohewo, conj. therefore; wherefore; Ad. dsahe.

no le, conj. then = keke le, -be le.

no mil, adv. then.

no nOii, dem. pron. even that; pi. nomei nOn, even those;
no gbomo le noh, even that same person.

no nOn k^, th. s., still that same.

no, V. inf. nomo, to wrestle, struggle, quarrel; to fight.

nd he, v. to struggle for or about.

nd (nO), pi. nil (Ot. ade) n. thing, comp. §§ 24 — 26,
29; goods, riches; property; palaver, matter, state; in-
strument; vessel; implement; etc. one of the most fre-
quently used words as well as the next following, from
which it scarcely can be distinguished. Nd, pi. nii serves
to take the place of impersonal subjects or objects,
if not expressed and still grammatically required, as mo,
mei do, if they are personal. It is therefore often used
hke a pronoun or formword, as he, mo, mei; etc. Comp.
esp. the follow, cases: Min5, my thing (mine), ond (thine),
end (his, hers, its) wond, nyend, amend, and ; pi. (seldom
used) minii, onii etc. Namo nd? Whose (thing, pos-
session)? Mone nd, this one's (possession); yi or, tfa
m. k. nd or nii, to flog or strike s. b. with some
thing or things; na nd, na nd ko (noko), to see s.

no. 227

th. i. e. to suffer pain; non5, salt-vessel; nsn6, pL Aa-
nii, instruments of art; ndfdn, something bad, a bad thing,
ndsa, a sinful thing (comp. mofdn etc.) ndhewo, n6 hewo,
i^herefore, the thing for which etc. etc. Comp. also:
sane, n.
no (nS), n. (pi. ngi — ?) 01. so, surface, cover, upper side,
top etc. what is over, more than enough; the contrary
of si and §isi; used, like this, and hie, he, mli, se etc.
as postposition to express the relation of place and tropi-
cally also of time , manner etc. and as srdverb. Comp.
up, upon, on; over; above etc. in Engl, and auf, oben^
ju, an, fort, meiter, uber, etc. in Germ. It is seldom
used as grammat. subject but very frequently^s gram,
object, f. i. ba no, v. inf. nohfi, to come upon etc. be
no, neg. voice of ye no, v. which see; be no, v. inf.
nobemg, to sweep upon, over etc. ble no, v. inf. no-
blemo, to stretch or cross upon, over, on; to ceil or
cover a room; to crucify; bu no, v. inf. nobumo, to
cover; to defend, to watch over; damo no, v. nodamo,
to stand upon, of men (see ma no); do no = tsere no,
V. inf. nodomo, to strain; dse no, v. inf. nodSe, v. to
Tome off, to take off; d§e no, v. to come from above,
dsie no, v. inf. nodsiemo, to take off the surface, to
take off from s. th., dso ng, v. to bless or say a bless-
ing over s. th., to consecrate; fS no, v. inf. nofSmg,
to take off the surface, cover etc. fi no, v. inf. nofi, ng-
flmg, to bind up; fo ng, v. to cast upon; gble ng, v.
inf. nggblemg, to open the surface, cover; ha ng, r.
ngha, to cover up; ha ng, v. to give over and above;
here ng, inf. ngheremg, lit. to take up; to answer,
comp. to he, v.; hi ng, v. inf. nghilg, to remain, dwell
upon; ho ng, v. inf. ngho, to pass over; ha ng, v. to
blow off; ka ng, v. inf. ngkamg, to be fixed upon, to
cleave to; kS ng, v. inf. ngk3mg, to lie upon, to rest
upon; hie kSi ng, v. to trust upon; kpa ng, v. inf. ng-
kpamg, to draw or drag off (from a chair); to dethrone
(a king); to pluck off; kQ ng, v. inf. ngku, ngkfimg,
to break from above (lo nd, comp. alo, lo, lit. „or more^
= and so on; and th. like etc.); mS ng, v. ngmd, ng-
mSmg; to stand upon; to build upon; to set upon; nana
ng, and na ng, v. inf. ngnanamg, ngnamg, v. to tread
upon, to tread down; nyg ng, v. to spueeze down;
nme ng, v. to lay upon; sa ng, v. to fit upon; si ng;
V. to knock upon; to add; to repeat; ta ng^ i^L tea uq^

228 no f5 — nofi.

V. to touch the surface; to sit upon; to ride, inf. no-
tamo, notramo; te no, s. ^a no; teke no* ▼• to leap
over; to be oyer, superfluous; inf. notekemo; ti no, v.
to stumble upon (as spiders i/vould do, s. 6&-Fables)
to no, V. to order upon, to set upon; to repeat; inf.
notO; to no, inf. notomo, v. to smooth: to iron; td no,
y. inf. notomo, to transgress; t§a no, y. inf. notSamo,
to continue; tse no, y. to pluck from; to reduce; tsl
no« y. to close up; t§o no, y. to shine upon; X^6 no,
y. te turn upon, oyer, up; tSumo no, y. to wipe; i^o
no, y. inf. nowomo, to lift up, to exalt; wo he no, y.
inf. henow6mo, to lift one's self up, be proud; to exalt
8. b.;»wyie no, y. to grind upon; ^a no (aor., perf. and
fut. te no), y. inf. no^a, to go on, to proceed; ye no,
y. inf. noyeli, to rule, to haye the power oyer — ; to
inherit (s. ye); ye no (neg. yoice be no) y. to be upon,
on, up, oyer etc. (aux. y.); yi no, v. to come down
upon , to strike upon ; to come upon ; yo no = yeo no,
imperf. tense of ye no; etc. etc.

no fd, inf. nofSnofamo, y. to be open; comp. fft no, y.

no gble, y. inf. nogblemo, to be open, comp. gble no, y.

no ha, y. inf. noha, to be coyered; comp. ha no, y.

no ka, y. inf. nokamo, to be open (of boxes, coyers etc.)
comp. k3; fd, gble; nme, y.

no and

no - see after no - , nd - and no.

noba, n. coming upon, on, oyer; fr. ba no, y.

noblemo, n. stretching upon ; crossing; ceiling; crucifixion;
fir. ble no, y.

nobumo, n. coyering; lying upon; watching; defence: fr.
bu no, y.

nodamo, n. standing upon; fr. damo«no, y.

nodamohe, n. footing.

nodomo, n. straining; fr. do no, y.

nod§e, n. coming off; taking off; reducing (of price), re-
duction, fr. 'dse no, y.; going off, away.

nod§elo, n. reducer; s. not§elo, n.

nodsiemo, n. taking off; fr. d§ie no, y.

nodsolo, blesser; consecrater.

nodsomo, n. blessing; consecration; fr. d§o no, y.

nofgmo, n. opening; discoyering, fr. fd no and no f^, n.

nofeno, pi. nii f^; ndfiand, pron. eyery; any (thing); comp.
f^ and mof^mo.

npfif and

noftmo — nomndniidSd. 229

nijIImQ, D. binding up.

nofd, n. casting upon, increasing, adding.

ndfdn, pi. niifddsi (comp. also: niifddsianii) n. bad thing,

evil; sin; impers. noun formed by efdn, evil and nd;

comp. mofdn, n. and § 25 and 26.
ndfdnfelg, = efonfelo, n. evil-doer; culprit; comp. esafelo,

nosafelo, UQtdlo, mofdn etc, and Ot. adeboneyefo, n.
ndfdnfemo, n. bad act or deed; sin.
nogbe, n. way up to s. th. 3ufn>eg."
nogblemo, n. opening,
noha, n. covering up.
nohano, pi. -nii n. cover; shield, s. ts^il, n.; shawl and

the like,
noherelo, n. person answering or replying or taking up

speaking,
noheremo, n. answering, replying, taking of the word;

answer; response; comp. heto, n.
noheremolala, n. response-hymn or song.
nohewQ, conj. therefore; generally followed by le or nl.
nohewo hii nl — therefore also — ,
nohewo, pron. and conj. why, whatfore, wherefore,
nohile, n. remaining, dwelling upon,
noho, n. passing over; surpassing,
noka and
nokamo, n. cleaving to; custom; practice; habit; use; fr.

ka no, V.
nokSmo, n. lying upon s. th. fr. kd ng, v.; opening, fr. no

ka, V.
nokend and
noke, n. gift, present; s. niikenii, pi. of it.

nokpalo, n. usurpator; person straining or clarifying s. th.

nokpamp, n. drawing or dragging off; dethroning, fr. kpa
no, v.; straining, clarification.

nokamo, nokuomo, n. breaking off.

n6lo, n. fighter, wrestler.

nom, n. (Ot. th. s.) spoil, booty, esp. of war; n6 — , v. to

spoil, plunder; to make prisoners,
nomd, nQmSmg, n. standing, lying, building upon s. th.
nomnd, n. spoiling, plundering; making prisoners,
nomnd gbomo, pi. -mei, n. prisoner of war.
nomnolo, n. plunderer; person making prisoners,
nomndnii, pi. n. plunder, spoil, booty; prisoners of war.
nomnoniidsa, n. dividing of the spoil.

236 iion — nojraio.

non, pron. (Ot. ara) same; even; lenoift, the same, eren

he or she; nakai nOn, even so; comp. no, pron. Ad. id,

which see also in GH.
nona -mg, ngnana -mg, n. treading upon, down, fir. na

no and nana no, v.
ndna, n. pain, torture; torturing, suffering, fr. na nO, v.
n5nalo, n. suffering person.^
ndnasane, n. painful story, palaver,
nonyemo, n. squeezing down; fr. nyfi no, v.
none, demonstr. pron. this (thing); pi. nil ne or niine.
noni (== no n), comp. moni, boni, koni, dftni etc.), rel.

pron. what; which; that, only used of things; comp.

moni.
nonmi, n. laying upon; fr. nme no, v.; being shut,
ndsuomond, n. will, wish, s. suomo and n5, n.
ndsa, n. = esa, sin; evil.
nOsafelo, n. sinner.

nosafemo, n. sin; sinful, evil act = eSafemo*
ngsimOy n. knocking upon; adding; addition; repetition fr.

si no, V.
notalo/ n* rider, sitter,
notamo, notramo, n. sitting upon, riding, fr. ta no, pi. tra

no, V.
notekemo, n. overflowing; superfluity; fr. teke no, v.
notimo, n. stumbling upon fr. ti no, v.
noto, n. putting on, ,,9iuflcgcn" ; repetition, fr. to no, v.
notomo, n. smoothing or ironing cloth; fr. to ng, y.
notomo-okpld, n. smoothing-table.
notonoto, adv. repeatedly,
notdlo, n. transgressor,
notomo, n. transgression,
notdmond, pi. -nii, v. transgressive act.
notsamo, n. continuing; continuation; fr. tSa ng, V.
notsemo, n. reducing; reduction; fr. t§e no, v.
notsimo'9 n. closing up; fr. t§l no, v. concealing; keeping

in secret,
notsomo; n. turning upon fr. tsd no, v.
ngtsumo, n. wiping off, fr. tSumo no^ v.
nowO and
nowomo, n. uplifting, elevating; elevation, exaltation fr.

wo no, V. and no wo, v.
nowolo, n. elevator.

noyd, n. going on, proceeding fr. ya no, v.
noyalo, n. progresser.

QOyeli — indbft. 231

noyeli, n. ruling, governing; goyemment; overcoming; in-
heriting etc. fr. ye no, v.

nQyelilo, ngyelo, n. ruler, governor; heir.

noyelibe, n. time of government.

noyelihe, n. place of government.

noyimo, n. coming or striking upon.

no, n. salt.

no-odi, n. large basket resting on vrooden sticks and
thatched, in which salt is preserved.

no-yiteremg, n. ^alt-load: a basket of salt, as they come
into the Interior.

nd (or nO) inf. n5 and n5mo , v. to take (ne^men)) (Ot. fft),
used like kg, as auxiliary verb, f. i. nd-hS, to (take sc.
something) and give (to somebody); nd-fe, to take and
do, i. e. to do with ; see kg and its combinations ; to be
agreeable (angene^m fepn), inf. AdmQ.

nd m. k. na, v. to be agreeable to some body; inf. na-
ndmo.

nd (n9), (noun, but not frequently used as such) side,
neighbourhood; contact; (Umgebung); dwelling; comp. he,
' hewo and masei ; postposition , used like he , hie , mli,
na, no etc., to express the relation of locality, as the
prepositions: near, to, by, at etc. It is scarcely, if ever
used as gram, subj., but very frequently as gram, object

. of locality; f. i. ba m. k. nd, to come to s. b.; inf. ndbS;
be m. k. nd, to be absent from, or not in possession of,
some body; s. ye nd; d§e m. k. nd, v. inf. inddse, to
go away from s. b., to leave s. b. ; d§e m. k. nd, v. to
come from s. b. (s. dse, used as auxil. v.); gbale m. k.
nd, V. to turn in to s. b.; ho ,m. k. nd, to pass by to
s. b. or s. b. house; kd nd, v. to lie by, near or with;
mS nd, V. to stand or Ue at or near (used of things);
to build at or near s. b. house) ; §e Ad , v. to reach or
arrive at . . . ; si nd, v. to knock at or against; ta i^d,
V. to sit with; te nd, s. ya nd; to nd, y. to keep at
or in; to lodge with; tsd nd, v. to turn by, in etc. tsu
m, k. nd, to sleep with s. b.; ya m. k. Ad, v. perf. aor.
and fut. tense, te m. k. nd, to go to s. b. ; ye m. k. Ad,
neg. be m. k. no, v. to be or live with or near s. b.,
to be in possession of s. b.; imp. tense: ye m. k. Ad.

lid - fe ; nd - h& and other double verbs with Ad as auxiliary
V. see explained in § 28 and comp. kg, y. and its com-
binations and nd, V.

ndba, n. advent; arrival at or near s. b.

232 ik6di^ — nSona.

nddS6, n. removal from s. b.

n5gbe, n. access (3utritt); approach.

'noli, enoli, adj. green.

AdlQ, n. taker.

ndmo, n. s^veetness, agreeableness , fr. Ad, v.

ns^ni, n. (Ot. tb. s.) balance, pair of scales.

nsorok^, n. bush fit for cultivation (s. ko, n.).

nsra, n. (Ot. th. s.) camp; bo — , v. inf. nsrabo, to encamp;
to exercise, to be drilled; bo m. k. nsra or ke m. k. bo
nsra, v. a. to exercise, to drill (soldiers); to nsra, v.
inf. nsralO, to encamp. Comp. sra, v. ; and asrafoyon, n.

nsrabo, n. exercise; drilling; encamping.

nsrabolo, n. driller; encamper.

nsratd, n. encamping; encampment.

nsratolo, n. encamper.

nsro, nsron, n. faithfulness; feigned faithfulness; %ugen<
bien ji ; hypocrisy ; ti nsrdn, v. , inf. nsrdnti (Ot. ?) to act
faithfully toward the master against the fellow -servants
or labourers; tb report fellow -servants, to feign faith-
fulness; to play the hypocrite etc.

nsrdnti, n. faithful acting towards the master, reporting;
dissembling ; hypocrisy.

nsrSntilo, n. faithful servant; reporter, Slugeubtenet; hypo-
crite.

nSO) n* sea; sea water (comp. Ot. nsu = water; 6S nu,
sweet water); wu nso, v. inf. nSowumo, to bath in the
sea; nso md m. k., inf. nsomdmo, v. to be affected by
sea-sickness; n§o mdmi, I am sea-sick (see lele md m. k., v
the same); nso fa, v., inf. nsofS, to be low-water-tide,
to ebb; nso yi, v.; inf. nsoyimo, to be high-water tide ;
nyie nson, and nyie nso hie, v. inf. nSoAnylemo, n^Q-
hlenyiemo, to make a seavoyage; etc. Comp. wu, wu-
§o; Ad. wo; Ayigbe: wo; Ot. po, n.

nsobe, n. season of the sea. *

nsobii, nsonbii, n. sea-men, sea-people.

psodsen, n. sea-life.

nsofS, n. ebb-tide, v. nso f3, v.

n§Qgbe and nsongbe, n. south, south-ward.

nsohie, n. surface of the sea.

nsoke, nsrok€, n. wave (s. ke).

nsokpakpo, n. sea-lake; bay; cove.

nso-kpo, n. sea-island.

nson = nso mli.

nsona, n. sea-shore.

nSgnamaA — nto. 233

nSgnaman, n. sea-town.

nSomdniQ, n. sea-sickness.

nsQnm^, n. calmness of the sea.

nsQnkotsa, n. sponge.

nsonine, n. sea-arm; ba^; cove.

nsQnlala, n. sea-song.

nsQnlgle, n. sea-yessel.

nsQiklo, n. sea-fish.

n§ODQ, n. surface of the sea = n§ohIe.

nsQnnylelQ, n. passenger in a vesQel.

n^onnylemo, n. sea-voyage.

nsQfinyo, pi. nsgnmei, n. seaman.

nsonyd, going to sea.

nsonsane , nsQnnd , n. matter or thing pertaining to the sea.

nsQse, n. transmarine place or country; comp. kose; maAse

etc. Noni bako dft le eye nsQse, prov. What has never

come before is beyond the sea.
nsQsisi, n. ground of the sea.
nsQsikpon^ n. sealand.
nsQta, nsonta, n. sea-war; -tawu, n. th. s.
nsQta, n. marine.
nsQtabilo, n. mariner.

nsQte, n. stone from the sea; rock in the sea.
nsQwale, n. power of the sea.
nsowo, n. = nsoyimo; ©teigen ber See; = nsonm€, n.

calmness of the sea.
nsQwumOy n. sea-bath, fr. wu nso, v.
nsgyimo, n. flood-tide,
nsroke, s. nsQke; n. wave,
nta (Ot. ata, pi. nta, twin) n. pair; "any thing double; tii-

nta, double-gun; gbe-nta, double way, cross-way etc.

ntanta, adv. by pairs,
ntdn, n. a kind of nets for carrying things in; comp. yd, n.
nti^, n. kick; f§ — , v. inf. ntia-fSi, to kick, to try to kick

io lifting the heel; si — , inf. Atiasimo, to kick.
nti^fS, n. kicking; trying to kick,
ntiaf^lo, n. kicker,
ntiasilg, n. th. s.
ntiasimo, n. kicking,
nto, interrog. particle, not; lat. ne, greek f.irj; nto mike?

Did I not say it? = I certainly said it. Comp. aso,

ani; b^, lo etc.
nto, n. a kind of high and very rough grass; wild sugar-
cane?

234 nto — nA.

nto, n. (Ot. the same) toll, tax, custom, duty; comp. onia;
he nto, V. to take duty; yi nto (or 'to) v. to receive or
pay duty; comp. t§u onia, v.

ntohelo, n. tax-gatherer; tollkeeper.

ntohemQ, n. taxing.

ntohemohe, n. custom-place, custom-house.

ntoyilg, n. tax-gatherer; tax-payer.

ntoyi, n. tax-gathering; tax-paying.

ntf^i, n. gun-stick, rammer.

ntfSn, n. a kind of itcji; do — , v., inf. ntfdndo, to get
the itch.

ntf^ndo, n. itching.

ntf^ndolQ, n. a person having this itch.

ntfemiatse, AtfSntSe, n. th. s.

ntSin, ntsim, n. a kind of food prepared of boiled blood
and pepper.

ntsuma (Ot.) n. a kind of red clay, used for dying (rooms
etc. but also cloth, s. nkobeA, n.).

nu, V. inf. nu and numo^ to perceive; to hear, to
understand; to feel; to smell; to drink; nu ftme, v.
to gather palmnuts; nu tawa, v. to smoke tobacco; nu
ble, V. to smoke a pipe; nu he, v. to hear about; to
feel; nu mli, v. to hear the contents, to hear of s.
th. etc.

nu niian, v. to be inquisitive.

nu, n. water, esp. sweet water or drink-water, comp.
nsQ ; any fluid as such, if only its fluidity shall be signi-
fied, f. i. hlenmein-nu, eyewater, i. e. tears;, wo-nu,
fowl-water, i. e. gravy; soup; he-nu, fluid of any thing;
mh-nu, fluid in any thing, sap; nu i^md, Water fit for
drink, cooking; nu hd, cold water; nu la, hot water;
nu kulokulo, lukewarm water; ye nu, v. to draw water;
nu nu, V. to drink water; fo nu, v. to weep water, i. e.
tears, s. yafonu; fie nu, v. decent expr. to make water;
s. samo ; etc. PI. nui , sometimes used for different kinds
of water, different particles of water, drops, tears etc.,
comp. daf, lai etc.

nu, pi. hi and himei, comp. § 48; n. man, male (s. also
nyo) ; the word is used to indicate the sex of men, ani-
mals and plants ; comp. yO, female and mo, gbomo; wu,
M; t§e, nye, etc.; biniii, son; gbekenu , male child;
okponona, male horse, stallion; abolobatSonU, male bread-
leaf-tree etc. nu mo or numo, pi. hi medii, himedSi;
n. old man; used as title of honour to high persons,

na*afua — nuSiSl 285

as kings etc. (Comp. ^Sire"^ in French and Engl.); fe

no, y. to make a man, to behave as a man, to be a man

{„Un SKann mcL6)tn'0. AcL nymnu, n. Ot obaiima, n.
nu-afua, n. flood of water,
nuba, n. water-plant,
nublage, n. water-tub.

nubu, n. water-hole, tank, well; comp. hletoiei, n.
nubudse, n. well-digging, fr. dl^e nubn, y. to dig a well.
nubudselQ, n. well-digger.

nudsQ, n. water-ditch; yaUey containing a brook ; aqueduct,
nufemo, n. manhood, fr. fe nQ, y.; brayery = ekS, n.
nufomQ, n. weeping tears; hIeAmeinufomo, n. th. s.
nuHemQ, n. pouring out of water^ making wat^r; fr. fie

nu, y.
nugbe> n. water-pot.
nuhase, n. water-cask.
nUhe, n. penis (decent expression, s. yOhe).
nuhle, n. surface of water; D^D^^D.
nuhd, nu hd, n. cold water,
nuhomo, n. scarcity of water (lit. water-hunger),
nuke, n. water-waye.
nukpulu, n. water-jug; pitcher,
nukpunkpd , water-barreL
nukuli, n. water-drop,
nula or nu la (and nu ke la) n. hot water,
nulo, n. drinker; hearer etc. fr. nu, y.
numo or nu mo and nu momo, n. pi. h! medsi, old man.
numo, n. drinking; hearing; feeling, perceiying etc. s. nu, y.
nun = nu mli.
nuna, n. waters edge; shore,
nunlo, n. water-animal,
nunma, n. food-water (?); drink-water,
nuno, n. surface of water = nuhle, n.
nunu, redupl. y. of nu, y.
nunulQ, n. waterdrinker.
nunumg, n. waterdrinking.
nuse, n. behind or beyond the water, comp. nsQse^ manse,

fase, kose etc.
nUsu and
uusuban, n. male-, manly character; s. hianiifemo, nu-

femo, n.
nufSmQ, n. sprinkling of water; watering; fr. i% nu, y.
nusiSi, n. ground, bottom of water; muddy water at tlie

bottom.

236 noSiSikpQtQ — Aw el.

nuSiSikpotOy n. muddy water at the bottom.

nute, n. water-stone; drip-atone.

nuJtOf n. water-bottle (generally a callabasb-flask) ; water-
bladder; 8. SSmotQ.

nutSamo, n. digging for water; s. nubudSe, n.

nutse, n. possessor of water (a well f. i.).

natso, pi. -tSei, n. male-rod (more decent than hflmo).

nuwO, nunwO, n. patting in water.

nuye, n. water-drawing, water-fetching.

nuyelo, n. water-drawer; water-carrier.

nulami (=: nwei-la-bi =: high-ligbt-child , comp. nsoroma in
Otyi) n. star. Comp. also holami in AdA. ; and hu-
lami, n.

nulamiiaheniile, n. astropomy.

nulamiiaheniilelo , n. astronomer.

nulan, pi. nulal, adj. shining, bright (perhaps connected
with nulami; = starry).

nwa, V. to disregard; to contemn, insult = nyaft, t. comp.
also kwa.

'nwan, onwan, n. fool; = bulu.

nwane, n. doubt; difference of opinion; uncertainty; d§e-,
y. inf. nwanedse, to dispute; to doubt; ke m. k. d§e-,
V. to dispute with s. b. (Comp. gye akyine in Ot and
dse n5 in Adn.)

nwanedSe, n. doubt; dispute; difference of opinion; Ot.
akyihgye.

nwanedselg, n. doubter; disputer; sceptic.

Awdnwli, n. wonder; astonishment (Ot.), surprise; ye — ,▼•
to be surprising, astonishing; comp. fe y&, h!e fe yd;
na kpe he; he ds6, v. etc.

nwdtMwSitd, adj. and adv. speckled; nw6tSAw§tg , adj.
th. s.

iiwei, n. heaven (comp. Nyonmo; Ot. osoro Ad. hiom,
hyom); height; adv. on high; up; above; upstairs
etc. ; contrary sisi ; sikpoh ; heaven and earth ; ba — , v.
to come to heaven; be — , v. s. ye Awei; d§e Awei,
V. to come from above; aux. v. used = from above;
se nwei, v. to reach to heaven; to reach heaven; §i — ,
V. to knock at heaven, to reach to heaven; comp. esp.
the expression : keya§i Awei, =i= to heaven; ta nwei, v.
to sit above, — — in heaven; to touch heaven; te
nwei, s. ya Awei; tSu — , v. to send up; wo Awei, v.
to sleep upstrairs; ya Awei, v. perf. aor. and fuU tense:
te Awei, to go up; to go to heaven; comp. e»p. the

nwei-asafo — nyftflmo. 28T

expr. ke-ya nwei, ke te nwei, ke-ale nwei, == (go) to
heaven; ye nwei, neg. be nwei; aux. y. to be up, above,
in heaven ; imperf. yo nwei ; etc. Comp. also no , yitefi,
hie, n.

nwei-asafo, n. host of heaven.

nweibd, n coming to heaven; coming up.

fiweibi, n. child of heaven.

nweibo, n. creation of heaven.

nweibolg, n. creator of heaven.

nweibumo == hlebumo, n. cloudy weather fr. nwei bu, v.

nweidsen, n. heavenly world; heavenly life; s. dSeii, v.

nweigbe, n. way to heaven.

nweigbe, n. voice of heaven.

fiweiha = nweibumo.

nweihie, n. face of heaven.

nweila, n. heavenly light.

nweilabi, s. nulami, n.

Aweimantseyeli, n. kingdom of heaven.

nweimo, pi. — mei; n. heavenly person.

nweiniiyeli, n. heavenly inheritance.

nweino , pi. — nii, n. heavenly thing.

hweisihilehe, n. heavenly dwelling-place.

nweita = nwei-asafo, n. heavenly host.

Dweitsemo, =: dsentsemg, n. clear weather fr. nwei tSe,
V. = dsen tse, v.

nweiya, n. going to heaven; ascension.

nweiyeli, n. heavenly inheritance.

nweiyin, n. heavenly mind.

nwgtinwgte = nwatShwStd, adj. speckled.

Words not found under ny- may be sought for under
ni- and nyi-.

ny^, V. inf. nyamo, pronounced with elevation of voice,
to exult, to rejoice (over s. b. or s. th.), to triumph;
nya! rejoice!

nyS, inf. nya, v. obscene word: cacare. See wa, wa nane,
ya kona, t§ono, t§d he, ya dfeiah, -nii ase etc. Comp.
nyla, v.

ny§, nySnyS, adv. (Ot. th. s.) slowly.

nydfl or nyafg, inf. nydflmo, v. to disregard, despise, con-
temn; to use spitefully; comp. nwS; na yi, ffi yi; li,
gbe heguo, s. etc. «

nySfllo, n. spiteful, disregarding person.

nydfimQ, n. disregard; spite, despite.

338 nyhlQ — nySnydfttSalo.

nyMo, n. exnlter; tiiumpher fr. nyh, v.

nytoo, D. exultation; rejoicing; triumph fr. uyk, r.

nykmo, v. inf. th. s. to UcIl; to bathe, to foment; to bathe
a wound, boil or sore, generally with hot water; -fla,
to bathe a sore etc. ; to cast a bad look on a. b. =r kpe
m. k.; nyemo, th. a.

nyamo, n. bathing, fomentation; evil eye.

nySnfi, inf. nyftAfimo, v. (= nyaAe, which see) ; to diailgm^;
— h!e, to disfigure the face; to make an ugly face; to
express disgust; — na, v. to disfigure the mouth etc.

nyfinSnyftfid , ady. swarmingly, of the movement of worms,
vermin etc.; nyle — , v. to swarm or walk swarmingly;
roughly = sakasaka, bisibasa etc.

nySnSmo, n. disfiguring; expression of disgust.

nySne, inf. nySAemo (sometimes nySge, -mo nyfinke, nySftke-
mo), V. to be disgusting, ugly; to disgust, abhor; to ex-
press disgust; to make ugly; he nySifie m. k., v. to be
disgusting, to disgust or abhor one's self; mihe nySftemi,
I disgust myself; nySAe he, inf. henySftemo, th. s.; nyafte
hie, V. to disgust one's face.

nySnelo, n. a person disgusting or abhorring s. th.

nySnemo, n. disgust, abhorrence; dirtiness; fe or ye nyflAe-
mo, V. to be dirty, disgusting.

nyankesfi , n. a plant with rough leaves used for cleansing
things.

Nyankoa (Ot. =% God's slave, God's servant fr. Nyome and
akoa), n. pr. of persons.

nyankuntori, n. a kind of trees (rainbow-tree, fr. nyankoA-
ton, Ot. rain-bow); nyofimosatSo, th. s.

nySny§nya, adj. and adv. sour; acid; fe — , ye — , v. to
be sour.

nyafemo, and

ny9ny9femo, n. slowliness.

nySnySnySfemo, n. sourness; acidity.

nyanyata, n. a plant used as medicine and charm.

nydnydfv, pi. nydny6d§i, n. tooth; kpe ny8ny5d^i aSiSi, v.
fo gnash the teeth; i^a nySnyOdSi ano, v. to cleanse the
teeth; comp. tebi, tSld, n.

nydnyddSianosamo, n. toothcleansing; s. tfi, n.

nyftnyddSianosamokoti^a, n. sponge or bark for cleansing the
teeth; s. takot§a, n.

nydnyddSiasiSikpemo, n. gnashing of teeth.

nyfinydfikakao, n. tooth-ache. *

nySinydntSalo, n. dentist.

nyonyonffi — nycbi. 239

D^onyoMS, nygnyoMdmo, nyanyddSifamQ, n. taking out of
a tooth.

nye, n. and adv. yesterday.

nye se or nyese, n. day before yesterday.

nye, pi. nyemei (Ot. nS), n. mother; generally used of
every married woman in speaking to her; comp. t§e, ni,
na, hi etc. also biianye, bienye; awo, n. Wdnye, hfiwo
nu w(Jnu! aKuttcrd[icn ! ®tbun5 ctmodSBaffcr jumJrinfen!

nye, pron. you, ye; your; the same if standing indepen-
dently or in the subjective, objective or possessive rela-
tion; comp. § 21 and 34. Ad. th. s., Ot. mu.

nyedientsemei, yourselves.

nyefe, all of you.

nyehe, yourselves (relative).

nyehu, you also.

nyeno (s. n5, n.), yours.

nyenon, even you.

nyekeke, only you.

nyg, inf. nySmo, v. to be able; to can; to hold, to con-
tain. The construction of this verb is somewhat diffi-
cult, as it cannot, like ^le'^ be construed with' the infini-
tive of the verb expressing the action, one is able to do,
but this verb must either stand in the same tense as
„ny^" or in another tense; the object of this action
may stand betwixt both or follow them, comp. the fol-
lowing instances: MinyS mlfe or manyg mafe, I am able
to do or make; manye nakai mafe, or mlnyS mlfe nakai
or manyS ake mafe nakai, manyg ake mifeo nakai, I am
able to do thus; miny§n nii ne matsu, I cannot do this
work ; minyeg ene maye, I cannot eat this (comp. milee
ene yeli, th. s.).

nye, s. nyie, v. to walk.

nye, nye, inf. nye, v. to hate; sometimes nye he, th. s.
(comp. henyelo == nyelo, n. enemy).

ny^, n. hatred; enmity.

nyebebg, adv. already yesterday; s. b6be, adv.

nyebi, pi. -bii, n. motherchild (comp. tSebi and hi), full
brother or sister (®ef(j^n)ifict). To be bom of one mo-
ther is considered a more intimate affinity, than of one
father; wherefore nyebi and tsebi, mother's child and
father's child, are sometimes put into contrast. Comp.
„nyemi", and the very similar relations and views in
the old Testament and among nations, where polygamy
exists, in general.

240 nyebii — nyeAnyeAtflbolo-

njrebii, pL n. people of ;)re8terda^; comp. Amenebii, n.

nyede, n. hand, power of the mother.

nyedSoroo, n. mothers blessing.

nyegbe, n. mothers voice; s. gbe, n.; mother-murder, s.
gbe, V.

nyebedoy n. mothers love.

Dyelala, n. mothers song.

nyel&, n. mothers bloodr

nyglo, n. able, powerfal person, fr. ny5, v.; comp. hc-
walQ, n.

nyelO) n. hater; enemy.

nyelomo, n. mothers curse.

nyemaii, n. mother-town; mothers town^ home.

nyemei, pi. of nye, mother.

nyemeiamodenbo, n. motherly zeal, diligence, care.

nyemi (from nyebi, which see), pi. nyemimei, n. Ad. th. s.
and mami; Ot. nua; brother or sister, ®ef0wif}er.
Whilst nyebi excludes any other relation, nyemi indndes
relationship in general and is used for relations of the
same age very extensively (comp. t§e, nye, hi etc.); as
in Hebrew. Nyemi as nanyo is frequently used to* indi-
cate general brotherhood or fellowship.

nyemibi, n. ©rubetdfinb, @(3b»efierfinb; 3?effc, dliifU; ne-
phew, niece.

nyemihedo, n. brotherly love; q>iXai€lg)Ut, Stubetliebe.

nyemihesane, n. brothers palaver, concern.

nyemimeiabo, n. brotherhood.

nyemimeiabi, n. ®efdS)n)iftetItnb, nephew or niece.

nyeminQ, pi. nyemimeiht, n. brother.

nyeminukpa, n. elder brother or sister.

nyemiyO, pi. nyemimeiyei, n. sister.

nyemiyomQ, n. brotherly acknowledgement.

nySmo, inf. ny^mo, v. to grope; s. nyiemo, v. and its
compounds.

nyemo, n. ability, power, possibility; comp. hewale; he-
gbe, n.

nySmg, v. = nySmo, v. to bath, foment.

nyene, inf. -mo, v. to twist (f. i. a rope).

nyennyentfi, n. bad, profligate life; bo — , v. to lead a
profligate life; adj. profligate.

nyennyefitfibi or hi nyennyentfi, n. prodigal son.

nyennyentfibo, n. profligacy; debauchery; comp. ahofibs, n.
§itfiamo> n.

nyeiinyeMfibolo, n. profligate person; debaucher.

nyera and nyeram — nyd inli. 241

nyera and nyeram, y. inf. nyeramo, to daxzle; to be bright,
nyeram, nyeramnyer^m, adj. and adv. dazzling, bright;

brightly,
nyeramg, n. dazzling; brightness,
nyia, v. inf. nyia, obscene (corroboration of nya, v.); to

have diarrhoea; comp. rousuii iSd, v.
ny!e, inf. nylemo, v. to walk (= nante); — gbe, inf.

gb^ylemo, v. to travel; — nSo hie, inf. nSohlenylemo, v.

to travel by sea ; nyle heSiba mli, v. to walk in humility ;

nyle ke-ya, v. to walk to s. place; nyle ke-ba, v. th. s.

etc. etc.; nyie nane no, inf. nanenonyiemo, v. to goon

foot,
nyle dSale na, v. to walk straight, righteously; inf. dSale-

nanylemo.
nyle he, — hewo, v. to walk about; inf. henylemo.
nyle hamo, v. to walk before, in advance; inf. hfimonylemo.
nyle hie, v. to walk before; inf. hlenyfemo.
nyle mli, v. to walk in s. th.
nyle na, v. to walk along, according to etc.
nyie no» v. to walk upon, over etc.
nyle se, v. to walk after, to follow; to persecute; inf. se-

nylemo.
nyle sese, v. to go or walk backward; inf. sesenyiemo.
nyie §i, v. to walk on the ground (=r nyle Sikpon); to

walk on the belly; — on hands and feet; to grovel,
nyle m. k. sisi, v. inf. §i§inyiemo, to speak (ill) of s. b.

behind his back; to think or act bad against s. b.; to

seek one's harm, fall ; ye m. k. Sisi, v. th. s.
nylelo, n. walker; traveller,
nylemo, v. to grope, to feel with the hands; s. nySmo, v.

th. s.
nylemo he, v. to grope, to feel about,
nylemo mli, v. to grope, to feel inside,
nylemo §i, v. to lie with hands and knees on the gronnd,

to feel the ground, inf; Sinylemo.
nylemo §iSi, v. to grope or feel the ground ; the bottom etc.
nylemo, n. walking; travelling,
nylemokotoku, n. travelling bag.

nylemotso, pi. -tSei, n. walkiqg-stick; = dehlemotSo, n.
ny5, inf. ny5, ny(^mo, v. to sink, to fall; to fall in battle,

to be slain; comp. gbe, gbe §i, v.; kdmo Si, v.
nyd hie, v. to fall on the face.
nyO hlegbo, v. to fall forward,
nyd mli, v. to fall into, in.

Zimmermajiii, Akra-Vocab. '^^

242 nyd no — nydn.

nyd no, v. to fall upon.

nyd so or segbe, v. to fall back.

nyd si, v. to sink or fall do^n; to go down, to set (also
used of the sun).

nyd si§i, v. to fall under s. th.

nyd, nydn (pi. nyonyon?), n. night; adv. at nighttime; the
contrary of fine, n.

nyddsiahdlo (not used), n. slave-dealer, s. nydft.

nyddsiatso, n. debtor; a person full of debts; s. nyomg
and nyomotse; possessor of slaves, s. nydd, n.

nyd, n. falling, sinking, going down, setting; fall.

nydmo, n. th. s. but seldom used; s. sifiemo (fall of many).

nydmo, pi. nyddsi, n. (lit. falling, fall, s. nyd, y.) debt;
duly; wages; dse nydmo, v. to deduct a debt; to take
a pledge; h!e — , v. inf. nydmohlemo, to owe, to be in
debt ; mlhlel^ nydmo darei oh^, I owe him hundred dol-
lars; bo — , inf. nydmobo» v. and md nydmo, v. inf«
nydmomdmo, to get indebted, into debts; ye — , inf.
nydmoyeli, th. s.; wo nydmo, inf. nyomowd, to pay a
debt; to pay the wages; to pay; to repay; to punish;
ko he dse m. k. nyomo, v. to keep aloof from s. b., etc.

nydmobimo, n. asking in debts.

nydmodse, n. taking of a pledge (by force); s. awoba, n.

nydmondSlemo, n. deduction of a debt.

nydmohlemo, n. owing; indebtedness.

nydmohlelo, = nydmotse, n. debtor.

nydmomd, and

nydmomdmo, n. getting into debts.

nydmotse, pi. -tsemei, n. debtor; s. nyddSiatso.

nydmowd, n. paying; payment; wages; repayment; punish-
ment.

nyomowdbe, n. time of paying.

nydmo wodsiemo, n. deduction from payment.

nyomowolo, n. payer.

nydn = nyd, n. night; = nyd mli, in the night, at night-
time.

nydn, pi. nyddsi (fr. the verb nyd; comp. also nydmo; the
word seems to stand instead of nydlo, debtor, comp.
won, n.), n. slave. It is however seldom used, slaves
being either called tsud§i, servants, or bii, children; Ot.
akoa, n.

nydn, pi. nyddsi, n. moon; f. i. nydn ed§e, v. the moon
shines; comp. nydntsere, month; nydn di^e, the month
begins; — gbo, the month dies, is finished.

DydAdSe — nyonmofimo. ^ 243

nydndS^y n. moonshine; s. nyoii dSe; beginning of a month.
n^ondSenii, pi. monthly wages, — allowance; comp. nydii-

niiyenii, pi. n. Ad. huIamidSenii, th. s.
nydngbele, n. end of a month, s. ny5n gbo, v.
nyonkpemOy n. = nyontSerekpemo, n. moon-light, ^oiib**

nyonm^, pi. nyonmaf, num. ten; nyonma ke ekome, eleven;
— kfi efnyo, twelve; — ke ete, thirteen etc. nyonmai
enyo, twenty; — ete, thirty etc. s. § 35.

nyonlo, adv. at once; mafo mihie mafe — , I will try and
do it at once.

Nyonmo (without plural-form), pr. n. God (Ot. Nyame
and Nyankdpon; Adn. and Ayigbe: Mawu). As God is
considered the spirit or soul of heaven, or heaven the
face (s. Nyonmo hie) or outward appearance of God,
Nyonmo is also used for heaven, f. i. Nyonmo ke si-
kpon, heaven and earth, the latter also being considered
a personal being or deity; comp. Awei, n.; and as rain-
ing, lightening, thundering are considered direct (acts
of God and therefore not expressed by impersonal
verbs), Nyonmo seems to be used for „raio", though
his personality is never lost sight of, comp. N. ne, God
rains, it rains; N. tue, God begins to rain; N. fS, v.
G. drizzles; N. ba, G. (or rain) comes; N. Si, G. knocks,
i. e. it is thundering etc. „Ani Nyonmo aba? Milee,
ledsi onukpa, efeo bofSbo ni esumoo, lit. Will God
(rain?) come? 1 don't know; he is the highest, he does
whatever he likes.^ Instead of Nyonmo sometimes Na-
nyonmo, sometimes Mawu and sometimes Nyonmo Mawu
is used; here and there also Tse Nyonmo, father God
and Ata Nyonmo, th. s., and even simple wotse» wofe
wotse, our father, the father of us all (^Qioatet) etc.

Many animals, plants and other thipgs have names which
are combinations of the name of God, in Gh as well * as
in the related languages (comp. in Germ. ,,<^errgottd^
to5flclein^ „®ottegtuf>4)en^ etc.).

Nyonmo-abolo, n. the Lords supper; = nyontsoniiyenii.

Nyonmo-bd, n. coming of rain.

Nyonmo-bi, n. son, child of God.

nyonmobiet^ ((h. s. as the foil.), n. carrion kite (^a^geicr);
s. op^te, n. akShma, n. akpSna, n. th. s.

nyonmobitete, n. Ih. s.

nyonmobitete, n. (lit. „God's first bom child'') swallow.

nyonmofdmo, n. drizzling; s. N. fd, v.

244 iryonmohle — nyoAtSerekpemo.

nyoAmohle, n.lit. God's face; visible heaven, s. Awri b!e, v.

Nyonmo-kita, n. oath by God.

nyonmonemo, n. raining; rain.

nyonmonkrakro, n. scorpion.

NyoAmo-kpamo, n. ceasing of rain, fr. N. kpa» v. to cease

raining.
Nyofimo-kpemo, n. lightening.

nyoninomaA, n. city, people or land of God; kingdom of God.
nyonmonte, n. (lit. God's stone) hail,
^yonmo-namo, n. swearing by God; s. na,. v.
nyoiimonu, n. rain-water (s. Nyonmo); s. nana, n.
nyonmosatSo, pi. -tSei, n. (lit. God's bedstead) a tree of

peculiar form, s. nyaMnfiton, n.
nyonmosimo, n. thundering, fr. N. Si, v.

Nyonmo-srawa, n. lightening, 93U^.

nyonmotSinS (lit. Gods cow), n. giant beetle.

nyonmotuemo, n. beginning of rain, s. N. tue, v.

Nyonmo-§Ia, n. house of God, s. sTa, n.

Nyonmo-tSu, n. house of God, temple, juoo^, chapel; s.

tsu, n.
Nyonmo we, n. house of God, temple, including yards etc.,

tegov.
Nyonmo-wiemo , n. word of God.
Nyonmo-yeli, n. being of God; rule of God.
nyOnnii, and
nyOnnii, pi. n. night-things, i. e. bribe, because given at

night-time; things pertaining to night.
nyOnniitsumo, n. night-work,
nydnniiyenii, pi. n. monthly food, i. e. provision for slaves,

bond-people and servants etc.; s. nyondSenii, pi. n.
nyonnd, pi. -nil, n. s. th. pertaining to moon, month, or

to slaves. ^

nydnna, pi. nyddsi hT, n. male slave,
nydhnye, n. -nyemei, mother of a slave; mistress (of a

slave), s. nydntSe, nydd§iat§e, nyontSo, n.
nyOnnyiemo, n. night-travelling.

nyonnyielo, n. person travelling at nighttime; nightwalker..
nydntsere, n. moon, comp. nydn and dSetseremo and tSe,

tsere, v.; nydntSere d§e, Vi = nydA dSe, to be moon-
light; — ye emu, v. to be fullmoon.
nyontseredse, n. moonlight.
nyontSerekpemo, n. th. s., moonshine; s. nydnkpemo, n.

and kpe, v.

nyohtSe — nyilmu. 245

nyoAtse, n. father, possessor of a slave, master; s. ny6-
dsiatSe, n. and

nyontsQ, nuntSo, nyoMsg, nontSo (perh. = nyShtse, slave-
father, slave-possessor, corop. nyddSiatSe), n^ master, lord
(sometunes also like mistress, lady); comp. the Otyi
words: owiira, awura, also used in GS; yc nyontSo, inf.
nyont§oyeli, to be master, to master; to lord over; to
rule 0/$crcf^en'0; — fio» Hltle master, young master.
Ad. th. s. and mawetSe, awetSe, wetse* n.

Nyontso-ba, n. the coming of the Lord.

nyontsQbi, n. masters child; youngmaster, -mistress.

nyontsQgbl, n. the Lords day.

nyontsoman, n. Lords-town, — people.

nyontSomon, n. masters house, — palace.

nyontsoniiyenii, pl.n. the Lords supper; = Nyonmo abolo,n.

nyontSond, pi. -nii, n. thing, possession, property of the
master.

nyontsQniitgumQ, n. masters business, — work.

nyontSond, n. masters wife, mistress; s. awura, n.

nyontsQsane, n. masters palaver.

nyontsQse» n. (behind) the back of the master..

nyontsQsuomQ, n. masters service.

nyontsQtSu, n. masters room.

nyontsowe, n. master's house.

nyontsQweku, n. master's family.

nyontsQwiemo, n. masters word.

nyontsQw5, n. giving of the mastership; comp. wo nyontso, v,

nyontsQyeli, n. ruling, mastership; government; lording

nyontsQyelibe, n. time of government etc.
nyontSoyelihe, n. governmentsplace; — seat; s. lumoyeli,

maiatSeyeli etc.
nyontsoyelisane, n. palaver about mastership, government,

power over s. th. or s. b.
nydntSu, n. slave's room or house,
nydnweku, n. slaves-family,
nyoiiyeli, n. slavery.

nyoikyelibe, n. time of slavery. ^

nyonyelihe, n. place of slavery.
nydnyO, pi. ny(Miyei, nyodsiyei^ n. female slave,
nyu — , 8. nyo — •
nyumu. Ad. n. = nu, man.
. nyu, n. AdA. water = nu in GS.
nyumuy Ad. n. = nubu, welU

246 6 — obM.

O.

The initial letter „o*^ is in Otyi and partly also in
Gk used as initial augment to indicate personality, as
^a** impersonal indiyidoality and ^^n la m^ oolleetifjlty;
if a possess, pronominal augment precedes the novns,
^0** is generally ommitted, as also in some other ^eaaes,
wherefore words not to be found under «o**, may be
sought for under the next following consonant. See
§ 13. 14.

0! interj. oh! o! ah! alas! Added to some names, as

Kwatei o! = he! comp. e6\
0-, pronominal possessive and subjective initial augment

of the second pers. sing., thou; thine; comp. bo and

Ot. wo, wu, Adii. and Ayigbe o; Ad. mo.
-o, pronominal objective (terminational) augment of the sec.

prs. sing., thee; Ad. th. s. and mo.
'o- = wo, pron. we; our.
.Q == -TUTQ, pron. us; Ad. th. s.
-0, Ad. definit. article = le in G9.
-o, is added = d§i, dsio for the conj. whether; — 0,

wheter-or; Ot. the s. f. i. eebao elMiAo, miiee, whether

he will come or not, I don't know.
-0, deminutive termination, f. i. pempeo, pi. -pdiii, etc.
obent^, n. a kind of musical instmmeiit consisting of a

stringed bow which is stricken in playing.
obisU n. rat (of a very large size),
obisibu, -ilo, n. rats-hole.

obisilo, n. rats-flesh (eaten by some people here).
obla, 'bla, n. youth, youlhfulness, youthful strength, beauty,

wantonness, etc. (s. oblahlaA, oblayeian, oblanyo, obhyo

and the verbs bla in GS and bra in Otyi); obla m. k.

mli, V. to be full of picture and joy of yooth; to be

wanton,
oblafo, n. (Ot.) executioner; assistant of fetfoh-priests, who

has to kill the animals for sacrifices etc.
oblai, n. rheumatism, rheumatic swelling,
oblahlan, n. youth, age of youth, s. oblayeiaA; gbek^i-

a§i etc.
oblai§3, n. dislocation or distortion of a limb,
oblahlanii, pi. n. youthful things, behaviour etc.
oblahianiifemQ, n. youthful behaviour, -doing, -act.
oblan, pi. obla!, n. strong, stout or large person; giant;

dse — and gba — , v. to be strong etc.

oblandSe — odase. 247

obSgbamo I "• """«*''' "»"tn«88-

oblsuiyo, pi. oblahl, n. youth, lad, young man.

oblanyodSen, n. character of a young man.

oblanyofemo, n. youthfulness, behaviour of a young man.

oblaASimo, n. behaviour of youth; s. obla and obia Si m. k.
mli, V.

oblayO, pL oblayei, n. virgin, maid, grown up girl; young
v^oman.

oblayod§eA, n. character of a maid, girl; s. d§e and d§eh, v.

oblayeian, n. virginhood, maidenhood, youthful age of wo-
men, comp. oblahlaA,. n.

oblayeiand, pi. -nii, n. some thing pertaining to girls.

oblayeianiifemo , n. maidenlike behaviour.

oblekii^ n. a bird with a voice like a cuckoo.

oblempdfi, n. a kind of officer of state ; a rich, noble per-
son, s. ablade, n.

oblgtu, n. cloudy heaven, cloudy weather; — wo, v. it is
cloudy; heaven is covered.

oblQtuwO, n. cloudiness.

obd, obdbd, ob5b5bd, the reduplication used as plur. form,
adj. and adv. full; comp. yi, v. to, mSmSimS, emu, adj.
and adv.; n. fulness; wq — , v. to fill; inf.

obowO, n. filliDg, fulness = yimo, n.

obgfo, 'b.Qfo, p. (OU) messenger; angel; apostle; Ad. IsqIq,
n. th. 8. Comp. also somafo, n. in Otyi.

obohlma. n. a kind of sickness, producing green spots iA
the flesh; verdigris.

ob6nu, n. the large war drum and the instruments belong-
ing to it; s. mils, dsO, kete, obent^, ble, sankQ etc.

obonuyi, n. drumming with the war drum.

obubuafo, n. broken, crippled person (Ot. th. s. fr. bubu, v.
to break).

obudan, adj. foolish; s. bulu, kwasi^, kolo etc.

obutu, n. load; f. i. able — , a load of corn.

odd (s. Ot. da, v. to lie), n. a large reddish lizard dwel-
ling on and in the walls of seatowns; s. tsunyg and .
odinmolo, n.

odakr^o, n. a kind of lizards.

Odale, prop, noun of females.

odanta (Ayigbe-word), n. under-dress of women, = boi, n. ;
also used of that of men = tekle, n.

odase (Ot. adanse), n. witness, testimony; ye *— , v. to
witness; inf. odaseyeli.

248 odase kddoA — ofoildQ.

odase kddoA, n. false (crooked) witness; = od^tselftft, n.

odasefo, -fonyo, pi. -foi, n. witness.

odasefobimo, n. questioning of a witness.

odaseyeli, n. witness, witnessing; testimony.

odaseyelikita, n. witness-oath.

odaseyelilo, odaseyelo = odasefo, bat seldom med, n.

witness,
odehe (Ot. dehye), n. free, noble person; comp. heyriilo

and ye he, v.
odehebi, n. a child of a free or nobleman, free by birth,
odlnmolo, n. a kind of lizards living in human haMtations,

but considered poisonous; comp. oda, tSunye, maAkpan,

mampam etc.
odol, n. a kind of sea-fish, dolphin (?); 8. atf, n.
od6no, n. smallest kind of drums; yi — , v. to drum.
oddnti, n. cotton; wick; also = wiki, n.
odontikpa, n. cotton-thread,
oddntilo, n. cotton-weaving,
oddntilolo, n. cotton-weaver,
oddntimama, n. cotton-cloth; s. kente, n.
od6ntitsdlQ, n. cotton-spinner.
od6ntitSdmo, n. cotton-spinning.
od6ntit§o, pi. -tSei, n. cotton-tree; -shrub, -plant.
odSe! (for men) odse ko! (for women) morning salutation;

answ. Ya edSa! etc.
odsogba, odSegba; odSogbdn, 'dSogba, adv. well, good.
dUso, n. men-stealing; kidnapping. Ot. th. s.; tfa — , v.

to kidnap.
od§otfa, n. kidnapping.
odSotfalo, n. kidnapper,
ofe, n. and adj. (fr. fe, to be more); high, powerful, mighty,

almighty (person); s. agb6; hewalQ etc. NyoAmo ofi^,

God almighty,
ofe, n. a fruit similar to coffee.
ofet§o, pi. -tsei, n. tree bearing it.
oflo, n. a season of the year after the harmatan and before

the first rainy season, s. otSokrikri.
oflote, ofrote (Ot. th. s.), n. a large antelope of the sise

of a hart.
of6, n. black monkey (Ot. th. s.).
of6, n. forage; spoil, plunder; ye — , v. inf. ofdyeli, to

forage; to plunder (provisions); comp. M nom, ha, v.
ofoi, n. horsefly; Sremfe.
ofoiblQ , n. ^liegeniDe&ef ; a small broom to drive away flies.

ofdyeli — okpldheiamo. 249

ofdyeli, n. foraging.

ofdyelilo, -yelg, n. forager.

ofie! Salutation in the evening; "answ. Yft edSal or Yft
enal etc.

Ogb6, pr. n. of children bom after a brother or sialer de-
ceased (lit. „thou diedst^); s. gbobalo, Own etc.

ogbolele, n. shark; ^aifif^.

Ogidigidi, n. epithet of God: Confaser, thanderer (used
during thunder-storms); s. gidigidi, adj.

oh^, pi. oh^i, 'ha, 'hai, num. (n.) hmidred; ohai enyo, two
hundred ; ohai ete, ohai edfe etc. Comp. § 35 and haha,
num. Ad. and Ay. lafa.

oh^hS (= oh^ oh^), num. 'by hundreds.

ohe, n. kind of gum; copal.

ohehelo, n. copal-buyer.

ohehemo, n. copal-buying.

ohedsrayeli, n. copal-trade.

oheterelo, n. copal-carrier.

ohet§o, pi. -tSei, n. tree producing it.

ohia, 'hia, Ot. Ih. s., n. poverty; fr. hia, v.; ohla ehlale,
he is pressed by poverty.

ohiafoy Ot. th. s., n. poor man, poor person; used as ap-
position = adj. poor. ^Ohlafo be nanyo,** the poor has
no friend, prv.

Oho, ohOh6, adv. no (comp. nhfti"^ th. s. in the suabian
dialect ot German).

ohyeo (Ot.), n. hot bread.

okadi, 'kadi^ (fr. kadi, v. to sign), n. sign; mark.

okadinma, n. jnaking signs, marking.

okeyo, n. „hide and seek" play of children.

okes, okesi, n. roll-tobacco, as imported by the Portuguese.

Ok^s, Okesi, n. Portugal; -ablot§iri, n. th. s.; -nyo, pi. bii,
Portuguese.

okgle, n. a large bird of the eagle kind.

okplem (Ot. 'prgmo), n. cannon; tfa — , v. to fire a cannon.

okplemte, n. cannonball.

okplemtunte^ n. th. s.

okplemtfa, n. firing of cannon.

okplemtfalo, n. gunner.

okpld, n. (Ot. opron) table; feast; Ame or ftmo — , v. to
spread the table, to make a feast; sa okpld, v. to pre-
pare the table; ta — he, v. to sit at table.

okpldhetamg, -tramg, n. sitting at table.

250 okpUttmi — mMl

oJ^ldAmfy -AiDO, D. table-spreadiDg; maUag of a fcart;
hospitality.

okpldMoiOy B. preparation of the table.

okpo, D. clob; s. kpoli, n. th. s. in tiokpoti, n.

okp6, B. dore; pigeon; ». konkpo, koae-okpo, wiriol^ ete.

okpofansi, n. a kind of aeafish.

okpoti^Qy n. dore's cot.

okropoA, oklopoA, pL okropol, Irop., n. (Ot. th. s.) a kind
of eagles.

okokaba, n. a boah-animaL

oknlii, n. widow-hood, comp. abia; Ot. okona ; fe — , j.
to be widowed.

okolafemo, n. widowhood.

oknlafo, n. widower; widow.

okalafoDfl, n. widower.

oknlafoaane, n. palaver of a widow.

okulafojd and yd okolafo, n. widow.

ole^ono, n. aand-bank.

olenleAmd, n. dry, waste, barren place.

0I0WO9 n. leopard; comp. kotie, hieAmalQ, mlantfi etc.
th. s.

omanje (Ot.?), n. peace, happiness, joy, grace, loving-
kindness, kindness etc.; pnbUe acts of this kind; festi-
vals, weddings, etc. The word is especially .used by
rdigioas people and rdigioos things. Comp. hediloie in
Gd and nia, y. and ye, v. in Otyi. Omanye aba or Tfa
omanye aba! (s. tfa, y.) Let peace come! Answer:
Omanye bal peace come! Salutation used esp* by fetish-
priests and priestesses, public speckers etc.

omd, n. rice.

omdkao, n. rice-cakes.

omdwonn, n. rice-soup.

omdhOmo and

omOdOmOy n. cultiyation of rice.

omdAmd, n. rice plantation.

omunkuA or

omlukuA, omluga, n. cloudiness = oblotu ; dSen eSi omnn-
kun, it is cloudy.

onia, or onyla, n. tribute, toll, tax; comp. nto; tsu onia, y.
to exact, gather, or pay tribute, inf. onlati&umo.

onlatsu, n. custom-house.

onlatdulo, n. tax-gatherer; — payer.

onlatilumo, n. tax-gathering; tax-paying.

on^fu, n. serpent, snake; s. fiikpS, and Sin5, th. s.

onufabo — <omu. 261

onafiibO) ODufii-ebQ, n. poison of a snake.

onufukd, n. bite of a snake.

onukpa, 'nukpa (perh. = na kpakpa , good man , eomp. Ot.
opanyin, opanyini) n. old man, elder; alderman; grandee
of a town, land or nation; principal; ruler; magistrate;
irst of a company etc. adj. old, dder, eldest; mioyemi
nukpa, my elder or eldest brother; ye onukpa, y. to be
old, elder, eldest; ye m. k. onakpa, r. to be elder than
s. b. ; fe oniikpa, y. to be old etc. Comp. gbekS, oblanyo
etc. and no mo, yo mo; da, li and dale n.

onukpadSefi, n. life, charakter, behaviour of old people,
s. dse, n.

onukpafemo, n. old age =» dale; gbole.

onukpagbe, n. voice, word of an old man, superior.

onukpaniitsumo, n. work, labour of a grown up person;
s. gbekSbiianiitSumo, n.

onukpaiasane and

onukpasane, n. matter, palayer of old men, of the gran-
dees, of grown up person; ye — , y. to act or do like
old people. Comp. gbekSbiiasane, n.

onukpasaneyeli , n. acting or speaking like old people.

onukpayeli, n. state or business of grown up or old people,
grandees, principals, magistrates etc. or of being elder
than s. b. ; age.

opdsa and ap^sa (fr. pasa, y. to lie), n. (Ot.) hypocrisy;
lie; falsehood; ye or bo opasa, y. to act as a hypo-
crite; to lie; to be false. Comp. amale; osato; kdtdm-
po; n. kddon, adj. etc.

opasabg and opasayeli, n. felsehood; hypocrisy.

opasabolo and

opasayelo and

opasafo (Ot.) n. hypocrite, liar, false person.

opehenadi (Ot. „thou likest to be king''), n. morningstar ss
toto, n.

opehenadianii , pi. n. ambition; fe — , y. to be amhitiow.

opehenadianiifelo , n. ambitious person.

opehenadianiifemg , n. ambitiousness.

opense> n. a kind of small white porcupines; comp. Sade-
boa and kgtoko, n.

op^te, n. papaw-fruit, if spoilt on the tree; s. akpakpa, n.;
carrion kite, s. aklinma, n. th. s.

osai (fr. sa, y.), n. castrate; eunuch; used, of men and
animals.

262 oMiio — oimialo.

osato, n. hypocrisy (Ol, prodigality; ^raste); ye or f e — ,

Y. to be a hypocrite. S. opasa, th. 8«
os^tofo, n. hypocrite,
osatofemg and
osatoyeliy n. hypocrisy.
08Q, n. a kind of wild cats, in form resembling a fox;

-akpa, n. the conmion one; - diA^ n. the black one.
osobu, -flo, n. hole of it.
osofo 'sofo (Ot. perh. =: sgrefo, one who prays) n. priest;

ye — , V. to be priest; comp. wontSe, wQlgma, okom-

fo, n. etc.
osofo-atade, n. priestly robe; s. osQfotade, th. s.
osQfoiasane, n. matter or palaver of priests,
osofoniitsumg , n. priests business,
osofond, pi. -nii, n. priests parts, -property,
osofoiatade, n. priestly garment,
osgfosemo, pi. -mei, n. assistant priest.
osQfowd, n. making s. b. priest; priestly honour.
osofoyeU, n. priesthood; priests otSce.
osgfoyd, n. priestess; s. woyQ, n.
osre, n. coinb; -femo, -gbo, n. comb^making.
osrefelQ, n. comb-maker,
osregbglg, n. th. s.
osr^, osr^n, n. a kind of sea-fish.
o§9, n. a kind of wood.
oSfitso, pi. -tSeiy n. a tree used for building.
oSftnmonmoi&molo, n. board from this tree,
ostoplan, n. beam, rafter of it.
os6, n. a war-cry or song of women; bg — , v. Uy raise

this cry.
osebo, n. war-crying,
osebolo, n. war-crier.

oSeku, n. backbiting; bo m. k. he oSeku, y. to backUte s. b.
osekubo, n. backbiting.
oSekubglo, n. back-biter.
osT, n. short foot or leg; mft osi, inf. oSimS, tp walk on

the toes because of a short leg.
oslfo, n. lame person; person with a short leg; comp.

akpake; otsolo etc.
osiki, n. dice; fd — , v. to play dice.
oSikifd, n. dice-play; lot-casting,
ogikifdlo, n. diceplayer.

oSiko, n. a kind of bark used to rub the skin with.
oSlmaJg, s. oSlfo.

oSnna — otSi. 253

oSfmS, n. halting because of a short leg; fr. mS oSi, v.

osrS, n. mishap, misfortune; -nyle m. k. se, v. to be un-
fortunate; -ba m. k. no, y. something bad happened to
s. b. etc.

otente, n. kind of drum, esp. the european, s. mile, obonu
etc.; y\ — , v. to drum.

otenteyilo, n. drummer.

otenteyl, n. drumming.

otfa si ogbo! horrible curse: fall down and die! -n. =
pestilence (?), s. oyiaheSi, th. s.

oti, n. aim; target, mark; tfa — , y. inf. otitffi, to shoot
at a target, mark (Ot. = head; it is said that the fore-
head of a culprit called Oti, was once made a mark qf
and from him the name deriyes).

otitfa, n. shooting at a target, mark-shooting.

otitfalo, n. target-shooter, mark-shooter.

otQ, n. a kind of food of boiled yams mixed with palm-oil
and eaten with eggs.

otofo, n. a peculiar custom of the GS- and Adanme-tribe,
but kept more strickly by the latter, according to which
no unmarried girl ought to wear cloth, a narrow strip
excepted; as soon as the first signs of puperty appear,
they are to be kept at home in the town, exempt from
hard labour, well fed and profusely coyered with orna-
ments. In Krobo they wear a peculiar straw -hat, in
§ai a kind of black turban made of stringSr Haying
performed many ceremonies, they are then exhibited in
the town by dancing and playing as marriageable; si — ,
y. inf. otofosi, to perform this custom; comp. atufu, n.;
si atufu or otufu, y.

otofoSi, m. performance of the otofo-custom.

otofoyo, pi. -yei, n. girl under this ceremony.

otrg, n. a plant.

otrumu, 'trumu, n. and adj. nngrateiful person; ungrateful.

otSdmS (Ol. okyame), n. speaker; reporter; interpreter;
he is one of the most important seryants of king and
nation, as his business is to report the different opi-
nions and proposals of the different parties in public
palayers. He is accompanied in this by witnesses. Ye — ,
y. to be speaker; to act as speaker. See GSi-Speeches
among the Specimen of the GS-language.

otsSmeyeli, n. speaker's business.

otsame - odasefo , n. witness accompaning the speaker^

otgi, n. week; nmene dsi — , to^ day it ir'fr week.-

254 olio! — pabolQ.

otSo ! lit. barn thou! int. used by people in bushboniing.

otiokrikri (lit. ^thou shinest hot''); n. a short but very hot
season of the year in April or May just before the Int
rainy season sets in and in which the bush which is
cut, is burnt

otSolo, n. lame person; fr. t§o, y. to halt.

owele, n. revenge; to — , v. to rerenge.

oweleto, n. revenging.

oweletolo, n. revenger.

owura (Ot.) , 'wura, n. master, lord; Sir; = nyontiiQ. Gomp.
awurfi, mistress. By young people nowula**.

Own, n. (Ot. = „thou diedsf*, s. Ogbo in Gft) pr. name
of a child bom after one deceased; s. gbobalo, Ogbo etc.

owurayeli = nyontSoyeli, n. ruling (^^crrf(i^aft")«

owyia, n. a small bush-animal.

oy^, n. haste ; adv. sometimes redupl. oyiiya, quickly, hastily ;
comp. mra , fe oya» inf. oyafemo , to be quick ; ye ogai,
V. th. s.

oyai, pi. of the former, th. s.

oyafelo, n. a person in hurry, a quick person.

oyafemo» n. hurry; quickness.

oyaiyeli, n. hurry.

oyaiyelo» oyayelilo, n. a person in a hurry.

oy^ya, oyay^ya, = oyd.

Oyarefa, Oyadefo, Oyadufa, pr. n. of a village of the La-
people.

Oy^ and

Oy6, pr. n. of females.

P.

Words not to be found under p are to be sought
for under kp or f, comp. § 7, or the vowels a, e and
0. Pa, pe, pe,* po, po, pu is the pronunciation of
fa, fe, fe, fo, fo, fa, by old people, people of TeSi
and the DSAme-Dialect.

Pdy pronunciation of old people for fft, n. river; lake;

pool of sweet water,
pa = fa, V. to be much.
pS = fft, y. to take out.
'pa, apa, n. hire; bo apa, to hire; ye — , v. to work for

hire.
'pabO» n. hiring,
pabolo, n. a person who hires.

'pafonyo — pitisawa. 255

'pafonyo, apaf.. pi. 'pafoi, n. person hired; hireling.

pam, adv. and

pamparopam, ^dv. much, very much; = tarn, po, tutu,

t§d, naakpa, adv.
pampas6, yiteh-pampaao, n. crown of the head (S^ettel).
pampi, n. a small sUck driven perjpendicularly into the

ground; esp. the small low fences before towns to exclude

evil spirits; obstacle, stumbling-block; offence; Ot. th. s.
pampam and

paopao, adv. quickly = mramra.
papa, n. fan.

papahu, papam, n. towel; Ot.
papo (Ot.) = kpakpo, n. he-goat,
pasa, V. to lie; to be a hypocrite, comp. opasa, apasa.
pasamg, n. lying =: amale, malemg.
patu (Ot. th. s.) , n. owl.
pe, old pronunc. and Adn. = fe, v. to make,
pe, n. corn (on the foot), ^u^neraufle; to — , v. to form

a com.
pe, pepepe, pepepepe, adv. Ot. th. s. just, exactly; but,

only; perfectly,
pese, adv. th. s.
pei sane mli, v. to investigate,
pei, n. dan. chisel? (Stemmeifen , Stec^beutel).
pen, peA, n. engl. pen.
peiikakra, penfokakla, penkini, n. pen-knife,
pen, adv. (Ot. n. time, s. §i and toi in G9) once; minale

pen, I have seen him once; never, if construed with

the neg. voice; minakole pen, 1 have never seen him

(lit. - not seen him once) ; Ad. gble.
pesu, n. Ot. th. s. a basket or cage in which fo\^l are kept.

It is generally suspended in the yard.
pet6, adv. openly,
peteple, adv. openly = fail.
p6 (pii), Ot. th. s. adj. and adv. much, many; comp. ba-

bao, adj.
pifi, = fia, fS, adj. and adv. all; every,
pla, inf. plamo, v. to stop,
pia lele he, v. to stop a canoe by the paddles,
pin, inf. pinmo, th. s.

piti, n. swoon; to piti (comp. to) v. to faint; s« biti, th. s.
pititO, n. fainting.

pitipiti, adj. and adv. close; closely,
pitisawa, n. europ. word, pistoL

3S6 pliiliapliwn — Sa.

plampboipbn, adr. briglidy, in lanes; liamiiig^j.

atfoggle;

— Ik k« he, to straggle for s. th.
plemo, D. agony; straggle,
plene, t. int plenemo, to die in moHitndes; ta le ^ene,

the araiy is slain; to die by Tiolence, by acddenU
plenemo, d. slanghter; Tiolent death,
ploplopio = flofldflo, adT. rery fir away = Soft,
pompi, pompoy eorop. word, n. pomp,
pae, inf. paemo, t. Ot th. 8.,.to eome forth, to appear ^

dSe kpo; to rise, of sun, moon and stars. Comp. gble,

Adn. and Ot bne, to open.

No 68-, AdaAme- or Otyi-word initiates with this
consonant and even foreign words undergo a change,
the r being either changed into 1 or d or pronounced
with aspiration as in Greek (^).

Raspe, n. dan. rasp.

raspe, n. raspberry.

raspe dfl, n. raspberry-vinegar.

S.

The letter ^s*' is seldom retained in G2 .before ^i'*,
bnt generally becomes ,,§^, with which it frequently
changes, sometimes also with „t**, comp. ta, v. and
,y sa Y* , V vC.

Sa, V. inf. sale and samo; to be fit; to fit; to be worthy,
ripe; to be right, due, equitable, just, inf. sale (Ot.
fata) (domp. di§a); to fit, prepare, order, repair etc., inf.
samo; to taste; to touch (Ot s. th., comp. ta); to try,
prove, estimate (s. ka); to castrate (Ot. th. s.); auz. verb,
to express the iterat. mood: to repeat, do again; con-
strued with the definite form of the verb, as the auzil.
V. na; f. i. esa eba, he came again; again he eame;
wherefrom: asaft, asa, conj. again, more-over; asaft hu
elee, more-over he knew it also not; comp. kpa, in
AdA. He sa, v. inf. hesale, v. to be outwardly fit; h!e
sa, V. to be fit (of face, appearance) to be ripe (used
of persons); inf. hiesale; comp. sa hie, v.; toi sa, v.
inf. toisale , to be of fit ears, i. e. to be hard, to be fit,
obedient, but generally used ironically: to be of hard
ears (s. wa) , disobedient.

8a — sakasika. 257

sa m. k. ade, v. to clyster, = ffi, v.
sa da, y. to be tastful to the mouth,
sa he, inf. hesamo, v. (Ot. sa bft) to touch (the outside);

to order or prepare about; to prepare one's self,
sa hewo, v. lb. s.
sa hie, inf. blesale and hlesamo; v. to be fit in one's face,

to please one; esa mihie, 1 am pleased with it, it pleases

me; I am content with it; inf. hiesale; to prepare the

face surface of s. lb., inf. hlesamo.
sa na, v. inf. nasd, to taste; misa mina, I tasted (it); but:

misa dd le na, I tasted the wine; i^d misa mina dd,

th. s. to touch the end etc. ; inf. - mo , v. to mend the

end, brim, edge etc.
sS, n. loop; iron work of doors and windows (@ifcn« 93 anb).
sd, n. mat; bed.

'sa, asa, n. hall or largest or middle room of a house,
sa, n. former time (s. sa, aux. verb); adv. formerly, once;

milee sa or sa le milee, formerly or once I did not

know it; s. momosa, n. ^
sa dfa, V. ?
sS, n. strong scent, smell; dse — ,'y. inf. sdds6, to emit

a strong smell; comp. fu, n. and dse fQ; nma n. and
. . dse nma v. .

saba, n; kidney.
Sabaii, pr. n. of males,
sab'a, n^ antidote,
^abld or
sablan, n. surname, nickname; sign of a person; 9lamen9^

. m\ seal.

sablok, n. dan. night-gown (©^lafrocf).
sadeboa, n. a kind of small white porcupines; comp. opense,

kotQko. (Ot. th. s. = luck-animal).
sSds6, n. strong smelling; strong scent; comp. sS and dse

sS, V.
sSdsi, pL of sane, n. which see.
sfidsiyeli, n. settling of palavers,
'safo, asafo, n. company,
^afro, n. a kind of sea-fish.

's^bft, asdgbS, n. a wasp dwelling in the walls of houses,
'sai, osai, n. castrated; person or animal; s. sa. Ot. th. s.
sal or sel, n. country-seat, chair or stool carved of one

piece of wood; comp. gwa, ablogwa, mano, n.
sakasdka, adv. disorderly; Ot. th. s. Comp. bisibasa. Fc — ,

V. to be in disorder, to do disorderly.

Zimmermami, Akra-Yocab« VI

258 sakasakafemo — sanefitemo.

sakasakafemo, n. disorder; disorderly behayiour.

sakasakafelo, n. disorderly person.

sale* n. fitness, worthiness; worth; fr. sa, v. n.

salo, n. fitter, preparer fr. sa, y.

samafi, Ot. = sisa in 6d, n. spirit; ghost.

'saman-nukpa, as., n. chimpanse.

samanseo, n. testament of a deceased person; s. sisamla, n.

samf^ (Ot. th. s. or sate, safi), n. key.

samfle, pi. samfedsi, n. (Fanti-word = house-hole); window.

samfle-afife, n. window-glass.

samflese, n. shutt.er; place behind the window.

sSmlfi, n. soap; country-soap.

samo, n. fitting; preparation; order.

saji, adv. well, nicely; beautifully; perh. fr. sa, v.

san (or sanno), n. monument over a grave; grave-stone;
grave walled in.

safi, n. thatched stone-house; comp. t§u, md; samfle, n. etc

sane, old. pronunc. sande (comp. sa, v. in Otyi and G9,
and se, v. and asem, n. in Ot.) pi. sSdSi; (Ad. th. s. pi.
sanehf), n. thing; matter; palaver; word; cause; con-
cern (@a(^e); misane dsi no, that is my palawer, con-
cern; ed§ee misane, It is not my palaver, I have nothing
to do with it; sane eba, there is palaver; sane be, there
is no palaver; sane le ben, the matter is false; sane
le fite, the cause is lost; sane fd6, bad thing; palaver;
sane le egbo, the palaver died , is concluded ; sane gbo-
nyo, a rotten palaver; sane kpakpa, sane akpa, good word,
gospel, SDatigelium ; sane srgto, strange matter; sane le
eladSe, the cause is lost; etc. etc. hi sane (mli), to ask
some thing to investigate, = pei sane mli, tao sane mli;
bo sane toi, v. to listen to a cause, palaver; gbe sane
na, V. to finish a palaver; le sane, v. to know a pala-
ver; na -na, v. to understand a matter; na -§i$i, v.
th. s. ; tdtd sane, v. to confuse a matter; ye sane, v.
inf. saneyeli (Ot. di asem), to settle a palaver, to judge;
to order a cause; sane ye, there is palaver; - - m. k.
ke m. k. ten, there is s. th. betwixt two persons; sane
le yeA, the matter is true etc. etc.

saneakpa, sanekpakpa, n. good word; gospel.

sanebimo , investigation ;, fr. hi sane*, v.

sanemlibimo, sanemlipeimo, th. s.

sanedso, -d§ole, n. settling or rest of a palaver.

sanedSomo, n. settling, adjusting of a palaver.

sanefitemo, n. loss of a cause.

sanegbA — satlo. 259

sanegbfi, n. conversation; taletelling fr. gba sane, v. to tell

a tale,
sanegbele, n. conclusion of a cause, s. sanenagbe, th. s.,

and sanedSomo, n. ; sanedSg, -le, n.
sanenoheremo , n. taking up of a palaver,
sanekpakpa, -akpa, n. gospel.
sanekpakpadSadsemo ke.tSdmo, n. preacbiog of the gospel.

sanekodSomo, n. adjusting or judging of a palaver; s. ko-
dso, V.

saneladseniQ, n. loss of a cause.

sanemlipeimo, -mlitaomo, n. investigation.

sanenagbe, n. end of a palaver; fr. gbe sane na, v.

sanenumg, n. hearing of a cause.

sanesroto, n. strange matter..

sane§i§i, n. cause of a palaver.

sanesiSinS, n. insight into a palaver; fr. na sane SiSi, v.

8ane§isil§dmo, n. explanation of a palaver.

sanetotdrog, o. confusion of palaver.

sanetotolg, n. person ^ho confuses a palaver (by speak-
ing etc.).

saneyeli (Ot. asemdl), d. palaver-settling; judging; judge-
ment; council; etc.

saneyelo, -yelilo, n. palaver-settler; judge; counsellor etc.
a person liking palavers.

sanku , n. (Ot. and Ayigbe th. s.) musical stringed instru-
ment; organ; forte-piano; tfa — , v. to play it.

sankutfd, n. organ-playing etc.

sankutfalo, n. organplayer etc.

sanobo, n. bed-cover.

s&nyd, n. tin, zink; pewter.

sanyano, n. pewter-vessel.

sao, saomo, inf. saomo, v. to cleanse about trees.

sarawa, srawa, n. lightening; rocket; tCfi — , v. to fire rockets.

sarawatfii, n. firing of rockets.

sasabonsam, Ot. th. s. , n. lit. devil of the earth, a bad spi-
rit, supposed to live in the forest and to be in con-
nection with sorcerers (s. aye); comp. also abonsam.
Comp. in German: Stbgeifl, SBalbteufel, Jtobolt) 2C.

sase, n. and adj. largeness; age; large, old; too old (comp.

sa, V.)-
Sasabi, pr. n. of a village belonging to Tema.
sasamo, n. bed-making.
satSo, -tSei, n. bed-stead; s. sa, n. and tSo, n.

260 satSono — se.

tatSono, n. coyer of a bed-stead ; Settftimmel; s. kotomo» n.

satSu, n. bedroom; see setSo, n. which is more used.

saus, n. dan. sauce.

sS, y. inf. sS, to be scarce; to be impoyerished ; he sS,
inf. hesS, to be scarce.

sei» y. inf. seimo to use despiteftiUy ; comp. niiseniianii;
eseimi, he used me despitefuUy. Comp. Ot; sei» y.

sS, sgn, n. throat; fo — , y. to cut the throat; wo sS kp9»
y. to hang; s. sgn, y.

se, n. back (s. kotose)/ hinderpart, hindpart; what follows
after; consequence; end; last etc.; ady. behind, after;
used as postposition : (the contrary of hie, h9mo, which
compare; see also he, hewo, mil, na, no, §i> t§ui, yl etc.
and §29,44 — 47); as the preposition: after, behind,
(nac^. ^tntet); as gram, subj.: se fo, inf. sefo, y. to be
cut off behind, to cease, = fd; but esp. as gram, obj.,
as: ba se, y. inf. seba, to come after, behiAd, late; be
se, s. ye se; damo se, y. to stand behind; di se, inf.
sedi (comp. the Otyi) to long after, to desire, to lust;
to care for, fe se, aux. y. lit. to do after, be after; but
generally used = afterwards , f. i. fe se le eba , after-
wards he came (s. kpe se); h9 se, y. lit. to giye back,
used as aux. y. „ke-hS se" = „back" backward, if the
preceding yerb is not already indicating a direction, f. i.
t§i ke-hS se, to cast down backwards, to cast behind;
ka se, y. to be fixed behind; k9 se, y. inf. sekSmo, to
lie behind; to remain behind, to be behind (compare
kpe se, ye se, th. s.); kpa m. k. se, y. to withdraw
from s. b., to deny s. b. (comp. kwa m. k.) ; kpe se» inf.
sekp6 to remain behind, to come too late ; kli se, y. inf.
seka, sekQmo or sekQomo (s. kfi, y.), to turn the back;
to return; to be xsonyerted (s. t§5 he); — m. k. se, to
turn s. b. back , to send s. b. back ; la se , y* to fasten
the back, to hook behind; la samfle se, fasten the back,
to hook behind; la samfle se, fasten the back of the
window, i. e. the shutter; mS se, y. to stand behind;
to set behind; na se, y. to gain the end, i. e. to profit,
inf.senamo; M se, y. to shut behind; §i se, y. to knock
behind to leaye behind; ta se, pi. tra se, y. inf. setaroo,
setramo, to touch^ behind ; to sit behind, used of the
relatiyes of kings etc. who sit behind him (in judgement
etc.) to strengthen him or giye importance to him, comp.
setrafoi, pi. n.; s. also asetrafo, n.; te se, s. ya se; to
se, y. to put behind; tie se, tSe yi se, y. to callback;

deba — 8fikfif6. 261

tsi se, tsi yi se, y. to push behind, after (f. i. at a
carriage); t§d se, y. to turn behind, back; tsd m. k.
segbe, to show the way after s. b., i. e. to betray him;
tsu se, y. to send behind; - -back; --after, tsu-dse
m. k. se , y. to send after ; ya se , aor. perf. and fut.
tense te se, to go back, behind, after; ye se, neg. be
se, V. to be behind; ye se, y. inf. seyeli, to deceiye
(s. sisi, y. th. s.); yo se, y. to perceiye the back, end etc.
i. e. to understand, to acknowledge; etc.
seba, n. coming behind, back, after,
sebe, n. aftertime.

sebe, n. a kind of fruit (loye apples?) used for soup; bio
fdsebe, europ. ^sebe**, bon d'amour.

sebii, pi. of seo; pi. n. younger brethren or sisters; mise-
bii ete d§ile, he is the third (brother) after me; the
ears of maize at the stalk.

seda, n. dan. silk.

sedaduku, n. silk-handkerchief.

sedakpft, n. silk- thread.

sedamo, n. standing back, behind; assisting, assistance, fr.
damo se, y. '

sedi, n. longing after; care, desire, lust; fr. di se, y. to
long, lust, desire.

sedilQ, n. desirous person; caring person.

sefo, n. ceasing = fdmo, fr. se fo, y.

sgfo, n. throat-cutting, fr. fo sg, y.

sefomo, n. after-birth.

sefomgnii, n. th. s.

sggg, adj. and ady. sleepy, drowsy; drowsily,
'segisao, n. dan. fret-saw.

segbe, n. after-way; way after s. b., tSd segbe, v. to be-
tray.

segbelsdlo, n. betrayer. ^

segbetSdmg, n. betraying.

segblamo, n. drawing back, fr. gbl'a se, y. to draw back.

sei, n. natiye-stool made of one piece of wood; throne.

seiterelg, n. stool-bearer.

sekd, n. staying behind.

sekSmo, n. lying or staying behind.

seke, n. anchor; fS — , inf. sekefS, to hght the anchor,
depart (s. fa, y.); fd — , inf. sekefd, to cast the anchor,
to come to anchor (s. damo, y.).

sekefS> n. lighting of the anchor.

sekefd, n. casting of the anchor.

262 seke — setlu.

seke, n. madness; ye— ^, v. inf. sekeyeli, to be mad; ;e
n. k. or m. k. he seke» v. to be mad about a. tb. or
8. b., i. e. to be entirel)r taken with; to be in lore^witb;
comp. ylb, tio, yiti kS, y. etc.

sekeyeli, n. madness.

aekeyelilo, seke;eio» n. mad person. .

seki, n. women-shirt.

sSkpd, n. wind-pipe, throat; s. sS, n.

sSkpfty n. hanging rope.

sekp6, n. latecoming.

sekpeloy n. latecomer.

sekdlo, n. person returning.

sekQ, sekQomo, n. returning; return; conversion; fr. iLfi
se, V.

sele, s. sere, v. to melt; to swim.

sele, n. braces.

semfimo, n. standing or lying behind, fr. mft ae^ t.

semo, pi. semei, n. steward; next in office; comp. also
seoy n.

seimo, n. despiteful use; «» niiseniianiifemo , n.

senalo, n. gainer.

senamo, n. gain, profit, fr. na se» v.

sSA, V. (Ot. th. 8.) to hang; to strangle (=mIa8S, ?.)>
to ceil a room.

sitif n. wind-pipe, throat; s. sg, n. and sSkpfi^ n.

senile, semfle, == samfle, n.

seMmo, n. shutting behind.

sdnd6, n. (Fanti-word) house-top.

sSre, V. inf. seremo, to melt; to swim.

serelo, n. swimmer.

seremo, swimning; melting.

sSseo, inf. seseomg, v. to reprove; to silence (Ot.?).

seseolOy n. reprovisr.

seseomo, n. reprof.

setamQ, setramo, n. sitting behind; assistance, fr. ta se^

pi. tra se, v.
setrafoi (= Ot. asetrafoi, down-sitters) or
setrafoi, n. lit. behind sitters; relations and brethren of a

king sitting behind him in judgement etc.
seto , n. putting away, bacli ; retaining, keeping , fr. to se, v.
aetdemo, n. calling back.

setSimo, n. pushing (after s. th. f. i. a carriage) fir, tM h, v.
setSdmo, n. backturning, returning,
sfitfiu, n. back-room, bedroom.

^yft — 80. 263

seydy n. going behind, — back.

sey^li, n. deception; from ye se, v.

sey^lilo» n. deceiver.

Siaiy pr. n. of the §ai-mountain , its people and land, as

pronounced by themselves; G. Sai, Ot. Siade.
Siako, pr. n. of a brook coming from the Akwapim-moun-

tains near Tutu and going into the Laloi-river, near the

Sai-mountain.
sikasika, n. a kind of seafish.
'sisi, s. asisd, n.
sisa, n. spirit of departed men; ghost; comp. susum^;

kra; mumo and Ot. saman; sunsum, sunsuma, kra, n.

The word seems also to be employed for ^skeleton'';

before birth and during life, „kra" or „kla", n. , is used

instead of it.
sisaman, sisaiamSn, n. town of departed spirits (supposed

to be on the islands of or beyond the river Yolta.
sisg, V. inf. sisemo, to beg.
sise, n. europ. word, subsistence, way-money.
siselQ, n. beggar; mendicant.
sIsemQ, n. begging,
siyire, n. bride (Otyi).
skam, n. dan. shame,
skao, n. dan. press, chest,
skru, n. dan. screw,
skrusi, n. dan. screw-driver,
si — see under sr.
smQ, V. s. sumo,
so, pr. n. Thursday (s. soh^).
so, pi. somg, inf. somo, v. to perch; to sit as birds do;

to sit on one's hams; - hie, v. to sit before, - he, - -

about; -mli, - -in; - na, --at; - no, - - upon; sd si,

to sit down; - sisi, - - under; -yiten, - - upon, on etc.
sd atfere, pi. somo somg-, inf. atferesdmo, v. to box;

s. atfere, n. fist.
s5 wgdsi ano, v. to hedge out eggs,
so, inf. sd, V. to work on the anvil.
s6, n. black-smith's work.
SQ, V. inf. sgrno, = sa, to be right, fit.
sg (Ot. to take hold of = mo in Ga) , v. only used in the

combinations: hie sg m. k., v. to respect s. b., mihie

sgle, I respect him (Ot. ani sg, comp. sa, v. in GS); dSa

sg, V. to dance hotly; d§o Ig esg, the dance is brisk,

hot, frequented.

264 sff — sdlokaseio.

89, n. vagina (obscene; comp. gbemi). Son to^en SRfHfi^l

aid Scbmipfiport gebraucbt. S. yohe, n.
8d, n. guilt; blame; suspicion; to m. k. sd, or: ke 86 f5

m. k. no, Y. to accuse s. b. innocently. Comp. maAsd, d.

rivalry,
sobiisobii (s. soo, pi. sobii, n.) adv. in litUe particles or

quantities,
sohfi, pr. n. Friday (comp. so, pr, n.).
sda no (Ot. soa so), v. to immitate, s. kase, v.
sodse, inf. sdd§emo, v. to let s. b. sit or perch down (s.

sd, sdmo, v.).
soisoi, adv violently (?), hie m. k. soisoi, v. to treat s. b.

violently; to illtreat s. b.; s. pi, v., sopa, v. fe niise-

niianii, v. se, v.
soisoi hlelo, n. illtreating person,
soisoihlemo, n. ill treatment; s. pimo.
sokoterel6, adv. continually; over and over; again and again;

comp. notonoto; §hu; etc. tediously, etc.
sole (Ot. sore, v. to arise; to pray), v. inf. solemo; to

pra^; to preach; to officiate as priest or clergyman; to

baptize, confirm, copulate, keep the burial service over

s. b. etc. comp. kpafai; dsadse-t§d; d$a; gba, tSd; bap-

tisi; wadse etc.; to care for; sole he, v. inf. hesolemo,

and sole he no, inf. henosolenro, to take care for one's

self; comp. hie hi he no, v. and le henosolemo, v.;

th. s.
solelo, n. pra^ying, preaching etc. person; person attending

divine service; comp. dsalo, n.
solemo, n. prayer; service of God; religious officiating;

baptism, confirmation, copulation, burial service; religion

in general, s. dsamo, n.
solemobe, n. prayer-time etc.
solemohe, n. place of prayer etc.
solemogbl, n. day of prayer or divine service,
soleniohekpg, or
solemokpe, n. prayer-meeting,
solemolala, n. hymn; religious song.
solemolamO) n. religious singing,
solemotsu, n. prayer-room; house of prayer; chapel;

church etc. ,
solemowe, n. chapel, church (together with the yard etc.

8. tSu, sia, we, n.).
sdlo» n. black-smith; smith,
sdlokaseio y n. black-smith's-apprentice.

sdloAa — sopamo. 265

sdloAa, n. blacksmith's-trade.
sdlondlo, n. master black-smith,
sdlondnii, pi. n. blacksmith-implements.

sdlQte, n. anvil; s. sdiimete*

solo-hamlc, n. blacksmith*s-hammer.

sgmo, n. filness, fr. so, v.

somo, n. perching; sitting on the hams.

somohe, n. perching-place.

sdmo, V. s. sumo, v. and sum6> v.

somo, n. a kind of crabs; a >vorthless fellow.

son, adj. and adv. mere; pure; full of; merely throughout,
entirely; comp. kroft, kronkron. Gbomei soii, nothing
but men; full of men; nu soft» nothing but water, mere
water.

son, n. a kind of river-fish.

sdn, n. straw; a kind of straw from the leaves of a palm-
tree (sohtso) used for cords, hats etc.

sdne, n. a kind of squirrel, of grey colour.

sdAfaf, n. straw-hat.

sdnfailolo, n. s*raw-hat-maker.

sdnme, n. black-smith*s bellows, comp. afa, n.

sdnmena, n. forge-chimney; 6ffe*

softmeSi, n. black-smith's shop; comp lateSi; kpataSi, n. etc.
As in Europe, the smith's shop is a kind of super-
stitious sanctuary, where thieves can be detected; wounds
cured, etc.

sdnmete, n. = sdlote, anvil.

sdnt§o, pi. -tSei, n. a kind of palmtrees, the leaves of which
(„son'') are made into hats, cords etc.

sonu, n. a fruit of a palmtree of the size of a fist and
eatable.

sonutso, pi. -tSei, n. the palm-tree bearing it.

SQO, inf. soomo, v. to bis tough (of sticks); to catch up
(f. i. a ball); to grasp; to snatch; to seal (s. soo na);
soo bo, V. to catch up or receive eagerly; f. i. misoole
bo> 1 eagerly received him; soo na, v. inf. nasoomo, to
seal up.

SQolQy n. catcher etc.

soomo, n. catching, grasping etc.

soo, pi. sobii, n. little particle of any thing.

sobiisobii, adv. in little particles.

sopa, inf. sopamo, v. to disgrace; to reproach hardly etc.

sopalo, n. reproacher.

sopamo, n. disgrace; reproach.

266 »oro — sfl.

»oro, 8. sTo, V. to b(* difTerent; to esteem; Ol. flono^ ▼.

»ohoo, V. seseo, inf. sosoomo, to reprore, reproid;

\}i'.rh. rcrlijpl. of soo, v.
ST a, V. inf. 'hr/iino (Ot. th. s., comp. sa, of trhidi it nq

iic a f'orroboralion); to \vatch (= bo); to spy; tDTUt

hra, srarn, v. to ovrrflood (of riven); to be Terr

(:om|>. hrflkc (?j.
ftr;iifi riri, v. to be very full (of rivers).

'hraforiyo, asraf,, pi. 'srafoi, d. soldier.

'i»ra, n^ra, n. camp.

'nntf asra, ri. snufl*; a kind of fever.

hralo, ri. watch-man; spy; visitor.

firamo, n. watching; spying; visiting.

HTt'. sere, v. inf. Krcmo, to melt; to swim.

hrcbo, n. firc-iitone, flint (of guns); ehle tamo srebo,
fiice is like a flint; s. hie wa, v. The word is veij
probubU; Fanti; romp, also tfrebo^ tSerebo, n. th. 8.

htoiuhrl^inf adj. and adv. sweet; slimy; sweetly; =blQblo,a4J.

f»ro or horo, impers. v. (Ot. sdnd) to be different; to be
peculiar, strange; csromi, esrole, different I, different
he, i. c. I and he are difl'erent; common verb: to esteem,
to prize, misroo ene> I don't esteem this; nsroo, mba-
Hroo, adverbially used = much more, much less.

sroto, adj. difTerent; peculiar, strange; s. sro; n. difference.
Cji)omei srotoi, diircrent men; gbomo sroto dSile or esrolfi,
he is a peculiar person.

sroto, n. lock.

srolo-sOlu, n. lock-smith.

su, inf. ftfl; to shrink, to moulder, to get small, thin,
lean; to spoil, to rot (of cloth etc.), to be ragged; to
kindle (Ot. so), su kane! kindle alight! to swallow;
iiu h; csumi, the water had swallowed me up (s. ml, v.);
to hush one with the exclamation: sua!

sfl, n. shrinking; mouldering, rotting; kindling; swallovnng.

suio, n. person doing so.

su, n. (Ol. th. s.) shape, form; behaviour, manner (SBefen?);
s. subaii; su kc bla, manners and descent (?), su be bad,
manners and likeness, of a person; comp. i&eiky dMk-
ba etc.

su, V. inf. su, to poison ; to kill by witch-craft or fetish.

su, n. killing by poison etc.

8u — siimuidadetso. 267

I mQ, n. swisb, clay, f. i. such as fit for potters, building etc.,
ground, su akpa, good ground; comp. sikpon; mlu;
nmiamo etc.
Bua! int. hush! be quiet! (German: bfll); s. su, y.
I'.ttiban, n. (Ot. th. s.) form =:= su; image; likeness.
■ subantse, n.? = asrafonyo?

'subQ, s. asubo, n.
^ siibo, n. balling of swish to make swish- or mud- walls.

subolo, n. labourer balling swish.

sufo, n. wetting of swish.

sukle and sukle, n. eur. word; sugar.

sukleno, n. sugar-vessel.

suklete, n. rock-sifgar.

sukle-yibii, n. lit. sugar-fruits, i. e. raisons.

sukpo, n. lump of clay.

sukpotQ, n. mud, wet clay.

sukpQtQmo, n. wetting and mixing of swish; = sQfg, n.

sOkukuli, n. clod.

sukusuku, adj. wrinkled; s. susui, th. s.

sulafi, adj. 'and adv. hairy; hairily; tsoi sulaA, full of hair;
he ye tsgi — , v. to be very hairy.

sulT, adj. and adv. dark, cloudy; -ly, -ly; txiH, unfreunl)*
li^; fe — , V. to be dark etc.

suIq, n. a person kindling a fire, light; lighter; husher;
fr. su, V.

sulomlomg, n. taking up of swish; s. lo, v.

sQlo, n. poisoner, fr. ,sQ, v. Oiftmifc^er; 3<^uf'^^c^-

sumSi, n. swish-building; s. fatO, n.

sumSilo, n. builder of swish.

sumanfo, sumamfo, n. a seafish; Ot., = wontse, n. fetish-
priest.

sumo (smo), inf. sudmo or surngmo, Adn. suo, v. to
love; to wish, will, agree; to like (Ot. pe); misumo,
1 like it, I agree; sumo m. k. or better sumQ m. k. sane,
y. to love s. b., to like s. b. (Ot. p^ obi asem). Comp.
do 'he, y. and kple, v. tao, v. etc.

sum 6 (smo), inf. suomo. Ot. som: v. to serve; esumi-
mi, he served me; Ad. sum, y,

sumolo, n. lover. | scarcely used; see suolo*

sumomo, n. love, will, wish; | and suomo.

sumolo, n. servant; s. suolo.

sumomo, n. service; s. suomo.

sumui, n. lead; s. tunto, n.

sumuidadetso, pi. -tsei, n. leadbar.

268 sone — sfiwO.

sane, n. pillow (fr. sum, Ot. t. to lie on a pillow; sami,
Ot. n. pillow).

sunehebo, n. pillow-case.

8U0» AdA. y., inf. suQm^ to love, like.

snolOy n. (seldom used) lover; comp. suroolo and bedolo^ n.

sbolOy n. (seldom used) servant; comp. tSdlo, n.

suomo, n. love; liking; wish, will; comp. sag, somo and
sumomo.

su6mo, n. serving; service.

suomonfl, n. loves sake; adv. for loves sake, willingly; frei^
n>illig.

suomonanii, pi. n. things according to one's wish or will

suomoniitSumo, n. labour of love.

su6moniit§umo, n. labour or work of a service.

suomosane, n. matter of love, liking, will, wish.

susu, inf. susumo, v. (Ot. th.s.) to shadow something oS
(abtdjatten), to measure; to think; comp. so, n. and
v.; susu-ke, v. to think and say; misusu mikele» 1 told
him (as 1 thought or had it in remembrance); ansa he, v.
to think about; susu mli, v. to measure the contents;
susu, na, v. to measure the brim or limit, etc. Comp.
kpa hi; bu, bu akonta; df§A, v. etc.

susu, redupl. of su, v. to shrink very much, repeatedly etc.

susui, adj. wrinkled = sukususuku; shrunk; old, moulder-
ing (of cloth); comp. feifei.

susuIq, n. measurer; thinker.

susum^ (Ot. sunsum and sunsumma), n. shade (of a thing,
body, comp. hdii, n.); character or impression of a. Ih.;
reflection of s. th. (f. i. of the light); soul. Comp. kra,
okra; mumo; sisa; Ot. sunsum, snnsumA, n. th. a.

susumaheremo, n. salvation of soul; fr. here susuma, v.

susumo, n. measuring, measurement; measure; thinking,
thought.

susumobe, n. time for consideration.

ausumond, n. ineasuring-vessel; f. i. susumo-akpaki, measu-
ring callabash; pi. -nil, abstract thing; (i^ebanfenbing,
abstractum.

susumotSo, pi. -tiei, n. measure-stick.

Sata, pr. n. of a village about 25 miles N. E. from Oao,
at the foot of the Akwapim-mountains. (S. BlofonyomaA,
Dodowa.)

suwale» n. firmness of character.

suwadSemo, n. confirmation of character.

sQwO; n. manuring of plants with awiah or gronnd.

§a — SadenS. 26$

Words not to be found under 8 seek under f or s,
with both which the letter s frequently changes: in
AdSnme it is frequently, in Otyi generally s; comp. (S
fo and §g, sq; si and si, etc.

§a, y. inf. §a, pi. §ra, sla, sSla, inf. Sramg, slamo, Sfilamo,
to ferment; to rot, to get sour etc, = kpgto (see
§a1a, adj.); to stink = dse fu, inf. sd; to shake, to
swing; to winnow, to fan (s. §ala, n.); inf. sd; §a mli,
inf. nilisd, to fan or winnow out.

s&, inf. §amo, T. to draw; to pull, -lo, v. to catch fish,
to angle; to snatch; to mb, wash, white-wash; - hie, v.

- - the face, surface; - he, v. the outside, round about;

- mli, V. - the inside, - - out; - no, v. - - the surface etc.
sa nyanyddsiano, v. to cleanse the teeth; s. tfapia, n.
Comp. also §dt3, sqo, sd, gbla, kpla, v.

§a si, y. inf. sisamo, to run upon, to knock upon (a rock
f. i., used of yessels etc.), to wreck; to go somewhere
and return soon; f. i. e^aSa si eba, he went there and
came back; s. also se, se si, y.

sd, n. fermentation; rotting; stinking; swinging, winnowing,
fanning; shaking; s. samo.

§a, e§a, adj. rotten, bad, eyil, sinful.

'sa, esa, n. mischief (something rotten), sin; comp. niisa,
nosa and efdn, n. Adn. yayam.

(sa, n. relationship created by marriage, Sdfme^tX" itnb
®d)»aflerf$aft s. sano.)

s9, inf. §§, pi. sla siamo, y. to burn; to roast; to toast; .
to be barren (only used of animals, not of men, comp.
k^ne).

sa, inf. sSmo, y. (obscene) to belch; to blow wind.

§§, n. burning, roasting; conflagration; barrenness of ani-
mals; s. §iamo, th. s. fr. the pi. form sla.

siy pi. §rS, inf. §r3mo, y. to belch out.

§abi, n. (@d}n)iegerf(j()aft$'jtinb, s. sa, n.) brother or sister
in law (@((n)ager, @(^n>ageitn) ; comp. sanu, sayo.

sabii, pi. of sao, n. clusters.

§ade (Ot. sade), n. good luck; success.

Sadeboa, sadeboa, n. (Ot. = animal of good luck) a kind
of porcupines.

sadegbomo, pi. -mei, n. lucky person.

Sademo, pi. -mei, n. th. s. ^

Sadeno, pi. -nii, n. lucky thing.

270 SadSo — fie.

SadSo, n. a large curious tree, bearing fmiU of the rise
of an ostrich'^ egg, prh. monkey-bread-tree; •. teUo, n.

'safemo, = cvsafemo, n. sinful act.

Sdiifi, V. inf. i^akdmo, to embrace unchastely; to lift with
both arms.

Sdkimo, n. unchaste embrace; comp. lo ato, v.

Sdia, iSla, Sra, v. inf. Sdlamo i^ftramo etc. pi. form of Sa, f.
to rot; to be rotten.

fidia, §la, §dra, Sra, §ran, adj. rotten, stinking; f. i. lo iU^,
fitink-fish, a favorite meat.

§ala, pi. .^adsi, n. chaff, := \ik\u; fr. Sa, ▼. to winnow.

SalOt n. winnower; puller; rubber, washer, white-wasber,
fr. §a and ik, v.; angler.

^illo* n. Lumer; Slalo, th. s., comp. Sd, pi. Sia, t. to bom;
incendiary; SWcrtbrenner; s. sitcIo, n.

Sftlo, n. (obscene); s. fid, inf. 6amo, v.

h'dniQ, n. drawing, pulling, snatching; rubbing; white-
washing; angling; s. he, v.

filmo, n. (obscene) belching, blowing wind.

fidmo, inf. th. s. v. (obscene) to piss; to be slippy, slip-
pery; s. fie nu; and comp. fd; to be wet, slippy, s. fifioe.

Samo, n. pissing; piss-water; slipperiness. Comp. dOmo^ n.

fiSmono, -nii, n. piss-pot; chamber-pot.

fidmoto, n. urinary bladder; used as a scolding word for
bed'pissing children.

Mne, V. inf. fidnemo, to slide out; to slip; to be slipfM^ry;
8. fidmo, V.

fidncmo, n. sliding, slipping.

SantSe (Ot. Sankye), pr. n. of two villages, one at the foot
of the Akwapim mountains in the Nuho-Plantations, and
one between Akradi and Akwamu on the western bank
of the river Volta.

fianO, pi. sahT, fiahlmei, n. father in law, son in law; also
used of less close relationship ; s. fia, n. Sabi and SayO.

sao, pi. sabii, n. a cluster or grape (of bananas, plan-
tains etc.).

83ta, inf. fiatdmo, v. to drag by force along the ground,
to pull; comp. fia, gbla, kpla, v.

fidtSmo, n. dragging along.

fiayO, pi. fiayei, n. mother in law; daughter in law; s. SanQ.

§C, V. inf. fie, Ad, hie, ye, to arrive; to reach; to
be sufficient (comp. fe, v.; fa, v.); to make arrive, to
order s. th. from afar; comp. also ficdfie; ml he 9 ▼• inf.
mTfie» lit. fte chest or breast-bone suffices, i; e. to be

Se he — semgnd. 271

comforted, content, jo\ful; comp. sedse m. k. ml; to
shave; -\i, v. to shave one's head, as the natives some-
times do; to shave the head after a time of mourning
for a dead person; alwa.ys connected with fetish-
ceremonies; — hiena = dsie hlena, to shave the fore-
head.

se he, V. to arrive about, at etc.; to shave about.

§e mh, V. to arrive in, to reach or be sufficient to fill a
vessel.

§e n«, V. to suffice, to satisfy (of food).

se no, V. to reach Ihe surface.

§€ si, V. to reach down; to reach entirel^r; to arrive at.

s^-fo, pi. irreg. sere-fie si, double verb, to cast away.

se si - tg, and

se - 1§, double verb; to arrive, to be near, to be at hand;
ese si etS, he is at hand; ese etd, th. s. Ad. su - ta,
th. 8. *

se, n. arrival; sufficiency; ordering (33eflenung); shaving;
fr. se, V.

se, V. inf. §emo, to be afraid of (fd^euen), to shy; to fear;
to respect.

se gbeye, v. inf. gbeygsemo, to be afraid of, in fear of;
to fear; comp. gbeye; misele gbeye, 1 fear him; mlSe
gbeye, I am afraid; mise mihe gbeye, ) am afraid of or
for myself.

sedse, v. inf. sedsemo, to make to reach, to let suffice;
comp. § 27. 28; only used in the phrase.

sed§e m. k. mi, v. inf. misedsemo, lit. to let one's chest
or breast-bone suffice, i. e. to comfort s. b., comp. mi
and ml se, v., and kyekye wyere in Otyi, th. s.

sedselo, n. s. misedselo.

sedsemo, n. s. mTsedsemo-

s^fd, s. se - fo, double verb.

sele, V. = sere, inf. selemo, to kindle; - la, - - a fire.

s^le, V. ='S^re, pi. of s^, v.

s^le — fie si, double pi. verb, to cast (things) down.

selo, n. a person arriving, ordering etc.; barber; fr. se, v.

selo, n. a person afraid, fearing, dreading, respecting, fr.
se, V.

s^mo ke §ifd (pi. form seremg ke sifiemo, s. s^re); n.
casting down, away, fr. s(> - fo si, double v.

semo, n. shyness (S^eu); fear, dread; respect; s. gbeye-
. semo.

semon6, pi. -nii, n. horiible, aweful thing.

372 Semosane — Si.

iemosane, n. aweful palaver.

SSna = STna, n. door; from Slana.

i^ra Si; =r Stra Si, Sra Si, v. to take a walk.

Sere, inf. Seremo» v: to kindle; - la, to kindle a fire (comp.

Se, T. and su, v.).
S^re - fle Si, pi. form of Si - fd Si, doable v., to cast down,

- - away (many things); comp. t6, fd Si, fie Si, y. Inf.

S^remo ke Sifiemo.

Serelo» n. kindler (of a fire); incendiary.

Seremo, n. kindling (of a fire); fr. Sere, v.; comp. here-
mo, n.

S^remo ke Sifiemo, n. casting down or away of many thhigs;
from the pi. form of Si - fd Si, double v.

Sete, inf. Setemo, to rend by force; s. gba, tSere, v.

Setemo, n. rending; rent.

Si, Y., pi. Simo, inf. St and STmo (Ot. si and tia), to
knock; to push, kick; to stamp; to puWerize, to
pound; to push against; to pounce; to touch, ant. y.
to express the relation of direction = till, untill (bid
}u), s. ke-yaSi, aux. y., ke-baSi, aux. y.; to be or act
against (in this case used as auxiliary verb to express
the relation of direction = against); to be worth (lit.
to knock), esp. na Si, y. to be worth, to be more worth
than — , f. i. „ona Sio mei akpei nyofima^, thou art
more worth, than ten thousand (s. Bible Hist. N. 40);
to hoist; Si aflana, y. inf. aflaAaST, to hoist a flag; etc.
Si he, obscene, to commit self-pollution; Si mil, y. to
strike into; obla eSi emli, he is full of youth (s. obla),
he is full of youthful joy, pleasure, strength or also mis-
chief; Comp. esp. phrases like: Ekwo ke-yaSi Awei, it
reaches heaven; ke-baSi fimene, until to day; fe eSa
Si m. k., to sin against (Ot. tia).

Si -fie Si, double verb, v. to commit the sin of Onan, Gen.
38, 9. (s. 1 Mos. 38, 9. in the Gfi-translation). Ad. si, v.

Si mli, inf. mliSimo, v. to give over and above.

Si no 9 v. inf. noSimo, to add, to repeat.

Si Si, v. pl.^imo Si, inf. SiSimo; to stamp.

Si, v. SImo, to leave; eSlmi, he left me; 8Ile» leave
him.

SI fo, v. inf. foST, to get fat (of animals, s. fi, v.).

Si otofo, v. inf. otofoSl, to perform the otofo-custom, s.
otofo, n.

Si atufo, v. inf. atufoSi, to bind up the atufo, which see.

Si, pi. Sii, or

SI — Si. 278

SI, pi. Sn, n. time („maV*); to express the repetition of
acts, but not that of numbers (s. toi) ; eba SXI enyo, be
came two times, i. e. twice; SI! ete soii oke ne, now
already three times thou saidst this! Comp. Si no, v.
to add, to repeat; promise; wo — , y. inf. SiwO, to
promise; Si ni ewo, the promise he gave; ewo Si, ake
^ba, he promised that he would come.

Si, n. = Sisi, Sikpon; ground; land; place; region;
earth (comp. Ot. ase and asase); lower part; bottom
etc. etc. but the word is seldom used as a pure noun,
nor has it a plural, but serves as an adverb and a post-
position of locality (like he, hewo, hie, mli, na, ng, se
etc.) to express the same relation as: down, sometimes
on, up, upon, if by these the ground is meant (comp.
DO, the contrary of it); to the ground; and the prefixes :
de -, sub - etc. in Lat. and Engl; Germ, nieber, fftxab,
ab ; aiif etc. Sometimes the original signification is scar-
cely any more to be. seen as it is also the case with
the corresponding prepositions in other languages. As
grammat. object it is esp. used in the following cases:
ba Si, V. inf. Siba, to come down, low, to fall, decrease
etc. ba m. k. si, v. to bring s. b. down, to bumble s. b.
(s. ba he Si^ v. to humble one'sself , inf. heSiba) ; hi Si,
V. inf. Sibimg, to ask the ground, reason, to ask after;
bi m. k. Si, V. - - - s. b.; to ask after s. b. (for mar-
riage f. i.); ble Si, v. to lie on the ground (as snakes);
bo Si, inf. Sibg, to loiter about, s. kpa Si; bu Si, pi.
bumg Si, inf. Sibumg, to couch; to lie on the ground;

f. i. ke Me - -, V. - - with the face ; to lie forward

with the chest; da Si (Ot. da ase, lit. to lie down in
thanking one), v. to thank, edami Si, he thanked me;
dale Si, thank him! inf. Sida; damg Si, v. inf. Sidamo,
to stand (down, upon, on the ground), dse Si, v. inf.
SidS6, to come out, forth; = dSe kpo; to be mischiev-
ous, forward; but see tSe Si, v. — dSie Si, v. inf. Si-
dSiemQ, to bring forth; to reveal ;= dSie kpo; dSu Si, v.
inf. sidsie, to do s. th. by stealth; edSu Si ke^mba, he
steals or creeps in, he comes in by stealth; fii Si, v.
inf. Sifd, Sif^mg, to take out; = dSie Si; fi Si, v. inf.
Sifimg, to stand fast; fo Si, v. inf. SifO (s. fo, to cut),
to go round about, lit. to cut the ground, place; esp.
used of public processions; fd Si, v. Sifo, to cast down,
pi. fie Si; s. Sg-fd, Sg-fd Si; fu Si, v. inf. Sifd, to
scent, to trace by scent; to lie hid in the ground; s.

ZimmermaDD, AAra-Vocab. \&

274 Si — Sli.

fa, T.; U 5i, V. SiOmOf to seitter or be scattered m
the ground; fie Si, v. inf. i^fiemo, to poor oof, to cast
down (many things, s. fft Si); gbe Si, inf. Siglienio, ▼.
to fall to the ground, down, to fall (comp. nyd ii, ▼.)
he iU ▼. inf. SiheniQ, to settle; he Si, v. inf. Sihf, |d.
here Si; inf. Siheremo, to strike or be striken down;
h'rre Si, inf, Siheremo* t. to start up suddenly (tif^
fasten, {ufammenfa^Ten); hi Si, v. inf. Sihile, to re-
main, to dwell; M Si, let it! ho Si, y. inf. Siho, foalidL
under; to put under; s. ho, v*; ka Si, v. to be Ihed
down; ka Si, pi. kftmo Si, ▼. to lie down; kdmo Si, t.
SikAmo, to bite the ground, to fall in battle („W€9ta$
bfi§en^^ expression of war); kpa Si, y, to wander about;
kpasa Si, v. to lean down; kft Si, pi. kfimo Si, inf. U-
kflmOf ▼' to break down; lu Si, t. Silumo* to strike
down, to fall down; mA Si, y. to stand; to set down
(of things; s. damo Si); md Si, ▼. to take hold under;
na Si , v. and nana Si , ?. to tread (the ground) ; Ame
Si, T. to lay down; nyd Si, ▼. to bll or sink down; s6
Si, y* to sit on the ground (as birds), pi. sdmo Si; Sa
Si, y. to run upon; to run aground (yessels); Se Si, y.
to reach down, to arriye at, s. §e Si - ta, double y. th.s.;
Si Si, pi. Simo Si, y. to knock down ; to stamp ; So Si, y.
to hang loosely in the ground; Sd Si, y. to rend down;
ta Si, pi. tra Si, inf. Sitamo, Sitramo, to sit down; te Si,
inf. Sit6, y. to arise, get up; te Si, y. to stumble; ti
Tn, y. to stumble upon; to Si, y. to set or put down;
to tSui Si; to lay the heart down, to haye patience; s.
time yi Si; tfa Si, y. to strike down; to fell down; tfia
Si, y. Sitfiamo, to be an outcast; to be cast down, away,
giyen up; tSa Si, y. to dig the ground; tSe Sif y. to be
unruly; til Si, Y. to jump down (wo Si, y. to promise,
s. Si, ST, n.); wamo Si, y. to creep, on the ground; yi
Si, y. to descend; to let decend; to light, alight. Corop.
„si'' in Aid.

Sla, n. sand (Ot. fiwyia).

Siakuli, n. sand-grain.

State, n. sand-stone.

SianOf n. sea-shore.

STa, y. inf. Slamo* sometimes SIe» Slemo, to stretch out (the
hand etc.). Comp. Sie, y.

SIS, a kind of pi. form of Sft, y. to bum.

SIS, n. (Ot. fi, and fie) house, home ; miya STa, I go home ;
eye Sla, he is at home; town in its contrast to the

glabd — Slayo. 275

plantation-village (s. man) ; fatherland in contrast to foreign

country; comp. we and t§u, n. adr. home, at home,
slabs, n. comming home.
Slabs, sIabl9mo» n. quarrel in a house,
siabii, pi. n. (pi. of sianyo) people at home; country-men.
§iaba, n. protection of a house.
SiadsQle, n. house-peace.
§!adsQmo, h. house-blessing,
slagbe, n. hous«-dog.

slagbena, n. right of the house; ^an^re^lt.
glakolo, n. cattle; ^oudt^ier.
slakp6, n. house-meeting.
Slaman, pi. -m§dsi, n. home-town; native-town,
slamo; stretching out (the hand f. i.); burning, conflagra-
tion, fr. sla, V.
siana, n. house-mouth, i. e. door, not used: s. §6na and

9!na, n.
siamo =: sianyo ; pi. Slamei , n. country-man ; person at or

from one's home; people at home.
sianiitSumo, n. house-work; work at home; house-hold,
gland, pi. slanii, n. any thing of home, home-made thing;

home-custom,
slanoyeli, n. house-governement ; house-keeping,
slanye, pi. -nyemei, n. housemother; housewife; hostess;

mistress of the house; comp. biianye, n.
sianyedSen, n. character, life of housemother; etc.
sianyo, pi. slamei, siabii; person, people at home; pi. -hi,

man, men at home.
Slasamo, n. preparation of a house,
slasane, n. house- or home-palaver.
Slase, n. arrival at home.
SlaSikpon, n. house-land.

Slata, n. home-war; home-army; comp. amankd, n.
Slatse, pi. -tsemei, housefather, housemaster; host; pi. =

siabii, people at home; comp. biiatse, n.
Slatsu, n. house at home, in town (s. kosetsu).
slatSulg, n. house-servant,
slawebii, pi. n. domestics at home, in town; homeslaves,

house slaves (not in the plantation or field),
slawiemo, n. mother's tongue; language of home; home

palaver. '

slays, n. going home; home-journey,
slayo, pi. -yei, n. women at home; town- women; comp.

sianyo, pi. -hi; house-woman, ^au^noeib; housewife.

276 SiayoniitSumo — Sihe.

SlayoniitSuino, n. housewifery.

Siayoniifemonii, pi. n. doings of a housewife.

Slayosane, n. housewife-palaver.

Siba, n. coming down; decreasing, decrease; fall; hwm-

liation.
Sibalo, n. a person come low.
SibilO) n. a person asking after s. b.
gibimg, n. asking after s. b. or s. th. 92a4lfta(ie.
Siblemg, n. lying on the ground (as snakes do),
sibo, n. loitering about.
Sibolo, n. loiterer, louncher.

Sibumo, n. couching; /lying on the ground, on the face.
Mda , n. (Ot. aseda) thank.
Sidalo, n. tbanker.
sidamg, n. standing, station.
Sidamohe, n. standing-place, station; footing.
Sid§e» n. comming out, appearance = kpodSe; mischieT-

ousness, frowardness; mischief,
sidselo, n. mischievous froward or forward person.
sidSielo, n. revealer = kpodSielo, n.
sidSiemo, n. bringing out, forth; revelations^ kpod8iemo,D.;

betraying,
sidsu, n. stealth.

sidSulo, n. person acting by stealth,
sif&mo, n. taking out.
siflmQ, n. standing fast^ firmness.
siflmQhe, n. firm footing,
sifo, n. perambulation; procession*
sifolg, n. perambulater; member of a procession.
§ifd , SifQ , n. s. sifulg , n.
§ifd, n. casting down,
sifu, n. scent; tracing,
sifulo, SifddSi, n. lit. scenter, limer; epith. of the dog

(8. gbe).

sifSlg, n. scatterer.

Sifamg, n. scattering about.

sifiemg, n. outpouring.

sigb€mQ, n. falling, fall.

sigbemghe, n. place of a fall; falling place.

Sihelg, n. settler.

sJhemg, n. settling; settlement.

Sihemghe, n. settlement; place of.

sihemgheto, n. beginning of a settlement.

sihe^ Siheremg, n. downstriking.

Siheremo — Sikdmo. 277

Siheremo, n. upstarting.

Siherelo, n. person starting up.

Sihlle, n. remaining, dwelling.

Sihllehe, n. dwelling-place.

giiabo, as aften as.

§ika, y. inf. Sikamo, to load a gun; s. 8i, ?. and ka, y.

Sika, n. (Ot. sika) gold; money; silyer-money (s. trema and

dfetei); ye — , y. to use money; wo —, y. to owe

money.
sika-amagS, n. golden image,
sikafele, n. dan. whip.
iikahelQ, n. and

§ikafelo, §ikanmelo, n. gold-taker; gold-weigher,
sikafitemg, n. money-spending.
§ikanme» n. gold-weighing.
§ikalo, n. loader of a gun.
sikamo, n. loading of a gun.
§ik9mo, n. lying down.
sikSmohe, nr lying-place, couch; Saget/ 2ager)>Ia^.

slkS; ( »• goW-smith.

Sikand, pi. -nil, n. any thing made of gold.

Sikasane, n. money-matter.

Sikasuomo, n. loye of money.

sikatsakelo, n. money-changer; banker.

sikatsakemg, n. money-changing; banking.

sikatsakemohe, n. bank; (exchange).

sikatsalQ, n. gold-digger.

sikatsa, n. gold-digging.

sikatse, pi. -tsemei, n. possessor of gold; rich man; s.
niiatse, n.

sikawd , n. owing of money ; wearing of gold, golden orna-
ments.

sikayeli, n. use of money; money-spending; s. sikafitemQ.

Sikayelilo, *yelo, n. spender of money.

siki, inf. Sikimo, y. to suffocate; to giye s. b. medicine
into his nose (a common use here).

siki dso, y. inf. dSosikuno, to dance; s. tSS dSo, y.

sikimo, n. suffocation; putting medicine into s. b. nose.

sikisan (fr. Ot. sikrisam, lit. sugar-flour), n. european flour;
flour-bread; s. akpand, n.

sikisanabolo, n. flour-bread.

SikgsikQ, n. hickup = hikohiko, fukofuko.

gikdmg, n. ground-biting; falling m war (,,@ra9bei^en''V

278 Sikpft — Slnasralo.

Sikpd, n. lit. ground -cord; snake; 8. Hod and onofil, a
th. s.

Sikplalo, n. (ground -brushing), broom; 8« blo» belQ^ M*
nyielo, n.

Sikpon (lit. low-lump, comp. si and kpo, kpoft, Ot. asase,
Adn. subafi) n. pi. §ikpdd§i; earth; land; ground; floor;
the earth is considered a person and adored, as heaven
too (s. Nyonmo); ba — , v. = ba Si, ba i^iSi, to come
down; gbe — , to fall to the ground = gbe §1^ hfl — ,
V. to till the ground; s. hu kO; mft — , to stand or set
on the ground ; sa — , to prepare the groand ; ta — , to
sit on the ground; t§a — , v. to dig the ground; wo — ,
to sleep on the ground; ye — » to be on or in the earth
or ground.

Sikponba, n. coming on earth.

Sikponbii, pi. n. inhabitants of the earth.

sikponbo (= dsenbg, n.), n. globe of the earth.

Sikponhle, -ng, n. surface of the earth.

SikponhulQ, n. tiller of the ground.

SikponhumQ, n. tilling of the ground.

Sikponngbii, pi. n. inhabitants of the land or earth <» ii-
kponbii, n.

§ikponnd, n. something earthly; pi.

sikponnii, earthly things.

SikponniitsumQ, n. earthly business.

sikpohnyo, pi. -bii, n. earthly person.

Sikponnyiemo, n. walking on the ground, i. e. on foot*

sikponsamo, n. preparation of the ground.

sikpohsane, n. earthly matter.

§ikpontsa, n. digging of the ground.

sikponlse, n. land-possessor.

sikpontSu, n. floor-room.

sikumQ, n. breaking down.

silo, n. knocker, etc. fr. §i, y.

§iIumo, n. falling down; striking down; = Sitfiamo, Sitffi, n.

simo, V. pi. of si, to knock; n. knocking; pounding etc.
etc. fr. si, v.

simo or glrog, n. leaving.

SimSmo, n. standing or setting on the ground.

sinmlitso, pi. -tsei, n. hinge.

§ift, adv. firmly.

sin, n. a kind of bast; a kind of bread.

sina (= slana, sena) n. door; comp. agbo, n<

slnasralg, n. door-keeper. ,

SlnaSl — Sisidielo. 279

Sinasi, n. place under the door; -before the door.

Sinamo^ sioanamo, n. standing up (//SlufUeten^).

Slnatso, pi. -tsei, n. door-post.

slnasisi, n. sill, threshold.

sin^lelQ, n. (ground- walker); broom = Sikplalo» bio, n.

sin^d, n. falling, fail.

Slra, si, v. inf. sistramg, to take a walk (also with the
eyes only).

sisdmo, n. perching on the ground.

sisamQ, n. running aground.

sis6, n. arrival.

sisi, rednpl. of §i, v. (Ot. sisi) inf. sisimo (also §isiu, Si-
siumg) to deceive.

sisi, n. redupUcation of si, n. Ot. ase; earth, ground;
foundation, s. fanes; under part; depth bottom; dregs;
under story ; (s. nwei, the contrary of it) : reason, mean-
ing, signification; beginning; etc. etc. adv. down; aground;
trough; used as postposition like the prepos. under, be-
neath; comp. si, n. fia — , v. to come down; ba n. k.
Sisi, to come under s. th. ; be — , a. y e sisi ; bi — , v.
to ask the reason, signification; bo §isi toi, v. to listen
to the reason; bu-sisi, to lie under; dse siSi, v. inf. §i-
sidse, V. to begin; dse si§i, v. (to come) from beneath;
kg sisi, V. to lie under s. th.; ku — , v. to break down
the ground; to double the seam of doth; le si§i, inf.
Sisile, to know the reason, signification; mS si§i, v. to
lay the foundation; na sisi, v. to see the reason, mean-
ing; to understand, inf. sisina, =^ nana; na — , to hear
or understand the meaning; se i^isi, v. to .reach to the
ground; ta n. k. sisi, to sit under s. th., te SiSi, s. ya
sisi; tfa m. k. sisi, v. to be hard against s. b., so as
not to help him; to sisi, v. inf. siSitO, to lay the foun-
dation, to found; tsa sisi, v. to dig the ground; t§5
sisi , V. inf. sisitsomg, to show or teach the meaning of
s. th. , to interpret, comp. dsie na, v.; to explain, to
analize; ya sisi (te — ) v. to go down, - - under s. th.;
ye §i§i, neg. be — , v. to be down; to be under s. th.;
yo — , V. to perceive the meaning etc. , Comp. sisi in
Adn.

sisiba, n. coming down.

sisibimo , n. asking of a reason.

sisibumg, n. lying under s. th.

sisidSe, n. beginning; origin; foundation; fr. die iiSi, V.

sisid§elQ, n. beginner; originator; founder.

280 SiSigbe — Siyire.

SiSigbe^ n. way down-'ward; descent; deelirify.

SiSile, n. knowledge, understanding, intelligence; == 8iSini,ii.

SiSilo, n. deceiver, fr. §i§i, v.

SiSimS, n. foundation; comp. §iSid9e and iiSltO, n.

i^ii^jm&lo, n. founder.

fiiSimg, n. stamping, fr. §i §i, v.

SiSimO) n. deception, fr. §i§i, y.

i^igind, n. knowledge, understanding, inteUigence.

SiSinamo, n. th. s.

MSinQ , n. instruction (received about s. th.).

M^Iralo, n. person taking a walk.

Msiramg, n. taking a walk; ya — , = SYra Si, to take a

walk.
SiSitfa, n. hardness.
iSiSito, n. founding.
§i§it§S , n. digging of the ground.

M§it§dlo, n. interpreter; infonnator; explainer; commenter.
SiSitSdmO) n. interpretation, information; commentary.
i^isitsdmQwolo , pi. -wod§i, n. commentary,
i^isiyfi, n. going down; descent.
i§i§iyomo, n. perception.

§i§iu, V. inf. §i§iumo, = §iSi (Ot. sisi, sisiw) to deceiye.
M§iulo, n. deceiver.
iSi§iumo, n. deception; fraud,
sitamg, Sitramg, n. Sitting down; session,
gitamohe and

sitramohe, n. Sitting-place.

Site, n. getting up; arising; resurrection, fir. te §1, v.
Siti, n. leech, bloodsucker,
sitemo, n. stumbling.
Sitemgnd, pi. -nii, n. stumbling block,
sito, n. setting, setthng down, putting down of a load;

fr. to Si, V.
Sitfa, n. strjcking or falling down.
Sitfialo, n. an outcast.
Sitfiamo, n. outcasting; abjectedness.
SitSa, n. digging the ground.
SitSe, n. s. Sidse, mischief etc.
Siwo, n. promising, promise.
Siwolo, n. promiser.
Siwulemo, n. tumbling down.
Siyimo, n. descend; alighting.
Siyire (Ot. siyere), n. promised wife, bride ^ betrothed;

comp. ayemforo, n.

iia — Srftke. 381

Siu, y. inf. Siamg, to sink; — ng, to deny.

Siulo, n. denier.

Siumg, n. denying; sinking.

§la, y. s. §a and gala and Sra; to rot.

§la, adj. rotten, stinking; = §ala, §ra.

^a i§i, y. s. SIra §i, to take a walk.

§0, adj. and ady. quietly, Jonely; fe — , to be lonely,

So, y. inf. ^Oy to sinootli; to file; to grate; niiSgnd, gra-
ter; to rub; to plane; to lick; s. to nii ang; lanig, y.

§0» n. smoothing; filing; planing.

§g, pr. n. Wednesday.

§g na, inf. na§0 and naSgmg, to smooth the mouth » i. e.
to kiss; to suck at s. th.; f. i. to suck the marrow from
a bone.

§5, y. §dmg, to tear away, to snatch away; to rescue; $0
ye m. k. den, to snatch s. th. from h. b.

sd, inf. §fi, y. to form; to get stiff (f.i. by cramp) ; -kpli-
kpli, y. to haye conyulsions.

§5 gbe, n. inf. gbeS5, to make pots.

§5, n. forming, form; stiffness; potters-trade; s. gbeSS.

i^dhe, n. pottery.

soi, n. a kind of sea-fish.

sglg, n. smoother; planer; fr. sg, y.

sdlg, n. rescuer; person snatching s. th. away; potter;
s. gbeSdlg, n.

sdmg, n. tearing, snatching away; rescuing; fr. Sd, y.

sOmg, n. piss- water = sSmg, n. (obscene, s. nufiemg, n.).

§6ft, adv. far away.

Sd§5sd , §dSd§d§d, adj. and ady. pointed, sharp ; na SdSSSd,
sharp point; yiteA §d§5sd, sharp top; pointedly; sharply.

sgtg, n. red pepper; Cayenne pepper; wo — , y. to pep-
per; to season with pepper.

ggtgba, n. pepper-leaf; -plant.

SgtgtSo, pi. -tiei, n. pepper-plant.

SgtgwO , n. seasoning with pepper.

sgtgyeli, n. pepper-eating.

Sgtgyelg, n. pepper-eater.

sra = Sftla, Isira, pi. y. fr. sa, y. to rot.

Sra == S&la, S&ra, adj. rotten.

§ra §i = sSra §i, SKra si, y. inf. SiSramg, to take a walk.

srfike, inf. sr&kemg, y. (fr. §9, sftmg, Sftne, comp. §27
and § 12) to glide off, to slip out (by smoothness); to
miscarry; to unstring dissolve (of beads); to come to
shore (of fishermen).

282 Srfikelo — ta no.

Srttelo, n. person or animal nuscarrying.

Srftkemo, n. gliding, slipping out, off; miscarrfing, abor-
tion; dissolution (of beads); landing (of flabermen).

Sre = S^re, pi. y. of Si, y. to cast away.

Sremo = sSremo, n. casting away.

Sroke, y. inf. Srokemo, to be half-ripe; to emit blood (from
nose , mouth etc.) ; migOgd irgke, I bled from the nose.

Srokemo, n. state of being halfripe (of fruits); bleedmg,
emission of blood (from nose, mouth etc.).

Before „u** the letter „s** becomes generally „f**,
„u** being swallowed up ty it, or changed into „i**
or a sound resembling the german „ii'*.

Sua, y., s. (S, y.
Sue, y., s. fe, y.
Sue, y., s. fe, y. etc.

T.

Ta, y. pi. tftra or tra, inf. tft, tamo, tramo^ imperat aing.
ta! (Ot. tra, sa and te AAh, hi, which compare also in
Ga); to touch; to be touched, moved; to sit; to plaster
(set); to reach; to chew; ko n. k. ta, ta touch with s. th.;
ke m. k. ta, to sit with s. b., i. e. to set, to have sea-
ted; ke m. k. ta na, to dispute with s. b.; mli ta, y.
inf. mlita, to be inwardly touched, moyed; tSui ta, y.
to be heartily touched, moyed.

ta dan, y. to moye the mouth, i. e. to chew.

ta de, ta den, n. to shake hands.

ta he, pL tra he, y. inf. beta, hetamo, hetramo; to teach
(outwardly), betn^ten, anxu^xtn; to sit about; ^exum^
Pfeen.

ta hewo, y. th. s.

ta hie, y. to sit before.

ta mli, pi. tra mli, y. inf. mlita, mlitamo, mlitramo, te
touch the inside, to raoye inwardly; to stir, to stir ap;
to sit in s. th.; to set in (a piece of cloth into a dress)
i. e. to mend. Eta tSu le mli or tSu len, he sits in
the room; - lili mli, y. to sit or ride in a carriage.

ta na, pi. tra na, y. inf. nata, natamo, natramo; to touch
the mouth, end, brim etc., to reach to; ke m. k. *-, y.
to dispute with s. b. ; to set at s. th.

ta no, pi. tra no, y. inf. nota, -tamo, -tramo; to touch
the surface; to surpass; to sit upon; to ride; ta ekpoAo
no, to sit on horseback, to ride.

la se — taflatiie. S8S

ta se, pi tm se, y. inf. aetamo setramo, to ait behind;
to sit behind a higher person (king etc.) to assist, him ;
comp. setrafoiy n.

ta si, pi. tra §i, r. inf. Sitamo, fiitramo, to sit down, to
sit, to be seated; ke m. k. ta Si, to sit with s. b., to
set s. b. down ; eta ii ye Uiu le ndi, he sat (down being)
in the room; comp. eta t§u le mil, he sat in the room.

ta §i§i', pi. tra sisi, y. §i§itd, sisitamo, siSitramo, to touch
or reach the ground; to stir up the bottom; to sit under
8. th.; ametra tSo Si§i, they sat under a tree; amelra §i
ye tSo i^iSi, they sat down under a tree; ta kpataSi and
ta kpata §iM, to sit under a roof.

ta, n. touch; war, wu — , to war, to make war, inL tawu>
warring, fighting in war; army; comp. asafo; Ol. sa, n.

ta or ta, n. touch? only used in the peculiar phrase: \Si
td, y. to mention, inf. tStSI; eti^i miti, he mentioned
me; s. tfil ta, y.

ta, pi. trfi (Ot. sft), y. inf. td; to be done, Qud fe^n; to
haye an end; generally used in the perf. tense, eta, it
is done; sometimes used as auxiliary yerb to express
the 'nearness or completeness of an action; mife etfi,
I haye quite done it, i haye almost done it; finished
(comp. the negro -engtish of Sierra Leone: „I done do**
= I haye done doing, 1 am ready); eiSe eta, eSe Si
eta, it is quite sufficient, it is quite near, it has
quite arriyed, it is almost at hand; etc Adn. th. a.

ta lo or

tli lo, y. to be thin, meager; inf. lota.

ta, laba, tawa, n. europ. word, tobacco«

tabe, n. time of war.

tabii iabiloi, pi. n. warriors; members of the arjny.

tabilo, pL -tabilgi, n. warrior soldier.

Tabdn, pr. n. (tabdA, litterally: nwell"*; a word of the
Portuguese black emigrants from the Brasils, now living in
Akra or Ga, perh. portuguese, by which they are now
called) ; the quarter of the portuguese black emigrants or
the place in whiche they liye; their language, their re-
ligion, gen. mahomedan; now also applied to other black
emigrants from the "Westindies, Sierra Leone etc.

TaboAnyo, pr. n.> pi. TabOMoi, TabMtftemei, such a per*
son; pi. TabdAhl, such a man.

TabdAyo, pi. -yei, pr. n. such a woman.

taflatSel (Ot. tafrakyel) int. excusing exclamation = si^A
yenia ! SKit SRefpect ju mel^en ! > if an obscene word or

284 taflatSeto — tanyd.

expression is used; comp. kuse! — to. UflatS^/ t. to

offer an apology in such cases.
taflat§etO, n. offering of an apology,
tafitemo, n. loss of a battle,
taflobdnto (= plet^) n. europ. word » plate.
tagbamo» n. arrangement of battle, s. gba ta» t.
tahe, n. battle-field,
tawuhe, n. th. s.
take (contracted from tamo ake, tanke» to be like as) =

ake, conj. as, just as; like as; take boni, take beni;

th. s. (comp. bo, be, boni, beni^ as, according to; m^fe

take boni okemi le, I did as thou toldest me.
Taki, pr. n. of males (very probably (Ot. := takyi).
take, n. pad, polster to carry something on the head; bo->

to roll a pad.
takobO» n. rolling of a pad (from a doth),
taku, n. a weight of gold about 6 pence worth.
takotSa, n. sponge for cleansing the teeth, made of bark

or fibres of a plant; s. kotSa, n. and ta, v. to chew,
talo, n. joint of the body.
talo> n. sitter; toucher; fr. ta, y.
tam, adv. = pam; much; ever since, since; f. i. tarn ne

minako le, i have not seen him ever since,
t&mi, n. a kind of sweet berries similar to ripe coffee.
tamitSo, n. shrub bearing them,
tamo, n. sitting; mending, patching; fr. ta, v.
tamo, V. to be similar, to like, to be like; sometimes used

as a formverb with defective forms sa like, like a8» as;

f. i. tamo boni oke le> as thou saidst; comp. take> coi\j.
tamomo, tamo, n. liking; likeness,
tdii^, inf. -mo 9 V. to swear, = na; f. i. mUlA mitSe» ake

mafe, I swear by my father, that I will dot it^ (a. Ot.

ntam, n.).
tah, a4j. and adv. (Ot.) and
taiitan or tantaA, adj. and adv. ugly; deformed; disgusting;

dirty; unpleasant, bad, ill; deformedly; ye taA, to be ugly;

fe m. k. tan, v. to disgust; .efeomi iah^ it disgusts me.
tanagb^, n. victory fr. gbe ta na, v.
tankpe, n. rope, rigging of vessels.
tantanfemOy n. disgust; disgusting,
tano, pi. -nii, n. something belonging to war or the army,
tantrfi, n. a kind of seafish.
tananyd, and

d, n. falling in war.

tao — tc. 285

tao, neg. aor. taao and taoo, inf. taon)0» ▼• to seek; to
want; to wish; to desire; s. Ot tfl, taw, v. and fefe
and pe» v. AdA. hara, y.

tao mil, inf. mlitaomo, v. to investigate, to search.

tao, n. dan. slate; Xafel.

tao se, inf. setaomo, y. to seek after; tao segbe, y. th. s.

taolo, n. seeker, wisher.

taomO) n. seeking; want; desire; wish.

tara, pi. verb = Ira, fr. ta, y. to sit, to touch.

tasa, n. (europ. word); pewter-basin.

tasamo, n. preparation of war.

tasane, n. war palayer; casus belli.

tatale, n. a kind of maize-cakes baked in palm-oil.

tatnta, ady. to and fro; aflafta le tfa tatata, the flag floats

to and fro.
tatse, n. lit. army -father; field-marshal; gelbfiau!ptmann ;

comp. asafoiatSenukpa, n.
tat§!, n. mentioning, mention, fr. tsl 19, y.
tStSHo, n. mentioner.
tatSo, pi. -t^ei, n. a tree with a bitter bark which is used

as medicine,
tatti, n. war-gun.
tawa, n. europ. word, tobacco; nu-, to smoke = nu blSi v.

tawable, pi. — bedSi, n. tobacco-pipe.

tawanulo, n. smoker = blenulo, n.

tawanumo, n. smoking, -= blenumo, n.

tawiemo, n. war-speech; — palayer; rumour of war; and
taheyriemo, n. ^

tawn, n. warring war; fr. wu ta, y. to war. S. ta, n.

tawulo (gen. tabilo), n. warrior.

tajft, n. going to war.

tayO, pi. tayei, n. war -woman; woman attached to the
army.

te, defectiye yerb, to go away, to go; in the present and
imperfect tense of the posit, yoice and in all the tenses
of the negat. yoice ^ya*' is used instead; of which also
the infinit. form is taken. Comp. the next, word and
bote, kite, y. etc. Combined with „ke'', »te*^ also is
used as aux. y,= ya; k§-te, ke-ete, ke-ate (kate) =
to, unto.

te, inf.'temo, y* (to go away) to conceal one's self; to
hide; to conceal; ke-te, to conceal; Ad. la, y.; te m. k.,
to — s. b., to be concealed to some body.

286 te he — te Si.

te he, inf. heiemo., v. to conceal one's self; amete amehe,
they concealed themselves.

te hewo, v. th. s.

te hie, inf. hYetemo • t. .to conceal before s. b. ; to be con-
cealed, to be hidden before; ete mihle, it is hidden be-
fore my eyes; to conceal one's self = te he.

te mli, defect, v. ,s. te, def. v. to enter.

te mli, y. inf. mlitemg, to hide or be hidden in some place.

te na, def. v. to go at; s. te, def. ?.; to get up from or
before s. th.; s. te §i, v.

te nO) def. v. to go on or upon; s. te, det v.

te se, def. y. to go behind; s. te, def. v.

te S6» ke-te se, t. inf. setemo; to conceal behind.

te si, inf. Site, y. to get up; to arise; to stand np.

te SiSi, y. def. to go down, under s. th.

te Sisi, inf. SiSitemo , y. to conceal under s. thing. ,

te, n. dan. tea.

te, ten, n. middle, midst; ady. betwixt; postposition: amidst
among, amongst, in etc. As man, nydn, mdn, dai^ etc.
this word is generally used with the terminational aug-
ment „A** = mli, therefore lit. = middle -inside; but
when used with the article „le^ the augm. n^*^ joins
this; f. i. ameten, in their middle, amidst of them; amete
len, in the middle of them. As the other postpositions:
he, hie, mli, na, no, se, Si, etc. ten can be connected
with many verbs, as : ba teA (or te leA) to come betwixt,
amidst, into or in the middle; be ten, to be not in the
middle; bu aten, to jugde (Ot. th. s.) is very probably
a pluralform of bu ten; = consider between two parties;
daniQ ten, to stand betwixt; dsa ten, to divide betwixt
etc. Compare also the combination inliteA, yiten, nyon-
ten etc.

te-teii, interrog. pron. how? te oyo ten, how art thou?
te oke ten, how didst thou say? te fe teA? ie afe
ten? how? te afe ieh n\ akekomi ene di? how is it
that this never has been told me?

te, v. inf. t^ temo, to stumble; to knock against; mite
minanewao (te), I knocked my toe against (a stone);
(comp. Ot. tia); to falter; na te Si, inf. naSite, to falter
in speaking; also used of a razor, when cutting the skin.
Sometimes the plur. form tere is used.

te Si, pi. tere Si, inf. Site, Sitemo Siteremg, with ^na*' as
^ram* subj. to falter; mina tere Si, I faltered.

le — telo. 287

te* n« Btoae; rf>ck; compact mass, f. i tunte, gunstonlB,
ball; burden; cataract (of the eye); tfa m. k. te» to cast
a stone at s. b.; gba ie* to break stones from a quarry,
to quarry; sane k& te ko no» there is something else
behind the matter, prv.

te, n. stumbling, faltering; s. temo, teremOt n.

te (Ot. tew), V. to get or be clear; of water; of men,
when come to understanding; hie t€, = hie tSe, y. to
have a clear face, surface etc. to have a clear under-
standing.

te-awale» n. tea-spoon.

teba, n. tea-leaves.

tida or teidS (s. tel), n. palm-wine. ,

tebi, n. new tooth (childrens language).

tebu, n. stone-hole, quarry.

tedSi, n. ass; donkey.

tedsibi, n. foal of an ass.

tedsinu, pi. -hi, n. male-ass.

tedSiyO, pi. -yei, n. female-ass.

tegbalo, n. stone-breaker, quarry-man.

ti^gbamo, tegblamo, n. stone-bceaking, quarrying, fr. gba
te, V.

ti, tgn, and

tel (and teltso, pi. -tsei), n. pahn-tree producing the com-
mon palmoil and palmwine; comp. akokostso; ametSro-
bitso, wietSo, soi^tso etc. and nmetSo, n.

tgheniitSumo, telniitsumo, n. palmtree work.

tekamo, n. stone pavement; fr. ka te, v. to pave.

teke, V. inf. tekemo, to jump, to leap; to be over and
above; to overflow etc.; comp. tCr, ku no, t.

teke no, v. inf. ngtekemo (to jump over; to leap over),
to be over, superfious; comp. kQ no and tQ, v.

tekelOs n. one who jumps over.

tekemo, n. leaping, jumping over; superfluity; s. noteke-
mo, n.

ieketre^ n. dan. tea-kettle.

tekope, n. tea-cup.

tekpulu, pi. -kpudSi, n. tea-jug.

tfile, v., s. tere, v.

tele, pi. V. of te, s. tere, pi. v.

t3o, n. gum; flesh round the teeth.

telo-asane, n. boil at the gum.

telg, n. concealer.

telo, n. person stumbling (falterer); s* naSitelo, n«

388 Tema — tSrema.

Tema, pr. o. of a sea-town betwixt NuAwa and Gbagbrf,
in the AdftAme-country fprh. from te, n. atone and mi
n. building, ^tonebuilding, atonetown; corop. the neigli*
bour-town ^fTeSi**. There are good boilding atones near
both of them).

temo, n. concealing, hiding.

temobe, n. hidden time.

temohe, n. hidden place; hiding place.

temoSihIle, n. hidden life.

temond, n. hidden art.

temosane, n. hidden matter; mystery; comp. diiAaane, n.

temowiemo, n. hidden, mysterious word.

teA, n. middle; s. te, n.

tcA, inter, pron. s. te-teA.

tend, pi. -nil, n. some thing of stone.

teno, n. surface of a stone; adv. on a stone, = firmly.

teo, = tfi, Ot. tew (= tse), v. to be clear.

teo, inf. teomo; Ot. tew, to plant, transplant (plants al-
ready planted; s. dQ, v.); to watch or lay in wait for;
to float; eteo nu le hie, it floats on the water.

teolo,n. planter, transplanter of trees; Saumjfid^ter; comp.
dDlo and hQlo, n., and kosenyo and okwafonyo, n.

teomo, n. planting, transplanting of trees and plants.

teomoba, n. plant for transplanting.

teomobd, n. time or season for transplanting.

teomobu, n. hole for transplanting.

teomohe, n. place „ „

teomoAa, n. art of „

teomotSo, pi. -tSei, n. tree for transplanting.

tSre, inf. t^remo, = tYre, tre, ▼. to carry on the bead;
to lift on s. body's head for caring (,,einem auf^elfen'O;
to elevate itself; to swell, eheko tere, he got a swelling
from a fall; ^6) aufbeben, aufbaumen; to trouble or
plague one (with words); comp. wo, hie, tfa koA, tSo-
tSoro, V. etc.

tere, pi. v. of te, inf. teremo, to stumble frequently; to
falter; s. na te Si, t.

tSrelo, n. carrier (on the head); hammockman.

terelQ, n. stumbler, falterer, s. naSiterelo, n.; fr. tere, pL
of te, V.

tSrema (ttrema, trema), n. cowries; Ot. th. s.; - ke 8ika,
cowries and silver -money; - yi, one head of-; - kpa,
one string of -; kane -, v. to count -; ftte or ye -, v.
to use or spend - ; etc. Comp. hleo, kpfi, tSakpo, n.

tSremafitelo — tetremantreflilQ. 280

tSremafitelo, - yelo, n. user or spender of cowries.
l^rematttemO) -yeli, n. use or spending of cowries; see

file, V. and ye, v.
tSremakanelo, n. cowries-counter,
tiremakanemo, n. cowries-counting.
tSrema-akonta, n. cowries-account.
tSrema-adeka, n. cowries box.
t^remakotoku, -floto* n. cowries-bag.
t^remasane, n. cowries-palaver.
t£remat§e> n. possessor of cowries; rich man; s. niiatih^,

§ikatSe» n.
tSremo, n. carrying on the head; putting on s. b.'s head

for carrying,
teremg, n. stumbhng, faltering; s. te and tere> v.
t^retgre (and tretre), adj. and adv. quick; -ly; wie — , v.

to speak quickly,
tesa, n. lit stone-bed; rock.
tesagoA, n. stony, rocky hill or mount,
tesahe, n. rocky place.
Te§i, pr. n. („understone, stoneland**); of a seatown 5 miles

east of Osu.
TeSinyo, pi. -hi, n. man from TeSi.
Tesinyo, pi. -bii, -mei, n. Te§iman, -people.
TeSiyO, pi. -yei, n. Te§i woman.
Tete, pr. n. of firstborn sons (Comp. Dede of firstborn girls;

Tete» masc. and Koko» fem. of sec. children; Mesa and

Mftnsa, of the 3., Anan and T§ot§o, 4.; Anum and Ma-

num, 5.; N§ia and Sa§a, 6.; A§on, m. and f., 7.; Botfe,

m. and f., 8.; Akron, m. and f., 9.; Badu, m. and f , 10.;

taken with the exception of Tete, Dede, Tete, Koko

and TSotso, from the Otyi numerals). In Te§i are also

other names used, perh. from the DdAme.
Tete 9 pr. n. of second sons,
tet^o, V. inf. -mo, to float, to overflow (fr. teo); hie -, v.

to be sad; comp. tototo, adj.
tetete, adj. brackish (of water),
tetete .(s. Ot. tete, n.) = bebe, adj. and adv. old; from the

beginning,
tetfa, pi. teitfiamo, n. peting; stoning,
telrg, adj. and adv. wide, broad; -ly;'comp. le, v. ga-

dSa, adj. wuya, adj. etc.
tetremantre, n. tetremante, n. trumpet; waterplant like a

trunopet; fli -, v. and kpS -, v. to blow the ^-.
tetremantreflilQ, -kpflo, n. trumpeter.

Zimroermaoiiy Akra-Vocab. V^

290 tetremantreflimo — ti.

tetremantreffimo , -kpfimo, n. blowing of the tmmpel.
ietSo, pi. -tsei, n. stone-tree, stone- wood; a hard wood

of white colour,
tfa, subj. and obj. pi. tfia, inf. tffi, tfifimo, v. to be stricken;
to fall; to strike, to hit; to cast; to fire; to knock; to
knock to and fro; to boil; to be cast away. Tfa d5,
pi. tfla nii, y. to strike with s. th. ; - odfio, y. inf. odSo-
tfa, to kidnap, to catch men for sale ; - oti, inf. otitfk, y.
to shoot at the mark; - §i, inf. Sitfa, pi. Sitflftmo; to
strike down, to fall down = lu Si; to be abased, cast
away, an outcast (t)enrotfen fepn); - SiSi, inf. SiSitfe, to
be hard against s. b. = fe m. k. ablo; tfa te» y. inf.
tetfd, to cast a stone; etfami te, he cast a stone at me;
tfia tei» inf. teitfifimo, to pelt with stones; to stone;
tfa tSo, inf. tSotffi, y. to strike with a stick; etfami tSo;
tfa to, inf. tutf^, y. to fire a gun ; - okplem, - a cannon
etc.; hie tfa he no, inf. henohietOa, = hie kpa he no, y.
to forget one's self; comp. also: otfasini6gbo! (fall down
and die!) a curse and n. = pestilence.

tfa, n. stroke, fall, cast; boiling; pi. tfiamo, n.

tfa! tfia! int. fye! shame! i|3fui! etc. S. also: tSa! tSia!
tSaka!

tf9, tfSnl, adj. tough; j&b.

tfalo, n. striker, knocker etc.

tfakoto, n. a kind of hose or breeches.

tfapia, n. chewing stick to cleanse the teeth with.

tf^m, ady. = kwa, entirely, together; fg -, all together.

tfere m. k., inf. tferemo (Ot. tfere or tyere, to lean); to
perform a certain ceremony for a person yiolently or
suddenly killed in leaning or setting him on a chair and
rubbing him oyer with white clay.

tfere, atfere, n. ladder; s. atf. - tfrebo, n. flint.

tfere and tfetf^r^, adj. small and sharp (used of the fanman
frame).

tfetfg, y. inf. -mo, to be joined together by cords etc.

tfetfemo, ti. joining, binding together.

tfia (or tSia), inf. tfiamo, y. to walk, manly, proudly.

tfiamo, n. striking, falling (of many things) etc.; s. tfa,
pi. tfia, y.

tfiamo, n. proud, manly walk; s. tSiamo, n.

ti, inf. tile, tl and tiipo, y* to be thick, strong, palpable,
to cloy ; to touch ; to scratch ; to prick ; to eat with the
fingers; to pick; to sting (but s. tsS, y.), to pierce, to
walk or stumble like spiders (in Fables) ; m. k. 8ika ti, n.

i\ hie — 'titfa. 291

8. b. '8 gold is thick, i. e. he is rich; comp. kpoto. Re-
dupl. y. titi; comp. also kpiti, v. Ot. th. 8.

ti hie, y. to scratch or prick one's face; tp east s. th. into
some body's teeth; inf. hietl.

tl masu, y. to prick one's belly; used as the former; inf.
mnsutl.

ti no, inf. notimo, y. to stumble upon s. b. to come upon
s. b. unexpectedly.

ti nsrd, y. to be faithful to the master; to feign faithful-
ness; to dissemble, to play the hypocrite; inf. nsrOtimo,
iisrdnti, n.

ti si, y. to stumble, to sit down as children do when they
try to stand; s. he M, y.

tly n. scratching etc.

'ti, oti, n. head (0l)» point, mark; tfa -, y. to shoot after

the mark; inf.
'titfiS, otitf)S, n. mark-shooting,
ti, n. lump of any thing, as fat etc.; s. Ot. ti = head;

a kind of medicin of the head of a snake and some

leayes pulyeriscd.
tia, y. inf. -mo, to scratch together (money); to gather,

spare, to hoard; to join, accompany s. b.
tiafi (Fanti word), n. privy; tsouQ, kona, n. etc.

tialo, n. gatherer, hoarder of money; sparing person; com-
panion, joiner.

tlamo, n. scratching together, gathering, sparing; joining,
accompanying.

tiki, y. inf. -mo, to burst, to open; to break through (f. i.
a lagune or riyer through the sandbar j; comp. fa; gbu,
bS, y.

tikilo, n. person bursting or opening s. th.

tikimo, n. bursting, opening, breaking through etc. s. fg,

felemo, n.
tile> n. thickness, fr. ti, y.

timo, n. stumbling; thickness; strength fr. ti, y.; comp.

if, n. and tile, n., also titi, y., titimo, n.
tip6, tipgi^, n. contemporary; Sllter^genoffe; ke m. k. fe-,

to be as old as s. b. ; s. ye m. k. onukpa, gbekS etc.
tipSnfemo, n. Qllterdgenoffcnfil^^aft; contemporariness.
tire, y. s. tfire, y.
tirema, n. s. t^rema and trema, n.
tYrom, n. garden, s. trom.
Hitfa, otitfa, n. shooting after the mark, fr. tfa oti, y.

392 'titfalo — to nane.

Hitblo, ot., n. marks-man.

titi, D. a small nice bird.

till (reduplication and corroboration of ti)» v. inf. titimo,
to scratch; to pick with the fingers; to tickle; he Utl, v.
inf. hetltlmo, v. to be tired of laziness = he bla; mibe-
ntitimi, I am tired, id) fu(^Ie lan^e Seile. OU th. s.;
comp. also kpiti, v. and wo dfgkQdiki, v.

lltUo, n. scratcher, tickler.

tltlmo, n. scratching; tickling; comp. wamQ, n.

titrT, adj. thick, strong, excellent (fr. ti, v.).

titri, adv. especially.

tl — see under tr.

to, V. inf. to (Ot. th. s.), to lay; to keep; to lay down,
to cut down, inf. tomo, to cut; to put down a load,
to lodge — m. k. nd, to lodge with s. b.; to take
down s. b. load, s. to si; etc.; ke h!e to n. k. no, to
animadvert; to advert, to think. The word is very ex-
tensively used, but can generally be explained by the
significations mentioned; only one use is difficult, sc.
as an aux. v. to express the relation of foresight, as
sometimes the adv. „before", ^already", „again8t'' in
Engl., f. i. mik^ roit6, 1 said it before; mitia §ika mito
homo, I gathered money against' hunger; misa mihe
mito wo', 1 prepared myself for to morrow etc. Comp.
also the aux. v. na and the adv. momo.

to afa, V. inf. afaio, to put aside, away; aufbebett.

to aflS, V. to make a sling or loop; nmO aflS, th. s.

to fa, inf. fato, v. to build a swish-wall; mudwall, claywall.

to he, V. inf. heto, hetomo; to lay or put about; to cut
short; to answer (comp. here no); to compare, ke n. k.
to n. k. he, to compare s. th. with s. th.

to hie, V. inf. htelO, to direct the face; - - n. k. no, - -
- - upon s. th.; s. ke hie to no, v.

to kpa, V. inf. kpato, to commit a detestable thing, to
blame one's self; comp. kpa, n. bo fd, y., bo he
ahora, v.

to ma, inf. m9tO, v. to put bread (dough) into the oven
(einf^iegen).

to man, inf. manto, to found a town; to build a town.

to mli, inf. mlito, v. to put into, to lay into (ein(egen).

to na, inf. nato, to lay or put at, aniegen.

to nddsian, inf. nadsiahto, v. to recompence, to retribute.

to nane, inf. naneto, v. to walk or march in measured
steps f. i. in carrying a hammock.

to DQ — to. 293

to no> inf. noto, to lay or put upon, on; auflegni, brattf«
legen; to repeat; to smooth or iron cloth; to nii ano, v.
th. s.

to m. k. Ad, T. to lodge with a. b.

to se, inf. seto, y. to put back, aside; to delay; to put
behind; ^inter(e((en, nad^Iegen; Derfcf^ieben; to provide for.

to Si, inf. Sito, to lay or put down, esp. the load; to rest
in the way; to lodge; to give into s. b. charge; comp.
h9 m. k. n. k. §itO, to give s. th. into s. b. charge; to
m. k. §], to take s. b. load down (ab()elfen); ablegen,
niebettegen, binteilegcn, abfieden, etc.; to tSui §i, to yi
si = nme t§ui §i, to have patience; Ot. to bo ase, v.

to Si§], inf. SiSitO, y. to lay or put under s. th.; to lay the
foundation.

to tsui §i^ inf. tsuiSitO, v. and

to yi §i, inf. yiSitO, v. to have patience. ^

to, n. small cattle (Hebr. |i<2;); sheep or goat; t i. to

gwanted, sheep; to aboti^, goat; to agbo, ram; to kpa-
kpo, he-goat; le toi, v. to keep or raise small cattle.

Ho, nto, n. toll, tax.

'to, nto, n. a kind of grass.

'to, interrog. particle, s. nto and te-tej(i.

to, n. setting, ordering, putting away; fir. to, v.

tO» V. pi. tgrg, trg, inf. to, trOmo, to be full; to be sa-
tisfied; - nma, - with food; but impersonally used: to
be tired; f. i. mito, 1 am satisfied; ametrg, they are -;
etgmi, lam tired, etroame, they are tired; but gbenyfe-
mo le etgmi, the journey has tired me.

tg biti, V. = tg piti, v. to faint.

tg dd, inf. dfito , v. to be full of strong drink, to be drun-
ken ; amgtrgtrg dS, they were altogether or every-where
drunken. .

tg mu, tg mum, inf. mutg, v. l>etflummen; to grow dumb,
speechless.

tg owele, inf. oweleto, y. to revenge; tg n. k. or m. k.
he owele, to revenge s. b. or some thing.

tg piti, V. inf. piUtg, Ot. th. s., to fall into a swoon; to
faint.

tg sd, to m. k. sd, inf. sdto^ to accuse s. b. innocently ==
kg sd fd m. k. ng; comp. sd, n.

to, n. fulness; satiely; weariness; adv. fully; yi tg == yi
obO, obfibd, obdbObdy to be quite full.

294 to — toi.

to, n. bottle 9 esp. calabash -bottle, but also Any aimilar
vessel; comp. atunkpS, abodiamo> n5, n. To ke mu,
a bottle with oil; to ke dd, - - with wine, etc.

t5, inf. tdmg (Ot. th. s.), to mistake, to make a mistake,
to transgress; to disturb; to entangle, confuse; to be
perplexed, to be in danger, perplexity; s. tdtd, v.; na
td, inf. natdmo, to be perplexed, confused in speech;
to transgress with the mouth ; yiwala td, to be in danger
of life.

td kits, Y. to transgress an oath or command; int kita-
tdmo.

td mli, y. to disturb or confuse the inside.

td mra, or -mla, v. to transgress the law; inf. mratdmo.

td na, V. to transgress against the mouth, word of s. b.;
to disturb one's words; s. tdtd na, t.

td nO, inf. notdmg, y. to transgress; = td; to sin or do
wrong against; etd ming, he did wrong against me.

toagbd, to agbd, n. ram; s. to, n.

togbanten, togbanteA = togwanteA, sheep; s. to, n.

tobi, n. young small cattle,' Ifimb or kid, s. to, n.

tofe, n. dung of small cattle.

tofQ, n. bubble.

togbe, n. slaughter of small cattle.

tdgbi, n. appointed day, s. to, y.

tohe, n. place where the loads are put down; restingplace;
place where s. th. is kept; treasury; lodging; inn; see
gbgiatohe, n.

tohetSe, n. inn-keeper, host; s. gboiatolo, n.

tohetSoi, n. lit. sheep- or goats-hair (sheep have scarcely
any w6ol in this country); wool; s. kuntd.

tohetgQind, pi. -nii = kuntOnd, some thing woolen.

tohetfiu, n. keeping -, treasury-room.

toi, n. ear; ba -, y. inf. toibfi, to give or bow the ear;
be toi, to haye no ear, i. e. to disobey; bo -, inf. toi-
bo, y. to obey, to listen; bomi toi, listen to me, obey
me; comp. nu, y.; eboole toi, he was disobedient to
him; fd -, inf. toifd and toif^Q, to take out the ear
to listen; fe-, to make an ear, to listen; gba toi, to
give a box, pi. gbla toil, v., toigba, toiigblamo, lit. to
draw the ear, - m. k. -, to take s. b. by the ear, i. e.
to correct, to punish him; gbe toi, scarcely used, v. to
kill the ear, make listless, disobedient; /gbo toi (s. toi
gbo, v.), v. inf. toigbd, toigbomo, toigbele, to be dead

. in the ear, to disobey; to be disobedient; hil toi, inf.

toi ba — toigbA. 39S

ioihtmQy to give ear, to hearken; to listen; ma toi, inC
toimo, T. to be deaf; sa toi, see toi sa, t.; tfii toi, y.
pi. tSimo toii, tsi toi6, v. inf. toitSiniQ, toiAtiymo, to
stop the ear; to fill one's ear with prattle; wa toi, int
toiwale, = toi wa, v. to be of a hard ear; wadSe toi, r^
to harden the ear, inf. toiwadSemo; wo tolA, to put
into the ear, to suggest, to wisper to; to insinuate; yi
toi, to fill the ear (with prattle etc.); bit O^ren 9oII
ma(t!en/ kpfi wo m. k. toi, th. s. lit. to trumpet into
s. b. ears, used Uke the former etc. Coofip. also Ot.
aso and asom.
toi ba, y. s. ba toi, to Usten.

toi d§o, toii^ dsQ, inf. toiAdsole, y. to hare or beat rest
with the ear, to hear no disturbance or palayer, to have
peace = he d§Q; Ot. asom dyo, th. s.

toin fe heA, the ear rings.

toin gbe, V. th. s.

toi gbo, inf. toigbo and toigbele (= gbo toi), y. to have

a dead ear, to be listless, disobedient; to disobey,
toi mli, toimU, toin, n. inside of the ear.

toi mu, s. mu toi, y. to be deaf; inf. toimQ.

toi sa, y. inf. toisale, toinsale, to be of a fit, ripe ear
(comp. sa, he sa, hie sa etc.), to know, to obey; but
generally used ironically from the contrary, to be dis-
obedient = toi wa, n.

toi wa; inf. toiwale, toinwale, v. to have a hard ear, to
be disobedient = toi gbo, toi sa.

toiasafoku, toiakutu, n, flock of small cattle.

toiakwelo, toialelo, n. shepherd, raiser or keeper of small
cattle = tokwelo, and

toiatse» pi. -tsemei, th. s.

toiatsu, n. sheep- or goat-stable or yard.

toiba, n. obedience; tistening; fr. ba toi; = toibO, n.

toibalQ, n. .(scarcely used) obedient or listening person =
toibolQ.

toibd, n. listening, hearkening; obedience.

toibolo, n. obedient person.

toibosane, n. matter of obedience.

toidsole, s. toinddole*

toidsQ, n. sheep- or goat-stealing.

toif^mQ, n. listening.

toifemo, n. th. s.

toigba, n. box, stroke on the ear; fr. gba toi, v.

296 toigblamo — tol6

toigbhmo» n. correction, chasticeinent; ptmishineiit; fir. gbi

toi, Y.; pi. gbla toi, ▼.
toigbalo, -gblalQ, n. chasticer.
toigbe, D. making disobedient fr. gbe toi, ▼.
toigbele, n. lit. death of the ear, disobedience, =s toiwale,

fr. gbo toi, y. and toi gbo, y.
toigbo, n. and toigbomo» n. th. s.
toigbolOt n. disobedient person.
toihSmo, n. listening, obedience, fr. hfl toi, v.
toihemo, n. buying of small cattle,
toihdmo, n. selling „ „ „
toihdlo, n. seller ,, n n
toimO, n. deafness,
toimulo, n. deaf person.

loin, pi. toiian, = toi mli, toii amli, n. inside of the ear.
toinnd, pi. toiiannii, n. ornament of the ear, earring.
toind§ole, n. peace, rest, Ot. asomdyoe; = hedSoIe» n.
toihd§olOy n. peaceful person; = hedSolo*
toififla, n. boil in the ear.
toingbamo, toiiafigblamg, n. stroke on the ear, box; fr. gba

toifi, Y. toih.
toinsale, toisale» n. fitness, but generally hardness of ear;

disobedience; fr. toi sa, y.
toinsalo, n. (ironically) disobedient person.
toiYva, toi wale, toinwale, n. hardness of ear; listlessness;

disobedience.
toiwalQ, n. a listless, disobedient person.
toiwO, toinwO, n. wispering, suggestion into the ear; but

see kpd yfo m. k. toiA; y. to admonish; to incolcate.
toiwolo, n. Yvisperer, suggester.
toinyimg, n. striking on the ear or in the face; fr. yi

loin, Y.
toiyimo, n. filling of the ear (mXh prattle); fr. toi yi, y.
toke, inf. tokemo, y. engl. from to talk; to prattle,
tokelo, n. talker, babbler,
tokemo, n. talk, prattle,
tokot^, n.; pi. tokotai, sandals,
tbkotakpelo, n. sandal-maker,
tokotakp^, n. sandal-making,
tokpakpo (Ot. papo), n. he-goat; s. to, n.
tokwelO) n. shepherd; s. toialelo* toiat§e» n.
toielO) toialelo, n. raiser of small cattle,
tolo, n. keeper etc. fr. to, v.
tol5, n. morning-star; pr. n. of women.

tolo — trakte. 297

tolo, n. a person full of s. th., only used in compounds.

tdlg, n. transgresser etc., fr. id, y.

'i6mOy at6mo, n. batata, sweet potato.

tomo, =^ to, n. cutting; felling of trees.

tdmo, n. transgression, fault; mistake; disturbance, perple-
xity; danger; fr. td, v.

tdmofa, n. forgiveness of transgression.

t5mQn5, pi. -nil, n. act of transgression, punishment or
fine for transgression. ^

tdni, n. lady-bird (?).

tdni, n. a kind of dung-beetles, s. koklogbanting, th. s.

tontdn, pi. -to!, n. mosquitoes.

tdrora, n. s. trom.

toro, V. pi. form of to, v.

toto, n. husk; bark; trash ;~sctie; shell etc.; he-toto, the
natural covering of trees, plants, seed; also of fish etc.

totokplomo, n. taking or breaking off of the husk, bark,
scale, etc.; s. kpo, v.

toto, to, adv. quietly.

tgtotOtQ, s. to, acy. and adv. quite full, very full; fully;
quite full; full to overflowing, s. teteo, v.

tQtOto, adj. and adv. sad; sadly (of face espec); hie fe or
hie ye -, v. to have a sad face; comp. teteo, v.; full
to overflowing, as the former word.

totd, inf. tdtdmo (redupL of td, v.), v. to entangle (thread);
to be entangled; to disturb; to be disturbed; to perplex;
to be in perplexity, danger etc. ; na tdtd, v. inf. natdtd-
mo, to have a disturbed mouth; to be disturbed or en-
tangled in speaking; oh& mina etdtd, thou. hast disturbed
my speech; s. also te, pi. tere, na te, v.* th. s.

tdtd he, V. inf. hetdtdmo, to disturb about.
„ hie, V. int hietdtdmo, to confuse the face. •
„ mli, V. inf. mlitdtdmo , to confuse the inside.
„ na, V. inf. natdtdmo, to confuse the mouth, word,

speech.
„ §iSi, V. inf. Siiitdtdmo, to confuse the meaning.
„ yii^, V. inf. yintdtdmg, to confuse the mind.

tdtdlo, n. disturber.

tdtdmo, n. entangling; disturbance; perplexity; danger.

ton, or

tow-fie BQ. double v. to cover one's self (with cloth).

tra, pi. form of ta, v. to touch; to sit; inf. tramg; s.
trS, V. in Ot.

trakte, n. dan. funel.

208 traigi — tia.

tralgiy trafoi, n. people sitting.

traroo, d. sitting of many; toacb.

trasfanam (Ot.)> also taJSianam, n. carriage. Gomp. tra

ase, y. to sit and naA, n. foot, nam, y. to walk in Otjfi.
tratfio, pi. -tSei, n. a kind of trees with beautiftil red wood;

the timber of it.
tre, = t^re or tYre, y. to carry on the head; to pot on

8. body's head,
tre = tere, pi. form of te, v. to stumble,
trema, s. t^rema, Ot. th. s. n. cowries,
tremasugbd , n. a kind of sweet pap made of make (perb.
' an Ayigbe-word).
trill, ady. talkatiyely; wie -, to speak too much, to make

many words, Mt. 6, 7.
trillwiemg, n. = tokemQ, talk, prattle,
tro, pi. y. of to, to be full, satisfied; to tire,
tro, n. satiely, fulness; tiredness (of many),
troi, n. (europ. word) jacket,
troke, inf. trokemo, y. (= kprgke) to loose, to let s. th.

fall; f. i. a piece of clothing. Comp. yeroke, broke,

§r&ke, frake etc. § 27. 28.
trokemo, n. loosing,
trom, = tArom, tYrom, n. Ot. th. s. garden, park, if walled

in, comp. abo, n. Amoft, n.
tromnii, pi. n. things in or belonging to a garden,
trdmd, adj. and ady. straight; straightly; smooth^ -ly.
tromo, n. satiely (fr. tro, pi. of to, comp. tg, n.).
tromniitSumo, tromtsumo, n. gardening, gardra-work.
tromniitSulo, tromtSulo, n. gardener.
tromkwelo» n* th. s.
tromsalo, n. th. s.
trotro, adj. and ady. smooth; smoothly; comp. dem, dei,

ady. th. s. fe -, y. to be smooth.
trotrofemO) n. smoothness,
truka, ady. at once; pl&^(id&.
trutu, n. a kind of land-crocodile, s. mampam, n.
trumu, n. ungratefulness; adj« ungrateful; fe -^ y. to be

ungrateful,
trumufelo, n. ungrateful person,
trumufemo, n. ungratefulness.
t§a, inf. t§&, y. to dig (in the ground); to excayate; a

peculiar expr. is latSa t§a> inf. latdat^, to feel beet; to

get into perspiration; latSa tsami, i felt hot, 1 perspired;

comp. \Ma, n.

tSa he — tSaloM. 299

tSa he, inf. hetSa, y. to dig about.

ti^ §i, inf. sitsa, v. to dig up.

tSa si§i, inL §i^tsa, y. to dig the ground, down, under

s. th.
tsa, n. digging; excayation.
i^h (with eleyation of yoice), inf. fSamo, pi. tSra, inf. tiraniQ,

a. and n. y. to fit, join (comp. dga, y.); to close up

holes etc. f . i in a wall, pot; to ment, s. aa; to plaster

(generally in the pi. form); comp. n&l; to hall, to make

balls or lumps (of flour etc.) = bo, y.
Isli he, pi. tsra he, inf. het§amo, hetSramo, to fit, join;

to ment; to plaster about.
tfi4 hewQ, y. th. s.
t§a hie, y. hietsamo, to join, to ment, to heal the face

or front,
tsd mli, y. inf. mlitSan^, to join, ment^ plaster, heal the

inside, inwardly.
isk na, inf. natSamo, y. lo join the end or edge (f. i. of

two boards); to fit at; etc. to continue.
tSd nine, -nidSi, inf. ninetsamo, y. to fold the hands,
tsi no, inf. notSamo, to join or fit upon or on; to con-
tinue y. a. and n.
tall flfi, y. to join behind etc. »

tsa sisi, y. to join the bottom, ground; to ment the bottom

of a pot f. L
tSSy tsiii, adj. and ady. tough; dry; toughly^ drily; f. i.

wui tsi, dry bones; s. also tl%, tfanl, th. s.
tsafiitsafu, a4j. and ady. soft; softly.
tSaflo, tsafro and tsafrobi, a. a small kind of sharks, which

are eaten (s. ogbolele^ n.)«
Uake, inf. tSakemo, Ot. sakra^ v. to change; -tsni, --the

heart.
tSakelo, n. changer.

tsakemo, n. change; exchange; alteration,
tsakpo, n. half a string of cowries, or Ys part of a penny;

20 cowries (Ot. tepo); comp. kpa, n.
tsakpo tsakpo, half a string each,
tilakoio, n. a kind of short trowsers; s. tfakoto, n.
tSaka,. inter, expressing contempt = tfa, XM\ tush!
tSakatsaka, adj. and ady. disorderly = sakasaka.
tsalo, n. digger (in the ground), fr, tfia, y.
ihklQy n. joiner, fitter, mender; physician, healer; fr. tii^y.;

eomp^. tsrald and tsofatSe, mensre> n.
tSalgna, n. healing-art; medical art.

800 tialoMoO — tXe he.

UaloAflnd, pi. -nii, n. chimrgical instraments.
Xlhrno, n. joining, fitting; join; fitness; healing, medical art.
ttftil, adj. = t£d, tfll, tfani, tough; adr. tougfaly.
tiSftni, n. trap for fishes in rivers.
t£at£a, n. straw-matress.
tiatilafelo, -filo, n. matress-maker.
t&at&afemOy n. matress-making.
titotiUhdlo, n. matress-seller.

tiatSu, pi. tSati^abii, n. a kind of black ants, biting very
painfully; comp. gdgd, gbese, fote etc.

tSe, y. ; inf. ti^emo seldom tse), pi. ts^re, inf. tSerenio and
tSremo and tfieremg? to come off, to get loose (comp.
dSe, ?.); to loose, take off; to pluck; to rend (v. a.),
generally pi. form, f. i. atade le, etSere, the driess is
rent; to rend open (of clouds), to open, to clear op
(of the firmament, comp. tew in Ot.); to be or get clear,
pure; holy; (comp. t£u, T.)f ^o deduct, to fine in .money
(deducted from wages etc.; etSemi yi, he fined me for
a head cowries. The word is most frequently used with
grammatical subjects or objects connected with it, the
former compounds are especially the following: daA ti^e,
inf. daAtSemo, to feel an agreeable taste after haying
eaten s. th. tasteful; midaA etfiemi; deA tSe, inf. deAtSe-
mo, to have clean hands (also tropically used) ; d^en tSe
and dfie tSere, inf. dSetfieremg, to become daylight (s. d§e,
dSen); to be clear or become clear (weather), inf. of
the latter dSentSemo; he tSe (Ot. hd tew), inf. hetSe
and betilemo, to be clean (about); to be pure, holy;
hie tSe, inf. hIetSemo, to have a clean, clear, pure sur-
face or face (comp. also td, v. and hie t^, v.); to go
off with the face, to long for home, pastime; to be
homesick, inf. hIetSere , hIetSele, comp. hie t$5 (ani da6
in Ot.) y. th. s. and hie me (ani kye in Ot.) y. th. contr. ;
mli ti^, inf. mlitSemo, to be inwardly clean, pure; na
tSe, inf. natSemo, to have a clear, pure mouth, to speak
clearly, correctly; no tiSe, inf. notSemo* to have a clean
surface; SiiSi tSe, inf. SiSitSemo, to come forth or out
with the root etc. The active verb answering to t$e,
to be clean, is tSu, v. to cleanse; comp. also ttotSe, tSe
and tSS. — The objective combinations of tie are espe-
cially the following.

tSe he, pi. tSere he, inf. hetSemo, hetSeremo, t. to pluck
round about.

tSe he kpft ~ t88. 301

iSe be kpfi, v. to excuse one's self; lit. to loose the cord
from one's self.

tSe m\\, y. to pluck out; to take from, - - off.

tie na, y. inf. natSemo, to unseal; to gainsay; to speak
too much; etSe sane le na, he spoiled the palawer by
much speaking.

tse no, y. to pluck from aboye; to deduct; inf. notSemo*

tSe si, inf. sitse and §it§emo, to be unruly, mischieyous
etc. (Comp. dSe si, th. s., which seems better); to shine
brightly (of the moon).

t§e, pi* tSere, inf. tse and tsele, y. to stick into, to
hook, to fasten by pins or hooks; to stab, etSemi kakla,
he stabbed me wilh a knife; to lead eachother by the
arms; — tekle, to bind the underdress of males around ;
see tekle » n. ; — boi , the s. of female underdress , s.
boi n.; to hang, loiter about, to delay, to be a long
time ago; etSe 3hQ ye d§ei, he was a yery long time
there; sometimes used as aux. y. to express the ady.
relation „a long time's f. i. eba etSe, he came it is long,
i. e. he came a long time ago ; comp. also dSeke, tSeke»
tfgtfS, dSe, y. etc.

tse he, t§e hewQ, y. to be long about s. th. , to stick or
fix about.

tSe mli, y. to continue in s. th., to stick or fix into.

tSe Si, y. inf. §it§$, to stick down, fix down with a pin;
to put a spade or digging instrument deep into the
ground etc., s. tSeke §i , y. tb. s. , also technical expres-
sion: to be fixed (of the roof of a house).

tSg, n. sticking; hooking; fastening; stabbing; length of
time; fr. t§e» y.

t§^, inf. tS^mo, y. to call; to giye a name; yatSe otSe
ke-ba, go call thy father to come! te atSeo oten? how
art thou called? At§emi ake Anan, they call me Anai^,
i. e. I am called Anan; atsenye! you are called! Comp.
also dse, y. to scold.

tS^ m. k. tSui nme emli, y. to call one's heart and lay it
into him, i. e. to comfort him.

tS6, inf. tsSmo, pi. form t§6rg, to shoot (f. i. branches,
arrows, s. gal, n. ; comp. tse, y. and tie, y.); to begin
to bum, kindle; to sting (of bees, needles etc.); to
deceiye in bargains etc. to stitch, to mend a hole by
filling it up by stiches; to sting (used ironically of wine,
f. i. da t§e mina, the wine stinged or tickled my mouth,
to drink too much, comp. /^anfied^en^ in Germ.); to shoot

302 a§ dgo — tSehe.

or fly like an arrow, to rush ; to spin , to twist, to twine;

always in the pi. form: tS^rg abui, to thread a needle;

he t§€, V. inf. hetfiSmo, and het&^ (lit. the body mshes

upon s. b. stings s. b.; germ. ,,auf einen lodfa^rett'O to

hate; mihe tSdle, I hafe him, == minyele; Me tSd, inf.

hletSS, to awake (comp. tSle hie, v. to awaken); comp.

also ti and titi, v. ^

tS6 dfio, inf. d§ot£6mo, y. to begin a danee; comp. SiU

dSo, V.
\i^ he, y. to stitch about, etc.

tSS ladSd, ladSOtSSmo, y. to spit.

tS6 mi, inf. mitSSmo, y. to play with the „mi'' -nut; comp.
tSS Ame, y.; and mi, n.

tSS mil, inf. mlitSSmo, y. to fill up by stitching.

tSS na, y. anfled^en, to make desire to eat or drink; di
tS6 mina; comp. tS3» y.

t86 6me« inf. AmetSSmo, y. to play with the kernel of
the palmnut by giying it a jerk with the fingers; s. t£S
mi, y., a ye ry common game played by young men under
the shadow-trees of the streets.

tS3, n. chin; beard about it; = tSSA, which see:

t§g, tSgA, ady. hardly; used of bellyache; mimusu k5omi
t§S, my belly pains or gripes me hardly — ; s, also: dtig,
ady. th. s.

t§e, pi. tSemei, n. father; elder person, especially rela-
tion; possessor; author; etc. citizpn of a town or place,
f. i. AkropoAtSemei, citizens or people of AkropoA ; etc.
comp. §§ ,21 , 23 — 25. Besides these the pL form is
sometimes used = mei, only to indicate a personal
plural; f. i. tabdfinyo, pi. tabdntSemei (mahomedan) emi-
grants from the Brasils, Westindies etc. Comp. also
ata, n.; nye, n., hi n. and agya, th. s. in Ot; 2H and
by2 in Hebrew. Ad. the same.

tSe (Hanson tSa, comp. also dsa, y.) yerbal conj., still;

though; notwith -standing; ekele f^, tSe ewa bale, he

told him all, though it was hard for him. Ad. th. s.

and „if."
tSebele (t§e be le), yerbal conj. th. s. as the former; still,

though notwithstanding; bod), bennoi^, \^io^j obgfeic^;

gleic^n)o(^l etc. Hanson: tSabele.

tseb6, n. time of delay; staying time.
tiehe, n. pkce of delay; staying place.

tSebi — tSele. SOS

Ufibi, n. father-child; child of one lather but of another
mother, step-brother or sister, ®ttefgef4^toifl<t, respecting
the mother; comp. nyebi and nyemi» n.

iSebinu, pi. -bihl, n. step-brother of one bther and a dif-
ferent mother.

tSebiyO, n. step-sister of one father and a different mother.

tSeba, n. respect to the father.

tsede, tSeden, n. fathers hand, power.

t§ed§en, n. father's life, character, a. dSe, n.

tSedSomo, n. fathers blessing, -

tSegbe, n. father-murder.

ts<>gbelo, n. fathermurderer.

t^emlihUe, n. fathers kindness.

t^ehedoy n. fathers love.

t§pi, irreg. plur. form of t§o, n. tree.

tSeiabai, n. leaves of trees; fiaub.

t£eiayibii, pi. n. fruit of trees; Dbft; comp. yibii, nibii,
sebii, pi. n.

tS^ke, int tSekemo, v. (corroboration of tSe, v. to stick);
to stick, to stick to; to stab; comp. verbs ending v?ith
ke, ke, § 27.

tSeke mli, v. to stick into, stab into.

tSeke si, inf. SitSekemo , to stick down (f. i. with a spade
or diging instrument into the ground); to stab down;
= tSfi Si, V.

tiekelo» n. a person sticking, stabbing.

tSekemg, n. s*icking, stabbing.

tSekemo, n. fathers sajring, word or command.

tSekQ, n. family or tribe of the father; oomp. dSaku, n.

tSekubii, pi. n. people belonging to it.

tSekunyo, pi. tSekumei, n. person belonging to the family
of the father; comp. dSakunyo, pi. -mei, -bii, n.

tSekwSy pi. -kwemei, n. oncle; comp. nyekwg, n. An
onrle is especially after the death of the father consi-
dered as a father.

tSgkwSbi, n. oncle's child, nephew or niece; ®efd^n>itlfrttnb
Don Ot)eim^d ®eite; comp. nyemimeiabi, n. the s., if
spoken of by a third person.

tSekwgbinu, pi. -bib!, n. nephew from oncle's side; comp.
nyekwibi, -binu, -biyO, n.

tSgkwgbiyo, pi. -biyei, n. niece from oncle's side.

tsele, tSere, n. only used in the compound hiet8ele» n.
homesickness, s. tSe, v.

804 tSele — tSSAemohela.

tide* iSele, tS^Ie, pi. forms of tSe, tie and tM, v. » see

under tSere etc.
t§elfi» n. length, fr. tSe> v.
tfielo, n. plucker etc. from tSe, v.

t§elo» n. sticker, stabber; hooker; delayer etc. from t8e» t.
tSelo» n. caller, from t£^, y.
t§€lo, n. shooter, stitcher, stinger; deceiver; spinner; msber

etc. fr. tsS, V.
tSelOmo, n. fathers curse.
tSemSih, pi. -mdd§i, n. fathers town, nation, land; Sater^

jlaM, aSatcrlanb.
tSemg, n. coming off; loosing; plucking; clearing; dean-

ness; purity; holiness; deduction, fining, punishment for

money; etc. from t§e, v.; comp. tiSeremo the s. of the

pi. form tSere, v.
t§^mQ, n. calling; call; namegiving; fr. tS^, y.
tSCmo, n. shooting (but comp. tutfa); kindling; Stinging;

stitching ; flying like arrows ; rushing ; spinning, twisthig,

twining, etc. fr. t§€, y.
tSSmotSdne, n. spinning mashine.
tSSniQtSo, pi. -t§ei, n. spindle,
ts^h, tseii, n. chin; beard about it; dSe — , inf. tS^tidie,

to get a beard about the chin; comp. dahet^oi, nabu-

het§oi, n. and kada, n.
tsend, pi. -ndmei, n. fathers wife.
' ts^hdselo , n. person getting or haying a beard about the

chin.
tsSndsemo, having or getting a beard about the chin.

tsenS, pi. ^ndmei, n. great-grandmother from fathers aide.

ts§h (Ot. kyen) n. shield.

tsene, pi. tsenei, n. common drinking-callabash, also used as

measure.
tSSne (tSeilke), inf. tSSnemo, v. to infect; to be infected;

to kindle, to be kindled; anfletfcn, an^ctfenb fepn, an*

gefiecft werbeu; la etSdne, the fire has kindled s. th.;

etSSne ye m. k. mli, he was infected by s. b. : to spread

(of a rumour; f. i. sane tSSfie, the matter was known);

to stain, to blot, to spot, to pollute; comp. nyaide, beAke;

also: t§6, here, v. etc.

tS5de -md m. k., v. to inf. s. b.

ts^Aelo, n. infecting person.

ts^nemg, n. infection, infecting; kindling; spreading.

t§^nemohela, n. infecting sickness.

tSenesi — tSeSla. 30S

tSenesA, n. a larger kind of flatt callabashes; comp. tSene;
akpaki; to; bentu^; fao; adenkun; etc.

tSend, pi. -nii, n. fathers properly.

(tSere — Ot. kyere, Ga: tsd, v. to show).

tsSre, inf. tseremo (perh. an old pi. form of t§e, v., s. tSere)

# V. to strain; == do ng, v.

tS^re no, inf. notSeremo; v. to strain.

tSere, pi. form of tse, but frequently independly used; inf.
tSeremo, v. to loose; to get loose; to pluck; to rend,
get ragged, atade le ets^re, the dress is renf; to get
clear, open etc. Here is esp. to be observed the com-
bination dse tsere, inf. dset^eremo (irreg. instead of d§e
tsere) to get daylight. Comp. tse, v. The redupl. plur.
form is tSeretserei or tsretsrei , v. to get ragged ; comp.
t§eretserei and tserei.

tSere (= tsere), inf. tseremo, t. only used in the phrase:
d§e tsere, to get daylight; s. t§e and tsere, v.

iSere, inf. tSeremo, pi. form of tse, v. to hook or Be
hooked to gether, etc. s. tse, ▼• and tfetfg, v.

tsere, fowl -feather, etc. d§e — , v. to produce or get
feathers.^

tSSrg, inf. tsergmo (pi. form of tSe, v. which see) v. to
shoot, to sting, to rush etc. — abui, inf. abuitSS^gmo,
to thread a needle. N}onmo tserg, y. God drizzles, to
drizzle; comp. N. tue, (%, fie, ne, ^i v.

tsere, n. cola-nut.

tseredsg, n. getting feathers.

tserebo, n. flint (on guns); or: tfrebo, n.

tSerei, tsrei and

tseretSerei, adj. and adv. ragged; raggedly; from tSe, tSere, v.
Comp. fefei, adj. th. s.

tSeremo, n. renting etc. fr. tse, tSere, v.

tSeremg, n. straining.

tseremo, n. hooking together.

t^SrSmo. n. stinging; drissling etc. fr. tsS, tSere, n.

tSeretserekwaft, atSeretS. (Ot. akyerekyerekwan, n. lit. show-
way; forefinger; waymark.

tSesa, n. father's bed

tSesane, n. father's palaver.

tSesegbe, n. father's way; s. gbe, n.

tSese , n. a large carved wooden vessel to bathe little chil-
dren, in and the like.

tSeSla, n. fathers house or home.
Zimmermann, Akra-Vocab. •. 20

306 tSesu — - m hIeAmeii.

tSesu, -subaA, n. father's character, likeness etc.

tSe^uomo, n. father's love, ^ill etc.

t§e§ikpong, n. fathers land; fatherland.

t§et§dmQ, n. father's teaching.

t§et§u, n. father's room, house.

t§ewe, n. father's house, family.

t§e>viemo, n. fa'her's word.

tSewO, n. honour of the father.

tfil, inf. t§Tmo, y. to be heavy; etSi 186, it is too heavy;

mli tST, V. to be of heavy contents; hlnmeii tST, ▼. to

have heavy eyes, to be sleepy.
tSi, inf. t§imo, pi. l§ire, imprt. t§i, redupl. tSitSi, pi. t§ire-

tSire, V. to move; to push; to remove; etc
t§l he, inf. hetSimo, v. to move one's self; fi(b bewe^en;

mit§i mihe, I move, id) bemege mi(t^; to move about; to

live, 8. he kfi, hie kft, hi 6i, v.
tSie hie, v. to push in the face; to move ahead, on, on-
ward.
t§i hlegbe, n. to move forward, on, onward.
t§i mli, inf. mlitSimo, v. to stir in the ashes; tSi kane mli,

make the light up!
t§i na, V. to push one's mouth, to give one a push at

his chin,
tsi nine, v. to move the hand, to be quick,
tsi no, V. to move on.

t§i se, pi. t§ire se, v. to push behind, after » f. i. a car-
riage; nyetsirea se, push (you)! inf. setSimo.
t§i si, -§i§i, V. to move down,
tsi yi se, pi. tSire yi se, inf. yisetSimo, yisetSiremo , to

push one back or forward; to accelerate; to urge on etc.
tsi, n. movement, move; push; removal etc. fr. tlH, v.;

s. t§imo, n.
t§I, inf. t§I and inf. pi. tSlmo, pi. subj. and ohj. tStmo,

imperat. sing. t§I, v. to close, to fill up; to stop; to

be stopped up.
tSi da, -dan, v. to stop one's mouth.
ti§I gbe, inf. gbet§I, gbetSImo, v. to close or stop a way;

to close up; to disallow; s. gbe, n. way; and bft ^be;

d§ie gbe, V.
tSi he, inf. hetSI hetSImo, v. to close or stop up round

about.
t§I hie, inf. hietSI, hietSImg, v. to blindfold; to bind up

one's eyes or face.
tSl hienmeii, v. th. s.

m mli — tSIe hie. 307

tSt mli, inf. mlitsl, mlitSTmo, v.; to close up; to close

inside; to stop inwardly up.
tSi na, inf. natsi natSlmo, v. to stop the mouth, egress,

ingress, opening; to hinder = tsl gbe; to disallow; to

keep back, retain; to imprison; at§! amena or atSimo

amena, they were retained, imprisoned,
ts! no, inf. nots! notSImo, v. to close up, to cover up; to

shut the surface.
t§I §e, inf. sets! setslmo, v. to close behind; to conceal

one's back; esp. used when the doing or way of a per-
son shall be concealed by an other; f. i. t§i mise, tslmo

mis6, conceal my absence, keep me or my doing etc.

in secret („Derfd)irei9en, t?ei^cimlid)en").
tSl §i§i, inf. §i§itsl sisit§!mo , t. to conceal something down.
tSMS, inf. t9t§l, T. (a peculiar combination), to mention,

etsl mitd, he mentioned me; etsl tdekemi,v. he mentioned

it to me.
t§i, n. a native sword of their own manufacture, especially

sword of honour for kings, generals etc. generally of'

the form of a bill-hook , richly ornamented with gold etc.

Comp. klante, dukpei, kakla etc. perh. from t§i, to push.
t§!, n. closing up, stopping, hindering; s. tslmo, n. th. s.

fr. t§l, V. pi. t§Tmo.
tSi^ (Ot. kyid), inf. tsiamo, v. to be crooked, bent etc.

Comp. kddd, v., do, v.; logo, v. etc.
t§i^lo, n. crooked person.
tSiamo, n. crookedness.

tsia, inf. tsiamo ^^ v. to walk straightly, affectedly, in mea-
sured steps; s. tfia, v. th. s.
t§lalo, n. person walking affectedly.
tSlamQ, n. affected walk, march.
t§i^ = tsaka! interj. of mockery: tush! pah! pohl
tsi^, n. a tittle, especially used in Address or before na-

me« = sir, perh. = tse, ata (Ot. agya) father (engl.

§ire); milee, tsi^! 1 don't know. Sir! Tsie Anum, Mr.

Anum.
t§ie! interj. eh! oh! comp. ao! hao!
tSle, inf. tSIemo, a kind of active form of the neuter verb

tsS (comp d§e and dsie; tse and tsu; gbo and gbe, etc.

and the Hebr. Kal and Hiphilj; to awaken, to arouse;

generally
t§!e hie, int MetSlemo, v. the same; etslemi and etSle

mihle, he awakened me; comp. hie t§d, v.; mihle tS€,

I awoke.

308 tSlelo — tSinese.

tSTelo, n. awakener, arouser.

tSlemo, n. a^vakening, arousiDg; raisiDg.

Uikitsaka, = t§^kat§^ka, basabasa, bisibasft, adv. diBorderly;

tSukut^akfi, th. s.
t§ikit§iki, adj. and adv. = bitibiti, pitipiti, close; eloselv.
t§ile, V. pi. of t§i, 8. tSire.
tSile, n. a large kind of sea-fish, cought in Augast and

September in great numbers on the sandbank not br

from the gold-coast; Ot. sire.

tSilo, n. mover, pasher, remover, fr. tSi, v.
tSflo, n. stopper, stayer, retainer, fr. t§I, v.
tSimbO, = t§inmo, a^j. and adv. heavy; -ly.

tSlmg. n. heaviness; gravity, fr. 1ST, v. Comp. esp. ex-
pressions as: dsatsu ke tslmo, heavy load; noko ke tSimo,
8. th. heavy.

tSimo and t§i, n. movement.

m and

tSImo, n. stopping, staying; retaining, concealing; hinder-
ance etc. fr. t§!, v. pi. tSlmo.

tSimond, pi. -nii, n. some thing hindering, hinderance,

obstacle,
tsine, n. innermost part of the nose; taste; guttarf®aiimen),

ba — , V. to be tasteful; dse — , v. to be disgusting;

edse mitsine tsd, it is too much disgusting to me; eba

mit§ine, 1 have a desire after it, it is tastful to roe;

tsine no lota, --futa, v. to have cardialgy, heartburning;

bad 3Ra(\cnbTennen, {)erjbrennen (^aben.
tSine, inf. tSinemo, v. to sneeze; to cleanse the nose (see

also f^ gugo, v.).
tSineba, n. desire; tastefulness, fr. ba tSine, v.; comp. di

se, V. etc.
tSineband , pi. - nii, n. something desirable, tasteful.
t§ined§6, n. abhorrence; disgust; fr. dSe tSine, v. comp.

nyane, v.
tsinedSend, pi. -nii, n. something disgusting.
tSinemo, n. sneezing.
tSinena, adv. according to taste.
tSinenofutamo and

tsinenolotamo , n. heartburning; cardialgy; SRqgenbtennen,
S^^agcime^/ ^^red^reij; fr. t§ine no futa m. k. v., and tSine

no lota m. k. V. «

tSinesane, n. matter of taste.
tSinese, n. place beneath the gutter.

t§i6md — tSo. 309

tSinmO (comp. t§T, v. to be heavy; AmS, v. to weigh), adj.

and adv. heavy, clumsy; heavily, clamsily (sometirres

= tsimbO); gbekS le hk efe t§inmd, the child (she bears)

, makes her heavy or to move clumsily; fe — , v. to be

heavy, clumsy.

tSi^mofemo, n. heaviness, clumsiness.

t§int§^, n. bunch (f. i. of keys); comp. Saw, sao.

tStra, V. s. t§a, v. pi. t§ra; v.

tsTre, inf. tiiremo, pi. form of tsi, to move, to push; it
depends on the pi. numb, of subj. and obj., but is not
very exactly observed; t§ire he, tSire hie, tSire mli, - na,
no, -se etc. pi. forms of tsi he, tSi hie etc. a peculiar
expression is: hie tSire m. k., inf. hIet§iremo, v. to re-
collect one's self; mihle t§iremi, I recollected myself, I
reassured myself; but it may be that it comes from t§e,
V. = hIets6remo, n.

tsire, n. = t§ile, a sea-fish; Ot. sire.

tSirelo, n. pusher, mover (of many things or persons).

t§iremo, n. moving, movement; pushing (of many things
or persons).

tSita, double v., s. tsl-td, doub. v.

tsitso, n. handle of a sword, s. tsi, n.

tso, V. inf. tsO, to burn, to flame, to blaze; to shine
(of fire, light-if burning, the sun; but not of the moon,
stars, gold etc., comp. kpe> v.); when the people burn
their cut bush, they cry: 01 §o! ot§o! comp. also: ot§o-
krikri, n. T§o hie, v. to shine into the face; - he,
-hewQ, V. to shine about; -mli, v. to shine in, --into
etc.

t§0, n. flaming, blazing; flame, blaze, shine; lightening,
enlightening; illumination.

t§o la, inf. lat§0, v. to be very sharp; bad, wicked; to
be very bold.

t§o no, inf. ngtsO, v. to shine upon; to illuminate, to
enlighten.

t§o, inf. t§0, V. to deny; to assure the contrary
(perhaps one word with the former, comp. the german
„)(biXXiti\", greek: qMivtiv md ^aivsCx^m); t§0 ot§o, io?
doest thou really deny it; et§o, ake eba, he deni d that
he came (though he came); et§o ake ebaa, he denied
that he did not come (.though it was true).

t§0, n. denying; denial.

t§ol t§ow4 inter, of displeasure, if seeing or hearing some
thing wrong; oh! shone!

310 tiSo — tSd.

tSo, pi. tSei (Ot. dua), n. tree, plant, stick, staff; wood;
stock; scaffold (®cru(ie, ®erippe); stem, stalk; pole,
bar; handle; etc. etc. Comp. all the names of trees,
as: DSangtso, flatSo, tet§o etc. and gbomo-tSo, bodyj
yi-tso, head; sa-t§o, bedstead; dfeitSo, grass-stalk, able-

. t§o, corn-ear; koi-t§o, handle of a hoe; adeda-tSo, -of
a billhook; odum-tso, odum-wood; tetSo, stone -wood
etc. t§o-adekd, wooden box; dadeadeka, iron box etc.;
yi m. k. l§o, tfa m. k. t§o, to strike s. b. with a stick;
about ya t§o no, see tsono, n. to t§o fd §i, y. to (cut
and) fell a tree ; kwo — , v. to assend or climb a tree
etc. etc. Comp. also lai, n. Ad. tSo, pi. tSihi, n. th.8.

tso no, tsono> n. lit. upon the tree; the common closet
of towns made of sticks; ya — , y. to go to the closet;
comp. ko na, tiafi etc.

tso, adv. very (wet), full, of water = bobolT; mihe fo tso,
1 am wet all about (comp. ^plotfct^nag'' in Germ.).

tsQ, inf. tso and isQle, v. to halt; to limb; to be lame;
comp. a' soke, tsuti§o; akpak6; etc.

i^Q, n. halting, limbing; lameness; tsole» th. s.

tso, adv. very (fat); ewo fo t§0» it is exceedingly fat.

tso, inf. tsO, V. to dip; to dive; to put into liquid; comp.
ml, mu, v.; to taste fluit by taking a little out (comp.
d§ie, v.). Perhaps one word with t§o, to halt.

t§Q mli, inf. mlitSO, v* to dip into; to immerse.

t§Q si and

t§Q sisi, V. to dip down, to the bottom.

t§0) n. dipping, diving, baptizing.

tsd, inf. tsd nnd t§6mo (and tsdle)» pi* tsdmo» redupl.
tsdt§d, t§dt§dmQ, v. (Ot. da6; kyere); to twist, = tso-
mg, v.; turn; turn through, pass through; to change
(comp. tsake), to become; Ot. dan); to show; to teach;
to explain; d§ad§e n. k. tSd moko, to show or explain
s. th. to s. b. (Ot. kySre) ; to turn or change with bad
intention, to entrap, ensnare (s. tSdne, n.); to try, to
tempt; s. t§d na; hie t§d, inf. hletSdmo (Ot. ani gyina),
V. to have the face turned (away?), to want pastime,
to be homesick = hie t§3, v.; he tsd, v. to change bo-
dily; yiiL tSd, v. to have the thoughts turned (s. yi, yin),
to turn the opinion; - to be somewhat mad; yit^o t^d,
th. s. ; about musuil t§d , musun t§d m. k. , mli t§d etc.
s. musu, mli, n. etc. C^omp. the verbs tso, tSg, d§o,
dsQ, d§d and roots with the consonants d§ and % which

m daft — tSoft. 311

seem to have altogether some common signification and
to be related.

tSd dan, v. to turn one's mouth.

tSd de^ y. to turn one's hand.

tSd be, inf. hetsdmg, v. to turn; to turn one's self; = kQ
se; to change one*s self (fid^ be{e(^ren); to be con-
verted; — to ease one's self, = wa nane, v.

tsd m. k. mli, inf. mlit§d, mlitsdrng, y. to hold one fast
(comp. to twist) ; stronger than mo mli , y. ; to show the
inside of s. b.

t§o mli, inf. mli!sdmo, v. to turn or pass through; mit§5
md ie mli, I passc^d through the town; edse AbrotSlre
ke-tsd Gua ke-ba hie, he came hither from Europe
through Cape Coast; to operate.

tsd musu, inf. musuhtsomg, y. to operate the belly,
bowels.

tsd na, inf. natsd, y. to tempt, try (one's mouth); to catch
one in speaking; roit§d ena, I tempted, proyoked him;
to change one's speaking, to be double-tongued, deceit-
ful; etsd ena, he is double-tongued; etc. to show the
price of s. th.; to price.

tso m. k. nine no, inf. ninenotsdmo, y. to turn oyer one's
hand, to use s. b., mitso mitsgnine no mife ene, 1 did
this through my father (comp. nam obi so in Otyi):

tsd ng, inf. ngtsomo, y. to turn, walk, -stumble oyer; to
oyerleap; to go round (of old ke^s or locks, spoiled);
to turn oyer one's self (Ot. fa so) , if something done
or spoken returns to the person, so that he is caught
by it; etsd ming, I am brought to silence by it; comp.
la, y.; to get master oyer, to preyail === ye ng, ta ng, y.

tsd se, inf. setSdmg, y. to turn back, y. a. and n.

tsd §i, inf. Mtsdmg, to turn down.

tsd sisi, inf. §i§itsdmg, y. to show the meaning; to inter-
pret; to explain; to state the reason; s. §isl, n. and
comp. dsie na, wie na, y.

t§d, ady. too; much, too much = tatu, naakpa etc. efa
t§d, it is too much; etc.

tsd (and natSd), n. temptation ; trap, snare (comp. tsdne).

tsoba, n. leaf of a tree.

tsobi , n. lit. wooden child ; doll ; generally made of wood
and dressed according to natiye fashion.

tSobgti^gbg, adj. and ady. hanging about; disorderly.

tj§ofd, n. lit. root of a tree, plant etc. (comp. engl. -wort,
germ, -iput}); medicine; poison; any strong drug; pow-

312 tSofftba — tSdle.

der of any kind, bat especially gun -powder, 8. VMo%
tutSufd, n. ; spices, incense etc. tSofd keAma, lit. medi-
cine with s^eet odour, sweet spices, incense; na — , ?.
to take medicine, poison etc. hfi — , v. to give medicine;
wo m. k. na — , v. to poison s. b. ; wyie — , v. to grind
medicine; iSa — , y. to dig medicine (roots); etc. tSofil
tsd m. k., -tSd m.'k. mli, medicine operates 8. b. etc.
Sometimes the word is shortened into tiSuffi.

tSofaba, n. medical leaf or plant.

tSofafu, n. snuffing of medicine.

tj^oCaihdmQ, n. prescription or giving of medicine.

t§ofdhemo, n. taking or buying of medicine.

t^ofahdlo, n. seller of medicine.

t§ofdhdmo, n. sale of medicine.

t§ofdl6, n. knowledge of medicine.

tSof^nd, pi. -nil, n. some thing medical.

tSofdnumg, n. taking of medicine.

tSofftnulo, n. taker of medicine.

tSofdsane, n. medical palaver.

t§ofdl§a, n. digging of medicine.

tsofdt§e, pi. -tSemei, n. possessor of medicine; docter,
physician; comp. tsalo and mensre, n.; apothekary.

t§ofat§enydmo, n. doctor's fee.

tsofat§o, n. medical tree, - wood.

tSof&wyiemo, n. grinding of medicine.

t§ofiw0, n. poisoning; s. sd, v.

tSofftwolo, n. poisoner, s. sulo, n.

t§ofO, n. cutting of wood; treecutting; s. tSotomo, n.

tSofolo, n. treecutter, woodcutter; woodman.

tk)gbamQ, n. splitting of wood (^oljipalten) ; chapping of
wood; wood-sawing.

t§ogbalo, n. wood-cleaver; -chapper; sawer.

tSogblfi, pi. -gbldSl, n. dry wood; s. egblA, adj.

t§ohetoto, n. bark of a tree.

t§okpoti, cudgel; club.

TSoku» pr. n. of males.

t§6ku, n. stock of a tree remaining in the ground after
felling; a block of a tree; a rough kind of seats made
of a block.

tSokuku, th s. seldom used; s. ku, kuku, adj. and n.

t§Qle, inf. tsQlemo, v. to put or rest the head on someth.,
f. i. a pillow ; to take s. th. for a pillow ; Ot. sum , y.

tSQle* n. halting; lameness fr. X^q, v.

tsOlfi, n. temptation^ s. tSO, y.

tSolemo — tSose*' 313

tSglemo» n. resting the head on s. th., pillowing.

t§oli» n. buttock; comp. dukui, th. s.

tsOlo, n. (europ. word?) tail-coat.

t§olQ» n. shiner, enlightener, illaminaitor ; denier, fr. tSo, v.

tSglo, n. dipper, immercer; lame person (s. atSgke).

tSolo, n. shower; teacher; tempter, provoker; a person

turning etc. fr. t§d, v.
.tsomd, n. setting or erection of a tree, post, wooden mark;

planting of a tree, s. tSoteomo, n.
t§omdlQ, n. planter of a tree.
t§omo, n. turning; twisting; showing; show; teaching;

doctrine; tempting, tjemptation etc. fr. t§d, v.
tsdmQ, inf. t§dmQ, v. to twist, to turn repeatedly; pi. form

of t§d, v.; t§dmot§dmo, redupl. of it.
tSonane, pi. -nad§i, n. foot of a tree.
tSone , n. a trap, snare (fr. t§d, to entrap ; and 'de, 'ne =

nd, thing; comp. nane, nande; nine, ninde, kane etc.);

machine of any kind and for any purpose; press, engine,

artful instrument fr. tSo, v. to turn; etc. tSo — , inf.

tsonetsd, to set a trap; to prepare or use a machinery

for any purpose ; dQ — , inf. tSdnedO, to fall into a trap,

snare etc. to be caught,
tsdnemlinii, pi. n. parts of a machine.
tsdnedD, n. falling into a trap fr. dQ tSdne, v.
tsonelsd, n. entrapping, ensnaring; setting of a trap; setting

up or preparation of a machine; fr. tSd t§dne, v.
tsdnetsolg, n. traper; tempter; machinist, engineer,
tsonine, pi. -nidsi, n. branch of a tree, plant etc.; s.

nine, n.
tsonmon, pi. -Am5dsi, n. green wood; s. enmdA, adj.
tsouQ, n. (s. t§o no and tso, n.) necessary, privy; s. also

kona, n.
tSongyibii = tSeiayibii, pi. n. fruit of trees,
t^ono, pi. -nii, n. wooden vessel, wooden thing, s. nd, n.
t§onl§ont§on, adv. rashly; efA — , to open — ; esp. used

of the manner of walking.
t§oro, V. inf. tSoromo; to hang; — §i, v. inf. SitSoromo,

to hang down; s. t§otsdro, v.
t§orot§orO, adv. = t§ots5rot§ols6rO, adv. and watery, thin

== tsretsre.
t§osat§o, pi. -tsei, n. wooden bedstead.
tSose, n. hind- or backpart of a tree; behind a tree.
tsQse, inf. tsQsemo, v. to raise or bring up a child; comp.

Ifii v.; to educate.

314 ttOMlo — Uretire,

Mqw\q, n. raiier of a child; Dime; educator; pedagogne*

Uosemo, n. raising of childrcD; nuraiDg; edueatton; peda-
gogic.

VkiMif lu place under a tree.

t&oSiSift, n. root of a tree.

ti&oteolo, n. planter of trees, plants etc.

tSoteomo, n. planting of trees, etc. fr. tec tio, t. '

tdotfa, n. stroke with a stick.

ti^tfaio, n. (stiokmaster, (Sto(fmei^CT?) an officer nodertbe
danish goveroment.

tSotomOy n. felling of a tree = tiofo, n.

t&otoloy n. woodcutter; woodman.

ti^ti^e, inf. t&otSemo, to tweak; to pinch; to pick, to make
a surface disorderly by picking; kafe akutu roAuytoiUiyi
take bgni wo tSotdeo fufui hie, don't make the orange
disorderly (by peeling) as a fowl uses to pick the fMe
of a pudding! comp. koli, kole, ko; tile (to pluck, of
which iiQlie seems to be a redupl. = Xheiie).

t8oti^elo, n. picker; tweaker.

MQiiettkQ, n. picking; tweaking.

TftotfiO, pr. n. of females; s. Tete, pr. n.

tfioti^, redupl. of tSo, to halt, s. MuMq, v.

tddro, inf. tSdromo, and

ti^oti^dro, inf. ti^ot&dromo, y. to hang = seA; — Si, inf.
SitfiotSdromo, to hang down.

tSotJgdroroo^ n. lianging = seAmo.

tSoti^drotSotidro, ad. hanging full; ithin^t t^oU (of trees
bearing), f. i. wo — , v. to bear fruit in clusters, in
abundance; s. wodSowodSO and kplitSO, adv. th. s.

tSoti^OtSo, pi. -tlei, n. a tree the bitter root of it Is used
for medicine.

tSoti^OtSo, adj. and adv. tough; -ly; slimy; slimily.

tSotSotdo, adv. fatly, full of fat = XiQ, adv.

tiou! tSow! «=" tSo! int. of displeasure; oh! shame!

tSowo, n. bearing of a tree.

tSoyibii, pi. n. = tSeiayibii, tSonoyibii, fruit of trees.

tdoyite^, n. top of a tree.

tdia, pi. V. of IhB, V. s. tiSftra, to mend np holes; to join etc.
s. tfo, V.

tire, v.; s* t8£re.

tSre, V. s. \h6re and ti^e.

tSrei, and

tftreifireif adj. rent, ragged; s* tiirei and tMretiifrei, a4j.

ttretsre, adj. thin, watery, » trolo, Urotieo, ftleAle.

tirebo — iitL. 315

tSrebo = tS^rebo, n. flint of a gan.

tSrotfiro =:*t§ret§re, adj.

tSro, tsotsro, and

tsro Si, and tSotSro §1, v. s. tsdro and tSotSdro, v. to
hang etc.

'tsru» et§ru, adv. red; s. tSuru.

tsu, inf. t§Q, tSule, V. to redden, to ripen (of fruits be-
coming red or yellow -red, but also applied to other
fruits; comp. gbl (of com); sa, v. etc.; to be red, red-
dish, of a reddish brown or yellow colour, also used of
reddish-coloured natives, mulattoes (s. motSuru, n. and
etSuru, Hsuru, adv.) ; comp. abonua, afaseo, n. and ye» v.,
di, V. noli, V.

t§Q, n. reddening, ripening, riping; ripeness, redness; adv.
very red = fa.

tSQ, inf. tSUmo, v. to cleanse (causative of the neuter v.
tse, to be clean), to sanctify, to purify, of gold, silver,
also men, if religiously purified; comp. dsu, y. to wash;
tsumo, V. to wipe etc.

tsu, inf. tSQmo, v. to send (a person, comp. m9d§e, v.),
to work, to labour (but always wanting an object, see
tsu nii, v.); the word is especially used in the more
extensive sense of the business, trade, occupation etc.
of a person, f. i. meni otsuQ? or: meni dsi oniitsumo?
MihuQ sikpon; miye srehki etc. What is thy business?
1 till the ground; 1 am a carpenter etc. Comp. fe, v.
and y<h in Hebr., and the pro v.: „Noni otsuo le, no
non gbeoo,'' what thou labourest even that kills thee,
i. e. by thy business or trade tbou wilt die. In the
signification: „to send** it has the simple object follow-
ing; f. i. mjtsule Gd, 1 sent him (to) Akra etc. Adii.
t§o, V.

XM he nii, inf. heniitsumg, v. to work about or fcr s. th.,
to labour for; to make use of = ye he niitsum^, v.

tsu mil nii, v. to work in s. th.

tSQ nii, inf. niitSumo, nitSuroQ, v. lit. to work things, to
labour things; the object being added in want of an
other (comp. tfa m. k. no or tfia m. k. nii, v. and nd,
pi. nii, n); tSu noko, inf. noko tsumg, v. th. s. with
the object in the sing, number.

t§i)a, tSuere, tsu^tsu^ etc. formerly written instead of tfa,
tfere, tfetfe etc. which see.

t§Ci, n. room, house, if containing only one room, f. i.
SQlemgtsu, chapel (comp. sla, n. and we, n.); place in«

316 UQbe — tSut.

closed by walk or fences to keep catlle etc.; staUe;
sty, kennel etc., comp. okpoAot&u, horse-stable; tSioaia-
t§u cow -stable; toiatSa, sheep- or goat -stable or yard;
wQtSu, fowl -house etc.; room closed up in particular,
prison, jail, goal; comp. asa, pia, fiase; md or mdA,
saA etc.; tSuA = tSu mli, inside of the room, inside
(s. agbo na, kpo uq) ; ba tSuA, y. to come into the room,
to come inside; kO tSu, v. to break a house down; mi
t§u, inf. t§um8, tSumftmo, v. and tfa tiSu, inf. tSntft, v.
to build (a house); sa tSu or tSuA, to outfit a house,
room; to tSuA, v. to lodge in a room; wo tSu, inf. tSa-
wO, y. to thatch; wo tSuA; inf. tiSuAwO, y. to put in
prison; wo tSuA, y. to sleep inside, in a room; ya tkid,
to go inside etc.

tSabe, n. time of ripening of fruits; s. tSu, y.

tSublamo, n. binding up the lattice-work of a room or thatdi
(building expression).

tSuffi, n. =: \lo% which see with its compounds.

tiSuhenii, pi. n. building material; furniture of a room; tSah-
nii, n. th. s.

tSui (= rooms?), n. heart in the widest sence of the
word; tSuiifi, pi. tSuiiaA, n. inside of the heart; the word
t§ui and Ximii or tSuiiaA is used like he, hie, musu, yi,
yitSo, as grammat. subj. or obj. of yerbs express moye-
ments of soul and spirit, as well as some bodily com-
plaints; the most common expressions of this kind are
the following: t§ui ffi, y. inf. tSuifd, lit. the heart comes
forth or out (s. fd, y. and tSui n>d Si, y), to be cast
down, hopeless, afraid, frightened; to dispair (Germ.
,M(^ ^m entfAQt \\)ta", flooft etc); tSui he d§o m. k.,
inf. t§uihedSole» to haye inward peace, to be at peace
(comp. ,he dSo, y. toiA dSg, y. hie d§o» v.); ti^ui hao
m. k., inf. tfiuihaomo, y. to be passionate; ti§ui ny6 Si,
inf. tSuiSinyS, y. (lit. the heart sinks down, gets quiet);
to be of good cheer, comfort; to be comforted, quiet;
etc. tSui sa, inf. tSuisale» to haye a fit heart, to be bold,
braye; hearty (^be^^erjt"); l^ui sO» inf- tSuisO, y. to be
out of breath; to gap for breath; tSui §d, y. inf. tSuiSi,
to feel heartburning; to yearn, stronger than „musuii
t§d, y.**; tSui §i, inf. tSuiSimo, y. to haye heartbeating;
tSui tfa, y. inf. tsuitfa, th. s. and to be afraid, frighte-
ned etc. As gram. obj. t§ui is esp. used in the foil,
phrases: to tSui si, inf. tSuiSitO, y., and Ame tSoi Si,
int tSuiSiAmSy y. to haye patience ^ to be patient, f. i.

Uuido — tSnitSakelg. 317

Ame ofSai Si ohSmi! haye patience with me! — na tSai,
inf. tSuinamo, y. to be courageous; to take courage; na
tSui! take courage, take a heart! fag' ein {^erg; ha tSui,
inf. t§uihSmo» y. to giye a heart, to encourage etc.; tSake
tSui, inf. t§uit§akemo , y. to change the heart, to repent
(/UTovoHv) etc. comp. bo in Ot. and ^i, dfei^mo etc. in
Gfi; etc. etc.
tSuidg, tSuiAdo, n. grief of heart.

tSrifft, n. fiightening; hopelessness; fear; despair, fr. tSui

fa, y.
t^uifalo, n. frightened, hopeless, despairing person.
tiSui'd^ane, n. a frightful, fearful, desperate matter, news etc.
ISuihdlo, n. encourager, fr. hd tsui, y.
tsuihdmo, n. encouraging,
tsuihaolo, n. passionate person,
tsuihaomo, n. heart-trouble; passion; fr. tSui hao, y.
tsuihe('§ole , n. peace of heart; comp. hed§ole, hledsQle,

toindSole; fr. t§ui he d§o, v.
tSuih, = t§ui mli, inside of heart; pi. tSuiiaA.
tSuina, ady. heartily.

tSuinamo, n. courage (^rrjbaftigfeit), fr. na tSui, y.
tSuinalo, n. courageous person.
tsuintSakelo, = tsuitsakelo, n. repenting person.
tsuintSakemo, = tsuitsakemo, n. repentance.
tSuisale, n. boldness, brayoury; = tSuinamo, n. (^etj^af^

tiftfeit, Bcbcti^tbeit) fr. tsui sa, y.
tSuisalo, n. bold person.

tSuisO, n. want of breath; gaping for breath; suffocation,

fr. tSui sD, y.
tSuiSd, n. heartburning, utmost yearning; comp. musuA-

tSd, n.
tSuiSimo, n. beating of the he^rl; pulsation, fr. tSui si, y.

tSuiSinmg, n. fr. nme tSui si, y., and

tSuiSitO, n. fr. to tSui Si, y. patience; loogsuffering; for-
bearance.

tSuiSnmelO) n. and

tSuiSitolo, n. longsuffering, patient, forbearing person.

tSuiSinyfi, n. quietness, comfort; cheerfuhiess (contrary of
tSnifft, n.), fr. nme tSui Si, y.

tSuiSinydlo, n. quiet, comforted, cheerful person.

tSnitfa, n. heartbeating = tSuiSimo» fear, apprehension, fir.'

tSui tfa, y.
tSuitSakelo, n. repenting person, fr. tSake tSui, y.

818 Unitiakemo — Ualosftne.

tStiittakemo , n. change of the heart, repentance; fjuueiwa;

= dfeAmotSakemo, dS^At^kemo, n.
tSaiwale, n. hardness of heart, fr. tSni nva, v.
Uuiwalo, n. person of a hard heart
tdniwadSelo , n. person hardening his heart, fr. wadSe lioi, t.
tiuiwadSeino» n. hardening of the heart,
t^uiwo, n. rest, recreation.
t§uiwolo, n. person resting or recreating himselt
tlui.veli, n. trooble, grief; hearleating; fr. tiSiii ye, v. and

ye tSui, v.
tSuiyelo, ti^uiyelilo, n. a person grieved or grieving.

ti^nkatSnka = t§ikat§ika, tSakatSaka, sakasaka, etc. adr. dis-
orderly, in a hubbub.

tSuko, inf. tgukomo, v. to roast or dry on life -coals, to
smoke, as it is done with meat, fish etc. for presem-
tion; comp. Si, SS; be, ho; ka; wo lasa mli, ▼.

tSukomo» n. roasting on life-coals.

tSukOmo, t§ukuomo» n. house-breaking; breaking down of

a house.
tSukuti^uku, adj. and adv. „in a buzzle''; busy; bnsOy; fbll

of people, lively etc.; fe — , v. to be in a bnzzle,

buzzling.
tSukut§ukufemo » n. buzzle.
tsulo, n. not used; comp. tSuru; fr. tiSu, v.
t§alo, n. cleanser, purifier; sanctifier; fr. tStl, v.
t§uIo, pi. tSuloi, n. sender (comp. tSfi, v.); worker, labourer,

but only used in compounds, s. niitSulo, n. Comp. tSolo*

Ad. V.

t§ulo» tsuld, tSDlO, pi. tSOdsi, n. servant in the most
extensive sence; slave (a more conmion and less offensive
expression as nydn; comp. abofra, akoa and nya, n. in
Otyi); subject; comp. n^y and dovXog. See also: wenQ,

weyo; webii; bi; suolo; awoba; etc. Ad. tSolo and tSQ-

lo, n.
tSQlobi, n. child of a servant.
tSulobe, n. time of a servant.
tSulodSefi, n. servants-life, — character.
tSOlogbena, n. duty, part of a servant,
tsrilohegbe, n. allowance, right of a servant.
tSdlond, pi. -nii, n. servants part etc.
t2^Ciloniit$umo, n. servants business.
t$filonQ, pi. t§ud§ihT, n. male-servant.
tSDlpsane, n. servants cause, matter, palaver. •

tSQlgtiSu — tSutfiunS. 319

tSiilotSa» n. room of a servant

tSOlQwe, n. house and home of a servant.

tSQioyO, pi. tSQdi^iyei, n. female-servant.

t§ulu, pi. t§ud§i, adv. s. t§uru, adj.

tsumS, tsumdmo, n. house-huilding; fr. mft tsu, v.

t§umSlQ, n. housebuilder, = tSutfalg, n.

tSamo, n. cleansing; purification; sanetification , fr. tSCI, v.

wiping, rubbing, drying, fr. tSOmo, v.
tSumo, inf. tsOmg, v. to wipe, to cleanse by rubbing; to

dry by rubbing. Comp. §a; kpla he, v. etc.
tSOTOQ he, -hie, -mil, -no, -se etc. to wipe outside, the

face, inside etc.
tfiQmo, n. sending; business, labour, work, fr. tSQ, v.
t§ufi, n. =" tsu mil, inside of the room; adv. inside.
tSunba, t§uAbotemo , tsunyS, n. entering of a room; coming

or going inside.
tSunmd, n. plastering of a room, fr. ml tSu mil, v.
tiSuno, n. cover of a room, s. tSuyiten, n.
tSuAwO, n. putting in prison; imprisoning.
tSunsalg. tSusnlg, n. outfitter of a room.
t§unsamo, t§usamo, n. outfitting of a room.
tSunye, n (lit. housemother); a small lizard living in rooms.
't§uru, et§uru, pi. tsudsi, adj. red, ripe; brown-red; yellow-
red etc.; fr. tsu, v. mot§uru, a red person.
tSuse* n. place behind the house or room; = adv. aside;

menstruation = gbese; ya -, v. to have the — .
ISuseyS, n. menstruation = gbeseyd.
tsu§amo, tsun§Smo, n. white-washing of a room.
tSutfa, n. housebuilding = tsumS, n.
tsutfalo, n. builder; comp. gbogbotfalo, n.
tSuti^O, inf. tsut^omo, v. to halt because of disability to

tread or stand down; shortened reduplication of t§o« v.
tilatSglo, n. halting, lame person; comp. tsolo, atSoke,

akpake, osifo, obubuafo, n. etc.
tsut§omo, n. halting.
tSutSu, n. (but out of use) s= §iSi, beginning; adv. first,

at first, in the beginning; = klenkled, adv.
tSutSu klefiklen, adv. th. s. as t§uti§u, only stronger, quite

in the beginning.
t§ut§ubii, pi. n. the first people; comp. sebii, n. etc.
tsutsumo, pi. -mei, n. the first person.
tsuntSumo, n. wiping of a room.
tSutSund, pi. -nii, n. the first thing.

820 tSutSusane — tuamond.

tSutSusane, pi. -sadSi, n. first matter, first cause, first pa-
laver.

tSuwO, n. thatching of a house, fr. wo tSu, ▼.

tSuwolo, n. thatcher.

tSuyiteA, n. housetop, flat or otherwise.

\Sny6, tSun^o, pi. -yei, n. girl or woman in the same room;

^audmd((brn, ^aii^ircib; girl or woman making a room,

3immennat(6cn, 3ininif^ffr<*w-
tSw — see under tf — .

to, pi. tOmo, inf. tu, tOmo, v. to jump; to jump up; to

spring up; to let s. th. jump; etc. (Comp. tu mirik^

and tutu mirik^, v. to run, in Ot. and teke, y. in Gi.)
to mli, T. to jump in.

tQ uQ, V. to jump upon or over = teke no.
tQ §i, y. to jump down,
to, n. (Ot. tuo) gun, musket; Sika — , inf. tQSikamo» to

load a gun; tfa — , inf. tDtfd, v. to discharge a gun;

tfa m. k. — , to shoot s. b.; tO fe, inf. tQfele, t. to burst

(of a gun); — kwa, v. to miss fire etc.
tu m. k. , y. to cup s. b.
ta, n. cupping.
tQ and tDmo, n. jumping,
tflm! interj. gone! dead! beni efo pe, tOm! when she had

scarcely born (she was) dead! comp. a similar use of

krSndf-bum etc., yi f^, n.
to, n. brasil-wood; colour of it.
tQtso, pi. -t§ei, n. brasil-tree.
tu, tOm, tOtOtO, tfintu, adj. and ady. dark; darkly; in the

yery middle, ten tOntu, th. s.
tu, Ad. y. to speak.

tu and tiu (Ot. th. s.), inf. to, tumo andtiumo, v. to fol-
low; to run afler; to persecute; to hunt after; to let
blood; to take blood by leeches or a lancet; to bleed;
s. bd, y.

tu se, y. th. s.

tu-wo m. k. den, y. to giye something oyer to s.b.; inf. tfl.

to, n. giying oyer.

tua, inf. tuamo, y. to attack, to aggress; to come over^me
unexpectedly and by force; to clyster with pepper and
the like; s. a!so fD, y. th. s.

tualg, n. aggressor; person clystering.

tuamo, n. attack; aggression; UeberfaQ; clystering.

tuamond, n. clysterpipe; s. benlufi, th. s.

liie — tiinle. 321

tue» iof. tdemo, y. to draw off; wine, etc. to rain; see

N^^ohmo tue, v.
tdfemo, and

tQfelemo, n. bursting of a gun; - - guns,
tufelo, tiisdlo, n. gunmaker; gunsmith,
tufle, n. (obscene word, perh. Fanti) anus; comp. duna, n.
tufu, V. to rot.
'tufo (and Hofo), and
'tufu, n. s. atufu; n. the pad which women wear on their

back; si — , v. to bind up this pad.
'tufusi, n. binding up of the back-pad of women,
tugblon, n. hinder part of a gun.

tui! interj. used in driving away small cattle; tui! tui! th. s.
tukwamo, n. missing of a gun.
tukutuku, adj. and adv. fat, round (of limbs); enane ye

tukutuku tamo wolo roli mfonini nane, his foot is as

round as that of a picture in a book,
tull, adj. and adv. little.
tulQ, n. persecuter; follower; bleeder, lancer,
ttilo, n. jumper.

Tumo, pr. n. of a fetish between Osu and Gg.
tflmg, n. persecution; following; hunting after,
tu, and

tumo, n. jumping; springing up.
tumu, and
tumo, n. dunghill, such as generally is found near towns

and villages, where every kind of rubbish, dung, etc.

is cast; tumo no, adverbially used: on or upon the

dunghill,
tumononii, pi. n. things on the dunghill or fit to be cast

there , outcast (also used of persons),
turn, tun, adj. add adv. see tu, dark; black,
tuna, n. muzzle of a gun; tropically used: strength, abi-
lity; mile etuna, I know his strength,
tun, n. the pulp of a tree used by the fetishpriest for

powder to besmear their idols with,
tuni, n. small barrel; keg; s. akotowa, th. s.
'tunkpS, atunkp9, n. square bottle; comp. tg, abgdiamo.
tuiiknn, n. n^w palm-wine, which comes first, after the

trees are felled, and operates on the bowels; comp. ko-

kro, n.
tunte = to inli te, n. gunstone, i.e. ball, lead in the guns.

The natives generally cut the lead-bars^ into small pieces

for this purpose.

Zimmermannf Akra-Yocab. ^V

822 tuntrft — Wa.

tuntrfi, truntra, tunlirfituntrS, adj. and adv. speeUed; spot-
ted; comp. damdam; nvrdtdAwfttft etc.

tuntu, tuntu, adj. and adv. very dark, black; in the ?en
middle; s. tu, adj. and adv.; and comp. du6; toA, adf.

tOiahta, adj. very dark, black.

tOae, D. binder-part of a gun.

tOgblofi, th. s.

tQSikamo, n. loading of a gun.

tutffl, n. discharge of a gun or guns; salutation with gun-
fire; shooting.

tQtfaIo» n. discharger of a gun.

tu*§ofll, tut§ufd, n. gun-powder; s. ti^ofd, n.

tCitu, redupl. v. fr. tu, v.

tuta, n. chaff; comp. toto, Sabii, n.

tatu, adv. (00 much; edomi totu, it grieves me too mark;
very much; c<mp. pT, tSd, naakpa, pam, tam, po etc.

tOtOtu, adj. and adv. very dark, hlack; darkly; a. it, acy.

tDnyo, n. a kind of euphorbia.

The vowel u does not initiate any G9-word; where it
seems so, a scarcely audible „w'* is the initiating con-
sonant, comp. esp. W0-, wo, wu- e'.c.

V.

The consonant „v**, pronounced as in English, does
not appear in proper Gd- words, bat in some words
from the Ayigbe or Ewe-Language spoken beyond' the
river Volta and in Dahomey.

Veveve. adj. and adv. hard ; hardly.

VI, adj. and adv. weak, weakly; s. gbede, boboll etc.

vo, adj. and adv. very deep; deeply; comp. alao yp or wq

in Ol.
vfi, a natural souQd, adv., to immitate the wind etc.

W.

The semiconsonant w has several peculiarities, which
are to be observed and are referred to in the sequel
*It resembles in general more the German w, than tiie
English; but before o, o, u is nearly heard as a full
^u*^ serving as a consonant, or sometimes scarcely an-
dible; it also changes sometimes with h and in a few
cases with b and m.

Wa, inf. wd, wale and wamo, v. to be hard, heavy,
strong, difficult; to harden, strengthen, comp. wadie, v.

Wa — wa m. k. yi. 823

to stand still, s. "wa damo §1, v.; to accompany; to as-
sist; to case one's self, inf. wamo, and wa nane, inf.
nanewamo, th. s. 'more decent expression than nyS, v.,
but compare ya kona, tso no, niiase, dfeiaA; tSdhe etc.
to creep, = wamo; etc. The word is frequently com-
bined with grammat. subj. and obj., to diversify its use:
The most common are the following: den wa, inf. den-

* wale, y. to be hardbanded, i. e. illiberal, covetous (comp.
kpekpe, hie wa, nine si wa, v. th. s. and den kpo, v.
th. contrar;y); he wa, inf hewalt?, hewd, v. to be strong,
well, sound, healthy; with obj to be well, ehe ewale>
he is well (again); s. he, n., but: he wa he (inf. he-
wale, but scarcely used), v. to have pain all over the
body, lit. the body is hard to the body; comp. he, n.;
wa he, v.; hie wa, inf. hlewale, hlewa, v. to be hard-
faced, hard, sparing, covetous; to be strict etc., comp.
yi wa; hie wa he, v. to have pain in the face; hienmeii
wa he, V. to have pain in the eyes; it§o wa, s. yitSo,
wa and yi wa; mli wa, inf. mliwale, v. to be inwardly
hard; na wa, inf. nawale, v. to be hardmouthed; to
speak hard, bold, tenacious; to be hard or tough in
general; to use hard words etc.;<no wa, inf. nowale, v.
to have a hard surface; nddsiaft wa, inf. nddsianwale, t.
to have strong legs; to stand fast; nine si wa, inf. nine-
siwale, v. to be of a hard hand, = de6 wa, v. se wa,
inf. sewale, v. to have a hard, strong back; to be hard
in consequence; s. se; sisi wa, sisiwale, v. to be hard
at the bottom, hard to be explained, difficult to under-
stand, s. sisi; t§ui wa, inf. tsuiwale, v. to be hardhearted;
yi wa, yitso wa, inf. yiwale, yitsowalei v. to be hard-
headed; to be hard, cruel, stubborn etc., s. wa yi; and
to be _stupid, unable to learn (comp. „fin barter ^opf'
in both sencfs in German). Comp.: Ehe wa tamo ba,
he is as hard or tough as a crocodile; ohia wa, poverty
is hard e*c. etc.

wa he, inf. hewd, v. to pain (the body, s. he, n.), ewa
mihe, it pains mi; mihe wa mihe, my body pains me;
mimusun wa mihe, my belly pains me; miyitSo wa mi
he, 1 have head-ache etc.

wa — damo si, ^ double v. to stand still.

wa nane, inf. nanewamo, v. to ease one*8 ^elf; decent ex-
pression = wa, instead of nyS, v.

^a m. k. yi, inf. yiwale (comp. yi wa, v. and tot gbo and
gbo toi, v.), V. to be hard, cruel to s. b , to illtread

324 wa — wala.

8. b., owale yU thou illtreadedst him; comp. fe niisenii-

anii, v., s6, v.
wa, n. hardness, strength ; pain; adj. hard, strong; gbe wd,

a strong or loud voice; s. wale, n. th. s,
wa, n. snail.

wa, aux. y. = ba; seldom used; mikeo waba, I will come

with thee,
wa -, sometimes = woba -, woo -, we will or shall -.

. ^a = - ba, - ma, - a, Ot. deminutivei answering the GS:
hi, mi; f. i. awur^wa or awura, little master, i. e. mistress,
wabii, pi. of wao, n., which see.

wadSe, inf. wadsemo (causative form of wa, comp. §edse,
sddSe etc.), v. to harden, strengthen; to confirm; N^ehda
wowad§ea wohe krede. let us fully confirm ourselves!
Comp. wo hewale, v. th. s.

wadSe he, inf. hewadsemo, v. to strengthen one's self.

wadSe h!e, inf. hlewadSemo, v. to harden the £Bce, to

harden one's behaviour; comp. hie wa, v.
wadSe mli, inf. miiwadSemo, v. to confirm inwardly; comp.

mli wa, V.
wad§e na, inf. nawadSemo, v. to harden one's mouth,

speech, words etc., comp. na wa, v.
wad§e nane, v. to strengthen the foot,
wadse nine, v. to strengthen the hand,
wadse t§ui, inf. t^uiwadSemo, v. to harden the heart; comp.

tsui wa, V.
wadse yi or yitSo, inf. yi- or yitSowadSemo, v. to harden

the head; comp. yi wa, v.
wadselo, n. hardener; strengthener; confirmer; fr. wadSe,v.
wad§emo,n. hardening; strengthening; confirmation; comp.

hewalewO, n. th. s.
wad§i, pi. of wan, n. which see with its compounds,
waduru, wadurutso, pi. -tSei, n. the wooden mortar, for

beating or mashing „fufui'* and other food; iportar; s.

baduru; Ot Wodru.
wadurutSomlibi, n. the pestle or pounder of it; s. woma.

wala (also woala, wola), n. life (comp. wa, n. and la, n.
Hanson: wara, corroboration of wa, n. strength), some-
times yiwala, life of the head; comp. hlekSmo, hekamo,v.;
na -, and yi na -, v. inf. walanamo; yiwalanamo, to be
kept alive, to be save, saved; to be preserved (comp.
a(oogj(tw^€(fx^ai); here wala, hereyiwala, inf. wala-
heremo» yiwalaherenio, v. to save alive, to save (cxcu^fir,

^ralabe — wamobi. 32&

salyum facere); etc. comp. also: ^mala, n. j^iwalft 16, y.

etc. and nkwa, gye nkwa etc. in Ot.
walabe, n. time of life,
walabu, n. well of life,
walafa, n. river of life,
nvalagbe, n. way of life,
walagbl, n. day of life,
walahalo, n. lifegiver.
vralahSmO) n. lifegiving.
walaherelo, yiwalaherelo, n. saviour (^ei(anb,cra>Ti;^);

saver, preserver; comp.herelo, dsielo; kpdlo; hefdlo, n. etc.
walaherelogbei, n. saviours name.

walahereloniitsumg, n. saviours work.

walaherelosane, n. saviours^history.

walaheremo, yiwalaheremo, n. salvation (.^eil, ®e*
liflfcit, awtr^Qia); saving; preservation; comp. heremo,
dsiemo; kpdmo; hefdmg, n. etc.

walaheremobe, n. time of salvation.

walaheremobi, n. child of salvation.

walaheremgwiemQ, n. word of salvation.

walanalo, n. person save4; scarcely used.

walanamQ, n. preservation; fr. na wala, v.

walano, pi. -nii, n. some thing of life.

walasane, n. matter of life.

walasisi, n. ground, foundation of life.

walatso, pi. -tsei, n. tree of life.

walat§e» n. father, possesser of life.

walawiemo, n. word of life.

walayi, n. head, fountain of life.

wale, n. strength (comp. hewale); hardness; durability
(comp. yiwale) ; power etc. ; help, assistance, strengthening,
empowering (comp. hewalewd, n. and wadsemQ) ; pain,
hardship (comp. hewa, wa, n.); fr. wa, v.

walo, n. meat of eatable snails.

walo, n. strong, hard, powerful person; assistant, helper
(comp. wadSelQ, hewalewolQ, hefatalg, bualo etc.); cree-
per etc. fr. wa, v.

wamoy n. creeping; scratching; easing, one's self, comp.
nanewamg, n., /rom wamg, v.; help, fr. wa m. k. v.

wamo, inf. wdmo, v. to creep; also used of children not
yet able to walk; Ot. wyia, v.; to scratch.

wamgha, n. creeping plant.

wamQbi, n, creeping child.

326 wimond — webegbe.

waroond, pL -nii» n. creeping creature (comp. Genntn:

wamond, pi. wamonii, n. chamberpot for children.

wamQt^ii, n. privy.

vran, pi. wadSi, n. grey hair (of old people); dSe wadSi,
— waA, inf. wadSidSe, waAdSe, y. to get grey hair.

wafid§6, wadSidSe, n. getting grey hair.

wafid^elo, wad§iad§elo, wantSe, pi. -tiemei; wadSiatie,
pi. -atSemeJ, n. person haying grey hair {„(&xanh^\'').
Generally an honouring tittle.

wanono, n. shell of a snail.

waAwaA, kukeruku vraAwaA, nat. sound, immitation of the
voice of doves.

wao, pi. wabii, n. finger; toe; claw; nine-vi^ao, d. finger;
nanev?ao, n. toe; lofld-wao, n. claw of a bird; etc. Ad.
fiwg, n.

waolo, n. (fingerman) epithet of the leopard; comp. hie-
Amalo, n.

waoselami, n. nail of finger or toe.

wara, n. s. wala.

ware, n. s. wale.

waskefa, n. europ. word: basin;* wash-basin.

watere and anowatere (Ot. th. s.), n. water-melon.

wawonu, n. soup made of eatable snails. ;

wdyeli, n. eating of snails.

wftyelQ, n. snail-eater.

we, n. house (in the widest sence of the word, Ot. fi);
house and yard, dwelling, home etc. (^aud unb {)of)
as one whole, with all it contains: comp. §Ta and tSu,
n.; tropical: people belonging to a house, corAp. weku,
webii. The word does not accept any postposition ex-
pressing a locality, as: hie, he, mli, na, no, se, ^U §i§i»
}iteii etc., f. i. mTya miwe, I go to my house (home;
comp. §Ia); eye ewe, he is in his house; edSe owe, it
comes from thy house. Comp. the same rule in the
nouns: hie, he, bo, §la, Awei etc. being as ^we** at the
same time adverbially used.

webii, pi. n. people of a house; domestics (lat. familia);
subjects; people; NyoAmo webii, pi. n. God's people;
mant§e webii, the kings people; etc. slaves.

wedSeA, n. life,' charakter of a house.

wedSgmo, n. house-blessing.

wcgbena, n. house-duty; housen^iV,
wehegbc, n. house-liberty, -nt^il*

ifci — wie-lSd m. k. 32t

wei, n. extorture; ye wei, v. to extort.

weiyeli, n. extortion.

weiyelo, n. extortioDcr.

vreku, pi. wekui and wekumei, d. family; relationship; comp.
ku, n.; asafoka, d§aka, maftkQ, n. etc.

wekufuhe, n. family-sepulchre.

wekunii, pl.n. things belonging to a family; family-possession.

wekunye, pi. -nyemei, n. family-mother.

wekunyo, pi. wekuncei, n. person belonging to a family;
relation; pi. -hi, n. men of a family.

nvekubii, |^1. n. = wekumei; family-members.

wekusane, pi. -sddsi, n. family-palawer.

vrekutse, pi. -t§emei, n. family-father, -head.

ii^ekuyO, pi. -yei, n. woman belonging to a family.

iiirenQ, pi. wehl, n. (seldom used) roale-serrant ; male-slaye;
comp. IsulonQ, n.; webii, n.; weyo, n.

were, s. w^ere.

wereho, s. wypreho.

wes, n. dan. waist -coat.

wese, adj. and adv. froward; precocious; -ly; -ly.

weyo, pi. weyei, n. female -servant; female -slaye; comp,
tSuloyO, n. and wenO, n.

wl, s. yT, adj. and adv. weak; weakly.

Words not to be found here see under wy — .

wie (or wyie), inf. wiemg, v. to speak; ke m. k. — , v.
to speak with or to s. b.; comp. ke, v.; dse na, v.

wie he, int hewiemo, y. to speak about, of; to slander.

wie hewo, y. to speak about.

wie hie, inf. hlewiemo, y. to speak to one's face; to ad-
monish; reprooye; reproach; comp. wie-t§d, y.; ka, y.;
ft, y.; dSe, y.

wie hCkhdhu, inf. hOhuhQwiemo, y. to murmer.

wie mli, inf. mliwiemo, y. to speak into s. th. (^reinrebeit);
to interrupt by speaking; comp. t^e sane na, y.

wie na, inf. nawiemo, y. to speak mouth to ^outh; to
speak to; to salute (comp. ein!>>rc((^en, Dorfprec^en in
German).

wie se, inf. sewiemo, y.; to speak behind one's back; to
backbite, to slander; comp. wie he, y.; nyie m. k. §i§i,
y.; to speak after; - - afterwards.

wie-tsd m. k., inf. wiemo ke tsdmQ, double y., to admo-
nish, teach, exhort s. b.; wiemo ke Udmo edSee mo
dJ^emg, pry. admonishing is not sco\dvi\%^\i^\ ^q\s\^«^^a^
dsadSe-tso, double y. (and ki-kjet*^, ^» Va QVj^S*

328 ' wie tsui oa — wo aUi.

wie tSui na, v. inf. tSuinawiemo; to speak to the heart, i.e.
friendly; zb-hy 131, 1 Mos. 34, 3.

yfie\Q, n. speaker; talker; babbler.

wiemo, n. speaking; speech; word; language; fr. wie, t.;
comp. also: sane, gbe, kemo, n.

wiemo ke tSdmo, n. admonition; fir. wie-tSd, double t.

wiemoiaheniile, n. linguistic, philology.

^iemoiaheniilelo, n. linguist.

wiAkle, n. dan. rightangular ruler; SSinfel.

win, inf. wirimg, v. to row a vessel; comp. pia lele he, ?.

wirilo, n. rower.

wirimo, n. rowing.

wirin)Ot§o, pi. -tSei, n. generally corrupted into wulotSo;
row; s. also tabid, th. s.

wo, inf. wO, womo, irreg. pL form: hole, inf. holemo, t.
to lift, to take up (esp. of heavy things, comp. kg,
kolo, nd, v.)» to carry (f. i. a child; a man; comp. hie,
t^re,, tfa kon; kpe, v. etc.); to put; comp. to, nme; to
call; comp. wo gbei, v. to wear; to bear; to gather, to
bring forth (eTjeu{(en, s. wo, v. in Otyi and Ga fo, v.);
to generate, produce etc.; to exalt, to esteem = bo,
dsie yi, hie so, v. etc., to honour, respect; to take
something upon one's self; in the latter signification it
is used as an auxil. v. combined with other verbs in the
infinitive, = to be able, to can, to may; to begin, be
about etc., f. i. miwo bd, I am about to come; ewoo
femo, he is not going to do; w(}wo WQhe samo, let us
prepare ourselves! ewo Sifimo, he begins to be firm; etc.
The principal uses in combinations of this exceeding fre-
quent verb are the following; atatu wo, inf. atatuwO, v.
to be cloudy, foggy weather; s. atatu, oblotu, etc.; dfei
wo, inf. dfeiwO, v. to accumulate sweepings, dust, dirt;
he wo n.k., v. to gather or accumulate s. th. outwardly;
ehe wo fo, he is outwardly fat; hie wo n. k., v. to take
up or gather s. th. on the surface; mli wo n. k., v. to
gather or produce s. th. inwardly; mli wo la, inf. mlila-
wO, V. to get into a passion („to gather inward fire*"),
to get angry; mli wo m. k. la, v. to get angry with
s. b.; similarly is na wo, no wo, se wo, §i§i wo, ti^ui
wo, yi wo n. k. etc. to be explained; but: musu wo
m. k., V. to he pressed down, overpowered by the belly;
to be too stout.

wo alali, inf. alaliwO, v. lo iuVenu^V. «i ^w%w\ «^«;^vdl^ -=
dSedSe, tdtd, y.

wo anteo — wo gbomo. 329

NO anteo (antew, Ot. non-appearance), v. to la; in ambush;

s. wo ka, V.
wo atade, inf. atadewo, v. to wear (european) dress ; comp.

bu mama, v.
wo atifg, inf. atlfowo, v. to put colour; to die; to colour,
wo bai, T. to produce leaves,
wo bi, wo gbeke, v. to carry a child on the arms (or on

the back comp. kpe, v.)-
wo bo, V. to be full of dew.
wo dad, Y. to put into one's mouth,
wo den, y. to take in hand; to get into a fray, scuffle;

close fight Cbanbgcmein werben'O.
wo dfei, V. to grow grass, to produce grass; to accumu-
late dirt, sweepings etc.; see dfei, n. inf. dfeiwO, comp.

dfei wo, V.
wo. dsO ng, inf. dsOnowomg, v. to take up or begin a

dance,
wo dun, inf. dunwo, v. to be endarkened, covered with

darkness; to get dark; tsu len wo dun, the room is dark;

comp. tse, V. the contrary,
wo fo, inf. fgwO, v. to accumulate or produce fat; to get

fat; to be fat
wo foi, inf. foiwo, foiwomo, v. to run; to flee = hie foi,

dso foi, sa foi etc.; to make to run; to put to flight;

awoame foi, they were put to flight; driven off.
wo fu, V. to grow luxuriously,
wo ga, inf. gawO, v. to wear a ring,
wo gbale no, v. to take up prophesying, to begin to pro-
phesy,
wo gblk or gb^S no, v. to enter marriage, to go to be

married, only used of a woman (comp. wye, kpe, v.

etc.).
wo gbe no, inf. gbenowO, v. to lift up the voice, to cry.
wo gbe, inf. gbewo, v. to put on the way, to dispatch

(s. dsie gbe, v.) to give one money, „subsistence^ for

the way; s. hS sis6, th. s.
wo gbei, inf. gbeiwo, v. to give a name (sometimes gbei

is let away, f. i. ewole Anan, he called him Anan, s.

wo, v.); to call,
wo gbei no or ang, inf. gbeiugwo, -mg or gbgiangwOmg, v.

to mention or take up one's name; s. gbei, n.
wo gbeke, v. to take up a child; to carry a child on the

arms.
jvo gbomo, Y. io take up or carT;j a ^«t^ow\ ^« v^^^v^*^ ^

3S0 wo g0g6mii — wo kmA.

wo gdgOmii, inf. gOgdmitwO, ?. to prodnee worms, to get

wormy,
wo he , iof . hewO , ?. to lift one's self np ; to be proud.

wo he no, inf. henowomo» v. to exalt, to honour « to lift
up; to exalt one's self; miwo mihe no» I exalt mjfself;
comp. wo hie nyam; bu, hTe so, y. etc. and (ft, ?•

wo he n. k. , v. to put something about, around, at s. th.

wo hewale, inf. hewalewo, v. to strengthen.

wo hie mud$i, inf. hIemudSiwO, y, lit to put dirt into
ones face; to disgrace one, to make one ashamed.

wo hie no, v. to lift up the face.

wo hie nyam, inf. hienytmwo, v. to glorify; to be gracious,
to 8. b. ( oet^^ertlid^en ; begnatiflen; bulbteicb fepn flfflen
(Sinen), so as only a higher one can do toward a lower
one; comp. wo he no, v. and domo, dro, na mgbo, t.

wo hIeAmei no, pi. hole hIeAmeii ano, inf^ hleftm^iiano-

holemo, V. to lift up the eye; — the eyes,
wo m. k. hiegble, v. to make one ashamed; comp. hle-

gble, n. wo hie mudiSi, v., gbe m. k. hie, y. etc.
wo ho, inf. howo, y. to impregnate (fd^o&ngern), comp.

ho, n.. Ad ho and hie ho, y.
wohdmo, y. to be able to sell; to produce hunger; comp.

bdmo, n.
wo homo, y. to be able to cook, to begin to cook,
wo boA, y. to put a shade; to be shadowy,
wo hoA, y. to put on a „hoA**-string; s. hoA, y.
wo itSo, s. wo yi, yitSo.
wo ka, inf. kawO, y. to ambuscade; s. kfi, n.; to lie in

ambush, einen {)interl;ait legrn; to tempt, to ensnare;

comp. ka, y. tSO, y.
wo kalo, y. to put lime on s. th.
wo kane, y. to take up a light,
wo kpulu, y. to take up a cup, jug etc.
wo kemo no, y. to take up a saying ; s. wo wiemo no, v.
wo klamo no, y. to begin to soothsay,
wo or bu klala, y. to wear white shirting,
wo kpS, inf. kpftwO, y. to put bonds on one, to bind one,

= n , y. ; to bind a fetish-string on s. b., = wo hoA, ?.
wo kpo, y. to produce or form a lumb; s. kpo, n.
wo ka, y. to produce or form a heap.
wo kat&a, y. to prepare a sponge for use (by putting it

la water etc.).
wo kuaa, r. to be thick, bu«\i^.

-" wo la — wo no. 88 1

f

wo la, inf. lawO y, to take op or gather fire; to pot fire

to; comp. mil wo la, v.
wo \kj V. to produce, gather or accamulate Mood,
wo lasu, int lasuwO, v. to produce or emit smoke, to

smoke,
wo lala or lamo, y. to get or take up a song, to giye out

a song, to begin to sing.
wo lai, T. to get up firewood, fiiel; to add fuel to a fire,
wo lo, y. to gather, accumulate flesh; to produce cnt ge-
nerate fish (of water),
wo lomo, y. to take up a curse; to begin cursing,
wo lumo, y. to exalt one to be goyemar, to make one

goyemor.
wo m§n, y. to giye a name to a town,
wo mSntse, inf. mdntsewo, y. to make king; to make a

king; ewole amemantse, he made him king oyer them,
wo mii, inf. mliwO, y. to put in, into, to add; to fill up;

to giye oyer and aboye (^bieingeben^).
wo mlila = mli wo la, y. to get angry,
wo mlu, y. to produce or accumulate dust,
wo ffiodu, inf. moduwO, y. to get a tumor in the grain,
wo mdn, y. to imprison one in the fort,
wo mu, y. to produc-e oil.
wo mut§uru, y. to produce palmoil; to measure palrooil;

to fill it into casks or pipes for shipment; to load it;

s. ka mutsuru, y.
wo musu obd, n. to fill the belly,
wo musu, y. to take up mischief,
wo na, inf. nawd, y. to put s. th. to one's mouth; into

one's mouth; to administer; inspire; suggest; prompt to

say etc.; to bespeak,
wo na tsofd, y. to administer medicine; to giye poison, to

poison, s. tSofd, n.
wo nane no, y. to lift up the foot, to hasten one's jumey ;

pi. hole nadsi ano, y.
wo nii, y. to produce things, to accumulate things; comp.

ba nii, and wo yibii, y.
wo nine no, y. to lift up the hand for swearing, striking

etc.; pi. hole nidsi ano, y.
wo nQ, inf. nowO, uQWomo, y. to take up, to begin (f. i.

to sing, speak); to lift up; to eleyate; to exalt; to ho*

nour, with the logical object betwixt, the yerb and the

grammatiral object, as: wo nine, nvnit, \rv& ^\r. tlv-*"^

bole nii aag, if eleyating in UVetak, xio m w^^^ '^ ^sii^^

332 wo Ao — wo yi.

ing in tropic sence; wo wiemo no ekoA, to take up an
(old) palaver again; wo m. k. n6, y. to mention one's
secret; etc. etc.

wo no, v. to produce, accumulate salt; to salt.

yfo n§on, v. to put info the sea or seawafer instead of
fulling or washing; to drown in the sea.

wo nu, inf. nuwo, y. to gather water; to draw matter (of
boils etc.); to put water to s. th., to water; to moisten,
soak etc.

wo nyomo, inf. nyomowo, y. to pay a debt; to pay; to
reward; to punish.

wo obd, obAbd, obdbAbd, y. to fill up.

wo onufu, y. to take up, i. e. to destroy snakes; o^i^
diQSiv, Mark. 16, 18.

wo sa, y. to take up one's bed.

wo sane no, y. to take up an (old) palayer.

wo se, V. to put back.

wo segbe^ y. to put backward.

wo §i, inf. §iwO, y. to lift up, to hold up, out; to pro-
mise; ewo §i, ake eeba, he promised to come; eiSi nt
ewo le» the promise he held out; to gather in a malti-
tude, to stand about; mei le ewo li ye bie, people are
standing (have accumulated) here about (and are staring);
to put down.

wo SiSi, v. to take up or lift up the ground, bottom; rea-
son etc., 8. si§i, n.; to put down, under.

wo Soto, inf. sQtQwO, V. to pepper; to season with pepper.

wo te, pi. hole tei, v. to take up a stone, stones; only
such of large dimensions or weight; comp. ko, kolo, v.

wo ten, v. to put into the midst.

wo m. k. t§e» y. to make one father, guardian, possessor,
ruler; wo n. k. no t§e» v. to put s. b. over s. th.

wo tSu, inf. tsuwO, v. to thatch a room or house; s. ble, v.

wo tsui, inf. tsuiwo, v. to refresh, recreate one's self;
miwo mitSui, 1 refresh myself.

wo tSun, v. to put into a room, i. e. into prison; inf.
tSuAwO.

wo tu, V. to take up a gun.

wo wiemo no, v. to begin to speak.

wo wo, v. to produce honey (of hollow trees).

-wo wQdSiy v. to produce eggs.
wo wai, V. to produce seed.
^(^ yif yitio no, v. to lift uif xYi^ Vi^^^.

^0 yi kolomo — yf6. 833

wo yi kolomo or koromo, v. to disturb one by speaking,

talk etc.
wo yibii, inf. yibiiwd, v. to bear fniit (used of trees, plants)

s. yibii, n.
wo' yin = wo yi mli , inf. yinwO , v. to put s. th. into

8. body's head, to induce, suggest; s. wo^na, y. to

yin, etc.
wo yitso, V. wo yi, v.
wo yiten, v. to put on a top; to put on the head.

wo ^Q, y. to produce or bear beans and other legumes

or pulse.
wO, n. taking or lifting up; exaltation, eleyation, honour,

glory; growth, produce, accumulation; putting, adding,

addition; etc. fr. wo, y.
wO (wuo, uwo? wo?) n. honey,
wd, n. fishing; ya wd, y. inf. wOya, to go afishing, s.

wuO, n.
wO, s. ^uo, n. wild cow; buffalo; Hying near the Yolta.

wo, y. inf. wO, to sleep; ke m. k. wo, y. to sleep with
8. b. ; miySwo ! I go to sleep ! Yawo dSogba ! Go sleep
well! Eyening salutation = Good night! Sleep well! —

Awo? awo? Answ. Miwo dSogba! — ^at man flcfd^lafen?
Haye people slept ! (reduplicated) : Answ. I haye slept
well! (Morningsalutation) ; ^wo, lit. haye fallen asleep,
i. e. sleeps (generally the perfect tense used instead of
the present),
wo del and wo adei, ade, y. to slumber; inf. delwO, adel-
wO; wo ade! Admonition to children to sleep.

wo hiese (h'ese) y. to sleep behind the face, to nod; to

slumber,
wo wodel, wodol, y. = wo dei, y. to slumber; inf. wo-

deiwO-
wo mli, y. to sleep in some place,
wo no> y. to sleep upon,
wo se, y. to sleep behind,
wo §isi, y. to sleep under s. th., to sleep down, down

stairs,
wo wosa (comp. Sa, e§a, n.) y. to sleep badly; lit. to sleep

a corrupt sleep; comp. ndSa, n.
wO, n. sleeping; sleep; wO to m. k., sleep oyerpowers s. b. ;

wo mli, in sleep, asleep, adyerb. used; sleepingly.
wO (wuo), n. fishing; ya-, y. lo go a%&Vi\ii%.

wo (wuo), n. Adnme, sea; from wlddci \S\e ^^^i^^^^Mi^^^^

334 wo — *woba.

is ?ery probably an old use: ya wO, to go to sea; comp.
n§o (Ot. nsu), wuSo-

19Q , n. (perh. connected or the same with the preoeediiig
word) the next day ; adv. to morrow (comp. dfieti^reiDQ
and d§et§erend); wo n) dSi wo le maba, a peculiar ex-
pression: to morrow which is to morrow 1 will come;
certainly to morrow I will come!

WQ 8e» wose, n. and adv. the day after to morrow („iibn»
moXs\tn'', adv.); wo lo wose, to morroV or the day
afler; in future, afterwards; by and by, by the by.

wo lebi, to morrow morning.

wo fane, to morrow (afler)noon.

wo gbel^e> to morrow evening.

wo nyOn, to morrow night.

wo ni. II. , inf. wO and womo, v. to hoot s. b., to cry tt
or after s. b., ^^inanb au^fcbreien ; f. i. a thief found in
the act of stealing and cried out by young and oU;

, amewole. Comp. wo yi, v.

wo, n. hooting; outcrying.

wo m. k. yi , inf. yiwo, yiwomo , v. th. s., lit to cry against
some body's head; comp. d§ie m. II. yi, v« the contr.

wo hdroo and wo hdmo yi, inf. hdmowo, hdmoyiwgmo, v.
to cry hunger out; i. e. to celebrate the harvest fes*i-
vi'y in Sept., which is generally called yam's custom by
Europeans; see hdmowo, n.

wo (wuO?), inf. womo (wuomo); .v. to watch at nighttime
about cattle, fruits and other property; to watch for
game; (perh. also related to the preceeding word).

wO batafoi, v. to watch wild hogs. >

wO bayeloi, v. to watch „leafeating'' antelopes.

wO he, inf. hewomo, v. to watch about s. th.

wo, see, WUO, n. fowl; cock, hen.

wo (with a scarcely audible w, wherefore often only heard
'o) pron. (indepentend wo, subjective wo-, possessive
wo — , objective — wo and — o), we; our; us; comp.
§ 21, 34; wodi^ntSe, we ourselves, our own; ourselvrs;
wohe, ourselves (reflexive obj.), wohO, we also, a'so
our, us also; wonon, even we, our, us; etc. etc.; woo-
before a verb indicates at the same time the future tense
(= woba-, woa-, which latter is also heard).

wO-agbaku, n. honey-comb.

woala, s. wala, n. life.

wQba, a. /owl-plant, a planl.

'woba, Bwoba, aboba, n, boudmwi, -\»iwftw^ VS^.^w^^.

wQb^ — wolo. 335

wobe, n. time for sleep, sleeping time; ^omob6, n. time

for watching; watch-time,
wobi, pi. -wobii, n. honey child, i. e. bee.
wobi, n. fowl-child, i. e. chicken,
wgbil, n. sleeping tent, -hut.
wodd,n.; wine made of honey,
wodely wodol, n. slumber.
urodelwO* n. slumbering.
i?odeIwolo, n. slumberer.
wodsd, n. carving of a fowl.
wdds6, n. comins^ from fishing, fr. dSe wo, y.
wod§i, pi. of wolo, n., skins, papers etc.
^rodsiand, pi. -anii, n. some thing pertaining to papers,

books, etc.
wgdsi, pi. of won, n. fetishes; dsemeiawodSi, the fetishes

from there (s. dSemei), of a place.
wdd§owod§0> adv. = tsot§drot§otSorO , full; -ly.
wofe, n. fowl-dung; a kind of berries,
wofoi, V. s. wo foi, V.
wpfoi = wo-ofoi, n. a very large kind of flies, horsefly;

comp. ofoi.
wogbe, wogbemo, n. cock-crowing; a time between 3«<— 4

o'clock in the morning,
wghdlo, n. fowl-seller; -dealer,
wohomo, n. fowl-selling.
wQko, inf. wokomo, v. to shake, to push to and fro

(„n>adfeln"); to loose; to rack; to wag.
wokglo, n. person shaking s. th.
wokomo, n. shaking, loosing, wagging etc. fr. wgkg, v.
wokomo and wokolomo, n., picking, i. e. eating of fowl;

comp. ko, pi. kolo, V.
woko, adv. and
wokowoko,adj and adv. loose, shaking, tottering, rocking,

wageing („ira(felig'0; loosely etc. fe — , v. to be loose,

shaking etc.
wokowokofemo, n. looseness,
wola, s. wala, n. life,
wolamo = lamo* n. dream,
wole = hole, pi. of wo^ v. to lift up.
wolenyo, irreg. pi wolei, n. fisherman; seaman (comp. wO,

n. fishing; Adn. sea.
wolo, pi. wodsi (sometimes heard wulo, wuolo, pi. wudSi;

but comp. also wulu, pi. wudli aAj.'i n. ^Vwi^Wftft V^wm^*
heJo, hewolo); leather; paichmtiA', cwV\ iw^^N ^^^^'^^

336 wolo — woma.

letter; book; note; any little piece of paper etc.; fe
wolo, inf. wolofemo, y. to play at carts; kane — , inl
wolokanemo, wolonkanemo, y. to read; 8. kane, y.; kpo-,
inf wolokpomo, y. to tan (leather); Ama wolo, int wo*
lonAma and wolonnma, y. to write (sc on paper); etc.;
aspatre-wolo, n. shoe-leather; tSinfl-wolo, n. cow-hide,
cow-leather; Amd-wolo, writing-paper, n.; nyoAniiyenii-
wolo, n. wages -book; akonta-wolo, n. account -boock,
ledger; Nyonmo wolo, n. Gods book, holy acriptare;
(s. also bible, biblia, nmale kroAkroA, NyoAnio-ydemo,
etc.); etc.

wolu, wolo, pi. wodSi, n. egg.

wolg, n. lifter; taker; eleyater, exalter etc. seldom used
alone, but frequently in combinations; as hewolo, ng-
wolg, etc. fr. wo, y.

wolo, n. sleeper; fr. wo, y. to sleep.

wolo (s. yiwolo), n. outcrier, hooter; fr. wo, wo yi, y.

wolo (wuolo?), n. watcher; watcher; night-watch; night-
sentinel; comp. won, n. and wuolomo, wolonao, n.

wolOf wolo» inf. wolomo, ▼. to caugh.

wolomo, n. coughing; cough; — yemi, gba mina, cough
anoys, troubles me.

wolofelo, n. cart-player.

wolofemo, n. cart-playing.

wolohlelo, n. letter-carrier.

woloAdSe, n. taking away from the book; bad term for
confirmation, comp. wad§emo» n.

wolonkanelo, wolokanelo , n. reader.

wolonkanemo, n. reading.

wolonkwo, n. shool; s. kasemohe, n.

wolokpolo, n. tanner.

wolokpomo, n. tanning.

wolomo, pi. wolomei, n. lit. (person of the fetish) a kind
of fetish-priests who haye to sleep with the fetish (s. won,
n. and wO, v.); comp. wontse, n. and see wulonio,n.

wolonnma, wolonmO, n. writing (comp. Ama, Amalo, n.).

wolonnmale, n. th. s.

wolonnmalo, wolonmalo, n. writer; scribe; secretary.

wolonnma - okpl5, -nmalo-okpld, n. desk; writing-desL

wolosalo, =^ wolokpolo, n. tanner, dresser of leather.

wolotsolOy wolontsolo, n. book-teacher, teacher.

wolotSdmo, n. book-teaching.

woma (Ol. % n. branch or leat oi \\i«i TO»\i\v\»si-^^85Jsk^^ ^\
fan-palm-tree (gd<^tT)patme) \ &. v^^cvV^q , ti.

woma — i/voAb6. 337

WQina = waduramlibi, n. pestle of the „fufo" -mortar;
(Ot. fr. wq; to pound and ba, ma, 69: bi, little one;
comp. w^ibi, 0\, wyiama.)

womo (generally wO), n. lifting up; taking up; exaltation
etc. fr. wo, V.

womo, r= w5, n. outcrying, hooting; fr. wo, v.

wOmo, n. watching; fr. wO, v.

won, pi. wodSi, n. very probably = wolo, n. watchman,
see wO, V. and wolomo, n.) fetish; idol (s. amagS, n.);
®i1^t, Sbc^ottr demon; something holy or belonging
to the fetish ; comp. wonkpS etc.-, ye woA , v. inf. woA-
yeli, to eat fetish, i. e. to eat s. th. prepared under fe-
tish-ceremonies, to ascertain ones truthfulness; ke m. k.
ye — , V. to eat fetish with some body, to make a cove-
nant of mutual faithfulness and assistance etc. The african'
theology is shortly the following: God (Nyoftmo, Na-
nyoAmo, Mawu, NyoAmo Mawu) is the highest Being,
the only one, the creator of heaven and earth; the
fetishes (wodsi), heaven, earth, sea, rivers, trees etc.
but considered as spiritual or personal Beings, are his
sub-deities, whom he has given the government and
care of the world, demons, good and bad, male and
female; there are such common to all (f. i. earth, sea);
or to a part of men (rivers etc.); to a tribe, a town,
a family, a single* person; a person may possess a
fetish or demon (wontse, n.) or be possessed by one
(okomfo, kramo, gbalo, otutufo, n. etc.); comp. wqA md
m. k. , V. (the fetish takes hold of s. b.) to be possessed
by a fetish; m. k. md won, v. to take hold of a fetish,
to possess one etc. Besides there are innumerable things
holy to, or belonging to , or made effectual by, a fetish,
as cords (wonkpSi), to be tied about the body or the
house; teeth, chains, rings, etc. worn and the liket
which gave rise to the absurd believe, that the African
makes any thing, even a bottle, a kork etc. his God:
and hasty travellers and other people not having time
to ask and to learn have sustained this saying, whilst
a comparison with religious things and superstitions in
the very heart of Christendom would have fully explai-
ned the matter without casting the African together no
more with men, but with brutes. Comp. wq, Ad. th. s.
Ot. ob6som, n.

yronha, n. /efish-Jeaf or plant.

wQAb€, n. fetish-time.
Zimmermann, Akra-Vocab« '^

338 woAbi •— woJiilalo.

^Qiibi, n. fetish-child; a child given over to a fetish, or
boro or cast into or baptized into a fetish^ bearing its
name and bringing yearly sacrifices, or even serving the
fetish (or priests) the whole life -time (Ao-he ke won,
V. to dash one's self to the fetish).

\ionbilo, n. person asking the fetish.

wo^himo, n. fetish-asking.

wgfibo, n. fetish-cry; fetish-dress or covering.

wgnbo, n. fleeing to a fetish for protection; fr. bo won, v.

wonbglo, n. person fleeing to a fetish for protection.

wonbQ, n. fetish-tent, -hut.

wonbu, n. fetish-hole; -cave.

wonbQ, n. respect to the fetish, fr. bu won, v.

wondsalo, n. fetish - servant ; idolater; heathen; fr. dsa
won, V.

wondsalodSen, n. life or character of a heathen.

wgndsamOy n. fetish-service; idolatry; heathenish religion.

wond§amob6, n. time of fetish-service.

wondSo, n. fetish-dance.

wondsolg, n. fetish-dancer.

wondsomOy n. blessing of the fetish.

wonf^> n. fetish*river; -brook; -lake.

wonfelo, n. fetish-maker; person preparing either idols or
things connected mih the fetish.

wgnfemo, n. fetish-making, -preparing. \

wongbale, n. fetish-prophesy.

wongbalo, n. fetish-prophet,

wongbi, n. fetish-day.

wongu, n. abdication of the fetish; s. -kpamo, - kwamo*
n.; fr. gu woA, v.

wongbomo, pi. -mei, n. person belonging to the fetish.

wgnhe, q. fetish-place.

wonhend, pi. -henii, n. things belonging to a fetish, fur-
niture etc.

wgnks, n. fetish-trial.

wgnka, n. a kind of plates given to the fetish.

wonk6, n. fetish-present.

wonkpS,n. fetish-cordy bound about the body, the houses etc.

wgnkpe, n. fetish-assembly.

wonla, n. fetish-fire.

wgiild, n. fetish-blood.

wonlai, n. fuel for the fetish.

wonlala, n. fetish-song.
wQAlalQ, n. fetish-singer.

woAlamo — wQAtSe. 339

wQnlamOy n. fetish-singing.

wonlamg, n. fetish-dream.

woAlo, n. meat holy or given to the fetish.

wQnlomo, n. fetish-curse.

wonlumo, n. principal fetish.

wonmSA, n. fetish-town.

wonmSnbii, pi. n. towns people of a fetish.

wonmo, pi. wonmei, n. = wongbomo, n.

wQnmdlo, n. a person taking hold of, or being possessed

by a fetish; s. won, n. md wo6, v. and wQn md m.

k. V.
wQnmdmo,n. possession of a fetish ; fetish-fury; • madness,
woiimla, wonmra, n. fetish-law.
wonmumo, n. fetish-spirit,
wonmutsuru, n. fetish-palmoil.
WQnnS, n. wife of a fetish.
wonM, n. fetish-art.
wonniitsumo, n. fetish-work, -business,
wgnniiyeli, -niiyenii, n. fetish-food,
wonnd, pi. wQnnii, n. thing belonging to the fetish,
wgnnu, n. fetish-water.
wQnna, pi. hi, n. a male-fetish (s. won, n.).
wonnumo, n. fetish-drinking; comp. woftyeli, n.
wonon, n. a kind of wide turkish trowsers, worn especially

by Mahomedans, but also by other natives in war or

travelling,
wgn-onukpa, n. headfetish.
won-onufu, n. fetish-snake,
won-osofo, n. fetish -priest; s. osQfo, woIonio> wotitie,

okomfo, n. etc.
wonsane, n. fetish-palaver.

wqAsu, n. ahape, form» character etc. of a fetish, s. su, n.
wonsuban, n. th. s.
wonsudmo, n. fetish-service.
wqA)SUqIo, n. fetish-servant.
wQnte, n. fetish-stone,
wontemosane, n. fetish-mystery.
woAtemghe, n. hiding place' of a fetish,
wgntdlo, n. transgressor against the fetish,
wontdmo, n. transgression against the fetish; s. td, v.
wQnto, n. fetish-bottle,
wontse, pi. -tsemei, n. lit. possessor of a fetish; a^et«<^^

baviag a fetish ai bis service; tetifih-i^tv^V, c/(yK!i^. ^^"^^
wolomo, 080 fo, okomfo > n. elc. ki* ^^f^V&fe* ^*

340 woAtSedSomo — wosehlle.

woAtSedSomo , n. blessing of a fetish-priest.

woMSedSO, n. dance of a fetish-priest.

woiltSefemQ, n. act of a fetish-priest.

wontSo, pi. -t§ei, n. fetish-tree.

\voAt§dlo> n. fetish-teacher.

MTQfitsdmo, n. change into a fetish; fetish-teaching; -doctrine.

wQfitSdne, n. a machine used for fetish-purposes, miracles

etc.
wontSu, n. fetish-house, -room; fetish temple; s. gbatSu, n.
wqMSQIq, pi. -tSQdsi, n. fetish-servant.
MToMSQlo, n. performer of fetish -ceremonies, adoratioDs.

sacrifices etc. fir. tSu woA , v. comp. wotidsalo and wqA-

felo, n.
wontsumo, n. felish-business, fetish-work; performance of

of fetish-ceremonies, sacrifices etc.; fr. ti^u wqA, v.; comp.

w'Ondsamo and woAfemo, n.
wQntQ, n. fetish-gun.
won\vad§emo , n. afSrmation or confirmation of or bj a

fetish. •
w'Onwe, n. fetish-house (and yard),
wonweku, n. fetish-family.
\von\vebii, pi. n. fetish-domestics,
wonwenu, n. fetish-male-house-slave.
wonweyO, n. fetish-female-house-slave,
wgnwiemo, n. fetish-ivord, -language.
woAyeli, n. s. wgyeli fr. ye won, v. fetish-eating,
wonyelilo, n. s. woyebilo: fetish-eater,
wonyelisane, n. palaver of fetish-eating,
wonyi, n. fetish-head.
wQriyin, n. fetish-opinion.
wonyitSo, n. = wonyi, -yifi.
wonyo, n. female fetish; goddess; comp. woAntI, woMi,

woyo, n.
wQsa, n. sleeping mat.
wQsane, n. palaver of to morrow, i.e. unknown » future

palaver,
wose^ n. lit. behind to morrow; day after to morrow; fu-
ture; moko lee wQse, no body knows the future; adv.

the day after to morrow, in future, by and by etc.
WQsebe, n. future time.
wQsebii, pi. n. future generation; comp. blemabii ; nmene-

bii, n. etc.
wosedSe, -dsefi, n. future world, -life, -state, s. dSe, n.
woseMe, n. future life.

WQsenii — woycUlo. 3'41

vvQsenii, pi. n. future things.

viTQsend, n. sing, of the former; future thing; s, th. belong-
ing to the future.
wQsenyo, n. pi. wQsebii, future person,
woso (= hoso), inf. \vo8omQ, v. to shake; to move to and
fro (y. a. and n.); Sikpon woso, the earth shook; woso
or wosomo nmele> ring (shake) the bell!
wosoIq, n. shaker; ringer,
wosomo, n. shaking, tossing etc.
WQSdmo, n. perching of fowl; s. sd, sdmo, v.
WQSomohe, n. place for fowl to perch on.
wosuma, n. a kind of sea-lichens.
wOtQ, n. honey-bottle.

WQto, n. delay for or preparation for to morrow.
w(^tse! address to grown up persons: our father, comp.

ata, n.
wotse, Ad. = wgntse. ^

wQtSe, pi. -tSemei, n. possessor, raiser of fowl,
wotsere, pi. wot§edsi, n. fowl-feather; comp. tsere, n.
wOtso, n. tree containing (wild) honey.
wQtso, n. a stick for fowl to perch on.
wotsdne, n. trap for buffaloes.
WQtsu, n. fowl-house; sleeping room, but see setsu; comp.

WQ, n.
wOmQtsu, n. watch-house; fr. wO, v.
WQwolo, pi. wQWQdsi, n. fowl-egg.
wQwolokao, n. cake of eggs.
wQwolgniiyenii, pi. n. food of eggs,
woya, n» going to sleep,
woya, wuoya, n. fishing (in the sea) fr. ya wo, -wuo, ¥•;

comp. also wolenyo, n.
woyabe, n. fishing-time, -season,
woyeli, n. eating of fowl.

woyeli (=wonyeli), n. fetish-eating; eating of something
prepared under fetish -ceremonies by two parties as a
token o mutual faithfulness and under the apprehension,
that the party breaking the agreement will be killed by
the fetish; it is especially done by allies at war with
an enemy; aggreement, covenant etc. Comp. the making
of a covenant in the old Testament, and the words: ye
egbo, v.; kpa, pSn, v.
woyebilo (instead of woAyelilo, wonyelo), n. a party or

person eating fetish; a party of a covenant; ally,
wgyelilo, n. fowl-eater.

342 wOyelilo — 'wui.

wOyelilo, n. honey-eater.

woyeli, n. sleepiness; fr. wo ye, v.

woyelilo, -yelo, n. sleepy person.

woyO (instead of woAyO, n. which compare, or wQftnye,

comp. wgAtSe, n.), n. fetish-priestess,
wgyo-alade, n. attire of a fetish-priestess,
wra, s. wara, wala, n.

wrake, wrakewrake, adj. and adv. large, -ly.
wrao, adv. unexpectedly, boldly,
wrawra, adv. natural sound made by snakes in dry grass;

gbe — , V. to sound so.
wre, s. wySre.

wrekese, adj. and adv. rough, coarse; — ly.
wri, s. win, v.
wrgke, ▼. inf. wrokemo, to be overripe (of nuts etc., that

they fall down; comp. srgke, v. of fleshy fruits); to

fall down.
wrQo^ V. inf. wroomo, to be overripe, like the former,
wu, V. inf; wQ, to fight, to war; wu ta, inf. tawQ, to make

war; comp. nd, v.; to bath, swim (in the sea) to wallow;

wunSo, V. to bath in the sea, inf. wumo); comp. sere, v.:

dsu, v., dSale, v., fo, v.; to be very frequent, super-
fluous,
wu nii ahe, v. to be very frequent, to lie about,
'wu, in address without possess, pronominal augment, awu;

pi. wumei, n. husband. Comp. ata, awo, aM, M etc.

Ot. kunu, Adn. hCino, n.
wQ, fighting, warring, battle, fr. wu, v.; comp. ta, tawu;

ndmo, blomo, b6, n. etc.
wu, pi. wui, n. bone; hard kernel or seed of fruit; seed;

generally used in the pi. form in the latter sence.
wube, n. seed-time,
wubi, n. child of the husband by an other wife (if spoken

of by the wife); step-child; comp. nSibi, bienyebi, n.
wudo and
wudowudo, adj. and adv. weak, — ly; ye — , v. to be

weak,
wudfa, pi. wuiadframo, n. breaking of bones, bursting of

seed,
wudsen, n., life, state, character of a husband; married

state of men; comp. yowye, n.
wudsi, pi. of wulu, adj. comp. also wolo, n.
wui, pi. n. seed; s. wu, n.
'wui, awui, n. murder; s. ye awui, v.

'wuiyeli — wulc. 343

'wuiyeli, n. murder; wounding,
'wuiyelo, n. murderer,
wukuomo, n. bone-breaking.

wula, inf. vrulamg, v. to adorn; to dress; to attire; to bring
out, to perfect; to fall (s. wule, bule, v.), to end, to
come to end etc. to be full; mimusu ewul^, I feel
puffed up.

wula he, y. inf. hewulamQ, to dress, adorn, one*s self.

wula hewQ, v. to dress about.

yfu\a hie, inf. hiewulamo, v. to adorn the face.

wula mil, V. to adorn inwardly; to fall into, in; to end
in s. th.

wula na, v. to trim, dress the end etc. s. na, n.

wula nane, v. to dress, adorn the foot.

wula no, inf. ngwulamQ, v. to dress the surface; to bU
upon; f. i. if some crime is searched out and the per-
son who conunilted it, found, it is said: ewula eng, it
fell upon him, or if a person curse an other, he ans-
wers: omusu awula ono, may thy curse Call upon thy-
self! —

wula nine, y. to adorn the hand, arm.

wula sa, y. to dress the bed.

wula se, y. to adorn the backpart, behind.

wula si, inf. siwulamg, y. to fall or come to the ground;
to be perfect; ehi kg wula si, it is good and perfect or
to perfection; a still more peculiar phrase is; yi yawula
si, the head comes to the ground, it is perfefct, inished,
done, f. i. beni yi yawula si, adyerbial sentence = at
last; lastly; enMi0/ gule^t; when it came to the end — .

wula yi, — yitso, y. to dress, adorn the head ; inf. yiwu-
lamg.

wulalo, n. dresser, adorner, outfitter, fr. wula, y.

wulaloAa, n. outfitters-art; dressing art.

wulamg, n. adornment; dress; attire; ®(ftmu(f; perfection,
end; fall; fr. wula, y.; comp. expressions as: hlle k&
wulamg, good with perfection, i.e. perfect goodness, etc.

wulamgbe, n. dressing time.

wulamggbena, n. order, manner of dressing.

wule, inf. wulemg, y. a. and n. to fall, break, crumble,
tumble down; einpurjen, cinfaflen; s. wula, y.; to bruise;
comp. bule, y.; to fall cbwn (of a dress), i. e. to^ be
to long; atade le ewule yQ, the dress is far to- h>ffg;
comp. also wu, y.

344 wuleks — wuya.

waleke, n. guilt, kpe — fd m. k. no, v. to bring guilt apon

8. b. comp. uvule, v. and ke, n.
wnlelo, n. a person breaking something donvn, hurting

8. th. etc.
wulemOy n. fall; ruin; bruise; length (of dress).

Words not found under ^wu*" - must be sought for
under ^wo** -, comp. the introductor}' remark under
W.; f. i.

wuio :=: wolo, n. hide, skin, leather; paper, book (pi. wodsi).

wulo, n. warrior; bather, diver; fr. iivu, v.

ivulo, iivuolo, wqIq, n. egg.

wulo, wolo, V. to cough.

wulokS, n. SBeit^maffer?

wulonio = woloniO) n. highest fetish-priest.

wulotSo, pi. -tSei, n. oar; s. wirimotSo, n.

'wulu, ewulu, pi. wudSi, adj. great, large, big; comp. kple,
kpeteAkple, adj. and da, v.

wuluda == wuruda, adj. and adv. cold; cool; clear; coldl.y,
cooly; clearly.

wumo, n. bathing, diving, wallowing; frequency; super-
fluity; commonness.

wumotekle, wumotfakoto, n. bathing'^j^dress.

'wufid, awuM, n. jealousy.

'wuhSsane, n. palaver of jealousy.

'wuMyeli, n. jealousy.

'wuAayelo, n. jealous person.

wuo = wO, n. buffalo; frequent in the neighbourhood of
the river Volta.

wuokon, n. buffalo-horn.

wuowolo, n. buffalo-hide.

wuo = wo, n. honey.

wuo = wo, n. fowl.

wuowolo = wowolo, n. fowl-egg.

wuo = wo, n. fishing (or sea, s. wo, AdA. n. sea); ya-, v.
to go afishing in the sea; s. wolenyo, n.

wuoya, = woya, n. fishing.

wuruda = wuludu, adj. and adv.

wu§o = nSo, n. sea (comp. wo, Aih. n. sea, and iVo,

Ayigbe, th. s.).
wuta, s. wu and wu ta, v.
wutSe, pi. -tSemei, n. husbands father, father in law; s.

Sana, n.
wuyfi, n. going to war fr, wu, v. ya wu, v. to go to war.

wuya — wyi hie. 34&

wuya, adj. and adv. loose, wide; -ly, -ly; comp. yO, adj.

and adv.
'wya, owya, n. a small bush-animal of the size of a weasel;

the name is an imitation of its cry.
wye, inf. wye, v. to n^arry (a woman, only said of a man,
8. gba, v.); -yO, inf. yowye, v. the same; to live in the
state of matrimony with a woman ; to live with a woman
(also unlawfully) for a longer season; s. ke-WQ, v. and
kpe yo, V.

wye, n. marriage (with a woman); matrimony; comp. yo-
wye, gbS and gblS, n.; yokpemg, n.

wyedsen, n. married life, state of matrimony; living with
a woman.

wyega, n. marriage-ring.

wyegbena, n. marriage-custom, -right, -manner.

wyei, n. black pepper; the fruit of the mountain - cabbage
(ga^expalme), of the size of a child's-head, reddish yel-
low colour and taste similar to that of a gourd or bump-
kin. Comp. also gbowyei and anaiwyei, two different
kinds of black pepper; and peo, n. dan. word, used for
black pepper, if imported.

wyeitso, pi. -tsei, n. shrub, producing black pepper; moun-
tain-cabbage (gdd^erpalme).

wyekenii, n. marriage-presents.

wyemama, n. cloth given at marriage.

wyenii, pi. n. dowry; gift to a woman in entering marriage;
qomp. gblgnii, yokpemonii, n.

wyere, inf. wyeremo, v. to warm one'sself; to be warmed;
to be burned; ewyere hulu, he is burned by the sun.

wyere, n. Ot. (= mi, n. in Gg) the chestbone; wyere ho
he and wyere ho, inf. wyereho, v. to be sad, cast down;
comp. ewyere eho ehe, he is sad.

'wyereho, awyereho, n. sadness.

'wyerehofo, n. sad person.

wyeremo, n. warming; burning.

wyesa, n. marriage-bed.

wyesane, n. matrimonial palaver.

wyetseremo, n. divorce.

wyi, inf. wyi, v. to avoid, to pass by; ou^toei^en; wyi te,
to avoid a stone in digging or walking.

wyi he, inf. hewyl, hewyimg, v. to draw one's self aside;
to shove one's self out of the way; wyi ohe fio, make
a little way.

wyi hie, v. to avoid the face; to turn the face.

\

346 wyi na — Y.

wyi na, v. to ayoid the edge etc.

Yfjl, n. evasion; avoiding; passing by; going aside.

wyie, =3 wie, v. to speak.

wyielo, n. = wielo, n. speaker.

wyiemo, n. =s wiemo» n. speaking.

wyi6» inf. wyiemo, v. to grind corn on the commoB native
mill, consisting of a large flatt stone whicti is fixed and
on which the women grind with an egg-shaped small
stone (Ot. th. s.); comp. also gble, v.

wyie, n. mill; large millstone which is fixed, imder mill-
stone.

wyiebi, n. (Ot. wyiema) the small or upper mill -stone,
which is handled by the grinding woman.

wyiefemo, n. mill-making.

wyiegba, n. breaking or quarrying of millstones.

wyielQy n. grinding woman; (miller).

wyieyo, n. th. s.; yo wyielo, th. s.

wyielolala, n. song of grinding women.

wyiemo, n. grinding.

wyiemgbe, n. grinding time.

wyiemogbemg, n. sound of the mills.

wyiese, n. place behind the miU, where the grinding wo-
man stands; comp. the costums of the Bible.

wyigsesane, n. palaver of grinding women; see the next
word.

wyiesewiemo, n. talk, prattle; ®en>dfd^e, @efc|n>i|^; sudi
as women use to have when grinding in company.

wyiesi, n. grinding-place', where one er several mitts are
standing, to which the baking-ovens or stoves are added;
comp. latesi; kpataii, n. etc.

wyiete, n. = wyie, n. millstone.

wyietso, n. scaffolding of a mill.

wyietsu, n. mill-room.

^^yl^yOy pi* -yei, n. grinding woman.

wyimo == wyl, n.

wyiri, = wiri, v. to row.

wyiwyiwyi, adj. and adv. thin; -ly; fe -, v. to be thin.

wyoroke, or

wyeroke, s. wroke, v.

T-

The semivowel y as well as w has the peculiarity,
that the liquid consonants m and n always ezeept the
palatal form A if preceeding it; before i (av a ji,

Ya — ya dfeiaA. ' 847

yitso, yitsoi, Yilo, n. etc.) it is sometimes scarcely heard
and sometimes it is pronounced a strong hissing sound
betwixt y, z and s, so in yi, v. to flogg; AyisSi and
AsisS (Azisft), Ayigbe pr. n. of the mouth of the Yolta.

Ya, inf. ya, aoristy perfect and fut. tense poss. „ie^, t.
to go (Ot. ko); )Bi verb far more frequently employed
as notional and auxil. verb, than „go'' and r/ge^^en^'; to
move; to remove (v. n.); ke m. k. or n. k. ya; to go
with s. b. or s. th.; to take off; to bring away, to re-
move, to accompany; etc.; aux. v. to indicate the direc-
tion from near to far (s. be, v. the contrary), and always
prefixed to verbs preceeded by a verb of movement in
this direction; eya n\ eyafe noko, he is going (to go)
to do s. th.; comp. the „^a^tiintW* dialect of Basle:
„1 will go gSi luegfi'S I will go to look; in this way
ya (or ba) is combined with the notional verb in all its
tenses, s. § 27. 28 and the tables; a different combina-
tion, corresponding with an english and german is that
with the following verb in the infinitive, as: ya femo,
go to do, ge^en ju t()un, ju mactien; ya wti, to go to
war, frieflcn fle()en, in ben kxU^ ge^en etc. Also ke-ya
(ke-te) is used as an auxiliary verb very frequently (s.
kg , V. ke-ya, v. kg-ba, v.) to express the direction of an
action, as: Enyleo ke-yaa Gd, he walks (and goes) to
Akra; eyin ke-te Osu, he went off (and went) to Chri-
stiansborg; comp. also ke-yasi, v.; ke-tsd, ke-dse etc.
and in Ot. de-kg, ba, fi, v. etc.

ya afS, v. to go aside.

ya bsi, V. to go to come; used in a parting salutation:
Miya ba! (1 go to come!) pi. Wgya ba! (We goto come!)
Good bye! Answer: Ya ba dsogba! pi. Nyeyaa ba dso-
gba! (Go to come well!) tare well! (5omp. Ot. Ya braOl
Ya Owura! etc. in salutation-forms.

ya-ba, double v. to go and return; mlya maba, 1 will go
(and return); to go to and fro; €ya eba, he goes to
and fro.

ya 6! Answering salutation to aiko or eiko, ei nye ko!
which see (perh. = go well!)

ya dan, v. to go into the mouth, i. e. to be eatable; ene
yaa mo dan, this does not go into one's mouth, is not
eatable.

ya dsano, v. to go to market.

ya dfeian, v. to go to the necessary (lit. into the gfm^);
comp. ya tso ng, v. etc.

348 ya ft — ya 18o no.

ya fiSi, inf. feyft, v. to go to the river, well, brook, water,

generally to draw water (s. ye nu, v.)» but also to bath,

wash etc.
ya gbobimo, y. to go shooting, s. ya mile, v.
ya he, — hewo, v. to go at s. th., about s. th.
ya hie, inf. hieya, y. to go ahead, forward, on; to prosper;

comp. ya no, t.
ya ko, — koA, v. to go into the bush,
ya ko na, v. to go to the necessary; s. ya tso ng, y. etc.
ya kose, v. to go to the plantation, country; s. kose and

indn, n.
yakpo ng, v. to go into the yard; i. e. outside (comp.

Hebr. nyin and the contr. ya tSun, v.).

ya lai, y. to go for wood, fuel (comp. le lai).

ya raSin, v. to go to town (contr. of ya kose, y.)-

ya mdnse, v. to go over land, far away; in bie grembe

ge^en (comp. ya sla, n.).
ya mile, v. to go ahunting.
ya mil, inf. mliya, v. to go in, into; to enter = bote; to

hold = ho, ho mli, v.; contracted: yan, v.
ya musuh, v. to enter the belly, used of medicin, poison

etc, comp. ya daii, v.
ya na, v. to go at, along, according to etc.
ya nii ase, v. to go to the necessary; s. ya tso ng etc.
ya nmdn, v. to go to the plantation, to work on the plan-
tation,
ya ng, inf. ngya, v. to go upon; to go on, to proceed

(comp. ya hie, v.); to prosper; to thrive, s, ho, v., fi, v.,

fere, v,
ya nane ng, v. to go on foot,
ya niit§umg, v. to go to work,
ya m. k. nd, v. to go to s. b., inf. ndyfi.
ya nuye, v. to go for water,
ya pa = ya fS, n. th. s.
ya se, inf. seya, v. to go back, behind etc.
ya segbe, v. to go backward,
ya sese, v. to go backward,
ya si, V. to go downward; to go under s. th.
ya sisi, v. to go xlown; s. yi si, v.
ya sia, v. to go home; = ya man, v. s. sla, n.; and =

ya we, v.
ya ta, v. to go to war = ya wu, v.
ja tSo ng, v. to go to ttie uec«»%w^\ %. V^^ "m^l^ ^ ^*^
nii ase; etc.

ya iSuA — yayai. 349

ya tsun, v. lit. to go into the room, inside etc. Comp.
hebr. nrTO and the contr. ya kpo no, ▼•

ya wa, v., and

ya wa nane, v. = ya tso no, v.

ya we, v. to go home; comp. ya §Ta, v.

ya wo, V. to go to sleep; miya wo, I go to sleep! i. e.
Good night! Answ. \a wo dsogba! Go sleep well!

ya wa, V. to go to war = ya ta, v., to go bathing.

ya wuo, inf. wuoya, or

ya w5, inf. wOya, t. to go afishing; s. w5, woo, n.

yd, n. going, walk; movement; comp. het§imo, ba, n. etc.
and nyiemo, n.

ya, n. net, fishing-net; f6 -, v. inf. yafd, to cast the net;
comp. gbe lo; he, v. etc.

ya, n. wonder, astonishment; Ad. th. s.; only used in the
phrase: fe ya, v. and h!e fe ya, v. inf. yafemo and hle-
yafemo, v. to be astonished, to wonder; comp. na kpe
he, fe nakpe, he d§d,.v. etc. Perhaps the word is con-
nected with

ya, shortened from ySra, n. funeral-custom; s. yftra,y8ra, n.

yabe, n. time of going.

yafelo, n. person wondering = hieyafelo, n.

yafelo, n. partaker of a funeral-custom, fr. fe ya = yfira, v.

yafemo = hieyafemo, n. astonishment, wonder; s. nakp^,

ahubo, n. etc.; fr. fe ya, v.
yafemo = ySrafemo, n. performance of the funeral-custom;

fr. fe ySra, ySra, ya, v.
yafd, n. weeping; lamentation; comp. ya = y&ra, n. und

fo, y. Ad. th. s. from foya, ?. to weep,
yafolo, n. weeper,
yafonu, pi. -nui, n. tear,
yafdj n. net-casting,
yafdio, n. person casting a net.
yahe, n. place of going to. Negbe d§i oyahe? lit. Where

is thy goingplace? Where are yau going to? What are

you walking about?
yahegbe, n. liberty to go.

yaiyai, adj. and adv. naked; -ly; yaiyai, n. nakedness; ke

ehe yaiyai; naked; ny!e — , v. to walk naked,
yaiyaian, n. lit. in nakedness; nakedness. «

yaiyainylelo, n. naked person.
jaiyainylemQ, n. walking naked.
jajai, adj. etc. etc. th. s.

360 jraka — pl6.

vaka, n. ranity, nothingneas; nonaenae; immonlity; adj.
and adv. useless, vain, good for ootUng; lueleMly, vain-
Iv; umfonfi; ke — , v. to give gratia.

vakabi, n. a bad child.

vakadSeA, n. vain, bad, useless life, state .or ebarakter.

yakayaka, n. adj. and adv. (corroboration of the fonnor);
th. s ; fe — , to act immoraly; comp. fe yakajrakanii, i.
th. s.

yakayakagbomo, pi. -mei, n., and

yakayakamo, pi. -mei, n. a vain, empty, useless, immoral
person.

yakayakaniifelo » n. fool (in scriptural sense); person com-
mitting immoral acts.

yakayakaniifemQ, n. foolishness; nonsense; vain act; im-
morality.

yakayakand, pi. -nii, v. vain, empty, useless, immoral thing,
act or deed ; fe yakayakanii, v. to do such things, espe-
cially to lead a dissolute, unchast life; to commit whore-
dom; comp. the next word and bo adfamaA, nyeAnyeA-
t^ui, ahofi etc.

yakayakaniifelQ, n. = yakayakafelo, n.

yakayakaniifemo, n. = yakayakafemo, and

yakayakaniitsumo, n. useless, empty, vain, immoral, sinful
work, act, lewdness, unchastity etc. ; fe — , v. to commit
such acts = fe yakayakanii.

yakasane, n., and

yakayakasane, n. a vain, empty, bad matter or palaver.

yakand!:e, n. (a noun found only by W. Hanson == noko
ni ak^o yaka, something ^hich is given gratis) grace; gift
of grace; comp. anumnyam, hlenyam; domo, dromg etc.

yakastjdl, n. vain lust, desire.

yakasedilQ, n. person desiring after vain things.

yakatfd, adj. and adv. useless, vain; -ly; -ly; -p6, gdte
useless, -ly; -kwa, th. s.

yakayakatSc» pi. -mei, n. a vain, useless person = yaka-
yakagbomo, n.

yakayakawiemo, n. vain, empty, useless, bad word, -lan-
guage.

yakayakayA, pi. -yd, n. bad woman.

yflkpS, n. net-cord.

yfila, n. s. yiira, y£ra, yd, n.

yale, n. engl. yard, the pVaoe 9a N«(eU as the measm!«;
». kpo, Apo no , mQhleJi; aaA VlviVi, ^S^i^'^V, ^.
yolo, n* net-weaving.

yalo — ye. 351

yalQ, n, the goer; scarcely used except in compounds.

yalolg, n. netweaver.

yan, = ya nali, v. to go in.

y&no (ya no), n. lit. on or at the funeral -custom (comp.
d§a and dSano, M and nftno* asa and asang etc.); etc
yduQ (or ya no)» he yieni to the funeral-custom.

yangbii, pi. n. people at the funeral-custom.

yanoda, n. spirit drunk at a fimeral custom.

yanodsO, n. funeral dance.

yanodSolQ, n. funeral-dancer.

yanomama, n. funeral-dress.

yanotse, pi. -met, n. person leading a funeral custom.

yaratse, th. s. (more used).

yanQtOtti, n. funeral-gunfire.

yangtutfalo, n. person firing guns at a funeral-custom.

yanotQtSofS, n. funeral-gun-po>vder.

yangwe, n. fiineral-house.

yanoyd, n. going to a funeral-custom.

yanoyo, pi. -yei, n. woman at a funeral-custom.

ySra, ySra, == yd, yang, n. funeral-custom, consisting of
many ceremonies, as washing dressing and providing for
the corps, as weU as the actual burial; weeping, lamen-
tation, singing, dancing, rum- or palm -wine drinking,
gun-firing etc., sometimes days and weeks together. In
later periods all this is repeated. Formerly, and even
now, when it can be done secretly, men, especially wives
and slaves are slaughtered on the graves of people of
importance to accompany and serve them in the world
to come. Fe — , v. inf. ySrafemg, to perform this
custom. Comp. ya, yang, n. and their compounds.

yarafelg, n. a person attending the funeral-custom.

y&rafemg, n. faneral-custom; performance of the fimeral-
eustom; = yafemg, n. y^rafemg, n.

yasamg, n. net-mending.

yaSi, ke-*yasi, keyaSi, aux. v., see k$, aux. v. and ya, aux. v.
and si, aux. v.

yayam, AdA. n. = esa» sin; pe yayam =s fe esa, v. to
do sin.

yayampem, Ad. n. = esafemg, n. sinning, sin.

yayampelg. Ad. n. = eSafelg, n. sinner.

ye, iirf. ye and yeli, impert. ye, nyeyea, v. (Add. th. s.,
Ot. di) to eat, to feed (v. n.), to devour, to destroy;
to effect; to anoy, to gnaw, lo lTO\ib\^\ >&tCtM6X^, Vxi>
f(pett, patten; to have to do wiUi, \o owk«\ Va «fiss^\

353 ve.

to use, to use up: to live, to lire by; to treat; to tram-
act; to negotiate*; to spend; to commit; to beha?e, to
behave as s. th.. to keep the office of, to be (comp. le.
nu, mi, fe he niitsumo, fite; fe, bo, tSu, ba; ye, d§i,T.
etc.). This very frequently and extensively employed
verb (for ^hich not only the same idea in other aliric.
languages is to be compared, but also in German, Engl.,
Latin, Greek, Hebrew) is generally clearly defined by its
subject or object or both; ^vithout object it can only be
used in the first sense and even then the object is thought
to it or „nii'' (tilings) added. The most common com-
binations are the following:

t) with other verbs (double-verbs): he n. k. ye,
inf. reg. hemo ke veil, irreg. heyeli (Adh. th. s., inf. hem
ke yem, Ot. gye-di), lit. to take (except, buy) and ^al
i. e. to believe s. Ih.; he m. k. ye, and: he m. k. no
ye, to believe s. b. ; to believe in (upon, on) s. b.; in
Ayigbe and Aku or Yoruba the same two ideas are com-
bined to express that of believing; comp. also: hie kl
m. k. or n. k. no; M hie fo no; md mli; hie mli, v.
etc. ha m. k. n. k. ye, v. to give s. b. s. th. to eat; ho
n. k. or m. k. ye, v. to sell s. th. or s. b. for ase (and
use); ke n. k. ye, v. to eat with s. th.; ke m. k. ye, v.
to agree with s. b. ; and ke m. k. ye na, v., to nego-
. tiate, to transact business with s. b., to bargain with
s. b. ; ke m. k. ye nii, v. to eat with s. b. ; lo n. k. ye.
V. to take s. th. up to eat; mo -ye, v. to catch or take
hold and eat; na-ye, v. to see, find, have to eat, to
wish to eat; iid-ye, v. to take to eat; to eat with, =r.
ke-ye nii, v.; sa-ye, v. lo prepare to eat; SS-ye, v. lo
roast and eat; se-ye, v. to let s. th. come to eat; §i-
ye, V. to fry to eat; lao-ye, v. to seek to eat; to-ye, v.
to keep to eat; tse-ye, v. to pluck s. th. to eat; etc. etc.
Similar combinations will, according to the above, easily
be understood; and also the syntax of such sentences;
f. i. mihe Nyonmo no mlye, I believe in God; mikele
yeo, I aggree with him; amekemi ye na 9hQ, they bar-
gained with me a long time; mike awale ye nil, I eat
with a spoon; ekemi ye nii fane, he dined with me;
ehd ebi po eye, he sold even his child and (eat) used
it (sc. the money); ena gbomei pi eye, he bas (got)
waay men for use; chSUni noko lui^e, he ^ave me s. th.
to eat etc.
2) with a grammaUca\ ftu\^\^^V-^^'^:^^>'^«^^^-

ye — ye amim. 353

veil, V. to be cold; to have cold fever; fel yemi, I am
cold (mi^ friert cd); sSmo ye, v. inf. sfimoyeli (obscen),
to feel necessity to make water; hdmo ye, v. to be
troubled by hunger; to hunger; hdmo yemi, I am hungry;
kona (tSono, dfeiah, niiase etc.) ye, v. obscen, to feel
necessity to go to the necessary; kumai ye, v. to* be
troubled by thirst, to thirst; hela ye, v. = he ye, v,
to be sick; inf. helayeli; heyeli (but comp. he -ye and
ye he, v.); mli ye, v. to be troubled inwardly; musun
vc, v. - - in the belly; tsui ye, v. to be troubled in the
heart; mit§ui nye, I am troubled; wo ye, inf. woyeli, v.
to be sleepy; wo yele* he is sleepy; comp. wo lo m. k.;
etc. other more figurative expressions as: fa ye sikpon,
the river eats the land; ta ye mei pi, war devoured
many; etc. will easily be understood after these;

3) with a grammatical or otherwise modifying
object:,

ye n. k. abo, inf. aboyeli, v. to swing in s. th., eye koyo
abb 9 he swings in the air; moko yakwoo atfele ni aaSa
ye es!si ni eeye koyo abo, prv. nobody ascends a ladder
that is shall be snatched away under him and he swing
in the air.

ye ^boi, V. to be a houseboy, to serve as a boy; s. ye
kuple; etc. inf. aboiyeli.

ye ablade, inf. abladeyeli, v. to be or act as a nobleman,
s. ablade.

ye adsato or ad§oto» v. to have the yaws; s. adsato> n.

ye adufiide, v. to be intemperate.

ye 9i% V. inf. afayeli, to take, to be on, to act on, one side.

ye afi, inf. afiyeli, v. to live or use or spend or pass away
or be old a year; to celebrate the new year, - - a cer-
tain day in the year; i)a« 9leuia<)r begc^en, eincn
3abt «tafl bege&eit; miye afii 30, I am 30 years old;
always to be construed with the perfect tense; Josef eye
afii 30, Josef' is (and was) 30 years old; etc. Comp.
ye gbi, - gbtd§iir6; - otyi etc.

ye agbo, V. to become great, honourable; inf. agboyeli.

ye ahe, s. ye he, = ye amehe.

ye ah!, V. inf. ahlyeli, to boast against another; to mock;
f. i. if s. b. has got s. th. and the other not, and the
first boast against him, it is said : Eyele ahl. i

ye amim (prh. = anim, Ot. = face), inf. amimyeli, v. to
wrong, cheat one; ubcttJOtt^ettew*^ ^^^td[\ ws&ov^ V^
wronged me.

Zimmermaan^ Akra-Vocab. ^^"^

00 4 \v amralo — ye fe.

ve amralo or amrado, v. to be governor.

ye ana, s. ^\e na.

ye ano, s. ^e no.

^e anokwa, anokwale, inf. anokwajreli, v. to be true.

>'e apa, inf. apa^eli (Ot. di apa), v. to go or work for hire,

lo live by hirework; eye — , he docs hirework; comp.

bo apa, V.
ye asafoatSe, v. to be headman of a company; see asa-

fotse, n.
ye ase, s. ye se.

W*V* W« W*W«

ye-asisi, s. — si, sisi.

ye aten, v. to settle betwixt two parties; s. bu ateA, t.
and ye sane, v.

yc a^ui (Ot. di awui; awui = death), inf. awaiyeli, ?.
to kill; to >vound, to hurt; gbekS le ke kakla le aye
ehe awui, the child i/vill hurt itself, with the knife.

ye awund, inf. awun^yeli, v. to be jealous; ke m. k. ye-,
- - - with s. b.; s. awunft, n.

ye aye, v. inf. ayeyeli, to bewitch; e;^emi aye, she be-
witched me; s. aye, n.

ye ayilQ, v. to be justified; from the custom of sprinkliog
ayilo or white clay on the right arm of the acquitted
person (also used as a sign of virginity of a newly mar-
ried woman the day after the wedding).

ye ba, bai, v. to eat or live by leaves or planta; comp.
bayelo, n.

ye be, v. to spend time; s. ye afi, gbl etc.

ye hem (Ot. di bem), inf. bemyeli* v. to be innocent, free
of guilt; righteous; comp. ye fo, v. bu bem and f^, v.;
dsa, v., dSadge, v.

ye buada, inf. buadayeli (Ot. di buada), v. to fast; comp.
hi nmd, V.

ye dfei, \. to live upon grass.

ye dsra, inf. dsrayeli, v. to trade.

ye edSdro, v. inf. edsdrdyeli, to be benefitted; comp. fe
edsiiro, v.

ye egbo, inf. egboyeli, v. to be alike; ke m. k. ye egb^,
to be like s. b., to be the same m rang, state etc.

ye emu, int emuyeli, v. to be whole (and holy ?), to be
innocent, intact; chast; sound, entire etc. s. emu and
mu, adj. in GSl and Ot.; eyee emu, it is not whole.

ye esa, inf. esayeli, v. to be in disadvantage, m fflaiftlf(&
fcpn; conlr. of ye edS&T^.
je fa, inf. fayeli, v. lo bave l\ie GxsMi^v^wm V.>t»^^.

yc ft — yc helfl. 355

ye ft, y. (s. ye aft) to eat a part, half etc.

ye feo, v. inf. feoyeli, to joke, to mock.

ye m. k. he feo, v. to mock one; to make one a joke.

ye fo, inf. foyeli, v. to be gailty; unrighteous etc. to be

condemnable; the contr. of ye bem, v.; comp. fo, n.
bu fo, T.

ye frl, inf. friyeli, v. to be free; comp. ye he, v.

ye gbe, v. to take away place or space.

ye m. k. gbekS, v. to be younger than s. b.; comp. ye
onukpa, v.

ye gb^ye, inf. gbeyeyem, AdA. v. = Se gbeye, to fear, be
afraid.

y« gbl, inf. gblyeli, v. to life, ergoy, use, spend, celebrate
a day; maye gbn ekpa ye d§ei, I will spend six days
there. Comp. ye afi, — nydii, olSi etc. A peculiar ex-
pression to be remarked is: „Yee gb! ko*" (instead „ayee
gbi ko^, „not a day was passed**) = soon after, soon
afterwards; comp. „fe se le", ^fe fio", „ye no gbll le
amli*", and other conjunctiye or adyerbial sentences, in
which the form- or auxiliary yerb has lost its subject.

ye gbidSflr5, inf. gbldSdrdyeli, y. to celebrate a festiyal, to
keep a holy day; comp. edSihrd, adj.

ye gbligbli, y. to be lunatic; inf. gbligbliyeli.

ye gbo, s. ye egbo, y.

ye gbomo, y. to use a person; to sell a person and spend
the money.

ye gboSinii, y. to inherit things left by a deceased person;
inf. gbol^niiyeli.

ye gidigidi, inf. gidigidiyeli, y. to be confused.

ye gUQ (Ot. di gwa), inf. guoyeli, y. to trade.

ye h§mo, inf. hflmoyeli, y. to go or be in adyance; see
hSmo, n. nyle hfimo, y. tSd hSmo, yi hftmo, y.

ye he, ye hewo , y. to eat about, of s. th.

ye he, y. refl., inf. heyeli> to enjoy, use etc. one's self,
to be free, at liberty, a free man; comp. ye m. k. nySA,
V. the contr., and he kj(, y., ye frl, y. and see: he ye, y.
and he -ye, y. *

ye he amim, y. to wrong one's self.

ye be awui, y. to hurt one's self; to kill one's self; s. ye
awui, y.

ye he feo, inf. hefeoyeli, y. to mock at.

ye he do, v, to govern one's sell; s. 'je xvq, n.

ye bela, v. to have a sickness.

350 }i' hie — ye Akdnya.

ye hie, — yc amim, inf. hieyeli, v. to. deceive, to cheal,

to wrong,
yc hdmo, v. to be hungry; 8. httmo ye, v.

ye hiih*i, v. to enjoy the sun.

ye ka, v. to live upon crabs.

^e ko, V. to take away or use up the bush (by cultivating,

building etc.); comp. ye gbe> Sikpon etc.
ye koloi, v. to live upon animals.

ye kon (dan.), v. to be king; s. ye maAtSe, v. Ad. th.B.

ye kdnim (Ot. di k^nim), inf. kdnimyeli, v. to gain the

victory; to overcome; -^ ye no, gbe ta na, v. etc.
ye kuple, v. to be a cooper,
ye kpekpco, inf. kpekpeoyeli, v. to glean,
ye kpiti, inf. kpitiyeli, v. to be leprous; s. kpiti, n.
ye lo, V. to be flesh-eating; to live upon meat, fish, flesh;

inf. loyeli.
ye lumo, inf. lumoyeli, v. to be a governor, prince etc.

s. lumo, n.
ye mdn no, inf. mannoyeli, v. to rule the town.
ye mdfinii, v. to enjoy or use public property.
ye mSinnye, inf. mSAnyeyeli, v. to be queen; s. mftiinye, n.
ye mSntse, inf. maAtseyeli, v. to be king; s. mfttfitSe; ye

n. k. uQ mSntSe, to be king over s. th.; comp. fe man-

tse, V. and wo mantse, v.
ye mantse nii, v. to be heir of the king: s. ye nii, v.
ye mensre, v. to be doctor,
ye mli, v. to eat inside.

ye m. k. ahl, no, se etc., s. ye ahl, se, no etc.
ye na, inf. nayeli, v. to bargain, to negotiate; ke ra. k.

- -, V. - - with s. b.
ye n9d§ian, inf. ndd§ianyeli, v. to take one's place, to act

or be in one's stead; mibi aye minSdSiaA, my son shall

take my place; to be instead of, to represent etc.; s.

nSdsian, n. ; damo nSidsian, yi nSidsian, v.
ye nii, inf. niiyeli, v. to eat (Mthings^, so that the verb

cannot be mistaken); to enjoy, possess, inharit things:

mono aye minii, this person will be mine heir,
ye nii ano, v. to hold, possess, rule, inherit etc. things,
ye nkomo (Ot. di nkomo), inf. nkomoyeli, v. to be sad:

to mourn.
,ye jikSnya, inf. nkdnyayeli, v. to do wonders (as sorcerers

do); to enchant; =1 !c ala\, \,; %• ii^^\s^^> ^A ^^^<l^
n. and comp. the Ol. v. Vom*

ye no — yc srenke. 357

ye no, inf. noyeli, v. to hold, to keep; to observe, to
obey, ameye Nyonmo kitai le ano, they kept the com-
mandments of God; comp. md mli, to, fe, bo toi, gbe
na etc.; to rule, to govern, regicren, walten; to have
~ power over; to inherit, to possess etc., to gain the vic-
tory = ye konim, v. ^
ye nla, v. to be double; s. bo mpan, v.
ye m. k. nydn, inf. nySnyeli, v. to make, treat, keep, use

s. b. as a slave,
ye nyontso, inf. nyont§oyeli> ^. to master; to lord; to rule;
^ecrfc^en; to be master, lord, possessor; ye n. k. no

nyontso , to be master over s. th.
ye Nyoiimo-abolo, v. and

ye Nyonlso-niiyenii, v. to lake the Lords supper,
ye odase, inf. odaseyeli, v. to bear witness, to witness; ye

m. k. he odase, to bear witness about s. b.
ye ofo, inf. of6yeh*, v. to forage; s. na ofo, v. th. s.
ye ok6mfo, v. to be a diviner, s. okomfo, n.
ye onukpa, inf. onukpayeli, v. to be old; to be an old

person, an elder, a grandee; s. onukpa, n.; ye m. k.

onukpa, v. to be older than s. b., comp. ye gbekg;

eyemi onukpa afe afii ekpa, he is about 6 years older

than I; but comp. Nyonmo dsi onukpa, God is the old

one, without comparison,
ye otsame, v. to be speaker,
ye otsi, v. to spend a week; to celebrate a week,
ye ay^, v. to be quick; s. fe and he fe oy^, v. th. s.
ye oyai, oy^ya, v. th. s.
ye sane, inf. saneyeli (Ot. di asem), v. to settle or judge

a matter, palaver etc. to lead or plead ones cause; to

defend one; comp. kod§o, v., bu aten, v., ye atei^, v.;

fa he, v., dsie na, v. etc.
ye sg, inf. seyeli, v. to cheat, hurt, deceive s. b., eye mise,

he cheated me; comp. siSi, si§iu, v.; and na se, v..
ye segbe, v. to have to do behind,
ye seke, inf. sekeyeli, v. to be mad; to rave; to rage;

also figuratively used of love, lust, desire, zeal, bravery,

etc. of animals, when very lively unruly, wild etc. f. i.

okpongo nye sgke, the horse is wild; comp. yin k§, v.,

yin ts6, v., dfim, v.
ye semo, v. to be steward, headboy, assistant etc., see

semo, n.
ye s^o, V. to he the next in age, tawft> feV^.\ ^. ^^^% ^^
je srenke, v. to be carpenter.

368 yc Si — ye.

ye Si, V. to eat s. th. down.

ye SikpoA, y. to occupy the ground, the land; to take ai?a}

place, comp. ye gbe» v.; to use the land.
ye Sikpoi^ ng, y. to goyern the land,
ye SiSi, y. to eat the rest; to haye to do with the reason

of any thing,
ye ta no, y. to be oyer the army,
ye tat§e, y. inf. tatseyeli, to be field-marshal; §elfc^anpti

man fepn; s. tatSe; n.
ye tipeh, inf. tipenyeli, y. to be of the same age; ke m. k.

ye — , y. to be as old as s. b. ; comp. ye onukpa, y.
ye to, -toi, y. to liye upon or by small cattle,
ye tse , y. to be father, author, possessor of s. th. or s. b.,

s. tse, n. ; wo m. k. tse» y*
ye t§eiayibii, y. to liye upon fruits,
ye tso, n. to eat, gnaw, spoil wood,
ye tsofStse, y- to be doctor, s. tSofdtSe, n.
ye t§u, y. to spoil a room,
ye wa, y. to liye upon snails; to eat snails,
ye WQ, y. to liye upon fowl,
ye wolo, y. lit. to eat the book; to swear by kissing the

bible after the english fashion of swearing.

ye won, inf. wonyeli, generally woyeli, v. to eat food pre-
pared by fetish-ceremonies to test one's fidelity; ke m.
k. ye won, y. to make a coyenant with s. b.; s. won, n.

ye wonnii, y. to haye to do with fetish-thmgs.

ye wonsane, y. to be attached to the cause of the fetish;

s. tsu won, y. and wonsane, n., to settle a fetish-

palayer.
ye wontse, y. to be a fetish-priest,
ye wolo, ye wowodSi, y. to eat eggs; to liye upon eggs,
ye woyo, y. to be a fetish-priestess,
ye! int. halloo! halloh! heh! ye! na okpoAgo! yS! na na

okpongo! halloo! (see) a horse! Comp. ^6\ int. and the

next word,
ye, 'e! int. (Ot, = to be good); used especially by children

in addressing father, mother etc. ata ye! awo ye! papa

dear! mama dear!
ye = yei, pi. of y5, n. woman; wich see.

ye = yeli, n. eating; using; etc. etc. s. ye, y.

ye, inf. yg, y. (always connected with an object, generally

„nu", water) to draw; fdi>f<)fen; miyaye nu, 1 am going

to draw water; ya nuye, th, s.

ye — ye. 859

fe» inf. yemo (adj. form eyen) v. to be white, to whiten;
to bleach (v. n.); to be whitish; ye Aitft, -fotfifiita, to be
very white; s. futa, adj. and corop. di, r. tSa, y. AoU,
v.; also yere, n.; he ye, v. to be outside white; hie ye,
to have a white face etc.

yt?, Adh. V. := kwe, to look.

ye, Adn. v. = fa, se, to suffice.

ye, V. (irreg. and defective, used as auxiliary verb; Adn.
ne, Ot. wo, Ayigbe, le, Aku or Yoruba, li, ni, mbe);
imperf. tense yo {=yeo); fut. (seldom used) aye, ge- .
nerally h!, tsd etc. take the place of it ; without imperat.
and infinit.; neg. voice be, v. which see; to exist, to
be, to be somewhere, to live, to be in, at s. place
(comp. dsi, v., ni, v.); to be at hand, at home, comp.
Myonmo }e, there is a God or God is; eye, he is here,
at home ; ebe, he is not here, not at home, dead ; noko
ye, there is something., nokonoko be, there is nothing;
to be true, real, eyeA, it is true or so, ebeA, it is not
true, not so ; comp. ye mil, yefi, v. and be mli, ben, v. ;
to be, auxiliary verb or copula, connected with nouns
and adjectives expressing the predicate, f. i. ye feo, to
be beautiful (comp. Ot. ye, v. ye few, th. s. and Gft fe,
v.; comp. also d§i, v. and esp. §33 at the end; many
adjectives, especially such as are also adverbs can only
be construed vnth ye (used as predicate) but not as
apposition ; others, f. i. feo, fefeo ; tan, tantaA ; have when
used as predicate the simple, when as apposition, the
double form; f. i. ye tan, to be ugly; gbomo tantaA, an
ugly person; to have, to possess; miye noko, 1 have
something; mibe §ika, 1 have no money; to be right,
good enough etc.; esp. in the prase; aye! let it! it is
good ! all right ! it is enough ! ed fei, (a^ gut fepn ! The
greatest difficulty is in the use of this verb as a prepo-
sitive verb (See Riis Olyi Gr. § 194 — 196 and Voc. under
vo , prep.) ; as ya, ba, ke-ya, ke-ba, ke-dse etc. it is used
to connect an object of locality with a visrb having ahready
an object, or not by itself requiring an object of loca-
lity; it cannot be translated and is not to be taken for
the preposition „in'' (s. mli, n.) though it often seems
to take its place; comp. the following instances: Ewo,
he sleeps; ewo ye t§u mli, he sleeps (being) in the
room; eta tsuh, he sits in the room; eta §i, he sits
(down); eta §i ye tSuA, he sits (down being) in the
room; if there is no mistake possible, it may be left out;

360 ye abekugbe — ye d«.

f. i. eba fill mli, he came in a carriage; eba okpoAgo

no, - - on a horse; but: eba Osa ye Mi mli, je

okpoAgo no. If the object of time or place is pot in i^
vance and a subject wanding for „ye*^, it ia either left
out, or put behind; but sometimes like fe, ye, t., also
put in advance Mfithout subject; comp. „No be le mli
miba** (= miba y e no be le mli) or „no be le mli miba
ye"", or „ye no be le mli miba, 1 came in that time; in
questions ye is always put behind or left out : Meni mli
ohTe ene ye? or: meni mli ohie ene ye? or: meni mli
ohie ene? In what didst thou carry this? Sometimes
ye in two different signification 'may stand besides each
other, as: Kyo ye no be le mli, he was at hand in that
time. Once an infinitive (absolute) met my ear: „yQ
ekemi yo"" being he was with me; analogous to which,
„ye ekemi ye"*, being he is with me, may be expec-
ted ; as this absolute infinitive often appears in such sim-
ple forms; f. i. ye ekemi ye (not: yeli ekemi ye) etc.

ye abekugbCi v. to be on the left, side; northward.

ye adeka, v. to have a box.

ye adeka mli, v. be in a box.

ye akrowa, v. to be or dwell in a village.

ye amane, - - mli, v. to be in trouble; to suffer; s. na
amane, ?.; pi, v., na nd, v.

ye anaigbe, v. to be westward; = ye yiteAgbe.

ye anumnyam, v. to have glory, honour; grace; =s hie ye
nyam; rf. ye nyara, v.

ye asdne, v. to have a boil.

ye basabasa, v. to be disorderly.

ycbe, V. to have quarrel.

ye bii, V. to have children.

ye bibio, v. to be little.

ye bie, v. to be here.

ye biegbe, v. to be this way.

ye blabla, v. to be violent.

ye bleo, v. to be mild, slow etc.

ye bloblo, v. to be thin, lean.

ye boboka, v. to be lazy; sickly.

ye bodgbodo, v. to be soft; weak.

ye bokdgbe, V. to eastward.

ye bolmo, v. (to be) in the beginning.

y(^ hoko, v. to be light; soft; strong; fe-, th. s.
jff bonbon, v. =^ dSc fa, \. Vo s>'^\!il\l.
J^G da, V. to be always (aV VvauAV

ye da — ye eSa. 361

ye dd, V. to be before.

ye dane, v. = ye da, v.

ye daii, v. to be in one's mouth.

ye dalei, v. to have dollars, to be rich; ye darei, drai,

th. s.
ye den, v. to be in the band, power, possession (*|^3); ye

m. k. deA , V. to be in hand etc. of some body,
ye deka, v. to have time, leisure; 3^tt, SXufie ^aben; deka
be hewQ le mibaa, because there was no time there-
fore 1 did not come; miye deka agbene, I have time

DOW.

ye dem, V. to be even, plain; s. trotro, adj. and ye tro-

tro, V.
ye deAdeden, v. to be hard,
ye densd, v. to be diiTerenl.
ye derele, v. to be sickly.

ye dfeiaA, v. to be, live in the grass, field; s. dfeiaA, n.
ye dfSiimQ, v. to have understanding,
ye dfSnmo akpa, v. to have a good understanding,
ye dfetri, v. to have a treasure, capital for trading,
ye din, -edin, v. = di, v. to be black,
ye dokodoko, v. = dgko, v. to be sweet,
ye drele, v. to be slimy.

ye d§a no (or dsano) v. to be on the market-place,
ye dsale na, v. to be right, straight, upright,
ye dsen (= d§e mli) , v. to be or live in the yorld (see

dse, n.); to exist, to live; ebe d§en, he is not in the

world, he is dead,
ye dsei> dsemei, v. to be there.
ye dsemeiniiah, v. to be there-about.
ye dsen or

ye dsenba, v. to have a character, behaviour, report,
ye dsenba akpa, v. to have a good character, report,
ye dsuelei, dfetei, v. to have silver, be rich; s. ye dalei,

nii, sika etc.
ye dududadu, v. to be tasteless; s. -wurududQdu, v.
ye dufi mli, v. to be in darkness,
ye eflo, V. to be empty,
ye ekoro, v. to be single; for one's self, peculiar; s. ekoro,

adj.; sro, v., sroto, adj.
ye cnmon, v. to be raw.
ye ehgli, v. to be green; ^^ iloli, v.
YQ e$a, V. to have sin, be sintvA; wvfti^ ^^ ^'^, \ ^s^

sinless.

362 ye atiuni — jre he.

ye atSuni, = tSu, v. to be red.

ye eye A, = ye, v. to be white.

ye falefale, v. to be clean = he t§e» ?.; mli tie, t. ele.

ye fiina, v. to be or live at the river.

ye fan, v. to be open, plain.

ye t^dtin, V. to be dirty, aicUy.

ye feo, v. to be thin, Ught, tasteless.

ye fiase, V. to be in the cellar, store, prison.

ye fidSiteftdSite, v. to be unruly, unquiet; s. flefle> flafla

etc
ye fitrifitri, v. th. s.
ye fifio = ye Ji>ibio, v. to be small,
ye flo, V. = ye bibi, v. to be small,
ye iintd, v. to be little; to be few.
ye fintd, V. to be narrow,
ye fit§ofit§o, V. to be exact.

ye flafla, v. to be sanguinic, lively, unruly; active; rash,
ye flefle* hie ye flefle» v. to be light minded, friToloos.
ye flofloflo, V. to be distant, remote; s. SoA, a^j.
ye fr5fr6, v. to be fresh, moist, well watered,
ye futafuta, v. to be very white; see ye, v. to be white,
ye futufutu, v. to be mixed; s. futu, v.
ye fetefe, v. to be safe, sound, complete,
ye gbe, v. to have way, place, room,
ye gbei, v. to have a name; to be of reputation,
ye gbede, v. to be weak.
ye gbena, v. to be right, in order; s. gbena, n.
ye gbekg, v. to be a child, young,
ye gbekSbiiaSi, v. to be in childhood,
ye gbeke na§i, v. to be evening; - - in the evening.
ye gbele na, v. to be at the point of death,
ye gbele mli, v. to be in death.
ye gbese, v. to have the menstruation; s. gbese, n.
ye gbeteA, v. to be in (the middle of) the way.
ye gbeye, v. to be fearful, horrible, aweful.
ye gbohladSeft, v. to be in hades.
ye gboiatohe, v. to be in an inn for strangers, travellers,
ye gedSe, v. to be large, broad,
ye geg^ge, v. to be hard,
ye gidigidi, v. to be disorderly, unruly, disturbed,
ye godso, godSogod§0, v. to be long, slender,
ye hafi, v. to be bright, clear,
ye haomo, v. to have trouble.
ys be, V. to be about, for, around s. b. or s. th.

ye he ko — ye kroiii. SBS

ye he ko, v. to be in a place, s. he, n.

ye hedSgle, v. to have peace, be at peace.

ye hetehe, v. to be every where.

ye hegbe, v. to have way, allowance, authority, plenipo-

tence; 93oIIma(^t ^aben.
ye hemo, v. to have a sweet-heart, coDCubine.
ye heniitsuiDQ, v. to be in want of.
ye henowome, v. to have honour,
ye hen, v. to be bright, clear; = ye haft, v.
ye bereft, v. to be warm, hot.
ye hewale, v. to have power,
ye m. k. or n. k. hewQ, v. to be about, for, because of,

s. b. or 8. th. = ye he, v.
ye heyeli, v. to have faith; liberty.
ye hehehe, v. to be blooming, blossoming,
ye hlahla, v. to be clean,
ye m. k. or n. k. hie, v. to be in the face, front of, before

s. b. or s. th,
ye hlekSmo, v. to have life, to be alive; s. ye wala.
ye hleme, v. to be content,
ye bletsre» v. to be in want of pastime, to be homesick;

Sangeweile f)abtn; ^timro^t) ffabtn.

ye hirihiri, = ye gidigidi, v. to be confused.

ye kakadan, v. to be long.

ye kaft, ka^kan, v. to be bright.

ye keket^, v. to be very dry.

ye ketekete, v. to be exact.

ye koklo, kokro, v. to be large and round.

ye kon, v. to be or live in the bush.

ye kose, v. to be or live in the plantation or country.

ye kpakpatd, v. to be good, hard, strong etc.

ye kpalekpale, v, to be bald.

ye kplene, y. to be void, desert, desolate.

ye kpetekpete, v. to be glutinous; soft; weak.

ye kpi, kpiti, V. to be thick, muddy.

ye kpintift, kpintinkplift, v. to be sound, safe, whole, strong.

ye kpitio, V. to be short.

ye kplanS, = ye kpene, v.

ye kple, kplei, kpleikplei, kpetenkpl^, v. ' to be] large, great,

big etc.

ye kplekple, v. to be froward, unruly, unquiet; precocious,

ye kpo, V. to be simple, quiet, mild,

ye krSmdkrdmd, v. to be fierce; greedy,

ye krgft, v. to be simple, genuin, clear, pure» hirfy.

364 ye kroAkroA — ye Aft mli.

ye kronkron, v. th. s. (corroborated).

ye knikru» V. to be unmly; ye kplekple.

ye kuku, V. to be short.

ye kuntu, v. to be woolen.

ye kutniku, v. to be round, in a circle.

ye legelege, ?. to be thin, slender, as snakes etc.

ye mdn, v. to be or live in town; s. ye kose, v. th. contr.

ye manse, v. to be over land, on a journey, in a far
country; in Dei grembe, uberlanb fepn.

ye manvamftnya, v. to have a rough surface.

ye masei, v. to be at the side of s. b.

ye mata, matamatd, v. to be slimy, soft.

ye mise, v. to be content, have joy == ml se, v.

ye mli, yen, neg. be mli, ben, v. to be inside, inwardly,
in; to be so; to be true, real; eyeA lo ebeA? is it so
or is it not so ? yen ! (often without gram, sabj.) it is
so, it is true! ben kw^a! it is not true at all!

ye m. k. mlisi, v. to be in s. body's bosom.

ye mlumlu, v. to be dusty.

ye mon, v. to be in a fort, stonehouse, to live there.

ye mobg, v. to be pitied, to be a pity; eye mQbo» it is
a pity; enii ye mobo, he is to be pitied.

ye momo, v. to be or exist already.

ye momosa, v. to have existed or been a long time before,
a long time ago.

ye mudsi, v. to be dirty.

ye musuu, v. to be in the belly.

ye musu, V. to be a curse.

ye na, v. to be at the mouth, brim, shore etc. to be ac-
cording to, s. na, n.

ye nabii, v. to have grandchildren.

ye nabu, v. to have a mouth, opening, end, brim, shore etc.

ye nane, v. to have a foot ; neg. be nane, to have no foot,
i. e. to be unable to walk.

ye nSdsian, v. to be in the place, instead of s. b., to be
the representative of s. b. ; comp. ye nftdSiaA , v.

ye nddSiasigbe, v. to be eastward, = ye bokfigbe.

ye nakai, v. to be so.

ye nakai lolo, v. to be still so; to be so so; fo fo fet^n.

ye nakpe, v. to be wonderful, to be a wonder.

ye nanyo, v. to have a friend.

yQ na, V. to have art, dexterity.

yQ M mli, v. to be, or lo Vj^ ^^itotroft^, w ^w», wIfoUy,

cunningly.

ye 6S — ye ifiwanedSe. 365

ye nd, V. to have a ivife.

ye Mdo (nd no) or Mmli (nd mli), v. lo live or be in

the field, desert; 8. M, n.
ye nam, ye nali, v. to be cold,
ye neie, v. to be so.

ye nibii and .

ye nil , V. to have or possess things, to be rich,
ye nine, v. to have hands; neg. be nine, v. to have no

hands, i. e. lo be unable to work because of a bad hand ;

comp. ye nane, v.
ye niian, v. to be in or among things, -dsemei niian, to

be thereabout,
ye niitsumo, v. to have work, business, a trade; to be

engaged,
ye ninedSfirdgbe, v. to be on the right hand or side, south-
ward,
ye nmolQ, v. to be laughable,
ye nmon, v. to be in the plantation,
ye toigto^motQ, v. to be miry,
ye nd, nd ko, noko, v. to have something; neg. be noko,

to have nothing; pi. ye nii, v.
ye no mli, v. to be in a vessel,
ye no, v. to be over, on, above s. th.; to have a cover;

s. no, n.
ye noffinO, v. to have every thing,
ye m. k. 66, v. to be at, near, with, by s. b. , s. nd, n. ;

eyo mind, he is with me.
ye A5gbe, V. to have access,
ye Qsra mli, v. to be in camp^
ye nsQ mli, ye nson, v. to b& or live, in tke sea.
ye nsogbe, = ye ninedsiir5gbe, v. to be southward,
ye nSokpo, v. to be on a island,
ye nsona, v. to be at the sea-shore,
ye nsono, v. to be on sea.
ye nSonnyiemo, mli, v. to be on a voyage,
ye nsQse, v. to be behind or beyond the sea, i. e. far

away; comp. manse, n.
ye nsoSisi, v. to be on the bottom of the sea.
ye nt^, V. to be double,
ye nu mli, nun, v. to be or live in the water,
ye Aulan, v. to be bright.
ye AwanedSe, v. to be doubtful; neg. be AwanedSe, v. to

be undoubtedly true, gweifello^; b^ tCT%aa!eA%fc,^'^K«i^Qs*A.

without gram, subject, = jXDei^tWo* , ^Ui\\tV^t^f^R. » *t».

1

366 ye AwiAwd — ye Sia.

3wfifel; be AwanedSe n\ eba. wilhmit doobf he eame,

of^nt Smeifef, er tarn.
ye Awdnwd, y. = ye nakpe, ▼. to be surprising, woiider-

fal, astonishing; Ot. wo AwoAwa, v.
ye nwStSnwatii, v. to be gristed; ye AweteAwete, tb. a.
ye nwei, t. to be or live aboye, up stairs, on high, in

heaven,
ye nweihle, v. to be at the firmament,
ye pyf ninyanl, v. to be swarming (of vermin etc.) rooghiy,

ugly.

ye AyaAemo (or nyaAkemo), v. to be dnrty, disgasthig.

ye nySnySnyS, v. to be sour, acid.

ye nyemi, v. to have a brother or sister (0ef($»i^eT).

ye nyeramnyeram, v. to be dazzling = nyera, nyeram, v.

ye nylemo mli, v. to be on a journey.

ye nydmo, nyddsi, v. to have debts.

ye nyOn, v. to be in the night; to happen in the night.

ye nydn, v. to be or happen in (a certain) month; eba

mind ye nydn nl d§i ete le roli, he came to me (beug)

in the third month,
ye nydn (pi. nyddSi), v. to have a slave,
ye nyontSo, v. to have a master,
ye oblahlaA, v. to be or happen in youth.
ye oblayeian, v. to be in virginiti, youth (of women).
ye odasefo, v. to have a witness,
ye okadi, v. to have a sign,
ye okplo he, v. to be at table,
ye oy^, v. to be quick.

ye pep^pe, v. to be exactly so; s. ye fitSofllSo, keleketis.
ye sakasaka, vi4 to be disorderly,
ye sane, v. to have a palaver,
ye se, V. to be on the back, to be back, behind; to be

left; s. se, n.
ye segbe* v. to be backward, behind,
ye setSun, v. to be in the backroom, bedroom.
ye skam, v. to be a shame,
ye son, V. to be genuin.
ye sulan, v. to be hairy,
ye susuma, v. to have a sonl, a shadow,
ye Si, §i§i, V. to be under s. b. or s. th.
ye SiSi; V. to be on the ground, down, down stairs (ye

nwei, th. contr.); to have a signification, reason, groond,

foundation, bottom.
yd £Ia, V. to be at home; to have a house, home.

jt §ihile — ye woA. 367

ye ^ile, V. ta have a dwelling.

ye §ika, v. to have gold, be rich; s. ye nil, v.

ye Sikpon, v. to be on earth » to live on earth; to have

land,
ye siSi, 8. ye §i, v.
ye SiSidSe, v. to have a beginning,
ye Soft, V. to be far away,
ye sdSS§5, V. to be pointed,
ye ta mli, v. to be in the anny, in war.
ye tan, v. to be ugly, hateful
ye teA, ye te leA, v. to be amidst, in the middle.

ye toi, V. to have ears, i. e. to be obedient; neg. be toi»
to be disobedient; s. toi, n.; to have small cattle; see
to, n.

ye toindsgle, v. to have rest or peaee (for the ears).

ye trotro, v. ta be smooth.

ye tSretsrei, v. to be rent, ragged; thin, watery.

ye tSu mli, tSufi, v. to be in the room, inside; to be in

prison,
ye tsui, V. to have a heart; to be courageous.

ye tsuidsiird, n, to have a good heart, to be glad, happy.

ye tsokatsoka and

ye tsukatsdka, tdikatSika, tSakats^ka, v. to be in a hubbub,

in disorder,
ye tsuse, = ye gbese, v. to have the menstruation,
ye tsuyiteA, v. to be on the housetop,
ye tukutiiku, V. to be fat, round; -tSukutSuku, th. s.
ye truntrS, v. te be speckled,
ye tuntu, V. to be dark; - > in. the very middle,
ye tOtantQ, V. to be dark,
ye veveve, v. to be hard.
ye VI, V. to be weakly,
ye v5, V. to be deep; very deep,
ye wala, v. to have life, be alive,
ye walaheremo, v. to have salvation. «
ye walaherelo, v. to be a saviour,
ye we, V. to be or live in one's house, dwelling home;

comp. we, sla and t8u, n.
ye webii, v. to have domestics,
ye wese, v. to be froward.
ye wiemo ko, v. to have a word (to speak),
ye wo nJi, won, v. to be in sleep,
ye woA, ye won mli, v. to be in sleep.

368 ye won — yeiawiemo.

ye won, ye woA mli, v. lit. to be in a fetish, to be bora

on him, s. fo — wo v/Qh m\U v.
ye won, V. to have a fetish.

ye wolo mli, v. to be (found) in a book, in a paper.
ye wolonkwe, v. to be in school.
ye wyiese, v. to be behind the mill.
ye wyieSi, v. to be on the grinding place.
ye^yaka, v. to be vain, useless; gratis,
ye yano, v. to be at a funeral-custom,
ye yid§iemo, v. to have praise,
ye yin, v. to be in the head, mind,
ye yiten, v. to be on the top.
ye yitSo, v. to have a hand (for thinking); be yitSo, to

have no head, be thoughtless,
ye yitso kpakpa, v. to have a good head, einen gtttett jtoyf

fiaben; to be gifted for learning,
ye yukuyuku, v. to be full of small things, children, people,
ye yurudu, v. to be cool.

etc. etc.
ye. n. being; having; inf. of ye, v. seldom used; f. i. ye

ekemi yo, being he was i¥ith me; s. also, yo» n.
ye = yemo, n. whitening; whiteness, fr. ye, v.
ye, n. drawing (of water); ba« ®43pfen.
ye 9 adj. and adv. hot; holly (of pepper etc.).
y^l (y^)» pl* n* of yd, n. women; feminine animals.
yeiabi, n. women-child, unmanly person,
yeiagbei, n. women-name,
yeianii, n. female things,
yeiasane, n. female-matter; women's palaver,
yeiatade, n. female dress,
yeiahela, n. women-sickness,
yeiahie, n. women -face.

yeiasenylelo, n. person running after women ; SSeiberfned^t
yeiasenlemo, n. running after women,
yeianoyeli, n. women-government,
yeiand, n. womtn^s cunning,
yeiandnii, n. implements of women.
yeianiitSumo , n. women- work; -business; -behaviour,
yeiasu, yeiasubSn, n. kind , behaviour, character of women.

yeiasuomo, n. women-love.

yeiatsu, n. women-house, -room.

yeiawe, n. women-house, -dwelling; they live generally in

a separate house,
yeiawiemo, n. women'stalk.

yftla — yerehftmo. 369

y&Mf 8. ylira, y^ra, yfi, n. funeral-custom.

yele, v. 8. yere, to find, meet.

yele, n. 8. yere, n. yams.

yell, n. (8. times yele, ycri, yere, may be heard); eating,

enjoying; devouring; effection; use; annoyance, trouble;

treatment, transaction, negotiation; business, occupation;

govemement, rule; spending; behaviour; life; being etc.

etc. fr. ye, v.
yelilQ, yelo, n. scarcely used alone, but most frequently

in combinations; eater, annoyer etc. fr. ye, v.

yelihe, n. place of eating, transaction, government; rank;

station etc.
yem, Adn. n. = yeli, n.

yen, = ye mli, v. neg. be mli, deffective verb; to be true,
to be so; to be real; s. ye, def. and aux. v.

yere, v. inf. yeremo (corroboration of ye), to find, to meet.

yere na, inf. nayeremo, v. to overtake or come upon un-
awares.

yeremo » n. meeting.

yere 9 pi. yed§i, n. yams; the best kind of it; compare
„afa8eo" or „afaso*', n.: there are many kinds of „yere^
again; yere ebo, the yams is bearing or getting large in
the ground; comp. bayere, kwakwrakwa, n. etc.

yereba, n. leaf or plant of yams.

yerebe, n. time of yams.

yerebo, n. bearing of yams.

yerede, adj. and adv. hard, continual; -ly; -ly; fe— , to
persevere; to be hard; perplexing; troublesome.

yered^d^d^de , adv. imitating the sound ofmnning

(of the steps); ehie foi yered^d^d^d^de ; he ran away
hop hop hop etc.

yeredefemo, n. perseverance.

yeredSiemo, taking out of yams; yams-harvest.

yeredulg, n. yams-planter.

yeredumo, n. yams-planting. •

yeredOmobg, n. time for yams-planting.

yerefk, -fSmo, n. ==: yeredSiemo.

yerehetolo, n. yams-peel.

yerehdlo, n. yams-seller.

yerehdmo, n. yams-selling..

yerehomo, n. yams-cooking.

yerehdlo, n. ~ yeredfllo; cultivator of yams.

yerehQmo, n. cultivation of yams.

Zimmermann, Akra-Vocab. UK

370 yerekadimo — yi.

yerekadimo, n. supplying of wanting yams-plants., which
have not grown.

yereklata, n. a slice of yams.

yerekuku , n. piece of yams ; > yerekukudM.

yerekutu, n. a small fence for presening yams in.

yerenko, n. small heaps of ground round the yims-plant;
s. nko, n. and bo tko, v.

yereniiyenii, pi. n. food of yams.

yeresO, n. ground producing yams.

yeretsa, n. yamsdigging.

yeretso, n. pi. -tsei, n. the stick put to the yams-plant,
that it may run up at it.

yeretsu, n. room for keeping yams.

yereyeli, n. jamseating; the first eating of yams is con-
nected with many ceremonies; before the fetish eats yams
(before the time of „HdmQwo''), no body is allowiMl to
eat; the next person eating is the king etc. etc. The
reason of this may be, that unripe yams are yery un-
healthy, whilst before the new yams comes in, provisions
are very scarce, which is a temptation to eat the yams
too soon; and to prevent this, the fetish-law is resorted
to, as also against pigs-meat, the cutting certain shadow-
or other useful trees etc.

yere and

yeri, s. yeli, n. eating; using etc. s. ye, v.

ySroke, v. s. yfiroke, v. to loose.

yetre, n. europ. word, pease.

yeye, yeyei, redupl. v. of ye, v. to eat.

yeyeye (fr. ye, v. to trouble), adj. and adv. troubling;
unquiet in mind; etc. fe — , v. to be troubled, driven
about = t§ui ye, v.

yeyeyefelo, n. a troubled person.

yey€yefemo, n. trouble, disturbance in mind, unquietness
etc. = tsuiyeli, n.

yeygyesane, n. troublesome palaver.

yeygyewiemQ, Hi troublesome word.

yi, pi. yimo; inf. yl, yimo, yile, v. to strike, f^lagcn;
to flogg; yile! flogg him! Mso used of other similar
movements, to pick, bite of birds, t# knock, kick etc.
of animals; to wetten (s. Germ. „)ftxtf(t)e\\") of rain;
Nyonmo yimi Hhu pam, rain wettened me through and
through (s. Nyonmo, n.); to strike a road, einfd^lagen,
eincn SBeg cinf(!^(agen; s. yi mli, yii^, v., to enter upon
a journey, to go away; o£f; nyesfi le eylA, the day

yi — 3^1 tsu. 371

before yesterday he went off; to strike root, SSutjel
fd^Iagen (yi !&, -siSiffl); to strike of, fall down; to come
down; s. yi ^ v.; to be full (inf. yile); to be suffi-
cient; eyi obd, it is quite full; ameyimo obdbdbd, they
are quite full; etc. mli yi, inf. mliyile, v. to be inwardly
full; etc.; to fill; etc.

yi, n. heady and its combinations see afterwards.

yi dan, v. to fill the mouth.

yi den, v. to flogg on the palm of the hand; to fill Ihe
hand.

yi fa, y. to fill the river; fa yi, the river is full; s. also
yiri, v.

yi fS, V. to be half full; to strike roots; s. yi siSifd, v.

yi gbe, = kg gbe, v. to strike a road; etnen SBeg ein*
fd^Iagen; to fill a pot.

yi hdmo, v. to take the lead, to go in advance.

yi hie, hiegbe, v. th. s.

yi he, ▼. to flogg one's self.

yi mli, yin (which see); inf. mliyT» v. to strike in, into;
to take a road; to enter a journey; to go away; to fill
the inside; eyi mli obd, he or it filled the inside.

yi musu, v. to fill the belly.

yi na, nabu, v. to strike on the mouth.

yi nddsian, v. inf. nddsianyT, -yimo, to remain on the same
spot; to move in a circle (in argument).

yi no, V. inf. noyi, noyimQ, to come down upon s. th. or
s. b., loflo yi misOi a bird descended upon me.

yi nu, V. to be full of water.

yi se, ▼. to flogg on the back.

yi ii, V. inf. Siyimo, siyT, to strike the groqnd, to descend,
to come down ; to alight on the ground ; sometimes used
as aux. V. to express the reaching or coming to the
ground of a movement expressed by a preceeding verb ;
f. i. egbla ke-yi si, it rent in two (till it reached) to the
ground, it rent quite down. A peculiar expression is
yi m. k. $i, v. to descend s. b., i. e. 4o let the fetish
descend upon s. b.; to make s. b. a fetish -priest (who
therefore often are seen to wear an iron chain round
. their neck , by which they pretend to make the fetish
descend.

yi i\Mf V. to strike the ground; to fill the bottom etc.

yi $i§ifd, V. to strike roots.

yi tSo,~ inf. tSoyl, tgoyimo, v. to drum.

yi tSu, V. to fiU a room.

372 yi.

yi, (Ot. ti., AdA. yi) head. As in other languages this
word 18 very extensively ased in yarious ways; and as
da , de , hie, he m\\, na; no, se» SUli, tSni etc. it appears
very often as gram, subject or object. The principal
significations are: top (comp. yiteA); beginning, principle:
life; individual (poll; head; piece, Jto))f; @tfitf), f. i.
ameyi ete, they three; number, comp. yibg; price, comp.
\inii; sum; a sum of money about 2 shilling and 9d. worth,
or 50 String of cowries (german 1 fl. 40 kr. , french frs.
3,50); cowries are generally counted by these Mheads*";
then ^yi, yifi, yitso'' are generally used for most of the
faculties of head and heart, rr^ reason, mind, memory,
thought, understanding etc. The principal combinations
are the following: 1) yi as (gram.) object: ba yi; inf.
yiba, V. to spare, fc^onen, t)ctf(^onen; hi yi Si, v. to
ask about one's head, i. e. life, by a fetish-priest, a certain
ceremony; bo m. k. yi, v. to cry against s. b.; bo yi,
^ V. inf. yibo, to number; bu yi? s. yiba; da yi Si, v. to
congratulate one's self for recovering, saving etc. by a
feast and sacrifice ; dfa yi, v. to break or crush the head
by falling etc. ; d§e m.k. yi, v. to come from s. b. head,
mind, device etc. ; dse m. k. yi , v. to come away fh)in
s. b. head, memory; to be forgotten; == hte kpa no,
d§ie yi, inf. yidSiemg, v. to praise; d§o m. k. yi, v. to
bless one's head; tSi yi, v. inf. yifSmo, to cry at one,
to reproach one = AS m. k. yi; fite yi, v. to spoil the
head, mind; fo yi, v. to wash the iead; fo yi, v. inf.
yifo (old : yipO) to cut one's head off, to behead ; fft yi,
V. to comb the hair; gba yi, v. to cleave the head; to
part the hair, f^eiteln; gbe yi, v. to strike out a sum;
to fill up a sum; gble yi, v. to open the head, mind
(but comp. yifi gble, v.); gbo yi, v. to plait the hair;
hayi, v. to cover the head; here moko yi wala, v.
to save one, ataqtiVy inf. yiwalaheremo; kpayi, v.
to make one's head bald; kpo yi, v. to shave the head,
= §e yi; kp(!^ m. k. yi wala, to redeem one's life; inf.
yiwalakpdmo; kO yi, v. to cut the hair; le yi, v. to know
one's mind; see le m. k. yitSo, yiA; mft yi §i, y. to lay
the head down, to bow down; s. koto, v. bu §i, v.;
m5 yi , v. to attack the head (of sickness) ; na ro. k. yi,
V. to see one's mind, thought ; AS m. k. yi, inf. yiAS, v.
io cry at s. b. = (6 yi; to command one; an^errfcj^en;
hS m. k. yi se, v. to s\\ul TaeYAwA. %.\k , \» ^^^Tie in;
fkme yi &i, v. inf. yisitim^, = tvm^ \^\si^\,n, v^ Vw^

yi ba — yi wa. 373

patience; hme oyi §i fio, have a little patience! M yi
fo m. k. kue no, y. to fall about 8. bod^s neck; nu
no. k. yi, V. to hear s. body's mind, meaning, reason;
p9m (or pdn, kpSn) m. k. yi, v. to make a conjuration
against s. body's life; pila yi, y. to wound the head;
po yi = fo yi; sa m. k. yi, y. to fit s. b/s mind; Se
yi , V. to shaye the head ; si yi, y. to knock against the
head; to yi, s. to yih, y. tfa yi, y. to strike the head;
tse m. k. yi se, inf. yisetSemo, v. to call s. b. back ; tsi
m. k. yi se, y. inf. yisetSimo, y. lit. to knock or push
s. b. backward; to push one down; to drive one, urge
one on, forward; t§5 m. k. yi, y. to turn one's head,
to make one mad; tsole yi, y. to lay the head on a
pillow; wa m. k. yi, y. inf. yiwale, to use one cruelly;
to persecute, illtreat, abuse one; enyontsQ wale yi» his
master illtreads him; s. yi wa, y.; wadse m. k. yi, inf.
yiwadsemo, y. to harden one's head, mind etc.; wo m. k.
^i, wo m. k. yi no, y. to elevate, exalt s. b. ; wo m. k.
yi, y. inf. yiwO and yiwomo, to cry one out; to hoot one
out; wule yi, y. to hurt the head; yi m. k. yi no, y. to
descend upon s. b.'s head; etc. 2) yi as gram. subj.
and possessive definition :

yi ba, v. to get a head, i. e. reason, understanding.

yi bo, V. inf. yibO, to grow or get large heacifs (of yams).

yi bu, v. Inf. yibu, to be lightminded (no longer used; s.
fe yibo, v. yibulo; hie ye flefle, yitso ye flefle, v.

yi di m. k. (di, Ot. = ye, in Gfi), v. to be giddy.

yi fa, v. to be of large, sufficient number.

yi he si, v. to fall down headlong; (en jtopf am fQoUn
jerfc(;mettetn ; esp. made use of in a horrible curse or
deprecation: „Oyi ahe si ni ogbo!'' „may thy head be
crushed to the ground that thou diest!" and th. s. as
noun: oyiahesi, = pestilence; Ad. th. s.

yi kd, v. inf. yikSmo, s. yin kd; v.

yi kpa, v. inf. yikpale, to be bald; s. kpale, n.; kpale*
kpale, adj., yikpatatSe, n.

yi na wala, y. inf. yiwalana, to be safe, sound; to be pre-
served; to be saved; s. here yi wala and Ot. ti nya
nkwa, V.

yi sa, V. to have a fit head, mind, good faculty.

yi ti> v. to have a big head; eSika yi ti, his gold-lump is
big, he is rich.

yi wa, inf. yiwale, ^v. to be hard-headed; to be cruel; cowi\^.
wa m. k. yi; wadSe yi; y. Me yj^, n, V^\x\ ^^, ^^ ^"^^^

i

374 yi wo — yflfi.

(yi wo, inf. yiwO, v. to be proud).

yi ke m. k. ya SoA, ?. the head goes Car away with a. b„

i. e. to be lost in thought, wonder etc.
yibfi, n. sparing ; 9etf($onung, ® (^onung ; exemption ; fr. ba yi, ?.
yibalo , n. person sparing s. b., taking- care for s. b.
yibii, pi. n. fruits of trees; wo — , ?. to bear — .
yibiiwO, n. fruit bearing; fruitftdness.
yibo, n. mumber, sum.
yiba, n. lightmindedness; fe-, ?. to be lightminded = hie

ye flefle, v.
yibobi, n. lightminded child.
yibadSeA, n. lightminded character, life, etc.
yibafemo, n. lightminded act.
yibulo, n. lightminded person.
yibuniiisumO) n. lightminded, careless business,
yibunayeli, n. lighminded transaction ; fr. ye yibU na, y.
yibusane, n. matter of lightmindedness.
yibUsu, n. lightminded frame, character; -subaA, d. th. s.
yidi, V. giddiness; fr. yi di, y.
yido, n. heat of the head; head-ache.
yidSielo, n. person praising s. b. fr. d^ie yi, v.
yidsiemo, n. praise,
yidsiemglala, n. song of praise,
yif^lo, n. reproacher.
yifdmo, n. reproach.
yiflimQsane> n. reproachful palayer.
yif^mQwiemo, n. reproachful word, language,
yifo, yifomo, n. beheading,
yifolo, n. beheader.
yifamo, n. combing of the hair,
yigbamo, n. parting of the hair,
yigbomo, n. plaiting of the hair,
yiha and yihamo , n. coyering of the head.
yikSmQ, s. yink&mg, n. madness,
yikpale, n. baldness.

yikpatat§e> n. baldheaded man; Jta^fKo^f.
yikpgmo, n. shaying of the head = yiSemo > n.
yikule* n. number, sum = yibo, n.
yikulQ, n. cutter of the hair,
yikamo, n. haircutting.
Yilo („slriker**), pr. n. of one of the towns on the Krobg

mountain (thai of Oloko Patu in the West); comp. Ma-

Dya, pr. n.
yile, n. knowledge oi one'b o^mtow, tJ»«i ^Vt^^> ^.

yile — yinlolo. 875

yile, n. fulness, fr. yi, v.

^ilo, n. striker, fr. yi, v.

^iing, n. striking; filling etc. fr. yi, v.

yimu, n. division, party.

yimuyimu, adj. and adv. parted; in parties.

yiMlQ , n. person crying at s. b.

yinaino, n. crying at s. b.; 9ln(ierrfd!^eii; fr. na yi, v.

yin, V. = yi mli, inf. mliyl and mliyimo, to strike in or
out (f. i. a road); ein[(^fag6n (eineit SBeg); eine SReife

antreten; wegfle^^eu; eyih ete, he want away.

yin = yi mli, n. inside of the head; mind, reason, faculty;
understanding; opinion, meaning; also this word is fre-
quently used in the compounds: the principal ones are:
ba m. k. yiA, v, to come into one's head; be yin, v.
8. ye yin; bi yin, v. to ask one's opinion; bo yin toi,
V. to listen to one's reason or opinion; bu yiii, v. to
esteem one's opinion; dsie }in, v. to produce one's opi-
nion; f& yin, V. th. s.; ke yi/i, v. to say one's opinion;
na yin, v. to see one's opinion, mind, etc.; nd yin, v,
to take one's opinion; nu — , to hear it; te — , to con-
ceal — ; to yin, v. to propose; to make a proposal,
design, project, purpose, etc. inf. yiMo; a peculiar use
of this compound is to be observed in phrases like:
Mitoo midientse miyift mifee, I did not do it according
to my own design, or from myself; tdtd yin, v. to per-
plex one's mind ; tsi yin ta, v. to mention one's opinion ;
tsake -, V. to change -; ts6 -, v. to turn -, to show-;
wie-, V. to speak one's mind; ya-, v. to enter one's
head; ye-, v. to be in one's mind; neg. be -; yi yin,
V. to fill the head; yo-, v. to perceive one's mind etc.

yin gble, inf. yingblemg, v. to be mad.

yin kS, v. inf. yinkamo, th. s.

yin ls6, V. inf. yintsomo^ th. s.

yinbimo, n. asking one's opinion.

yin fe, ake . . . lit. the whole opinion (sc. is), that — to
suppose that, = „fe, ake''; eyin fe, ake enye, he sup-
posed, that it was his mother.

yingblemg, n. madness; s. sekeyeli, yinkSmo, yintSdmo,
th. s.; openmindedness; comp. yingble, gble yin, v.

yihkSimQ, n. th. s.

yinto, n. proposal, design, project j purpose; 93orfa^; fr.

to yiii , V.
yiAtofemo, n. execution of ones purpose.

yintolQ, n, proposer, designer.

376 yiAtdtdlo — yiSUmelo.

yiiMi6\o, n. perplexer of one's mind; fr. tdtO jiA, y.

yjAtdtdmo, n. perplexing, disturiMuice of mind.

yitii^Qf n. mad person, fr. yih Ud, v. and turner, shower

of jnind fr. t&d yin, v.
yiiiUMmOf n. madness; change, turning, showing of mind.
yiMJ^akelQ, n. changer of mind, opinion; fr. tSalLe yiA, y.
yiAt^lLemo, n. change of mind, opinion, comp. dUSAmo-

tSakemo, n. and tduiAtikikemo » n. etc.
yiAwiemo, n. speaking out of one's mind, fr. wie yiA, v.
>jnii, pi. n. lit. head -things, s. y\, n. price of a slare,

price; Jtaufpreid, Itfo^fauf^fiimme, XvtQov.
yino (yinA, yin9), n. lit. what is one's head, Ufe; time

which a person lives, generation (ysvea), periode etc.,

maAtSe Herode yino, ^nt fittCilewg 'HQtaiav, in the time

of Herode, the king etc.; bleroabii le ayino» the time

of the ancients; Amenebii le ayino» the present time or

generation, wosebii le ayino» the future generation etc.

adv. above, on, upon the head; s. also beyino, d.
yinobii, pi. n. persons of a generation; generation (if the

people of it are meant collectively),
yinonii , pi. n. things, customs manners, etc. of a generation.
yuiQsane, n. a matter of a whole generation.
yipSAmo, yipftmu, yikpSAmo, n. conjuration against s. b.'s.

life,
yiri (yire, yere) , v. inf. yiriuiQ (Ol. th. s.) ; corroboration

of yi, V. to be ful; to be overful; to overflow,' to swell,

to flood,
yirimo, n. overflowing, flood.
yisale» n. ripeness of" head, mind etc.
yisamo, n. ordering of head or hair,
yise, n. hindpart of the head; ^interfopf; occiput
yisetSemo, n. back- calling.
yisetSilo, n. person urging one on.
yisctsimo, n. pushing down; pushing forward, urging on,

fr. t&i m. k. yi se, v.
yisetsirelo and yiseti^emo, th. s. from the pi. form of the

verb: tiSire yi se.
yiSelOf n- shaver of the head.
yi$emo> n. shaving of the head ^ yikpomo, n.
yiSi, V. s. yi Si, v. to descend,
yi^i, n. place under the head; contrary of yiteA; but comp.

also nflddiaSi, n.
jiSiAmelOf n. patient person, tr. tvm% ^i §1 = Ame tfini
Si, r.; to tSui Si, v.

yiMme — yit§o. 377

yi§i6mg, -m^^, n. patience.

yi§i¥^ulamQ, n.; s. yi ya iitula si under wula §i, v.

yite, yite mli, yiten, pi. yitean, n. lit. head -middle, top,
highest point of s. th.; head -point of wind, i. e. west;
8. yitengbe, n. n§d§iasi, n. etc.; as tSuiyiten, n. house-
top ; tsoyiten, n. top of a tree etc. ha yiten, v. to come
to or on the top; be yiten, neg. of ye yileh; bu yiten,
y. to cover the top of the head etc., damo yiten, v. to
stand on the top; dse yiten, v. to come from the top
etc. dsie - , v. to take down - - , ha - , v. to cover - - ;
ka-, V. to lie on--; ku-, v. to break--; lo-, v. to
take off--; mfi-, v. to set or build on - -; na -, v. to
see- -; sa-, v. to whitewash the top (of flatt-topped
bouses); se-* v. to shave the top or crown of the head;
lo reach the top ; ta - , v. to touch - - ; ya yiten , v. to
go on the top ; ye yiten/ v. to be on the top , neg. be - ;
yi yiten, v. to strike, the top, etc. etc. Verbs of which
yiten is the subject will be easily understood ; f. i.

yiten fQ, v. to be wet on the top.

yiten gbl, v. to be dry 'on the top.

yiten kd, v. to be open on the top.

yiten le, v. to be broad on the top.

yiten ta heko, v. to reach with the top to some place.

yitenbs, n. coming on the top.

yitenbo, n. covering of the top.

yitendamg, n. standing on the top.

yitengbe, n. head-or top-way; west; west-ward; comp.
nddsiaSigbe, n.

yitenka, n. covering of the top.

yitenkSmo, n. lying on the top.

yitenma, n. building, setting on the top.

yitensa, n. whitewashing of the top.

yitenpampaso, n. crown of head; @((eitel.

yitenta, -mo, n. touching of, or sitting on the top.

yitehya, n. going on the top.

yit§o (negligently pronounced *itso), pi. yitSei, n. (lit. head-
tree or stick , comp. hletso, gbomotSo, satSo, kanetSo etc.);
head (as frequently used as „yi'Sn.); also figuratively:
princip; beginning etc. (comp. t&^^^'l and ^)^t&^^(^, HB^paXri,
x€(pcdaiov; caput, ^aulpt, Siop\, heat and all the deri-
vations from them). Also the use of »yitso'* in com-
pounds is as frequent as that of „yi'S but more plain
and not so much diversified in its significaUou. ObAi^^x^
the following and the rest NviW b^ ei^'sj^j \ssA^\^^^A\

378 yii&o — jiiion.

yitSo ba, V. to get a head, i. e* ondentandiiig; yitioor
yltSofi (which nee) fa, v. to have a large anderaUmdiiig;
yiiho gba in. k., v. to have headache; miyitfio gbami, Hi
my head cracks me, I have headache (comp. yitio ira
be, v., of stronger pain); yitto gbia m. k,» v. to be drawn
away by imagination; to be absent etc.; yitio gbo, ?.
comp. yitfioAwolo gbo, v., yiUo he 61, v. to strike one'fi
head to the ground; yit^ sa ^ yi sa, v.; yitto wa, v.
to have a hard head to learn; yltSo wa he, v. to have
head-ache; fever; yitSo wo, v. to be selfcontent, self-
complacent; yitSo ya m. k. SoA, v. to be carried awaj
by one's thoughts, imagination ; yitio ye flefle «= hie ye
flefle, V. to be lightminded; etc. etc. Objective combin.
ba m. k. yit§o, v. to come into one's head; be yitSo, neg.
of ye yitSo, v.; Me yit^, v. to come from one's head;
fi -, V. to bind s. th. about the -; fo -, v. to cut - -;
fo -, V. to wash - -; gba -, v. to cleave -; ha -, v. to
cover - -; hi -, v. to remain in one's head, memory;
kn -, V. to break - -; le -, v. to know - •, epiirfoa etc.
roS yit^o Si, v. to bow down; md yitfio, v. to attack the
head (sickness); na -, v. to see one's opinion; te ', r*
to shave the head; wo -no, v. to lift up the h^;
ya -, V. to enter the head; ye -, v. to be in the bead;
neg. be yitSo, etc. etc. Comp. yi» n. yiA, n. yitioA, a.
and their compounds.

yitSogbamo, n. headache, fr. yitte gba, v.

yitfioflmo, n. binding about the head; fr. (t yitSo, y.

yitSofoIoy n. beheader; fr. fo yitSo, v.

yitSofO, -fomo, n. beheading.

yitSoha, -hamo, n. covering of the head; fr. ha yitio, v.

yitSohewale, n. head-ache; fr. yitSo wa he, v.

yitSgi, n. hair (of head, comp. tigi, hetSoi)'

yitdokamo, n. breaking of one's head.

y i t S A (= yiA and used like it in many compomidi), in-
stead of yit8o mli, n. inside of the head; mind;
meaning, opinion; understanding etc.; ^inoko lee moko
yit8oA, prv., no body knows any body's bead inside, L e.
mind, opinion; ba yitSoA, v. to come into the bead,
mind = ba yiA, ba yitSo, v.; die yittofi, V, to eome
from the head, mind; dde yitfioA, v. to come out of the
mind; le yitfioA, v. to know the mind; na *, ▼• to see
- -; sa -, V. to befit the mind; to -, v. to lay up in the
ndnd, to mtaid; Hake -, \. Va OeAxi^e^ - -\ ya yttfoA^ v.

yitSoA d§o — - yiji. 379

to go to head, mind, heart; ye -, v. to be in - -, aeg.
be -; etc. etc.

yitSon dSo» inf. yitSoudsole, v. to have peace in mind; to
hare a cool head (contr. of yitsoii do la, yitso gba, v.
etc.); to be free from head-ache.

yitSon fa, v. to have a large comprehenaive mind, me-
mory etc.

yitgo& gble, v. and

yitSoft ka, = yin kS, v. to be mad.

yitSoft sa, v. to be ripe in mind.

yi«on tgd, v. to be mad (t)errfi(ft, im Jlo]pf Dcrrucft

fepn).
yitSonba, n. coming to mind.

yitSondSole, n. coolness of head; peace of mind.

yitfioAgblemo , -kSimo, -t§dmo, n. = yiiagblemQ etc. mad-
ness.

yitSonono, n. sknll.

YitSoAoAohe, n. Golgota.

yit£oftsale, n. ripeness.

yitioAtO, n. storing or laying s. th. up in mind, memory.

yitSontSakemo, n. change of mind.

yltfioiiwolo, pL -wodsi, n. lit. the book of the head, i. e.
reason, memory; -gbo, v. to loose reason or memory.

yitSoAwologbele, n. loosing of reason or memory.

yitsosale, n. fitness of head.

yitSoSe^ n. shaving the head.

yit]§o§elo, lu shaver of the head.

yitfioSima, n. bowing.

yitsotSakemo, s. yintfiakeikio and yitSontSakemo, n.

yit^owale, n. hardness of head; unfitness for learning.

yit§ovO» n. sleep of hiead, i. e. selfcontentment, selfoom-
ptacency; comp. dada, v. in Ot., and laka, y. in Qik, to
fatter, deceive, by which the head goes to sleep.

yiWiBile, n. hardness of head; cruelty; persecution, ill treat-
ment, fr. yi wa and wa yi, v.

jriwalQ, n. cruel petson, hard person.

yiwd, n. lifting up of the head; pride.

yiwadSemo, n. .hardening of head, mind etc.

yiwomo, D* crying at one, crying one out; faootiiig, fr.

s ^YO ni. k. yi,

yiwulemg, n. hurting of the head, fr, wule yi, t.

yiyi, inf, yiyimg, v. to reason, remonstralQ, ted\i^. c£ ^v
(comp. afco (he Ot. v. yi =•. dse wa^ fiS&fc *\ci ^^> H* "^^

380 yiyi ateA — y«.

produce) ; ke m. k. yiyi, y. to reason with s. b. (a. yi)i,
Ot. v.).

yiyi aten, inf. ateAyiyimo, v. th. s. betwixt two parties,
comp. aten, n.; ba aten, v., ye ateA, y.; ke m. k. yi;i
aten, v. to reason with on^.

yiyilQ, n. remonstrater, reasoner.

yiyimQ, n. reasoning, remonstrating; eoinp. also Awaoe-
d§e, n.

yiyomg , n. perceiying one's head etc., fr. yo m. k. yi, y.

yo, inf. yomo, y. to perceiye, to acknowledge, to re-
cognise; miyoole doA, 1 know him no more, no longer.

yo he, inf. heyomo, y. to recognise one's self; to recognise
s. b. or s. th. , - - about.

yo hie, inf. hieyomo, y. to recognise one's face.

yo mli, inf. mliyomo, y. to perceiye the inside.

yo nd, y. to recognise a likeness, picture; s. n5; to per-
ceiye a plan (of a house etc.).

yo no, y. to perceive the upper part etc.

yo se, inf. seyomo, y. to perceiye the backside, the con-
sequence; yo m. k. se, to perceiye one's doing, way etc.

yo sisi, inf. siSiyomo, y. to perceiye the ground, reason,

^ meaning etc.; s. sisi, n.

yo yi; yin; yitSo, yitSoA, y. to perceiye one's head, mind,
opinion ' etc.

yd, = yomo, n. perceiying,. perception, recognition; ac-
knowledgment.

yo, pi. irreg. yei, n. woman, female; feminine; she;
used in combinations to indicate the feminine gender;
corap. nn, n. hi, n. and § 24. 25; f. i. biyo, n. female
child, daughter; gbekSyO, n. female child, giri; toyO, n.

V female sheep or goat; abolobatsoyo, n. female breadleaf-
tree etc. Comp. also AS, n. wife; hi yO Si, inf. yoSibi-
mOy V. to ask for a wife (into marriage); fite yO, y. to
spoil a woman, to deflower a girl; fo yO, y. to bring
forth or beget a girl; to midwife; ke yO wo, v. to sleep
or lie with a woman; kpe yO, inf. yokpemo, y. lit. to
meet a woman; to wed; to marry; to keep the nuptials,
marriage; to make a certain ceremony answering to the
„butruwO'' of men, which is often done long before or
after marriage; comp. wye yO, y. gbd, gblS, y. (only used
of women) etc.; le yO, y. to know a woman (in the
sense of the Bible) ; (tSui) md yd, y. to fall in loye yrith
a woman (in the beller &euce, cx^m^. ^voxiq yo^ y;); Ad
yO, y. to take a wile, = \«^^ i^> ^A ««swi ^^>^.>^

yo — yogblfi. 381

love a woman (generally in a bad sence of whoremon-
gery or adultery) ; t§e yO he ba, v. to espouse a woman ;
to be engaged to a woman; tSe yd, v. to call a woman
(in a bad sence); tua yO, v. to ravish a woman (some-
times used of minor offences, f. i. to enter a womans
apartment without knocking at the door, or being called;
to come near to a woman washing herself etc.); wye
yO, V. inf. yowye, to marry a woman (only used of
men, s. gba, v.), to live in marriage or state of matri-
mony (said of the husband); also used of unlawful living
with a woman for a longer periode ; comp. ewyele yaka,
he lives with her vainly, i. e. unlawful; etc. etc.
yOy n. a very neat, small kind of antelopes.

yO, yiu (fr. the Ot. yiw), adv. yes, well; all right etc.,
comp. a! I, he; odSogba! etc.

yo (=yeo), irreg. imperf. tense of ye, v. to be; but against
the rule used like an aorist, and ye, the aor. tense, like
the pres. tense.

yO, n. being == y^; irreg. infinitive of ye, v. to be.

yo, n> bean; husk; ^iilfenfrudi)t; comp. akpatramo, n.; abo-
boi, n., yetre, n.

yobi, pi. yeiabii, n. effeminate person.

ygbo, adj. and adv., and

yoboyobo, adj. and adv. weak; -ly = gbed6, adj.

yodSeA, n. life, state, character of a woman.

yodSO, n. dance of a woman.

yodSOyo, n. female dancer.

yodSn, n. washing, bathing of a woman.

yodSnhe, n. washing-place of a woman.

yofitelo, n. spoiler of women. -

yofitemo, n. spoiling of women.

yofplQ, n. midwife, s. fo yo, v.

yofomo, n. begetting or bringing forth of a girl; midwifery,
fr. fo yO, V.

yofoyo, pi. yeifoyei, n. woman having bom children; mo-
ther; comp. nye biianye, n.

yofiemo, n. dismissing of a woman (s. nafiemo); fr. fie

yo, V.

yofemg, n. womans play.

yofemo, n. desire of women.

yoga, n. womans ring.

yogb§yO, n. married woman.

yogbls, n. marriage (of a woman); s. f^ISi, -^^

382 yohe — yokpemokao.

yobe, n. pudenda (decent expression; comp. gbemi, n. and
nuhe, n.).

yohoro, n. woman with child; a. hgro, a^j.

yohQmo, n tilling of women (for which tbey are aeldtm
used).

yoi> n. an eatable fruit or husk; s. yo^ n.

ygitso, pi. -tsei, n. lit. beans-tree; a tree of hard wood,
used for building etc. and bearing husks; a kind of acacia.

yoka, n. trial of a woman.

yokemo, n. saying of a woman.

yok^mo, and

yokomo, n. travails of women.

yokpelo, n. (scarcely used) marrying man; comp. ayem
forowu, u. person letting a woman perform the njokpe-
mo"- custom.

yokpemo (Ad. yokpem), n. lit. meeting of a woman (bat
generally with an indefinite subject „akpe yo"*, tbey meet
a woman, man begepet einet %xan oi. DetfammeU ft(ii
mit t^r, s. kpe, v.); wedding (especially tiie public
wedding -ceremony, in which the bride, ^ayemforo**,
parades the street, adorned with plenty of gold, pre-
cious beads etc. and accompanied by her femde fiiends;
there being also much feasting, dancing etc.); nuptials;
marriage^ matrimony; comp. yowye, gblS, n.; a certain
ceremony of women with the same parading dancing etc.,
but which may be made long before or liter marriage
(»,yowye", „gbla"), and answers the „butniwO^ (a. iHiicb
see) of men.

yokpemo-atade, n. wedding dress.

yokpemg-aspatre, n. wedding shoes.

yokpemobg, n. wedding-time«

yokpemgbii, n. wedding guests, s. bialgi, n.

yokpemgdd, n. wedding-wine.

yokpemgdsO, n. wedding-dance.

yokpemgdSolg , n. wedding-dancer.

yokpemodSgmg, n. wedding blessing.

yokpemgfo, n. parading of a wedding; s. fb, y.

yokpemoga, n. wedding-ring.

yokpemggbena, n. wedding-custom.

yokpemggbi, n. wedding-day.

yokpemghe, n. wedding-place.

^okpemgholg, n. wedding-cook.
yokpemohomo, n. weddmij-cooVATif,.
yokperngkaOy n. weddnig-ca\e.

yokpemokenii — yonii. 383

yokpemokenii, pi. n. wedding pr^ents.

yokpemokpi, n. wedding-band.

yokpemokpQ, n. wedding-knot; wedlock.

yokpemolala, n. wedding-song.

yokpemolaf, n. wedding-fuel; the fuel for brewing the wed-
ding beer, which the bridegroom has to procure.

yokpemolo, n. wedding-rineat.

yekpemoniS, n. dough (or flour grinded wet) for the wedding.

yokpemomlinii, s. yokpemgnii, n.

yokpemgnii, n. things belonging to a wedding.

yokpemgniiyenii, pi. n. wedding-dinner (or -supper); -meal.

yokpemgnmH, n. food for a wedding.

yokpemgnd, pi. yokpemgnii, n. which see.

yokpemg-okpld, n. wedding-table.

yokpemgsa or yokpemg-asa, n. wedding hall.

jiokpemosa, n. wedding-bed.

yokpemosamOt n. wedding-preparation.

yokpemgsane, n. wedding-palaver.

yokpemgsolemg , n. wedding-seryiee; wedding-prayer; co-
putolion.

yfApemgiielo , a. anouncer of a wedding; generaHy chil-
dren, beating a brass-pan; publisher of bans.

yokpemgSigmg, n. anunciatioii of a weddiag; bans, publish-
ing of bans.

yokpemgt§g, n. the father who has to care for or arrange
tbo wedding.

yokpemgtSo, n. w-edding-robm.

yokpemgwe, n. wedding-house.

yokpemgyd, n. woman attending a wedding.

yokpdmg, n. redemption of a woman.

yoMairoo, n. flattering, deception of women.

ydala, n. women song.

yol^, n. knowing of a woman; fir. le yo, v.

yolg, n. feeding, bringing up, education of a giii.

yglgbii, pi. n. malt-stuff; the husks of corn fr^n wbidi
beer has been brewed.

yolg, n. perceiver, etc. fr. yo, v.

yomo, n. piaroeption; acknowledgment^ reeognition.

yOmo, pi. yeimedsi, n. old woman; matron; s. numo, n.

yomu, yo mu (s.« emu), n. a chaste woman, virgni; see
oblayo, n.

yonSL, n. woman-cunning, woman-art.

yonumg, n. woman-salutation; — visvl.

yonii, pi n. things belonging or pecxAm Vq v^^\»»jol.

384' joh6 — yarodafemo.

yoii6, n. taking of a wife.

ydvQie, inf. yorokemg, v. to loose; to unwind thread;

comp. frakc, v. sroke, v. etc.
ydrgkemo, n. loosing,
yosegbe, n. way after women,
yosenylelo, n. women-hnnter.
yosenylemo, n. walking after women,
yo&uomo/n. womanVloye;. loving of a woman (the latter

in a bad sense fr. sumo yo, t.
yoSibimo, n. asking for a woman fr. bi yo Si, t.
yotSelo, n. a whoremonger.
yot§emo» n. whoring.
yotSu, n. womans apartment,
yowe, n. woman's house,
yowiemo, n. woman's word, language, speech,
yowyg, n. taking of a wife; marriage; matrimony; liying

together with a woman; fr. wye yo, v.; comp. kpe yo, v.

nd yo, V. and gba, v. and wye, n.
yowyemamai, n. cloth for marrying,
yowyenii, pi. n. things given to a woman on marrying her.
yowye^ika, n. money given when marrying; dowry; SXot^

gengabe.
yoyo, n. a female „yo" -antelope,
yfl, adj. and adv. long, large; -ly, -ly.
yuku, and
yukuyuku, adj. and adv. full of little things, of little one's,

of people, life, activity; fe— , v. to be so.
yukuyukubii, pi. n. the little one's,
yukuyukufemo, n. swarming; buzsle, activity, life etc..
yuluda, adj. s. yurudQ.
yuma, n. (a word from the interior, perh. connected with

the Hebrew MgimeP' , as well as the worda in europ.

languages for it), camel; s. aflukpongo and afukpoAo, o.
yumabi, n. young camel.
yuroahetSoi, n. camel-hair,
yumanti, n. male camel.
yumayO, n. female camel,
yurudu, yurududu, adj. and adv. cool; ^ly; comp. wumdO;

fe — , V. to be cool,
yurudufemo, n. cool state.

385

Adanme - Appendix.

a. Grammatical Sketch.

§ 1. Introduction.

In gifing a few additional remarks about the AdftAme
Dialekt of the GS-language, I neither pretend an ability to
speak or understand it so far, as to carry on a conversa-
tion in it. All 1 wish is to give what I have gathered
partly by personal intercourse whilst travelling or from
people about me who came from that country and partly
from a by no means perfect translation of St* Johns Gospel
from 6d into AdSilme by an Ad^me - Cateehist (Christian
Obobi from-Kpon or Poni) and a few other writings; to
be used as stepping stones towards more extensive future
researches.

1. The AddAme (lit. AdSgbe, Ad^-gbe, -nme, voice
or language of Ada; comp. Gd, pr. n. and Ayigbe, pr. n.,
and gbe, n.) is the mother dialect of the Gd, spoken by
a far more numerous nation than the latter, sc. by all the
people dwelling between the Ga- country, the sea shore,
river Volta and the Akwapim-mountains, except 9 Ayigbe-
towns on the western shore of the Volta; compricing the
following towns and their dependencies: Tern a, Kpoii
(Pony); GbugbrS (Prampram), Nuno (Ningo) and Ada
aloDg the sea-coasi; Asadsale9 OftudLO^u ^xA^^^^^ V^s^

Zimmermann, Akra-Yocab. ^^

386 Adftnme-Appendix.

Tele Wyim from its founder) at the western shore of the
Volta, and Krgbo (with its two principal towns Yilo and
Manya on the Krobo- mountain) and §ai or Siai (also
with two towns on the §ai-mountain) at the foot of the
Akwapim-mountains; to which is to be added the Agotim-
tribe in the east of the river Volta with three principal
towns; altogether about 50—60,000 souls, as far as we
now know.

2. The reason why 6§, and not AdaAme was chosen
to become especially the written dialect, is the moral and
political supremacy of the proper Ga tribe over the AdS-
nme- as well as the other tribes around and the earliar
uninterrupted occupation of the 63 country by Missionaries.

3. The character of the AddAme-dialect, by which it
is distuinguished from 68 proper, is expressed by its being
called the mother -dialect of the latter, it is harder (Ad.
po, pe, 68: fo, fe etc.), shorter (Adn.: pem, 6Si: femo;
etc.; Ad. la, 6S: ladSe etc.), purer and not so much
mixed with the Otyi-language, and hence more primitiye.
The difference between 63 proper and AdSAme is generally
as great as that between the saxon or high-6«rman and
the swabian or swiss Dialects of thegerman language; though
the Ad3fime of the coast, AsadSale and Osiidoka and even
§ai is nearer to 69 proper, than that of KrobQ, and that
bordering at the Ayigbe mixed with Ayigbe words. The
difference between the Adahme of Tema till NuAo on the
one and Krobo on the other hand is nearly as, great as
that between the former and 6& proper; the limits of
both being uncertain and people accostumed to it under-
stand eachother mutually.

§2. Sounds.

The sounds of Ad&tvme m^>| b^ te.^te«ented by the
same Alfabet as those olGSi, \>ylV nw^ \k\t\iTWv^ ^^V\v«\

. Adftnme-Appendix. 387

w, and z must be added (as v to Gfl) from the Ayighe
(Comp. @4)Ie8er« ©d^Ififfel §ur 9lngIo*@pra(J{ie); „w" being
an aspirated „yf^ or a labial ^h'' as if one would blow a
feather from a freshly written paper), and „z" being simi-
lar to the engl., not to the german z.

As for changes of sounds it is to be obserred, that the
initial f in 6S is often p, but sometimes also tf in Adfi-
nme, the terminational n is m ; mo also m ; b is sometimes
m; the initial ml, m is A,-]ae; y often A, k sometimes d,
etc. etc., as examples will show. The AdSAme Dialect
as the Otyi- and the Ayigbe- language is in general far
more melodious than 6S proper and this may be the
reason » why there are so few GS and so many AdiiAme*
and Otyi- songs. But our slight acquaintance with the
Adftnme does not allow as to enter into this suliject.

§ 3. Roots.

The roots and their formation are in general the same
in AdaAme and in GS; only instead of the many Otyi
roots which hare crept into 63 the AddAme ha^ more
pure Gi-roots (s. § 1, 3.) and instead of the radical con-
sonants f; y; b etc.; in GS, p, n, m. etc. are more fre-
quent in Adfinme (s. § 2) ;

comp.: Ad. dsehl (fr. diSe, y.)» G3: afi (Ot. th. s., fr. the

Otyi, V. fi).
„ dse na, GS: dSe tSere, Ot. ade kye, v. to

get daylight.
M dSe dSo» Gfl: die na, Ot. ade sa, y. to get

night.
^ edsgl it is peace! 6S: bleo! th. s., Ot. breo!

(Salutation).
^ hi, T. to sit, dwell; GH: ta, th. s., Ot. tra,
(a, tc.

388 AddAme-Appendix.

and Ad. po, to cut; 61: fo;

„ pe, to make; „ fe;

^ Ae, to be (somewhere); ^ ye;
^ ma, to come; » ba;

„ mo, thou; ^ bo; etc. Comp. the

small AdA.-Vocab. If the AddAme form of a root is nearer
to the Otyi-root than that of the G£, it is a sigo» that the
original root is a common western african one (as there
are many to be found in comparing the neighbouring lan-
guages) and not a root derived from the Otyi ia particu-
lar; comp. f. i. the roots hue and pue in Ot. and Adn.
and gble, pue, gbu in Gfi; etc. fn general seem the
strengthened consonants kp, gb, Am, Aw, hw, etc. to be
more frequent in 6S, than in AdSAme, f. i. Ad. hue and
bll, 6. gble, to open; Ad. hie, name; 6. gbei; Ad. bio,
way; 63: gbe; Ad. bue (pue); to pierce; 63; gbu (comp.
the root: bu); etc. But contrarily is the AdA. initiating
consonant Mny** shortened into n in 63, s. Ad. nya, Ot.
nya, 63: na, n. mouth; v. to find, to get; nyii, water, 63:
nu (Ot. nsu); Ad. gble, once, 65; peA, Ot. ih. s.; etc.
Secondary roots, especially such as have the form of stems
and branches in 63, have in AdaAme still the primitive
form; f. i.

Ad. dse, 63: dsie, v.. to take out;
„ suo, „ sumOt V. to love;
„ da, „ damo, v. to stand;
„ la, „ ladse, v. to loose;
„ kple, „ kpleke, v. to descend;
,, hre, „ here, v. to take up;
comp« also stems, as: -

Ad. le» 63: lele^ vessel;
„ hOo, „ hdmOy hunger; etc.
In the forms we shall partially find the same law, thai
the AdA. is more primUWe au^L «\ioxV^ VXiwi ^^ ^\. ^nSS.

Adftnme-Appendix. 389

in roots, steins and forms also cases of the contrary may
be found, as this is to be expected, because of the con-
tinual (circular) movement of languages. — The few secon-
<)ary Addnme roots will be averted to among the forms
and in the Ad. Vocabulary.

§ 4. Forms and pure formwords.

As it is to be expected, the greater difference between
this Dialect and the GSl proper is to be found, as we have
seen, not in the roots, but in the forms. Though the
pure formwords, that is the radical pronouns, as the roots
or radical elements of all the forms, still remain very close
to those in GS,^ aifd only appear more primitive. In their
most simple form, that is as subjective pronominal aug-
ments of verbs and possessive pronominal augm. of nouns
initiating, and as objective pronominal-augments of verbs,
terminating words they are the following:

1) subjective:

i- (in Krobo), mi-, m-, A-, n; I; 6S: mi.

0-, thou.

e-, he, she, it.

wa-, we; G. wq -.

nye-, you.

a-, they; G. ame -.

a-, they; G. a-,

2) possessive:

i- (Krobo), ye-, mi-, ami-, mami-; my; G. mi.

0-, thy.

e-, his, her, its.

wa-, G. W0-, our.

nye - , „ th. s. , your.

a-, „ amfi-, their.

a-, „ th. 8., their, indefimle; Gi«ttcv^Ti\ ^<5J^.

890 Adftfime-AppeoAi.

3) obje<

stire:

- mi, m'.

6. th. 8.

me.

-0,

" w

thee.

-le,

» »

him, her (it).

-wo', -0

n p

OS.

-nye.

w n

you.

- me.

„ ame.

them

and mei.

people, indef.

4) Independent pers. pronouns,
mami, ami, imi, mi, 6S: mi, 1.

mo.

„ bo, thou.

le,

„ le, he, •she.

wo,

„ wo, we.

nye.

„ nye, you.

ame? me

„ ame, they.

See, nimli, nime.

„ mei, people, man.

pi. n.

(This latter forms of the pronouns are combined al

with the verb dsi, to be s

. th., instead of the subject!

or perh. also the objective

forms as in 6fi;

f. i. midsi.

I am it.

modSi,

thou art it.

ledSi,

he is it.

wodSi,

we are it.

nyedsi,

you are it.

medSi,

they are it.

or: ndmlo dSimi,

a man am I.

„ dsio, dsimc

f, „ „ art thou.

« dgile.

„ „ is he.

nimli dSiwo;

men are we.

„ dginye.

1, M yee.

„ dsime,

« r ^^^A

Addnme- Appendix. 39 1-

These radical formwords together with a few notional
words used as formwords (esp. mi, m; n. nd, n., ba,
ma, v. ng, v. ni, v. be, v. etc.) are the elements ased
for forms, as in 6ft and the related family of languages,
though they can not be in every instance traced back to
their respective roots. — Excepted from these outward
forms, initial and terminational augments or pre- and suf-
fixes, are the inward changes of the roots, as they are
to be also in Danme observed, but not so frequently as
in Gft, the former being more primitive: there occurred
only a few instances to me, sc. regularly the change of
the vowel O^Umlaut") indicating the aor. neg. s. Tab. I.
and n.; and a few irregular ones, f. i. da (G. d§a), v. to
be straight; dra (G. dsadse), v. to straighten; dSe (G. th. s.),
to come forth; dse and dsie (G. dsie), v. to bring forth;
de and dro, v. to say; ndmlg, pi. nomli and nimli, n.
man; etc. comp. the vocabulary.

'After these we can enumerate the initial and termina-
tional forms (augments and affixes) and their use, just as
they appear at the verbal roots and 2, as they are to be
found less regularly at other wordforms, especially simple
stems :

392 AdXAme-Appendu.

Tnbl* X.

AdSAme-Forms. CorreHponding Gfi-Forms.

1

.

pe

a

^

'a
ba

ft
pe
pe

k

[e

It

pe

e

K

i

te

i
m

s

wa

p«

n,e

p«

ko

pe

ko

pe

mo

pe

(Krobo Dial.)
(Sea-Coast-SiaL)

Aor.Teme,indii!it.

posit, ot the T.pc

to do, to mAt.
the; did.
tbey did, moK

tftat; itwoBdone.
Fut. tense, iad.pos.

S. A. Table %;

- will do.

Perfect tense, ini

pos. the; hire

done ; it has been

done.

pos.
; hf

hts done,
aor. t. ind. poslL

be did.
Bor. tenae pot pos.

(he) shall do,maT

do etc..
aor. ind. pos. 1 did.

aor. ind. pos. Ihoi

didst,
aor. hid. pos. yn

did.
aor. ind. poa. jou

did.

impert. and pol.
negat. do not!

positivel; Dsed al-
ter kS, k& thtt,
s: Table II. aod
Ad. Spec.

imperU and posil.
sing, do I

Adlfime-Appendix.

Adiame-PonDB. Corresponding GS-fonnB.

[ —

—

e

peg. perf, iod.

]_

_

-1

a kind of participle
or verbal nonn,
doing.

inf. doiDg;n. deed.

with def.' art.

the deed.

mi

my deed.

wo
a

our deed.
m their deed.

. - (indet)

_

pi. fonn, deeds.

—

Ih. a. wilh defin.

arUcle (o).
pers. ver]>al nonn:

doer, maker.

pi. fonn.

3U

/Mimtyitretia.

T>l>UiI.

"1

1

1

1

f

to ; lue

-j-

fe

b> ile.

pi. form wUh d(
art.

i

pe
pe
pe

: i i

he 1 1 mi

e ai.b.*«^, m
1 II imim

re

fe

fe

-

-

pres. tenae inl
poa. to be doiDj
Comp.reje.lh-:
inOl. aodle,
me, lb. s. in Ay

be

be
be

pe
pe
pe
pe

«e| 1

i

"'1 '
\mi, a

fe
fe

n,

-

gbe.

pres. and fut. teni
neg. Comp. it
neg.ofye, inG

would not do.

pe

—

pe

>e

pe

pe

pe

pe

pe

pe

pe

pe

pe

pe

pe

pe

pe

pe

P«

M

fi

pe

m

pe

>e

pe

".V

pe

wo

|coBd)inedcoiijus
{ tioa; to go \oi
.th.s.lo come tod
reduplicat. verbi
frequent, mood

inf. or yerbal noi

of it.
pi. form,
dto. witti def. u

withsi^ectiTeaii
(Ajective augm-
dto.

AdfiAme-Appradiz.

AdSiime-Forms. CorrespondiDg GS-Forms.

Regarding the employment of these fonns see Table II.
and III. and the Ad. Specimen.

Besides Ibese there are the following forms to he ob-
served, which are employed at other wordforms: mami -
:= i, ye, G. mi -, poss. pron. angm., my; t. i. mamioyemi,
my brother or sister; mami ^^ ami, indep. pron., I; aH -,
pi. nihi • , nil - before and - A0, - nitu, - nii, after a word,
answer to the Gfi: mo, pi. mel, person; nd, pi. nii, thing;
nyo, pi. mei and hf, man; f. 1. ndyayam; G. nOfSn, a bad
thing- or deed; mo(9A, a bad person; Gfinfi, pi. Gfime,
Gflli; a 6t-man; G. Ganyo, pi, Gamei; nftndo, pi- oOmli,
irimli, niime, man ptn. , seems to have been ^e element,
from which the form - Ig, answering the engl. and germ.
- er, is taken; comp. peig, pi. pell, pelome, n. maker.
But a most peculiar form is the dem. proa, - g, auFSied
to noims and sentences (i. e. the last word of them) an-
swering the pron, or deflnit.Brt, Ifi in Gfi, no in Ot, la,
a hi Ayigbe; engl. nthe"; it can not be writlea Kijar^el^
^B ia OL and Gi, bet miut be , «b Vel K^V^ %gnaa.«^ >n

396 Adfinme-Appendix.

the word, the more so as it frequently preeeeds the suf-
fixed plural form of it; comp. kaselo, G. th. s., disciple;
with def. art. kaseloO, pi. kaseli, kaselohi, kaselome; with
def. art. kaselio, kaseliQme, kaseloome orkaselomeo; if ad-
ded to the impers. verbal nouu ending with -m, -mi (Ga:
-mo), the latter form is used for suffixing the article; f. i.
yOkpem, wedding; yokpemig, the wedding; pi. yokpemhi,
yokpemi, with art. yokpemio, yokpemiome and yokpemi-
meo. After sentences it is generally strengthened into
-one and also -ne alone used; f. i. benS mdeleone, ben§
mdelene or (Krobo-Dial.) benS ideleo> Gd: beni mikele le>
when I told him (lit. the time when I told him); comp.
also ami ne, ami one» Kr. Dial, imi ne = G. ml le; mo
ne = bo le, le ne, le le, wo ne, wo le, I (with stress
on it) or, as for me, thee, him, as — etc. Farther is to
be remarked under the forms derived from notional words
the suffixed „m'' (= mimi, mi, G. mli, n; Ot. mu, m;
Ay. me, m, n. inside), as a form expressing the relation
of locality and as in Gd, often connected with other words
and forms; and the termination „i'' = dsi, ni, v. to be
something; G. dM, ni, n; f. i. anokwai, G. anokwan =
anokwa dsi, it is true; yekakei, = G. mikomej^, it is 1
alone; and also the irregular pi. form of the verb ^gbo**,
to die; agbohi = G. amegboi, they died; etc. etc. The
Vocabulary exhibits more of these especially as to augments
of nouns and adjectives, which however are less frequent
than in Gd and Otyi, esp. initial ones. Comp. also the
foil. §§• and the Ad. Specimen.

§ 5. The combination and Syntax in general.

Combination and Syntax (only different, because in the
former words combined are v^nU^u together, in the latter
tbey are left separate) is \\i genex^ ^^ «Ms>a ^ Ns^ ^v

AdftAme-Appendti. 397

if the different forms are duly taken into account; the verb
forms the centre with which all the other words and parts
of speech organically are combined; either in a subjective
or objective relation to it; the subject or object may again
be defined by a preponed or postponed noun or pronoun
or a postponed adjective, and the verb by an other verb,
or an only grammatical subject or object; besides number,
class, person etc. serving as definitions to every one of
them I can therefore generally refer to the „gram* Sketch
of the Gft-Language and have here only to observe a few
cases, in which the Dafime Dialect differs from 6S proper;
though some are already referred to in the preceeding §§.
The auxiliary verbs „A6", G. ye, and n6; na, G. th.
s. and kpa, 6d: sa, seem to be more closely united to
their respective notional verbs, of which they express the
relations of time, locality, instrumentality, and modality,
than this is the case in Ga. As the auxiliary verb „ke"
in Ga does not require a subject of its own (i. e. the sub-
jective pronominal augment is not repeated), and it can
stand close to its notional verb, if not separated from il
by a subject or object; so these tree auxiliairies are also
closely united with their notional verbs and the first more-
over has its notional verb for its object, wilst in Gd the
same relation (the present tense) is expressed by a mere
tense-form; comp. nn6 pehe or ine-pehe (G. lit. miye femo
or mind femo, but now intirely contracted into mimfe), I
am doing; nn^ ndko pehe or pei, 1 am something doing,
i. e. I am doing something, G. mImfe noko; comp. the
Engl, with thcf Germ.: ,,x^ bin ettt)a« tt^ucxii;'* — nna-wo
np, G. mina miwo ng, I have exalted (already) and:
makpa-wo ng, G. masa mawo no, I will exalt again (Comp.
Job. 12,28. accord, to Hanson and in the Ad. Coast-dialect).
That the object of such double verbs stands betwixt both,
// there is only one, is rule in G§l 8ltv3l k&^tvm^.

398 Adfinme-Appendix.

§ 6. The verb and its forms in particiilar.

All the forms of (he verb in GS have their correspond-
ing forms in Adaiime, but the latter has three or four
moods regularly or at least more developed, of which their
are only traces in 6S; we may call them the frequen-
tative, iterative and perfective or optative and
perhaps consecutive or subjunctive mood. The scan-
tiness of the materials and the limits of knowledge , time
and space do only allow a rough sketch and if names are
not fitly chosen, the student must look to the. materials
given. „Pe'S to do, is chosen as an example and onl^
where it does not suffice, other verbs are taken. It is a
matter of course that because of the above mentioned rea-
sons many forms must be given by analogy.

AdfiAme-Appendix.

30e

ible n.

I. litUcative Mdd.

A. Positive voice. B. Negative voice.

1. A&rist tense.

N.

1
m

e

wa

nye

a

a
a

a
wa

90

o
o

pe

pe
pe

pe
pe
pe
pe

pe

pe
pe

na
na

N. did or made.
(Kr.Dial.) j'gf

etc.
G. wott.

^•i aK.

le,

o, etc. he was

made,thouwast
made ;subj. and
obj, comblnat.
o, they see thee,
me, we s. them,
etc.

N.

1
m

e

wa

uye

m

a

ss

o
e

pe

P«
PT

P^
PT
Pi
Pi

P»

PI
pi

PI

1 ) N. did not do.
I „ „ „ make.

il did not do.
G. mifee.
etc.

G. wofee.

a na

p ( amefee.
/'• lafee.
pi mi=d§eemi, itis
o noti, thou, he.
le Comp.theOt.

ye, neg. nye,

to doj to be.
mi, he did not or

does not make

me.

ithey do not
s. thee, thou
art not seen.

ne

o I

2, Imperfect tense.

N.

pe

or N.

pe

m

pe

pe

e

pe

•

1

na

e

su

e

su

e wo

1

q)N. does or did;

?1

6^ uses to do.

0, I did

0, thou didst.

ome, he made

them.
§, I see

I it suffices.

dmi, he honours
me

Either neg. aor.

or

or

m
m

1

»

1
1
e
e
e

n
Pl

pe

na
ne

perfect:
1 did not.
we, I don't or
have not done.

}ldid

not see.

na I we, I don't see, '
su i,l did not suffice,
su jwe, I do not „
wl.mi he does not or

400

AdfiAme-Appendix.

Table n.

I. Iilicatifa seed.

A. PositiTC voice. B. Negative voice.

2. Imperfect tense.

9

e

o

o
o

nfe e w o QtniQ, G. ni ewo-
omi le, sen-
tence with de-
finite art. - o.

3, Perfect

N. has done;

65: N. Me.
I have done.

a wi

tense.

N. b

\

6

w&

nyfe

h

k

pe
pe

pe
pe
pe
pe
pe

na

me; with obj.

augm. „ine."

they have seen.

I e

pe

•

1

pe

pe

c

pe

wa

pe

Dye

pe

a

pe

a

na

me, they did not
ho nour them
or they were
not honoured.

we, N. has not

done,
we, 1 have not

done;6.:mif^ko.
we
we
we
we
weme, they have

not made thetn.
wc, they have nol

seen.

4, Present tense.

N. Ag
ng

ne
ng

ine
MS

ohi

eng

waAS

nyeAg

an§

aAS ndko

pe
pe
pe
pe

pe
pe

pe
pe
pe
pe
pe
pe

he

e

1

N. is doing;

6. N. mife,

mfe.

g s

he, they are
doings.th.6.

N. be

pe

be

pe

be

pe

be

pe

ibe

pe

mbe

pe

mbe

pe

he

e

1

he
he

obe

ebe

wabe

nyebe

abe

abe ndko

abe ndko

\

pe
pe
pe
pe
pe
pe
pe

\

N. is not do-
ing; G. N.
efeA.

I am not do-
|ing;6.mif€n.

i

i

i, they are not

he, doing any

\ ihin^, G. ame-

AdSAme- Appendix.

401

Table II.

I. Indicative mood.

A. Positive voice. B. Negative voice.

5. Future tense.

c

r

•

N. ba

pe

1 1
As in the present tense.

N. ma

pe

N. will do.

N. bejpe

he etc.

N. ? a

pe

or be

pe|i

mba

pe

1

mbe na 'he ) I am not see-

mona

pe

I will do.

mbe na

e ingorl shall

ma

pe

mbe

na

1 not see.

oma

pe

ema

pe

etr. etc.

U. Potential mood.

1. Ajorist tense.

N. 6

,kon^ 6

i
6

pe

ba

pe
pe
6|pe
iba pe

6ba

6ya

w6
ny6

pe

pe

pe
pe
pe

N. will, shall or
may do ; G. N.
^fe.
m = G. „koni
^ba mli" that
(it) may be
fulfilled.
, I shall do.

etc. etc.
, Ishallgolodo.
, thou shall co-
me to do.
J he shall go to
do.

G. wofe(a).
„ nyefe(a).
„ am^fe(a),
tfea.

N. U
ik6
ok6
eko'pe
wako pe

pe
pe
pe

nyeko

ako

akoba

akoya

pe
pe
pe

fe
etc

N. shall not do.
I shall not do.

etc. etc.
G. kafe.

G. nyekafea etc.

they shall not
come or go to
do.

Comp. conj.

The fut. tense has not oc-
curred to me, but is easily
to be formed according to
analogy.

Zimmerm§na^ Akra-Vocab.

1^

402

Addi^e«Appeodix«

Table n.

111. InpwttiTe mood.

A. Positive voice. B. Negative voice.

1, Aarist tense.

90

1

•

Root.

■

Pe

! 6. femo! do

U

pe ! do it not! G.

(it)!

! kafe.

mo pe ! G. femo ! do

mok6

pe ! do it not! 6.

thou it!

kafe,

' nye

pe

! 6. nyefea!do
you it!

nyek6

pe : ! G.nyekafealdo
you not do it.

2, Present tense.

]y«;pe

monSpei
nyen§ip6

he! Be doing it!

! th. 8.

! Be ye doing it!

Be

mobe
nyebe

pe

pe
pe

he! Be not do-
ing it!
i! sing.
! plur.

Has not occurred to me.

IT. Frequentative mood.

1. Aorist tense.

N.

M

N.

pelpejN. did fre-
pe ipei' quently.

N.

Pl

pi.

2, Imperfect tense.

pe

peg; or pepee,
pepei.

The same.

^ 3, Perfect tense.
N. fe|pe|pei. | N. | pejpewe.

4. Present tense.

N. nS

pe
pe

pehe.
pel.
bfi€ etc.

N. be

pe

n

pe

n

bo

pehe.

pel.

bo6.

5. Fuiwte tense,
iV. ma|^pe|pei. \ TVi^ %«mft %s ^<^ V^Tosds..

Adfttoie-Appendix.

403

Table IL

T. Itflrative mood.

A. Positive voice. B. Negative voice.

1, Aorist tense.

©

•

1

9

N. kpa

pe

6.: N. sa efe,
N. did again,
repeated to do*,
did once more.

N. kpa

Pl

2. Imperfect tense.

N. kpa
», kpa

pe
pe

0,N. made again

The same as the former

„ kpa
„ kpa

ha
su

a, came again,
ti, arrived again.

or the pres. neg.

3. Perfect tense.

N. ^kpa'pe

i

N. ^sa ^fe, in! N. ^kpa pe
Ga: N. hasj

we, N. fesa efSko,
N. has not done

i done again. | 1

again.

4. Present tense.

N. kpa
or ne

pe
peno

he, N. mlsa mfe;
I kpahe, N. mlsa
mfe, N. is do-
ing again.

N. be

i

pen

I kpahe, N. is
not doing
again.

N. makpa

pe

N. na'pe

5, Future tense.

N. will do ag- I

ain;6.:N.asa The same as the former.

afe. I

Tl. Perfective or Optative mood.

1. Aorist tense.

pe

N. na efe in
G3;N. finished
or accompli-
shed doing; N.
wished to do.
ory. naepe I ib. s. (seldom).

N. nae
N. ne

pe

\^

\

N. did not ac-
complish to do;
did not wish to
do.

404

Aditfune-Appendix.

Tahle IL

TL Perf edif e ar Optitife mmL

A. Positive voice. B. Negative voice.

:2. Imperfect tense.

§ •

N. naa pe o , N. finishes The same as aorist. Deg. or

doing, or: perfect b^.

N. naa pe e wishes to do. <

3. Perfect tense.

i \. has accom- N. nawe'pe
N. %na pe ; plished doing ;
or r, ena e pe j wishes to have

done.

G. : N. n^ko efe,
X. has not vet
done/ does not
wish to hare
done.

4. Present tense.

S. na ,. pehe I N. ebe pem nae, N. nan afe,

or Ae Ipem nae,N. is accom- in Gd: N. is

plishing to do, not accom-

wishing to do ; plishing, not

G.: N. mlna mile, i . wishing to do.

5. Future tense.

N. mana

pe N. will accom- j

plish to do ; The same as in the pres. tense,
wishes to do.

Til. ConseoitiTe or 8iibjiiicti?e mooiL

Aorist tense.

Of this mood onl^ a few traces have appeared to me,
which I give here, and with which ^ka**, anxil. verb in
Gd and its divers uses are to be compared.

ka N. ko

I

pe (that) N. does
or might do;
G.: (ake) N.
feo;comp.Mt.
3, 9. 11. 14.
Krobo-Dial. k

i koni

i; also; \lo,\
ni, in G5i. \

kd N. k6|pe | that N. not made

= poL mood;
comp. Job. 11.
, 37; but
d§i- 1 ;
kune ekojgbo we, he would not

Ikave died. Job.

« Adftifime-AppendUx. 405

There farther appeared to to me four difTerent verbal
nouDs, so. three impersonal and one personal; the former
again appearing under different forms:

1. Impersonal verbal nouns.

pem ( pj pemhi, pemi; with def. article, pemhig, pernio

P®"^* and pemiome; G. femo, pi. femoi, infinitive form
and n. doing; deed; making; bad %^\xn, bie %f)at.

pehe, shortened into pee, pei, p6; (G. fe? or no cor-
relating form); a kind of participle, but used also
as noun: „doing''; see esp. the form of the present
tense; nSpehe, be doing; bepehe, be not doing.

pepehe i

pepee > n. (inf. of pepe, redupl. or freq. mood); doing,

pepei ) deed; comp. also: bobge, gbebei, gbogboe etc.
pepe fr. bg, gbe, gbo v. etc. In G.: fefemg and the

like; but seldom used.
From the second of these forms may have derived
the frequent infinitive form in G. and Adn. formed only
by the lengthening of the rad. vowel, as: bd, coming; yd,
going; gbe, killing; bO, crying etc. Comp. also the diff.
Otyi infinitive forms.

2. Personal verbal noun.

pelOy pi* peli, pelQhi, pelgme; with def. art. pelggme or
pelgmeo, G. felo (Ot. yefo): doer, maker.
Other forms of the verb are either slight modifications
arising from the difference of sounds or exceptions, which
. if they occurred to me are referred to in the Ad. Voca-
bulary.

The conjugation of verbs combined with the aux. v.
ba and ya, which have only been referred to in the pot.
mood, is as in G3 developed throughout aU lh& uv(^Qd& ^^^
teases, but is quite regular, as \u G^%

406 Addi^me-Appendix. ,

Plaral forms of verbs, which are frequently to be met
with in 6& but are wanting in Otyi, I did not find, though
there may be some. Once kuku, red. of ku, y. to take;
G&: ko, pi. kolo, occurred to me for „kQlo*'.

The relation of the yerb to its subject and object is
the same, as in GSl.

The question does as in Gd not effect the yerb or its
relation to its subj. or obj., except that the word put in
question is, if possible, put in advance for stress* sake and
the infinitive absolute frequently used for this purpose.
Only one interrogatory particle, sc. „be'S but not at the
end, as in 69, but at the beginning of the question, has
occurred to me , s; be, interr. part, in the Voc.

§ 7. Prononn, nonn and adljective or Subject and Object

and their definitions.

The subject and object of a verb may be a pronoun,
noun or adjective (or adverb or numeral, but gram-
matically treated as noun, pronoun or adjective); and may
be as such moreover defined by number (person), class,
gender, possessive pronoun or noun^ appositive noun or
adjective and each of these parts of speech may be ex-
pressed by a mere form, or a word, or a sentence. The
Ddnme beuig only a Dialect of the 6S, we refer generally
to the grammatical sketch of the latter and mention only
such forms in Danme as differ from it.

1. The personal pronouns as they are expressed by
augments of the verb as well as their independent forms
we have seen in the preceding §§. Here we have only
to give them and the others in a tabular order as far as
they have occurred to us; they are:

AdSjfime-Appendix.

407

Table m.

1, Personal Pronouns,

Substantive Pron.

Adjective Pr.

Adverbial Pron.

a. Subject.
i-,m-,mil,
m-, n-, A- ' '•
0-, thou
e-, he, she, it.
wa-, Yfe
nye-, you
a-, they

b. Object.

-mi,-m*;ine.

-0, thee.
-le,hiin,her.
-wo, us.
-nye, you.
-me, them.

c. Posaessive. d. Independnt.

. ^ ami,
ami-, mami-i .'

ye , 1 J

0-, thy. mo, thou,

e-, his, her, its. le,he,she.
"wa-, our, wo, we.
nye-, your, nye, you.
a-, their. me, they.

There are no
adjective perso-'
nal pronuns in Gd
and AdSnme, the
possessive pro-
nouns being sub-|
stantive. I

2. Demonstrative Pronouns,

ene, this; pi. eneme,
enetseme.

ndne, G. mone; and no-
ne; this person; this
thing,
pi. nihine, niine, nii-

neme.
le (he, she), even he,! same;G.neke-

even she. ! uq,

no, IqIq, that.

'ne, pi. neme.jhie, pi. hieme, 6.

-0, -one, -ne;i hie; here; hence,
the; def. artjledse, pi. ledseme,
keke , pi. k^k^me, 6. dsei, dsemei ;
kikS, „ klkSme, there, thence.

with ne follow- pioko , G. biane,

ing ; such ; this now ; immedia-

tely.

dsa,dsane,G.agbe-
dsS-ne, G. nakaii ne, now; then.
-le> that same, dsa, G. nakai , so,

thus,
kiks, G, neke, so.

408

Addnme-Appendix.

Table IIL

3. Interrogative Pronouns.

Sabstantive Pron. Adjectiye Pr.

Adverbial Pron.

bene? ) 6S:nanio?iivho

nS lebe? when?

inene?> and men! ? me?

6. te beni?

ne? ) nS? what?

?

dSie? 6. n^gbe?

pL neme?

where, whence?

k$-kS?G. te-teA!

how?

kg ape kg? how is
it?

4. Beiative Pronouns.

ni, G. nl, who, what,

which,
ndni, Gd : moni and noni;

who, what,
pi. nihini, which, that,
niini.

n^, G. nl, who,
which.

henS ; where ,

whence.
ben§, when ; how.
bonS, how.
ndnS, when, how.
Comp. heni, beoi

and bonl (noni)

inGfi.

6. Indefinite Pronouns.

nd, pi. nlhi, nii, nime,
me ; some bod;y ; some
thing; comp. mo, pi.
mei and nd, pi. nii
and nibii, in Gft.

nOko, pi. nihikome, nii-
kome, G. moko, noko,
th. same.

ko, pi. kome ; G.

ko, pi. kome;

some ;

ko; a, an; G. th.

s. indef. article.

ligbioko, someday.
Compare also adverbs and numerals
and the Vocabulary.

ko, one; einfl^ ein<

mal.
heko, somewhere,

G. th. s.
lebeko, sometime.

2. Nouns and adjectives are defined as to their class
(personal, impersonal, individual or collective) by their word-
form, which must be sought for in the vocabulary; as to
their gender by adding the nouns nyumu, Gd: nQ, male;
aad yO, G. the same, fem&\e, lo VVi^m «& ici Gd; as to their
number by their tenniualioii. TYve. «\w%x]\«t \i\ffi^^\ \s^

AdflAme-Appendix.

409

only a few regular temiinations ; f. i. persoDal: -n0, 6.
-D^o and -mo; -1q, G. th. s.; Ot. -fo; Kyerepon: -ho,
Ayigbe: to, la, a; impers. nd, 6. th. s. ; m, mi, G. mo;
-e, i, G. th. s. compare also § 4 and 6; but there are two
regular and a few irregular plural-forms: the first may be
called the personal and the second the impersonal plural-
form, though the distinction is not strickl^ kept up and
both used even at the same word; they are: -me (comp.
pronoun „me'S G. ame» mei); and -hi, shortened into ni*"
which e?en may effect the preceeding vowels of the word
and change them into „i'' (in GS „hi'*, only pi. form of
no, man and ^i"*, most common GS-pl. form) both of which
may be modified by adding the definite article, as will be
shown. Compare the following words.

Singular form.

Pers. pi. form.

Impers.
plural form.

nomlo.

GS

: gbomg; man,
person.

ndmlgme?
nime, irreg.

ndmli, nimli.

pelg.

,1

felo, maker

pelome, with art.
peloome, pelgmeo.

pelohi, peli;
with art. pe-

Gdnd,

»>

Gahyo, GSman,

Game ?

lio.

nyumu

»»

na (pi. hi) man,

Gali, Galio.

male.

— — —

nyumui.

yo>

n

yO,nS; (pi. yei,
Mmei), wo-
man; wife;

yi; with art.
yiome.

tSglo ,

n

iSulo, bgfo; ser-
vant, messenger;

tsolome, t§oliome
(with art.)

tsolohi, tSgli.

nyemi ,

n

th.s.pl.nyemimei,
brother, sister.

nyemime, with art.
nyemiome.

nyemihi.

tse,

f»

th. s. pi. tsemei,
father.

tseme; tseonae.

ny^**

w

th. s. pi. nyemei,
mother.

nyeme,

tso.

rt

th. s. pi. irreg.
tsei, tree.

with art. tSoome.

t§ohi, t§ihi.

sane,

w

th. s. pi. sKdSi,
matter.

iwith art. saneQtae.

.sanehv.

etc.

etc.

\ ^\^.

\

410 AdftAme- Appendix.

The irregular pi. forms must be referred to in the
Vocabulary; the adjectives if they accept any plural form,
have „hi, i**.

3. The next definition, which is used to define nouns
and sentences, is that by the dent pronoun^ or the def.
art.: -o, -one* -ne; which is added to nouns, mostly in
the first form and often before the plural form ; and to the
last, word of sentences mostly in the last two forms (in
the Krobo-dJalect also in the first); to define them as known;
nondefinition being either left unexpressed or expressed
by „ko".

^ 4. Nouns are moreover defined possessively by pro-
nouns prefixed, as we have seen or noun preponed; or
appositively by nouns or adjectives or numerals, definite
and indefinite, postponed; or by sentences in the place of
these prepositions or appositions; as in Ga; f. i. etse? his
father, hi tSe, father of a child; child's father; tSe niiatse,
rich father, tse akpa," good father, tSe nfe hi, th. s.

§ 8. Numerals.

1. The definite numerals which, as in GS, have form
and place of adjectives from „one*' to „nine^, but the form
of nouns in tens, hundreds and thousands, differ only slightly
from those in Gd; they are:

k^ke, and == GS: ekome, eko, kome, ko; one.
6nyo, G. th. s. two.

dC, n n n mrCC

ewe, ewye, ewyie, G. edfe, four,

^nuo, G. enumo, five,

^kpa, „ th. s. six.

kp6go „ kpawo, seven.

kpanjOy n (h. s. ei^ht.

Adfttoie Appendix.

411

nyoAmS G. ih. s.

„ ke kake,

„ ke enyo,

w ke ete,

« ^ ke ewye,

etc. . etc
nyonmai enyo, or nyoftmteyo,
nyonmai enyo ke kake,
nyonm^te,

nyoAm^wye,

nyoftmenuQ ,

nyoAm^kpa,

nyonm^kpago ,

nyonm^kpahyo,

nyonmenO)

laf^, Ay. ih. s. ; GS and Ot., ohd,

lafai enyo,

lafai ete,

lafai ewye etc.

akpe, G. th. s. Ot. apim,

kpei enyo.

ten.

eleven.

twelve.

thirteen.

fourteen.

twenty,

twenty one.

thirty.

fourty.

flty.

sixty.

seventy.

eighty.

ninety.

hundred.

two hundred.

thousand,
two thousand,
ten thousand.

akpei nyonmd,

akpe kake ke lafai kpanyo ke nyoiimemo ke kpago, 1857.
Connected with nd-, pi. nihi, nil; persons or things are
expressed with the numher, ndkake, 6. ndkome, one thing,
mokome, one person; nihi enyo or nd enyo, two persons;
two things etc.

ndkrdkr6, 6. mokleMleA, ndklehkleng; and

kr^krSnd, G. klenklehmo, -nd, the first person; --thing;

nd enyo, or ndnd dSi enyo, the second;

ndnd dsi ete, the third etc.

kakdiake or ekoniekome, one each, one by one;

enyoenyo, two each ; two by two etc -etc*

i

41} Adilkme-Appcadii.

2. Indefinite numerals are:
kake; one; some; onl^; alone; G. eko, ko, kome; keke.
eko, pi. ekom^, ekomei, some; eitiige^, finige; ttlxtiti,

cilice.
babaa, mach; many; G. babao.
bobOyo, bobOyoyo; litUe, ffiyi ; G. bibio, fiAo; fio.
li^ (Coast-Dial.), tSoa (Kr.-Dial.) and t^; eyery; all;

G. fg; fid, pia; used in the sing, witb reduplication

of the noun connected with it, as in Gd: ndtfand,

ndtSuand every thing or person; 3^^^nnann; 3ebi9ebcd;
Gd: ndCSnd, mofemo;

pi. nihi tfa, -t§oa, t§o, G. nil fia, -K; mei K; all

things or persons;
t§o tSoa tSo, G. tSo K tSo, every tree; et£. etc.

Comp. Pronouns ; Tab. III. and § 9 and Vocab.

$ 9. Adverbs and Coquctioiii.

Both of these have to do again more directly with the
verb; the first kind of words, — according to thdr original
nouns, adjectives and verbs — , to define the verb or to
express the relations of time, place or locality; manner or
modality, intensity, frequency etc.; they are treated by the
language like other regular objects and are very numerous*
as it is one of the peculiarities of the african languages
belonging to this fomily to corroborate veri)s with adv^ts
of the same notion, though different forms (sometimes words
from a neighbouring language) as well as with their own
infinitives; they must b6 looked for in the Yoe. The latter,
the conjunctions, serve to connect one verb with another
or, what is the same thing to connect sentences (bat never
nouns, which is always done by verbs; s. ke» tA^ likSy v.
etc.); either coordinately or adversatively or subordinately.
They are mostly old verbs ot «\votV ^^aVAuoes as in Gd;
And we only enumerate here VYi^ ^x\mv^ Q^^*«l^

Addiime-Appendix. 413

ne, ni, 6. ni, and (from dsi, ni, lo be);

se; si; si; 6. si, but (from dsi, ni. to be);

formely both were only one word, as it is still so
with „na" in Otyi.

ka, kf, ke (ade); G. ake, Ot. se; that; saying; lovh-
(In some cases followed by the consecutire mood; s.
Table II.)

ke, kedsi, G. th. s., Or. se; if; followed by the indi-
cative mood.

akSse, akdse, G. akesi; that; but that.

etfakd, epeokd, G. etfake, because.

dsdhe, G. nohewo, therefore.

lebene, G. bene ; then.

dsane, G. agbene» then.

kon^, G. koni; with following potential mood; that; ba§,
bamit.

n^, G. n), th. s.

dsikune, if; with foil, consecutive; Gd: dSikule.

etc. etc. etc.

S 10. The Interjections

and some natural sounds do not organically belong to any
part of speech; but are abrupt exclamations of either a
single word or sentence or even a natural sound imitating
some unarticulated sound. They are in AdSnme and Gd
and all the african and perhaps all the unwritten far more
numerouns, than in written languages and therefore stabile
one's ; but demand a greater acquaintance with the language
to be gathered and properly understood, than we have at
present.

414

^ •

Some Specimen of the Adanme Dialect

of the Ga-Lan^a^e.

I. As spoken along the Sea-Coast;
1. Histories (written by a native of Kpoft.)

a. DSdelQ fulafo.

„Bene wak@ Oura Loko ya
Hiila ne> nna nyumu ko n^
ehSnme fula, n^ ede ASl nk
huQ iigle ye 0- Edemi , kg
nhle bolo ne % mah^e eko
nfe ^ye'); ne nhdle; bene
nhale one*), edemi, ke ma-
tSdle boloo nya*), ne ewomi
big ^) amihO ndele ke : „Da-
bida ! se ^bt si !'' ^) Lehd eke :

a. A drunken blind man.

m

When Yfe went with Mr. L.
to Keta, I saw a man and
his eyes were blind , and he
was drunk and hungry. He
told me, if I carry bread, I
may give him some to eat;
and 1 gave him; when 1 had
given him, he told me that
1 shall show him the price
of the bread and he would
pay me ; and I also told biro,
saying: „No, but it shall be
left!'' And he also said: „No,
no ; but I will give thee cow-

1) h&Q nele ye, pres. tense of hug yelei ^hunger was
eatmg him/

2) ne, def. article of sentences = one, generally after
„kS**, if; also in Gft.

3) pot. mood: „that he may eat;'' i. e. „to eat."

4) „one**, def. sentence art. after ^bene", GS: beni - le.

5) „ts6 n6ko nya,** G. „ts6 n. k. na;" to show the
price of s. th.

6) „wo hio,** lit. to pay a debt; i. e. to pay; G. wo
nyomo, v.

7) „ibl si;** G. „aW si;** i^oX.. mQc>^\ v^Ja&i \sv%:5 laa.ve
It,** it may be let!

A ddiime- Appendix.

415

„Dabidabi se mahdo bolanu!*'
Keke ne yemukulim fu ^) ne
nsile n^ ledse,

b. Kpom-Sane.

T§al§eme*) anyemi ko n^
d6 atselekg: Amankoa. Kl-
k§ mStSe ne niiats@ lo hola-
iiutse dsile: ewo ehC' naa-
kpa : ebui ^) nokonoka. Bene
pe se ont?*), eke enyeini n6-
pei'^), ne enyemi ko etue nya
ne etsQ, ne edo Amankoa t§o.
Ne (pe) aha^) ne Amankoa
nu y kfi mangkotomahr t§o
enyemiQ ^) Ga, nfe ebabe hd-
lami-dseniike-bahSme. Aman-
koa tso nd ke-ba TeSili kg,
ke ana enyemiQ ne, agbele
bale. Bene Tesili ya^role
kd^ nyOm Ai heko ne atS^

ries ! "^ Tben I got angry and
(I) left him tbere.

b. Kpoh- or Pony-History.

There was a brother of
mv father's, who was called:
Amankoa. This king was a
possessor of things or cowries
(i. e. rich) : he was very proud :
he esteemed nobody (or noth-
ing). Afterward he was quar-
reling with his brother and his
brother bit (off part) of his ear
and it fell ofif, and it grieved
Amankoa too much. Long af-
terwards Amankoa heard, that
townelders sent his brother to
Akra to fetch (their) monthly
wages for them. Amankoo
sent some body to the Te§i-
people, saying: if they see
his brother, they should kill
him for him. When theTesi-
people went and lay in am-
bush for him in a place called
„Afrodu", they (lit. these

1) ^mukulim ffl" = mil fa in G5: the belly swells;
to get angry.

2) „T$atse, pi. tsatSeme,** n. irreg. = my father, my
father's; G. mitSe.

3) „ebui,** aor. neg. £r. bu, to esteem.

4.) Lit: „When it was afterward," as in GS.

5) ,^n6pei,** pres. t.: of pe, to cry; to quarreU G.
bio, V. /

6) Lit: „And was a long time," i. e. long afterwards;
G. th. s.

7) nyemio, brother, with def. art. „-o**, ^the brother
of him.**

8) „wo lea,** V. to lie in ambu-Bb.*, Qj- \5cl, ^*

416

AdftAme-Appendix.

kf; „Afroda*'ne,Te$itseme')
no nule ne abafile. Te§it§enie
ne akele bahd AmaAkoa, kone
lenitSe epele boni esuo. Si
Boafo kg 8a fo d§e adg, ne
TeSili wo etrom ke - babfl
Amankoa, ne Amaukoa bako
halamidSe womi, ne eke-ba-
heo hulamidSenio, ne eva-
yeo.'j Epe seo, ne eiifi noko-
tomame doe, metfa a^aso
M AmaAkoa he, ne anule,
koni akpd womio n^ ede.
Blofond ko h(^ mdm, atSele
k6 Filip ; eyakele nil, ne eba-
dale si. Ndkotoma ko nS
weom ^) nb ali^ele kg : Ofosu
Obrim; eh§ anule ne afile.
B^e Boafo nu, eyako t§o-
boti ke-bafya eyim; keke ne
egbo. Bene egbo seo ne,
niome ye gbeye. Ndkotoma
ko ke: anu eyOo hu ne agbe-
le ; t§at§e ke : Dabi, se ako-
gbelc! Keke ne ndkotoma ko
sfl klante, ne ekebafya eyOQy

TeSi-men) cought and bound
him. The TeSi-men would
give him to AmaUoa, that
he himself may do onto him,
as he liked. But that Boafo
ran away from their hands;
and the Te§i people took his
load and gave it to Amankoa,
and Amankoa took the wages-
book and received the wages
with it (from Government)
and eat them. Afterward it
was grieving to the grandees;
they all went to snatch (it)
from Amankoa and to catch
him and to take- the book
from him. There was a Euro-
pean in the town, called Fi-
lip ; he had given him a pre-
sent and he came to thank
him. ( Now there ) was a
Grandee in the house , called
Ofosu Obrim; he had him
ciiught and bound. When
Boafo heard (this) he went
and took a club and gave
him a stroke on his head; then
he died. After he was dead,
the people were afraid. A
Grandee said: his wife shall
also be caught and killed; my
father said: ^No, she shall
not be killed!'' Then a Gran-
dee drew the sword to cut
her head ofif, but my father
ran after him, saying, he shall

1) „TeSili** and „Te§itSeme,** th. s., „the TeSi-people.**

2) The danish Government gave monthly allowances to
some headmen, and an accoont-book for them: whoever pos-
sessed such a book, received lYie mouc^.

3) = G. we le mU, «Va tYie \iOU'&fc.'*

AdftAme-Appendix.

417

se tSatSe sa fo ke nyle ese,
ks : ekogbde. Keke ne ewo
klanteo do efd yOo enme le,
ne klanteo bafya tSatSe nine
nwe goleku ne epole, pie
boboyo ^), ne etSe nya.

Beni Nugoli nuf Hi Kpomli
bagbe yoo ne» Nuguli ami fQ
babao; ne Kpomli hd ye gbeye
kft GSli bahame. Abawo
Amankoa ke-ya M no yawo
amramom, ne atg6 ') eyi ; ne
akpale ase ke-ba mam baku-
kuo') atCihly ne aSi mS, ne
ayah! AsadSale. Nuguli ke
Amankoa wekuli baha tSatSe-
me anihi fufQfu. Monemone»
ke ona tSatSe nine iiwe go-
legn, epo ne atSa, se pado-
ku M monemone. Se kikS-
mSyO ne, agbele dSid agbllo
dSiO, no le nli.

not kill her. Then he lifted
up is sword, to cut the wo-
man down,, and the sword
struck my father's thumb and
cut it nearly off. When the
Ningo-peop!e heard, that the
Kpoeg-People were going to
kill the woman, they got the
very angry; and the Kpong*
people also were afraid that
the 6S- people would come
to plunder them. They took
Amankoa (s* body) out into
the field, put him into a hole,
and took his head off; and
they returned into the town,
took up their guns, left the
town and went and dwelled
in AsadSale. The Ningo-
people and Amankoa's family
plundered all the things of
my fathers entirely. To day,
if thou see my father's thumb,
it is cut and healed; but the
scar is there this day. But
as for that towns -woman,
whether she was killed or
not, that I do not know.

1) pie boboyo = G. fe fio = wants litte = nearly.

2) tS^ and tSO) v, G. t§S, v. to go off; to take off.

3) kokn, y. = kolOy pL of kOi v. in GSl: to take,
gather.

Zimmermann^ Akra-Voctb«

VI

418 Adftfune-Appendix.

2. Parts of translations from 6ft into Dsam.

a. Joh. 11. From a translation of a native of Epong (P<
at the Sea-coast, from W. Hansons Gft-translation inl

Dafune.

Jobane saneakpa, yi njfoAma
ke kake (11).

1. DSale higtSe ko nS, Lazaro,
edSe Betania, Maria ke no

2. nyemiyO, Maria, mfi mi. | (No
Maria n^ fid nku kpa MawetSe
one, nh eM yibuom tSu ena-
name aheo dSi ndne enyemi

3. Lazaro M hionue gne). | No-
he ne enyemyiome*) Isq ke- 1) = wenyemiyei le
ba eA5 ake: „Mawelge, ne,*) ^^' ^s sisters (with
n6ne odoff eheo nShignue!" ^x gi" * e im

4. N6ne Jesu mi ene ne, eke: ^^^^^ ^^ j^^^ ^ '
„HiQ nene, pi gbend nya, se

5. Mawu henowomio he!** | DSa-
Ig Jesu igQ Marta ke no nye-

6. miyOQ ke Lazaro he. | Nohe
ne» bene enu, kS end hionue
one ehl si t^ hekake n^ eneo

7. ligbl! enyo sqCi. | Kone no
se one ede ekaselggme kg:
„Nyeha wftya Judea ekoA!" |

8. Ekaseloome dele kg: „Owura,
kpiiio ne n^ Judafoome M^

harae n^ afiao') tehi, ne oya 3) fya, v. to strike; ;

9. ledge ekon ?" | Jesu here no: pl- fia; comp. GS: t£

„PI ftmleflafifi*) nyonma ke *^^' ^v ... . ,

x A- o V A^' 4) = nmlefiafiaei (a

enyo n6 dsenane im? KedSi g^^^. ^^^^

no nyle piani ne, eleyje, Wi

10. ena dse ne he la. \ ^il^^d^l^

Adttme- Appendix. 419

nd nyle nyO mi ne, ete^ ^) U 1) assimilated imperfect
11.1a be emi." | Ede ene: no tense = teo fr. te,v. to
se ne edemlB k? : „WahQe stumble.
.Lazaro i&H mahe ^ge, se Aya
kone matS^le AS maheo mi.'* |

12. Keke ne ekaselogme kg:

^NyontSo, kemahe^J eM-woe 2) Object in advance for

13. ne, eh6 batS6,"^Kgne egbo- stress' sake.

- gbo he munyu Jesu ta '), se 3) tQ monya, v. to speak,
abu k& mahe ke hedsom be

14. etQ. I Dsalg, edeme p3» kg:

15. ^Lazaro gbo!^ | ne nyehe ne

nsuoo*) ka mbe ledSe, kone 4) nsnoo=misumoO,im-
nyena nyehe nyeye, se nye- perfect tense.

16. ha way a end." | Kfike ne
Toma, ndne atseele DidimoQ
de asibi-kaseloQme kg : „Nye-
ha wakele ya, kone wakele

17. bfigbo!'' I Bene Jesu baa ne,

ena ka no fd si^) M muo mi 5) = ka 8i, Ga; to lie;
ligbll ewye memo. | ^ ^st.

18. (Dsale Betania bekS Jerusa-
lem ape forlonhi nyonma ke

19. enuo). | Ne Judafogme ati nihi ^^ medueham ; me, being
pi ba Maria kg Maria A5 ke the object of dueham is
medueham^) nS anyeminyu- here retained instead of

20. muQ he. | Kone Maria, none -a; adueham, their comfort
enu ka Jesu maa ne, eya- which they give; medue-
, , w . u* -I bam, their comfort which
kpele; se Maria hi weomi. | theyreceive;Gaboth„ame-

21. KoneMarladeJesukg: Nyon- cluehamo;**butcomp.edufi-
tSg, ona oM bie dSikune ma- hamoandledaehamQ,which
minyeminynmuQ kogbowe. | expresses the same differ-

22. Tsfibene nle ka dSa tete, nd- f^<^« ^ ^/ ^^ is here and

*r. « V m* TkM there met with.

ifand ne obi Mawu ne, Mawu ^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^ ^f ^^^ g^^.

23. ahao." I Jesu dele kg: „Onye- junctive mood. S. Table 11.
minyumuQ h€ bdtSS ekonl^ \ ^ ^^ ^\A.

420 Adflfime-Appmidli*

24. Marta dele k£: ^Nle k3 eb&te
si ekoA M siteo mi M nya-

25. gbe-ligb!o.'' | Jesu dele kS:

„Ainid§i ^) sitet6 ke yiwana- 1) Comp. § 4.
mio : none heo yeno yeo ne,
kedSi egbo tete ne ehS bah!

26. ekoA; | ne ndsasesa nfe he») 2) = Me, n. InGI: fi
M n6 heo yeno yeo ne, be- ^^^^^ *® ^^ *^^®'
gboe »J ligbfoko : oftg ene he- ^^ ^.'^res. indie.

27. ye?" I No dele kg: „Al
Owura, AAS-he maye, ks mo-
dSi Kristo, Ma^u bio ne,
n5ne bdba dSeo mio ne!" |

28. Ne bene ede ene » eko bio
ne ebatSe Maria enyemiyoo
gd mi eke: „Nyont§oo ba, ne

29. eMo t§ee!" | Ne n5ne enu
keke ne ete si mramra ne

30. eba efid. | Dsal^ Jesu nawe
ne eba mft mi, se eM bene

31. Marta kele kpe Mo. \ Kone
Judafoome n^ kele M weo
mio n^ nSle komo y^o, none
ana kd Maria te si mramra
dSe kpo one> atiule akg : „Eya
pumheo eyafoye M ledSe." |

32. Bene Maria su bene Jesu ik^
one ne enale en5 Si M ena-
nehi aSi ne edele kg: „Nyon-
tSo» ona oAS hie dSikune ma-

33. menyumuo^) kogbowe!" | N5- 4) mamenynmn ^s ma
ne Jesu na ka eAfi-yafoe ke nyeminyumu ; brother.
Judafoome hQ n^ kele baa ks

anS-yafoe one, nohe ne emu-
mio mi ta ne ehao ehe ne
eki : „DMe nyek^\« ttl^^ \
34. Adele kg : „Owura,\>a Bfe o\>a-

AdlUime-AppeDdii. 421

Bd.yei** I Jesu foya. | Keke ne *

36. Jadafoome kg: Ye, bone edo

37. ehe!'* | Ati niikome kg : Nd-

ne, n^ blii ') falafohi ah^h- 1) bUi = blig, imperf.

mehi one, enyewe ka eko- tense.

ha') nyumunetelekogbo?«| 2) Subjimctive mood. S.

38. Nohe ne Jesu mi kpata «) ekoA J^ * j^^^^^ ^^^^^
(ne) eba pumh^. Mao dSi

39. ne te fo si nS nya. | Jeso
ke : rNyedSe teo !"" Marta ndne

gboQ *) nyemiyoQ dele kg : 4) gbo, with def. art., G5

^NyontSo ! pigkSne edSe fa moni gbo le.
momo, se eye ligbli ewye." |

40. Jesu dele kg: Ndewemo') kg: 5) -mo, instead of the
^Kedsi ohe ye ne, obanaMa- obj. augm. -o, thou; for

41. wu henowomio?" | Keke ne ^^^^' »*^®-
adse teo n^ hene and gbo-

gboQ fd, ne Jesu wo eh6Ame-

hi ano ekg: „T§alSe ®) ndao 6) irreg. = Gft ata or

42. §i, ka obomi tue; | ne nle mitSe, my father,
ka oboomi tue dane, se bo «

nihi n^ da sio he ftkg, kone

43. ahe-ye ka mo otSomi.^^ | Bene
etu ene ne, ekpa ke gbl nwa :

44. „Lasaro, dse kpo!*" | Ne no-
ne ^gboo^dse kpo puraamahi 7) p^rf; tense, with def.
fi eninehi ke enanehi ne duku art. affixed.

fi ehg. Jesu deme kg : „Nye-

45. p^nele n^ nyeha eya. | Dsale
Judafoome n^ ba Maria no
n^ ana nihi n^ Jesu pe one

46. ami pi he eno ye. | Se ali
niikome ko bio ke-ya Farisio-
me an5 ne ademe nihi n^
Jesu peo.

422 AdiAme-Appendii.

n. As spoken inKrobo (translated by a Catechist).

Mateo saneakpa yi III.

1. Se ftS le^) ligbffo mio Jo« 1) le, pron. demonstrat
bane, Baptisiloo ba ne edSadSe = no in 6ft: that, those.

2. hi Jadea Mq mi, I ne ede ^
kli: „NyetSake nyetSubi, se

hyom kondyemio su ta^). | 2) su-ta, double v. =

3. Se none dSi nene Jesaia, gba- Seta in Gft; to arriye.
loo, de ne ehe kd: „N5ko

gbl n^ kpaa hOhOi he M no»

ne enedehe') M: „N)redara 3) pres. tense of ,de**, v.

Awetieo bloo, ne hyepe eblo-
4.bi fikdfikdome tutotu one! I

Ne le Johaneo k6o*) ake fQ- 4) kS, pron. G. nOn, the

so ^) hebom lo etade, ne yio- same.

mikpa ft emiem, ne enmft d§i ^) ^^so, back-horse; so,
5.balahl kenanoho. | DgianeJ) l=Xlj^tl^^'

ad§e Jerusalem ke Judea t«o ') g) ^^ ^^ q^^^ ^dSale" ;

ko Jordan niiamig tSo aba now.

6. end. | Ne ebaptisime ne Jor- .7) = tfil, at the Coast,
dan mi, ne adSie ahe yaya- fia in Gft: all.

7. mig akpo. | Se bene ena Fa-

risibigme ke Sadukibiome ba-

baQ ma ebaptisiomio he ne,

edeme kg: „Sindhi afomi!

Mene tsSnye, k6 nyetQ miftt ^x .i. # ^ ^«
o # 8\9 I nxi«„^ 8) tfl n5ko fo = G. dSo

8.ne maa nya fo«)?. | DSiane ^^^^ ^^.^ ^ ^ ^^ ^^

nyewo yiblihi n^ sa tfitsa- g^ ^^
9. kem. | Ne nyekosusu ne nye- 9) ine= Me at the Coast;
mi kS: WatSe dsi Abraham! pres. tense,
se ine nye») dehe kg: Ma- ^9 Snbjunct. M" conse-
wu konyfi^o) ka ekon6^») tehi ^J^^J^ ^^^^^' «' ^^^^^ ^'
ne ekond-pe*®) bihi^^) AoivlS- ^^^ ^V qI \jl, ^\»Ld; G.
10. b& '^) Abraham. \ Se 0)\^Q 1^ ^A, ^V \wu

Aditoie-Appendix. 428

si he tSobi asisipokuome ano : 1) combination of tSo,
kone tsohitSotgo *) nh wl') yi- tree and tSo, aU; = GS:
blihi kpakpao, abele afd si, **oKt§o, ev^ry tree.

AM t .« * 1 I i^j 2) neg. aor. of wo, to

1 1 . ne asake n5-fo lam. | Iim ne ^^^ ^ '

ibaptisinye Ae nyum bft tfi-

tiiakeni, se Bene ba ne yeseo

ehe wa pern", nd tokotahi ne

esg') ks ikoh§o/le emabapti- 3) neg. aor. of sa, v. to

sinye Ae Mumi nh he tSoo be fit.

12. ke lam. | Ndne esatsine tie
edSm, 6e emabe esugb&o pe-
p^pe, ne emabua eAmSo (nya)
ewo egbaom, se ftmStfOo n^
eke la nh gbowe masftl'* |

13. Keke ne Jesu d§e Galilea
eba Jobane..M fie Jordan no»

14. kone le ebaptisile. | Se Jo-
hane kpl^wele ekS: „Esa kg
momonokobaptisimi,nemoba ^^ ^ j^^^^ ^^^ ^ ^ ^^^

15. yend ne?" | Se Jesu he no*) g^er.

edele kg: „Mohft*) bio dSime, 5) igiperat. sing,
se kikd sa, kd wagbe d«n tSo
nya!*" Keke ne ekplSIe. I

1 6. Ne Jesa bene abaptisile one
edse nyuQ mi piQSQ ne edSe
kpo ; ne ne, hyom bli ne eno,
ne ne, Mawn Mumio^ n^ efte-
sikplehe kd lahwe (la^e) n^

17. ebsi eng. | Ne ne, gbl dSe
hyom, ne ede ekg: Ibi n^
ado ehe , n& ibo adsQole

ne!

!«

424 Ad&bme-Appendix.

A ckriitiaii kym tramlated from tke fifi,

by a CataeUf t

Kpakpa be sugbfi nfi no, 6a: Kpakpabe SikpoAneno^

DSahe nb waho Nohewo wo baS,

M wagbuO byom blgO no Nl W(}t5d iiweigbo le ng,

Lolo ne wana No le woSana

HedSom tSeo'): HedSolo lo:

Wafie ndna he hie ; Wohe midSrawo ye bie ;

Hyomi dSi watSeo') m&n I^wei dSi woSihilebe:

Nyehft waho! Nyebfta woyaa!

Nothing good ia on this earth,

Therefore let us go:
Let us turn to hearenward:

There then we shall know
The Lord of peace:

Here afflictions are at hand

»

Heaven is our fatherland:
So let us go!

6S: Native songs.

Nyoinmo hi Tete Mawn bi Tete

Ni bagbo, yO! Nfe bagbo! yo!

None nl dowo tSo! * Ndne nfe dowo tSd!
IVooba, 0! Wama 0!

Yo! yO! yo! minyanyo! Yo, yO, yO! nOhwfile!

1) gba, V. to open; AdA. to- turn through, to go
tbrougb.

2) „the fjAther^ authoT, 1iOt4l^.

3) „WAtgfiO mam**, „out i»ttiw^ Vwhtol*".

Ad&Ame-Appendix.

425

Mei ba, Si mei bakoO, yo!
I^mene n\ wgiSe bako!
Yo! yo! yo! minanyo!

(SotM (Stfigebornet
3fr«, bet parb! ia,
S)ad ifi'd, tt)ad und ju fe^t

f4imer}t !
O, noir nooQen fDmmen!
3a, ia, ici, mein gteunb!

SRan fam unb fam bo($nt$t!

ia!
^eut% ba unfet 93atet no(|^

nidi^t ba!
3a/ ia, ia, mein greunb!

Nii ba, si nii beo, yo!
Mone n^ watSe be lolo!
Yo, yO, yO, — ndhwele!*)

It is God's first-born

llVho died! oh!

This is what grieves us too

much !
We will come! o!
yes! o yes! my friend!

People came, but people
come not yet! oh!

To day, when our father has
not yet come!

Yea, yea, yea, my friend!

•) =3 my friend!

These two little songs were extemporized by the chil-
dren of the village Odumase in Krobo after the first fruits
of the KrobQ- tribe had been baptized there, to which
event the second seems^ to point. They have a very sweet
native tune.

436 AdAAme-Appeodix.

Adanme - Vocabulary.

Most of the words are the same in G3 proper and
Addnme, or the difference is exeedingly slight: such are
not mentioned in this small vocabulary. Most of the words
it contains are extracted from writings in the dialect of
Kpon spoken along the sea-coast, some are in use at ErgbO*

A.

A — , subjective and possessive personal pron. third pers.,

pi. numb., answering in 6d to the definite name*" and

the indefinite „a'' which distinction is wanting in Adn.

(s. Ot. W0-, W0-, won-); they, (people, man); their,
a', shortened from the aux. v. ba, ma, of the fut. tense;

shall, will; as in GS.
aba — , G. „aa**, they will, they shall; ama — , th. s.
ablogwa and

ablogba, n. Gd: ablogwa, chair,
ablogbapelo, n. chair-maker,
abosdm, n. G. and Ot. abonsdm; in TeSi ahready: abonS^m,

devil,
abus^, th. s. Kr. D.
Addnme, D9nme, pr. n. GSi and Ot. the same (people, land

and language of); AdSnme.
ade (fr. de, v. to say), = ake in G^: saying; that; comp.

nON^ in Hebr. (seldom used; s. kS, kg, kS, th. s.
adsale (Ayigbe), n. soap = samla in GSi (comp. gware in

Otyi and dSale, v. in 6S.
afani, n. a river fish,
agbeli, n. cassada; G. duade; Ot. th. s.
agSkake, n. G. hleo, single cowry.
SbQ, adv. G. th. s. long, a loug time; much; ne hi &hfi

ne (G. ni ye &M le) = alVe^t a \qw% Nxtafc*
akSse, 6, akgsi, con3. iViaX.

akiise — bem. 427

ako -, 69: aka -, amfika -, they shall not -, impert. and
pot. neg.; ak6gbele! they shall not kill him! he shall
not be killed! See Table II., also the subjunctive or
consecutive mood at the end.

akpa (form of the aux. v. kpa, 6. sa, to express the itera-
tive mood) = GS: asa, asaA: again; f. i. akpa ade, again
they said; s. kpa, v.

akpapem, kpakpapem, n. G. ekpakpafemo, n. good work.

alind, G. aleend, lit. it is not known, i. e. perhaps.

alugudd, Ay., OU and GS th. s. n. unbleached calico or

cottoncloth.
ami, indep. pron. (Kr. D. imi), Gd: mi, miA?; I; comp.

mami, th. s. ; also „my" = ye.
aminitSe, pr. 6. midient§e» I myself,
amramom, n. hole?
anokwa, G. and Ot. th. s. and anokwale, -kware, n. truth.

apafono, Gft: apafonyo, Ot. opani, n. hired person; pi. apa-

fob!, apafome; apafoli.
asibi, sibi, a§ibi; n. friend; adv. pron. each-other; G. na-

nyo, nanyo - , n.
awetSe, wetSe, pi. -tSeme; lit. housefather, master, Lord,

= nyontsQ.

B.

ba = ma, v. to come; aor. neg. be.

ba, aux. v. of the fut. tense, used as „wiU, sball*" in Engl.;
Ga, ba, wa, a or reduplication of the vowel of the pro-
noun; f. i. mbape, Gd: mafe; omade, obade, GS: ooke;
1 will do; thou wilt say etc. Ot. be, aux. v. Comp.
also the AdA. v. ma, to come; as frequently used.

babaa (Kr. Dial.) = babao, adj. and adv. much.

bala, pi. balahi, G. balabii, n. locust.

be, neg. voice of the v. I'le, v. which see; to be not; to
be not in s. place, to be absent; to be not the case;
to have not, possess not (G9: be, Ot. nni, neg. voice
of ,,WQ'S v.); also used as aux. v. of the pres. and fut.
neg. voice, ind. mood; bepehe, bepee, bepei, bep6, will
not do, is not doing; s. ne, v.

be = G. be, v, to sweep.

bem, = bQ mli, v. to sweep \n&\d^) Vi «^^e^ w\.

428 Adfttoie-Appendix.

be, interrog. particle (s. hi, v. and be, aux. v.); 6ft be;

but put in advance: Be emanyS? = EenyS be? in Gft:

He can, is it not? Comp. also i,ani".
be» neg. voice, dor. tense, of the verb ba, ma, to come

(Gft: baa),
be = bie, n. G. gbei, name,
be, n. time, as in Gft.

belebem and beyind, n. G. behind, time; conj. when,
bem (neg. voice of the verb ngm = Ag mi, to be in, to

be true); to be not in, not true, not so; comp. Gft: je

mli, yen, neg. be mli, ben, th. s.
bSnS = men§, ng? int. pron. who? G. namg? n6? m&?

what? G. meni?
bend^, rel. pron. when; as, how (s. bo, bong); Gft: beni,

boni; „ben€ pe se one" — „beni fe se le" in Gft; when

it was afterwards, adverbial sentence = afterwards,
bene, G. benke, Ot. ben, v. inf. be^em; to be near, to

approach,
benem, n. G. benkemo, nearness, approach; neighbourhood,
bi, pi. bihl^and bime; with definite article: biome, G. bi„

Ot. ba, Ayigbe: vi; n. child, young one; little one; de-

minutive termination,
bi, V. inf. bim, G. th. s. to ask.
bi si, inf. sibim, v. to ask for (f. i. a woman to marry, to

woo),
hie, n. G. gbei; name,
binyumu, pi. -mui, n. son; G. bina.
biyo, pi. biyi, biyiome (with, art.), n. daughter,
blefo, G. able^ Ot. abrow, n. maize,
blefogu, G. ablekuli, n. maize-grain; blefonQ (Kr. D.), th. s.
bli, inf. blim, v. G. gble, to open. Comp. hue, v. th. s.
blima, n. G. blema, old time,
blimatseme, G. blematsemei, n. people of old.
blQ, pi. blohi, n. G. gbe, Ot. kwan; wa>; la bio, v. int

blolam; to loose the way, to err; G. ladSe gbe, du

gbe, V. Comp. blohu, n. street,
blohe, G. gbehe, n. way-place; place, room,
bo d§o (Ot. bo dyo), v. inf. bodSom, v. to have pleasure,

rest,
bo tue, inf. tuebom, v. to listen, obey. Kr. D. S. ba tue, v.
bo, = bo, bOni in Gft; n. manner, mode; conj. how; =

Aeie in Gft, when; then.
bo, V. G. gbo, to be o\4, YieA.*
bObQ, adj. bibiO, Uttte.

boboio — da si. 429

boboio, boboyo, boboyoyo, adj. G. bibio, fiO, flflo, little;
adv. th. s.; pie boboyo, 6. fe fio, wants little; adv. nearly.

bokwe, gbokwe, G. gbeke, n. evening; adv. in the evening.

bolo, G. abol6, n. baked maize-bread.

bone, G. boni, rel. pron. as, how; s. bSn§, th. s.

bu, G. th. s. , V. inf. bubui; to esteem, to judge. Comp.
bu, V. in Ot.

bu, V. G. bo; only used in the combination:

bu tfie, inf. tQebum, tuebubui, G. bo toi, to listen, to hear-
ken, to obey.

bu, buom, G. tsoi, n. hair; s. yibu, yibuom, n.

bua dso, bu dso, G. m! se, Ot. bo to yem; to have a
quiet, cool, peaceful breast or chest, to be content, joy-
ful; 8. bo dso, V. th. 8. (Kr. D.)

biia nya, inf. nyabuam, v. to gather.

bubui, n. fr. bu, v. judgement.

hue, n. G. gbe, pot; pi. bueme.

bue» inf. buem, v. G. boi and gble, Ot. hue, pue, to open,
to begin; comp. also pue in GS and Ot.; bu, n. and
gbu, V. in Ga.

boim and

buem, n. G. boimo, gblemo» beginning; opening.

bulo, n. (fir. bu, v. to judge) judge.

buom, n. s. bu, hair.

D.

da, V. inf. dam, to be great, G. da; to be right, Ga: d§a,
sa, s. also dra, dara, vT; to stand, GSl: damo; to remain,
GS: hi, v.; eda! it is right! well! mo da hie, = damo
bie! (in Gd) stand (thou) here! Comp. also the Ot.
v. da.

da bio, G. dsa gbe, v. to be right, the right way.

da he, v. inf. hedam, to stand about.

da hie, da he, G. damo hie; sa hie; to stand before; to
be right before.

da mi, dam, inf. midam, v. Gd: damo mli, to stand in,
into.

da nya, G. damo na, v. to stand at; to be right according
to s. th., s. nya, n.

da no, G. damo no, v. to stand upon.

da se, G. damo se, v. to stand behind, backward. •

da si, G. damo si, v. to stand on \Vvfe ^t^VKvfti, Vft ^\»sA.\
= G. da si, Ot. da ase, lo IhanYL.

430 AdAAme-AppendJx.

dfi, dam, n. right; G. dSale; law, Gi and Ot. ttda, inra, ■•
dfiy 6. tb. a. Ot. nsfi, n. wine ; spirit ; de d2, y. to be drank ;

Gft: to dd, V.
dablQ, G. dSagbe, n. right, straight way; right; stndght-

ness; adv. right, rightly,
dddem, n. drunkenness.
dlidelQ, n. drunken person; drunkard.
dalo» n. righteous person fir. da, t.; = dSalo in Gft.
dam, dami, n. G. d§ale, right; righteousness; straightoess;

uprightness; fr. da, v.; law .= mla, mra in G. and Ot.
damnii, pi. n. G. dSalenii; right or righteous things; rights;

dixouofiara.
damlo, pi. damli, n. judge; lawyer,
dara, dra, y. = d§adse in Gfi; to straighten; to justify fr.

da, v.; comp. dea; dSadSe, ?.
dase, G. odase, Ot. adanse, n. witness, testimony; ye dase,

V. to witness; inf. daseyero.
daseyelo, G. odaseyelo> odasefo, n. witness, person bearing

witness,
daseyem, n. witnessbearing, witnessing; witness,
de, inf. dem; redupl. dede, v.. G9: ke, Ot. se; to say;

to tell; s. also ade, conj. and comp. the roots de in Ot

and ke, in GS.
dSt G. th. s., n. the palm of the hand; hand; power etc.

= T in Hebr.; kp5 ng ndko dg, G. he ye m. k. de,

to take from one's hand, power etc.
de, G. to, v. to be full; de dS, = G. to dS, to be drunk,
dea, V. Kr. Dial.' == dara, to straighten,
dede, redupl. v. of de, to say.
dedei, n. saying,
dehe, n. th. s.
dem, with def. art. demio, G. k^mo, kemo le, n. saying;

talk,
dem, n. fulness,
dgm = dS mi, G.. dei^, n. inside of the hand ; adv. hi the

hand, power etc. Ot. nsam.
domsane, G. densane, n. palaver of or in one's hand power;

n. k. demsane, some body's palaver.
d(a, y. inf. d&m (G. ye dsra; comp. d§ra, y.) to trade;

comp. d§a no, n. in Gd and goa, n. in Ot.
dfa, n. price; G. dSra.

dfa wa, inf. dfawam, v. to be dear; G. dSra wa, v.
dfalQ, n. merchant; d§ta^e\Q Vxi G^^-, ^v. ^^^\ft,
dram, n. G. dsang, maAel-, G. 4%Tii^^>i, \x^^va%^

dfiinuid — dse njra. 431

dlaniiiA, pi. -nil, nibi, n. wares.

dK, neg. perf. voice df^wS» v. G. and Ot. iKh, to think,

to consider,
di, aor. neg. of de, v. to say; to be ful.
dibli, n. 6. duA; darkness,
do, V. inf. dodoe?

do, V. G. th. s. to be hot, to grieve.
do he, inf. hedgdoe, hedom; v. to love; G. tb.s., Ot. do, v.
do, doin, dohe, doe, dodoe, n. heat; grief.
dra, (fr. da, v. to be right), v. G. d§a and sa, to be right,

fit; = Ga: d§adse, v. to righten, to rectify; to straigh-
ten; but comp. also dsadsa, v. and dea, dSadse, v.
dralo, n. rectifier; justifter.
dram, n. rectification; justification,
dro (fr. de, v.?), v. to say = ke in GS.
dsa, inf. dsam, v. G. th. s., to adore; to worship.
dSa and
dSalg (Coast-Dial), conj. and adv. then; now; G. agbene,

OL afeyi; comp. dsane, dSiane, th. s.
dsk, adv. G. nakai, no; Ot. sa; so, thus; pron. that; pi.

dSdma, with def. art. dSfigme.
dsd, V. = G. hd, V. to give; but also ,>hd'' is used,
dsft heblo» V. Gd: hS hegbe, to give allowance, privilege;

etc. s. heblo, n. Inf. heblodsAm.
d§adsa = dsadSe in GS, v. to rectify, straighten; to make

straight, right; comp. also dra, v. and
dsadse, r. th. s.

dsShe, conj. G. nohewo, therefore; s. Iglohe, th. s.
dSak§, adv. G. nakai, so; comp. also: k!k€.
dsal$ = dSa, dSane, dsiane, adv. now.
dSane anddSiane, Kr.D. adv., G. agbene> Coast-Dial, d^e,

now; then.
d§e, inf. d§em and dSedSei, Gd: dse, v.; d§e» v.; diSie, v.;

to come away, of, to come or go forth; to come out,

from; to bring forth, take out etc., d§e ke ho = G. yin

ke te, V. to start, be off.
dse he, Gfi: dSe, d§e, dsie he or hewo (s. he, n.); to come

from or bring from a place; to come from, of, because

of etc.; comp. mehedSe == menihewo in GS: why (does

it come)? wegweflcn? njarum?
dse mi, dsem, v. Gd: dse mli, d§e mli, dSie mli; to come

out from the inside, to bring out, forth etc.
dse nya, inf. nyadsem; v. G. ds\e w«l, \o VoX«t^\^^., \s^

speak for s, b.

432 AdSAme-App^dix.

dSe no, y. 6. tb. s. and dSe nO) dSie no, y. to come olt

take oS.
dSe nd, inf. nSdSem, G9: dSe ia>¥ane, to doubt; k6 ndko

- -, to dispute nvith s. b.
dSe si, inf. sidSem, 6. d§e, dSe, dSie Si; to come to light;

to bring to ligbt, to reveal; = d§ed§e» y. in GS, to echo,

be kno^^n.
dse - tSd, double v., G. dSie - tsd, to (take out and) show

to s. b,
dSe yi, inf. yidSem, G3: dsie yi, to take out one's head;

to praise; s. dSie yi, th. s.
dSe, n. G. th. s. world etc. dSem, = G. dSeii, n. th. s.

and adv. in the world, in life etc.
dse d§Q, inf. dSedsom, dsed§od§Qe, v. G. dSe na, t. to g^

night (lit. the world gets cool).
d§e na, inf. dSenam, dSena (dSenani), G. dSe tSere, t. to

get day, daylight; s. na, v. to see.
dSedsom and
dSedsQdsoe, n. G. dsenamo; evening, night ;.eveningtwilight;

the whole day till nightfall.
dsSh9, n. year; GS: afi» Ot. afi, afrihyia; comp. fi, v. in

Ot. and dSe, v. in GS and Ad. .
dSekoli, pi. n. G9: dsegddSi or dSekodSi, the moantainen,

people from Akwapim.
dSena and

dsenam, n. G. dSetSeremo, morning, day-light; the next day.
dSenauQ, n. GS: dSetsereno, n. morning; the next day;

dsenano one = dsetsereno le, the next morning,
dsi, neg. voice ds6, v. G. dsi, v. to be (something); but

comp. also pe, v. and A3, v. The verb ndsi^ seems to

be used as in GS; f. i. nomlo dSile^ G. gbomo dSilo, he

is a man; it is a person; besides it is u^ed as auxiliary

in a multifarious way; f. i. ke dsi k6? Gi: te te6, te

fe ten? how? how is it? Sometimes it is shortened

into „i'* and affixed to the proceeding word, as: anokwai

(G. anokwan) = anokwa dsi.
dsiane, Kr. Dial = dsane, dSalg, adv. now; G. agbene.
(dSi (Ay.), n. Gft: nwei, heaven.)
dsihe no, Gfi: nohewo lo; conj. therefore; s. dSAhe, cooj.

th. 8.
dsie, adv. pron. GS: negbe? where? whence?
dsie, inf. dsiem = dse, dsem ; G. th. s. to bring forth, —

to light.
dSie fu inf. yidsiem, G. VKs. n- X^ \^m%.^-

dSikune — eko. 433

d8tkiine> G. diikole, adv. and conj. perhaps; after a sen-
tence: if; comp. ke, kedsi; GSi: kedSi, ke;^dSikule; it
fe followed by the subjunctive mood; as: „ofii hie dSi-
kune, maminyeminyumn kogbowe.

dS6, V.

d&Qy inf. dSom and dsodsoe, v., G9: th. s., Ot. dyo; to
get cool, to cool, to get quiet, tame; to be at peace;
to have rest; he dso, inf. hedSom, hed^QdSoe, v. to be
at rest, peace; to be tame etc. tOe d§o, inf.^tQedsom,
tiiedsodSoe, v. to have peace in the ears, to have peace;
comp. Gft: toih d§o; Ot. asom dyo, v.

d§o he, inf. hedsom; 63 th. s. to rest.

dSdhe (Krobo: dsShe), GS: nohewo ni, hewo ni, therefore.

dsokwe, Kr. D., n. evening; Coast Dial, gbokwe; G. gbeke.

dsokwgyo, pi. irreg. dsokwewi (s. vi in Ay. = hi, child);
child; little child; G. gbekg; abifao, n.

du, inf. dum, v. GS: dsu, v. to wash one's self all over,
to bath.

due, n. comfort ; Ot. and G. th. s. hS due, inf. dueh&n, v.
to comfort.

duehaio, n. comforter.

duehSm, n. comforting; GS: duehSimo, n.

dom, n. washing, bathing.

dumhe, n. washing place.

dumnii, n. washing things.

dumnyu, n. water for washing.

dumtSu, n. wash-room.

dunya, n. podex.

E.

The letter n^*^ alone or initiating words as a pro-
nominal (subjective or possessive) augment indicates the
third person singular of the person pron. „he, she, it**,
„his, her, its**, without distinction of gender and class
as in 09; besides that it seems to initiate a number
of adjectives and numerals too and seems also to be
the augment of the pot. mood; the perfect tense and
neg. voice. Words therefore not found here must be
sought for under the next consonant.

e — , pron. augm. „he, she, it"; „his, her, its"; f. i. epe,
he did it; ebi, her child etc. as in G9. Comp. le> pron.
eko and

ZimmermaBDy Akra-Vocab. *B^

434 AdflAme-Appendix.

ekome, num. 'kome, pi. ekomei, th. s. as in Gfi: one; some;

but see also kake.
ekon, adv. th. s. as in Gd, but also used in the beginning

of sentences; again, once more; comp. kpa, v. and akpa,

verbal conj.
ene» pi. eneme, enetseroe, Gd: ene, mone, none, de-

monstr. pron. this; these; this person; this thing,
enyo, num. two.

enuQy Gd: enumo» Ot. anum, num. five.
enuQenuQ, num. each five, five by five,
epegka (lit. it is that, s. pe, v.) 6. etfake, efdke; edsake;

Ot. efise^ conj. because,
ete, G. th. s. num. three,
eteete, three and three,
etfaka, 6. etfake, conj. because,
ewe, G. edfe, num. four.

®^y? \ num. Kr. Dial. th. s.
ewyie )

eye = ye, poss. pron. augment, my.

P.

The letter „f** changeth with p, f, tf in Ga and Otyi;
before y, when there is no nasalisation, it most very
probably always be pronounced f.

Fa, V. to be enough?, s. hie, ye, v.

fa, = pa, n. river.

f§, G. afS, n. half; adv. aside; gQ f9, G. tsd afd, v. to

\um aside; inf. fdgfim, n.
fe, V. s. pe, V.
fl, inf. fim, G. th. s. to bind,
fla (fya), inf. fiam, v. GS: tfa, pi. tfia, v. to strike; to cast;

to build. Perh. fia is pi. form of fya, as tfia, pi. form

of tta in Ga.
fia si, inf. sifiam, = G. tfa si, v. to strike down, to fall

down; to be an out-cast,
fie (fyie), inf. fiem, GS: fie, Ot. fyie, v. to pour out, to

scatter; to cast out; comp. also fa, v. in Ga.
fie (fye), inf. fyem or fiem, G. fe, v. to play,
fie, n. k, ha, v. G, ye m. k. he feo, to joke with s. b.;

to mock at s. b.
fie, G. fei, n. cold; fie ye, v. inf. fleyem, to be cold; G.

fel ye, v.
fielg, n. person pouring out.

flem — gba. 435

fiem, o. 6. fiemo, outponring; casting ont or away.

ftelo, fyelo, n. player.

tern, fyem, n. playing, play.

fiflfi, adv. G. th. s. closely ; concealedly.

flkdfikd, adj. narrow; 6. fintd.

Firao, Fyirao, Ot. Ih. s. , G. Silao, pr. n. of the river Volta

(Ayigbe: Amu),
fila, 8. fula, V. to be blind; Ot. and 63 th. s.
fo, V. to weep; G. th. s.; s. foye.
fo, n. = GS: foi, running, race? ma fo, sa fo, tfl fo, =

GS: dso foi, v. to flee; inf. fomam; fosam; fotdm.
fo, inf. fgm, G. th. s., v. to beget; to bear; to bring forth,
fo, inf. fom, Gd : fd, Ot. fdm, v. to transgress, to do wrong

(fe()Ien, Derfe()Ien, dfuxrave^vy, to cast; sake-fd, double v.

= G. se-f5, to cast away,
fd si, fo si, V. inf. sifde, 6. fo si, to cast down; to lay

down; to lie down, on the ground; to lie; G. kS Si, t.
folo, n. weeper.
folO) n. parent; pi. foli, folome.
faiQ = mofdn in G9, n. bad man, evil-doer; pi. fdli.
fgm and fomi, pi. fgmh!, n. birth.
foya, V. and

foye, V. to weep ; inf. yefo and yafo, in GS th. s.
fHy n. fale, in 6., fulness; adj. and adv. full; fully.
filfQ, adj. full; G. obo, obdbd.
fufQfu, th. s.

fufQfu, adv. G. th. s. altogether =: kwra.
fala, inf. fulam, G. th. s. and fila, Ot. fila, fala; v. to be

blind,
fulafo, n. a blind man.

fuso, n. lit. back-horse, camel; s. yuma, th. s.
fya, fye, fyie, etc. see und. fia, fie, fie etc.
fya, pi. fia, v. inf. fyam; G. tfa, pi. tfia, to strike, cast;

build,
fyam, n. striking; casting; building.

G.

Ga, G§: nd, Ot. nyansa, n. art; cunning; gft mi = 6. Aft

mli, in or by deceit, cunningly.
gSgS, adj. long, high; G. kakadaft; Ot. teMen.
Ga, pr. n. G9; Akra.

G§n5, pi GSli, n. Akraman; Akrsipeo^X^.
gba, n, barn; G, abono.

436 AdSnme-Appendix.

gbe, Y. inf. gbem, gbegbei, 6. gbe, fo kill; to quench; to

wipe out etc.; agbele d§iO agblle dSiOno le nli, 6.

agbele d§iO agbeele dsio no le milee; whether he was

killed or not, that I do not know; to flo^; 6. th. s.
gbe hie, gbe he, G3: gbe hie, v. inf. hSgbem or hiegbe- //

gbei, to make one ashamed,
gbe he, G. th. s. inf. hegbem, hegbegbei, v. to kill one's

self,
gbe n^a, inf. nyagbegbei, G. gbe na, v. to finish; = to

m. k. in Gd: to tire,
gbe-fia, double v. = G. gbe-fS, v. to disperse; to be

dispersed. .
gbede (Ay. th. s.), n. hyena; G3: klan.
Gbedekpo, pr. n. (hyena's hiU) of a village near Amrahia.
gbegbe, gbegbei, n. killing; murder; quenching; wiping awa}'

or out; Gd: gb6, n^
gbeno = G. gbele, n. death,
gbenddse, n. hades,
gbeye, G. th. s. n. fear; dread; awe; ye -, v. to fear; inf.

gbeyeyeyei, gbeyeyem; Ga: se gbeye; koye gbeye! be

not afraid!
gbeyeyelo, n. coward; G. gbeye§elo, n.
gbeyeyeyei, n. fearing; dreading; awe.
gbl, neg. voice of the verb gbe, to kill,
gbe, gbT, n. G. gbe, voice; word, language; tu -, v. to

speak a word; G. wie gbe, v.
gbie, n. ax; G9: lema.
gble, adv. ever^ with neg. voice: never; it, nie; Gft and

Ot. pen.
gblo = bio, G. gbe, n. way.
gbo, G. th. s., Ot. wu, V. inf. gbogboe, to die.
gbogboe, gbom or gbon5, n. death; GS: gbele; gbO, n.
gbogboe, pi. gbogboU, and
gbond, pi. gbohl; Gd: gbonyo, pi. gbohl, n. dead person;

corps.
gbogboh!ad§em, n. hades; Sobtenwelt.
gbogboemu, G. gbonyobu, n. grave. j

gbokwe = bokwe, G. gbekg, n. evening; Kr. Dial. dSgkwe.
godofue, n. madness; G9: seke, ni godofue, v. to be mad.
godo, pi. godohi, n. star -=, hwalami, n.
goleku, n. thumb; Awe-, n. th. s.
gQ, V. inf. gugvie, g\\viv, G^\ 1^^, comp. gu, v. in Ot.; to

tumy to change; com^. \l^A^, n.
gd he, V. to turn ot^e.'s fte\l.

gO mi — he hia. 437

gQ mi, gum, y. to turn in, - - into ; G. tsd mli, y.

g(l haram, G. tsd hSmo, y. to turn ahead; to go in ad-
vance,
gu, 6. kub', n. single grain, drop.

ga, adj. G. eflo, emty.

gdet y- to take, to choose; Gd: 65, hala, y.; but see also

hara, AS, y.. in Adn.
gugue, n. G, tSitsi; breast; chest.

gOgQe, gum> in turning; change; fr. gQ, y.

H.

H before w is very probable only one sound fre-
quently found in Ayigbe and expressed by Missionary
Schlegel through vi; comp. § 2: Sounds.

ha, v. G. th. s. to cover; to plunder.

hd, inf. hSm, G. th. s.; y. to giye; aor. neg. hi,. G. hdS.

M due, inf. duehgm, y. to give „due! due!" (a comfor-
ting word) to comfort; ttSjien, fcin Seileib bejetgen;
Gd th. s.

hao, inf. haom, v. to trouble; to be troubled; G. th. s.

haolo, n. troubler.

haom, pi. haomh!, haoml, n. trouble, G3: haomo, n.

hara, inf. haram, v. G. hala, tao, na; to choose; to seek;
to find; Ot. ts, fife, v.

haram, n. choosing, choose; G. halamg; seeking; G. tao-
mo; findmg; G. namQ.

haram, n. front; G. hdmo; gu haram, to go in front; Gd:
fsd hamo, v.

he, v. G. th. 8. and here, to receive; to take; to accept.

he*fd si, double v. to cut down.

he no, G. here ng, Kr. Dial, to answer; s. to he, th. s.

he, n..G. th. s., self; body; outside, the contrary of mi;
Ot. hu, hd; place; Ot. ba, G. he; used as he, hewo in
GS, as a postposition; dse he; G. dse or dse hewo (to
come), therefrom; therefore; bu he, v. to cover one's
self; du he, G. dsu he, y. to wash one's self; la he,
Ga: ladse he, te he, v. to loose or to conceal one's
self; t§i he = to he in G3, to answer; tso he = tSu
he in Gd; inf. hetSom, to purify one's self etc.

he dsQ, G. th. s., inf. hedsgm, v. to have rest, peace.

he h!a, v. inf. hehiam, to be in distress^ G^ th. s< and he
dSra, V.

438 Adfinme-Appendix.

he tSo> y. inf. hetSoiD> to be clean, pore; 6. he t§e; to be

or go off; G. he tSS, ?.
he wa, inf. hewam, y. to be strong ; 6. tb. s.
he ye, v. to be sick?

he, adj. new; 6. th. s., other; G. kroko; s. also muno, adj.
h6, inf. hgm, y. to carry in hand; G. hie, y. th. s.
hS, hie, G. hie (Ot. ani, anim), n. face; countenance;

front; etc. used as hie in GS; f. i. kpata M or Mm,

inf. hSkpatam, hSmkpatam, to destroy; G. kpata Mq, t.

th. s.
hS ba no, y. to remember. G. th. s.
hg or hem pe yd, G. hie fe yd, y. to be astonished; iof.

hemyapem; ah^m pe yd, G. amebic fe yd, they are

astonished.
h6 ka, inf. hSkfim; y. to liye; Gft: hie kS, y.
hS hi, inf. hdhim, Ut. the face remains; to liye.
he M, y. th. s.
hg m, y. inf. h^tSSm, to awake; GSn hie ts6; but tSS bd

or h^m, G. tSIe hie, to awaken,
hebem and

hebebe, G. hengho, n. passoyer; t)ad SSorbeige^en.
heblo^ n. allowance; privilege; plenipotence ; Gd: begbe.
heblodsdm, n. giying of allowance; G. hegbehftmo, n.
hebu, hebugm, n. hair about the body; G.-faetSi^y n. : cmnp.

yibu, n.
hebom, n. Kr. Dial. th. s.
hehlam, n. distress.
hSkdlQ, n. a liying person.
hekSm, n. life; G. hIekSmo.
hem md si, y. = Gd: hie me, to be content,
h^mkpatam, n. destruction; G. hiekpatamo, n.
hemuno, G. hekroko, n. an other place; s-. nuino, aci).
bene, pron. G. heni, where, whence,
henowom, n. honour; G. henowomo, n.
hesitem, n. arousing; fr. te he si, y.
heto, n. G. th. s. answer; fr. to he.
hSts^m, n. awaking; awakening.
betsQlo, n. G. hetselo, n. pure, holy person,
hetsgm, n. cleanness; purity; holiness; fr. he t8o, y,
hewam, n. G. hewale, strength; power,
hewamwom, n. encouragement; empowering,
hi, inf. him, y. to sit; Ga and Ot. ta, tra; te; to re-
main; Ga: hi, to dYieW eVc^ \i\^\iV,\»& VS.v^. to liye.
bl mi, him, v. to sil \nlo\ \o i^vwimVsv ^.>^.

hi no — huhd. 439

h! no, G. ta DQ, y. to sit upon; to ride.

h! si, hi §], G. ta si, hi si; v. to sit down; to remain

to live etc. Ot. le ase, v.
hia, hie, inf. hiam, hiem, v. to sufGce, to reach; Gd: Se,

fa, V. Comp. also ye, v.
hia, y. G. th. s., to be needful, wanting, troubling, ehlami,

I am in trouble.
hle» y. to continue; G. hi, and hie mli, y. Comp. hS, y.
hie , Kr. Dial. = ye in the C. Dial. , G. kwe> y. to look,
hie, adv. here; Ot. ha, G. bie.
hlo, pi. hlohl, n. sickness; G. hela; hlo nu = v., he ye

in Gft: to be sick; eh6 hlo nui, he is sick,
hlo, n. G. nyomo; debt, price; wo hio, G. wo nyomg, v.

to pay; inf. hlowom.
higm, hygm, n. heaven; hight; adv. on high; up; G. nwei, n.
higmi si = Nyonmo si in Gft: v. to thunder,
higmisim, n. thundering.

h!ot§e, pi. hlotseme, n. sick person; G. helatse.
higwolg, n. payer,
higwom, n. paying (of a debt) ; payment ; G. nyomgwo, n.

ho, v. aor. neg. hoi, hui, hwi to go, to come, to pass, to
go; Gft: ho, ya, ba, v.; dse - ho, double v. = G. yiii-
te, V. to start, be oET.

ho (hwo, wo, wo), n. honey; G. w6.

holanu, holonu; also hulanu (Ay. hotfi), n. cowries; s. also
trema (G. and Ot.).

holami-dse, n. and monthly wages.

holami-dSenii, n. th. s. Gft: nydhdsenii, th. s.

holanutse, pi- -tSeme, n. possessor of cowries; rich man;

trematSe, th. s.
hram, K. Dial., = haram, Gd: hamg, n. advance; adv. in

advance,
hre, here, inf. hrem, herem, v. to receive; to save; G.

here, v.
here or hre wanam; inf. wanamhrem; v. to save (one's

life); G§: here wala.
hre yiwanam, inf. yiwanamhrem, v. th. s. (fw^eiv; G. here

yiwala, v.; Ot. kye nkwa, v.
hrem, n. reception; saving.
hQ, GSii hu, mon, adv. also; though; again,
hue ng, neg. hui no, G. wo ng, v. to exalt,
hue, pi. hueme, n. friend; G. sientse,n«
buhu, V. to murmur; G. th. s.

440 AddAme-Appendix.

hQhfiha, adv. murmaringly; to munyu — , t. to murmur,

G. wie hQhfihO, y.
hQhui, adv. aloud.
HQl^, pr. n. Keta?
hulami, holami, n. moon; month.
hulamidSe, -nil, monthly wages; G. nydnniiyenii; comp.

hwalami.
hfino, n. husband; Ot. kunu, Gfi: wu (perh. the Ad. =

^uno).
hug, adv. again; s. hu, adv.
hOo, n. hunger; G. hdmg, Ot. okom; hQo ye noko, y. inf.

huoyem, to be hungry; ^ungern; hQo yemi, I am hungry;

ed i^ungeit tni^; to want in general,
huoyelo, n. hungry person.
hCioyem, G. hdmoyeli, n. hunger; hungering; want.

hwalami or walami, n. G. nulami (fr. hygm-la-bi; G. Awei

la-bi), star,
hwe = hue, n. friend; s. also nShweie, n.
hwo, wo, G. wo, n. the next day; to morrow; ady. Jh. s.

hwo se = G. wo se, adv. after to morrow; n. future.

hyowe, n. heaven.

hyom, G. iiwei, n. heaven; adv. above.

I.

As in Ga the vowel „i** does not initiate words; hut
it is used in the Krobo- Dialect for the pronominal
subjective and possessive augment first person sing.,
i-, I, Bay; f. i. iba, I came; ibi, my child. In the
dialect of the coast the former becomes „mi, m, n, n**;
the latter „ye"; s. § 4 of the Appendix. Besides it
terminates words = ni, n in G3, instead of the y. dsi;
f. i. anokwai, it is true.

imi, indep. pron. 1. pers. sing, in the K.-Dial., I; C.-Dial

ami, mami; G. mi.
imi ne, as for me.
imihu, I also.

E.

Ka, V. th. s. as in G3, to fix; to try etc.

ka, n. trial; fixing; ambush, wo -, inf. kawom, v. to lie in

ambush; G. th. s.
ka, v. or ke , v. G, k«, Vo be \otv^.

kfi -* kedSi. 441

k2, v. to He, as in Gfi; Ad-kfi, or A^-kS, double v. to lay;
AO-kfi no, V. to lay on.

kli, v. G. tamo, Ot. sa, se, to be like; used as aux. v. like
„tamo", „tamo ake", wtake", „ake**; = like, like as, as ;
f. i. kfi yO ko, G. tamo yo ko, as a woman.

kfi, kg, yeital conj. = G. ake, Ot. se, se; as; that; because,
= GS: ke, kedsi, Ot. se, if; but comp. also ^dSikune"",
conj. edemi kd ebama, he told me that he will come;
G.^ ekemi ake ebaba; kft ope kike one, abagbeo, if thou
do this, thou wilt be killed! G. ke ofe neke ne, aagbeo!

kadra, n. bill-hook; G. adeda; Ot. adare.

iake-ekome in Gft (which is also used), num. one.

kalo» n. tryer; apprentice; disciple = kaselo, n.

kase, inf. kasem, v. to learn, to imitate; G. th. s.

kaselo, pi. kaseli, kaselome, kaselohl, with def. article: ka-
seliome, kaseloome, n> disciple; apprentice.

kasem, n. learning; imitating; imitation; apprenticeship.

ke, G. th. s. y. inf. kem, to present, grant; give a present;
ekemi nih!, he gave me presents.

ke (kg), inf. kem; G. ke, v. to say, to tell; comp. de, dro,
T. th. s.

ke> V. as in GS: to be long; s. also ka; t.

kS, kg, aux. V. as in G. to take, to be with; used to ex-
press communion and therefore to unite two subjects
or objects or their definitions under one notional
verb; f. i. akewo ba or ak^wQ. ma, they came with
us; G. amekewo ba; besides that it is as in GS connected
with verbs as no, ne, to use those which are intransi-
tive transitively, f. i. ke-ba, ke-ma,to come with, i. e.
to bring; ke-hi §i, to sit down with, to set down; etc.
or to indicate an instrumentality, f. i. ke-pe, to do with;
to make with; comp. kg, v. in the GS-Vocab. and § 28
in the GS-Sketch.

kg (ke), G. ke, kedSi, Ot. se -a; verbal conj. if (comp.
,/gefe^t/' ^^gefagt'' in German, also used as conditional
conjunctions).

kg (ke, k9, ade), conj. G. ake, Ot. se, se, that; saying used
as the hebr. IDxb, greek oni,

kg, pron. even the same, adv. put after the verb, comp.
kgne, as in Ga: still; ema kg, he camei still.

kg-kg, adv. interrog. pron. G. te-ten? Ot.-den? how? kg
ape kg? G. te ape ten? te afe ten? Ot. eve deA? how
is it?

k^d5l, coDJ. if; as in GS; Deg. k^d%\.

442 AdSAme-Appendix.

ke-ho = G. ke-ya, v. (to go) to.
ke-basu, G. ke-ba§i, v. (to reach) to.
keke ne, G. keke le, conj. then,
kake and

keke = krSkr^, G. klenklen, adv. in the beghuiing.

keke, kekei, n. length; fr. ke, v.; 6. kele, n. tSele, n.

k^kd, adv. = kYk^, G. neke» so, thus.

kelo, n. talker.

kern, n. talk, saying; G. kemo, n.

kSne, G. kSle, adv. still, k^ne enia, still he came; or:

ema kS, th. s.
kesa, G. lolo, keke, adv. still; only; la kenye M boboyo

kesa, the light is with you a little vrhite only; „la

kenye ye flo keke" in Ga.
ketiapopoe, n. circumcision, fr. po ketia, v. to circumcise;

G. ketiafo, n.
kekSy pi. klkSmei, klk^tsemei, adverbial pron. such; these;

so; G. neke.
kinp, kQno, n. cock; G.^wonQ, n.
ko-, ko-, = Gft ka-, aux. v. or prefix of the neg. poL

or imperative mood; f. i. kope, mokope! don't (thou)!

nyekope ! don't (you) ! — Also ^ised as prefix of a sub-

junct. mood; s. Table 11. and specimen,
kd, V. G. th. s. to bite.

kobe, ko^e, kope (Ay. kofi?), n. G. and Ot. akrowa, plan-
tation-village,
kdli, n. shoulder; G. kOi^.
kdlino, n. upper shoulder,
kdlisi, n. under shoulder; armhole.
'kome, G. th. s. num. one; pi. komei, some; einige; nihi-

komei or nlhlkome, some persons or things; G. mei-

komei, niikomei, nokomei, nibii komei; comp. kake, num.
komo, G. and Ot. nkgmQ, n. sadness; ye-, to be sad.
komoyeyei, n. sadness; sad state; mourning.
konS, conj. G. koni, that; 'hai, bamit; gr. iva; comp. k^,

kg, ka, conj.
kon and
kond, pi. kondhi (perh. from the dan. „kong^) n. king;

ye — , V. to be king; but comp. mStSe, n.
kondyem, n. kingdom; government,
kgron, kreA; G. kron; adj. single, simple, genuine, pure;

holy.
kotekote, adv. exacUj; G. VeVeVeX^.
iotoirohoe, n. a kind oib&x\;.« \»«i^ %& «^v«»^\ ^.Vi^^^^^

kpa — Kpom. 443

kpa, Y. to do once more, to repeat; used a^ an aux. v. to
express the iteratiye mood, aa ^sa^ in GS; f. i. ekpa
epe, or ekpape, s. Table U., he again did it, akpa epe,
th. 8. comp. akpa, and esa efe and asan efe in Gfi.

kpa, inf. kpftm, kpftkpS, kpdkpSi, v. to cr^; to blow; to
sound etc. Comp. kp8, bo, blo> gbe, v. in G.; pe in
Adn.; and pai in Ot.

kpS, G. gbo (H. kpon?) n. stranger, guest

kpakpa , adj. good ; G. th. s.

kpakpa, adv. truly = nine!

kpaka, inf. kpakam, v. to drive.

kpakalQ, n. driver; dragger.

kpakam, n. driving; dragging.

kpale, inf. kpalem, G. kpale, gbale, kd se; v. to return; to
turn in somewhere; comp. kpa, v. to repeat and kpa, V.
in Gd; Ot pa, v.

kpale se, G. kQ se; v. to return.

kpalelo, n. returner.

kpalem, n. return.

kpSlo, n. cryer.

kplm, kpSkpal, n. cry; soutid.

kpe, G. th. s. , V. inf. kpem, to meet

kpe yd, v. inf. yokpem, to meet a woman, to marry; to
wed; s. kpe yd and wye yd, v. in Gd.

kpemhe, n. G. kpehe, meeting- place.

kpe, n. and

kpeti, G. ten; n. middle, midst; adv. in the middle; amidst,
s. also ti, n.

kpet V. inf. kpem, G. gbe* to sound.

kpemi, n. sound.

kpetekple, adj G. kpetenkple, great.

kpla, V. 6. kula, kua, to kneel; - Si, v. to kqeel down.

kple, G. kpleke, v., inf. kplem; to descend.

kple si, inf. sikplem, v. to descend, come down; G. kple-
ke §i, V. ; comp. App. §1.3.

kpin, adj. and adv. G. th. s. sound, well; soundly; well;
wholly; entirely.

kpO, G. th. s. and he, v. inf. kpdm; to take from; to re-
deem ; nkpo ne edem, G. mihe ye edeili, I took it from
his hand.

kpQ, V. inf. kpgm, G. th. s. to break off; to crumble off,

kpo, n. lumb; knot; hill; island.

Kpom, G. Kpon,. pr. n. of a town, at the river Volla^ ahouH
30 miles up from its moulh, ou \V& v^^V^tol ^\^\^ "Oi^^^s.

444 Adftftme-Appendix.

Mount nYog&gS,'' where the ri?er turns from a dae
southern to a south eastern direction and is full of rocks.
The town was founded some 50 years ago by a man
called ,,Tete Wyim'' and is called so by the Akwapim-
people still ; it soon got large by the addition of many
fugitives, slaves, debtors etc. who found abundant pro-
tection in the many ^islands" (nkpo** = island) of the
river and abundant labour and food in the latter too.
Though inhabited by a mixed and rough set of people,
the town is thriving, having the best river canoes, the
greatest share of the salt- and palm-oil trade and enjoy-
ing the neighbourhood of the rich and thriving KrQbo-
country. The language of the town is half Addnme, half
Ayigbe.

Kpom, Kpofi, G. Kpon, pr. n. (hill, s. Akropoii, Mam-
pon in Ot. Kponkpo in Gft), of a sea town betwixt
Tema and Gbugbra (in the Maps: „Pony'')*

kpulu, G. and Ayigbe the s., jug; mug; cup.

kr^kfg, G. klenklen, adj. and adv. first; at first; in the be-
ginning.

krekr^kre, th. s.

irombi, G. kromgbi, n. firstborn.

kQ , V. inf. kum, G. th. s., to break.

kuku, red. verb, G. kOmokOmo, v. to breack repeatedly;
many things etc.

kuku = kolo, V. in Gd: to gather, take up; akuku atQi^
they took up their guns.

kuma, G. kumai, n. thirst; kuma ye, v. to be thirsty; kuma
yem, ed burjict mi*; I am thirsty.

kumaku, n. a kind of bread.

kumayem, n. thirsting.

kuno = kdno, G. wonQ, n. cock.

kwQ, neg. aor. kwe, inf. kwQm, v. to assend, to climb.

La, V. Inf. lam, G. la, ladSe, v. to hang, to hook; to loose;
to be lost; to err; to be concealed; to conceal; to dis-
appear, to vanish etc. Comp. also te, v. in G.

la bio, inf. blglam, v. to loose the way.

la he, inf. helam, v. to conceal one's self.

la b^, V. to vanish before s. b. G. lad§e hie, v.

la mi'y. to be lost \n s. ^\^<i^\ Vi <!,qi«.«A. ^^'« self in
8. place.

la no — M'-. 445

la no, n. G. Siu no, to cover, conceal; to. deny.

la, n. fire.

lads, n. G. ladSd, spittle.

lafa, num. hundred, pi. th. s. and lafai, Ay. th. s. lafa etc,

three hundred; G. and Ot. ohd.
labile (lawg?), n. dove, pigeon; G. okp6, n.
Lawe, pr. n. of males,
le, G. Ih. 8., V. inf. l6, neg. li, to know,
le, n. pi. lehl, vessel, ship; boat, canoe; G. lele, pi. ledsi.

le, pron., 1. indep. = GS: le; he, she, it; 2. objective
terminational augment, as in G3: -le, him, her (it). Comp.
§ 4 of the App. and -o, one, ne, pron. in Adn.

lebe, G. be, n. time. Comp. also lebi, legbu in G9; and

le, v. in Ayigbe.
ledsei, ledse, G. dsei, pi. ledseme, adv. pron. there, thence;

comp. hie. Ck)mp. ,le, v. in Ayigbe = ng in AdA.

lenitse, pron. G. ledientse, lenientSe (lit. ,,he the author^')
he himself, himself; comp. ankasa in Otyi.

11, neg. voice of the verb le, to know; nli, 1 don't know;
ali, it is not known; they donH know; s. allnd, adv.

ligbi, G. gb!, n. day; comp. lebe, ledsei, etc. and G.

lebi.
ligblfabQ, G. gbllabo, adv. and conj. as long as.
ligblQko, adv. G. gblkogbiko, ever, always; with neg. voice

never; \t, nie.
loko, adv. d3ni in Gd: before,
lolo , adv. G. dS, before ; G. th. s. still ; Mi) ; ebe lolo, he

has not yet (or „still" not) come,
loko, adv. = G. ko, once; also used to express the neg.

voice of the perfect tense,
lolo, G. no; that,
lolohe, conj. therefore; G. nohewo.
IqIq se, after that,
lowe, n. G.J)ulu; fool.

M.

M is in G3 sometimes hardened into „b* and changes
also with other ligoids, as n, n, 1.

M'- (before labials; comp. n-, n-); G. th. s. and mi-, pro-
nominal subjective augment (scarcely used possessively,
8, ye-), i. pers. sing. 1; mba, mmh, \ ^ti!k^\ vk:^^,\\m^^
etc. Comp. also : i , mi, and \im, wu\ «ti^ \ci«sc^> ^^s^«

446 Adfiftme-Appendix.

-m' = mi, 6. mli, A., Ot. ma, m'; Ay. me, m*, inside;
8. mi, n.

-m* = mi, obj. pron. me.

ma- (and mba, miba-), pronominal augment m' and tempos-
augment of the fut. tense ^a** combined, as in G§: I
will- I shall-; mape, I shall do it; mahl si, I will sit
down.

ma , inf. ma, neg. aor. me (sometimes ba) ; G. ba , Ot. lb.
s. , Ay. fa , v. to come ; auxil. v. of the fut. tense ; mape,
shall or will do.

ma, n. coming.

ma §i, inf. Sima. or

ma si, inf. sima, G. ba §i, v. to come down, to be hum-
bled; ma noko si, to humble s. b.; G. ba m. k. §i, v.;
to come down, descend = yi Si in GS.

m9, V. to build, to set; as in GSi; aor. neg. mS.

md, pi. mdhi, h. town; people; tribe; nation; land etc. as
in 69; mSA, th.s.; m9m and mftAm, G. mad, Ot. mSubm,
inside of the town, inner town; adv. in town.

mahe, n. sleep, G. wO; but see wo, v.

luftka, n. G. mSufiku, n. part of a town, quarter; tribe.

mdm, s. m3, n.

mami- = ami-, indep. pron, and pronominal possessive
augment, but seldom used, comp. ye, of the 1. pers.
sing. my.

mami, n. pi. mamime; = nyemi, brother or sister; ®e*
fcferoiiier; maminyumu, n. brother; mamiya, n. sister;
but perh. = my brother, my sister; comp. nyemi.

mdhm, s. mS, n.

mSnye, n. queen.

mase, G. masei, n. side.

mfise, G. mftnse, n. far country; adv. far away.

matre, n. whoredom; adultery; = adfamdA, n.

maise, pi. matSeme, n. king; G. mSntSe, n. Comp. kond, n.;
ye mftlse , v. inf. matSeyeye, to be king ; to reign.

mfttSeyeye, n. kingdom; reign; government; G. mftntse-
yeli, n.

matSeyeyehe, n. place of a kingdom.

mawetSe, pi. -tSeme, n. master, Lord; s. awetSe, nyontso, n.

Mawu, Ay. th. s. G. Nyohmo, Mawu Nyoftmo, Ot. Nyame;
Nyahkopon, pr. n. of God; used as Nyonmo in Ga, which
see; comp. also hiQiu, n.

mayro, n. G. wO, sVeeip, = tasXve.

me, V. G. me, v. lo via\l\ V^ ex^^^VN ^^^- ^^^- ^^*

me — mold. 447

me, pron. third pers, pi. ~ ame in Gft: they.

-me, obj. pronominal augm. of the third pcre. pi. , G8, ame,
them; pi. termination of persons; G. -met; mih the
definite article - orae, f. i. kaselo, pi. kaselome, with def.
article kaseloome ; comp. in Ot. „nonfi" after some plural
nouns.

raehedse? G. mehewo? why? (lit. from what it came?)

memle» n. wild fig-tree; G. agbamitso, n.

m6n6? int. pron. G. namo? who? G. meni? when? see
also: n6?

menehe? int. pron. G. menihewo* why?

metfa := amefid, they all.

ml, neg. v. to be not in want of; s. me, v.

mimi and

mi, m'; G. mli, n. Ot. mu, m; Ay. me, m'; inside; con-
trary of he; used very frequently as gram. subj. or obj.
as mli in GSl, which see. Connected with verbs as their
object it is sometimes taken together with them in the
termination m (G. n, Ot. m, Ay. m); as: AS nil, figro,
to be in, to be so, to be true; Ga, yen; Ot. wom;
Ay. lem; ba mi, ma mi, bam, mam, v. to come in, to

/ be fulfilled; G. ba mli, ban etc. Comp. also nouns as
mSm, inside of town; mukulim, — of belly; yim, — of
head etc. G. mSn, musun, yin etc.

mi Aim, mimi Aim, y. G. mli fli, v. to exult; to rejoice.

mi fQ, inf. mifCim, v. to swell inside, to be angry; G. mli
fO, v.; s. mukulim fu, v. th. s.

mibam, n. fulfillment; fr. ba mi, v.

mimam, n. th. s.

roiflim, n., mimiflim, n. exultation; ^y.

mifdm, n. anger; G. mlifu; Ot. bofu, n.

mlSi, misi, n. G. mli§i, n. bosom; @0oo§.

mleni, G. he, n. loins.

mlemi, G. mliten, n. th. s.

rnlemle, adj. G. kwoiakwon; high; deep; s. also gSgS, adj.

mo, indep. pron. sec. pers. sing. G. bo, thou; it is gene-
rally also used in the imperat. mood sing, mope! = G.
femo! do it! moho, go! it is also used subjectively and
objectively besides „o" etc.

modenboboe, n. diligence fr. bomgden, v. G. th. s. to be
diligent.

modehbolo, n. diligent person.

mohu^ G, moii, adv. j»at; lho\ig\v\ VniA^ ^V^, ^V tmsw^-

molu, n. morning; adv. in the nvoram^.

448 Adfinme-Appendix.

mone» n. to day;, adv. th. s.

mooemooe, adv. this very day. G. nmene^ nmeneme,

nmenenmene ; comp. also: dseenmo, adv. io Gi.
mu, inf. mum, to breathe; G. tb. s.
mu, G. bu, n. bole, cave,
ma (and nu) = G. md, v. to catch,
makuli, n. G. musu, belly.

mukulim, G. musun, in the belly; inside; -fu = mifQ,T.
' to be angry; inf.
mukuliinfum, n. anger.

mum, mumi, n. breathing; breath; spirit; G. mumg, n.
muno, pl^munohl and munokome, adj. other; G. Kroko.
munyo, munyu, n. G. wiemo, word; language; tO-, v. ini

munyiltOm, to speak,
munyutulo, n. speaker,
munyutilm, n. speaking; speech,
musubolo, n. blasphemer,
musuboboe, n. blasphemy; G. mufubo, fr, bo miisa, v.

(Ot. G. and Adn. th. s.).

N.

The letter ^n** or „n* before palatals, becomes ,,in*
before labials and changes besides with 1, r, and d.

N-, n-, pronominal subjective augment of the 1. pers.'sing.
= mi, in Ot. and G., I; but only used in tbe*Dflnme
of the Sea-coast; in Krobo it is „i-^, and m-, connected
with a following formative vowel; f. i. nle, Kr.-Dial. ile,
G. mile, 1 know; nke, Kr. ike, G. mike, I said; etc. bat
comp. maba, I sbtll come, in Ddnme and GS.

- n and n (as m) may occur in the middle of a word (by
combination) = mi, inside, in ; as in GS, Ot. and Ayigbe;
though not as terminating word, when „m^' is preferred
(Ga, n).

na, V. G. th. s., Ot. hu, to see; == G. nina, to overtake.
The word seems not quite regularly conjugated, f. I
ne! lo, behold; neg. aor. ne, saw not; neg. pert
nawe, has not seen. As in Gd it is used as a perfective
and oblative aux. v.; s. na, v. in G.; bat comp.' also
nya, v.

na mi, inf. minam, v. to get with child; G. na musa; nd

. hg, V.
M «ya, G. na na, \. Vnl. n^w\*Am, w^«QS&i^, Tcj^-jiR.^ ti^a-
banae, to undersland; \\V. \» ^^ Vi^^ «^^*

-' .T

na — II 3. 449

na, pi. nahi, n. G. tSina, Ot. nantyi; cow, ox; Slinb.
Ayigbe: nyi (one of the DoAko-languagea: tSi).

uabi, B. calf.

nanyumu, n. ox.

nawomi, n. cow-hide.

nayo, n. cow.

fik , y. 6. th. 8. , to press : to shut etc.

nil Ddko yi, inf. yindm, v. (G. M moko yi); to shut one
in; to pre^s upon one's head; to command* urge s. b.;
einen an()errf(^en.

M, n. field (G. th. s.).

nft no, n. th. s.; adv. on or in the field. G. tb. s.

nane, pi. nanehi, n. foot. G. tb. s.

nanemi, nanem, n. = Gd: n&dsian, lit. in the feet; place,
stead; adv. instead.

nawe, s. na, v.

ne, n§, G. ni, conj. and. Ay. th. s.; Ot. na.

iie, nS, G. nl, rel. pron. who, what; conj. that, ia^, ba^
mit (comp. kfi, kg, kg).

nS, interrog. pron. = namo? meni? me? n€? in GS, who;
what? Comp. also: beng? menS? th. s.

'ne, ene, G. th. s. pi. neme, netSemei, dem. pron. this;
these.

ne, one* GS: le, Ot. no; in the Krobo-Dialect only -o
(added to the last word) ; dem. pron. or def. article „\ht"y
but only used to define whole sentences, after which it
follows; comp. Q, le» pron. and to in Greek.

n€I inteij. (irreg. imperat. sing, of na, v. to see) lo! be-
hold 1 G. na. Comp. also hie 1 and ye ! G. kwe ! Ot. fye

(fe)i

ne, neg. aor. of na, to see.

Ally V. irreg. neg. voice „he" (G. be); employed, esp. as
an auxiliary; it is used for the Gd: ye, Ot. wo» Ay. le;
to be somewhere, somehow; to have etc.; and for the
Gd: 65, also used in Adn. (Ot. de), to take; which
are to be compared. Besides the extensive use like the
GS ye and nd, it§ use as an auxiliary of the present
tense (G. mi, nilm, m-, n-, n-, Ot. re* =: de; Ay. le-
me, le-m') is especially to be observed; comp. § 6 of
the Append, and be, aux. v., as also the following in-
stances: Krobo-Dial.: n^ noko pehe, Coast-Dial: M
noko pee or pei, to be s. th. making, fr. the verb pe,
to make (G. fe, comp. „mimfe"y, peYi'fe ^x ^^\wK^\ifc
called a participle. The neg. voice, «X"Viaft ^aseANS«Bfc

Zimmermann^ Akra-Vocab. ^^

450 Addnme-Appendix.

that of the fat, is then: be pehe, be pei, to be not

making, doing; comp. pewe, to have not made and pi,

did not make, do, ^as not, is not. Comp. ako fid, v.,

kg, v.; hi, pl§, pe, v. yfhkh three latter most as ia

GS, supply the fut. tense, „ne" being defective,
n^ hionu , v. to be sick. *
nene, rel. pron. pi. niiame, nihi ne; G. moni, noni; meini.

niini ; w ho , what , that ; dem. pron. , G. mone, none, this

person; this thing; ind. pron. G. mo, no, some bodv,

some thing,
ni, V. = dsi, G. th. s., to be (something); Ol. th. s.
nihi, pi. n. from nd, G. nii, nibii; mei; things, persons,

people; comp. nimli and ndmli fr. ndmlg', n. and nii, pi.

of nO, n.; also nime = nihi.
nihikome, pi. n. of ndkome; some persons, some things;

G. meikomei, niikomei.
nii = nihi, pi. n. things, persons; G. nii, nibii; mei.
m'iami, niiam, n. G. niiaii, lit. inside of things; place; comp.

bedseme-niiam, G. dsemei-niian, thereabout,
niiame, pi. rel. pron., G. meini; who; Kr.-Dial. .
niiatse, pi. -tseme, n. G. th. s., rich person,
niienyi, num. G. mei enyo, two persons,
niikome = nihikomei, pi. n.
niime or nime, irreg. pi. of nomlo, n. man. Comp. this;

with def. art. niome.
nimli, pi. n. th. s. men , people,
niilele, or ndlele, n. G. niile, knowledge,
niilelo', ndlelo, pi. -li, -lome, with def. art. -lio, -loome.

-iQmcQ, n. G. niilelo, wise, knowing person; sage,
nine! G. lelen! int. truly! certainly! amen! comp. ekpakpa!

th. 8.
nine, pi. ninehi, n. G. th. s. hand, arm.
nini, n. shadow; soul; G. susuma; Ot. sunsum» sunsam,

sunsuma.
niipem, with def. art.: niipemio, pi. niipemhi, niipenu; nii-

pehi, n. doing; deed; act; G. niifemg.
niiyelo, n. G. th. s., eater,
niiyeye, n. G. niiyeli, fr. ye nii, v. eating; food,
nitse (tse = father, author), G. dient§e> nientSe; n. and

pron. pi. nitSeme; self, selves; aminitiSe, myself; lenitSe*

(he) himself, etc.
nme, v. to set, lay, G. Ui. ft.
Ame no, V. = bol in G5l, Vo Yi^^Ti.
nm&ita, n. chaff; s. lulni-, G- XxAxx-

ftmle — nAkake. 451

Amle, pi. Amlebi, d. bell; -fla, ▼. to strike the hour,
nmlefiam, n. striking of the bell ; hour, lime ; G. Ainlet(%, n.

no, dem. pron. as in 69: that; pi. nome, nohi; but more
used is „1oIo*S th. s. Kr.-Dial.

no, n. and indef. pron., G. mo, n5; person; thing; ^^rnanb,
Stmad; pi. nii, nime, nihi; ^ith def. art. niome; nihiQ
etc. This word is as much nsed, especially in compounds,
as the two corresponding words in GS, though persons
and things are not so plainly distinguished by it; as f. i.
not only the personal pi. form nime, but also the more
impers« pi. form nihi, nii is applied to persons.

no, n. G. th. s. surface, cover, upper part; contrary of^si,
sisi; used as adv. and postposition = on, upon, up
(comp. hyom, hiQm) etc. ba no, ma no, v. to come on ;
bu no, T. to cover up; hi no, v. to sit upon, etc.; with
their respective personal and impersonal verbal nouns,
as: nobum, covering; nobllo* onsitter, i. e. rider etc.

-no, answering the G§ -nyo, n. >= man; used. as a per-
sonal masculine termination; Krobond, n. a Kroboman;
pi. Kroboliy Krobome; Krobomen, -people.

nd = G. ny5, v. to fall; inf. ndm; nde, ndhe, ndntde.

nd si, G. nyo si, v. to fall down.

no, T. G. th. s., to take; to be agreeable; used as am. v.

= ke; f. i. nd-pue no, G. iid-fie no, v. to go on; to

go forward; no-hd, v. to (take and) give; M-pe, v. to

take and make; nd ndko pe ndko, v. to make s. th. or

s. b. into s. th. or s. b.
nd bo» V. G. th. s. to conceive; s. na mi, v. th. 8.
nd, n. G. th. s. neighbourhood; nearness; adv. And post.

at, by, near etc. Comp. also mase, n.
nddfalo* n. G. dSrayelilo, merchant, trader; s. dta, y.
nddSelo, n. doubter; disputer, G. nwaneds6lo-
nddsem, n. doubting; doubt; dispute; fr. d§6 nd; G. die

jiwane, v.
nd-enyo (f. i. ndmlo nd-enyo, two persons) num. perh. =

yi enyo in Ga, two (persons or things; comp. niienyi,

num. th. s.
ndgbogbo, n. G. gbonyo , mogbonyo, a dead person ; corps,
ndhe, G. mohewQ, nohewo» for whose sake; therefore;

wherefore; s. also: dSShe, conj.
ndhwelS, Kr.-Dial., n. friend,
ndkake, num. G. mokome, nokome; one person or thing;

s. ndkome, th. s.

29»

452 Adflnme-Appendix.

ndko, adv. pron. G. moko and noko; somebody, s. th.; pi.

nihikome; niikome.
nokome (pi. nihikome), 6. mokome, nokome; numb., one

(thing or person); some; comp. also: ifi5kake, fh. s.
ndkotoma, pi. -mame; with def. art. -mameo and magme;

grandee ; old person ; elder ; 6. onukpa , n.
n5kpS, n. (G. gbo; ace. to Hanson: mokpon), stranger,

guest.
nolelQ, n. = niilelo, n. wise man.
n5mlQ, n. pi. nomli, nimli, nime, G. gbomo, mo; per-
son, man; comp. also no, n.
ndmlotso, pi. -tsohi, G. gbomotSo, n. body; human body.
n5mlQtsu, n. European; white man; G. blgfonyo, Ot. broni.
nSne, pron. rel. = moni, noni in GS: ivho, what; that;

dem. = mone, none in G. this; pi. nihine, Kr. -Dialect:

niiame; also used as conj. = kone, that; bag, bamit.
n5sasesa, nSsaisa, G. mof^mo; every (body); comp. nd-

tfand, n.
n6tfan5,'G. ndfSnd, nofiand; mof^mo, mofiamo; every thing

, every body. Kr.-Dial. ndtSoano, n6ts6n5.
ndsuomnd, n. something wished for or loved; some bodv

loved; wish, will; comp. suomonano, pi. suomgnanii,

th. s.
ndyayampem; pi. -pemi, pemhi; with def. art. - pemigme,

G. ndiafemg, n. sinful deed, act; dfjuxQrrjfia.
nra, inf. nram, v. to dream; G. la, v.
nram, n. dream; G. lamo, n.
nu, V. inf. num, G. mo; to catch,
nu, n. G. mu, oil; po-, v. to anoint,
nupom, n. anointing.

nu, V. to drink, G. th. s., inf. num, nunui.
nulo, n. drinker,
num, and
nunui, n. drinking,
nua, nue; s. nwa, nwe.
nuntSo and nuntso, n. s. nyontso.
nwa, pi. nwahi, adj. great; large; G. wulu, adj.
nwe, pi. nwehi, n. finger; toe; G. wao, n.
nwe goleku, n. thumb,
u^a, V. Ot. th. s., G9 na, to get; to reach; comp. also

na, V.
Dja, G, na, Ot. ano, n. mouth, opening; etc. used as

grammat. subj. and obj, «is \x\G^*. l.'\,\i^^V%^/\\vl.^sL^a-

tsQm; G. na tse, v. lo Yv«vfe ^ W^^ \s\wsSsiN Va ^\«^

tiyabam — nyQmCi. 453

purely; etc. and gbe nya, inf. nyagbem, nyagbe, nagbe-
gbe, to finish; G. gbe na; na nya, inf. nyanam, to un-
derstand etc. etc.

nyabam, n. sharpness; fr. uya ba, v. to be sharp; G. nabd.

nyagbe; nyagbem; nyagbegbe, n. finishing; end, aim etc.
G. nagbe; fr. gbe nya, v.

nyagbelo, n. finisher; SSoQenber.

nyagolo, n. lier; G. anoalelo.

nyanalQ, n. understanding person.

nyanam, n. understanding.

nySsd, n. G. adesa, tale, fable.

nyatsQlg, n* person speaking purely.

nyatsgm, n. pure language, speech, fr. na t§o, v.

nyS, V. G. th. s., to be able.

nyemi, pi. nyemime, n. brother or sister, ®ef(^n)ijiet; G.
th. s.; comp. also mame and mami, n. th. s.

nyeminyumu, n. brother.

nyemiyO, n. sister; pi. with def. art. nyemiyiome, sisters.

nyimi (pi. of nyonma, num. ten) ; nyimi ewe, nyimi ewyie,
Kr.-Dial. forty; etc. But nyonmai seems also to be used;^
comp. § 8, App. ,

nyimi enyo, twenty.

nyimi ele, thirty.
„ ewyie, fourty.

„ enuo, fifty.

^, ekpa, sixty.

„ kpago, seventy.

„ kpanyd, eighty.

„ ne, ninety,
nyo, nyOm, G. nyO, nyOn, n. night; adr. at nighttime,
nyom? = hyom, n. heaven; G. nwei; adv. above,
nydgue, nyogwe, G. nydh, n. slave,
nyontSg, G. th. s., pi. -t§ome, n. master, Lord; tomp.

mawetse, awetse, wetse, n. th. s.
nyu, G. nu, n. water.

nyumu = G. nubu, n. water hole; waterwell.
nyumu, pi. -mui, n. G. nu, man, male.

O.

The vowel „o** (subjective, possessive and objective
pronominal augment of the sec. pet^. ^Vcl%..» .ft\5sia^l^*^^
thee'') does not in Adaiime miliaX^ ^CiTa»jOLi ^^x^^^ "^^
in GS, the former being geneiaSVj ^\iQt\Kt\ \rQ^ ^^^^'

454 Adifime-Appeiidii.

it appears, it* seems to be a personal augment of
nonns. Words not found under it must be sought for
under the next consonant.

0-, pron. aogm. „thoa, thj;*' sometimes ^mo** is used for

it; 6« ^o.**
-0, pron. angm. thee; sometimes -mo.

-'q, pron. obj. augment = wo, G. th. s. us.

-0, pronomioal augment expressing the def. article, G.le,
Ot. no, Ay. la, a; „tbe.'' It is dther terminating the
words or is inserted in plural nouns and pronouns be-
fore the plur. form; esp. before -me; f. i. kaselo, pL
kaseli, kaselohi, kaselgme; with del art kaselio, -lohio;
kasel^ome, kaseligme; or „Qme** may be taken as the
plur. form, of the art. itself; comp. ^nom** after some
nouns without pi. form in Otyi. If affixed to the im-
personal Terbal nouns ending with m, mi, they accept
generally the latter form; f. i. mum, with def. art mu-
miQ. The full form of it is „Qne** and it appears some-
times so, especially after sentences, when it is affixed to
their last word; but also „q'' or „ne'' alone are used;
the former more frequently in the Krobo-, the latter in
the Coast-Dialect; t i. „bene emao'' or: „bene emaone''
or: „bene emane,"* when he came; 6S: beni eba le.

'QQ, obj. pron. augm. -q and def. art o afDxed to it;

G. -wo le.
obaka (lit „yii\i thou say**), interrog. particle initiating

questions, f. i. „obaka esuoo?"* Does he really love

thee ?
odanta, n. G. th. s. Ay. odada, underdress of women; see

also boi, n. in Gd.
ohia, n. poverty, need; G. and Ot th. s., fr. hla, y.
ohIaUe, pi. -tSeme, n. poor man.
okplo, pi. -me, n. G. th. s. table,
one, dem. pron. or def. art. shortened into o' 9ni 'ne, G.

h, Ot. no; the; also used, as „lo'' in Gd, to define sen-
tences; s. -Oy def. art.
oso, '80, Ay. th. 8., very probably a word of one of the

Donko Languages from the interior; horse; Ot opoMo,

G. okpoAgo.
o»Qto, OU, n. priest.
asQtoBdiQtQma^ n. hig\i-pt\e&\-, G* q%^IwmSl^«..

Pa — pele si. 455

P.

The letter p, which is in GS frequently softened
into f, or strengthened into „kp^, if initiating words,
is found in the D&nme far more frequently; it changes
besides with f and b in GS.

Pa, V. G. th. s. and fa, v. to suffice.

pa, n. 6. fa, by old people: pa; river, brook.

p3, adv. 6. fSihy openly.

padoku, o. scar;

pali, n. G. fd, sisifS, root.

pamkpo, n. river-iland.

p&D, V. G. and Ot. tb. s., to conjure; to make a covenant.

panya, G. fana, n. river-shore; river-bank; esp. region about

the Volta, which is the only known large river in the

neighbourhood,
panyanihi, -nime, -ftimli, n. people about the river,
panole, n. river-vessel; - canoe,
panonylelo, n. traveller on the river,
panonyfen), n. river-journey.
panQniitsom, n. business on the river,
pe, inf. pern, pepei, pepe, pehe; neg. aor. pi; G. fe and

pe, V. to do, to make, to be (used as „ye" in Oiyi).

The verb is as CiXtensively used as in Gd, compare it

there,
pe emu, G. ye emu, v. to be whole.
pe> inf. pern, pei, pepei » pehe; G. be; bio; bo; to cry

(but comp. kp9, v.); to quarrel,
pee, pehe, pel, n. doing; deed.,
pei, G. bei, u. quarrehng; quarrel,
pelo, D. doer; maker; G. felg.

pelo, n. G. belo, blolo; cryer; quarrelsome person; enemy,
pele, V. s. pie.

pem, pemi; n. doing; making; deed; G. pemo, femo.
pSne, inf. penem, G. pene and fene, v. to open, unloose;

'comp. bU; G. gble; and hue, v.
penelQ, n. opener,
pgnem, n. opening,
pepei, pepe, n. doing, making; deed fr. frequent, mood

of pe.
pete, adv. G. th. s. openly; comp. pa.
pst§, V. G. kp^lQ, to cleave.
p§t^ 81, inf. sipetem, to cteave ox s\it\ Vq >lafc ^^>W!i^*

456 AdiAme-Appeadiz.

fl, aor. neg« of pe; used as d^6, Gft: di^, to be not;

ad?, not; plmi, not I; aor. neg. of pie» t. to suflice;

to be insofficieut.
pT, adj. and adv. G. and Ot. th. s. mach; many,
pia = fia, fya^ y. G. tfa, pL tfia, to strike, cast
pia si, Y. 6. tfa Si, to be cast down; to cast one's self

down; - - - away; to be an outcast,
piani, piane, G. fane, n. noon; daylight; day; daytime; Ot

awyia. Contr. nyO, nyOm, n.
pie» inf. piem, aor. neg. pi, G. Se, fa; to suffice; G. fe> to

want pie boboyo, G. fe fio, it wants little; L e. nearly,
piem, n. sufficiency; want, fr. pie 9 ▼•
piokd, piok^ne» ady. G. bene, biane; now; immediately,
pioso, ad?. G. biane » amrd, quickly; soon; now; just now.
plopio, ploplopio, adj. and adv. pointed; -ly; 6. SdSfiSd.
pl£, V. to turn; to overturn; to pour out; to become; GS:

t£d, butu; fipse; fie Si. Comp. also pie, kpK in G.,

p6ne, V. in Otyi.
po, inf. pom, popoe, pohe, G. fo, po; to cut
po nya, inf. nyafom, v. to cut off; G. fo na.
pode, V. to lie.
podem, n. lie.

poku, n. = pall, G. fit; root .
pO, V. inf. pQm, pQpQi, pfihe, G. fd; to bury,
pue, inf. puem, puepue, G. fie, v. to cast out, to pour out.
pue no, 6. fie no, v. inf. ngpuem, to go on; to go farther;

Ot gu so, V.
pue si, V. G. fie Si; inf. sipuem, to pour out, down; to

be poured out to the ground,
puem, n. outpouring; outcasting.
pQm, n. burial.
pQmbe, n. burial-place.
pQptU, n. burial.

S.

The consonant s changes firequently with S, and be-
fore the vowels i and e they are used promiscue in
AdftAme, being more frequently s near the mountains;
where, in the Otyi-Language, S is not purely to be
found.
Sa, y. int. sam, sahe, sasac, il. ft^\ Vo b^flt, right worthy;
aeg. aor. si; to esteem; Voftl, Vovx«.^«t^. ^\K^.^«*i\
0a, se, V. in Otyi.

. sa nya — sipfim. 457

sa nya, y. G. sa na; to taste.

sa, y. 6. §a, to snatch; to winno^v; to angle.

sa fo, y. G. §a foi, to run.

sS, y. G. §3; to burn; to draw (f. i. a sword).

'safo, asafo, n. G. and Ot. th. s. company ; troop.

sake-fd, double y., G. §e-fd; to cast away.

sam, G. samg, n. preparation.

saminya, ady. G. odsogba, well, good; right; saminya! all

right! yery well!
saAmayo, pi. -yi, n. G. oblayO; girl; young woman; yirgin.

satsine, n. G. satSene, a large callabash used for winnowing.

se = si, §i, conj. GS: M; but; for.

se and se, n. G. se, back; ady. back^ behind; used as

gram. subj. and obj. as in Gd; f. kpale se, y. to return,
segba, C« Dial, n. G. sikpong; earth; comp. sugbd, n.
sekpalQ, n. person returning,
sekpalem, n. return, fr. kpale se, y.
sewe, n. G. tsese; a wooden yessel of size and form of a

large dish; caryed of one piece of wood,
si and si, y. inf. sim, G. si; Ot. si, to knock; to leaye.
si and si = se, conj. G. §i; but; for.
si and si, n. G. si; ground; bottom; time, f. i. si kake,

once; ady. down; away; used as gram. subj. and obj.

as in G3; f. i. sa si and sra §i, y. to take a walk; G.

sra §i; kple si, y. to descend; G. kpleke si; su si, and

su si - tg, y. to arriye; to be at hand; G. §e si and §e

si - tS; fia si, G. tfa si, y. to cast one's self away, be

an outcast; te si, to arouse, to arise; hi si, to sit down

etc. etc.
sidam, n. standing fr. da si, to stand; thank; fr. da si> to

thank,
sifiam, G. sitfa, n. abjectedness; fr. fia si, y.
sikplem, sikplehe, n. descending; descent, G. sikplekemg;

fr. kple si, y.
simS, n. humiliation; fr. ma si, y.
simUm; n. standing; laying; fr. ma si, y.
sina, y. to dislike?
sind, pi. sindhi, n. G. sino and onufu; serpent; snake.

G. th. s.
slnya, n. 6. §ina, door.
sip&w, n. root, deyelopement, meaniug^, «\%xx&R»^ciW!i, Nx* ^^^

81, G. fa si, y. to bring forlb; Vo com^ wiV.

458 Adfiilime-Appendix.

sisd, sisahe, sisasae, sisram, n. walking, walk; fr. sa si and
sra si, v. G. §ra §i, to lake a walk; Ot. pase, y.

sisi, 6. §isi, n. ground; bottom; reason; meaning; signifi-
cation etc. adv. down. Used as gram. subj. and obj. as
in Ga.

sisitsdm, n. interpretation fr. tSd sisi, v. G. §i§it§dmo.

sisum, n. arrival; sufficience, fr. su si. v.

siyihe, siyim, n. G. siyimg, descend; descension.

sd, V. G. §d, to snatch from s. b.

SQ, osQ, n. Ay. th. s., very probable a word of one of the
Dofiko Languages jfrom the interior (perh. orig. from
DID); horse; G. okpgngo; Ot. oponko.

sQfi, G. th. s., adj. and adv. pure, genuine, entire; entire-
ly; still.

sqD, adv. th. s.

sQuyumu, n. male horse; stallion.

sQyo, n. female horse, mare.

su, V. G. §e, to reach; to arrive; to be at hand; neg. aor.
sue, sui.

su si, V. to reach down, entirely; to arrive; 6. se si, v.

su - td, G. S6 - ta, and

su si - ta, double v., G. Se si - ta, to arrive, to be at

hand; to be near,
sugba, Kr. Dial. (s. segba), n. G. §ikpofi, earth; ground,
suluenapopoe = ketiapopoe, n. G. ketiafo, n. circumcision,
sum, n. arrival.

sum(^, V. to serve; G. th. s., Ot. som.
suo, inf. suom, v. G. sumo, Ot. pe, to like, to love; to

wish, to will; aor. neg. sum6.
suqIq, n. lover; G. th. s.
suom, n. love; liking; will; wish; G. 8uomo» n.
susu, V. Ot., G. and Ay. th. s., to think, to measure,
sustim, n. thinking, measuring; thought,
susuhe, susue, n. arrival,
susulo, n. thinker; measurer.

s.

§ cannot be considered as a proper initial AdftAme

sound or letter; it appears frequently, but promiscae

with „8**; f. i. sa and §a, sa and §a, si and §i are

heard; words thereioie, )Qe^\ffiMi%^t\i. &., may be sought

for under ^a** i i. ^^^^^'^ ^^^^^ ^^'^^^''^ ^^* "^^^

„8i** etc.

Ta <— tsebenfi. 459

T.

Ta, V. to touch. 6. th. s.

ta, V. to be done; Ot. sa, G. tft; su-td, su §i-ta, double

V. to reach; to arrive; G. §e-ta, th. s.
ta or ta, tarn, n. hw] G. kita and mla; but s. also mra, n.

and dam, da, n.
taku, n. lake; G. kpakpo; lagune.

tami, n. scourge, whip; G. kplebli.

te, V. G. th. 8. to arise.

te si, inf. site; G. th. s., to get up, arise; G. ya nwei, to

go up, ascend,
te, pi. tehi, G. th. s., n. stone.

tenyubue, n. stony water jug.

Tesi, pr. n. of a town.

Tesitseme and Tesili, pr. n. people from Tesi; Tesipeople.

tfa, adj. C. Dial., G. fia, Kr. Dial. t§o, tsoa, all; betwixt

the reduplicated noun = every; ndtfand, every body;

— thing; te tfa te, every stone,
tl, V. to give, = ha, V.
ti = kpe, kpeti, n. G. ten, Ot. ntam, middle, midst; adv.

amidst; among.
to, pi. tohi, n. small cattle, sheep or goat,
tobiyo = G. tobi, n. kid or lamb; comp.' boboyo, adj.

dsekwcyo, n.
tokota, n. G. th. s. , sandals.
toro or tro, inf. torom, trom, v. C. Dial, to carry (on the

head) = G. tere, tre, v.
torom, trom, n. carrying; load; G. dsatsu, n.
tsapl (?), neg. v. to be not at all (comp. pi, neg. v. of pe,

and dSl, neg. of dSi, v.).
tSatse, n. C. Dial, my father, G. ata, mitse; Kr. Dial, itse;

pi. tsatseme.
tse, T. G. th. s. to go off, to loose.
tsS, V. inf. ts^m, G. tsS and t§!e, v. to come away, ofif;
• to take off, out; to pluck; to awake; to waken.
tie, inf. tSem, v. G. th. s., to call.
He 9 pi* tSeme, n. father, possessor, author; inhabitant etc.

just as in^Ga.
tSe, conj. = ke, kedsi, if; G. ke» kedsi; though, G. th. s.
UeheDe, conj. G. tsfibele, nevetttiAe^^, \v^ViiNSsx^V«si^\B.H^^

460 Ad&Ame-Appenduc.

t§i, V. to mention; G. t§i ta, v. to answer; G. to he, v.

which is also used.
t§ie, D. to conceal; G. and Ot. siu; comp. la, v.
t§o, n. pi. tSohi, tsihi, tsii, G. Uo, pi. tSei; tree, stick;

stem; stalk; t§ohitSotSo, every tree.
t§Q. G. tsu, tse, t§g, V. to send; to work; to be pure;

to purify; to go off, to loose; to pluck; he t§Q, int he-

tsgm, to be pure, holy; tsQ he, v. inf. hetSgm, to pu-
rify; to sanctify. Com. also l§e, 1§S, v.
t§d, inf. tsom, G. th. s. y. to show, to teach; comp. also:

gu and gbu, v.; and plS, y.
tSd nya, inf. nyatSdm, G. t§5 na, v. to show the price;

to offer for sale,
tsd, adv. G. th. s., much, too much.
t§d, tso, tsoa, Kr. Dial. = tf^, C. Dial, and fid, fS, in Gd:

adj. all; every; s. tfa; t^o t§6 tso, every tree; ndtSdnd,

every thing or body.
tSoboti, n. G. tSokpoti, club of wood.
tSolo, pi. tSglohi, tsoli; with def. art. tSoligme; 6. tSulo,

niitsulo; bofo; servant; labourer; messenger; angel,

apostle; fr. tso, v.
tsdlg, G. th. s. n. teacher..
t§om, n. wock; purity etc. fr. tSo, v.
ts6m, n. doctrine; turn, etc. fr. t§6, v.
tsowi, adj. bibio.
tSui and

tsuhi, pi. n. heart; G. tsui; Ay. tSi, n.
to, V. G. to, v.; to lay, to order; GS: wie, v. to speak;

G. dgadSe, v. to explain. Comp. to in Ay. and Ot.;

and tu, V.
tu fo = du fo, V. G. dSo foi, Ot. tutu mirik^, to run; to

run away, to flee; comp. sa fo, M fo, th. s.
tu munyu, v. G. wie, tsi ta, v. to speak; to mention.
tCi he munyu, v. to speak about,
tue, n. G. toi, ear; bo tue, G. bo toi, v. to listen, obey;

to be obedient,
tueboboe, n. listening, obedience,
tuebolo, n. obedient person,
tu, pi. tuhi, G. tsu, .n. rogm; house; s. we, n.
tdm, n. speaking; speech; G. wiemo; — ke t55m, n. G.

dSadSemo ke.tsdmQ, n. admonition.
tutru, n. G. tutu, chaS.
tatatu, a4j. G. Ir5m0-, e\OT, ^\m, ^m^^'^i.

via — welSo. 461

V.

The letter and sound „v" (like the engl. „v**) does
not belong to the G5-language and I met only with it
in one word in Adafime besides the few mentioned
under it in GSl proper; very probable all from the
Ayigbe or E^^'e. The word is:

via, n. G. nma, Ot. hwam; sweet sense; sweet odour.

W.

Wa, V. inf. warn; G. ih. s., to be hard, heavy, strong;

r= G. da, V. to be large; to be grown; dfa wa = G.

dsra wa, v. to be dear; precious. The word is modified

by gram, subjects and objects combined with it, as in

63; f. i. he wa, v. to be (bodily) strong, well; inf. he-

wanam and hewam; he wa, v. to be hardfaced, hard,

covetous etc. etc. and wa he, v. to have pain; wa yi, v.

to treat cruelly; etc. Comp. he, h6 or hie; mi; rau-

kuli; nya; no; si, sisi, Isui, yi etc.
wa-, subjective and possessive pronominal augment of the

1. pers. pi, we, our; 63: wo; comp. also: -wo, obj..
wahe, n. our-selves; about us etc. 6. wohe and wohewo.
wahS, our face,
wami, wom', our inside,
wand, our thing or person; ours,
wane, our surface etc.
wanya, our mouth etc. etc.
wanam, n. 6. wala, life,
wati, our midst,
way], our head,
we, aor. neg. of wa, v.
we, n. 6. fh. s. and sta, Ot. fl; house, home; weom, inside

of the house (heaven?),
nrenyumu, n. male domestic,
iveyo, pi. -yi, n. female domestic.
p?ebibi, webii, with def. art. webiome, pi. n. 6. webii,

domestics.
vvet§e» awetse, pi. -tseme, n. housefather, housemaster,

master, lord = nyont§o and mawetse. Comp. SlatSe and

nyontso in 62.
wei^o, pi 't§ohi, -tsihi, n. lit. honse^Veuv, l«ws\^ , Vt^^\

(Stamm; G. weftu; akutso, n.

462 AdShme- Appendix.

wetSombihi , wetsoinbiome, pi. n. members of a family,

tribe etc.
wl, aor. neg. of wo, v.

wo, V. inf. wom, wowoe; aor. neg. wi; G. th. s., to lift up;

to take, to carry, of heavy things; to exalt, honour;

often combined with gram. subj. or obj. as: he, h^, mi,

nya, no, si etc.
wo no, V. to lift up, exalt; G. th. s.

wo si, inf. siwom; G. th. s., to promise; G. bo koko, v.

to warn, threaten,
wo, G. th. s., n. buffalo; 9?fiffc{, »ilber O^fe.

wo, n. Ay. ^u, G. wuso, nso, Ot. po; sea; comp. woya-
lo, n. and G. wolenyo, n. and ya wO, v.

wo, n. G. won, fetish, idol; demon. See „won" in the

Gft-Vocab.
wo, indep. pron. we; G. th. s.; and
- wo, - 'o, obj. pronom. augm. G. th. s., us.
wo, V. to sleep; comp. mahe.
wo, n. sleep,
wolo, woyalo, pi. -li, n. fisherman; G. wolenyo, pi. wolei.

womi, n. skin; parchment; paper; book; letter; Gd: wolo,

Ot. ahuma.
womblo, n. seaway; seaward; south; G. nSongbe, n.

wodsalo, n. from dsa wo, v. and

wotSolo, wotsulo, n. fr. tso wo, tsu wo, v., fetish-servant;

idolater; G. wondsalo, wontsulo, n.
wosi, n. east (under-sea?); G. boka; nddsiaSi, n.'
woyalo, n. pi. woli; fisherman; s. wolo, n.
wu? s. wo (Ay. wu), n, sea.

>^.

The aspirated ^ or hw appears in a few words per-
haps of Ayigbe or Ewe-origin, as:

vbralami or hwalami, n. star;'s. also: godoi and nulami in

GS; comp. hyom; holami, n.
wo or hwo, G. wo, n. to morrow,
wue, vtc and hue, hwe, n. friend, etc. etc.

Ya — yibli. 463

Y-

The 'semi -consonant „y** changes with the liquids
as well the aspirata.

Ya, V. 6. th. 8., aor. nipg. ye, to go; comp. also ho, also

used as auxil. verb as in Gd in combination with verbs;

s. Table II. and comp. § 28 in the Ga-Sketch.
\a = yara, G. th. s., n. funeralcostum ; £obtenf(a((e; see

ya, yara in the Ga-Voc; pe -, v. to perform this cere-
monies,
ya, n. astonishment, wonder; h! pe yS; pe ya, v. to be

astonished, to wonder,
yakanoke, n. G. th. s. , free present; grace (only used by

W. Hanson in his translation of the Gosp. of Mat. and

Job. into Gi).
yapem, n. burial-ceremony; astonishment; s. yfi, n.
yaya, adj. G- efofl, bad, evil,
yayam, n. G. efoft, e§a; Ot. bone, evil, sin.
yayampelg, n, sinner,
yayampem, n. sinful act.
yayampepei, n. sin.
ye, inf. yem; \, G. th. s., to eat, to enjoy; to use

etc. etc. As extensively employed as in GS, which see.

Aor. neg. yl.
^e dase, inf. daseyem, v. to bear witness; G. ye odase,

Ot. di aidanse, v.
ye no, inf. noyem, v. to rule; G. th. s.
ye, eye, indep. pron. 1. prs. sing. I, = imi, ami, mami;

6. mi.
ye - (Coast-Dial. = Kr. Dial. „i"), poss. pronom. augm.

my; f. i.
yend, my thing or person,
yese, my back; behind me, after me.
ye, C. Dial., v. to look, behold; G. kwe; Kr. Dial, hie,

Ot. fye or fe, v.
yelo, n. eater, user; ruler,
yelo, n. beholder; overseer = kwelo in Ga.
yem, yeye, n. eating; using; use etc. fr. ye, v.
yi, V. to come down from above, G. th. s.
yi si, V. to descend; G. yi si.
yi, n, head, G. th. s., as extensively used as in G&,

which 8B^4 ik >
yibli, pi yiblihil n. fruit of trees; 6. y\i\\.

464 . Adftiime- Appendix.

yidSiem, yidSem, n. praise, fr. dsie or dse yi, v. G. yi-

dSiemo, n.
yim, n. inside of head, brain; mind, reason, as „yin", n.

in G9 and as extensively used,
yiwam, n. strength of head, hardness; G. yiwale.
yiwanam, n. life; here noko — , ?. to save s. b., afo^siv;

comp. yiwala, n. in Ga.
yiwanamherelo , n. saviour,
yiwanamherem, n. salvation.
yO, pi. yl, n. vvoman, female; also used to distinguish the

gender of men and animals; s. nyumu; G. th. s.; wife,

G. nS, n.; nd yo, v. and kpe yO, v. to marry,
yo, yoku, n. mountain; G. gon; yo gSgd or yo fiv^a, a high

mountain.
Yogdgd, n. pr. of ^ high mountain at the river Yolta on

the boundaries of Krobo and Akwamu; having the form

of a resting lion,
yohiino, n. G. ayemforowu ; Ot. ayemforokunu, bridegroom,
yokpem, n. wedding; s. yokpemo in the G. Voc.
yonoe, yonom, n. wedding; taking of a wife, marriage.
youQ, n. top of a mountain,
yoyikpeti, n. th. s.

1

f

Stanferd LMv«nlty LIxarfM

3 6105 124 434 361

mi

Stanford University Libraries
Stanford, California

Return this book on or before date due.

JIR 10

T~\